NMI IPO S-1

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 8, 2013
Registration No. 333- 
 
      UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
 

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
Delaware
 
6351
 
45-4914248
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
 
 
2100 Powell Street, 12th Floor
 
 
 
 
Emeryville, CA 94608
 
 
 
 
(855) 530-6642
 
 
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Glen Corso
EVP General Counsel
2100 Powell Street, 12th Floor
Emeryville, CA 94608
(510) 858-0410

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
David E. Shapiro, Esq.
Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz
51 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Telephone: (212) 403-1000
Facsimile: (212) 403-2000

 
John J. Sabl, Esq.
Sidley Austin LLP
One South Dearborn
Chicago, Illinois 60603
Telephone: (312) 853-7437
Facsimile: (312) 853-7036


 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box: ¨
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
¨
 
Accelerated Filer
¨
Non-accelerated filer
x
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company
¨
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title of Each Class
of Securities to be Registered
Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price (1) (2)
Amount of
Registration Fee (3)
Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
$25,000,000
$3,220.00
______________________________________
(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act 1933. This amount represents the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of the securities registered hereunder to be sold by the Registrant and the selling stockholders specified herein.
(2)
Includes shares of Class A common stock which may be sold pursuant to the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.
(3)
Calculated at a rate of $128.80 per $1,000,000 of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.



 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 



Subject to Completion. Dated October 8, 2013
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling stockholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PROSPECTUS
Shares

NMI Holdings, Inc.
Class A Common Stock


This is the initial public offering of our Class A common stock (our “common stock”). We are selling    shares of our common stock and the selling stockholders named in this prospectus are selling              shares. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares by the selling stockholders.
Prior to this offering, there had been no established public market for our common stock. We currently expect the initial public offering price to be between $         and $         per share of common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol “NMIH.”
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and will be subject to reduced public reporting requirements.
See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14 to read about factors you should consider before buying our common stock.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Per Share
  
Total
Initial public offering price
  
$
  
$
Discounts and commissions to underwriters*
  
$
  
$
Net Proceeds, to us (before expenses)
  
$
  
$
Net Proceeds, to the selling stockholders (before expenses)
  
  
*See "Underwriting" on page 178 of this prospectus for a description of the underwriters' compensation.
We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to      additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments, if any. The underwriters can exercise their right at any time within 30 days after the date of our underwriting agreement with them.




The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock against payment on or about , 2013.
FBR



The date of this prospectus is , 2013





TABLE OF CONTENTS
CAPITALIZATION
DILUTION
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
UNDERWRITING


i



About this Prospectus
We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are not, and the selling stockholders and underwriters are not making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects may have changed since that date.
No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of our securities or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about, and to observe, any restrictions as to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to those jurisdictions.
Unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires, all information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters have not exercised their option to purchase additional shares of common stock.
Market Data
Market data used in this prospectus has been obtained from independent industry sources and publications. We have not independently verified the data obtained from these sources. Forward-looking information obtained from these sources is subject to the same qualifications and the additional uncertainties regarding the other forward-looking statements in this prospectus. Except as otherwise indicated, "market share" as used in this prospectus is measured by our share of total new insurance written, or NIW, in the private mortgage insurance industry, and excludes NIW under the Home Affordable Refinance Program, or HARP, which we refer to as HARP NIW.


ii



 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
 
The following is a summary of selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. It does not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding to purchase shares of our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the “Risk Factors” immediately following this Prospectus Summary, the historical financial statements and the related notes thereto and management's discussion and analysis thereof included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision to purchase our common stock.

Unless the context otherwise indicates, when we refer to “we”, “our”, “us”, and “the Company” for purposes of this prospectus, we are referring to NMI Holdings, Inc. ("NMIH") and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Company Overview

NMIH is a Delaware corporation that through our subsidiaries provides private mortgage insurance (which we refer to as "mortgage insurance" or “MI”) in the United States. In April 2012, we raised net proceeds of approximately $510 million from a private placement of our common stock and purchased MAC Financial Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation, (“MAC Financial”) and its Wisconsin licensed insurance subsidiaries, which have been renamed National Mortgage Insurance Corporation (“NMIC” or "National MI"), National Mortgage Reinsurance Inc One (“NMRI One”) and National Mortgage Reinsurance Inc Two (“NMRI Two”). The proceeds from the private placement were and will be primarily used to capitalize our MI subsidiaries and fund our operating expenses until our MI subsidiaries generate positive cash flows. In January 2013, the Federal National Mortgage Association, commonly known as Fannie Mae, and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, commonly known as Freddie Mac, approved NMIC as a qualified mortgage insurance provider (which we refer to as “GSE Approval”). We refer to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac collectively as the “GSEs.” With GSE Approval, our customers who originate loans insured by NMIC may sell such loans to the GSEs (as of April 1, 2013 for Freddie Mac and as of June 1, 2013 for Fannie Mae). Our primary insurance subsidiary, NMIC, requires a certificate of authority, or insurance license, in each state or jurisdiction where we issue insurance policies. NMIC first applied for a certificate of authority in each of the 50 states and the District of Columbia ("D.C.") in June 2012. NMIC is currently licensed in 48 states and D.C. and commenced, on a limited test basis, writing insurance business on April 1, 2013. As of September 30, 2013, NMIC has insured under our primary mortgage insurance policy 22 loans with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of approximately $4.6 million, representing insurance risk-in-force of approximately $1.2 million. With respect to each policy, primary risk-in-force (“RIF”) is the product of an insured loan's coverage percentage (the level of insurance protection) specified in the policy multiplied by that loan's unpaid principal balance. Effective September 1, 2013, NMIC also insures under a pool mortgage insurance policy approximately 22,000 loans with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of approximately $5.2 billion, with net RIF of approximately $93.1 million, which represents the amount between a deductible payable by Fannie Mae on initial losses and a stop loss, above which, losses are borne by Fannie Mae.

Overview of the Private Mortgage Insurance Industry

The MI industry emerged in the United States in the 1880s and the first laws regulating MI were passed in New York in 1904. The industry grew in response to the real estate boom of the 1920s. Following the Great Depression, the federal government began insuring mortgages through the Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”) and the Veterans Administration (“VA”). The modern MI industry was established in the late 1950s to provide a private market alternative to federal government insurance programs, principally the FHA. MI covers losses of the insured institutions should homeowners default on their residential mortgage loans, up to pre-established coverage levels. MI enables consumers, especially first-time homebuyers, to finance homes with less than a 20% down payment, thereby expanding homeownership opportunities. Loans with less than 20% down payments are referred to as “low down payment” mortgages or loans in this prospectus.
 
 
 
 


1



                                                         
    
 
 
 
 
Primarily as a result of their governmental mandate to provide liquidity in the secondary mortgage market, the GSEs are the principal purchasers of the mortgages insured by MI companies. The GSEs cannot buy low down payment loans without certain forms of credit enhancement, one of which is mortgage insurance. As a result, the nature of the MI industry in the United States is driven in large part by the requirements and practices of the GSEs. These requirements and practices, as well as those of the federal regulators that oversee the GSEs and lenders, impact the operating results and financial performance of companies in the MI industry.

The Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”) is the conservator of the GSEs. As their conservator, FHFA has the authority to control and direct the operations of the GSEs. In February 2011, the U.S. Department of the Treasury reported its recommendations regarding options for ending the conservatorship of the GSEs, and while it does not provide any definitive timeline for GSE reform, it does recommend substantially reducing the government's footprint in housing finance. In addition to providing the primary form of credit enhancement on low down payment loans purchased by the GSEs, MI also reduces the regulatory capital that depository institutions are required to hold against low down payment mortgages that they hold as assets.

The MI industry competes with governmental agencies and products designed to eliminate the need for MI. For primary business, we and other mortgage insurers compete directly with federal and state governmental and quasi-governmental agencies that sponsor government-backed mortgage insurance programs, principally the FHA and, to a lesser degree, the VA. During 2010, 2011 and 2012, the FHA's and VA's combined market share was approximately 84%, 77% and 68%, respectively of the total low down payment residential mortgages that were subject to governmental or private mortgage insurance, a substantial increase from an approximately 23% market share in 2007, according to statistics reported by Inside Mortgage Finance. As noted above, the combined market share of the FHA and VA has decreased each year since 2010, a trend that we believe has been positive for the MI industry. In our view, this decrease may have been influenced by increases in the cost of FHA insurance in recent years, the FHA's stricter guidelines, the inability of the borrower to cancel FHA mortgage insurance and the FHA pulling back from the market given its failure to meet its congressionally mandated capital requirements.

Market Opportunities

         The economic and housing market downturn that precipitated the financial crisis in 2008 had a profound impact on the private mortgage insurance industry. Legacy mortgage insurers sustained significant financial losses and depleted capital levels. Since 2007, three private mortgage insurers have ceased writing new business. To stabilize the disruption in the housing market resulting from the financial crisis, the Federal government, among other things, significantly expanded its role in the mortgage insurance market, but is now scaling back. We expect that, as the U.S. housing market continues to recover, the demand for private capital to insure mortgage risk and to facilitate secondary market loan sales will grow. As a mortgage insurer with a growing number of customers and a strong balance sheet unencumbered by legacy exposures, we believe we are positioned to benefit from a number of important market trends.

Improving fundamentals of the housing market.  The U.S. housing market continues to recover from the financial crisis, with, as we discuss below, purchase money mortgage originations representing an increasing percentage of total originations, the rate of household formation growing, new housing starts and home sales increasing, mortgage foreclosure activity declining, and home prices increasing across most of the country from depressed levels. We believe that recent data supports continued recovery from the financial crisis:

○ Purchase mortgage originations were $503 billion in 2012, and are expected to grow by approximately 23% to $616 billion in 2013, per the Mortgage Bankers Association as of September 23, 2013.
 
 
 
 


2



 
 
 
 
○ Household formation was 1.0 million in 2012, compared to a financial crisis low of 0.4 million in 2008, per the U.S. Department of Commerce.

○ The S&P Case-Shiller 20 City Index of residential housing prices has increased over the past six quarters through June 30, 2013, and rose an aggregate of 12% for the twelve months ended June 30, 2013.

 High credit quality of new mortgage originations.   The credit quality of a mortgage loan is driven primarily by the credit profile of the borrower, as well as the type and value of the housing collateral supporting the loan. Borrowers with strong credit profiles are generally less likely to become delinquent with payments or to default on their mortgage loans. Following the financial crisis, mortgage lenders have significantly tightened their underwriting standards, generally limiting the availability of loans to borrowers with high FICO scores and low ratios of debt to income who can fully document their income and assets. From 2010 through 2012, the average borrower FICO score on all mortgage loans originated in the United States and sold to the GSEs was 762, compared to 717 for the period from 2005 through 2007. Banks have largely stopped offering loans with certain characteristics that generated high levels of defaults and losses during the financial crisis, including interest only and negative amortization loans. We believe that prudent underwriting standards, higher credit quality borrowers, and lower mortgage default experience will translate into fewer claims for the mortgage insurance industry on policies written in the post-crisis period.

Growing demand for private mortgage insurance.   In 2012, $547 billion, or 31.3%, of the $1.75 trillion aggregate mortgage originations were covered by mortgage insurance. Prior to the financial crisis, private mortgage insurers accounted for a majority of the insured mortgage origination market. From 1993-2007, private mortgage insurers covered, on average, 62% of total insured mortgage volume, per data from Inside Mortgage Finance. See charts within our Overview of the Private Mortgage Insurance Industry section. During the financial crisis, government agencies began to insure an increasing percentage of the market as legacy private mortgage insurers dealt with financial losses. Private mortgage insurers have since regained an increasing share of the insured mortgage market. These gains have been driven in part by multiple increases in the FHA's mortgage insurance premium rates and upfront fees since 2010, as well as the inflow of private capital into the sector to support new entrants and to recapitalize legacy private mortgage insurers. We believe the private mortgage insurance industry benefits from both a larger origination market and increased private mortgage insurance penetration.

Significant barriers to entry.  We believe the private mortgage insurance industry has significant barriers to entry due to the substantial capital necessary to fund operations and satisfy GSE requirements, the need for a customer-integrated operating platform capable of issuing and servicing mortgage insurance policies, the competitive positions and established customer relationships of existing mortgage insurance providers, and in order to conduct MI business nationwide, the need to obtain and maintain insurance licenses in all 50 states and D.C. Additionally, the resource commitment required by customers, and larger lenders in particular, to connect to a new mortgage insurance platform, such as ours, is significant, and absent a critical need, such as the capital constraints in the MI industry during the financial crisis, they have historically in our view been reluctant to make such an investment. We were formed at a time when the severe dislocation in the private mortgage insurance industry caused by the financial crisis created a need for newly capitalized mortgage insurers and this has facilitated our efforts to establish relationships with lenders.
 
 
 
 



3



 
 
 
 
Our Strategy and Competitive Strengths

We believe the current environment provides an opportune time for a new mortgage insurer with no exposure to the recent financial crisis to enter the market. By entering the market at this time, we believe that we should be well positioned to profit from conservative underwriting standards, improving loss trends and attractive risk adjusted premium pricing levels.

Our business strategy is to become a leading national MI company with our principal focus on writing insurance on high quality, low down payment residential mortgages in the United States. As part of this strategy, we have near term objectives including:

Obtaining outstanding certificates of authority, or state insurance licenses, and establishing effective rates and policy forms where required.  As of the date of this prospectus, NMIC is licensed in 48 states and D.C., has effective rates in 47 states and D.C. and effective policy forms in 46 states and D.C. Our objective is to obtain licenses, effective rates and policy forms in all 50 states and D.C. NMIC's application for a certificate of authority has not yet been accepted by the Wyoming Insurance Department for formal review due to our inability to meet the state's two year statutory seasoning requirement, which requirement can be waived by the Wyoming Insurance Commissioner. We have requested and been granted a hearing in December 2013 to present evidence in support of our assertion that sufficient grounds exist under Wyoming law for the Wyoming Insurance Commissioner to grant our request for a waiver of Wyoming's seasoning requirement. There can be no assurances that we will be granted a waiver in Wyoming. In Florida, on August 15, 2013, we re-filed NMIC's application for a certificate of authority following our withdrawal of our the application in May 2013 in response to a request by Florida's Office of Insurance Regulation ("FL OIR"). We have requested and been granted a hearing with the FL OIR in October 2013, at which we plan to address issues related to (i) the role of certain of our officers in their previous employment at PMI Mortgage Insurance Co. ("PMIC"), (ii) the lawsuit brought against us and certain of our officers and employees by the PMIC receiver and (iii) our eligibility for a seasoning waiver in Florida. There can be no assurances that our application for a certificate of authority in Florida will be approved. NMIC's application for approval of rates is pending in Washington and its applications for approvals of policy forms are pending in Maryland and Alaska.

Evaluating risk in a timely fashion on all insured loans. Through our innovative underwriting solution, National MI TrueInsight SM , we intend to review every loan we insure through both our delegated and non-delegated channels. National MI TrueInsight SM solution confirms underwriting eligibility, either prior to loan closing in the non-delegated channel or through a post-closing underwriting review in the delegated channel. Our "Delegated Assurance Review" provides a review of each mortgage insurance policy issued by our customers under their delegated authority. This differs from other MI companies that typically underwrite a sampling of policies originated through their delegated underwriting channels. By underwriting each policy, we believe we can more effectively manage the risk characteristics in our portfolio and provide a high level of confidence to our lenders that valid claims will be paid. We also expect this process will allow us to provide our customers with timely, value-added feedback on the risk characteristics of their loan originations.

Pursue new opportunities to source mortgage insurance business. Following the financial crisis and placement of the GSEs under the conservatorship of the FHFA in 2008, regulators have sought to develop strategies and programs to reduce U.S. taxpayer exposure to the mortgage markets and to transfer mortgage credit risk to the private market. We believe that this policy direction will continue, and may lead to additional opportunities for the mortgage insurance industry, and NMIC in particular. We have actively pursued the currently proposed GSE risk sharing programs and during the second fiscal quarter of 2013, NMIC bid on a pool insurance transaction proposed by Fannie Mae and NMIC was ultimately selected for the transaction. We intend to analyze future risk sharing transactions as they arise.
 
 
 
 

4



 
 
 
 
Establishing customer relationships through our sales force of qualified mortgage professionals.  In order to develop a diverse customer base of mortgage originators, we believe we will ultimately need to have a sales force of qualified mortgage professionals that generally have well-established relationships with industry leading lenders and significant experience in both MI and mortgage lending. As of the date of this prospectus, we have hired approximately 30% of our target sales force staffing goal which we believe is well matched with our expense planning and operational readiness. Mortgage insurance is a highly competitive industry and therefore we believe establishing and maintaining relationships with many lending institutions is critical to our success. We believe our National Account sales team has made meaningful strides establishing relationships with the 36 most significant mortgage originators as defined by volume of originations and insured business, which we refer to as "National Accounts." As discussed below, to date 18 of our National Account lenders have agreed to use NMIC as a mortgage insurance provider. While we believe we have favorable relationships with these 18 National Accounts, they are not contractually or legally obligated to use NMIC as an MI provider or to deliver any level of business to us. In addition, our nationwide and regional sales teams have focused their efforts on attracting as customers local and regional mortgage loan originators throughout the United States. Our future efforts will continue to focus on growing our customer base.

 Attracting and retaining our employee base. We believe our Company will be an attractive, stable place of employment, given that we are a well-capitalized insurance company that has made significant progress in commencing business in the MI marketplace, allowing us to attract what we believe to be a high-quality talent pool. We have grown from zero employees prior to our capitalization in April 2012 to over 120 employees as of September 30, 2013. We currently expect to have approximately 175 employees by the end of 2013.

  Integrating electronically with mortgage lenders, the largest loan servicing systems and leading third-party origination systems.  Many of our customers will require us to have connectivity or be integrated with one or more of the largest loan servicing and/or leading third-party loan origination systems as a precursor to doing business with them. We have completed integration with two of the largest loan servicing systems, LPS MSP and Fiserv LoanServ™. We have also begun the process of integrating with the leading third-party loan origination systems, and expect to complete some of these integrations this year, including Ellie Mae Encompass360®, RealEC®, Fiserv EasyLender®, FICS Loan Producer® and Mortgage Builder. By mid-2014, we believe we will be integrated with the other leading third-party loan origination systems. We also intend to integrate directly with those lenders that maintain their own, proprietary loan origination and servicing system technologies, recognizing that the time-lines for these integrations are heavily dependent upon the lenders' internal technology resource time-lines and availability.

Continuing development of our enterprise technology platform. We seek to continue to develop our enterprise technology platform to support our mortgage insurance operations, including underwriting, premium billing, policy servicing, and delinquency and claims management functions. In order to adequately support our mortgage insurance operations, we expect that, when completed and all components are fully integrated, our technology platform will allow us to: (i) obtain applications and supporting documentation from our lenders on an automated basis, thereby enabling lenders to submit insurance applications in an efficient manner and facilitating our risk review, (ii) obtain real-time data on performance of individual insured loans and programs, enabling a transparent and collaborative policy acquisition and underwriting process that should reduce response times, decrease costs and streamline communication with lenders, (iii) provide real-time feedback data for monitoring underwriting guidelines and for communicating to lenders the quality metrics and performance of the loans we insure, (iv) bill and collect premiums electronically and (v) adjust and settle claims.
 
 
 
 

 

5



 
 
 
 
Ÿ     Manage expenses to maximize operating leverage. We are constructing a brand new, scalable and flexible mortgage insurance platform that we believe can support significant growth with further investment. We believe that the scalability of our platform and our focus on controlling staffing, operating, capital and other expenses will allow us to deliver enhanced earnings over time. We believe that the benefits of an efficient expense structure provide us with greater flexibility.
Ÿ   Promote the role and benefits of private mortgage insurance by actively engaging with policymakers, regulators and industry participants. We believe that a strong, viable private MI market is a critical component of the U.S. housing finance system. Mortgage insurance provides private capital to mitigate mortgage credit risk within the system, supports increased levels of homeownership, offers liquidity and process efficiencies for lenders, and provides consumers with lower-cost products and increased choice of mortgage and homeownership options. We meet frequently with regulatory agencies, including our state insurance regulators and the FHFA, the GSEs, our customers and other industry participants to promote the role and value of private mortgage insurance and exchange views on the U.S. housing finance system. We believe we have a good relationship with our domiciliary regulator and often share our views on current matters regarding the MI industry. We actively participate in industry discussions regarding potential changes to the MI regulatory environment. We intend to continue to promote legislative and regulatory policies that support a viable and competitive private MI industry and a well-functioning U.S. housing finance system.
We intend to execute the above strategy, by taking advantage of the following competitive strengths:
Ÿ    Availability of capital to support growth. As a newly capitalized mortgage insurer, we do not have exposure to the losses caused by historical underwriting standards (which we believe to have been less than adequate) and declines in home values experienced during the recent financial crisis. We believe our current capital will support approximately $30 billion of insurance in force (“IIF”) while staying within the regulatory guidelines imposed by state insurance departments and the GSEs.
Ÿ    Conservative balance sheet with strong financial position and disciplined risk management philosophy. We believe that our strong financial position has been a critical component in gaining the confidence of our customers. We are not encumbered by a high risk, legacy book of business written during the credit bubble of the pre-2009 period. We have established risk management controls throughout our organization that we believe will support our continued financial strength. Risk management is deeply incorporated into our business decisions and processes, including customer and policy acquisition, underwriting and credit approval, ongoing portfolio monitoring, loss reserving and claims management, investment allocation and capital management.
Ÿ   Superior business practices and terms of trade. In addition, our advantage of being a new company, with unencumbered capital and an experienced management team allows us to offer credit risk solutions for our current and prospective customers that we believe are not currently offered by our competitors. We believe our products and services provide a more transparent and efficient method of placing mortgage insurance. Our underwriting guidelines, National MI TrueGuide SM, reflect what we believe are clear and straightforward eligibility requirements that are easy to follow.
 
 
 
 



6



 
 
 
 
           We believe our terms of trade offer a unique approach to rescission relief that sets us apart from other MI companies. Existing MI companies have rescinded or denied coverage on a significant number of mortgage insurance policies in recent years. We believe this has strained the relationship between a number of the mortgage originators and some existing mortgage insurers, providing an opportunity for a new entrant to more effectively compete with existing providers. Through our National MI SafeGuard SM  solution, after a borrower has timely made 18 consecutive monthly payments on a loan we insure, we have agreed that we will not rescind or cancel coverage of that loan for borrower fraud or underwriting defects. In addition, upon the borrower attaining 18 full and timely consecutive monthly payments, we have agreed to limitations on our ability to initiate an investigation of fraud or misrepresentation by our insureds or any other party involved in the origination of an insured loan, which we collectively refer to in our master policies as a "First Party." We believe the standard approach used by most MI companies is to provide this rescission relief with respect to underwriting defects and investigation of First Party fraud or misrepresentation after 36 months of full and timely consecutive monthly payments. We believe the terms of our insurance coverage described in our Master Policy Agreement will be favorably received by our customers, allowing us to gain market share from current providers. In addition, because we review every loan we insure as described above, we believe we are well aligned with the GSEs' desire that MI providers adopt up-front quality control practices that have the effect of giving insureds assurance of coverage after a borrower has timely made 36 months of loan payments or in the case of NMIC after only 18 months of loan payments.

Ÿ    Experienced management team with a focus on long-term value creation. We have assembled a senior management team with extensive experience developing and operating MI companies. Our Chief Executive Officer, Bradley M. Shuster, was responsible for international operations for PMIC, coordinating both acquisitions in Australia and de novo operations in Canada, Europe and Hong Kong. Before leaving PMIC in 2008, Mr. Shuster was responsible for the sale of PMIC's Australian operations to QBE Group for approximately $1.0 billion. In addition to Mr. Shuster, the other members of the Company's executive management team collectively average over 25 years of mortgage or financial services industry experience. See "Management — Directors and Executive Officers."

We believe our strategy and competitive strengths should provide for an efficient deployment of our capital and for strong overall risk management allowing us to operate profitably across market cycles.

Risk Factors

Investing in our common stock involves substantial risk. The risks described under the heading “Risk Factors” immediately following this summary may cause us to not realize the benefits of our strengths or may cause us to be unable to successfully execute all or part of our strategy. Some of the more significant challenges include the following:

Ÿ    We are a development stage corporation that, prior to receipt of GSE Approval in January 2013, did not engage in any substantive insurance operations. Therefore, our operating history is not comparable to what we expect our future operations will be. In addition, we have a history of losses and expect to continue to report annual net losses in the near term; therefore, our ability to achieve profitability, if at all, is uncertain.

Ÿ   The success of our business is highly dependent on our ability to utilize technology to conduct business electronically with our customers. Our inability to timely meet the technological demands of our customers or to develop, enhance and maintain our technology platform could result in adverse effects to our business.
 
 
 
 




7



 
 
 
 
Ÿ     We believe that NMIC will require licenses in all 50 states and D.C. in order to conduct MI business with many, or potentially all, large national lenders, and NMIC may not be able to ultimately obtain licenses in all 50 states.

Ÿ    Changes in the business practices of the GSEs, including a decision to decrease or discontinue the use of MI, federal legislation that changes their charters or a restructuring of the GSEs could reduce our revenues or increase our losses. In addition, the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act and Basel III may negatively impact private mortgage insurers.

Ÿ    We, as well as our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Sales Officer and Vice President of Sales Operations, Analytics & Planning, are defendants in a lawsuit brought by the Receiver of PMI Mortgage Insurance Co. ("PMIC"). If the lawsuit is determined adversely to us we could face significant monetary damages or be required to remove the officers involved, and this litigation could adversely affect our ability to conduct insurance operations, including obtaining licenses in the two states (Florida and Wyoming) where we do not currently have them.

Ÿ   We are outsourcing a significant portion of our MI underwriting on certain loans to third party service providers. Should these service providers fail to adequately perform their underwriting services or place coverage on ineligible loans, we could experience increased losses on loans underwritten by them and our customer relationships could be negatively impacted.

You should carefully consider all of the information included in this prospectus, including matters set forth under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Additional Information

NMI Holdings, Inc. is a Delaware corporation incorporated on May 19, 2011 for the purpose of building an MI company, as discussed below. On November 30, 2011, we entered into an agreement with MAC Financial Ltd. to purchase MAC Financial and its Wisconsin-licensed subsidiaries, which acquisition was completed on April 24, 2012. Prior to acquisition, MAC Financial and its insurance subsidiaries were primarily engaged in start-up related activities, such as commencing the initial work on an insurance management system, starting the state licensing process, completing the initial GSE applications and beginning to hire personnel. Prior to acquisition by NMIH, none of MAC Financial's insurance subsidiaries had written any MI. As consideration for the acquisition, MAC Financial Ltd. received 250,000 shares of our common stock, a warrant to purchase 678,295 shares of our common stock and $2.5 million in cash consideration (the "MAC Acquisition"). MAC Financial's insurance subsidiaries, Mortgage Assurance Corporation, Mortgage Assurance Reinsurance Inc One and Mortgage Assurance Reinsurance Inc Two, each a Wisconsin corporation, were renamed National Mortgage Insurance Corporation (“NMIC”), National Mortgage Reinsurance Inc One (“NMRI One”) and National Mortgage Reinsurance Inc Two (“NMRI Two”), respectively. The stockholders of MAC Financial Ltd. have resolved to wind up its affairs pursuant to a members voluntary liquidation under Bermuda law, and have appointed a liquidator for that purpose.  The shares of our common stock and the warrant previously held by MAC Financial Ltd. have been divided and distributed to its former stockholders. On September 30, 2013, we merged MAC Financial Holding Corporation into NMIH, with NMIH surviving the merger, and we merged NMRI Two into NMIC, with NMIC surviving the merger.

On April 24, 2012, we also completed a private placement of 55,000,000 shares of our common stock for gross proceeds of $550 million. We received net proceeds of approximately $510 million, after the initial purchaser's discount and placement fees and after our offering expenses. Pursuant to the terms of the offering, we were able to access approximately $32 million to cover operating expenses while the remaining proceeds from the offering were placed in investment accounts which could not be utilized by us for operating activities until we received GSE Approval. Upon receipt of GSE Approval on January 15, 2013, the funds in the investment accounts became available for operating activities.
 
 
 
 


8



 
 
 
 
Also on April 24, 2012, as part of the consideration for the line of credit it granted to us to pay for costs associated with our formation and capitalization, including some of the expenses of the private offering described in the preceding paragraph, we issued to FBR Capital Markets LT, Inc. a warrant to purchase up to 313,870 shares of our common stock (the "FBR Warrant"). FBR Capital Markets LT, Inc. subsequently assigned the FBR Warrant to FBR Capital Markets & Co.

Prior to the completion of the MAC Acquisition, our activities were focused on organizational development, capital raising and other start-up related activities. Additionally, for the period from May 19, 2011 through the date of this filing our efforts have been primarily directed toward building the foundation of the Company which would allow us to write MI. These efforts included, among other things, attracting an executive management team and other key officers and directors, attracting and hiring staff, building our operating processes, designing and developing our business and technology applications, environment and infrastructure, and securing state licensing and GSE Approval. We commenced writing MI in April 2013 through NMIC.

Our principal executive offices are located at 2100 Powell Street, 12th Floor Emeryville, CA. 94608. Our main telephone number is (855) 530-NMIC (6642), and our website is www.nationalmi.com. Our website, and the information contained on or accessible through our website, are not part of this prospectus.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We qualify as an "emerging growth company" or "EGC" as defined in the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, a company may elect to take advantage of the reduced disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies under the JOBS Act about its executive compensation arrangements and the presentation of selected financial data for periods prior to the earliest audited period presented in a prospectus and an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

As a result of our qualification as an EGC, the information that we provide in this prospectus may be different than the information you may receive from other public companies in which you hold equity interests. For example, as an EGC, we are relieved from certain significant requirements, including an exemption from compliance with Section 404(b) of Sarbanes-Oxley, which otherwise would have required our auditors to attest to and report on our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, it is possible that some investors will find our common stock less attractive as a result of any elections we may make under the JOBS Act, which may result in a less active trading market for our common stock and more volatility in our share price.

We may take advantage of these provisions until we are no longer an EGC. We will remain an EGC until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, (iii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common shares which are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, or (iv) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. We expect to retain our status as an EGC through the remainder of this year. We believe that there is a substantial possibility that our ability to take advantage of any of the JOBS Act elections will cease at year end 2014, depending in large part on the market value of our equity at that time, as we believe that we will no longer meet all of the requirements to be considered an EGC at that point.
 
 
 
 


9


 

The Offering

 
 
Issuer
NMI Holdings, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock offered by us
           shares of common stock.
 
 
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders
          shares of common stock.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Offering Price Range
Between $ and $ per share of common stock.
 
 
Over-allotment option

The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional shares of common stock from us and an additional shares of common stock from the selling stockholders at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days of this prospectus to cover overallotments, if any.
 
 
Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering
         shares of common stock.(1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Use of proceeds
Assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, we estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of our common stock in this offering will be $         (or $         if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders. We intend to use our net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividend policy
We have never paid cash dividends to holders of our common stock. We do not expect to declare or pay any cash or other dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Listing
We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ under the symbol "NMIH."
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk factors
Please read the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14 for a discussion of some of the factors you should consider before buying our common stock.
 
 
(1)    Based on 55,637,480 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2013, and includes 137,380 shares that were issued upon vesting of restricted stock units issued under the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan. Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus regarding the number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering does not include an aggregate of up to 6,354,785 shares of our common stock comprising:
Ÿ 313,870 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of the FBR Warrant;
Ÿ 678,295 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants that were initially issued to MAC Financial Ltd. in connection with the MAC Acquisition. The stockholders of MAC Financial Ltd. have resolved to wind up its affairs pursuant to a members voluntary liquidation under Bermuda law, and have appointed a liquidator for that purpose.  The warrants previously held by MAC Financial Ltd. have been divided and distributed to its former stockholders;
Ÿ 3,063,878 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options, 659,723 of which are currently exercisable;
Ÿ 1,248,650 shares of our common stock issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units; and
Ÿ An aggregate of 1,050,092 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan.
 
 
 
 
 
 

10



 

SUMMARY SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 
 
 The following tables set forth our summary selected historical consolidated financial data. You should read this information in conjunction with “Selected Condensed Historical Financial Information,” “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. References in this prospectus to "Successor" refer to the Company on or after April 24, 2012 and references to "Predecessor" refer to MAC Financial Holding Corporation prior to April 24, 2012.
The summary historical consolidated financial statements of the Company (Successor entity) are set forth below as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012, as of December 31, 2011, for the period May 19, 2011 (date of inception) through December 31, 2011 and for the period May 19, 2011 (date of inception) through June 30, 2013. The summary financial information presented is derived from our audited or unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
We have included the summary historical consolidated statements of operations of our Predecessor entity as of and for the period January 1, 2012 through April 24, 2012 (date of purchase of Predecessor entity), as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011, and for the period from July 6, 2009 (date of inception of Predecessor entity) through April 24, 2012.
We have also included the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012, which combines the Predecessor's consolidated income statement for such period with the Successor's consolidated income statement, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus, giving effect to the MAC Acquisition as if it had occurred on January 1, 2012. Because there was an immaterial level of operations during this pro forma period, totaling approximately $9,000, we do not further discuss the pro forma presentation in this prospectus.
We were formed in May 2011. Prior to the completion of the MAC Acquisition on April 24, 2012, our activities were focused on organizational development, capital raising and other start-up related activities. Additionally, for the period from May 19, 2011 through the date of this filing, our efforts were primarily directed toward building the foundation of the Company which would allow us to write mortgage insurance. These efforts included, among other things, building an executive management team and hiring other key officers and directors and staff, building our operating processes, designing and developing our business and technology applications, environment and infrastructure, and securing state licensing and GSE Approval.
In April 2012, we raised net proceeds of approximately $510 million in a private placement of our common stock and completed our acquisition of MAC Financial, a Delaware corporation, and its Wisconsin-licensed subsidiaries, including NMIC. The proceeds from the private placement were and will be primarily used to capitalize our MI subsidiaries and fund our operating expenses until our MI subsidiaries generate positive cash flows. We recently commenced issuing mortgage insurance policies in April 2013. Therefore, our results of operation following our receipt of GSE Approval cannot be meaningfully compared to our operations prior thereto.
 
 
 
 




11


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
 
 
SUCCESSOR
 
 
PRO FORMA
 
 
PREDECESSOR
 
 
 
NMI Holdings, Inc.
(A Development Stage Company)
 
 
NMI Holdings, Inc.
(A Development Stage Company)
 
 
MAC Financial Holding Corporation (A Development Stage Company)
 
 
 
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2012
For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
For the Period May 19, 2011 (inception) to December 31, 2011
For the Period May 19, 2011 (inception) to June 30, 2013
 
 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
 
For the Period January 1, 2012 to April 24, 2012
For the Year Ended December 31, 2011
For the Period July 6, 2009 (inception) to April 24, 2012
 
 
 
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
 
 
(unaudited)
 
 
(unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In Thousands, except per share data)
 
 
(In Thousands, except per share data)
 
 
(In Thousands)
 
 
Revenues
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct premiums written
$
1

$

$

$

$
1

 
 
$

 
 
$

$

$

 
 
(Increase) decrease in unearned premiums





 
 

 
 



 
 
Net premiums earned
1




1

 
 

 
 



 
 
Net investment income
1,817


6


1,823

 
 
6

 
 



 
 
Other revenue
(599
)

278


(321
)
 
 
278

 
 

2

18

 
 
Total Revenues
1,219


284


1,503

 
 
284

 
 

2

18

 
 
Expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Payroll and related
13,806

1,829

11,559


25,365

 
 
11,559

 
 

334

2,402

 
 
Share-based compensation
6,859

1,046

6,115


12,974

 
 
6,115

 
 



 
 
Professional fees
5,160

840

4,242

1,248

10,650

 
 
4,246

 
 

21

1,939

 
 
Depreciation
1,847


3


1,850

 
 
3

 
 
4

14

33

 
 
Other
1,773

2,867

5,856

101

7,730

 
 
5,863

 
 
6

237

1,285

 
 
Total Expenses
29,445

6,582

27,775

1,349

58,569

 
 
27,786

 
 
10

606

5,659

 
 
Net loss
$
(28,226
)
$
(6,582
)
$
(27,491
)
$
(1,349
)
$
(57,066
)
 
 
$
(27,502
)
 
 
$
(10
)
$
(604
)
$
(5,641
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and Diluted loss per share
$
(0.51
)
$
(0.33
)
$
(0.73
)
$
(13,490.00
)
$
(1.81
)
 
 
$
(0.73
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Book value per share
$
8.20

$
9.10

$
8.81

$
(13,490.00
)
$
8.20

 
 
$
8.81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average common
55,565,374

20,126,474

37,909,936

100

31,448,608

 
 
37,909,936

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares outstanding
55,637,480

55,500,100

55,500,100

100

55,637,480

 
 
55,500,100

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

12


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUCCESSOR
 
 
PREDECESSOR
 
 
 
NMI Holdings, Inc.
(A Development Stage Company)
 
 
MAC Financial Holding Corporation (A Development Stage Company)
 
 
 
June 30,
2013
 
June 30,
2013
 
June 30,
2012
 
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
 
April 24,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
 
 
(unaudited)
 
(as adjusted)
 
(unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In Thousands)
 
 
(In Thousands)
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
25,941

 

 
$
502,981

 
$
485,855

 
$

 
 
$
17

 
$
17

 
 
Restricted cash

 

 
20,830

 
40,338

 

 
 

 

 
 
Investment securities
427,472

 

 

 
4,864

 

 
 

 

 
 
Accrued investment income
2,105

 

 

 

 

 
 

 

 
 
Goodwill and other intangible assets
3,634

 

 
4,702

 
3,634

 

 
 

 

 
 
Software and equipment, net
8,786

 

 
5,184

 
7,550

 

 
 
2,887

 
2,891

 
 
Other assets
1,012

 

 
317

 
526

 
210

 
 
12

 
19

 
 
Total Assets
$
468,950

 

 
$
534,014

 
$
542,767

 
$
210

 
 
$
2,916

 
$
2,927

 
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
$
6,416

 


 
$
3,110

 
$
8,708

 
$
1,354

 
 
$
1,467

 
$
1,227

 
 
Purchase fees and purchase consideration payable

 

 
20,830

 
40,338

 

 
 

 

 
 
Warrant liability
5,921

 

 
5,120

 
4,842

 

 
 

 

 
 
Other liabilities
133

 

 

 
133

 
205

 
 

 
240

 
 
Total Liabilities
12,470

 

 
29,060

 
54,021

 
1,559

 
 
1,467

 
1,467

 
 
Total Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)
456,480

 

 
504,954

 
488,746

 
(1,349
)
 
 
1,449

 
1,460

 
 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
$
468,950

 

 
$
534,014

 
$
542,767

 
$
210

 
 
$
2,916

 
$
2,927

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

13



RISK FACTORS
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, before deciding to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition, operating results and cash flow. In such case, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.
This registration statement contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, including any such statements made in “Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
Risk Factors Relating to Our Business Generally
We are a development stage corporation that, prior to receipt of GSE Approval in January 2013, did not engage in any substantive insurance operations. Therefore, we do not have a track record or operating history on which investors may rely for purposes of projecting our future operating results.
We are a development stage corporation that received GSE Approval in January 2013. We did not engage in any substantive operations (including writing MI) prior to receipt of GSE Approval and, therefore, do not have a track record or operating history on which investors may rely for purposes of projecting future operating results. Having no insurance operating history, we are subject to substantial business and financial risks and could suffer significant losses, all of which are difficult to predict. We are seeking to develop business relationships, develop and implement our technology platform, gain customers, establish operating procedures, continue to hire staff and complete other tasks appropriate for the conduct of our intended business activities. Our success will also be dependent upon our ability to implement the operating procedures we have established, and continue to develop the internal controls (including the timely and successful implementation of information technology systems and programs) to effectively support our business and our regulatory and reporting requirements. In addition to the foregoing, as a new company with no insurance operating history, we do not have all the necessary licenses and authorizations to operate the insurance business described in this prospectus in all of the United States. As of the date of this prospectus, we have obtained certificates of authority to write MI business in 48 states and D.C. We do not yet have certificates of authority in Florida or Wyoming. Of the 48 states and D.C. where we obtained certificates of authority, we have effective rates in all jurisdictions other than the state of Washington and authorized policy forms in all jurisdictions other than Maryland and Alaska. Further, industry conditions may change by the time we are able to start operating in a manner that may adversely affect the development of our business, and there can be no assurance that we will be successful in our efforts to develop our business or obtain the necessary licenses and authorizations in a timely manner, if at all.
We have reported net losses since our inception, expect to continue to report annual net losses in the near term, and cannot assure you when we will achieve profitability.
We have reported net losses since our inception. For the six months ended June 30, 2013 we reported a net loss of $28.2 million and for the year ended December 31, 2012, we reported a net loss of $27.5 million. We currently expect to continue to report annual net losses in the near term, the size of which will depend primarily on the amount of insurance business we can transact and the returns generated from our investment portfolio. We expect that cash and investments and projected cash flows from operations will provide us with sufficient liquidity to fund our anticipated growth by providing capital to increase our insurance company

14



surplus as well as for payment of operating expenses through 2015, at which point we currently expect we will need to raise additional capital. Any such capital raise may be in the form of debt, preferred equity, or common equity and may be senior to our common stock and may result in dilution to you. No assurance as to the ultimate availability, costs or other terms of any such additional capital can be given at this time. We cannot assure you when, or if, we will achieve profitability. Conditions that could delay our profitability primarily include our ability to obtain and maintain certificates of authority from state insurance departments, fully develop and implement our enterprise technology platform, attract and retain a diverse customer base, maintain GSE eligibility, and to a lesser extent, include increasing unemployment rates, decreasing housing values, and unfavorable resolution of ongoing legal proceedings.
As a participant in the mortgage lending and MI industry, we rely on e-commerce and other technologies to conduct business with our customers. Our inability to meet the technological demands of customers could adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results.
As a participant in the mortgage lending and MI industry, we rely on e-commerce and other technologies to provide and expand our products and services. Customers require us to provide certain products and services in a secure manner, electronically via the Internet or electronic data transmission, and we will process a significant amount of our new insurance written and claims electronically. Accordingly, we are investing resources in establishing and maintaining electronic connectivity with customers and, more generally, in e-commerce and technological advancements. In order to integrate electronically with mortgage lenders, we will need to connect our systems to the industry's largest mortgage servicing systems and leading third-party loan origination systems. As discussed below in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Factors Affecting Our Operating Results Development of Our IT Platform," we have begun the process of integration with the largest loan servicing and leading third-party loan origination systems. We expect this integration process may take a significant amount of time before it is complete. We are also working to integrate directly with those lenders that maintain their own, proprietary loan origination and servicing system technologies, recognizing that the timelines for these integrations are heavily dependent upon the lenders' internal technology resources. Our inability to continue to make progress with these e-commerce connections could negatively impact our ability to attract as customers the larger mortgage lenders who rely on these connections to do business. Many customers require us to have such connectivity in place as a precursor to doing business with them. Our business, financial condition and operating results may be adversely impacted if we do not successfully establish these arrangements or otherwise keep pace with the technological demands of customers.
If we, together with third parties with whom we have contracted, are unable to develop, enhance and maintain our technology platform with respect to the products and services we offer, our business and financial performance could be significantly harmed.
As discussed below in this prospectus, we are developing an enterprise technology platform designed to support our mortgage insurance operations. If our technology platform fails to perform in the manner we expect, our business, financial condition and operating results will be significantly harmed. Further, if we are unable to timely and effectively enhance our platform when necessary to support our current and future business functions, our business would be negatively impacted. Until we reach a significant volume of mortgage insurance applications through our policy acquisition system, and even if we reach a significant volume, we cannot be assured that we will not experience difficulties. The success of our business will be dependent on our ability to resolve any issues identified with our technology platform during operations and to make timely improvements. Further, we will need to match or exceed the technological capabilities of our competitors over time. We cannot predict with certainty the cost of such maintenance and improvements, but failure to make such improvements could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and

15



operating results.
In addition, we have contracted with a number of third parties in connection with the development and operation of the platform and rely on these third parties to competently perform their obligations in a timely manner. Any failure to maintain acceptable arrangements with these third parties, or the failure of any of these third parties to perform and/or deliver in an acceptable and timely manner, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
If we are unable to enhance, augment and maintain our insurance management system (which we refer to as "IMS") we purchased in connection with the MAC Acquisition our business and financial performance could be significantly harmed.
As part of the MAC Acquisition, we acquired IMS, which is a major component of our technology platform (which we refer to as "AXIS"). After the acquisition of IMS, business analysis and development efforts pursued over the ensuing months revealed that IMS would require greater modifications and enhancements than originally anticipated in order to adequately and acceptably interface with our customers, underwrite their mortgage insurance, bill and collect the premiums due to us, run relevant internal and external reports on our current book of business and process and pay our customers' claims in a timely manner. Given the time required to upgrade the policy acquisition and underwriting modules of IMS, we determined that the modules of IMS that support policy servicing, billing, and delinquency and claims management would not effectively and efficiently support our business needs based on our projected volume and customer experience we desire. As such, we made the business decision in the second quarter of 2013 to pursue the development of new modules to support these business functions, which development may increase our development costs. There is no assurance we will be able to build these capabilities, that our customers will accept any short-term, work around solutions or that we will be able to make any of these system modifications or enhancements in a timely manner. Furthermore, such system development and enhancement efforts are critical to having and maintaining a fully operational business and technology platform, as specifically required in our approval conditions from the GSEs. Any significant shortfall in these technology enhancements or negative variance in the time-line in which the system functionality is delivered could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We may not receive, or be able to retain, licenses in all states, which would hamper our ability to issue MI on a nationwide basis.
In addition to GSE Approval, in order to transact MI on a nationwide basis NMIC must receive certificates of authority in each of the 50 states and D.C. As of the date of this prospectus, NMIC has obtained certificates of authority in 48 states and D.C. NMIC has not yet received certificates of authority in Wyoming or Florida.
NMIC's application for a certificate of authority has not yet been accepted by the Wyoming Insurance Department for formal review due to our current inability to meet Wyoming's seasoning requirement. Like most of the other states in which NMIC is licensed, Wyoming has a statutory seasoning requirement, which requires an applicant for admission to Wyoming to have transacted insurance for two years in its state of domicile prior to being admitted to Wyoming. The Wyoming Insurance Commissioner has the discretion to waive the requirement, however, if he or she finds that the applicant insures against special hazards to property or liability for which, in the Commissioner's opinion, adequate provision is not already made by insurers already authorized in the state. We requested a waiver under the foregoing provision; however, the Wyoming Insurance Commissioner did not agree to grant the waiver. We have requested and been granted a hearing before an administrative law judge (ALJ) in December 2013 to present evidence in support of our assertion that sufficient

16



grounds exist under Wyoming law for the Wyoming Insurance Commissioner to grant our request for a waiver of Wyoming's seasoning requirement. The ALJ will issue a recommended decision, which the Commissioner may adopt, modify or reject altogether and issue his own decision. There can be no assurances that we will prevail in the hearing and that a seasoning waiver will be granted. If the refusal to grant us a seasoning waiver is upheld, we will have the right to appeal to the Wyoming courts. If a waiver is granted, we expect that the Wyoming Insurance Department will review NMIC's application for a certificate of authority in Wyoming. We intend to provide all information requested by the Wyoming Insurance Department but cannot guarantee that we will obtain a certificate of authority in Wyoming even if a seasoning waiver is granted.
In May 2013, we withdrew NMIC's application for a license in Florida in response to a request by Florida's Office of Insurance Regulation ("FL OIR"). On August 15, 2013, we refiled NMIC's application for a certificate of authority in Florida. We have requested and been granted a hearing with the FL OIR in October 2013 on our licensing application. The FL OIR has asked us to address issues related to (i) the role of certain of our officers in their previous employment at PMIC, (ii) the litigation pending against us and certain of our officers and employees brought by the PMIC receiver and (iii) our eligibility for a seasoning waiver in Florida. The FL OIR is in the preliminary phase of its review, and there can be no assurance whether the FL OIR will require additional documentation and other information in order to proceed with reviewing our application. Although we will present our case as to why our application should be approved at our October 2013 hearing and intend to provide all information requested by the FL OIR in the licensing process, we cannot guarantee that this information will be satisfactory to the FL OIR and cause it to ultimately approve our application for a license.
There can be no assurance that we will receive certificates of authority in Wyoming and Florida in a timely manner, if at all. The insurance regulatory authorities in these states have considerable discretion as to whether to grant us a certificate of authority. Unless and until we are successful in obtaining these licenses, our mortgage insurance business will be confined to those states where we have been issued a certificate of authority and where our forms and rates have been approved. In addition, certain lenders may require that we hold certificates of authority in all, or nearly all, states before they are willing to do business with us, which could also have an adverse effect on the volume of business we are able to write.
We may not receive, or be able to retain, rate and form approvals in all states, which would hamper our ability to issue MI on a nationwide basis.
We intend to write MI business in the 50 states and D.C. In addition to needing to obtain certificates of authority in each of these jurisdictions, many of the states require approval of our insurance rates and/or policy forms before we may issue insurance policies in those states. Of the states in which NMIC has received certificates of authority, NMIC currently has effective rates in 47 states and D.C. and effective policy forms in 46 states and D.C. NMIC's application for approval of rates is pending in the state of Washington and its applications for approvals of policy forms are pending in Maryland and Alaska. Until such time as we receive the additional approvals of rates and policy forms that we need, our ability to provide MI will be geographically limited to those states in which NMIC has obtained certificates of authority as an insurance company and the necessary rate and form approvals. These geographic limitations could have an adverse effect on the volume of business we are able to write. There are no assurances that we will receive rate and form approvals in the remaining states in a timely manner, if at all. If we fail to do so, our business, financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected.
We are outsourcing the underwriting of our mortgage insurance on certain loans to third-party service providers. If these service providers fail to adequately perform their underwriting services or place

17



coverage on ineligible loans, we could experience increased losses on loans underwritten by them and our customer relationships could be negatively impacted.
If our underwriting service providers fail to adequately perform their underwriting services, including mishandling of customer inquiries or an inability to underwrite a sufficient volume of applications per day, we may lose opportunities to place mortgage insurance coverage on particular loans, our reputation may suffer, and customers may choose not to do business with us at all. In addition, if our underwriting service providers place coverage on loans that are ineligible for coverage under our underwriting guidelines, our risk of loss will be increased on those loans or the premiums we charge will be inadequate to the risk presented. We do not have the right under our mortgage insurance policies to cancel coverage of an ineligible loan as a result of an underwriting vendor's inappropriate decision. Further, other than being able to terminate our contracts, we do not have explicit monetary contractual remedies against these service providers in the event we are obligated to pay claims on ineligible loans that vendors improperly agreed to insure on our behalf. If these service providers fail to adequately perform their underwriting services or consistently place coverage on ineligible loans, we could experience increased losses on loans underwritten by them and our customer relationships could be negatively impacted, which would have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results.
We currently intend to perform a post-close underwriting review of every loan that has been insured through our delegated mortgage insurance program within the first months of coverage, which will increase our costs of doing business and could negatively impact our ability to compete. In addition, a delegated lender could commit us to insure loans with unacceptable risk profiles before we discover and remedy the problem.
Our delegated underwriting program permits lenders who are approved by us to bind coverage on our behalf, so long as the insurance decision is consistent with applicable eligibility and underwriting criteria. Historically, delegated underwriting of mortgage insurance by lenders has been perceived by both lenders and MI companies as affording mutually beneficial efficiencies to the mortgage underwriting process. Compared to the prevailing delegated programs of our competitors, our delegated program is costlier and less efficient for us and our customers. The terms of coverage that apply to loans insured under our delegated program require the lenders to submit complete loan origination files to us within 60 days of the coverage effective dates. To comply with the loan file delivery requirement, our customers' processes would likely need to be modified, which will require the expenditure of greater resources on their part and could have the effect of driving our customers to choose our competitors' products over ours. In addition, we intend to conduct a post-close underwriting review (with the assistance of third-party service providers) of every loan insured under our delegated program to determine whether such loans meet applicable eligibility and underwriting criteria. While we believe our timely post-close review will afford greater certainty of coverage to our customers, this process could significantly increase our costs of doing business compared to our competitors. In addition, a lender could commit us to insure loans with unacceptable risk profiles before we discover the problem and terminate that lender's delegated underwriting authority or pursue other rights that may be available to us, such as our rights to rescind coverage or deny claims. For these reasons, the structure of our delegated program could negatively impact our ability to compete, which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Our mortgage insurance master policies contain restrictions on our ability to rescind coverage for fraud and underwriting defects, and if we were to fail to timely discover any such fraud or underwriting defects, our rights of rescission would be significantly limited, and we could suffer increased losses as a result of paying claims on loans with unacceptable risk profiles.

18



Under our mortgage insurance policies, after a borrower has timely made 18 consecutive monthly payments on a loan we insure, we have agreed that we will not rescind or cancel coverage of that loan for borrower fraud or underwriting defects. In addition, upon the borrower attaining 18 full and timely consecutive monthly payments, we have agreed to limitations on our ability to initiate an investigation of fraud or misrepresentation by our insureds or any other party involved in the origination of an insured loan, which we collectively refer to in our master policies as a "First Party." Although we have processes in place to review every loan we insure, we may not discover fraud and/or underwriting defects prior to a borrower making the 18th payment. If this were to occur, we would be contractually prohibited from exercising our rights of rescission for borrower fraud; our rights to investigate potential First Party fraud or misrepresentation would be curtailed; and we may be obligated to pay claims on certain loans with unacceptable risk profiles or which failed to meet our underwriting guidelines at the time of origination. As a result, we could suffer significant unexpected losses, which could adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results.
NMIC is required to maintain minimum capital under its agreements with the GSEs and certain states, and if NMIC falls below these capital requirements or exceeds certain risk-to-capital ratios, we could be required to cease writing business in these states and would likely lose our GSE eligibility, either of which would adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results.
As a condition of GSE Approval, we have agreed with Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to limit NMIC's risk-to-capital ("RTC") ratio to no greater than 15 to 1 and to maintain total statutory capital of at least $150 million for a three year period ending on January 15, 2016. After that date, we agree to comply with the risk-to-capital ratios that are imposed in the GSEs' then existing eligibility requirements. As part of our process of obtaining certificates of authority, NMIC entered into risk-to-capital agreements with the California Insurance Department, the Missouri Department of Insurance, the New York State Department of Financial Services, the Ohio Department of Insurance and the Texas Commissioner of Insurance. These agreements require NMIC to maintain a risk-to-capital ratio not to exceed 20 to 1 until January 15, 2016. If our business grows faster (i.e. our risk-in-force grows faster than expected) or is less profitable than expected (i.e. our revenues do not generate the return we expect), our actual RTC ratios over the short to mid-term could exceed our expected RTC ratios and could begin to approach the limits to which we are subject, which could require us to raise additional capital or enter into alternative arrangements to reduce our risk-in-force ("RIF"), including through reinsurance. With respect to each policy, primary RIF is the product of an insured loan's coverage percentage (the level of insurance protection) specified in the policy multiplied by that loan's unpaid principal balance. We can give no assurances that our efforts to raise capital or reduce our RIF would be successful. If we are unable to raise additional capital or enter into alternative arrangements to reduce our RIF, we may exceed the GSE and/or state-imposed capital requirements. If this were to occur, we may lose our GSE eligibility and/or may be required to cease transacting new business in these states, which would substantially impair our business and adversely impact our financial position and operating results.
Our insurance subsidiary is subject to state insurance department capital adequacy requirements, which if breached, could result in NMIC being required to cease writing new business or lose GSE eligibility.
NMIC's principal regulator is the Wisconsin Office of Commissioner of Insurance ("Wisconsin OCI" or "WOCI"). Under applicable Wisconsin law, as well as that of 15 other states, a mortgage insurer must maintain a minimum amount of statutory capital relative to the risk-in-force in order for the mortgage insurer to continue to write new business. We refer to these requirements as the “RTC requirement.” While formulations of minimum capital may vary in each jurisdiction that has such a requirement, the most common measure applied allows for a maximum permitted RTC ratio of 25 to 1. Wisconsin and certain other states, including California and Illinois, apply a substantially similar requirement referred to as minimum policyholders' position.

19



Accordingly, if we fail to meet the capital adequacy requirements in one or more states, we could be required to suspend writing business in some or all of the states in which we do business.
Our inability to timely attract and retain the largest mortgage originators as customers could negatively impact our ability to achieve our business goals.
The success of our mortgage insurance business is highly dependent on our ability to attract and retain as customers the largest mortgage originators in the United States. To that end, we have identified 36 lenders and classified them as our National Accounts. These National Accounts generally represent the nation's largest home mortgage lenders. These lenders originate loans through their retail channels, as well as purchase loans from other originators, including the smaller correspondent lenders. Within the National Accounts, there are approximately five national mortgage originators who we consider critical to the achievement of our business goals because of their dominant market share. As a result of their size and market share, these entities originate a significant majority of low down payment mortgages in the United States and, therefore, influence the size of the MI market. In order to insure low down payment loans originated by these five largest originators, we must first obtain their respective approvals as an authorized MI provider and achieve connectivity with their loan origination systems and servicing platforms. The process of obtaining such approvals and integrating our systems is time-consuming and requires the dedication and coordination of significant resources by us and the lenders. There is no assurance we will receive approvals from these lenders to do MI business in this channel in a timely manner or at all. If we cannot timely obtain such approvals, or fail to obtain and retain one or more approvals, our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely impacted.
If we ultimately gain these entities as customers, we cannot be certain that any loss of business from a single lender would be replaced from other new or existing lending customers in the industry. Such lending customers may decide to write business only with certain mortgage insurers based on their views with respect to an insurer's pricing, underwriting guidelines, loss mitigation practices, financial strength or other factors. Our customers may choose to diversify the mortgage insurers with which they do business, which could negatively affect our level of new insurance written and our market share. In addition, our master policies do not, and by law cannot, require our customers to do business with us. The loss of business from a significant customer could have an adverse effect on the amount of new business we are able to write, and consequently, our financial condition and operating results.
The mortgage market is dominated by the largest mortgage originators. We have identified thirty-six lenders as critical to our success and termed these lenders our National Accounts. If these lenders experience disruptions to their ability to originate mortgage loans, our business and financial performance could suffer.

Maintaining business relationships and new origination volumes with these National Accounts, particularly those who we believe to be the largest five originators, once they become customers, will be critical to the success of our business. The economic downturn and challenging market conditions of the recent past have adversely affected the financial condition of a number of them. If the U.S. economy fails to fully recover or re-enters a recessionary period, these lenders could again become subject to serious financial constraints that may jeopardize the viability of their business plans or their access to additional capital, forcing them to consider alternatives such as bankruptcy or consolidation with others in the industry. If this were to happen to any of our National Accounts the overall health of the U.S. mortgage origination market would be negatively impacted. The loss of business from a significant customer could have an adverse effect on the amount of new business we are able to write, and consequently, our financial condition and operating results.

20



There can be no assurance that the GSEs will continue to treat us as a qualified mortgage insurer in the future.
Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have imposed certain capitalization, operational and reporting conditions in connection with their recent approvals of NMIC as a qualified mortgage insurer. Some of these conditions remain in effect for a three-year period from the date of GSE Approval, while others do not expressly expire. Even though we have received GSE Approval to be a qualified mortgage insurer, there can be no assurance that the GSEs will continue to treat us as a qualified mortgage insurer in the future or, alternatively, they could, in their own discretion, require additional limitations on certain of our activities and practices in order to remain qualified. Such additional limitations could limit our operating flexibility and the areas in which we may write new business. The GSEs, as major purchasers of conventional mortgage loans in the United States, will likely be the primary beneficiaries of our MI coverage. If, in the future, either or both of the GSEs were to cease to consider us a qualified mortgage insurer and, therefore, cease accepting our MI products, our business, financial condition and operating results would be adversely impacted.
Under the terms of the GSE Approval, either or both of the GSEs could require us to redomicile from Wisconsin to another state, which, if required, could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Under the terms of Fannie Mae's and Freddie Mac's respective approvals of NMIC as a qualified mortgage insurer, each GSE has the right to require NMIC to redomicile to another state approved by such GSE. If either or both of the GSEs were to require that NMIC redomicile to another state, the process to redomicile would likely be time consuming and could strain Company resources. Moreover, redomicile is subject to approval by both current and proposed state insurance regulators, a process which would place further strain on Company resources. NMIC's primary insurance regulator is currently the Wisconsin OCI. If NMIC were required to redomicile to another state of the GSEs' choosing, NMIC's primary insurance regulator would change and become the insurance regulator in the new state of domicile. If this were to occur, there is no assurance that the regulations of the state of domicile will be similar to the regulations of the Wisconsin OCI or that NMIC would develop a favorable relationship with the new regulator. A requirement to redomicile could slow or prevent the successful execution of our plan of operations, which could adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results.
We expect to face intense competition for business in our industry from existing MI providers and potentially from new entrants. If we are unable to compete effectively, we may not be able to gain market share and our business may be adversely affected.

The MI industry is highly competitive. We intend to compete with other private mortgage insurers based on our financial strength, underwriting guidelines, clear coverage terms, customer relationships, name recognition, reputation, strength of management teams and field organizations, comprehensiveness of databases covering insured loans, effective use of technology and innovation in the delivery and servicing of insurance products and pricing. However, the existing MI companies, many of which have larger operations than us and/or are part of larger diversified companies, have established relationships and significantly greater capital, infrastructure, personnel and other resources than we are anticipated to have during our initial years of operation. If our information technology systems are inferior to our competitors, existing and potential customers may choose our competitors' products over ours. If we are unable to compete effectively against our competitors and attract our target customers, our revenue may be adversely impacted and we may not be able to gain market share. In addition, we believe there is a substantial likelihood that one or more additional companies will enter the industry and provide products similar to those that we intend to provide. Increased competition could result

21



in fewer submissions of policy applications to us and therefore result in premiums written being lower than expected, which could adversely impact our growth and profitability.
Our underwriting and risk management policies and practices may not anticipate all risks and/or the magnitude of potential for loss as the result of unforeseen risks.
We have established underwriting and risk management policies and practices that seek to mitigate our exposure to borrower default risk in our insured portfolio by anticipating future risks and the magnitude of those risks. We believe the major factors that impact mortgage credit risk include but are not limited to the following:
the borrower's credit strength, including the borrower's credit history, debt-to-income ratios and cash reserves and the willingness of a borrower with sufficient resources to make mortgage payments when the mortgage balance exceeds the value of the home;
the loan product, which encompasses the loan-to-value ("LTV") ratio, the type of loan instrument, including whether the instrument provides for fixed or variable payments and the amortization schedule, the type of property, the purpose of the loan and the interest rate;
origination practices of lenders;
the percentage coverage on insured loans;
the size of loans insured; and
the condition of the economy, including housing values and employment, in the geographic area in which the property is located.
We believe that, excluding other factors, claim incidence increases:
for loans with higher LTV ratios compared to loans with lower LTV ratios;
for loans with higher debt-to-income ratios;
for loans to borrowers with lower credit scores compared to loans to borrowers with higher credit scores;
during periods of economic contraction and housing price depreciation, including when these conditions may not be nationwide, compared to periods of economic expansion and housing price appreciation;
for adjustable rate mortgages (or, "ARMs") when the reset interest rate significantly exceeds the interest rate of loan origination;
for loans in which the original loan amount exceeds the GSEs' established conforming loan limit compared to loans below that limit; and
for cash out refinance loans compared to purchase or rate and term refinance loans.

There may be other types of loan characteristics relating to the individual loan or borrower that also affect the risk potential for a loan. In addition, the presence of multiple higher-risk characteristics in a loan materially increases the likelihood of a claim on such a loan unless there are other characteristics to lower the risk.

22



The losses we incur will be uncertain and will depend largely on general economic conditions, including rates of unemployment and home prices. Given the uncertainties caused by the slow pace of economic recovery and recent instability in the housing and mortgage markets and, to the extent that a risk is unforeseen or is underestimated in terms of magnitude of loss, these policies and practices may not completely insulate us from the effects of those risks. If our risk management policies and practices do not correctly anticipate risk or the potential for loss we may underwrite business for which we have not charged premium commensurate with the risk or we may establish our loss reserves at a rate that does not accurately approximate our actual ultimate loss payments. Either one of these could result in severe adverse material results.
Our insurance in force may be concentrated in specific geographic regions and could make our business highly susceptible to downturns in local economies, which could be detrimental to our financial condition.
We will seek to diversify our insured portfolio geographically; however, the availability of business might lead to concentrations in specific regions in the United States, which could make our business highly susceptible to economic downturns in these regions. As discussed below in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Factors Affecting Our Operating Results - Start-up Operations - New Business Writings", NMIC entered into a pool insurance agreement with Fannie Mae pursuant to which NMIC insures approximately 22,000 loans. All of the loans in the pool are low LTV, 30-year, fixed rate mortgages and were made to borrowers whose incomes we believe were fully documented, with approximately 29% of those borrowers located in California. A deterioration in local or national economic conditions in the mortgage market and other economic conditions, including home prices, levels of unemployment and interest rates or an increase in default rates in specific geographical areas or generally could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial position.
Actual premiums and investment earnings may not be sufficient to cover loss payments and our operating costs.
We set premiums at the time a policy is issued based on our expectations regarding likely performance over the term of the policy. Our premiums are subject to approval by state regulatory agencies, which can delay or limit our ability to increase our premiums. Generally, we will not be able to cancel the MI coverage or adjust renewal premiums during the life of an MI policy. As a result, higher than anticipated claims generally will not be able to be offset by premium increases on policies in force or mitigated by our non-renewal or cancellation of insurance coverage. While we believe our initial capital, premiums and investment earnings will provide a pool of resources sufficient to cover expected loss payments and have made estimates regarding loss payments and potential claims, the ultimate number and magnitude of claims we experience cannot be predicted with certainty and the actual premiums and investment earnings may not be sufficient to cover losses and/or our operating costs. An increase in the number or size of claims, compared to what we anticipate, could adversely affect our operating results or financial condition. We may not be able to achieve the results that we expect, and there can be no assurance that losses will not exceed our total resources.
Adverse investment performance may affect our financial results and ability to conduct business.
Our investment portfolio consists primarily of highly rated debt obligations. Our investments are subject to market-wide risks and fluctuations, as well as to risks inherent in particular securities. Changing and unprecedented market conditions could materially impact the future valuation of securities in our investment portfolio, which may cause us to impair, in the future, some portion of those securities. Volatility or illiquidity in the markets in which we hold positions may cause certain other-than-temporary impairments within our

23



portfolio, which could have a significant adverse effect on our liquidity, financial condition and operating results.
Income from our investment portfolio is one of our primary sources of cash flow to support our operations and claim payments. If we improperly structure our investments to meet those future liabilities or have unexpected losses, including losses resulting from the forced liquidation of investments before their maturity we may be unable to meet those obligations. NMIC's investments and investment policies are subject to state insurance laws, which results in our portfolio being predominantly limited to highly rated fixed income securities. Interest rates on our fixed income securities are near historical lows. If interest rates rise above the rates on our fixed income securities, the market value of our investment portfolio would decrease. Any significant decrease in the value of our investment portfolio would adversely impact our financial condition.
In addition, compared to historical averages, interest rates and investment yields on highly rated investments have generally declined, which has the effect of limiting the investment income we can generate. We depend on our investments as a source of revenue, and a prolonged period of low investment yields would have an adverse impact on our revenues and could potentially adversely affect our operating results.
We may be forced to change our investments or investment policies depending upon regulatory, economic and market conditions, and our existing or anticipated financial condition and operating requirements, including the tax position, of our business. Our investment objectives may not be achieved. Although our portfolio consists mostly of highly-rated investments and complies with applicable regulatory requirements, the success of our investment activity is affected by general economic conditions, which may adversely affect the markets for credit and interest-rate-sensitive securities, including the extent and timing of investor participation in these markets, the level and volatility of interest rates and, consequently, the value of fixed-income securities.
Estimating future losses and the timing of future losses is inherently uncertain and requires significant judgment, and as a result, our loss estimates may vary widely and are dependent on a number of factors.
Estimating future losses and the timing of future losses is inherently uncertain and requires significant judgment. Our expectations regarding future losses may change significantly over time. Our future losses and ability to meet applicable capital adequacy requirements could be affected by a variety of factors. Such factors include, among others:
current and future economic conditions, including continued slow economic recovery from the most recent recession or the potential of the U.S. economy to reenter a recessionary period, borrower access to credit, levels of unemployment, interest rates and home prices;
the level of defaults, the claim rates on loans in default and the claim severity within NMIC's mortgage insurance portfolio;
potentially negative economic changes in geographic regions where our insurance in force is more concentrated;
the rate at which our MI portfolio remains in force (persistency rate);
future levels of new insurance written (and the profitability of such business), which will impact future premiums written and earned and future losses;

24



the performance of our investment portfolio and the extent to which issuers of the fixed-income securities that we own default on principal and interest payments or the extent to which we are required to impair portions of the portfolio as a result of deteriorating capital markets;
our limited operating history, which adds to the speculative nature of our loss estimates; and
our operating performance for at least the next few years, which likely will continue to be an unreliable indicator of future performance due to the nature of the MI business and our expectation that our claims incidence is expected to be lower as a result of the typical distribution of claims over the life of a book resulting in fewer defaults during the first two to three years after loans are originated.

Many of these factors are outside of our control and difficult to predict. In addition, some of these factors are subjective and not subject to specific quantitative standards. Due to the inherent uncertainty and significant judgment involved in the numerous assumptions required in order to estimate our losses, our loss estimates may vary widely. If we incorrectly estimate the factors that drive our losses, our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely impacted.
We will establish loss reserves when we are notified that a loan we insure is in default for at least 60 days, based on management's estimate of claim rates and claim sizes, which will be subject to uncertainties and will be based on assumptions about certain estimation parameters that may be volatile. As a result, our actual ultimate claim payments may materially exceed the amount of our loss reserves.
We are a new company and have only recently commenced transacting mortgage insurance. We do not anticipate a material level of losses (relative to written premiums or stockholders' equity) in the first few years of our operations. Our practice, consistent with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) for the MI industry, will be to establish loss reserves only for loans at least 60 days in default. We will also establish reserves for estimated losses incurred on loans that have been in default for at least 60 days that have not yet been reported to us by the servicers (this is often referred to as incurred but not reported or “IBNR”).
The establishment of loss and IBNR reserves is subject to inherent uncertainty and will require significant judgment by management. We plan to establish loss reserves using our best estimates of claim rates, i.e., the percent of loan defaults that ultimately result in claim payments, and claim amounts, i.e., the dollar amounts required to settle claims, to estimate the ultimate losses on loans reported to us as being at least 60 days in default as of the end of each reporting period. We will estimate IBNR by analyzing historical lags in default reporting to determine a specific number of IBNR claims in each reporting period. Our estimates of claim rates and claim sizes will be strongly influenced by prevailing economic conditions, for example current rates or trends in unemployment, housing price appreciation and/or interest rates, and our best judgments as to the future values or trends of these macroeconomic factors. If prevailing economic conditions deteriorate suddenly and/or unexpectedly, our estimates of loss reserves could be materially understated, which may adversely impact our financial condition and operating results. Because loss and IBNR reserves are based on estimates and judgments, there can be no assurance that even in a stable economic environment, actual claims paid by us will not be substantially different than our loss and IBNR reserves for such claims. Our business, operating results and financial condition will be adversely impacted if, and to the extent, our actual losses are greater than our loss and IBNR reserves.
We may be required to establish a premium deficiency reserve if the net present value of our premiums and reserves is less than the net present value of our loss payments and expenses

25



In addition to establishing loss reserves for loans in default, under GAAP, we are required to establish a premium deficiency reserve, or PDR, for our mortgage insurance products if the amount by which the net present value of expected future losses for a particular product and the expenses for such product exceeds the net present value of expected future premiums and existing reserves for such product. We evaluate whether a premium deficiency exists at the end of each fiscal quarter. Our evaluation of premium deficiency is based on our best estimates of future losses, expenses and premiums. This evaluation depends upon many significant assumptions, including assumptions regarding future macroeconomic conditions, and therefore, is inherently uncertain and may prove to be inaccurate. There can be no assurance that premium deficiency reserves will not be required in future periods after we commence writing insurance business. If this were to occur, our business, financial condition and operating results would be adversely impacted.
As a condition of obtaining approval from Freddie Mac to be a qualified mortgage insurer, we are required to obtain an insurance financial rating by July 31, 2015, and if we fail to obtain a rating by the deadline, we may lose our Freddie Mac approval status. Further, our failure to obtain a rating may negatively impact our ability to attract and retain certain lenders as customers or to transact business in the private label (non-GSE) mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) market.
As a condition of our approval from Freddie Mac to be a qualified mortgage insurer, we are required to obtain a rating from a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization by July 31, 2015. While we have commenced the process of obtaining such a rating, we are still in the exploratory phase and have not yet engaged any particular rating agency to obtain a rating. If we fail to obtain a rating by July 31, 2015, we may lose our Freddie Mac approval status, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
We believe many lenders who hold mortgages in portfolio and choose to obtain MI on the loans may assess a mortgage insurer's financial strength rating as a factor in their choice of an MI provider.  As a result, failure to obtain a rating may impact our ability to attract and/or retain certain lenders as customers.  In addition, if MI is again utilized as a form of credit enhancement in connection with the issuance of private-label MBS, our failure to obtain a rating or inability to obtain a rating better than our competitors could harm our prospects of transacting business in the private label MBS market.
If we are unsuccessful in our efforts to attract, train and retain qualified personnel, or to retain those personnel we have already recruited, our business may be adversely affected.
We believe that our growth and future success will depend in large part on the services and skills of our management team and our ability to motivate and retain these individuals and other key personnel, which include members of our Finance, Sales, Legal, Risk, Insurance Operations and IT departments. We intend to pay competitive salaries, bonuses and equity-based rewards in order to attract and retain such personnel, but there can be no assurance that we will be successful in such endeavors. The loss of key personnel, or the inability to recruit and retain qualified personnel in the future, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.
The mix of business we write affects our revenue stream and the likelihood of losses occurring.
Even when housing values are stable or rising, mortgages with certain characteristics have higher probabilities of claims. These characteristics include loans with LTV ratios over 95% (or in certain markets that have experienced declining housing values, over 90%), FICO credit scores, with lower scores tending to have higher probabilities of claims, or higher total debt-to-income ratios, as well as loans having combinations of these higher risk factors and thus have layered risk. In general, we charge higher premiums for loans with higher risk characteristics. There is, however, no guarantee that our premiums will compensate us for the losses

26



we incur on loans with higher risk characteristics. From time to time, in response to market conditions, we may change the types of loans that we insure and the guidelines under which we insure them, and in doing so, the concentration of insured loans with higher risk characteristics in our portfolio may increase. In addition, we may make exceptions to our underwriting guidelines on a loan-by-loan basis and for certain customer programs. We expect any exceptions to be very limited and on a case-by-case basis. Even though underwriting that falls outside of our guidelines would be on a case-by-case basis, we could incur greater than expected claims and claim payments on this business, which could negatively impact our revenues and operating results.
We may not be able to effectively manage our growth.
Our future operating results depend to a large extent on our ability to successfully manage our growth. Our growth has placed, and it may continue to place, significant demands on our operations and management. Whether through additional acquisitions or organic growth, our current plan is dependent upon our ability to:
continue to implement and improve our operational, credit, financial, management and other internal risk controls and processes and our reporting systems and procedures in order to manage a growing number of client relationships;
scale our technology platform; and
attract and retain management talent.
We may not successfully implement improvements to, or integrate, our management information and control systems, procedures and processes in an efficient or timely manner and may discover deficiencies in existing systems and controls. In particular, our controls and procedures must be able to accommodate an increase in loan volume in various markets and the infrastructure that comes with new customers. If we are unable to manage future expansion in our operations, we may experience compliance and operational problems, be required to slow the pace of growth, or have to incur additional expenditures beyond current projections to support such growth, any one of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.
We rely on our systems and employees, and any errors or fraud could materially and adversely affect us.
We are exposed to many types of operational risk, including the risk of fraud by employees and outsiders, clerical record-keeping errors and transactional errors. Our business is dependent on our employees as well as third parties to process a large number of increasingly complex transactions. We could be materially and adversely affected if one of our employees causes a significant operational breakdown or failure, either as a result of human error or where an individual purposefully sabotages or fraudulently manipulates our operations or systems. Third parties with which we do business also could be sources of operational risk to us, including breakdowns or failures of such parties' own systems or employees. Any of these occurrences could result in our diminished ability to operate our business, potential liability to customers, reputational damage and regulatory intervention, which could result in a material adverse effect on our financial position and operating results.
We are dependent on our information technology and telecommunications systems and third-party servicer providers, and termination of third-party contracts, systems failures, interruptions, or breaches of security could have a material adverse effect on us.
Our business is highly dependent on the successful and uninterrupted functioning of our information technology and telecommunications systems and third-party service providers. We outsource many of our

27



major information technology functions, including for the development and operation of our enterprise technology platform, data center hosting and management, email and collaboration, and human resource systems. The failure of any of these third parties to perform and/or deliver on a timely basis, or the failure of these systems, either individually or collectively, or the termination of a third-party software license or service agreement on which any of our systems is based, could interrupt our operations. Because our information technology and telecommunications systems interface with and depend on third parties, we could experience service denials if demand for such services exceeds capacity or such third-party systems fail or experience interruptions. If significant, sustained or repeated, a system failure or service denial could compromise our ability to operate effectively, damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, and/or subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny and possible financial liability, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
The security of our information technology may be compromised and confidential information could be inappropriately disclosed.
As part of our business, our computer systems process and retain large amounts of personal information of the borrowers whose mortgages we insure. The security of our computer systems and networks, and those functions that we may outsource, may be subject to cyber threats that could result in failures, unauthorized access or disruptions in our business. Additionally, our employees and vendors may use portable computers or mobile devices which can be stolen, lost or damaged. Despite our efforts to ensure the integrity of our systems and information, it is possible that we may not be able to anticipate or to implement effective preventive measures against all cyber threats, particularly because the techniques used change frequently or are not recognized until launched, and because security attacks can originate from a wide variety of sources. Those parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees, customers or other users of our systems to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our data or that of our customers. We maintain technology errors and omissions coverage to limit our exposure in the event an incident occurs. This insurance provides coverage for (i) claims related to, among other things, unauthorized network or computer access, unintentional disclosure or misuse of personally identifiable information in our possession, unintentional failure to disclose a breach and (ii) certain costs related to privacy notification, crisis management and business interruption. While we maintain such coverage, any compromise of the security of our information technology systems that results in the loss of personally identifiable information may result in loss of customer business, would be costly and time-consuming, could expose us to liability for damages, harm our reputation, subject us to regulatory scrutiny or expose us to civil litigation, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. Further, our insurance coverage may be inadequate to cover any claims or costs associated with an incident that may occur in the future.
If servicers fail to adhere to appropriate servicing standards or experience disruptions to their businesses, our losses could unexpectedly increase.
We depend on reliable, consistent third-party servicing of the loans that we insure. Among other things, our mortgage insurance policies require our insureds and their servicers to timely submit premium and monthly insurance-in-force and default reports and utilize commercially reasonable efforts to limit and mitigate loss when a loan is in default. If these servicers fail to adhere to such servicing standards and fail to limit and mitigate loss when appropriate, our losses may unexpectedly increase. In addition, if one or more servicers were to experience adverse effects to its business, such servicers could experience delays in their reporting and premium payment requirements. Without reliable, consistent third-party servicing, our insurance subsidiaries may be unable to correctly record new loans as they are underwritten, receive and process payments on insured loans and/or properly recognize and establish loss reserves on loans when a default exists or occurs but is not

28



reported to us. Significant failures by large servicers or disruptions in the servicing of mortgage loans covered by our insurance policies would adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results.
The occurrence of natural or man-made disasters or a pandemic could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
We could be exposed to various risks arising out of natural disasters, including earthquakes, hurricanes, floods and tornadoes, and man-made disasters, including acts of terrorism, military actions and pandemics. For example, a natural or man-made disaster or a pandemic could lead to unexpected changes in persistency rates as policyholders and contract holders who are directly or indirectly affected by the disaster may be unable to meet their contractual obligations, such as payment of premiums on our insurance policies, interest payments due on our invested assets, and mortgage payments on loans insured by our MI policies. The continued threat of terrorism may cause significant volatility in global financial markets, and a natural or man-made disaster or a pandemic could trigger an economic downturn in the areas directly or indirectly affected by the disaster. These consequences could, among other things, result in a decline in business and increased claims from those areas, as well as an adverse effect on home prices in those areas, which could result in increased loss experience in our business. Disasters or a pandemic also could disrupt public and private infrastructure, including communications and financial services, which could disrupt our normal business operations. In addition, a disaster or a pandemic could adversely affect the value of the assets in our investment portfolio if it affects companies' ability to pay us principal or interest on their securities.
Our holding company structure and certain regulatory and other constraints, including adverse business performance, could affect our ability to satisfy our obligations and potentially require us to raise more capital.
We serve as the holding company for our insurance subsidiaries, which are mono-line insurance companies restricted to writing residential MI business only, and we do not have any significant operations of our own. As a result, our principal sources of funds will be income from our investment portfolio, dividends and other distributions from our insurance subsidiaries, including permitted payments under our tax and expense-sharing arrangements, and funds that may be raised from time-to-time in the capital markets. Our dividend income is limited to upstream dividend payments from our mono-line insurance subsidiaries, which dividends are restricted by agreements with the GSEs and various state insurance departments and by Wisconsin law. Under agreements with the GSEs and various state insurance departments, we are not permitted to extract dividends from our insurance subsidiaries until December 31, 2015. In general, dividends in excess of prescribed limits are deemed “extraordinary” and require approval of the Wisconsin OCI. For a further discussion of state insurance regulatory dividend limitations, see “State Insurance Regulation.” As a result of these dividend limitations, we will not receive dividend income from our subsidiaries for several years, if at all. In addition, the expense-sharing arrangements between us and our insurance subsidiaries, as amended, have been approved by the Wisconsin OCI, but such approval may be revoked at any time. If this were to occur, payments to us could be curtailed or limited which would adversely impact our business and operating results.
Our principal liquidity demands include funds for: (i) the payment of certain corporate operating expenses; (ii) capital support for our MI subsidiaries; and (iii) potential payments to the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") and local taxing and licensing authorities. Under the terms of the GSE Approvals, we are required to make additional capital contributions to NMIC in order to support a minimum surplus of $150 million and maintain a risk-to-capital ratio under 15 to 1 through December 31, 2015. We could be required to provide additional capital support for NMIC and NMRI One if additional capital is required pursuant to insurance laws and regulations or by the GSEs. If we were unable to meet our obligations, our insurance

29



subsidiaries could lose GSE Approval and/or be required to cease writing business in one or more states, which would adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results.
Our future capital requirements depend on many factors, including our ability to successfully write new business and establish premium rates at levels sufficient to cover losses, expenses and allow us to achieve profitability, which may be delayed or never occur. To the extent that the funds generated by our ongoing operations and initial capitalization are insufficient to fund future operating requirements or to achieve a return on capital attractive to investors, we may need to raise additional funds, including through equity or debt financings or reinsurance, or curtail our growth. We cannot be sure that we will be able to raise equity or debt financing on terms favorable to us and our stockholders and in the amounts that we require, or at all. If we cannot obtain adequate capital, our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.
We, as well as certain of our officers, are party to a lawsuit, which if determined adverse to us and our officers could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.
We, as well as our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Sales Officer and Vice President of Sales Operations, Analytics & Planning, are defendants in a lawsuit titled: Germaine L. Marks, as Receiver, et al v. NMI Holdings, Inc. et al, filed on August 8, 2012 in California Superior Court, Alameda County. The lawsuit alleges breach of fiduciary duty, breach of loyalty, aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duty and loyalty, misappropriation of trade secrets, conversion, breach of proprietary information agreement, breach of separation agreement, and intentional interference with contractual relations, unfair competition and conspiracy. The lawsuit seeks injunctive relief as well as unspecified monetary damages. We and the individual defendants believe these claims are without merit and have filed an answer denying all allegations. There is no assurance that we and the individual defendants will prevail in the lawsuit. If the lawsuit is determined adversely to us, the court could grant injunctive relief to the plaintiffs preventing NMIC from conducting insurance operations, including obtaining certificates of authority in Florida and Wyoming, and/or subject us to significant monetary damages. In addition, if the lawsuit is determined adversely to any of our officers who are individual defendants in the lawsuit, we would likely be required to remove and replace those officers under the terms of agreements NMIC and NMIH entered into with each of the Alabama Department of Insurance, Arizona Department of Insurance, the Texas Commissioner of Insurance and the New York State Department of Financial Services, as a condition of NMIC obtaining certificates of authority in those states, as well as under an agreement with the Wisconsin OCI. If we were required to replace such officers our business and reputation could be significantly impaired, which could result in an adverse effect on our financial position and operating results.
Risk Factors Relating to the Mortgage Insurance Industry and its Regulation
The implementation of the Basel III Capital Accord may affect the use of MI by and, our ability to conduct business with, certain banks.
In 1988, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision developed the Basel Capital Accord (“Basel I”), which set out international benchmarks for assessing banks' capital adequacy requirements. In June 2005, the Basel Committee issued an update to Basel I (as revised in November 2005, “Basel II”), which, among other factors, governs the capital treatment of MI purchased by domestic and international banks in respect of their origination and securitization activities. In November 2010, the United States agreed to a new capital framework known as Basel III. This new capital framework will replace the Basel II capital rules, which have not yet been implemented for U.S. depository institutions or holding companies. The Basel III framework will apply to the 10 to 12 largest U.S. banking organizations, as well as banking companies that have significant

30



international operations. It may also be imposed on non-banking financial companies that are determined by the relevant regulators to present systemic risks to the U.S. financial system. The Basel III framework refines the Basel II risk-based structure by requiring the use of highly stressed scenarios in determining the appropriate levels of risk undertaken by banks, and it will also increase the required minimum capital ratios. The Basel III framework restricts the instruments that can count toward meeting the capital requirements, placing greater emphasis on common equity and retained earnings. Finally, Basel III will impose a new minimum liquidity standard on banking organizations.
The phase in period for the Basel III regime for larger banking organizations will begin in 2014 and for community banks in 2015. The final regulations increase the amount of capital and the quality of the capital required to be held by banks. In addition, the capital rules will continue to risk-weight assets based on internal models that use inputs such as the probability of default and the bank's expected loss given a default. The final version of the regulations continues the current treatment for the risk weighting of residential mortgage assets and the treatment of mortgage insurance as reducing the risk weighting on mortgages where the borrower has made a down payment of less than 20% of the value of the residential property. The draft Basel III regulations proposed by the regulators in 2012 would have increased the risk weightings of residential mortgage assets and did not require that MI be factored into the calculation of the risk weightings. In addition, the final regulations increase the risk weighting for mortgage servicing assets held by banks and require the mortgage servicing assets above certain levels be deducted from the calculation of Tier I equity. Since most low down payment mortgages originated today are either sold to the GSEs or insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA, we cannot predict what, if any, impact to the MI industry the Basel III regulations will have. Since a significant percentage of the mortgages insured by the MI industry are serviced by banks or bank-owned mortgage companies, the changes in risk weighting for mortgage servicing assets and the deductions from Tier I equity capital for mortgage servicing assets above certain levels could cause shifts in the amounts of mortgages serviced by banks and bank affiliates or subsidiaries relative to non-banking organizations. It is difficult to predict the impact these shifts may have on the quality of the servicing of insured mortgages or the ultimate impact on the MI industry.
Implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act could negatively impact private mortgage insurers and the amount of insurance they can write, including if the definition of Qualified Residential Mortgage (“QRM”) results in a reduction of the number of low down payment loans available to be insured.
The Dodd-Frank Act, enacted by Congress in July 2010, expands federal oversight of consumer financial products and services, including mortgage loans. The Dodd-Frank Act also authorized the formation of the Federal Insurance Office, charging it with, among other things, monitoring all aspects of the insurance industry (excluding certain insurance lines other than MI), including the identification of gaps in regulation of insurers that could contribute to financial crisis. As discussed below in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation-Regulation-Qualified Residential Mortgage Rule", the Dodd-Frank Act requires certain federal regulators to promulgate regulations providing for minimum credit risk-retention requirements in securitizations of residential mortgage loans that do not meet the definition of “qualified residential mortgages” (QRM). In March 2011, federal regulators issued the proposed credit risk retention rule, which the regulators re-proposed with certain revisions on August 28, 2013. The initial proposed rule suggested maximum LTV ratios, along with other restrictions such as to borrowers' debt-to-income ratios, and did not give consideration to MI in computing LTV. The re-proposed rule did not carry forward the minimum LTV requirements and other specific restrictions. Instead, the federal regulators proposed that whether a particular loan transaction is a QRM, and thus not subject to the credit risk retention requirement, should be determined by reference to the “qualified mortgage” (QM) rule under the Truth in Lending Act and Regulation Z. That is, if a residential mortgage loan is a QM loan, the loan would be considered a QRM loan.

31



The federal regulators requested comment on whether the common definition of QRM should be limited to “safe harbor” QM loans or QM loans that satisfy either the “safe harbor” or “rebuttable presumption” QM standard.
We, and the MI industry, continue to evaluate the expected impact of the re-proposed QRM rule on our industry, and such potential impact depends on, among other things, (i) the final definition of QRM and its requirements for LTV, loan features and debt-to-income ratio, (ii) whether the final definition will affect the size of the high-LTV mortgage market and (iii) the extent to which the mortgage purchase and securitization activities of the GSEs become a smaller portion of the overall mortgage finance market and securitizations subject to the risk retention requirements and the QRM exemption, become a larger part of the mortgage market. If the final QRM rule adopted by the federal regulators materially reduces the size of the high-LTV mortgage market and therefore the population of loans eligible for MI, our business could be adversely affected.
Under this part of the re-proposed rule, because of the capital support provided by the U.S. government, the GSEs during their conservatorship would not be subject to the Dodd-Frank Act credit risk retention requirements. Changes in the conservatorship status of the GSEs or capital support provided to the GSEs by the U.S. government could impact the manner in which the credit risk retention rules apply to the GSEs. Changes in final regulations regarding treatment of GSE eligible mortgage loans could impact the manner in which the credit risk retention rule applies to GSE securitizations. If, in the future, the GSEs become subject to the credit risk retention requirements, or if the portion of the mortgage market that the GSEs either purchase or securitize diminishes, the MI industry, as well as the amount of new insurance that we may write, may be adversely affected.
The federal regulators in the re-proposal presented an alternative approach to defining QRM, referred to as “QM plus.” Under this alternative, only certain types of residential mortgage loans, such as first-lien loans secured by 1-to-4 family principal dwelling units, could be considered QRM transactions. To be eligible for QRM status, the loan would have to be free of certain loan terms and have an LTV at closing that does not exceed 70%. Junior liens under the QM plus alternative would be permitted only in non-purchase money loan transactions and if permitted, would need to be included in the 70% LTV calculation. Under this alternative, credit insurance would not reduce the minimum LTV requirement. In addition, loans that achieve a QM status because they meet the CFPB's provisions for GSE-eligible transactions would not be considered QRM transactions under the alternative proposal. If the federal regulators adopt a final QRM rule that is similar to the QM plus proposal and such final rule does not give consideration to MI in computing LTV, the attractiveness of MI may be reduced, and the MI industry and our business could be adversely impacted.
Our business prospects and operating results could be adversely impacted if, and to the extent that, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau's (“CFPB”) final ability to repay rules defining a qualified mortgage reduce the size of the origination market.

The Dodd-Frank Act established the CFPB to regulate the offering and provision of consumer financial products and services under federal law, including residential mortgages. As discussed below in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation Regulation Qualified Mortgage Rule," the Dodd-Frank Act authorized the CFPB to issue regulations governing a loan originator's determination that, at the time a loan is originated, the consumer has a reasonable ability to repay the loan ("ATR"). The CFPB issued final QM regulations on January 10, 2013 and an amendment on May 29, 2013 implementing detailed requirements on how lenders shall establish a borrower's ability to repay a mortgage loan. The ATR rule is scheduled to become effective for residential mortgage loan applications received on or after January 10, 2014. A subset of mortgages within the ATR rule are known as "qualified mortgages" ("QMs"). The Dodd-Frank Act provides a statutory presumption that a borrower will have the ability to repay a loan if the loan has

32



the characteristics that meet the definition of QM, thus limiting the liability of the creditor and assignee of the creditor under the Truth in Lending Act and ATR remedies. One of the characteristics of a lawful QM transaction is that the "points and fees" payable in connection with the transaction should not exceed 3% of the total loan amount. We expect that most lenders will be reluctant to make loans that do not qualify as QMs because they will not be entitled to the presumption against civil liability under the Dodd-Frank Act. As a result, we believe QM regulations will have a direct impact on establishing a subset of borrowers who can meet the regulatory standards and will have a direct effect on the size of the residential mortgage market in any given year once the regulations become effective. We expect that the majority of our new insurance written will be on loans that will meet the QM definition, and therefore do not believe such limitations would materially affect our business. However, it is difficult to predict with any certainty how lenders' origination practices will change as a result of the QM rule and whether any such changes would have a negative impact on the MI industry. Our business prospects and operating results could be adversely impacted if, and to the extent that, the QM regulations reduce the size of the origination market.
In addition, there are certain aspects of the QM regulations that could have an adverse impact on mortgage insurers. Under the QM regulations, if the lender requires the borrower to purchase mortgage insurance, then the MI premiums are included in monthly mortgage costs in determining the borrower's ability to repay the loan. The demand for MI may decrease if, and to the extent that, monthly MI premiums make it less likely that a loan will qualify for QM status, especially if MI alternatives (discussed below in "The amount of insurance we may be able to write could be adversely affected if lenders and investors select alternatives to MI.") are relatively less expensive than MI.

In addition, under the QM regulations, mortgage insurance premiums that are payable at or prior to consummation of the loan are includible in points and fees unless, and to the extent that, such up-front premiums (“UFP”) are (i) less than or equal to the UFP charged by the FHA, and (ii) are automatically refundable on a pro rata basis upon satisfaction of the loan. (The FHA currently charges UFP of 1.75% on all residential mortgage loans, but it has the authority to change its UFP from time to time.) The QM rule includes a limitation on points and fees in excess of 3% of the total loan amount. As inclusion of MI premiums towards the 3% cap will reduce the capacity for other points and fees in covered transactions, mortgage originators may be less likely to purchase single premium MI products to the extent that the associated premiums are deemed to be points and fees. As a result, we believe that the QM rule may increase demand for monthly and annual MI products relative to single premium products, which may have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results to the extent that profitability of single premium products exceeds that of monthly and annual MI products.

Changes in the business practices of the GSEs, including a decision to modify the mortgage insurer eligibility requirements or decrease or discontinue the use of MI, federal legislation that changes their charters or a restructuring of the GSEs could reduce our revenues or increase our losses.
We currently expect that the significant majority of our insurance written will be on loans sold to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.  As discussed below in "Business - Overview of the Private Mortgage Insurance Industry - GSEs", the requirements and practices of the GSEs impact the operating results and financial performance of companies in the MI industry. Changes in the charters or business practices of Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae could reduce the number of mortgages they purchase that are insured by us and consequently diminish our franchise value. The GSEs could be directed to make such changes by the Federal Housing Finance Agency ("FHFA"), which was appointed as their conservator in September 2008 and has the authority to control and direct the operations of the GSEs.

33



The appointment of the FHFA as conservator may increase the likelihood that the business practices of the GSEs change in ways that could negatively impact the mortgage insurance industry and have an adverse effect on us. Each GSE maintains qualified mortgage insurer eligibility requirements, which they have been in the process of revising since mid-2010. The FHFA has announced its intent that the GSEs achieve uniformity in their respective requirements and that the requirements be finalized in the near term future. Although the GSEs and FHFA have not publicly commented on the final content of the revised mortgage insurer requirements, we believe they will include a new capital adequacy framework. Under the terms of our GSE Approval, the GSEs have already imposed certain capitalization, operational and reporting conditions on NMIC. It is difficult to predict whether any changes the GSEs might impose in their revised mortgage insurer eligibility requirements will have an effect on our business. See also "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Operating Results - Factors Expected to Affect Results as our Mortgage Insurance Operations Grow - GSE Reform."
In addition, in connection with the FHFA's mandate that the GSEs align their mortgage insurer eligibility standards, the GSEs have imposed minimum standards for mortgage insurer master policies, including standards related to limitations on rescission rights. The new standards are expected to be implemented in 2014, and to comply with the GSEs' master policy requirements we and our competitors will be required to make changes to our master policy, some of which may not be favorable to us. As discussed above, our master policy includes coverage terms that we believe are more favorable to our customers than our competitors', particularly our rescission relief provisions. While we do not believe the GSEs' master policy standards will require other mortgage insurers to provide the same coverage terms as we do, the fact that the GSEs have imposed master policy standards could make it more difficult for us to distinguish ourselves from our competitors.
The placement of the GSEs into the conservatorship of the FHFA has also increased the likelihood that the U.S. Congress will act to address the role and purpose of the GSEs in the U.S. housing market and potentially legislate structural and other changes to the GSEs and the functioning of the secondary mortgage market. In February 2011, the U.S. Department of the Treasury reported its recommendations regarding options for ending the conservatorship of the GSEs, and while it does not provide any definitive timeline for GSE reform, it does recommend substantially reducing the government's footprint in housing finance.
Since 2011, there have been numerous legislative proposals, including in the current Congressional session, that are intended to wind down the GSEs in a piecemeal fashion. Among other changes, these bills, if ultimately enacted, would gradually reduce the GSE maximum portfolio size, prohibit the GSEs from engaging in any new activities or businesses and repeal the GSE affordable housing goals. In addition, there were several comprehensive housing finance reform proposals introduced in Congress. Each of these proposals has been designed to eliminate the GSEs, while most of them would also replace the GSEs with a new mortgage financing system. The proposals vary greatly with regard to the government's role in the housing market, and more specifically, with regard to the existence of an explicit or implicit government guarantee. On August 6, 2013, President Barack Obama endorsed bipartisan mortgage reform legislation pending in the Senate and in the House of Representatives which would, as part of the proposed bills, eliminate and/or replace Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and have private investors (in lieu of the government) bear the risk undertaken by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.  This legislation currently pending in Congress would have differing impacts on the role of the GSEs in the housing finance market, including their elimination, and the current role of mortgage insurance as credit enhancement, including its reduction or elimination, all of which could have an adverse effect on our revenue, operating results or financial condition. We cannot predict whether any mortgage reform legislation will be passed by the Senate or the House of Representatives, the changes such reform would introduce or the effect the legislation would have on private mortgage insurers including NMIC.
As a result of the matters referred to above, it is uncertain what role the GSEs, FHFA and private capital, including MI, will play in the domestic residential housing finance system in the future or the impact of any

34



such changes on our business. In addition, the timing of the impact on our business is uncertain. Any changes to the charters or statutory authorities of the GSEs would require Congressional action to implement, and it is difficult to estimate when Congressional action would be final and how long any associated phase-in period may last.
The U.S. MI industry is subject to regulatory risk and has been subject to increased scrutiny by insurance and other regulatory authorities.
The U.S. MI industry and our insurance subsidiaries are and will be subject to substantial federal and state regulation, which has increased in recent years as a result of the deterioration of the housing and mortgage markets in the United States. Increased federal or state regulatory scrutiny could lead to new legal precedents, new regulations or new practices, or regulatory actions or investigations, which could adversely affect our financial condition and operating results. In addition, given the recent significant losses incurred by many insurers in the mortgage and financial guaranty industries, our insurance subsidiaries may be subject to heightened scrutiny by insurance regulators. State insurance regulatory authorities could take actions, including making changes to capital requirements, that could have a material adverse effect on us. Further, failure to comply with the various federal and state regulations promulgated by federal consumer protection authorities and state insurance regulatory authorities could lead to enforcement or disciplinary action, including the imposition of penalties and the revocation of our authorization to operate. See “Regulation.
The NAIC has formed a working group to explore, among other things, whether the risk-to-capital requirements applicable to mortgage insurers should be overhauled. We, along with other MI companies are working with the Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Working Group of the Financial Condition (E) Committee of the NAIC (the “Working Group”). The Working Group will determine and make a recommendation to the Financial Condition (E) Committee of the NAIC as to what changes, if any, the Working Group believes are necessary to the solvency regulation of MI companies, including changes to the Mortgage Guaranty Insurers Model Act (Model #630). The Working Group is in the early stages of discussion and the ultimate outcome of these discussions and any potential actions taken by the NAIC cannot be predicted at this time. If the Working Group proposes that the NAIC adopt more stringent capital requirements, this could ultimately lead to NMIC being obligated to hold more capital for its insured business, which would reduce our profitability compared to the profitability we expect under the existing capital requirements.
A downturn in the U.S. economy or a decline in the value of borrowers' homes from their value at the time their loans close may result in more homeowners defaulting and could increase our losses.
Losses result from events that reduce a borrower's ability to continue to make mortgage payments, such as increasing unemployment and whether the home of a borrower who defaults on his or her mortgage can be sold for an amount that will cover unpaid principal and interest and the expenses of the sale. In general, favorable economic conditions reduce the likelihood that borrowers will lack sufficient income to pay their mortgages and also favorably affect the value of homes, thereby reducing and in some cases even eliminating a loss from a mortgage default. Deterioration in economic conditions generally increases the likelihood that borrowers will not have sufficient income to pay their mortgages and can also adversely affect housing values, which in turn can decrease the willingness of borrowers with sufficient resources to make mortgage payments to do so when the mortgage balance exceeds the value of the home. Housing values may decline even absent deterioration in economic conditions due to declines in demand for homes, which in turn may result from changes in buyers' perceptions of the potential for future appreciation, rising interest rates, restrictions on mortgage credit due to more stringent underwriting standards, liquidity issues affecting lenders or other factors, such as the phase-out of the mortgage interest deduction. The residential mortgage market in the United States experienced a variety of worsening economic conditions and housing values have only recently begun to

35



stabilize. If our loss projections are inaccurate, our loss payments could materially exceed our recorded loss reserves resulting in an adverse effect on our financial position and operating results. Also, if unemployment rates and price declines exceed our forecasts our underwriting standards may prove inadequate to shield us from materially increased losses.
If interest rates decline, house prices appreciate or mortgage insurance cancellation requirements change, the length of time that our policies remain in force could decline and result in a decrease in our actual versus projected revenue.
In each year, most of our premiums will be from insurance that has been written in prior years. As a result, the length of time insurance remains in force, which is also generally referred to as persistency, is a significant determinant of our revenues. The factors affecting the length of time our insurance remains in force include:
the level of current mortgage interest rates compared to the mortgage rates on the insurance in force, which affects the vulnerability of the insurance in force to refinancings (i.e., lower current interest rates make it more attractive for borrowers to refinance and receive a lower interest rate); and
mortgage insurance cancellation policies of mortgage investors along with the current value of the homes underlying the mortgages in the insurance in force.
Current mortgage interest rates are at or near historic lows. Future premiums on our insurance in force represent a material portion of our claims paying resources. We are unsure what the impact on our revenues will be as mortgages are refinanced, because the number of policies we write for replacement mortgages may be more or less than the terminated policies associated with the refinanced mortgages. Our revenues might be negatively impacted if there is a higher than expected level of refinance activity on loans we insure in the future.
The amount of insurance we may be able to write could be adversely affected if lenders and investors select alternatives to MI.
If lenders and investors select alternatives to MI, our business could be adversely affected. These alternatives to MI include, but are not limited to:
lenders using government mortgage insurance programs, including those of the FHA and the VA;
state-supported mortgage insurance funds in several states, including California and New York;
lenders and other investors holding mortgages in portfolio and self-insuring;
investors using credit enhancements other than MI, using other credit enhancements in conjunction with reduced levels of MI coverage, or accepting credit risk without credit enhancement;
lenders originating mortgages using “piggy-back” structures to avoid MI, such as a first mortgage with an 80% LTV and a second mortgage with a 10%, 15% or 20% LTV (referred to as 80-10-10, 80-15-5 or 80-20 loans, respectively) rather than a first mortgage with a 90%, 95% or 100% LTV that has MI; and
if borrowers pay cash versus securing mortgage financing, which has occurred with greater frequency in recent years.
Any of these alternatives to MI could reduce or eliminate the need for our product, could cause us to lose business and/or could limit our ability to attract the business that we would prefer to underwrite. In

36



particular, since 2008 government mortgage insurance programs, principally the FHA, have captured a significant share of the insured loan market. Government mortgage insurance programs are not subject to the same capital requirements, risk tolerance or business objectives that we and other private MI companies are, and therefore, generally have greater financial flexibility in setting their pricing, guidelines and capacity, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. In addition, loans insured under FHA and other Federal government-supported mortgage insurance programs are eligible for securitization in Ginnie Mae securities, which may be viewed by investors as more desirable than Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac securities due to the explicit backing of Ginnie Mae securities by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Federal government. While declining from a high of approximately 85% in 2009, the market share of governmental agencies remains substantially above the low of approximately 23% in 2007, according to statistics reported by Inside Mortgage Finance. If the FHA or other government-supported mortgage insurance programs maintain or increase their share of the mortgage insurance market, our business and industry could be negatively affected.
The degree to which lenders or borrowers may select these alternatives now, or in the future, is difficult to predict. As one or more of the alternatives described above, or new alternatives that enter the market, are chosen over MI, our revenues could be adversely impacted. The loss of business in general or the specific loss of more profitable business could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and operating results.
If the volume of low down payment home mortgage originations declines, the amount of insurance that we may be able to write could decline, which would reduce our revenues.
Our revenues, in part, depend on the volume of low down payment home mortgage originations and may be negatively affected if the volume declines. The factors that affect the volume of low down payment mortgage originations include, among other things:
restrictions on mortgage credit due to more stringent underwriting standards and liquidity issues affecting lenders;
the level of home mortgage interest rates;
the health of the real estate industry and the national economy as well as the conditions in regional and local economies;
housing affordability;
population trends, including the rate of household formation;
the rate of home price appreciation, which in times of heavy refinancing can affect whether refinance loans have LTVs that require MI; and
U.S. government housing policy encouraging loans to first-time homebuyers.

A decline in the volume of low down payment home mortgage originations could decrease demand for MI, decrease our new insurance written and therefore reduce our revenues and have an adverse effect on our operating results.
The U.S. MI industry is, and as a participant we will be, subject to litigation risk generally.
The MI industry faces litigation risk in the ordinary course of operations, including the risk of class action lawsuits and administrative enforcement by federal agencies. Litigation relating to capital markets transactions and securities-related matters in general has increased and is expected to continue to increase as a result of the recent financial crisis. Consumers are bringing a growing number of lawsuits against home mortgage lenders and settlement service providers. Mortgage insurers have been involved in litigation alleging

37



violations of the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act of 1974 (“RESPA”) and the Fair Credit Reporting Act (“FCRA”). RESPA generally precludes mortgage insurers from paying referral fees to mortgage lenders for the referral of MI business. This limitation also can prohibit providing services or products to mortgage lenders free of charge, charging fees for services that are lower than their reasonable or fair market value, and paying fees for services that mortgage lenders provide that are higher than their reasonable or fair market value, in exchange for the referral of MI business services. Violations of the referral fee limitations of RESPA may be enforced by the federal CFPB, as well as by private litigants in class actions. In the past, a number of lawsuits have challenged the actions of private mortgage insurers under RESPA, alleging that the insurers have violated the referral fee prohibition by entering into captive reinsurance arrangements or providing products or services to mortgage lenders at improperly reduced prices in return for the referral of MI. In addition to these private lawsuits, other MI companies have received Civil Investigative Demands (“CID”) from the CFPB as part of its investigation to determine whether mortgage lenders and mortgage insurance providers engaged in acts or practices in connection with their captive mortgage insurance arrangements in violation of the RESPA, the Consumer Financial Protection Act and the Dodd-Frank Act. We are not currently subject to RESPA-related inquiries by the CFPB or other regulators or litigation, and we do not currently have any captive reinsurance arrangements. However, should we become a party to such an inquiry or action, the ultimate outcome is difficult to predict and it is possible that any outcome could be negative to us specifically or the industry in general and such a negative outcome could have an adverse effect on our business, financial position and operating results.
Risks Related to This Offering and Our Common Stock
There is currently no established market for our common stock and an active, liquid market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained, which likely would materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
Before this offering, there has been no established public market for our common stock. We have applied to have our common stock listed on the NASDAQ, but our application may not be approved. Even if approved, an active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained following this offering, which likely would materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Stockholders also may not be able to sell their shares of our common stock at the volume, prices and times desired.
We do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the near future, and payment of any declared dividends may be delayed.
As a condition of GSE Approval, the GSEs have prohibited NMIC from paying a dividend to us before December 31, 2015. NMIC has also agreed with various state insurance regulators to similar three year restrictions on the payment of dividends. After the expiration of the three year period, we must obtain prior approval from the GSEs for the payment of any dividend by NMIC and we will have to obtain permission from our state of domicile regulator, the Wisconsin OCI or any successor domestic regulator, for the payment of any extraordinary dividend. Without the payment of dividends from NMIC to us, it may be difficult for us to pay dividends to stockholders.
We have not declared or paid dividends in the past, and we do not expect to pay dividends in the near future. Further, we do not have earnings from which dividends may be paid. In our early years, to the extent we have earnings, we intend to retain such earnings to expand our business. As a result, only appreciation in the price of our common stock, which may never occur, will provide a return to investors. Any future declaration and payment of dividends by our board of directors will depend on many factors, including general economic and business conditions, our strategic plans, our financial results and condition, legal requirements and other

38


factors that our board of directors deems relevant. In addition, we may enter into credit agreements or other debt arrangements in the future that will restrict our ability to declare or pay cash dividends on our common stock.
The market price of our common stock could decline due to the large number of outstanding shares of our common stock eligible for future sale.
Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering or in future offerings, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. These sales could also make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future, at a time and price that we deem appropriate.
Upon completion of this offering, we will have              shares of common stock outstanding. Of the outstanding shares of common stock, all of the           shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased by “affiliates” (as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” Taking into consideration the effect of the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the remaining shares of our common stock may be eligible for resale in the public market under Rule 144 under the Securities Act subject to applicable restrictions under Rule 144.
We have agreed to customary lock up agreements with the underwriters in connection with this offering. In addition, stockholders holding registrable shares who elect to include their shares of common stock in this offering have agreed to not sell their other shares of our common stock for a period of up to 30 days before and 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part (subject to potential limited extensions). Stockholders holding registrable shares who do not elect, despite their right to do so under the terms of a registration rights agreement that we entered into in connection with our 2012 private placement, to include their shares of our common stock for resale on the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part will not be able to sell their shares of our common stock for a period of up to 60 days following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. See “Underwriting” and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale".
In addition, existing holders of shares (or approximately %) of our common stock (which number will be reduced by the number of shares sold by selling stockholders in this offering) are entitled to the benefits of registration rights agreements that we entered into in connection with our 2012 private placement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions Registration Rights Agreements” for more information regarding the rights of existing stockholders under the registration rights agreements.
We also intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register an aggregate of approximately 5.5 million shares of common stock for issuance under our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan. Any shares issued in connection with acquisitions, the exercise of stock options, or otherwise would dilute the percentage ownership held by investors who purchase our shares in this offering. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”
Future issuances of shares of our common stock may depress our share price and might dilute the book value of our common stock and reduce your influence over matters on which stockholders vote.
Our board of directors has the authority, without action or vote of our stockholders, to issue all or any part of our authorized but unissued shares of common stock, including shares that may be issued to satisfy our obligations under our incentive plans, and securities and instruments that are convertible into our common

39


stock. Such stock issuances could be made at a price that reflects a discount or a premium from the then-current trading price of our common stock and might dilute the book value of our common stock or result in a decrease in the per share price of our common stock.
The availability to certain stockholders of the Participation Right (described in “Description of Capital Stock Common Stock Preemptive or Other Rights”) may reduce or eliminate the risk of dilution to those stockholders, but we cannot guarantee that additional offerings of our common stock will be at a price or on terms attractive to our existing stockholders such that those stockholders will want or have the capital available to them to exercise their Participation Right. In addition, issuances of common stock, or preferred stock containing voting rights, would reduce your influence over matters on which our stockholders vote.
Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering or in future offerings, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. These sales could also make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future, at a time and place that we deem appropriate.
Future issuance of debt or preferred stock, which would rank senior to our common stock upon our liquidation, may adversely affect the market value of our common stock.
In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by issuing debt, including bank debt, commercial paper, medium-term notes, senior or subordinated notes or classes of shares of preferred stock. Our preferred stock, if issued, could have a preference on liquidating distributions or a preference on dividend payments that would limit amounts available for distribution to holders of shares of our common stock. Accordingly, upon our liquidation, holders of our debt securities and preferred stock and lenders with respect to other borrowings will receive a distribution of our available assets prior to the holders of shares of our common stock. In addition, if we incur debt in the future, our future interest cost could increase and adversely affect our liquidity, cash flow and operating results.
Our decision to issue debt or preferred stock will depend on market conditions and other factors, some of which will be beyond our control. We cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of such future issuances. Holders of our common stock bear the risk of such future issuances of debt or preferred stock reducing the market value of our common stock.
The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of an investment in our common stock to decline.
The market price of our common stock may fluctuate substantially due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control, which may make it difficult for stockholders to sell their shares of our common stock at the volume, prices and times desired. There are many factors that will impact the market price of our common stock, including, without limitation:
general market conditions, including price levels and volume and changes in interest rates;
national, regional and local economic or business conditions;
the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies, including the interest rate policies of the Federal Reserve;
our actual or projected financial condition, liquidity, operating results, cash flows and capital levels;
changes in, or failure to meet, our publicly disclosed expectations as to our future financial and operating performance;

40


publication of research reports about us, our competitors or the financial services industry generally, or changes in, or failure to meet, securities analysts' estimates of our financial and operating performance, or lack of research reports by industry analysts or ceasing of coverage;
market valuations, as well as the financial and operating performance and prospects, of similar companies;
future issuances or sales, or anticipated issuances or sales, of our common stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock;
expenses incurred in connection with changes in our stock price, such as changes in the value of the warrant liability;
the potential failure to establish and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting; and
additions or departures of key personnel.

The stock markets in general have experienced substantial volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These types of broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock. In the past, stockholders have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against companies following periods of volatility in the market price of their securities. Any similar litigation against us could result in substantial costs, divert management's attention and resources and harm our business or operating results.
We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company.
Following the effectiveness of this registration statement, we will be a company with securities registered under the Securities Act and as such, we will need to comply with new laws, regulations and requirements, certain corporate governance provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX”), related regulations of the SEC, and, if we are accepted for listing, the requirements of the NASDAQ or other stock exchanges, all of which we would not be required to comply as a private company with no registered securities. Complying with these statutes, regulations and requirements will occupy a significant amount of time from our board of directors and management and will significantly increase our costs and expenses. We will need to, among other things:
institute a more comprehensive compliance function within legal, finance, accounting, operations and internal audit;
maintain a board of directors comprised of a majority of “independent directors” and recruit new directors as necessary;
design, establish, evaluate and maintain a system of internal controls over financial reporting in compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of SOX and the related rules and regulations of the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;
comply with rules promulgated by the NASDAQ or other stock exchange on which our common stock may be quoted or listed;
prepare and distribute periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under the federal securities laws;
establish new internal policies, such as those relating to disclosure controls and procedures as well as controls to prevent insider trading;

41


incur increased costs for professional services for independent auditors and attorney fees (annual compliance and additional fees), as well as public relations and information technology;
enhance insurance coverage for Directors and Officers (“D&O”) and Errors and Omission (“E&O”) policies;
involve and retain to a greater degree outside counsel and accountants in the foregoing activities; and
establish an investor relations function.

The SEC rules will require that our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer periodically certify the existence and effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. We believe that, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014, or such earlier time as we are no longer an “emerging growth company” or “EGC” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (“JOBS Act”), our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to our assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting. We believe that there is a substantial possibility that our ability to take advantage of any of the JOBS Act elections will cease at year end 2014, depending in large part on the market value of our equity at that time, as we believe that we will no longer meet all of the requirements to be considered an EGC at that point. This process will require significant documentation of policies, procedures and systems, review of that documentation by our internal auditing staff and our outside auditors and testing of our internal controls over financial reporting by our internal auditing and accounting staff and our outside independent registered public accounting firm. This process will involve considerable time and expense, may strain our internal resources and have an adverse impact on our operating costs. We may experience higher than anticipated operating expenses and outside auditor fees during the implementation of these changes and thereafter.
During the course of our testing, we may identify deficiencies that would have to be remediated to satisfy the SEC rules for certification of our internal controls over financial reporting. As a consequence, we may have to disclose in periodic reports we file with the SEC material weaknesses in our system of internal controls. In addition, those deficiencies may need to be reported to regulators in our state of domicile, the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) and various state regulators in compliance with the Model Audit Rule (“MAR”) promulgated by the NAIC. The existence of a material weakness would preclude management from concluding that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective and would preclude our independent auditors from issuing an unqualified opinion that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective. In addition, disclosures of this type in our SEC reports, as well as our statutory reports, could cause investors and/or regulators to lose confidence in our financial reporting and may negatively affect the trading price of our common stock. Moreover, effective internal controls are necessary to produce reliable financial reports and to prevent fraud. If we have deficiencies in our disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls over financial reporting, it may negatively impact our business, operating results and reputation.
We are an emerging growth company and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors. In addition, our election not to opt out of the JOBS Act extended accounting transition period may make our financial statements less easily comparable to the financial statements of other companies.
As a company that had gross revenues of less than $1 billion during its last fiscal year, we are an EGC. As an EGC, we are relieved from certain significant requirements, including, among other things, the requirement to (i) file reports under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), (ii) comply with certain provisions of Sarbanes-Oxley and the Dodd-Frank Act and certain provisions and reporting requirements of or under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act or (iii) comply with new or revised financial accounting standards as long as we are an EGC, which, under the JOBS Act, has the

42


effect of reducing the amount of information that we are required to provide for the foreseeable future. For example, as an EGC, we are exempt from complying with Section 404(b) of Sarbanes-Oxley, which otherwise would have required our auditors to attest to and report on our internal control over financial reporting. These reduced disclosure requirements may make our common stock less attractive to investors.
Further, as an EGC, we are not required to present more than two years of audited financial statements in order for the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, relating to this initial public offering of common stock to be declared effective, and in any other registration statement that we may file with the SEC, and we need not present selected financial data prescribed by the SEC in its regulations for any period prior to the earliest audited period presented in connection with our initial public offering. To the extent that other companies do not, or cannot, take advantage of the benefits under the JOBS Act, this distinction may make our common stock less attractive to investors. In addition, our election not to opt out of the JOBS Act extended accounting transition period may make our financial statements less easily comparable to the financial statements of other companies.
Provisions contained in our organizational documents, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could delay or prevent a change of control of us, which could adversely affect the price of shares of our common stock.
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that could have the effect of rendering more difficult or discouraging an acquisition deemed undesirable by our board of directors. Our corporate governance documents include provisions that:
provide that special meetings of our stockholders generally can only be called by the chairman of the board of directors or the president or by resolution of the board of directors;
provide our board of directors the ability to issue undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may grant preferred holders super voting, special approval, dividend or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of the holder of common stock;
provide our board of directors the ability to issue common stock and warrants within the amount of authorized capital;
provide that, subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock with respect to such series of preferred stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of our stockholders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders;
provide that stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders, generally must provide timely advance notice of their intent in writing and certain other information not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the meeting; and
eliminate the ability of stockholders to act by consent in lieu of a meeting.

These provisions, alone or together, could delay hostile takeovers and changes of control of the Company or changes in our management.
As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to anti-takeover provisions of Delaware law. The Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) provides that stockholders are not entitled the right to

43


cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation's certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors.
We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination (as defined in such section) with an “interested stockholder” (defined generally as any person who beneficially owns 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of such corporation or any person affiliated with such person) for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless (i) prior to such time, the board of directors of such corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; (ii) upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of such corporation at the time the transaction commenced (excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) the voting stock owned by directors who are also officers or held in employee benefit plans in which the employees do not have a confidential right to tender or vote stock held by the plan); or (iii) on or subsequent to such time the business combination is approved by the board of directors of such corporation and authorized at a meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock of such corporation not owned by the interested stockholder.
In addition, Wisconsin's insurance regulations generally provide that no person may acquire control of us unless the transaction in which control is acquired has been approved by the Wisconsin OCI. The regulations provide for a rebuttable presumption of control when a person owns or has the right to vote more than 10% of the voting securities. In addition, the insurance regulations of other states in which NMIC and/or NMRI One are licensed insurers require notification to the state's insurance department a specified time before a person acquires control of us. If regulators in these states disapprove the change of control, our licenses to conduct business in the disapproving states could be terminated.
Any provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or Delaware law or under the Wisconsin insurance regulation that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for shares of our common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock Certain Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Delaware Law.”
We have broad discretion to use our net proceeds from this offering and our investment of those proceeds may not yield favorable returns.
Our management has broad discretion to spend the proceeds from this offering and you may not agree with the way the proceeds are spent. The failure of our management to apply these funds effectively could result in unfavorable returns. This could adversely affect our business, causing the price of our common shares to decline.
You will incur immediate dilution as a result of this offering.
If you invest in our common stock, your ownership interest will be diluted by the amount by which the initial offering price per share paid by you exceeds the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. As a result, you will experience immediate dilution in net tangible book value per share for financial accounting purposes of $ per share assuming an initial public offering price of $ , which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. See “Dilution.”

44


CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. Any statements about our expectations, beliefs, plans, predictions, forecasts, objectives, assumptions or future events or performance are not historical facts and may be forward-looking. These statements are often, but not always, made through the use of words or phrases such as “anticipate,” “believes,” “can,” “could,” “may,” “predicts,” “potential,” “should,” “will,” “estimate,” “plans,” “projects,” “continuing,” “ongoing,” “expects,” “intends” and similar words or phrases. Accordingly, these statements are only predictions and involve estimates, known and unknown risks, assumptions and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in them. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking statements as a result of several factors more fully described under the caption “Risk Factors”, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and elsewhere in this prospectus, including the exhibits hereto.
Any or all of our forward-looking statements in this prospectus may turn out to be inaccurate. The inclusion of this forward-looking information should not be regarded as a representation by us, the selling stockholders, any underwriters or any other person that the future plans, estimates or expectations contemplated by us will be achieved. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, operating results, business strategy and financial needs. There are important factors that could cause our actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from the results, level of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements including, but not limited to, statements regarding:
our status as a recently organized corporation and lack of operating history;
receipt of certificates of authority to act as a mortgage insurer in Florida and Wyoming and, of the states where NMIC has received certificates of authority, approvals of our insurance rates in the state of Washington and policy forms in Alaska and Maryland;
retention of our existing certificates of authority in states where we have obtained them and our ability to remain a mortgage insurer in good standing in those states;
changes in the business practices of the GSEs, including modifications to their mortgage insurer eligibility requirements or decisions to decrease or discontinue the use of MI;
our ability to remain a qualified mortgage insurer under the requirements imposed by the GSEs;
actions of existing competitors and potential market entry by new competitors;
changes to laws and regulations, including changes to the GSEs' role in the secondary mortgage market or other changes that could affect the residential mortgage industry generally or MI in particular;
changes in general economic, market and political conditions and policies, interest rates, inflation and investment results or other conditions that affect the housing market or the markets for home mortgages or MI;
changes in the regulatory environment;
our ability to implement our business strategy, including our ability to attract customers, implement successfully and on a timely basis, complex infrastructure, systems, procedures, and internal controls to support our business and regulatory and reporting requirements of the insurance industry;

45


failure of risk management or investment strategy;
claims exceeding our reserves or amounts we had expected to experience;
failure to achieve the results shown in the financial projections;
failure to develop, maintain and improve necessary information technology systems or the failure of technology providers to perform;
ability to recruit, train and retain key personnel; and
emergence of claim and coverage issues.

All forward-looking statements are necessarily only estimates of future results, and actual results may differ materially from expectations. You are, therefore, cautioned not to place undue reliance on such statements which should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. In particular, you should consider the numerous risks described in the “Risk Factors” and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" sections of this prospectus. Further, any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made and we undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. You should, however, review the risk factors we describe in the reports we will file from time to time with the SEC after the date of this prospectus. See “Where You Can Find More Information.

46



USE OF PROCEEDS
Assuming an initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, we estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $ (or $ if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share of common stock, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us of this offering by $ , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. An increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) net proceeds to us of this offering by $ , assuming the public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.
We believe a public offering of our common stock is the most expeditious approach to increase the number of holders of our common stock to permit us to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market, in order to satisfy certain contractual obligations to our stockholders.  Upon the completion of this offering, we intend to use the net proceeds received by us for working capital and other general corporate purposes.
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by our selling stockholders.


47



DIVIDEND POLICY
As of the date of this prospectus, no dividends on our common stock have been declared or paid, and we do not expect to declare or pay dividends in the near future. In addition, we do not have earnings from which dividends may be paid. In our early years to the extent we have earnings, we intend to retain such earnings to expand our business. Currently, only appreciation in the price of our common stock, which may or may not occur, will provide a return to investors. We may commence paying dividends at a later date. Any declaration and payment of dividends by our board of directors will depend on many factors, including general economic and business conditions, our strategic plans, our financial results and condition, legal requirements and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. In addition, we may enter into credit agreements or other debt arrangements in the future that will restrict our ability to declare or pay cash dividends on our common stock.

NMIC's ability to pay dividends to NMIH is limited by state insurance laws of the State of Wisconsin, which provide that NMIC may pay out "extraordinary dividends" only if not disapproved by the Wisconsin Commissioner of Insurance. For a further discussion of state insurance regulatory dividend limitations see "Regulation State Insurance Regulation." Additionally, minimum capital requirements may limit the amount of dividends that NMIC may pay.

Additionally, NMIC has entered into commitments with the Arizona Department of Insurance, the California Insurance Department, the Missouri Department of Insurance, the New York State Department of Financial Services, the Ohio Department of Insurance, and the Texas Commissioner of Insurance not to pay or declare any dividends for the three-year period ending January 15, 2016. NMIC is currently licensed in 48 states and D.C. NMIC may enter into similar commitments with other state insurance departments. Some of these other states may restrict the Company's ability to pay stockholder dividends.

In addition to state dividend limitations, NMIC is restricted from paying any dividends to affiliates or to any holding company until December 31, 2015 by separate agreements with Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.



48



CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of June 30, 2013 on an actual basis and on an as adjusted basis to give pro forma effect to the sale of shares of              common stock by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

Actual amounts included in this table are derived from unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this registration statement. This table should be read in conjunction with “Selected Condensed Historical Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.


 
 
June 30, 2013
 
 
Actual
 
As Adjusted (2)
 
 
(In Thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents (1)
 
$
25,941

 
$
Shareholders' equity:
 
 
 
 
Common stock: par value $0.01 per share; 250,000,000 shares, authorized; 55,637,480 shares issued and outstanding, actual; common shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted
 
556

 

Preferred stock: par value $0.01 per share; 10,000,000 shares, authorized; no shares outstanding, actual and as adjusted
 

 

Additional paid-in capital
 
522,313

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
 
(9,322
)
 

Accumulated deficit
 
(57,067
)
 

Total shareholders' equity
 
456,480

 
$
Total capitalization
 
$
456,480

 
$

(1) Cash and cash equivalents include cash and money market funds with original maturities of 90 days or less.

(2) The “As Adjusted” column in the table above assumes the application of the net proceeds at an initial public offering price of $ , the mid-point of the range set forth in the cover page, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3) Excludes all shares reserved for issuance under our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan.


49



DILUTION
If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price per share of common stock is in excess of the net tangible book value per share of our common stock attributable to existing stockholders for our presently outstanding shares of common stock. As of June 30, 2013, net tangible book value attributable to our stockholders was $452.8 million, or $8.14 per share of common stock based on 55,637,480 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. Net tangible book value per share equals total consolidated tangible assets minus total consolidated liabilities divided by the number of outstanding shares of common stock.

Our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2013 would have been approximately $        , or $         per share of common stock based on             shares of common stock issued and outstanding after giving effect to the sale of             shares of common stock by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

This represents an immediate increase in the net tangible book value of $         per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in the net tangible book value of $         per share to the investors who purchase our common stock in this offering. Sales of shares by our selling stockholders in this offering do not affect our net tangible book value.

The following table illustrates the per share dilution after giving pro forma effect to this offering:
 
Initial public offering price per share
 
 
Net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2013
$
8.14

 
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering
    

 
 
 
 
Net tangible book value per share of common stock after the offering
 
 
 
 
 
Dilution per share to new investors
 
 

If the underwriters were to fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock, the net tangible book value per share of our common stock after giving effect to this offering would be $  per share of our common stock. This represents an increase in net tangible book value of $  per share of our common stock to existing stockholders and dilution of $  per share of our common stock to new investors.
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial offering price of $         per share of common stock would increase (decrease) the net tangible book value as of June 30, 2013 by approximately $        , or approximately $         per share, and the dilution per share to new investors by approximately $        , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing, assuming the public offering price per share remains the same.

50



The following table summarizes, as of June 30, 2013 (giving pro forma effect to the sale by us of              shares of common stock in this offering), the difference between existing stockholders and new investors with respect to the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us for these shares and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders and to be paid by the new investors in this offering. The calculation below reflecting the effect of shares purchased by new investors is based on the initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 
 
Shares Purchased
 
Total Consideration
 
Average Price
 
 
Number
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Per Share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Existing stockholders
 
 
 
%
 
$
 
%
 
$
Investors in this offering
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
 
 
100.0
%
 
$
 
100.0
%
 
 
The number of shares purchased is based on shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2013. The discussion and table above exclude shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options issued. If the underwriters were to fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from us, the percentage of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders would be     %, and the percentage of shares of our common stock held by new investors would be     %. To the extent any outstanding options are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution. To the extent all             outstanding options had been exercised as of June 30, 2013, the net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $         and total dilution per share to new investors would be $        .


51



OUR HISTORY AND CORPORATE STRUCTURE
Our History
NMI Holdings, Inc. ("NMIH") is a Delaware corporation incorporated on May 19, 2011 for the purpose of building an MI company. To facilitate our time to market, on November 30, 2011, we entered into an agreement with MAC Financial Ltd. to purchase MAC Financial Holding Corporation and its Wisconsin-licensed insurance subsidiaries, which acquisition was completed on April 24, 2012. Prior to its acquisition by NMIH, MAC Financial and its insurance subsidiaries were primarily engaged in start-up related activities such as commencing the initial work on an insurance management system, starting the state licensing process, completing the initial GSE applications and beginning to hire personnel. Prior to acquisition by NMIH, none of MAC Financial's insurance subsidiaries had written any MI. As consideration for the acquisition, MAC Financial Ltd. received 250,000 shares of our common stock, a warrant to purchase 678,295 shares of our common stock and approximately $2.5 million in cash consideration. MAC Financial Holding Corporation's Insurance subsidiaries, Mortgage Assurance Corporation, Mortgage Assurance Reinsurance One Inc and Mortgage Assurance Reinsurance Two Inc, each a Wisconsin corporation, were renamed National Mortgage Insurance Corporation (“NMIC”), National Mortgage Reinsurance Inc One (“NMRI One”) and National Mortgage Reinsurance Inc Two (“NMRI Two”) respectively. The stockholders of MAC Financial Ltd. have resolved to wind up its affairs pursuant to a members voluntary liquidation under Bermuda law, and have appointed a liquidator for that purpose.  The shares of our common stock and the warrant previously held by MAC Financial Ltd. have been divided and distributed to its former stockholders. On September 30, 2013, we merged MAC Financial Holding Corporation into NMIH, with NMIH surviving the merger, and we merged NMRI Two into NMIC, with NMIC surviving the merger.
On April 24, 2012, we also completed a private placement of 55,000,000 shares of our common stock for gross proceeds of $550 million. We received net proceeds of approximately $510 million, after the initial purchaser's discount and placement fees and after our offering expenses. Pursuant to the terms of the offering, we were able to access approximately $32 million to cover operating expenses while the remaining proceeds from the offering were placed in an investment account and the funds could not be accessed by us until we received GSE Approval. Upon receipt of GSE Approval on January 15, 2013 as described below, the funds in the investment account were released to us.
Prior to the completion of the MAC Acquisition on April 24, 2012, our activities were focused on organizational development, capital raising and other start-up related activities. Additionally, for the period from May 19, 2011 through the date of this filing our efforts have been primarily directed toward building the foundation of the Company which would allow us to write mortgage insurance. These efforts included, among other things, attracting an executive management team and other key officers and directors, attracting and hiring staff, building our operating processes, designing and developing our business and technology applications, environment and infrastructure, and securing state licensing and GSE Approval. On January 15, 2013, we received GSE Approval. With our GSE Approval, our customers who originate loans insured by NMIC may sell such loans to the GSEs (as of April 1, 2013 for Freddie Mac and as of June 1, 2013 for Fannie Mae). NMIC applied for a certificate of authority in each of the 50 states and D.C. in June 2012 and is currently licensed in 48 states and D.C. We commenced writing MI in April 2013 through NMIC.

52



Our Corporate Structure
The following diagram summarizes our corporate structure. Each of our subsidiaries is directly, wholly-owned by us:



53



SELECTED CONDENSED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following tables set forth our selected condensed historical financial statements of operations. You should read this information in conjunction with “Summary Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. References in this prospectus to "Successor" refer to the Company on or after April 24, 2012 and references to "Predecessor" refer to MAC Financial Holding Corporation prior to April 24, 2012.
The summary historical consolidated statements of operations of the Company (Successor entity) are set forth below as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012, for the period May 19, 2011 (date of inception) through December 31, 2011 and for the period May 19, 2011 (date of inception) through June 30, 2013. The summary financial information presented is derived from our audited or unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
We have included the summary historical consolidated statements of operations of our Predecessor entity as of and for the period January 1, 2012 through April 24, 2012 (date of purchase of Predecessor entity), as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011, and for the period from July 6, 2009 (date of inception of Predecessor entity) through April 24, 2012.
We have also included the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012, which combines the Predecessor's consolidated income statement for such period with the Successor's consolidated income statement, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus, giving effect to the MAC Acquisition as if it had occurred on January 1, 2012. Because there was an immaterial level of operations during this pro forma period, totaling approximately $9,000, we do not further discuss the pro forma presentation in this prospectus.
NMIH was formed in May 2011. Prior to the completion of the MAC Acquisition on April 24, 2012, our activities were focused on organizational development, capital raising and other start-up related activities. Additionally, for the period from May 19, 2011 through the date of this filing, our efforts were primarily directed toward building the foundation of the Company which would allow us to write mortgage insurance. These efforts included, among other things, building an executive management team and hiring other key officers and directors and staff, building our operating processes, designing and developing our business and technology applications, environment and infrastructure, and securing state licensing and GSE Approval.
In April 2012, NMIH raised net proceeds of approximately $510 million in a private placement of our common stock and completed our acquisition of MAC Financial, a Delaware corporation, and its Wisconsin-licensed subsidiaries, including NMIC. The proceeds from the private placement were and will be primarily used to capitalize our MI subsidiaries and fund our operating expenses until our MI subsidiaries generate positive cash flows. NMIC recently commenced issuing mortgage insurance policies in April 2013. Therefore, our results of operation following our receipt of GSE Approval cannot be meaningfully compared to our operations prior thereto.


54



CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
SUCCESSOR
 
 
PRO FORMA
 
 
PREDECESSOR
 
NMI Holdings, Inc.
(A Development Stage Company)
 
 
NMI Holdings, Inc.
(A Development Stage Company)
 
 
MAC Financial Holding Corporation (A Development Stage Company)
 
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2012
For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
For the Period May 19, 2011 (inception) to December 31, 2011
For the Period May 19, 2011 (inception) to June 30, 2013
 
 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
 
For the Period January 1, 2012 to April 24, 2012
For the Year Ended December 31, 2011
For the Period July 6, 2009 (inception) to April 24, 2012
 
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
 
 
(unaudited)
 
 
(unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In Thousands, except per share data)
 
 
(In Thousands, except per share data)
 
 
(In Thousands)
Revenues
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct premiums written
$
1

$

$

$

$
1

 
 
$

 
 
$

$

$

(Increase) decrease in unearned premiums





 
 

 
 



Net premiums earned
1




1

 
 

 
 



Net investment income
1,817


6


1,823

 
 
6

 
 



Other revenue
(599
)

278


(321
)
 
 
278

 
 

2

18

Total Revenues
1,219


284


1,503

 
 
284

 
 

2

18

Expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Payroll and related
13,806

1,829

11,559


25,365

 
 
11,559

 
 

334

2,402

Share-based compensation
6,859

1,046

6,115


12,974

 
 
6,115

 
 



Professional fees
5,160

840

4,242

1,248

10,650

 
 
4,246

 
 

21

1,939

Depreciation
1,847


3


1,850

 
 
3

 
 
4

14

33

Other
1,773

2,867

5,856

101

7,730

 
 
5,863

 
 
6

237

1,285

Total Expenses
29,445

6,582

27,775

1,349

58,569

 
 
27,786

 
 
10

606

5,659

Net loss
$
(28,226
)
$
(6,582
)
$
(27,491
)
$
(1,349
)
$
(57,066
)
 
 
$
(27,502
)
 
 
$
(10
)
$
(604
)
$
(5,641
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted loss per share
$
(0.51
)
$
(0.33
)
$
(0.73
)
$
(13,490.00
)
$
(1.81
)
 
 
$
(0.73
)
 
 
 
 
 
Book value per share
$
8.20

$
9.10

$
8.81

$
(13,490.00
)
$
8.20

 
 
$
8.81

 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average common
55,565,374

20,126,474

37,909,936

100

31,448,608

 
 
37,909,936

 
 
 
 
 
Shares outstanding
55,637,480

55,500,100

55,500,100

100

55,637,480

 
 
55,500,100

 
 
 
 
 


55


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUCCESSOR
 
 
PREDECESSOR
 
NMI Holdings, Inc.
(A Development Stage Company)
 
 
MAC Financial Holding Corporation (A Development Stage Company)
 
June 30,
2013
 
June 30,
2013
 
June 30,
2012
 
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
 
April 24,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
(unaudited)
 
(as adjusted)
 
(unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In Thousands)
 
 
(In Thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents
$
25,941

 

 
$
502,981

 
$
485,855

 
$

 
 
$
17

 
$
17

Restricted cash

 

 
20,830

 
40,338

 

 
 

 

Investment securities
427,472

 

 

 
4,864

 

 
 

 

Software and equipment, net
8,786

 

 
5,184

 
7,550

 

 
 
2,887

 
2,891

Other assets
6,751

 

 
5,019

 
4,160

 
210

 
 
12

 
19

Total Assets
$
468,950

 

 
$
534,014

 
$
542,767

 
$
210

 
 
$
2,916

 
$
2,927

Accounts payable and accrued expenses
$
6,416

 

 
$
3,110

 
$
8,708

 
$
1,354

 
 
$
1,467

 
$
1,227

Purchase fees and purchase consideration payable

 

 
20,830

 
40,338

 

 
 

 

Warrant liability
5,921

 

 
5,120

 
4,842

 

 
 

 

Other liabilities
133

 

 

 
133

 
205

 
 

 
240

Total Liabilities
12,470

 

 
29,060

 
54,021

 
1,559

 
 
1,467

 
1,467

Total Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)
456,480

 

 
504,954

 
488,746

 
(1,349
)
 
 
1,449

 
1,460

Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
$
468,950

 

 
$
534,014

 
$
542,767

 
$
210

 
 
$
2,916

 
$
2,927

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
SUCCESSOR
 
 
PREDECESSOR
 
NMI Holdings, Inc.
(A Development Stage Company)
 
 
MAC Financial Holding Corporation (A Development Stage Company)
 
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2012
For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
For the Period May 19, 2011 (inception) to December 31, 2011
For the Period May 19, 2011 (inception) to June 30, 2013
 
 
For the Period January 1, 2012 to April 24, 2012
For the Year Ended December 31, 2011
For the Period July 6, 2009 (inception) to April 24, 2012
 
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
 
 
(unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In Thousands)
 
 
(In Thousands)
Net Cash Used in Operating Activities
$
(22,939
)
$
(4,701
)
$
(14,595
)
$
(206
)
$
(37,740
)
 
 
$
240

$
(490
)
$
(4,154
)
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities
(435,398
)
(2,578
)
(9,809
)

(445,207
)
 
 

(90
)
(2,920
)
Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities
(1,578
)
510,260

510,259

206

508,887

 
 
(240
)
437

7,091

Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents
(459,915
)
502,981

485,855


25,940

 
 

(143
)
17

Cash and Cash Equivalents, beginning of period
485,855





 
 
17

160


Cash and Cash Equivalents, end of period
$
25,940

$
502,981

$
485,855

$

$
25,940

 
 
$
17

$
17

$
17



56


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” and our financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical information, this discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from management’s expectations. Factors that could cause such differences are discussed in the sections entitled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.” We are not undertaking any obligation to update any forward-looking statements or other statements we may make in the following discussion or elsewhere in this document even though these statements may be affected by events or circumstances occurring after the forward-looking statements or other statements were made. Therefore no reader of this document should rely on these statements being current as of any time other than the time at which this document is declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
Readers are cautioned that meaningful comparability of current period financial information to prior periods is limited. Prior to the completion of the MAC Acquisition on April 24, 2012, we had no sales, underwriting or servicing operations and our activities were limited to fund raising through the private placement of our securities, acquisition due diligence, recruitment of talent, development of our business plan and corporate organization matters. Additionally, the comparability of data prior to the date of the MAC Acquisition is limited because, in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 805, Business Combinations, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at fair value at their respective dates of acquisition and do not have a significant resemblance to the assets and liabilities of the Predecessor insurance subsidiaries. Moreover, we raised a considerable amount of cash during the settlement of these acquisitions, we paid off borrowings, and we contributed significant capital to each insurance subsidiary we acquired. All of these actions materially changed the balance sheet composition, liquidity, and capital structure of the acquired entity. We believe that the impact of these acquisitions to our financial condition and operating results is, and will continue to be, significant.
Overview
NMI Holdings, Inc. ("NMIH") was formed in May 2011. Following our formation, we focused our efforts on organizational development, capital raising and other start-up related activities. In November 2011, we entered into a definitive agreement to acquire MAC Financial Holding Corporation and its Wisconsin licensed insurance subsidiaries, Mortgage Assurance Corporation, Mortgage Assurance Reinsurance Inc One and Mortgage Assurance Reinsurance Inc Two, each a Wisconsin corporation, which were renamed National Mortgage Insurance Corporation (“NMIC”), National Mortgage Reinsurance Inc One (“NMRI One”) and National Mortgage Reinsurance Inc Two (“NMRI Two”), respectively. In April 2012, we raised net proceeds of approximately $510 million in a private placement of our common stock and completed the acquisition of MAC Financial and its insurance subsidiaries. The proceeds from the private placement were and will be primarily used to capitalize our insurance subsidiaries and fund our operating expenses until our insurance subsidiaries generate positive cash flows. On September 30, 2013, we merged MAC Financial Holding Corporation into NMIH, with NMIH surviving the merger, and we merged NMRI Two into NMIC, with NMIC surviving the merger.
Through our primary mortgage insurance subsidiary, NMIC, a mono-line MI company, and its affiliated reinsurance company, NMRI One, we provide residential MI in the United States. Mortgage insurance provides loss protection to mortgage lenders and investors in the event of borrower default on low down payment

57



residential mortgage loans. By protecting lenders and investors from credit losses, we help facilitate the availability of mortgages to prospective, primarily first-time, U.S. home buyers, thus promoting homeownership and helping to revitalize our residential communities.
Our business strategy is primarily focused on commencing and growing our MI business by writing high-quality mortgage insurance in the United States. Since the Company's inception, our efforts to build our MI business have included, among other things, building an executive management team and hiring other key officers and directors and staff, building our operating processes, designing and developing our business and technology applications, environment and infrastructure, and securing state licensing and GSE approval. In January 2013, Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae each approved NMIC as a qualified MI provider (“GSE Approval”). NMIC works to differentiate itself primarily on prompt and predictable underwriting, thereby aiming to provide lenders with a higher degree of confidence of coverage that such lenders are seeking. As a newly capitalized mortgage insurer, we have the ability to write new business without the burden of risky legacy exposures. Our financial results to date have been primarily driven by expenditures related to our business development activities, and to a lesser extent, by our investment activities. We commenced writing MI on a limited test basis during April 2013.
We discuss the following in turn below:
the significant conditions and factors that have affected our operating results, including the costs associated with the key start-up activities in which we are engaged and development of our investment portfolio;
the factors we expect will impact our future results as our mortgage insurance business continues to grow, and certain issues impacting our holding company, NMIH;
our sources and uses of liquidity and capital resources;
our operating results, which were primarily driven by our start up activities;
disclosures related to market risk exposures and off-balance sheet and other contractual arrangements; and
critical accounting policies that require management to exercise significant judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain.
Factors Affecting Our Operating Results
Operating Expenses from Development Stage Activities
Our expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, for the year ended December 31, 2012, and for the period from May 19, 2011 (inception) to June 30, 2013 were $29.4 million, $6.6 million, $27.8 million and $58.6 million, respectively, and consist largely of expenses associated with development stage activities, including payroll and related expenses, share-based compensation and professional fees. The costs that we have incurred to date do not represent the full operations of an operating MI company. We anticipate that, as our insurance writings grow and our sale activities increase, our underwriting expenses in future periods will be considerably higher than in the periods presented to date.

-58-



Although we expect our year-over-year expenses to increase significantly as we grow our business, we ultimately expect that the majority of our operating expenses will be relatively fixed in the long term. As our business matures and we deploy the majority of our capital, we are targeting our expense ratio (expenses to premiums written) to fall into a range of 20% to 25%. In our initial periods of operation, our expense ratio is expected to be significantly higher than this range given the low levels of premium written compared to our "fixed" costs customary to operating a mortgage insurance company. We believe that we will have an efficient expense structure providing us with greater flexibility. We do not expect to achieve operating profitability through 2014. Additionally, we generally expect to generate an average unlevered ROE in the mid-teens through economic cycles.
We discuss below the significant development stage activities that have driven our results to date.
Start-up Operations
Since the closing of our private placement, we engaged in the following activities, which culminated in writing mortgage insurance business in April 2013:
we obtained certificates of authority for NMIC from state insurance regulators to write mortgage insurance in 48 states and D.C.;
in January 2013, NMIC obtained approvals from the GSEs as a qualified mortgage insurer;
we made substantial progress in the design, development and implementation of our information technology platform;

we established customer relationships with mortgage originators; and

we have attracted and retained our employee base and support systems.

State Licensing
To conduct MI business with many, or potentially all, large, national lenders, we believe NMIC will need to be licensed in all 50 states and D.C. NMIC applied for a certificate of authority in each of the 50 states and D.C. in June 2012. As of the date of this prospectus, NMIC has obtained certificates of authority in 48 states and D.C. NMIC has not yet received certificates of authority in Wyoming or Florida.
NMIC's application for a certificate of authority has not yet been accepted by the Wyoming Insurance Department for formal review due to our inability to meet Wyoming's seasoning requirement. Like most of the states in which NMIC is licensed, Wyoming has a statutory seasoning requirement, which requires an applicant for admission to Wyoming to have transacted insurance for two years in its state of domicile prior to being admitted to Wyoming. The Wyoming Insurance Commissioner has the discretion to waive the requirement, however, if he or she finds that the applicant insures against special hazards to property or liability for which, in the Commissioner's opinion, adequate provision is not already made by insurers already authorized in the state. We requested a waiver under the foregoing provision; however, the Wyoming Insurance Commissioner did not agree to grant a waiver. We have requested and been granted a hearing to present evidence in support of our assertion that sufficient grounds exist under Wyoming law for the Wyoming Insurance Commissioner to grant our request for a seasoning waiver. The hearing will take place in December, 2013 before an administrative law judge (“ALJ”). The ALJ will issue a recommended decision, which the Commissioner may adopt, modify or reject altogether and issue his own decision. If the refusal to grant us a

59



seasoning waiver is upheld, we will have the right to appeal to the Wyoming courts. If a waiver is granted, we expect that the Wyoming Insurance Department will review NMIC's application for a certificate of authority. We intend to provide all information requested by the Wyoming Insurance Department but cannot guarantee that we will obtain a certificate of authority in Wyoming even if a seasoning waiver is granted.
In May 2013, we withdrew NMIC's application for a license in Florida in response to a request by Florida's Office of Insurance Regulation ("FL OIR"). On August 15, 2013, we refiled NMIC's application for a certificate of authority in Florida.  We have requested and been granted a hearing with the FL OIR in October 2013 on our licensing application. The FL OIR has asked us to address issues related to (i) the role of certain of our officers in their previous employment at PMIC, (ii) the litigation pending against us and certain of our officers and employees brought by the receiver of PMIC and (iii) our eligibility for a seasoning waiver in Florida. The FL OIR is in the preliminary phase of its review, and there can be no assurance as to whether the FL OIR will require additional documentation and other information in order to proceed with reviewing the application. Although we will present our case as to why our application should be approved at the October 2013 hearing and intend to provide all information requested by the FL OIR in the licensing process, we cannot guarantee that this information will be satisfactory to the FL OIR and cause it to ultimately approve our application for a license.
Many states also require approval of NMIC's insurance rates and/or policy forms before it may issue insurance policies in such states. Of the states in which NMIC has received certificates of authority, NMIC currently has effective rates in 47 states and D.C. and effective policy forms in 46 states and D.C. NMIC's application for approval of rates is pending in Washington and its applications for approvals of policy forms are pending in Maryland and Alaska. NMIC must receive approvals of its respective applications in each of these states before it may write MI in such states.
As conditions of obtaining licenses in Alabama, Arizona, California, Missouri, New York, Ohio and Texas, NMIC entered into agreements with the Alabama Department of Insurance ("ALDOI"), Arizona Department of Insurance (“AZDOI”), the California Insurance Department (“CADOI”), the Missouri Department of Insurance (“MODOI”), the New York State Department of Financial Services (“NYDOI”), the Ohio Department of Insurance ("OHDOI") and the Texas Commissioner of Insurance (“TXDOI”). The agreements with the CADOI, MODOI, NYDOI, OHDOI and TXDOI, provide, among other things, that:
NMIC (i) refrain from paying any dividends; (ii) retain all profits; and (iii) maintain a risk-to-capital ratio not to exceed 20 to 1, for three years from the date of GSE Approval (i.e., until January 15, 2016); and
certain start-up compensation expenses and equity compensation in the form of stock options and restricted stock units shall not be allocated to or assumed as a cost or expense by NMIC.
In its agreement with the NYDOI, NMIC is required to obtain the NYDOI's prior written approval to significantly deviate from the plan of operations and financial projections that were submitted to the NYDOI in connection with NMIC's license application. In addition, if the lawsuit brought by PMIC's Receiver is determined adversely to any of our officers who are named as defendants in the lawsuit (including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Sales Officer and Vice President of Sales Operations, Analytics & Planning), we may be required to remove and replace those officers under the terms of the agreements with the ALDOI, AZDOI, NYDOI and TXDOI, as a condition of NMIC obtaining certificates of authority in those states, as well as under an agreement with the Wisconsin OCI. In connection with NMIC's license applications in California, Missouri and New York, NMIH entered into agreements with the CADOI, MODOI and NYDOI requiring NMIH to contribute capital to NMIC as necessary to maintain NMIC's risk-to-capital ratio at or below

60



20 to 1 for three years from the date of GSE Approval. NMRI One is also a party to the agreements with the CADOI and OHDOI. Additionally, and as part of the approval process with the GSEs, we are required for the first three years of operations (expiring December 31, 2015) to maintain our risk-to-capital ratio at no greater than 15 to 1. For further discussion of the GSE Approvals, see "GSE Approvals," below.
Capital Position

In addition to the requirement that NMIC adhere to the above minimum capital requirements, as discussed in "Regulation State Insurance Regulation" below, in 16 states, NMIC is also subject to regulatory minimum capital requirements based on its insured risk-in-force. While formulations of this minimum capital may vary in each jurisdiction, the most common measure allows for a maximum permitted risk-to-capital ratio of 25 to 1. As a new entrant to the MI business, our insurance writings to date have been minimal compared to the volume of insurance we expect to write as our business grows in the near future. As of September 30, 2013, NMIC's primary risk-in-force was approximately $1.2 million on a total of 22 policies in force. As of September 30, 2013, NMIC has pool risk-in-force of approximately $93.1 million on a total of approximately 22,000 loans. Based on NMIC's reported statutory capital of $200 million at June 30, 2013, NMIC is currently significantly below the contractual and regulatory maximum risk-to-capital thresholds. As our insurance writings grow and our risk-in-force increases, our risk-to-capital ratio will increase and NMIC's risk-to-capital metrics will become more important to an evaluation of its compliance with all of the capital requirements to which it is subject. State insurance regulators and the GSEs are currently examining their respective risk-to-capital ratio requirements to determine whether in light of the recent financial crisis, changes are needed to more accurately assess mortgage insurers' ability to withstand stressful economic conditions. As a result of these stakeholders' ongoing assessments, the capital metrics under which they assess and measure our financial strength may change in the future.
 
 GSE Approvals
As described below in "Business Overview of the Private Mortgage Insurance Industry GSEs", the GSEs are the major purchasers of the mortgages insured by mortgage insurers. The GSEs' federal charters generally prohibit them from purchasing low down payment loans without certain forms of credit enhancement, one of which is MI from an entity that they determine to be a qualified mortgage insurer. Consequently, in addition to securing certificates of authority, the ability to successfully commence mortgage insurance operations in the U.S. is largely dependent on obtaining approvals from Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac as a qualified MI provider. Following the Company's private placement in April 2012, NMIC's key focus was to secure approvals from the GSEs. In January 2013, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac each approved NMIC as a qualified mortgage insurer ("GSE Approval"). We expect that the significant majority of insurance we will write will be for loans sold to the GSEs. With the GSE Approval, our customers who originate loans insured by NMIC may sell such loans to the GSEs (as of April 1, 2013 for Freddie Mac and as of June 1, 2013 for Fannie Mae).
In March 2013, the FHFA announced its 2013 performance goals as part of its Strategic Plan for Fiscal 2013 - 2017 for the GSEs, which includes the goal of contracting the GSEs' dominant presence in the marketplace while simplifying and shrinking certain lines of business. With respect to single family mortgages, the FHFA has set a target of $30 billion of unpaid principal balance in credit-risk sharing transactions in 2013 for both Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The FHFA has specified that each GSE must conduct multiple types of risk-sharing transactions to meet this target, which includes expanded MI, credit-linked securities, senior/subordinated securities and other structures. As a new business opportunity for MI companies, we generally believe the FHFA's 2013 strategy for the GSEs will have a beneficial impact on our industry.

61



As a GSE-qualified MI provider, NMIC is subject to continuing eligibility requirements imposed by the GSEs in both their January 2013 conditional approvals of NMIC, as well as their respective comprehensive mortgage insurer eligibility requirements. For a discussion of the capitalization, operational and reporting conditions to which NMIC is subject in connection with the GSE Approval and the GSEs' eligibility requirements, see “Regulation - U.S. Mortgage Insurance Laws GSE Qualified Mortgage Insurer Requirements,below.
Development of Our IT Platform
As discussed below in “Business Information Technology Systems”, the success of our business is highly dependent on our ability to effectively and efficiently use technology to electronically conduct business with our customers. Accordingly, we have invested and will continue to invest resources to establish and maintain electronic connectivity with customers and, more generally, in e-commerce and technological advancements. In order to integrate electronically with mortgage lenders we must:
Establish connectivity with the industry's largest providers of mortgage servicing systems, which automate loan servicing functions such as payment processing, escrow administration, default management, investor accounting, loan modifications, and year-end reporting. We have completed integration with the largest and leading servicing system providers, LPS MSP and Fiserv LoanServ™ , which combined process more mortgages in the United States by dollar volume than any other servicing system, creating significant opportunity to efficiently conduct business with large lenders and aggregators that require this integration;
Establish connectivity with leading third party providers of loan origination systems, which provide the functionality to automate the mortgage loan origination process, including point of sale support, processing, settlement services, document preparation and tracking, underwriting, closing and funding. We have begun the process of integrating with the leading third-party loan origination systems, and we expect to complete some of these integrations this year, including Ellie Mae Encompass360®, RealEC®, Fiserv EasyLender®, FICS Loan Producer®, and Mortgage Builder. By mid-2014, we believe we will be integrated with additional leading third-party loan origination systems.
Integrate with those lenders that maintain their own proprietary loan origination and servicing systems, recognizing that the time-lines for these integrations are heavily dependent upon the lenders' internal technology resource time-lines and availability. Many lenders require us to engage in their third party review processes before we can conduct integration testing with such lenders. While we are currently working through this process with some lenders, no direct lender connectivity has been completed as of the date of this prospectus.
Many of our customers will require us to have the above connectivity in place as a precursor to doing business with them.
A significant component of our technology platform (which we refer to as "AXIS") is an insurance management system (which we refer to as "IMS") we purchased in connection with the MAC Acquisition in April 2012. We have invested and will continue to invest significant resources to develop AXIS to support our MI operations, including policy acquisition, underwriting, premium billing, policy servicing and delinquency and claims management functions. The success of our business will be dependent on our ability to resolve any issues identified with AXIS during development and testing and to timely make any necessary improvements. We recently completed an initial rollout of our IMS policy acquisition and underwriting

62



modules involving over thirty lenders. We believe these modules of the IMS system performed well in this assessment phase. Results were acceptable in all 12 critical areas of system functionality, and customer feedback was positive.

Given the time required to upgrade the policy acquisition and underwriting modules of IMS, we made the business decision during the second quarter of 2013 to pursue the development of new modules to support policy servicing, billing, and delinquency and claims management. This change will require us to provide these services to our customers during the initial period of our business operations using current IMS capabilities and interim applications and manual solutions. As a result of the above change in approach, we are required to reduce the useful life of the IMS modules that support policy servicing, billing, and delinquency and claims management. Reducing the useful life of these modules will have the effect of shortening the amortization period, causing us to record the same amount of amortization expense over a shorter period of time, which was implemented in the second quarter of 2013 and will continue to amortize over the coming quarters. We expect that these modules will be fully amortized by the end of 2014.
Development of Our Customer Base
As discussed below in "Business Customers", our sales strategy is focused on attracting as customers those mortgage originators that fall into one of two distinct categories of national and regional lenders, which we refer to as "National Accounts" and "Regional Accounts". Before we can begin insuring loans originated by these lenders, they must agree to use NMIC as a mortgage insurance provider. Following an approval by the lender, NMIC issues its master policy to the lender, setting forth the terms and conditions of our MI coverage.
We consider National Accounts to be the 36 most significant residential mortgage originators as defined by volume of originations and volume of insured business. We plan to service this customer base with a small but specialized team of National Account sales people who have experience sourcing business from this segment. We expect that the National Accounts will purchase MI products from NMIC for loans originated directly through their retail channels, as well as to purchase loans from other originators that have originated loans with NMIC insurance already in place. Our progress with National Accounts includes establishing relationships, working to complete our respective due diligence processes, issuing master polices, responding to information data security assessments and evaluations, mutually evaluating credit policies and parameters and continuing to integrate with the necessary origination and loan servicing systems, as discussed above. To date, 18 of the National Account lenders have agreed to use NMIC as a mortgage insurance provider and we continue to work towards completing our customer boarding process.  These 18 national accounts generate approximately 14% of the industry's new insurance written. While we believe we have favorable relationships with the 18 National Accounts that have indicated they will purchase MI from NMIC, there is no obligation to use NMIC as an MI provider and, as of the date of this prospectus, we have received a limited amount of business from one of these national account providers. We continue to work with the other 18 National Accounts to engage them as customers.
The Regional Accounts originate mortgage loans on a local or regional level throughout the United States. We intend for our nationwide and regional sales teams to address the Regional Accounts segment of the market, and with the early efforts of these teams, we have been able to attract a small population of lenders in this segment who have agreed to purchase MI from NMIC. Our future efforts will be focused on growing this segment of our customer base. Our ability to make progress penetrating Regional Accounts is primarily dependent on the following three factors:
Obtaining approval from National Account lenders to be an authorized MI provider enables Regional Accounts to sell loans with insurance from NMIC to those National Accounts.  Consequently, these

63



approvals are critical to making inroads with Regional Accounts.  As discussed above, 18 of the 36 National Accounts have agreed to use NMIC as an MI provider.
Achieving connectivity with the largest loan servicing systems. Many of the loan servicers in the industry who sub-service loans originated by Regional Accounts that do not conduct their own servicing operations rely primarily on the two most significant servicing systems, LPS MSP and Fiserv LoanServTM, to subservice these loans. As discussed above in “Development of Our IT Platform,” we have completed integration with LPS MSP and Fiserv LoanServTM. Attaining connectivity with these servicing systems is one of the important steps with respect to both National and Regional Accounts purchasing MI from NMIC.
Achieving connectivity with leading third-party loan origination systems utilized by Regional Accounts. As discussed above, we have begun the process of integrating with some of the leading providers of automated loan origination systems, including Ellie Mae Encompass360®, RealEC®, Fiserv EasyLender®, FICS Loan Producer® and Mortgage Builder. The Regional Accounts who originate loans using these leading third-party loan origination systems will be able to automatically select NMIC as an MI provider within those systems. The progress we have made to date connecting with these loan origination systems is another significant achievement with respect to our readiness to engage with the Regional Accounts.
Employees
We believe that our growth and future success will depend in large part on the services and skills of our management team and our ability to motivate and retain these individuals and other key personnel. As of September 30, 2013, we had significantly developed our employee base to support our regional and national sales teams, policy acquisition and servicing, IT, and all other back-office functions. Based upon our business plan, we anticipate hiring a substantial number of additional employees during 2013. We currently expect to have approximately 175 total full-time employees by the end of 2013.
New Business Writings
NMIC commenced, on a limited test basis, writing insurance business on April 1, 2013. As of September 30, 2013, NMIC has approximately $1.2 million of primary RIF, representing 22 loans with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of approximately $4.6 million. We expect that NMIC's insurance-in-force and risk-in-force will increase over the coming months as our operations continue to mature.
During the second fiscal quarter of 2013, NMIC bid on a pool insurance transaction proposed by Fannie Mae.  As discussed previously, the FHFA has set targets for reducing the GSEs' mortgage risk in 2013.  One of the methods available to the GSEs is to utilize MI companies as insurers of particular groups, or pools, of loans.  In July 2013, we were notified that Fannie Mae had selected NMIC for this pool transaction.  NMIC entered into an agreement with Fannie Mae, pursuant to which NMIC insures approximately 22,000 loans with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of approximately $5.2 billion.  The effective date of the agreement and the coverage is September 1, 2013, and in September 2013, we received our first premium payment from Fannie Mae.  The agreement has an expected term of 10 years from the coverage effective date.

The initial net risk-in-force to NMIC is approximately $93.1 million which represents the amount between a deductible payable by Fannie Mae on initial losses and a stop loss, above which, losses are borne by Fannie Mae.  In addition, the agreement contains counterparty requirements that specify the amount of capital NMIC will need to maintain to support the agreement, which is equal to the amount of net risk-in-force

64



on this pool. The risk-in-force and the capital we are required to maintain to support this risk will decline over the 10-year term of the agreement as the loans in the pool amortize. NMIC will be paid monthly premiums by Fannie Mae based on a fixed premium rate and the aggregate outstanding unpaid principal balance of loans in the pool.  Similar to other monthly products, we will record the premium received on a monthly basis as written premium. In addition, all of the premium will be recorded as earned in the month received, with no unearned premium reserve established.
All of the loans in the pool were originated between July 1 and December 31, 2012.  In order for a loan to have been and remain eligible for coverage under the agreement, it must be current as of the coverage effective date and not have had a 30-day delinquency prior to the coverage effective date.  The maximum LTV of the loans in the pool is 80% and the weighted average LTV of the loans in the pool is 77%, which is below the typical LTV of low-down payment loans we would expect to insure through our flow channel, which we anticipate will have average LTVs at origination of between 85% and 95%.  The average LTV of the loans in the pool was calculated based on the loans' origination values and the unpaid principal balances as of February 1, 2013, the date as of which the bid data was prepared. This pool transaction is unlike a typical pool transaction, in that the loans which make up this particular pool do not have primary MI on them, as the LTVs at origination were below what would have required MI to be placed at loan origination. The average credit score at origination of borrowers in the pool is 764 which is considered to be an excellent credit score by the three major credit bureaus.  All of the loans in the pool are 30-year, fixed rate mortgages and were made to borrowers whose incomes we believe were fully documented, with approximately 29% of those borrowers located in California. Based on the foregoing attributes, we believe that NMIC has insured a high quality loan pool. Related premiums will decline over the 10-year term of the agreement as loans in the pool amortize over time.
Development of our Investment Portfolio
Our net investment income for the six months ended June 30, 2013 was approximately $1.8 million compared to $0 for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and approximately $6,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 and approximately $1.8 million for the period from May 19, 2011 (inception) to June 30, 2013. During the first quarter of 2013, we began investing our cash holdings in fixed income securities which provide a higher yield. We continued to invest our cash holdings in fixed income securities during the second quarter of 2013. As of June 30, 2013, we consider our portfolio to be in conformity with our investment guidelines. The principal factors affecting our investment income include the size of our portfolio and its yield. As measured by amortized cost (which excludes changes in fair market value, such as those resulting from changes in interest rates), the size of our investment portfolio is mainly a function of our initial capital raised, cash generated from (or used in) operations, such as net premiums received, investment earnings, net claim payments and expenses. We currently plan to continue to invest in additional fixed income securities, which will cause our net investment income to increase over prior quarters.
Factors Expected to Affect Results as our Mortgage Insurance Operations Grow
We expect that as our insurance business develops, our results of operations will be affected by the following factors.
Premiums Written and Earned
In our industry, a “book” is a group of loans that an MI company insures in a particular period, normally a calendar year. We set premiums at the time a policy is issued based on our expectations regarding likely performance over the term of coverage. We expect the annual average premium rate we charge on our monthly

65



primary flow MI policies, which we expect to comprise the majority of our business, to be between 50 and 60 basis points.
Premiums written and earned in a year are generally influenced by:
new insurance written, which is the aggregate principal amount of the mortgages that are insured during a period. Many factors affect new insurance written, including, among others, the volume of low down payment home mortgage originations and the competition to provide credit enhancement on those mortgages, which includes competition from the FHA, other mortgage insurers, lenders or other investors holding mortgages in their portfolios without insurance, piggy-back loans and GSE programs that may reduce or eliminate the demand for MI and other alternatives to MI;
cancellations, which reduce insurance-in-force. Cancellations due to refinancings are affected by the level of current mortgage interest rates compared to the mortgage rates on our insurance in force. Refinancings are also affected by current home values compared to values when the loans became insured and the terms on which mortgage credit is available. Cancellations also include rescissions, which require us to return any premiums received related to the rescinded policy, and policies canceled due to claim payment, which require us to return any premium received subsequent to the date the insured mortgage defaults. Finally, cancellations are affected by home price appreciation, which may give homeowners the right to cancel the MI on their loans. Based on current market conditions, we expect our MI policies to have a persistency rate of approximately 80%;
premium rates, which are based on the risk characteristics of the loans insured, the percentage of coverage on the loans, competition from other mortgage insurers, and general industry conditions; and
premiums ceded under reinsurance agreements.
Losses Incurred
Losses incurred are the current expense that is booked within a particular period to reflect actual and estimated loss payments that we believe will ultimately be made as a result of insured loans that are in default. As explained under “Critical Accounting Policies,” we do not recognize an estimate of loss expense for loans that are not in default. Losses incurred are generally affected by:
the state of the economy, including unemployment and housing values, each of which affects the likelihood that borrowers may default on their loans and have the ability to cure such defaults;
the product mix of insurance-in-force, with loans having higher risk characteristics generally resulting in higher defaults and claims;
the size of loans insured, with higher average loan amounts tending to increase losses incurred;
the loan-to-value ratio, with higher average loan-to-value ratios tending to increase losses incurred;
the percentage of coverage on insured loans, with deeper average coverage tending to increase incurred losses;
changes in housing values, which affect our ability to mitigate our losses through sales of properties with loans in default as well as borrower willingness to continue to make mortgage payments when the value of the home is below or perceived to be below the mortgage balance;

66



higher debt-to-income ratios, which tend to increase incurred losses;
the rate at which we rescind policies. Because of tighter underwriting standards generally in the mortgage lending industry, we expect that our level of rescission activity, as well as that of the MI industry in general, will be lower than recent rescission activity experienced by the MI industry; and
the distribution of claims over the life of a book. Historically, the first two to three years after loans are originated are a period of relatively low claims, with claims increasing substantially for several years subsequent and then declining. Factors, such as persistency of the book, the condition of the economy, including unemployment and housing prices, and others, can affect this pattern. See “Mortgage Insurance Earnings and Cash Flow Cycle.
We expect that losses incurred for the first two to three years of our operations will be relatively low for the following reasons:
as stated under “Losses Incurred,” the typical distribution of claims over the life of a book results in fewer defaults during the first two to three years after loans are originated, usually peaking in years three through six and declining thereafter;
we expect that the frequency of claims on our initial primary books of business should be between 3% and 4% of mortgages insured over the life of the book. For claims that we may receive, we expect the severity of the loss to be between 85% and 95% of the coverage amount. Based on these expectations, we believe that the loss ratio over the life of each book will be between 20% and 25% of earned premiums. Because we expect the losses on insured mortgages to develop over time, we believe that the reported loss ratio in our first 2-3 years of operation will be less than 10% of earned premiums; and
under the pool insurance agreement between NMIC and Fannie Mae, as discussed in this prospectus, NMIC is responsible for losses only to the extent they exceed a deductible.
We developed our estimates of the expected frequency and severity of claims based on statutory filings by many of our competitors, which contain historical book year performance.  As state-regulated entities, mortgage insurers are required to file actuarial justifications for premium rate changes in many states, many of which are publicly available and include historical information on claim frequency and severity.  Historical performance data from similar underwriting, house price, and interest rate periods were compared to today to determine a range of expected performance.

Qualified Residential Mortgage Rule
The Dodd-Frank Act, which was enacted by Congress in July 2010, requires a securitizer to retain at least 5% of the credit risk associated with securitized mortgage loans. In some cases the retained risk may be allocated between the securitizer and the mortgage originator. This risk retention requirement does not apply to mortgage loans that are Qualified Residential Mortgages (“QRMs”) or that are insured by the FHA or another federal agency. By exempting QRMs from the risk-retention requirement, the cost of securitizing these mortgages would be reduced, thus providing a market incentive for the origination of loans that are exempt from the risk-retention requirement.
The Dodd-Frank Act requires certain federal regulators, including the SEC, the FDIC, the OCC and (as to residential mortgage transactions) HUD and FHFA, to promulgate regulations providing for minimum credit risk-retention requirements in securitizations of residential mortgage loans that do not meet the definition

67



of QRM. In March 2011, federal regulators issued the proposed credit risk retention rule, which the regulators re-proposed with certain revisions on August 28, 2013. The initial proposed rule suggested a maximum loan-to-value ratio (or, "LTV") of 80% in purchase transactions, 75% in rate and term refinance transactions, and 70% in cash-out refinancings, along with other restrictions such as limits on a borrower's debt-to-income ratio. The suggested LTV figures did not give consideration to MI in computing LTV. According to the re-proposal, the majority of commenters, including securitization sponsors, housing industry groups, mortgage bankers, lenders, consumer groups, and legislators opposed the agencies' original QRM proposal, recommending instead that almost all mortgages without features such as negative amortization, balloon payments, or teaser rates should qualify for an exemption from risk retention. Some commenters expressed support for additional factors, such as less stringent LTV restrictions and reliance on MI for high-LTV loans. The re-proposed rule did not carry forward the minimum LTV requirements and other specific restrictions. Instead, the federal regulators proposed that whether a particular loan transaction is a QRM, and thus not subject to the credit risk retention requirement, should be determined by reference to the “qualified mortgage” (QM) rule under the Truth in Lending Act and Regulation Z, discussed below. That is, if a residential mortgage loan is a QM loan, the loan would be considered a QRM loan. The federal regulators requested comment on whether the common definition of QRM should be limited to “safe harbor” QM loans or QM loans that satisfy either the “safe harbor” or “rebuttable presumption” QM standard.
Under this part of the re-proposed rule, because of the capital support provided by the U.S. government, the GSEs during their conservatorship would not be subject to the Dodd-Frank Act credit risk retention requirements. Changes in the conservatorship status of the GSEs or capital support provided to the GSEs by the U.S. government could impact the manner in which the credit risk retention rules apply to the GSEs. If the QRM rule is finalized in accordance with the federal regulators' re-proposal, it is difficult to predict the impact on the size of the non-GSE loan securitization market and the demand for MI within this market.
The federal regulators in the re-proposal also presented an alternative approach to defining QRM, referred to as “QM plus.” Under this alternative, only certain types of residential mortgage loans, such as first-lien loans secured by 1-to-4 family principal dwelling units, could be considered QRM transactions. To be eligible for QRM status, the loan would have to be free of certain loan terms and have an LTV at closing no greater than 70%. Junior liens under the QM plus alternative would be permitted only in non-purchase money loan transactions and if permitted, would need to be included in the 70% LTV calculation. Under this alternative, mortgage insurance would not reduce the minimum LTV requirement. In addition, loans that achieve a QM status because they meet the CFPB's provisions for GSE-eligible transactions would not be considered QRM transactions under the alternative proposal. Changes in final regulations regarding treatment of GSE eligible mortgage loans could impact the manner in which the credit risk retention rule applies to GSE securitizations.
We, and the industry, continue to evaluate the expected impact of the re-proposed QRM rule on the MI industry, and such potential impact depends on, among other things, (i) the final definition of QRM and its requirements for LTV, loan features and debt-to-income ratio, (ii) whether the final definition will affect the size of the high-LTV mortgage market and (iii) the extent to which the mortgage purchase and securitization activities of the GSEs become a smaller portion of the overall mortgage finance market and securitizations subject to the risk retention requirements and the QRM exemption, become a larger part of the mortgage market.
Qualified Mortgage Rule
Another regulation required by the Dodd-Frank Act is the ability to repay ("ATR") mortgage rule, which governs the obligation of lenders to determine the borrower's ability to pay when originating a mortgage loan.  The CFPB issued final regulations on January 10, 2013 and an amendment on May 29, 2013 implementing detailed requirements on how lenders shall establish a borrower's ability to repay a mortgage loan. The ATR

68



rule becomes effective January 10, 2014. A subset of mortgages within the ATR rule are known as "qualified mortgages" ("QMs"). For a mortgage loan to be a QM, the rule first prohibits certain loan features, such as negative amortization, points and fees in excess of 3% of the loan amount, and terms exceeding 30 years. The rule also establishes underwriting criteria for QMs including that a borrower must have a total debt-to-income ratio of less than or equal to 43%. QMs benefit from a statutory presumption of compliance with the ATR rule, thus limiting the liability of the creditor and assignee of the creditor under the Truth in Lending Act and ATR remedies. Because of the presumption, we anticipate that most loans originated after the ATR rule goes into effect will be QMs.
The rule also provides a temporary category of QMs that have more flexible underwriting requirements so long as they satisfy the general product feature requirements of QMs and so long as they meet the underwriting requirements of the GSEs or those of HUD, Department of Veterans Affairs or Rural Housing Service (collectively, “Other Federal Agencies”). The temporary category of QMs that meet the underwriting requirements of the GSEs or the Other Federal Agencies will phase out when the GSEs or the Other Federal Agencies issue their own qualified mortgage rules, if the GSEs' conservatorship ends, and in any case after seven years. On September 30, 2013, HUD proposed its own rule to define a "Qualified Mortgage" that would be insured, guaranteed or administered by HUD and therefore will be phased out of the temporary category upon final adoption of its own rule. We expect that most lenders will be reluctant to make loans that do not qualify as QMs because they will not be entitled to the presumptions about compliance with the ability-to-pay requirements.

The ATR regulation may impact the mortgage insurance industry in several ways. First, the ATR regulation will have a direct impact on establishing a subset of borrowers who can meet the regulatory QM standards and will have a direct effect on the size of the mortgage market in any given year, once the regulations become effective. Second, under the ATR regulation, if the lender requires the borrower to purchase MI, then the MI premiums are included in monthly mortgage costs in determining the borrower's ability to repay the loan. The demand for MI may decrease if, and to the extent that, monthly MI premiums make it less likely that a loan will qualify for QM status, especially if MI alternatives, such as piggy-back loans, are relatively less expensive.

Third, under the ATR regulation, mortgage insurance premiums that are payable at or prior to consummation of the loan are includible in points and fees for purposes of determining QM status unless, and to the extent that, such up-front premiums (“UFP”) are (i) less than or equal to the UFP charged by the FHA, and (ii) are refundable on a pro rata basis upon satisfaction of the loan. (The FHA currently charges UFP of 1.75% on all residential mortgage loans, but it has the authority to change its UFP from time to time.) As inclusion of MI premiums towards the 3% cap will reduce the capacity for other points and fees in covered transactions, mortgage originators may be less likely to purchase single premium MI products to the extent that the associated premiums are deemed to be points and fees. As a result, we believe that the ATR rule may increase demand for monthly and annual MI products relative to single premium products.

GSE Reform
The FHFA is the conservator of the GSEs and has the authority to control and direct their operations. The increased role that the federal government has assumed in the residential mortgage market through the GSE conservatorship may increase the likelihood that the business practices of the GSEs change in ways that affect the MI industry. In addition, these factors may increase the likelihood that the charters of the GSEs are changed by new federal legislation. The Dodd-Frank Act required the U.S. Department of the Treasury to report its recommendations regarding options for ending the conservatorship of the GSEs. This report was

69



released in February 2011 and while it does not provide any definitive timeline for GSE reform, it does recommend using a combination of federal housing policy changes to wind down the GSEs, shrink the government's footprint in housing finance, and help bring private capital back to the mortgage market. Since 2011, there have been numerous legislative proposals, including in the current Congressional session, intended to scale back the GSEs, however, no legislation has been enacted to date.
In the second quarter of 2012, both Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac reported profits for the first time since the fourth quarter of 2006. Also, the second quarter of 2012 was the first time that neither of the GSEs had to request financial support from the U.S. Treasury. Based on continued improvements in the housing market, in the first half of 2013, Fannie Mae reported record profits, and recently reported that based on net worth of $62.4 billion at March 31, 2013, the company's dividend obligation to Treasury will be $59.4 billion by June 30, 2013. Under the terms of the preferred stock investment agreements between the U.S. Treasury and the GSEs, all GSE profits are remitted to the U.S. Treasury, and as such the return to profitability of the GSEs has become a source of revenues to the Federal government at a time of large Federal deficits. The profitability of the GSEs, and the active interest of investors in GSE securities which would benefit from a recapitalization of the GSEs, may impact the pace and direction of housing finance reform.
Competition with FHA
The FHA substantially increased its share of the total combined private and governmental mortgage insurance market beginning in 2008. During 2011, that market share began to gradually decline. We believe that the FHA's market share increased, in part, because private mortgage insurers tightened their underwriting guidelines (which led to increased utilization of the FHA's programs) and because of increases in the amount of loan level delivery fees that the GSEs assess on loans (which result in higher costs to borrowers). We believe that federal legislation and programs that provided the FHA with greater flexibility in establishing new products worked to increase the FHA's competitive position against private mortgage insurers. We believe that the FHA's current premium pricing, when compared to our current premium pricing (and considering the effects of GSE pricing changes), allows us to be competitive with the FHA. We cannot predict, however, the FHA's share of new insurance written in the future due to, among other factors, different loan eligibility terms between the FHA and the GSEs; future increases in guarantee fees charged by the GSEs; changes to the FHA's annual premiums; and the total profitability that may be realized by mortgage lenders from securitizing loans through the Government National Mortgage Association ("Ginnie Mae") when compared to securitizing loans through Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac.
The FHA's role in the mortgage insurance industry is also significantly dependent upon regulatory developments. The U.S. Congress is considering reforms of the housing finance market, which includes consideration of the future mission, size and structure of the FHA, which is part of HUD. In a September 27, 2013 letter to Congress, HUD announced that FHA's Mutual Mortgage Insurance Fund would be required to take a mandatory appropriation of approximately $1.7 billion from the U.S. Treasury. The mandatory appropriation was necessary to permit FHA to meet the requirements of the Federal Credit Reform Act that at the end of each federal fiscal year each federal credit agency must have sufficient reserves to cover one hundred percent of anticipated future losses. In part, as a result of this development, and previously forecast capital deficiencies, Congress is considering legislation to reform the FHA. If FHA reform were to raise FHA premiums, tighten FHA credit guidelines, make other changes which make lender use of FHA less attractive, or implement credit risk sharing between FHA and private mortgage insurers, these changes may be beneficial to our business. However, there can be no assurance that any FHA reform legislation will be enacted into law, and what provisions may be contained in any final legislation, if any. Therefore, the future impact on our business is uncertain.
As a result of the foregoing, it is uncertain what role the GSEs, FHA and private capital, including MI,

70



will play in the domestic residential housing finance system in the future or the impact of any such changes on our business. In addition, the timing of the impact on our business is uncertain. Most meaningful changes would require Congressional action to implement, and it is difficult to estimate when Congress would take action, and if it did, how long it would take for such action to be final and how long any associated phase-in period may last. Considering the recent financial turnaround or the perceived turnaround of the GSEs, the timing of any of these changes becomes more difficult to assess.
Mortgage Insurance Earnings and Cash Flow Cycle
In general, the majority of any underwriting profit (i.e., the premium revenue minus losses) that a book generates occurs in the early years of the book, with the largest portion of the underwriting profit for that book realized in the first year. The earnings we record and the cash flow we receive varies based on the type of MI product and premium plan our customers select. As discussed in "Business Mortgage Insurance Primary Mortgage Insurance", below, we offer monthly, annual and single premium payment plans. We currently expect that the majority of lenders who purchase MI from us will select one of our monthly premium plans.
Factors that Impact Holding Company Operations
NMIH serves as the holding company for our insurance subsidiaries and does not have any significant operations of its own. NMIH's principal liquidity demands include funds for: (i) the payment of certain corporate expenses; (ii) capital support for our mortgage insurance subsidiaries; (iii) potential payments to the IRS; and (iv) the payment of dividends, if any, on its common stock.
Our future capital requirements depend on many factors, including our ability to successfully write new business and establish premium rates at levels sufficient to cover losses. To the extent that the funds generated by our ongoing operations and initial capitalization are insufficient to fund future operating requirements, we may need to raise additional funds through financings or curtail our growth and reduce our assets.
In order to support a minimum surplus of $150 million and maintain a risk-to-capital ratio under 15 to 1 through December 31, 2015 at NMIC, NMIH may be required to make additional capital contributions to NMIC. NMIH could be required to provide additional capital support for NMIC and NMRI One if additional capital is required pursuant to insurance laws and regulations, by the GSEs or the rating agencies. As of June 30, 2013, NMIC's statutory capital was approximately $200 million. As of September 30, 2013we had approximately $1.2 million in primary risk-in-force and approximately $93.1 million in pool RIF.
Dividends from NMIC and permitted payments under our tax- and expense-sharing arrangements with our subsidiaries are NMIH's principal sources of cash. The expense-sharing arrangements between NMIH and our insurance subsidiaries, as amended, have been approved by applicable state insurance departments, but such approval may be changed or revoked at any time. NMIC's ability to pay dividends to NMIH is subject to various conditions imposed by the GSEs and by insurance regulations requiring insurance department approval. In general, dividends in excess of prescribed limits are deemed “extraordinary” and require insurance regulatory approval. Additionally, under agreements with the GSEs and various state insurance departments, NMIH is not permitted to extract dividends from our insurance subsidiaries until December 31, 2015.
NMIH is not subject to any limitations on its ability to pay dividends except those generally applicable to corporations, such as NMI Holdings, Inc., that are incorporated in Delaware. Delaware corporation law provides that dividends are only payable out of a corporation's capital surplus or (subject to certain limitations) recent net profits. As of December 31, 2012 NMIH's capital surplus was $488.7 million.
Liquidity and Capital Resources

71



As a holding company, we expect that our principal sources of liquidity over time will be dividends, expense reimbursements from our insurance subsidiaries and income generated by our investment portfolio. However, the issuances of dividends by our insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulatory approval and are further limited by the GSE Approvals. See “Dividend Policy” and “GSE Approvals”. We expect primary cash uses will be to fund holding company operating expenses, investment expenses and other costs of our business.
Our MI companies' principal sources of liquidity will be premiums that we receive from policies and income generated by our investment portfolio. Our MI companies' primary liquidity needs include the payment of claims on our MI policies, operating expenses, investment expenses and other costs of our business. See "Factors Affecting Our Results".
As part of our initial capitalization, we raised net proceeds of $510 million. We contributed $210 million to NMIC, whereupon NMIC contributed $10 million to its wholly-owned subsidiary, NMRI Two. In addition, we contributed $10 million to NMRI One.
As of June 30, 2013, we had approximately $453.4 million in cash and investments of which $242.2 million was held at our holding company. As of June 30, 2013, the amount of restricted net assets held by our consolidated insurance subsidiaries totaled approximately $210 million of our consolidated net assets of approximately $456 million.
The following table summarizes our consolidated cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities:
 
For the Six Months
 ended June 30,
 
For the Year Ended
December 31
 
For the Period May 19, 2011 (inception) to December 31,
 
For the Period May 19, 2011 (inception) to June 30,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2012
 
2011
 
2013
 
(In thousands)
Net Cash (Used in) Provided by:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Activities
$
(22,939
)
 
$
(4,701
)
 
$
(14,595
)
 
$
(206
)
 
$
(37,740
)
Investing Activities
(435,398
)
 
(2,578
)
 
(9,809
)
 

 
(445,207
)
Financing Activities
(1,578
)
 
510,260

 
510,259

 
206

 
508,887

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents
$
(459,915
)
 
$
502,981

 
$
485,855

 
$

 
$
25,940

Cash used in operating activities for the first six months of 2013 was higher compared to the same period in 2012 due primarily to significant hiring of management and staff personnel between May of 2012 and June of 2013 and external and professional costs incurred in conjunction with our state licensing and GSE Approval processes.
Cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the period from May 19, 2011 (inception) to December 31, 2011 were higher due to the ramp up of operations in 2012 following the receipt of proceeds from the private placement offering in April 2012. Prior to the completion of the private placement offering on April 24, 2012, our activities were focused on organizational development, capital raising and other start-up related activities.
Cash used in investing activities for the first six months of 2013 was higher compared to the same period in 2012 primarily due to investing activities as we began investing our cash holdings in fixed income

72



securities during the first quarter of 2013, following GSE approval. We continued to invest our cash holdings in fixed income securities during the second quarter of 2013.
Cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 consisted of the purchase of short-term investment held on deposit with various state, purchases of software and equipment and the acquisition of MAC. There were no cash flows from investing activities during the period from May 19, 2011 (inception) to December 31, 2011 as our activities were focused on organizational development, capital raising and other start-up related activities.
Cash used in financing activities in the first six months of 2013 consisted of taxes paid related to the net share settlement of equity awards. Cash provided by financing activities in the first six months of 2012 and for the year-ended December 31,2012 consisted of net proceeds from the issuance of common stock through our private placement offering on April 24, 2012. Cash provided by financing activities during the period from May 19, 2011 (inception) to December 31, 2011 consisted of proceeds from a line of credit secured to fund the organizational development and capital raise and other start-up activities until the completion of the private placement offering.
We expect that cash and investments and projected cash flows from operations will provide us with sufficient liquidity to fund our anticipated growth by providing capital to increase our insurance company surplus as well as for payment of operating expenses through 2015, at which point we currently expect to need to seek additional capital. We expect that as our insurance-in-force grows, the premium revenue we receive will increase. However, if our risk in force or our expenses materially exceed our expectations or our risk-to-capital ratio is expected to exceed 15 to 1, we may have to raise additional capital sooner to support our growth. In addition, we may raise additional capital to leverage our fixed expenses in order to achieve a return on capital attractive to investors. We expect to leverage and manage our fixed operating expenses so that they grow at a much slower rate than sales over the coming years. As we increase our volume of MI business, we expect to see variable costs increase primarily within underwriting and sales; however, we expect to see only marginal increases in what we consider our fixed cost areas (i.e., management, finance, legal, risk and information technology) as these areas of the business were required to be in place before we could generate revenue. We believe we will not need to incur significant additional fixed costs to be able to successfully service an increased volume of business with our existing structure, thereby growing revenue and producing greater levels of operating profits with marginal increases in such fixed costs. Eventually, we will need to expand our fixed cost structure in order to service an even greater level of business. We may choose to generate additional liquidity through the issuance of a combination of debt or equity securities, as well as financing through borrowing.
Taxes
We are a U.S. taxpayer and are subject to a statutory U.S. federal corporate income tax rate of approximately 35%. Our holding company files a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries. As we deploy our capital, we plan to invest a portion of our investment portfolio in tax-exempt municipal securities, which investment may have the effect of lowering our effective tax rate below 35%. The effective income tax (benefit) rate on our pre-tax loss was 0% for the six-months ended June 30, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2012. During those periods, the benefit from income taxes was eliminated or reduced by the recognition of a valuation allowance. Reconciliation of the federal statutory income tax (benefit) rate to the effective income tax (benefit) rate is as follows:

73



 
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013
 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
Federal statutory income tax rate
35.00
 %
 
35.00
 %
Loss on Impairment

 
(1.48
)
Prior Year Adjustment

 
1.66

Other
(1.00
)
 
(1.00
)
Valuation Allowance
(34.00
)
 
(28.00
)
Purchase Accounting Adjustment

 
(6.18
)
Effective income tax rate
 %
 
 %
Under current guidance, when evaluating a tax position for recognition and measurement, an entity shall presume that the tax position will be examined by the relevant taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. The interpretation adopts a benefit recognition model with a two-step approach, a more-likely-than-not threshold for recognition and derecognition, and a measurement attribute that is the greatest amount of benefit that is cumulatively greater than 50% likely of being realized. As of December 31, 2012, we had no reserve for unrecognized tax benefits and there was no change during the first six months of the year. We have capitalized all deductible start-up costs and have taken no material uncertain positions in our tax return which would require measurement and recognition under the guidance.
Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code ("Section 382") imposes annual limitations on a corporation's ability to utilize its net operating losses ("NOLs") if it experiences an “ownership change.” As a result of the MAC Acquisition, $7.3 million of NOLs are subject to annual limitations of $277,000. Net unrealized built-in gains could increase the annual Section 382 limitation. Any unused annual limitation may be carried forward up to 20 years. The NOLs will expire in years 2029 through 2031.
As the Company has limited underwriting operations and premium generation and therefore has no history to provide a basis for reliable future income projections, a valuation allowance of $15.9 million and $8.2 million was recorded at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, to reflect the amount of the deferred taxes that may not be realized.
Following is a reconciliation of the Company's net deferred income tax liability as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012:
 
June 30, 2013
 
Gross
Tax Effected
Deferred tax asset:
(In Thousands)
Capitalized start-up costs
$
44,383

$
15,090

Net operating loss carry forwards
7,307

2,484

Total gross deferred tax assets
51,690

17,574

Less: valuation allowance
(46,690
)
(15,874
)
Total deferred tax assets
5,000

1,700

Deferred tax liability:
 
 
Capitalized Software
(5,000
)
(1,700
)
Intangible Assets
(390
)
(133
)
Total deferred tax liabilities
(5,390
)
(1,833
)
Net deferred income tax liability
$
(390
)
$
(133
)

74



 
December 31, 2012
 
Gross
Tax Effected
Deferred tax asset:
(In Thousands)
 
Capitalized start-up costs
$
21,796

$
7,411

Net operating loss carry forwards
7,307

2,484

Total gross deferred tax assets
29,103

9,895

Less: valuation allowance
(24,103
)
(8,195
)
Total deferred tax assets
5,000

1,700

Deferred tax liability:
 
 
Capitalized Software
(5,000
)
(1,700
)
Intangible Assets
(390
)
(133
)
Total deferred tax liabilities
(5,390
)
(1,833
)
Net deferred income tax liability
$
(390
)
$
(133
)
The net deferred tax liability of $132,600 as of June 30, 2013 is due to the acquisition of indefinite-lived intangibles in the MAC Acquisition for which a benefit has been reflected in the acquired net operating loss carry forwards. The deferred tax liability recorded in connection with the MAC Acquisition effectively increased goodwill that resulted from the transaction.
Our financial statements reflect a valuation allowance with respect to our gross deferred tax assets less capitalized software. If the valuation reserve is reduced at some future date, we would recognize an income tax benefit for accounting purposes in the period in which the reserve is reduced.

75


Results of Operations
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
SUCCESSOR
 
 
PRO FORMA
 
 
PREDECESSOR
 
NMI Holdings, Inc.
(A Development Stage Company)
 
 
NMI Holdings, Inc.
(A Development Stage Company)
 
 
MAC Financial Holding Corporation (A Development Stage Company)
 
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2012
For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
For the Period May 19, 2011 (inception) to December 31, 2011
For the Period May 19, 2011 (inception) to June 30, 2013
 
 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
 
For the Period January 1, 2012 to April 24, 2012
For the Year Ended December 31, 2011
For the Period July 6, 2009 (inception) to April 24, 2012
 
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
 
 
(unaudited)
 
 
(unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In Thousands, except per share data)
 
 
(In Thousands, except per share data)
 
 
(In Thousands)
Revenues
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct premiums written
$
1

$

$

$

$
1

 
 
$

 
 
$

$

$

(Increase) decrease in unearned premiums





 
 

 
 



Net premiums earned
1




1

 
 

 
 



Net investment income
1,817


6


1,823

 
 
6

 
 



Other revenue
(599
)

278


(321
)
 
 
278

 
 

2

18

Total Revenues
1,219


284


1,503

 
 
284

 
 

2

18

Expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Payroll and related
13,806

1,829

11,559


25,365

 
 
11,559

 
 

334

2,402

Share-based compensation
6,859

1,046

6,115


12,974

 
 
6,115

 
 



Professional fees
5,160

840

4,242

1,248

10,650

 
 
4,246

 
 

21

1,939

Depreciation
1,847


3


1,850

 
 
3

 
 
4

14

33

Other
1,773

2,867

5,856

101

7,730

 
 
5,863

 
 
6

237

1,285

Total Expenses
29,445

6,582

27,775

1,349

58,569

 
 
27,786

 
 
10

606

5,659

Net loss
$
(28,226
)
$
(6,582
)
$
(27,491
)
$
(1,349
)
$
(57,066
)
 
 
$
(27,502
)
 
 
$
(10
)
$
(604
)
$
(5,641
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and Diluted loss per share
$
(0.51
)
$
(0.33
)
$
(0.73
)
$
(13,490.00
)
$
(1.81
)
 
 
$
(0.73
)
 
 
 
 
 
Book value per share
$
8.20

$
9.10

$
8.81

$
(13,490.00
)
$
8.20

 
 
$
8.81

 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average common
55,565,374

20,126,474

37,909,936

100

31,448,608

 
 
37,909,936

 
 
 
 
 
Shares outstanding
55,637,480

55,500,100

55,500,100

100

55,637,480

 
 
55,500,100

 
 
 
 
 




76


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUCCESSOR
 
 
PREDECESSOR
 
NMI Holdings, Inc.
(A Development Stage Company)
 
 
MAC Financial Holding Corporation (A Development Stage Company)
 
June 30,
2013
 
June 30,
2013
 
June 30,
2012
 
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
 
April 24,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
(unaudited)
 
(as adjusted)
 
(unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In Thousands)
 
 
(In Thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents
$
25,941

 

 
$
502,981

 
$
485,855

 
$

 
 
$
17

 
$
17

Restricted cash

 

 
20,830

 
40,338

 

 
 

 

Investment securities
427,472

 

 

 
4,864

 

 
 

 

Accrued investment income
2,105

 

 

 

 

 
 

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets
3,634

 

 
4,702

 
3,634

 

 
 

 

Software and equipment, net
8,786

 

 
5,184

 
7,550

 

 
 
2,887

 
2,891

Other assets
1,012

 

 
317

 
526

 
210

 
 
12

 
19

Total Assets
$
468,950

 

 
$
534,014

 
$
542,767

 
$
210

 
 
$
2,916

 
$
2,927

Accounts payable and accrued expenses
$
6,416

 

 
$
3,110

 
$
8,708

 
$
1,354

 
 
$
1,467

 
$
1,227

Purchase fees and purchase consideration payable

 

 
20,830

 
40,338

 

 
 

 

Warrant liability
5,921

 

 
5,120

 
4,842

 

 
 

 

Other liabilities
133

 

 

 
133

 
205

 
 

 
240

Total Liabilities
12,470

 

 
29,060

 
54,021

 
1,559

 
 
1,467

 
1,467

Total Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)
456,480

 

 
504,954

 
488,746

 
(1,349
)
 
 
1,449

 
1,460

Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
$
468,950

 

 
$
534,014

 
$
542,767

 
$
210

 
 
$
2,916

 
$
2,927




77



Prior to the completion of the MAC Acquisition, our activities were focused on organizational development, capital raising and other start-up related activities. Additionally, for the period from May 19, 2011 through the date of this filing, our efforts were primarily directed toward building the foundation of the Company which would allow us to write MI. These efforts included, among other things, attracting an executive management team and other key officers and directors, attracting and hiring staff, building our operating processes, designing and developing our business and technology applications, environment and infrastructure, and securing state licensing and GSE Approval.
We have funded our operations primarily through funds raised through our private placement offering in which we received net proceeds of approximately $510 million.
We are currently classified as a development stage company. We believe that our designation as such will change at the end of the third fiscal quarter of 2013. During May 2013 we recorded our first premium revenue. For the six months ended June 30, 2013 we have net premiums written and earned of approximately $1,000. As of September 30, 2013 we have 22 primary policies in force and approximately 22,000 pool policies in forces. All policies written as of September 30, 2013 are monthly premium plans.
Primary and Pool Insurance and Risk in Force
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30,
 
December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
(In Thousands)
Primary Insurance In Force
$
4,604

 
$

 
$

Pool Insurance in Force
5,171,950

 

 

Total Insurance in Force
$
5,176,554

 
$

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
Primary Risk In Force
$
1,196

 
$

 
$

Pool Risk in Force
93,095

 

 

Total Risk in Force
$
94,291

 
$

 
$

Primary insurance may be written on a flow basis, in which loans are insured in individual, loan-by-loan transactions, or may be written on a bulk basis, in which each loan in a portfolio of loans is individually insured in a single, bulk transaction. MI may also be written in a pool policy, where a group of loans (or pool) are insured under a single contract. Pool insurance may have a stated aggregate loss limit for a pool of loans and may also have a deductible under which no losses are paid by the insurer until losses on the pool of loans exceed the deductible. New insurance written on a flow basis was approximately $4.6 million for the first nine months of 2013. Pool new insurance written was approximately $5.2 billion during the first nine months of 2013. Combined risk-in-force as of September 30, 2013 was approximately $93.1 million.
For the six months ended June 30, 2013, we have no loss reserves. The probability of a default within the first two months of loan age, for loans of the quality we have insured, is not statistically significant. Given that IBNR itself is historically a small percentage of actual reported delinquencies, the probability of an IBNR delinquency is also not statistically significant. We expect to establish a loss reserve as we close the third fiscal quarter of 2013.
We have incurred significant net losses since our inception. Our net loss was $28.2 million and $27.5 million for the six month period ended June 30, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012, respectively, compared to a net loss of $6.6 million and $1.3 million for the six month period ending June 30, 2012 and the period ended December 31, 2011, respectively. The primary drivers of the increased net loss between periods were the hiring of management and staff personnel for sales, underwriting and risk operations, information

78



technology, finance and accounting and legal departments and external and professional costs incurred in conjunction with our state licensing and GSE Approval processes. Additionally we entered into a two-year lease in July 2012 for our principal location of operations. These expenses were slightly offset by increased investment income during the six months ending June 30, 2013, as we began investing our cash following GSE Approval in mid-January 2013.
Employee compensation represents the majority of our operating expense, which includes both cash and share-based compensation. As part of our compensation plan, certain employees were granted stock options and restricted stock units. This stock compensation plan was not in place during 2011. As a result, our share-based compensation expense, was approximately $6.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, $6.1 million for the year-ended December 31, 2012, $1.0 million for the six month period ending June 30, 2012 and $0 for the period ended December 31, 2011. We account for our stock options and restricted stock units under ASC No. 718, Compensation Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”), which requires all compensation expense from share-based payments to be measured and recognized in the financial statements at their grant date fair values.
Our total assets, comprised largely of cash and investments, were $468.9 million and $542.8 million as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, compared to total assets of $534.0 million and $0.2 million as of June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. The primary driver of the increase was the capital raise in April 2012. Additionally, we retained approximately $40 million of purchase fees and purchase consideration (related to our private placement and MAC Acquisition) as restricted cash and an off-setting liability until GSE Approval in January 2013, at which time we released the respective funds to FBR and MAC Financial Ltd.
Prior to GSE Approval, we held most of our assets in cash, and our investments consisted of U.S. Treasury Notes, which were purchased for the sole purpose of complying with certain state licensing requests. These states required NMIC to place various amounts on deposit with the states as a prerequisite for obtaining a certificate of authority in those states. Other mortgage guaranty insurers also have placed similar deposits. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 we had placed on deposit $6.9 million and $4.9 million respectively, in the form of U.S Treasury Notes and cash.
Our accounts payable and accrued expenses were $6.4 million as of June 30, 2013, $8.7 million at December 31, 2012, $3.1 million at June 30, 2012 and $1.4 million at December 31, 2011. The balance at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was comprised mostly of accrued bonuses and accrued expenses incurred in the normal course of business compared to the June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 balances which consisted of only accrued vendor payments related to start-up costs.
Investment Operations
Upon GSE Approval, we began investing the investment portfolio according to our investment guidelines. The pre-tax investment income yield was approximately 1.5% for the first six months of 2013. The pre-tax investment income yields are calculated based on amortized cost of the investments. We believe that we will be able to generate a similar level of return on our overall investment portfolio in the future based on the current interest rate environment.
The sectors of our investment portfolio, including cash and cash equivalents, at June 30, 2013 appear in the table below:

79



 
 
Percentage of Portfolio's Fair Value
 
 
 
1.
Corporate debt securities
52
%
2.
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies
24

3.
Asset-backed securities
15

4.
Cash and cash equivalents
6

5.
Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions
3

 
 
100
%
The ratings of our investment portfolio at June 30, 2013 are:
Investment Portfolio Ratings
 
 
June 30, 2013
AAA
18
%
AA
25

A
57

BBB

Investment grade
100
%
Below investment grade

Total
100
%
The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and fair value of the investment portfolio at June 30, 2013, and December 31, 2012 are shown below.
June 30, 2013
Amortized
Cost
Unrealized
Gains
Unrealized
Losses (1)
Fair
Value
 
(In thousands)
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies
$
110,631

$

$
(1,864
)
$
108,767

Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions
12,021


(124
)
11,897

Corporate debt securities
244,863

137

(6,157
)
238,843

Asset-backed securities
69,278

43

(1,356
)
67,965

Total fixed-income securities
436,793

180

(9,501
)
427,472

Short-term investments




Total investment portfolio
$
436,793

$
180

$
(9,501
)
$
427,472

December 31, 2012
Amortized
Cost
Unrealized
Gains
Unrealized
Losses (1)
Fair
Value
 
(In thousands)
Short-term investments
$
4,863

$
1

$

$
4,864

Total investment portfolio
$
4,863

$
1

$

$
4,864

There were no investment holdings as of June 30, 2012 or December 31, 2011.

80



(1) There were no other-than-temporary impairment losses recorded in other comprehensive income at December 31, 2012 and 2011 or at June 30, 2013 and 2012.
June 30, 2013
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value
 
(In thousands)
Due in one year or less
$

$

Due after one year through five years
274,591

269,955

Due after five years through ten years
77,143

74,145

Due after ten years
15,781

15,407

Asset-backed securities
69,278

67,965

Total at June 30, 2013
$
436,793

$
427,472

December 31, 2012
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value
 
(In thousands)
Due in one year or less
$
4,863

$
4,864

Due after one year through five years


Due after five years through ten years


Due after ten years


Asset-backed securities


Total at December 31, 2012
$
4,863

$
4,864

At June 30, 2013, the investment portfolio had gross unrealized losses of $9.5 million. For those securities in an unrealized loss position, the length of time the securities were in such a position, as measured by their month-end fair values, is as follows:
June 30, 2013
Less Than 12 Months
12 Months or Greater
Total
 
Fair Value
Unrealized Losses
Fair Value
Unrealized Losses
Fair Value
Unrealized Losses
 
(In thousands)
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies
$
108,767

$
(1,864
)
$

$

$
108,767

$
(1,864
)
Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions
11,897

(124
)


11,897

(124
)
Corporate debt securities
214,951

(6,157
)


214,951

(6,157
)
Asset-backed securities
61,196

(1,356
)


61,196

(1,356
)
Total fixed-income securities
396,811

(9,501
)


396,811

(9,501
)
Short-term investments






Total investment portfolio
$
396,811

$
(9,501
)
$

$

$
396,811

$
(9,501
)
At December 31, 2012 the investment portfolio had no unrealized losses and there were no investment holdings as of June 30, 2012 or December 31, 2011
Net investment income is comprised of the following:

81



 
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2012
For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
For the Period May 19, 2011 (inception) to December 31, 2011
 
(In thousands)
Fixed maturities
$
2,012

$

$
2

$

Cash equivalents
2


4


Other




Investment income
2,014


6


Investment expenses
197




Net investment income
$
1,817

$

$
6

$

Fair Value Measurements 

Fair value measurements for items measured at fair value included the following as of June 30, 2013 and 2012 and December 31, 2012:

June 30, 2013
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Fair Value
 
(In thousands)
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies
$
108,767

$

$

$
108,767

Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions

11,897


11,897

Corporate debt securities

238,842


238,842

Asset-backed securities

67,965


67,965

Cash and cash equivalents
25,941



25,941

Total assets
134,708

318,704


453,412

Warrant liability


5,921

5,921

Total liabilities
$

$

$
5,921

$
5,921


June 30, 2012
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Fair Value
 
(In thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents
$
502,981

$

$

$
502,981

Total assets
502,981



502,981

Total liabilities
$

$

$

$



82



December 31, 2012
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Fair Value
 
(In thousands)
 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies
$
4,864

$

$

$
4,864

Cash and cash equivalents
526,194



526,194

Total assets
$
531,058

$

$

$
531,058

Warrant liabilities


4,842

4,842

Total liabilities
$

$

$
4,842

$
4,842

There were no transfers of securities between Level 1 and Level 2 during 2013 or 2012.
 
For assets and liabilities measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for the period ended June 30, 2013 and the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

 
Warrant Liability
 
(In Thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2012
$
4,842

Change in fair value of warrant liability included in earnings
1,079

Balance at June 30, 2013
$
5,921


 
Warrant Liability
 
(In thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2011
$

Initial fair value of warrant liability
5,120

Change in fair value of warrant liability included in earnings
(278
)
Balance at December 31, 2012
$
4,842


The fair value of the warrants issued to FBR and MAC Financial Ltd. (which are now held by the former stockholders of MAC Financial Ltd. as a result of its liquidation) was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, including consideration of any potential additional value associated with pricing protection features. The volatility assumption used, 39.0%, was derived from the historical volatility of the share price of a range of publicly-traded companies with business types similar to ours. No allowance was made for any potential illiquidity associated with the private trading of our shares. We revalue the warrant liability quarterly using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model in combination with a binomial model and a Monte-Carlo simulation model to value the pricing protection features within the warrant. As of June 30, 2013 the assumptions used in the option pricing model were as follows: a common stock price as of June 30, 2013 of $12.00, risk free interest rate of 1.98%, expected life of 7.1 years and a dividend yield of 0%. The loss on fair value during the second quarter is primarily due to an increase in the price of our common stock. The warrants have an exercise price of $10.00. The remaining contractual term on the warrants is approximately 9 years.
There were no assets or liabilities measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs as of June 30, 2012 or as of December 31, 2011.

83



Share Based Compensation

The 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) was approved by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) on April 16, 2012, and authorized 5.5 million shares to be reserved for issuance under the Plan with 3.85 million shares available for stock options and 1.65 million shares available for restricted stock unit grants. Options granted under the Plan are Non-Qualified Stock Options and may be granted to employees, directors and other key persons of the Company. The exercise price per share for the common stock covered by this Plan shall be determined by the Board at the time of grant, but shall not be less than the fair market value on the date of the grant. The term of the stock option grants will be fixed by the Board, but no stock option shall be exercisable more than 10 years after the date the stock option is granted. The vesting period of the stock option grants will also be fixed by the Board at the time of grant and generally is for a three year period.
A summary of option activity in the plan for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2012 is as follows:
 
Shares
Weighted Average Exercise Price
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value per Share
Options balance at December 31, 2012
2,546,750

$
10.00

$
3.86

Options granted
531,829

11.78

4.56

Less: options forfeited
(10,000
)
10.00

3.84

Options balance at June 30, 2013
3,068,579

$
10.31

$
3.98


 
Shares
Weighted Average Exercise Price
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value per Share
Options balance at December 31, 2011

$

$

Options granted
2,829,250

10.00

3.87

Less: options forfeited
(282,500
)
10.00

3.88

Options balance at December 31, 2012
2,546,750

$
10.00

$
3.86


There were no exercises and approximately 658,000 and zero options were exercisable as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
The remaining weighted average contractual life of options outstanding as of June 30, 2013 was 9.1 years. As of June 30, 2013, there was approximately $5.6 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options. The remaining weighted average contractual life of options outstanding as of December 31, 2012 was 9.4 years. As of December 31, 2012, there was approximately $6.4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options.
The estimated grant date fair values of the stock options granted during 2013 were calculated using Black-Scholes valuation model based on the following weighted-average assumptions:
Expected Life - 6 years
Risk free interest rate - 0.85%
Dividend yield - 0.00%
Expected stock price volatility - 39.00%
Projected forfeiture rates - 1.00%

84




See "Critical Accounting Policies - Share-Based Compensation."
Restricted Stock Units
A summary of restricted stock unit ("RSU") activity in the Plan for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2012 is as follows:
 
Shares
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value per Share
Restricted stock units balance at December 31, 2012
1,429,260

$
7.35

Restricted stock units granted
82,000

11.75

Less: restricted stock units vested
(262,610
)
6.79

Less: restricted stock units forfeited


Restricted stock units balance at June 30, 2013
1,248,650

$
7.76


 
Shares
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value per Share
Restricted stock units balance at December 31, 2011

$

Restricted stock units granted
1,666,760

7.35

Less: restricted stock units forfeited
(237,500
)
7.35

Restricted stock units balance at December 31, 2012
1,429,260

$
7.35

At June 30, 2013, the 1.2 million shares of restricted stock units outstanding consisted of 0.5 million shares that are subject to both a market and service condition and 0.7 million shares that are subject only to service conditions. At December 31, 2012, the 1.4 million shares of restricted stock units outstanding consisted of 1.2 million shares that are subject to both a market and service condition and 0.2 million shares that are subject only to service conditions. The restricted stock units subject to both a market and service condition vest in one-third increments upon the achievement of certain market price goals and continued service. All other restricted stock units vest in one-half increments on the second and third anniversary date following the grant date and continued service. The fair value of restricted stock units subject to market and service conditions is determined based on a Monte Carlo Simulation model at the date of grant. The fair value of restricted stock units subject only to service conditions are valued at the Company's stock price on the date of grant less the present value of anticipated dividends.
Common Stock Valuations
 
Prior to our establishment of a public market for our common stock, the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options and our restricted stock units ("RSU") were determined, in consultation with management, by our Board or the compensation committee of our Board, which intended all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. The valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. The assumptions we used in determining the fair value of our common stock were based on future expectations combined with management judgment and reported information regarding the trading of our common stock on the FBR PLUSTM System. In determining the fair value of our common stock underlying the option and RSU grants from May 2012 through

85



May 2013, we relied on trades of our common stock reported by the FBR PLUSTM System, a proprietary trading platform developed by FBR Capital Markets Inc, on which our common stock is currently quoted and which provides QIBs access to trading information for companies which have issued restricted securities in private placement transactions exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act"). We also considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as of the date of each option and RSU grant, including the following factors:
the prices of our common stock sold to outside, non-affiliated investors in arms-length transactions;
our operating and financial performance;
current business conditions and projections;
our stage of development;
the hiring of key personnel;
the likelihood of obtaining the regulatory approvals necessary to write mortgage insurance in all 50 states and Washington D.C.;
the likelihood of obtaining GSE approvals;
the history of the company and the introductions of new products and services;
any adjustment necessary to recognize a lack of marketability for our common stock;
the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies; and
the U.S. capital market conditions.
We granted stock options with the following exercise prices between April 24, 2012 and the date of this prospectus:

Option Grant Dates
Number of Shares Underlying Options
 
Exercise Price Per Share
 
Common Stock Fair Value Per Share at Grant Date
4/24/2012
1,815,000

 
$
10.00

 
$
10.00

5/30/2012
604,000

 
10.00

 
10.00

11/7/2012
259,000

 
10.00

 
10.00

11/8/2012
151,252

 
10.00

 
10.00

2/14/2013
513,827

 
11.75

 
11.75

5/9/2013
8,000

 
12.65

 
12.65

5/15/2013
10,000

 
12.50

 
12.50


We granted restricted stock units with the following stock prices between April 24, 2012 and the date of this prospectus:


86



RSU Grant Dates
Number of Shares Granted
 
Common Stock Fair Value Per Share at Grant Date
4/24/2012
1,485,000

 
$
10.00

5/30/2012
38,000

 
10.00

11/7/2012
20,000

 
10.00

11/8/2012
123,760

 
10.00

2/14/2013
82,000

 
11.75

Significant factors we and our Board considered in determining the fair value of our common stock at these grant dates include:

April 2012

On April 24, 2012 we completed a private placement of 55,000,000 shares of our common stock for gross proceeds of $550 million or $10.00 per share. Concurrent with the closing of the private placement, the Board granted 1,815,000 stock options with an exercise price of $10.00 and 1,485,000 RSUs with a fair value of $10.00 per share to employees and Directors. The fair value of the underlying common stock was contemporaneously determined to be equal to the price obtained in the private placement.

May 2012 and November 2012

Between May 2012 and November 2012 we observed reported trading of approximately 4.9 million shares of our common stock on the FBR PLUSTM System with reported trading prices between $10.00 and $10.50 per share. No trades were reported on May 30, 2012, November 7, 2012 or November 8, 2012 (the dates on which options and RSUs were granted). During this time, we were pursuing approval from the GSEs and insurance licenses in all 50 States and D.C. and had not begun writing insurance. Under the terms of the registration rights agreements we entered into in connection with our April 24, 2012 private placement, we were required to obtain GSE Approval within nine months from the date of the private placement offering memorandum (until January 17, 2013). If GSE Approval was not obtained, the Company would have been required to dissolve and distribute its assets to the shareholders. Our strategy had not changed from the initial strategy detailed in the private placement memorandum we issued in connection with our April 2012 private placement offering; however, uncertainty remained as to our ability to obtain GSE approval by January 17, 2013. Based on the limited reported trades of our common stock at or near the private placement per share price and uncertainty as to our ability to obtain GSE approval, we contemporaneously determined the fair value of our common stock at May 30, 2012, November 7, 2012 and November 8, 2012 was $10.00, unchanged from the April 24, 2012 private placement per share price. On this basis, the Board granted stock options with an exercise price of $10.00 per share and RSUs with a common stock fair value of $10.00 per share.
February 2013
Between December 2012 and February 2013, we observed reported trading of approximately 1.8 million shares of our common stock on the FBR PLUSTM System with reported trading prices between $10.50 and $12.00 per share. In January 2013, we received GSE approval and all proceeds within our investment accounts became available for operations. The Company granted additional stock options and RSUs on February 14, 2013. No trades occurred on February 14, 2013. Given the receipt of GSE approval, we performed a retrospective valuation of our common stock as of February 14, 2013 and determined the fair value of our common stock to be $11.75 per share. In order to determine the fair value of our common stock underlying

87



our option and RSU grants on February 14, 2013, we utilized a combination of two generally accepted approaches: the income approach using the discounted cash flow method, or DCF, and the market-based approach using the comparable company method. We also observed recent reported trading of our common stock on the FBR PLUSTM System in performing our valuation. The values determined by each of the discounted cash flow method, comparable company method and recent observed reported trades of our common stock on the FBR PLUSTM System were weighted, resulting in a fair value per share of common stock as of February 14, 2013 of $11.75. Estimates of the volatility of our common stock were based on available information on the volatility of common stock of comparable, publicly traded companies. Based on this valuation and the factors discussed above, our Board granted stock options with an exercise price of $11.75 per share and RSUs with a common stock fair value of $11.75 per share.
May 2013
Between March 2013 and May 2013, we observed reported trading of approximately 1.5 million shares of our common stock on the FBR PLUSTM System with reported trading prices between $12.50 and $13.50 per share. In March 2013, we observed reported trades of $13.00 and $13.50 on the same days that two of our competitors, Radian and MGIC, announced the successful completion of debt and equity offerings of approximately $700 million and $1 billion, respectively. The quoted price of the Company's common stock on the FBR PLUSTM System experienced an increase that is likely attributable to these announcements, which the Company believes indicated renewed investor confidence in the private MI industry. There were no reported trades of our common stock in April 2013. On May 14, 2013, we observed a trade of our common stock in the FBR PLUSTM System (the only reported trade during May 2013) at a price of $12.50 per share with a volume of 750,000 shares. The bid/ask spread on our common stock on the FBR PLUSTM System on the date of the option grants was $12.25/$12.75. On May 9, 2013 and May 15, 2013, our Board granted stock options with exercise prices of $12.65 per share and $12.50 per share, respectively. Based on the reported trade observed on the FBR PLUSTM System on May 14, 2013 at a price of $12.50 and the recent investments in our industry, we determined the fair value of our common stock on the May grant dates to be within the bid/ask spread quoted on the FBR PLUSTM System. The fair value of our common stock underlying the options granted on May 9, 2013 was determined contemporaneously, and the fair value of our common stock underlying the options granted on May 15, 2013 was determined retrospectively.
Predecessor Entity
MAC Financial Holding Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of MAC Financial Ltd., was formed along with its wholly-owned insurance subsidiaries, Mortgage Assurance Corporation, Mortgage Assurance Reinsurance Inc One and Mortgage Assurance Reinsurance Two, (collectively "MAC"), with the intent of offering mortgage insurance to lenders throughout the United States and to the GSEs. MAC was incorporated and licensed without the usual requisite minimum capital and surplus in order to facilitate the lengthy review for qualified insurer status with both Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.
MAC's net loss was $10,000, $604,000, and $5.6 million from January 1, 2012 through April 24, 2012, the year ended December 31, 2011, and the period from July 6, 2009 (inception) to April 24, 2012, respectively. The net loss of $5.6 million for the period from inception to April 24, 2012 consisted largely of payroll and related expenses, Information Technology ("IT") and professional fees associated with development stage activities primarily focused on developing IMS and capital raising efforts. For the year-ended 2010, MAC had a working capital deficiency which raised substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going-concern. The net loss of $604,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 reflects a significant wind-down of development stage activities and IT development efforts, including the termination of all employees, as MAC focused on conserving capital. On November 30, 2011, the Company entered into an agreement with MAC Financial Ltd. to purchase MAC Financial Holding Corporation and its subsidiaries. MAC's results from January 1, 2012

88



through April 24, 2012 reflect the costs associated with maintaining the entity and its subsidiaries in a minimal capacity until MAC's acquisition could be completed and is not comparative with prior periods.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
We own and manage a large portfolio of various holdings, types and maturities as a result of (i) our initial capitalization pursuant to which we were required to hold our proceeds in an investment account until we obtained GSE Approval, and (ii) ongoing operations in which claim payments are back-loaded relative to premium revenue. Investment income is one of our primary sources of cash flow supporting operations and claim payments. The assets within the investment portfolio are exposed to the same factors that affect overall financial market performance. While our portfolio is exposed to factors affecting markets worldwide, because the company insures loans only in the United States, it is most sensitive to fluctuations in the drivers of U.S. markets.

We manage market risk via a defined investment policy implemented by our Treasury function with oversight from the Risk Committee. Important drivers of our market risk exposure monitored and managed by us include but are not limited to:
Changes to the level of interest rates. Increasing interest rates may reduce the value of certain fixed-rate bonds held in the investment portfolio. Higher rates may cause variable rate assets to generate additional income. Decreasing rates will have the reverse impact. Significant changes in interest rates can also affect persistency and claim rates to the extent that the investment portfolio must be restructured to better align it with future liabilities and claim payments. Such restructuring may cause investments to be liquidated when market conditions are adverse.

Changes to the term structure of interest rates. Rising or falling rates typically change by different amounts along the yield curve. These changes may have unforeseen impacts on the value of certain assets.

Market volatility/changes in the real or perceived credit quality of investments. Deterioration in the quality of investments, identified through changes to our own or third party (e.g., rating agency) assessments, will reduce the value and potentially the liquidity of investments.

Concentration Risk. If the investment portfolio is highly concentrated in one asset, or in multiple assets whose values are highly correlated, the value of the total portfolio may be greatly affected by the change in value of just one asset or a group of highly correlated assets.

Prepayment Risk. Bonds may have call provisions that permit debtors to repay prior to maturity when it is to their advantage. This typically occurs when rates fall below the interest rate of the debt.

Market risk will be measured using reporting by investment type and concentration. Market risk will be measured via segmentation by asset type and maturity, and an interest rate sensitivity analysis will be completed. Market risks inherent in the business that are not fully captured by the quantitative analysis will be highlighted. In addition, material market risk changes that occur from the last reporting period to the current will be discussed. Changes to how risks are managed will also be identified and described.
We did not have any market risk at December 31, 2012. The only investments held were short-term securities. At June 30, 2013, the duration of our fixed income portfolio, including cash and cash equivalents,

89


was 3.73 years, which means that an instantaneous parallel shift (movement up or down) in the yield curve of 100 basis points would result in a change of 3.73% in fair value of our fixed income portfolio.  Excluding cash, our fixed income portfolio duration was 3.75 years, which means that an instantaneous parallel shift (movement up or down) in the yield curve of 100 basis points would result in a change of 3.75% in fair value of our fixed income portfolio.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations
We had no off-balance sheet arrangements at December 31, 2012. Contractual obligations at December 31, 2012 are summarized in the table that follows.
NMI Holdings, Inc. Contractual Obligations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Less than 1 year
      1-3 years
      3-5 years
  More than 5 years
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual Obligation
$

$

$

$

 
 
 
 
 
Long-Term Debt Obligation




 
 
 
 
 
Capital Lease Obligation




 
 
 
 
 
Operating Lease Obligations
631,016

411,768



 
 
 
 
 
Purchase Obligations
1,434,663

943,617



 
 
 
 
 
Other Long-Term Liabilities Reflected on
 
 
 
 
the Registrant's Balance Sheet under GAAP




 
 
 
 
 
Total
2,065,679

1,355,385



Geographic Dispersion
Assuming we are able to obtain all of the necessary licenses and approvals, we plan on writing business in all 50 states and D.C. We intend to build a geographically diverse portfolio without geographic concentrations that might expose the company to undue risk.  Risk will be managed by establishing targets and limits for new origination mix and/or portfolio limits.  Therefore, aside from the impact of market restrictions (discussed below), we desire that our insurance origination mix by state be consistent with the overall distribution of mortgage insurance originations. 
On an ongoing and recurring basis, we plan to evaluate changing market conditions to determine if it is appropriate to establish, tighten, loosen or eliminate lending restrictions established by geographic area.  The evaluation is expected to include factors including historical performance and the historical performance of other market participants, forward-looking projections for key risk drivers, estimated impact on loss performance, and existing portfolio concentrations.   Consistent with our governance processes, the geographic concentrations will be monitored on an ongoing basis and changes to market restrictions will be reviewed and approved.

90


Critical Accounting Policies
We use accounting principles and methods that conform to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States ("GAAP"). Where GAAP specifically excludes mortgage insurance we follow general industry practices. We are required to apply significant judgment and make material estimates in the preparation of our financial statements and with regard to various accounting, reporting and disclosure matters. Assumptions and estimates are required to apply these principles where actual measurement is not possible or practical. These critical accounting policies and estimates are summarized below.
Reserve for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses
We are a new company and have only recently commenced transacting mortgage insurance. We do not anticipate a material level of losses (relative to written premiums or stockholder equity) in the first few years of our operations. Our practice will be to establish loss reserves only for loans in default. We do not consider a loan to be in default for loss reserve purposes until we receive notice from the servicer that a borrower has failed to make two (2) regularly scheduled payments and is at least 60 days in default. Default is defined in NMIC's mortgage insurance policies as the failure by a borrower to pay when due an amount equal to the scheduled mortgage payment due under the terms of a loan or the failure by a borrower to pay all amounts due under a loan after the exercise of the due on sale clause of such loan. In addition to reserves on reported defaults, we establish reserves for estimated losses incurred on loans that have been in default for at least 60 days that have not yet been reported to us by the servicers (this is often referred to as “incurred but not reported” or “IBNR”).
Consistent with industry accounting practices, for purposes of establishing loss reserves, we consider our MI policies to be short-duration contracts and, as such, we will adhere to the general loss reserving principles contained in ASC Topic 944, Financial Services Insurance ("ASC 944"), even though that standard expressly excludes mortgage insurance from its guidance. Like other mortgage insurers, however, we will not establish loss reserves for anticipated future claims on insured loans that are not currently in default.
The establishment of loss and IBNR reserves is subject to inherent uncertainty and will require significant judgment by management. We will establish loss reserves using our best estimates of claim rates, i.e., the percent of loan defaults that ultimately result in claim payments, and claim amounts, i.e., the dollar amounts required to settle claims, to estimate the ultimate losses on loans reported to us as being at least 60 days in default as of the end of each reporting period. We will estimate IBNR by analyzing historical lags in default reporting to determine a specific number of IBNR claims in each reporting period. Our actuary will utilize internal and external data to estimate lags in notice of default reporting. We believe that given recent tightening of GSE guidelines lag times have decreased. Additionally, our estimates of claim rates and claim sizes will be strongly influenced by prevailing economic conditions, for example current rates or trends in unemployment, house price appreciation and/or interest rates, and our best judgment as to the future values or trends of these macroeconomic factors. If prevailing economic conditions deteriorate suddenly and/or unexpectedly, our estimates of loss reserves could be materially understated, which may adversely impact our financial condition and operating results. Because loss and IBNR reserves are based on estimates and judgments, there can be no assurance that even in a stable economic environment, actual claims paid by us will not be substantially different than our loss and IBNR reserves for such claims.
Changes in loss reserves can materially affect our consolidated net income or loss. It is possible that even a relatively small change in estimated claim rate or a relatively small percentage change in estimated claim amount could have a significant impact on reserves and, correspondingly, on operating results.  The loss

91


reserving process is complex and subjective and, therefore, our ultimate liabilities may vary significantly from our estimates.
Fair Value Measurements
The following describes the valuation techniques used by us to determine the fair value of financial instruments held as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

We established a fair value hierarchy by prioritizing the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under this standard are described below:

Level 1 - Unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2 - Prices or valuations based on observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities; and

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

The level of market activity used to determine the fair value hierarchy is based on the availability of observable inputs market participants would use to price an asset or a liability, including market value price observations.

Assets classified as Level 1 and Level 2

To determine the fair value of securities available-for-sale in Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, independent pricing sources have been utilized. One price is provided per security based on observable market data. To ensure securities are appropriately classified in the fair value hierarchy, we review the pricing techniques and methodologies of the independent pricing sources and believe that their policies adequately consider market activity, either based on specific transactions for the issue valued or based on modeling of securities with similar credit quality, duration, yield and structure that were recently traded. A variety of inputs are utilized by the independent pricing sources including benchmark yields, reported trades, non-binding broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers and reference data including data published in market research publications. Inputs may be weighted differently for any security, and not all inputs are used for each security evaluation. Market indicators, industry and economic events are also considered. This information is evaluated using a multidimensional pricing model. Quality controls are performed by the independent pricing sources throughout this process, which include reviewing tolerance reports, trading information and data changes, and directional moves compared to market moves. This model combines all inputs to arrive at a value assigned to each security. We have not made any adjustments to the prices obtained from the independent pricing sources. We do however perform quality checks and review of the prices received.

Assets classified as Level 3


92


The warrants held by FBR and MAC Financial Ltd. (which are now held by its former stockholders after completion of its liquidation) are valued using a Black-Scholes option- pricing model in combination with a binomial model and Monte-Carlo simulation model used to value the pricing protection features within the warrant. Variables in the model include the risk-free rate of return, dividend yield, expected life and expected volatility of the Company's stock price.

ASC 825, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments, requires all entities to disclose the fair value of their financial instruments, both assets and liabilities recognized and not recognized in the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate fair value.
Investment Portfolio
We classify our entire investment portfolio as available-for-sale and report it at fair value. The related unrealized gains or losses, after considering the related tax expense or benefit, are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders' equity. We expect to hold short-term investments with maturities of greater than three and less than 12 months when purchased and will be carried at fair value and to determine any realized gains and losses on sales of investments on a specific-identification basis. We expect that our investment income will consist primarily of interest and dividends. We plan to recognize interest income on an accrual basis and dividend income on preferred stock investments on the date of declaration. Net investment income would represent interest and dividend income, net of investment expenses.
The guidance regarding the recognition and presentation of other-than-temporary impairment, or OTTI, requires that an OTTI of a debt security be separated into two components when there are credit-related losses associated with the impaired debt security for which we assert that we do not have the intent to sell the security, and it is more likely than not that we will not be required to sell the security before recovery of our cost basis. Under this guidance the amount of the OTTI related to a credit loss is recognized in earnings, and the amount of the OTTI related to other factors (such as changes in interest rates or market conditions) is recorded as a component of other comprehensive income (loss). In instances where no credit loss exists but it is more likely than not that we would have to sell the debt security prior to the anticipated recovery, the decline in fair value below amortized cost is recognized as an OTTI in earnings. In periods after recognition of an OTTI on debt securities, we plan to account for such securities as if they had been purchased on the measurement date of the OTTI at an amortized cost basis equal to the previous amortized cost basis less the OTTI recognized in earnings. For debt securities for which OTTI are recognized in earnings, the difference between the new amortized cost basis and the cash flows expected to be collected would be accreted or amortized into net investment income.
Each fiscal quarter we expect to perform reviews of our investments in order to determine whether declines in fair value below amortized cost are considered other-than-temporary in accordance with applicable guidance. In evaluating whether a decline in fair value is other-than-temporary, we may consider several factors including, but not limited to:
our intent to sell the security and whether it is more likely than not that we would be required to sell the security before recovery;
extent and duration of the decline;
failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments;
change in rating below investment grade; and
adverse conditions specifically related to the security, an industry, or a geographic area.


93


Under the current guidance, a debt security impairment is deemed other-than-temporary if either it is intended that the security be sold or it is more likely than not that we would be required to sell the security before recovery or we do not expect to collect cash flows sufficient to recover the amortized cost basis of the security.
Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs
Costs directly associated with the successful acquisition of mortgage insurance policies, consisting of employee compensation and other policy issuance and underwriting expenses, are initially deferred and reported as deferred insurance policy acquisition costs. Deferred insurance policy acquisition costs arising from each book of business are charged against revenue in the same proportion that the underwriting profit for the period of the charge bears to the total underwriting profit over the life of the policies. The underwriting profit and the life of the policies are estimated and are reviewed quarterly and updated when necessary to reflect actual experience and any changes to key variables such as persistency or loss development. Because our insurance premiums are earned over time, changes in persistency result in deferred insurance policy acquisition costs being amortized against revenue over a comparable period of time.
If a premium deficiency exists, we reduce the related deferred insurance policy acquisition costs by the amount of the deficiency or to zero through a charge to current period earnings. If the deficiency is more than the deferred insurance policy acquisition costs balance, we then establish a premium deficiency reserve equal to the excess, by means of a charge to current period earnings.
Premium Deficiency Reserve
After our loss reserves are established, we will perform a premium deficiency calculation each fiscal quarter using best estimate assumptions as of the testing date. Per ASC 944, a premium deficiency reserve shall be recognized if the sum of expected claim costs and claim adjustment expenses, expected dividends to policyholders, unamortized acquisition costs, and maintenance costs exceeds related unearned premiums. The calculation of premium deficiency reserves requires the use of significant judgment and estimates to determine the present value of future premium and present value of expected losses and expenses on our business.  The present value of future premium relies on, among other things, assumptions about persistency and repayment patterns on underlying loans.  The present value of expected losses and expenses depends on assumptions relating to severity of claims and claim rates on current defaults, and expected defaults in future periods. These assumptions also include an estimate of expected rescission activity. Assumptions used in calculating the deficiency reserves can be affected by volatility in the current housing and mortgage lending industries.  To the extent premium patterns and actual loss experience differ from the assumptions used in calculating the premium deficiency reserves, the differences between the actual results and our estimate will affect future period earnings.  In considering the potential sensitivity of the factors underlying our best estimate of premium deficiency reserves, it is possible that even a relatively small change in estimated claim rate or a relatively small percentage change in estimated claim amount could have a significant impact on the premium deficiency reserve, should one be needed, and, correspondingly, on our operating results.

Income Taxes
We account for income taxes using the liability method in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes. The liability method measures the expected future tax effects of temporary differences at the enacted tax rates applicable for the period in which the deferred asset or liability is expected to be realized or settled. Temporary differences are differences between the tax basis of an asset or liability and its reported amount in the consolidated financial statements that would result in future increases or decreases in taxes owed on a cash

94


basis compared to amounts already recognized as tax expense in the consolidated statement of operations. We evaluate the need for a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis. In the course of our review, we assess all available evidence, both positive and negative, including future sources of income, tax planning strategies, future contractual cash flows and reversing temporary differences. Additional valuation allowance benefits or charges could be recognized in the future due to changes in management's expectations regarding the realization of tax benefits.
Warrants
In conjunction with the MAC Acquisition and funding of our start-up costs, we issued warrants. The stockholders of MAC Financial Ltd. have resolved to wind up its affairs pursuant to a members voluntary liquidation under Bermuda law, and have appointed a liquidator for that purpose.  The shares of our common stock and the warrant previously held by MAC Financial Ltd. have been divided and distributed to its former stockholders. We account for these warrants to purchase common shares of the Company in accordance with ASC 470-20, Debt with Conversion and Other Options and ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging - Contracts in Entity's Own Equity. These warrants may be settled by us using the physical settlement method or through cash-less-exercises in which shares subject to the warrants are reduced in lieu of cash payment of the exercise price. The exercise price and the number of warrants are subject to anti-dilution provisions whereby the existing exercise price is adjusted downward and the number of warrants increased for events that may not be dilutive and the adjustment may be in excess of any dilution suffered. As a result, the warrants are classified as a liability. We are required to revalue the warrants at the end of each reporting period and any change in fair value is reported in the statements of operations in the period in which the change occurred. We revalue the warrant liability quarterly using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model in combination with a binomial model and Monte-Carlo simulation model used to value the pricing protection features within the warrant. Variables in the model include the risk-free rate of return, dividend yield, expected life and expected volatility of the Company's stock price.
Share-Based Compensation
The Company adopted ASC 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). ASC 718 addresses accounting for share-based awards and recognizes compensation expense, measured using grant date fair value, over the requisite service or performance period of the award. Share-based payments include restricted stock and stock option grants under the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan. The fair value of stock option grants issued are determined based on an option pricing model which takes into account various assumptions that are subjective. Key assumptions used in the stock option valuation include the expected term of the equity award taking into account the contractual term of the award, the effects of expected exercise and post-vesting termination behavior, expected volatility, expected dividends and the risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the award. Restricted stock grants to employees contain a market and service condition. The fair value of restricted stock grants to employees is determined based on a Monte Carlo Simulation model at the date of grant. Restricted grants to non-employee directors are valued at the Company's stock price on the date of grant less the present value of anticipated dividends. Expense is recognized over the required service period, which is generally a three-year vesting period for the options (vesting in one-third increments per year).
The estimated grant date fair values of the stock options granted during 2013 were calculated using Black-Scholes valuation model based on the following weighted-average assumptions:
Expected Life - 6 years
Risk free interest rate - 0.85%
Dividend yield - 0.00%

95


Expected stock price volatility - 39.00%
Projected forfeiture rate - 1.00%

Expected Stock Price Volatility is a measure of the amount by which a price has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate. At the time of grant, the Company's common shares trading history was less than six months which was not sufficient to calculate an expected volatility representative of the volatility over the expected lives of the options. As a substitute for such estimate, the Company used historical volatilities of a set of comparable companies in the industry in which the Company operates.
Risk Free Interest Rate - is the U.S. Treasury rate for the date of the grant having a term approximating the expected life of the option.
Expected Life - is the period of time over which the options granted are expected to remain outstanding giving consideration to vesting schedules, historical exercise and forfeiture patterns. The Company uses the simplified method outlined in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 to estimate expected lives for options granted during the period as historical exercise data is not available and the options meet the requirements set out in the Bulletin. Options granted have a maximum term of ten years.
Projected Forfeiture Rate - is the estimated percentage of options granted that are expected to be forfeited or canceled before becoming fully vested. An increase in the forfeiture rate will decrease compensation expense.
Dividend Yield - is calculated by dividing the expected annual dividend by the stock price of the Company at the valuation date.
Restricted Stock Units
The estimated grant date fair values of the restricted stock units granted in 2012 that are subject to both a market and service condition were calculated using a Monte Carlo Simulation model based on the average outcome of 150,000 simulations using the following assumptions:
Expected Life - 5 years
Risk free interest rate - 0.86%
Dividend yield - 0.00%
Expected stock price volatility - 39.00%
Projected forfeiture rate - 1.00%

96


BUSINESS
While we intend to operate our business as described in this prospectus, we are a new company without a significant operating history. As a result of our experience, changes in market conditions and other factors, we may alter certain of our business methods, such as the amount and types of mortgage insurance we underwrite.
General
NMIH is a Delaware corporation that through its subsidiaries provides MI in the United States. In April 2012, we raised net proceeds of approximately $510 million from a private placement of our common stock and also purchased MAC Financial, a Delaware corporation, and its Wisconsin licensed insurance subsidiaries, including Mortgage Assurance Corporation, which we later renamed National Mortgage Insurance Corporation, or "NMIC." The proceeds from the private placement have been and will be primarily used to capitalize our MI subsidiaries and fund our operating expenses until our MI subsidiaries generate positive cash flows.
In January 2013, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac approved NMIC as a qualified MI provider on loans purchased by the GSEs. With our GSE Approval, our customers who originate loans insured by NMIC may sell such loans to the GSEs (as of April 1, 2013 for Freddie Mac and as of June 1, 2013 for Fannie Mae). Our primary insurance subsidiary, NMIC, requires a certificate of authority, or insurance license, in each state or jurisdiction where we issue insurance policies. We first applied for a certificate of authority in each of the 50 states and D.C. in June 2012. We are currently licensed in 48 states and D.C.
Our principal office is located at 2100 Powell Street, 12th floor, Emeryville, CA 94608. Our main telephone number is (855) 530-NMIC (6642), and our website is www.nationalmi.com.
Our Strategy and Competitive Strengths

We believe the current environment provides an opportune time for a new mortgage insurer with no exposure to the recent financial crisis to enter the market. By entering the market at this time, we believe that we should be well positioned to profit from conservative underwriting standards, improving loss trends and attractive risk adjusted premium pricing levels.

Our business strategy is to become a leading national MI company with our principal focus on writing insurance on high quality, low down payment residential mortgages in the United States. As part of this strategy, we have near term objectives including:

Obtaining outstanding certificates of authority, or state insurance licenses, and establishing effective rates and policy forms where required. As of the date of this prospectus, NMIC is licensed in 48 states and D.C., has effective rates in 47 states and D.C. and effective policy forms in 46 states and D.C. Our objective is to obtain licenses, effective rates and policy forms in all 50 states and D.C. NMIC's application for a certificate of authority has not yet been accepted by the Wyoming Insurance Department for formal review due to our inability to meet the state's two year statutory seasoning requirement, which requirement can be waived by the Wyoming Insurance Commissioner. We have requested and been granted a hearing in December 2013 to present evidence in support of our assertion that sufficient grounds exist under Wyoming law for the Wyoming Insurance Commissioner to grant our request for a waiver of Wyoming's seasoning requirement. There can be no assurances that we will be granted a waiver in Wyoming. In Florida, on August 15, 2013, we refiled NMIC's application for a certificate of authority following our withdrawal of our application

-97-



in May 2013 in response to a request by Florida's Office of Insurance Regulation ("FL OIR"). We have requested and been granted a hearing with the FL OIR in October 2013 , at which hearing we plan to address issues related to (i) the role of certain of our officers in their previous employment at PMIC, (ii) the litigation pending against us and certain of our officers by the PMIC receiver and (iii) our eligibility for a seasoning waiver in Florida. There can be no assurances that our application for a certificate of authority in Florida will be approved. NMIC's application for approval of rates is pending in Washington and its applications for approvals of policy forms are pending in Maryland and Alaska.
Evaluating risk in a timely fashion on all insured loans. Through our innovative underwriting solution, National MI TrueInsight SM , we intend to review every loan we insure through both our delegated and non-delegated channels. National MI TrueInsight solution confirms underwriting eligibility, either prior to loan closing in the non-delegated channel or through a post-closing underwriting review in the delegated channel. Our "Delegated Assurance Review" provides a review of each mortgage insurance policy issued by our customers under their delegated authority. This differs from other MI companies that typically underwrite a sampling of policies originated through their delegated underwriting channels. By underwriting each policy, we believe we can more effectively manage the risk characteristics in our portfolio and provide a high level of confidence to our lenders that valid claims will be paid. We also expect this process will allow us to provide our customers with timely, value-added feedback on the risk characteristics of their loan originations.
Pursue new opportunities to source mortgage insurance business. Following the financial crisis and placement of the GSEs under the conservatorship of the FHFA in 2008, regulators have sought to develop strategies and programs to reduce U.S. taxpayer exposure to the mortgage markets and to transfer mortgage credit risk to the private market. We believe that this policy direction will continue, and may lead to additional opportunities for the mortgage insurance industry, and NMIC in particular. We have actively pursued the currently proposed GSE risk sharing programs and during the second fiscal quarter of 2013, NMIC bid on a pool insurance transaction proposed by Fannie Mae and NMIC was ultimately selected for the transaction. We intend to analyze future risk sharing transactions as they arise.
  • Establishing customer relationships through our sales force of qualified mortgage professionals . In order to develop a diverse customer base of mortgage originators, we believe we will ultimately need to have a sales force of qualified mortgage professionals that generally have well-established relationships with industry leading lenders and significant experience in both MI and mortgage lending. As of the date of this prospectus, we have hired approximately 30% of our target sales force staffing goal which we believe is well matched with our expense planning and operational readiness. Mortgage insurance is a highly competitive industry and therefore we believe establishing and maintaining relationships with many lending institutions is critical to our success. We believe our National Account sales team has made meaningful strides establishing relationships with the 36 most significant mortgage originators as defined by volume of originations and insured business, which we refer to as "National Accounts." As discussed below, to date 18 of our National Account lenders have agreed to use NMIC as a mortgage insurance provider. While we believe we have favorable relationships with these 18 National Accounts, they are not contractually or legally obligated to use NMIC as an MI provider or to deliver any level of business to us. In addition, our nationwide and regional sales teams have focused their efforts on attracting as customers local and regional mortgage loan originators throughout the United States. Our future efforts will continue to focus on growing our customer base.

98



  • Attracting and retaining our employee base. We believe our Company will be an attractive, stable place of employment, given that we are a well-capitalized insurance company that has made significant progress in commencing business in the MI marketplace, allowing us to attract what we believe to be a high-quality talent pool. We have grown from zero employees prior to our capitalization in April 2012 to over 120 employees as of September 30, 2013. We currently expect to have approximately 175 employees by the end of 2013.
  • Integrating electronically with mortgage lenders, the largest loan servicing systems and leading third-party origination systems. Many of our customers will require us to have connectivity or be integrated with one or more of the largest loan servicing and/or leading third-party loan origination systems as a precursor to doing business with them. We have completed integration with two of the largest loan servicing systems, LPS MSP and Fiserv LoanServ™. We have also begun the process of integrating with the leading third-party loan origination systems, and expect to complete some of these integrations this year, including Ellie Mae Encompass360®, RealEC®, Fiserv EasyLender®, FICS Loan Producer® and Mortgage Builder. By mid-2014, we believe we will be integrated with the other leading third-party loan origination systems. We also intend to integrate directly with those lenders that maintain their own, proprietary loan origination and servicing system technologies, recognizing that the time-lines for these integrations are heavily dependent upon the lenders' internal technology resource time-lines and availability.
  • Continuing development of our enterprise technology platform. We seek to continue to develop our enterprise technology platform to support our mortgage insurance operations, including underwriting, premium billing, policy servicing, and delinquency and claims management functions. In order to adequately support our mortgage insurance operations, we expect that, when completed and all components are fully integrated, our technology platform will allow us to: (i) obtain applications and supporting documentation from our lenders on an automated basis, thereby enabling lenders to submit insurance applications in an efficient manner and facilitating our risk review, (ii) obtain real-time data on performance of individual insured loans and programs, enabling a transparent and collaborative policy acquisition and underwriting process that should reduce response times, decrease costs and streamline communication with lenders, (iii) provide real-time feedback data for monitoring underwriting guidelines and for communicating to lenders the quality metrics and performance of the loans we insure, (iv) bill and collect premiums electronically and (v) adjust and settle claims.
Manage expenses to maximize operating leverage. We are constructing a brand new, scalable and flexible mortgage insurance platform that we believe can support significant growth with further investment. We believe that the scalability of our platform and our focus on controlling staffing, operating, capital and other expenses will allow us to deliver enhanced earnings over time. We believe that the benefits of an efficient expense structure provide us with greater flexibility.
Promote the role and benefits of private mortgage insurance by actively engaging with policymakers, regulators and industry participants. We believe that a strong, viable private MI market is a critical component of the U.S. housing finance system. Mortgage insurance provides private capital to mitigate mortgage credit risk within the system, supports increased levels of homeownership, offers liquidity and process efficiencies for lenders, and provides consumers with lower-cost products and increased choice of mortgage and homeownership options. We meet frequently with regulatory agencies, including our state insurance regulators and the FHFA, the GSEs, our customers and other industry participants to promote the role and value of private mortgage insurance and exchange views on the U.S. housing finance system. We believe we have

99



a good relationship with our domiciliary regulator and often share our views on current matters regarding the MI industry. We actively participate in industry discussions regarding potential changes to the MI regulatory environment. We intend to continue to promote legislative and regulatory policies that support a viable and competitive private MI industry and a well-functioning U.S. housing finance system.
We intend to execute the above strategy, by taking advantage of the following competitive strengths:
Ÿ Availability of capital to support growth. As a newly capitalized mortgage insurer, we do not have exposure to the losses caused by historical underwriting standards (which we believe to have been less than adequate) and declines in home values experienced during the recent financial crisis. We believe our current capital will support approximately $30 billion of insurance in force (“IIF”) while staying within the regulatory guidelines imposed by state insurance departments and the GSEs.
Conservative balance sheet with strong financial position and disciplined risk management philosophy. We believe that our strong financial position has been a critical component in gaining the confidence of our customers and growing our business. We are not encumbered by a high risk, legacy book of business written during the credit bubble of the pre-2009 period. We have established risk management controls throughout our organization that we believe will support our continued financial strength. Risk management is deeply incorporated into our business decisions and processes, including customer and policy acquisition, underwriting and credit approval, ongoing portfolio monitoring, loss reserving and claims management, investment allocation and capital management.
Ÿ Superior business practices and terms of trade. In addition, our advantage of being a new company, with unencumbered capital and an experienced management team allows us to offer credit risk solutions for our current and prospective customers that we believe are not currently offered by our competitors. We believe our products and services provide a more transparent and efficient method of placing mortgage insurance. Our underwriting guidelines, National MI TrueGuide SM, reflect what we believe are clear and straightforward eligibility requirements that are easy to follow.
We believe our terms of trade offer a unique approach to rescission relief that sets us apart from other MI companies. Existing MI companies have rescinded or denied coverage on a significant number of mortgage insurance policies in recent years. We believe this has strained the relationship between a number of the mortgage originators and some existing mortgage insurers, providing an opportunity for a new entrant to more effectively compete with existing providers. Through our National MI SafeGuard SM solution, after a borrower has timely made 18 consecutive monthly payments on a loan we insure, we have agreed that we will not rescind or cancel coverage of that loan for borrower fraud or underwriting defects. In addition, upon the borrower attaining 18 full and timely consecutive monthly payments, we have agreed to limitations on our ability to initiate an investigation of fraud or misrepresentation by our insureds or any other party involved in the origination of an insured loan, which we collectively refer to in our master policies as a "First Party." We believe the standard approach used by most MI companies is to provide this rescission relief with respect to underwriting defects and investigation of First Party fraud or misrepresentation after 36 months of full and timely consecutive monthly payments. We believe the terms of our insurance coverage described in our Master Policy Agreement will be favorably received by our customers, allowing us to gain market share from current providers. In addition, because we review every loan we insure as described above, we believe we are well aligned with the GSEs' desire that MI providers adopt up-front quality control practices that have the effect of giving insureds assurance of coverage

100



after a borrower has timely made 36 months of loan payments or in the case of NMIC after only 18 months of loan payments.
Experienced management team with a focus on long-term value creation. We have assembled a senior management team with extensive experience developing and operating MI companies. Our Chief Executive Officer, Bradley M. Shuster, was responsible for international operations for PMIC, coordinating both acquisitions in Australia and de novo operations in Canada, Europe and Hong Kong. Before leaving PMIC in 2008, Mr. Shuster was responsible for the sale of PMIC's Australian operations to QBE Group for approximately $1.0 billion. In addition to Mr. Shuster, the other members of the Company's executive management team collectively average over 25 years of mortgage or financial services industry experience. See "Management Directors and Executive Officers."
We believe our strategy and competitive strengths should provide for an efficient deployment of our capital and for strong overall risk management allowing us to operate profitably across market cycles.
Overview of the Private Mortgage Insurance Industry
The MI industry emerged in the United States in the 1880s, and the first laws regulating mortgage insurance were passed in New York in 1904. The industry grew in response to the real estate boom of the 1920s. Following the Great Depression, the federal government began insuring mortgages through the FHA and the VA. The modern MI industry was established in the late 1950's to provide a private market alternative to federal government insurance programs, principally the FHA. MI covers losses of the insured institutions should homeowners default on their residential mortgage loans, up to pre-established coverage levels, reducing the loss to the insured institutions. MI enables consumers, especially first-time homebuyers, to finance homes with less than a 20% down payment, thereby expanding homeownership opportunities. Loans with less than 20% down payments are generally referred to as “low down payment” mortgages or loans.
The MI industry has from time to time experienced catastrophic losses similar to the losses currently being experienced by the existing MI providers. In the past, such losses have followed (i) severe regional recessions and attendant declines in property values in the nation's energy producing states; (ii) the lenders' development of new mortgage products to defer the impact on home buyers of double digit mortgage interest rates, e.g., adjustable rate mortgages with a below market teaser rate; and (iii) changes in federal income tax incentives which initially encouraged the growth of investment in non-owner occupied properties. Prior to the current cycle of such losses, the last time that private mortgage insurers experienced substantial losses of this nature was in the mid-to-late 1980s. The mortgage crisis in recent years had a profound negative effect on the operating results and capital position of the MI industry and some companies were forced into receivership and ceased writing new business.
Financial Crisis and Recovery
The severe economic and housing market dislocation experienced during the recent financial crisis had a profound impact on our industry. Legacy insurers experienced record high claims activity and sustained significant financial losses, resulting in depleted capital positions. Three private mortgage insurers have exited the market, and several other insurers were forced to raise capital to repair their balance sheets and remain in operation. Although certain remaining legacy insurers continue to deal with challenges, the ongoing improvement of housing market fundamentals and the high credit quality of post-crisis new business are expected to support improved growth and profitability in the private MI sector post-crisis.

101



Prior to the financial crisis, private mortgage insurers accounted for the majority of the insured mortgage origination market. In 2007, private mortgage insurance represented approximately 73% of insured mortgages and covered approximately 12% of the total mortgage origination volume. During the financial crisis, government agencies began to insure an increasing percentage of the market as incumbent private insurers came under significant financial stress. By 2009, private mortgage insurance represented approximately 15% of the insured mortgage market and covered approximately 4% of the total mortgage origination volume.
The private mortgage insurance industry has begun to recover, capturing an increasing share of the total insured market and thereby leading to higher private mortgage insurance penetration of the total mortgage origination market. In 2012, according to Inside Mortgage Finance, private mortgage insurance increased to 29% of the total insured market and covered 9% of the total mortgage origination volume. These gains have been driven in part by the improved financial position of legacy insurers, the influx of private capital into the sector to support new entrants like NMIC and the FHA's decision to increase its mortgage insurance premium rates and upfront fees multiple times since 2010. We believe that private mortgage insurance will continue to increase its share of the insured mortgage market in the coming years.
Market Opportunities

         The economic and housing market downturn that precipitated the financial crisis in 2008 had a profound impact on the private mortgage insurance industry. Legacy mortgage insurers sustained significant financial losses and depleted capital levels. Since 2007, three private mortgage insurers have ceased writing new business. To stabilize the disruption in the housing market resulting from the financial crisis, the Federal government, among other things, significantly expanded its role in the mortgage insurance market, but is now scaling back. We expect that, as the U.S. housing market continues to recover, the demand for private capital to insure mortgage risk and to facilitate secondary market loan sales will grow. As a mortgage insurer with a growing number of customers and a strong balance sheet unencumbered by legacy exposures, we believe we are positioned to benefit from a number of important market trends.
Improving fundamentals of the housing market.  The U.S. housing market continues to recover from the financial crisis, with, as we discuss below, purchase money mortgage originations representing an increasing percentage of total originations, the rate of household formation growing, new housing starts and home sales increasing, mortgage foreclosure activity declining, and home prices increasing across most of the country from depressed levels. We believe that recent data supports continued recovery from the financial crisis:
Purchase mortgage originations were $503 billion in 2012, and are expected to grow by approximately 23% to $616 billion in 2013, per the Mortgage Bankers Association as of September 23, 2013.
Household formation was 1.0 million in 2012, compared to a financial crisis low of 0.4 million in 2008, per the U.S. Department of Commerce.
The S&P Case-Shiller 20 City Index of residential housing prices has increased over the past six quarters through June 30, 2013, and rose an aggregate of 12% for the twelve months ended June 30, 2013.


102



High credit quality of new mortgage originations.   The credit quality of a mortgage loan is driven primarily by the credit profile of the borrower, as well as the type and value of the housing collateral supporting the loan. Borrowers with strong credit profiles are generally less likely to become delinquent with payments or to default on their mortgage loans. Following the financial crisis, mortgage lenders have significantly tightened their underwriting standards, generally limiting the availability of loans to borrowers with high FICO scores and low ratios of debt to income who can fully document their income and assets. From 2010 through 2012, the average borrower FICO score on all mortgage loans originated in the United States and sold to the GSEs was 762, compared to 717 for the period from 2005 through 2007. Banks have largely stopped offering loans with certain characteristics that generated high levels of defaults and losses during the financial crisis, including interest only and negative amortization loans. We believe that prudent underwriting standards, higher credit quality borrowers, and lower mortgage default experience will translate into fewer claims for the mortgage insurance industry on policies written in the post-crisis period
Growing demand for private mortgage insurance.   In 2012, $547 billion, or 31.3%, of the $1.75 trillion aggregate mortgage originations were covered by mortgage insurance. Prior to the financial crisis, private mortgage insurers accounted for a majority of the insured mortgage origination market. From 1993-2007, according to Inside Mortgage Finance, private mortgage insurers covered, on average, 62% of total insured mortgage volume. During the financial crisis, government agencies began to insure an increasing percentage of the market as legacy private mortgage insurers dealt with financial losses. Private mortgage insurers have since regained an increasing share of the insured mortgage market. These gains have been driven in part by multiple increases in the FHA's mortgage insurance premium rates and upfront fees since 2010, as well as the inflow of private capital into the sector to support new entrants and to recapitalize legacy private mortgage insurers. We believe the private mortgage insurance industry benefits from both a larger origination market and increased private mortgage insurance penetration.
Significant barriers to entry.  We believe the private mortgage insurance industry has significant barriers to entry due to the substantial capital necessary to fund operations and satisfy GSE requirements, the need for a customer-integrated operating platform capable of issuing and servicing mortgage insurance policies, the competitive positions and established customer relationships of existing mortgage insurance providers, and the need to obtain and in order to conduct MI business nationwide, the need to obtain and maintain insurance licenses in all 50 states and D.C. Additionally, the resource commitment required by customers, and larger lenders in particular, to connect to a new mortgage insurance platform, such as ours, is significant, and absent a critical need, such as the capital constraints in the MI industry during the financial crisis, they have historically in our view been reluctant to make such an investment. We were formed at a time when the severe dislocation in the private mortgage insurance industry caused by the financial crisis created a need for newly capitalized mortgage insurers and this has facilitated our efforts to establish relationships with lenders.
GSEs
The GSEs are the principal purchasers of the mortgages insured by MI companies, primarily as a result of their governmental mandate to provide liquidity in the secondary mortgage market. Freddie Mac's and Fannie Mae's federal charters generally prohibit the GSEs from purchasing a low down payment loan, unless the loan is insured by a qualified mortgage insurer, the mortgage seller retains at least a 10% participation in the loan or the seller agrees to repurchase or replace the loan in the event of a default. As a result, the nature of the private mortgage insurance industry in the United States is driven in large part by the requirements and practices of the GSEs, which include:

103



the level of MI coverage, subject to the requirements of the GSEs' charters (which may be changed by federal legislation) as to when MI is used as the required credit enhancement on low down payment mortgages;

the amount of loan level delivery fees (which result in higher costs to borrowers) that the GSEs assess on loans that require MI;

whether the GSEs influence the mortgage lender's selection of the mortgage insurer providing coverage and, if so, any transactions that are related to that selection;

the availability of different loan purchase programs from the GSEs that allow different levels of MI coverage. For example, the GSEs allow lenders to deliver loans with “standard coverage” from an MI company, or, in exchange for lenders paying higher fees, lower “charter minimum” coverage levels. Historically, the large majority of loans are insured at “standard coverage” levels. If the relationship between the cost of mortgage insurance and the fees charged by the GSEs for various coverage levels changes, lenders may prefer to obtain “charter minimum” coverage levels on their loans;

the underwriting standards that determine what loans are eligible for purchase by the GSEs, which can affect the quality of the risk insured by the mortgage insurer and the availability of mortgage loans;

the terms on which MI coverage can be canceled by the borrower before reaching the cancellation thresholds established by law;

the terms that the GSEs require to be included in MI policies for loans that they purchase;

the programs established by the GSEs intended to avoid or mitigate loss on insured mortgages and the circumstances in which mortgage servicers must implement such programs; and

the minimum capital levels required to be maintained by MI companies.

The requirements and practices of the federal regulators that oversee the GSEs and lenders also affect the operating results and financial performance of companies in the MI industry. The FHFA is the conservator of the GSEs. As their conservator, the FHFA has the authority to control and direct the operations of the GSEs. For example, the FHFA has indicated that its 2013 strategic plan for the GSEs includes a target of $30 billion of unpaid principal balance in multiple types of risk-sharing transactions for both Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, which may include MI. The $30 billion of unpaid principal balance refers to the outstanding loan amount for all loans under consideration in these transactions. As discussed in this prospectus, NMIC has entered into a pool insurance agreement with Fannie Mae, pursuant to which NMIC will insure approximately 22,700 residential mortgage loans with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of approximately $5.46 billion. Based on this transaction, we generally believe the FHFA's 2013 strategy will have a beneficial impact on our business and the MI industry.

In August 2013, President Obama issued a set of core principles for housing finance reform that embrace a continuing, but reduced, federal role. Legislation has been proposed in both the House and Senate to replace the GSEs in their role as providing a secondary market outlet through their loan purchase and mortgage guaranty security programs. The legislation currently pending in the US Congress would have differing impacts on the

104



current role of mortgage insurance as credit enhancement. At this time it is impossible to predict the final outcome of this legislation and its impact on the role of mortgage insurance as a credit enhancement.

The two tables below detail the relative share of the insured mortgage market covered by public and private participants, and historical NIW trends in the mortgage insurance market and private mortgage insurance penetration rates, which represents private mortgage insurance NIW to total U.S. residential mortgage origination volume.

Source: Inside Mortgage Finance ©, November 16, 2012; August 9, 2013 www.insidemortgagefinance.com
HARP: Home Affordable Refinance Program


105




Private MI NIW ($ in billions)

Source: Inside Mortgage Finance ©, August 9, 2013 www.insidemortgagefinance.com

Mortgage Insurance
The U.S. residential mortgage market is one of the largest in the world with over $9.9 trillion of debt outstanding as of March 31, 2013, and includes a range of private and government sponsored participants. Private industry participants include mortgage banks, mortgage brokers, commercial, regional and investment banks, savings institutions, credit unions, REITs, mortgage insurers and other financial institutions. Public participants include government agencies such as the FHA, VA and Ginnie Mae, and government-sponsored enterprises such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The overall U.S. residential mortgage market encompasses both primary and secondary markets. The primary market consists of lenders originating home loans to borrowers, and includes loans made to support home purchases, which are referred to as purchase originations, and loans made to refinance existing mortgages, which are referred to as refinancing originations. The secondary market includes institutions buying and selling mortgages in the form of whole loans or securitized assets, such as mortgage-backed securities.
Residential MI protects mortgage lenders and investors in the event of borrower default, by reducing and, in some instances, eliminating the resulting credit loss to the insured institution. By mitigating losses as a result of borrower default, mortgage insurance facilitates the origination of “low down payment” mortgages, which are mortgages to borrowers who make down payments of less than 20% of the value of the homes. Mortgage insurance also may reduce the capital that financial institutions are required to hold against insured loans and facilitates the sale of low down payment mortgage loans in the secondary mortgage market, primarily to the GSEs. NMIC’s residential mortgage insurance products will primarily provide first loss protection on

106


loans originated by residential mortgage lenders and sold to the GSEs and, to a lesser extent, on low down payment loans held by portfolio lenders. NMIC offers the two principal types of MI, “primary” and “pool” which we discuss further below. We wrote our first primary insurance policy in April 2013 and we have entered into a pool coverage insurance transaction with Fannie Mae, which constitutes a significant percentage of our risk-in-force until our primary business writings reach a material level. We ultimately expect that most of the insurance that we write in the future will be primary insurance.
Primary Mortgage Insurance
Primary mortgage insurance provides mortgage default protection on individual loans at specified coverage percentages. Primary business is typically offered in one of two ways, either in bulk transactions or on a "flow" basis. Bulk delivery is when more than one loan is insured at a time. Flow originations occur one single loan at a time. We expect to offer primary mortgage insurance products on a flow basis to our customers. Our maximum obligation to an insured with respect to a claim is generally determined by multiplying the coverage percentage selected by the insured by the loss amount on the defaulted loan. The loss amount on an insured loan includes unpaid loan principal, delinquent interest and certain expenses associated with the default and subsequent foreclosure or sale of the property. At the time of a claim, we will typically pay the coverage percentage of the claim amount specified in the primary policy, but have the option to (i) pay 100% of the claim amount and acquire title to the property, or (ii) in the event the property is sold prior to settlement of the claim, pay the insured's actual loss up to the maximum level of coverage. We expect that most of our primary insurance will be written on first mortgage loans secured by owner occupied single-family homes, which are defined as one-to-four family homes and condominiums. To a lesser extent, we may also write primary insurance on first mortgages secured by non-owner occupied single-family homes, which are referred to in the home mortgage lending industry as investor loans, and on vacation or second homes.
Primary insurance-in-force (“IIF”) is the unpaid principal balance of insured loans. Primary risk-in-force (“RIF”) is the product of the coverage percentage multiplied by the unpaid principal balance. Lenders that purchase our mortgage insurance select specific coverage levels for insured loans, from the coverage percentages that we offer. For loans sold to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, the coverage percentage must comply with the requirements established by the particular GSE to which the loan is delivered. For other loans, the lender makes the determination. We expect our risk across all policies written to approximate 25% of the primary insurance in force but will vary between 6% and 35% coverage. We charge higher premium rates to account for the risk of higher coverage percentages, as higher coverage percentages generally result in higher amounts paid per claim.
Depending on the loan and the lender, the premium payments for flow primary mortgage insurance coverage are typically borne by the borrower. Our industry refers to loans having this requirement as borrower paid mortgage insurance (“BPMI”). If the borrower is not required to pay the premium, then the premium is paid by the lender, who may recover the premium through an increase in the note rate on the mortgage or higher origination fees. Our industry refers to loans in which the premium is paid by the lender as lender paid mortgage insurance (“LPMI”). In either case, the payment of premium to us is generally the responsibility of the insured. We currently expect that most of our primary insurance written will be BPMI, although this could change in the future.
Our premium rates are based on rates that we have filed with the various state insurance departments. To establish these rates, we use pricing models that assess risk across a spectrum of variables, including coverage percentages, LTV, loan and property attributes, and borrower risk characteristics. Premium rates cannot be changed after the issuance of coverage. Because we believe that over the long term, each region of the United

107


States is subject to similar factors affecting risk of loss on insurance written, we generally utilize a nationally based, rather than a regional or local, premium rate policy for insurance written on a flow basis.
In general, premiums are calculated as basis points of the unpaid principal balance. Our premium plans can be broken down into four distinct types:
single — all premium is paid upfront and the premium is earned based on published earnings tables which factor in the LTV and loan term;
annual — premium is paid in advance covering the subsequent 12 months and the premium is earned over the year, with renewals received prior to the expiration of the current coverage;
monthly — coverage begins on the loan close date and when the premium is received and the lender is billed each month for the next month's coverage; and
monthly Advantage — coverage begins as of the loan close date, when we receive notice of such close date and the lender is billed for the previous month's coverage every month.
In general, we may not terminate MI coverage except in the event there is non-payment of premiums or certain material violations of NMIC's mortgage insurance policies. Mortgage insurance coverage is renewable at the option of the insured lender, at the renewal rate fixed when the loan was initially insured. Lenders may cancel insurance written on a flow basis at any time at their option or because of mortgage repayment, which may be accelerated because of the refinancing of mortgages. In the case of a loan purchased by Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae, the GSEs' guidelines generally provide that a borrower meeting certain conditions may require the mortgage servicer to cancel insurance upon the borrower's request when the principal balance of the loan is 80% or less of the property's current value. The federal Homeowners Protection Act of 1998 (“HOPA”) also requires the automatic termination of BPMI on most loans when the LTV ratio (based upon the loan's amortization schedule) reaches 78%, and provides for cancellation of BPMI upon a borrower's request when the LTV ratio (based on the original value of the property) reaches 80%, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the HOPA. In addition, some states impose their own notice and cancellation requirements on mortgage loan servicers.
Pool Insurance
Pool insurance is generally used as an additional “credit enhancement” for certain secondary market mortgage transactions. Pool insurance generally covers the excess of the loss on a defaulted mortgage loan which exceeds the claim payment under the primary coverage, if such loan has primary coverage, as well as the total loss on a defaulted mortgage loan which did not have primary coverage. Pool insurance may have a stated aggregate loss limit for a pool of loans and may also have a deductible under which no losses are paid by the insurer until losses on the pool of loans exceed the deductible. As discussed above in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Start-up Operations- GSE Approvals", the FHFA has set goals for the GSEs to engage in $30 billion of risk sharing transactions in 2013. As described above in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Start-up Operations- New Business Writings", NMIC entered into an agreement with Fannie Mae, pursuant to which NMIC insures approximately 22,000 loans with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of approximately $5.2 billion.  The effective date of the agreement and the coverage is September 1, 2013. We will be paid monthly insurance premiums by Fannie Mae for assuming net insurance risk of approximately $93.1 million, and received our first premium payment in September 2013. This pool transaction is unlike a typical pool transaction, in that the loans which make up this particular pool do not have primary MI on them,

108


as the LTVs at origination are below what would have required MI to be placed. As our primary flow business writings have not yet reached a material level, the risk on this pool transaction constitutes a very large percentage of our total insurance risk in force until our primary flow business writings do reach a material level.
Customers
Our sales strategy is focused on attracting as customers mortgage originators in the United States that fall into two distinct categories, which we refer to as "National Accounts" and "Regional Accounts". We define National Accounts as the 36 most significant residential mortgage originators as defined by volume of originations and volume of insured business. These National Accounts generally originate loans through their retail channels as well as purchase loans originated by other entities, primarily mortgage originators who we would classify as Regional Accounts, as described below. National Account lenders may sell their loans to the GSEs or private label secondary markets or securitize the loans themselves. We plan to service this customer base with a small but specialized team of National Account sales people who have experience sourcing business from this segment. Our progress with National Accounts includes establishing relationships, working to complete our respective due diligence processes, issuing master polices, responding to information data security assessments and evaluations, mutually evaluating credit policies and parameters and continuing to integrate with the necessary origination and loan servicing systems. To date, 18 of the National Account lenders have agreed to use NMIC as a mortgage insurance provider and we continue to work towards completing our customer boarding processes. While we believe we have favorable relationships with the 18 National Accounts that have indicated they will purchase MI from NMIC, there is no obligation to use NMIC as an MI provider and, as of the date of this prospectus, we have received a limited amount of business from one of these national account providers. We continue to work with the other 18 National Accounts to engage them as customers.
The Regional Accounts originate mortgage loans on a local or regional level throughout the country. Some of these Regional Accounts have origination platforms that span across multiple regions, however, their primary lending focus is local. They sell the majority of their originations to National Accounts who purchase loans originated by others, but Regional Accounts may also retain loans in their portfolios or sell portions of their production directly to the GSEs. We intend for our nationwide and regional sales teams to address the Regional Accounts segment of the market, and with the early efforts of these teams, we have been able to attract a small population of lenders in this segment who have agreed to purchase MI from NMIC. Our future efforts will be focused on growing this segment of our customer base. Our ability to make progress penetrating Regional Accounts is primarily dependent on the following three factors:

Obtaining approval from National Account lenders to be an authorized MI provider enables Regional Accounts to sell loans with insurance from NMIC to those National Accounts.  Consequently, these approvals are critical to making inroads with Regional Accounts.  As discussed above, 18 of the 36 National Accounts have agreed to use NMIC an MI provider.
Achieving connectivity with the largest loan servicing systems. Many of the loan servicers in the industry who sub-service loans originated by Regional Accounts that do not conduct their own servicing operations rely primarily on the two most significant servicing systems, LPS MSP and Fiserv LoanServTM, to subservice these loans. As discussed above in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Development of Our IT Platform", we have completed integration with LPS MSP and Fiserv LoanServTM. Attaining connectivity with these servicing systems is one of the important steps with respect to both National and Regional Accounts purchasing MI from NMIC.

109


Achieving connectivity with leading third-party loan origination systems utilized by Regional Accounts. As discussed above, we have begun the process of integrating with some of the leading providers of automated loan origination systems, including Ellie Mae Encompass360®, RealEC®, Fiserv EasyLender®, FICS Loan Producer® and Mortgage Builder. The Regional Accounts who originate loans using these leading third-party loan origination systems will be able to automatically select NMIC as an MI provider within those systems. The progress we have made to date connecting with these loan origination systems is another significant achievement with respect to our readiness to engage with the Regional Accounts.
    The GSEs, as major purchasers of conventional mortgage loans in the United Sates, are the primary beneficiaries of our mortgage insurance coverage. Revenues from our customers are expected to be generated in the United States only.
Sales and Marketing and Competition
Sales and Marketing
Our sales and marketing efforts are designed to help us establish and maintain in-depth, quality customer relationships. We organize our sales and marketing efforts based on our national and regional customer segmentation. We seek to support our national and regional sales force, and improve their effectiveness in acquiring new customers by raising our brand awareness through advertising and marketing campaigns, website enhancements, electronic communication strategies, and sponsorship of industry and educational events.
Our current sales resources are designed to optimize our opportunity in the market as well as balance our expenses effectively. Once fully deployed, we expect that our sales force will be located throughout the United States to directly sell our mortgage insurance products to lenders. In 2013, we are continuing to build our sales force by hiring qualified mortgage professionals that generally have well-established relationships with industry leading lenders and significant experience in both MI and mortgage lending. NMIC's product development and marketing department has primary responsibility for creating and supporting our MI products. As of the date of this prospectus, we have completed approximately 30% of our sales team hiring efforts, with a target of fully staffing our sales force in the first half of 2014. We believe our hiring progress to date is well matched with our expense planning and operational readiness.

Competition

Our competition includes other private mortgage insurers, governmental agencies that sponsor government-backed mortgage insurance programs and alternatives to credit enhancement products, such as piggy-back loans. The MI industry is highly competitive. We compete with other private mortgage insurers based on underwriting guidelines, product features, pricing, customer relationships, name recognition, reputation, the strength of management teams and field organizations, the effective use of technology, innovation in the delivery and servicing of insurance products and our ability to execute.

The U.S. MI industry currently consists of seven active private mortgage insurers, including NMIC, MGIC Investment Corporation (“MGIC”), Radian Guaranty Inc. (“Radian”), United Guaranty Corporation (“UGI”), a division of American International Group, Inc., Genworth Mortgage Insurance (“Genworth”), Essent Guaranty (“Essent”) and CMG Mortgage Insurance Company (“CMG”), the latter of which has solely offered mortgage insurance to credit unions. In February 2013, an insurer domiciled in Bermuda, with mortgage insurance operations in Europe, announced that it had entered into an agreement to purchase CMG. The agreement is subject to numerous closing conditions, including the requirements to obtain approvals from the

110


GSEs and state insurance regulators, as well as other regulatory authorizations. We believe the buyer intends to expand CMG's footprint beyond the credit union mortgage insurance market. In addition, the perceived increase in credit quality of loans that are being insured today, the deterioration of the financial strength ratings of the existing mortgage insurance companies and the possibility of a decrease in the FHA's share of the mortgage insurance market may encourage additional new entrants. During 2011, two mortgage insurers stopped writing new business and, based on public disclosures, these insurers approximated more than 20% of the MI industry volume in the first half of 2011. We believe their new origination market share has since been redistributed among the other MI companies.

We and other private mortgage insurers also compete directly with federal and state governmental and quasi-governmental agencies that sponsor government-backed mortgage insurance programs, principally the FHA and, to a lesser degree, the VA. These agencies' market share during 2010, 2011 and 2012 was approximately 84%, 77% and 68%, respectively, of low down payment residential mortgages that were subject to governmental and private mortgage insurance. While declining from a high of approximately 85% in 2009, the market share of governmental agencies remains substantially above the low of approximately 23% in 2007, according to statistics reported by Inside Mortgage Finance. As noted above, the combined market share of the FHA and VA has decreased each year since 2010, a trend that we believe has been positive for the MI industry. In our view, this decrease may have been influenced by increases in the cost of FHA insurance in recent years, stricter FHA guidelines, the inability of the borrower to cancel FHA mortgage insurance and the FHA pulling back from the market given its failure to meet its congressionally mandated capital requirements.

In addition to competition from the FHA and the VA, we and other private mortgage insurers face competition from state-supported mortgage insurance funds in several states, including California and New York. From time to time, other state legislatures and agencies consider expanding the authority of their state governments to insure residential mortgages.
Underwriting and Risk Management
To qualify to receive mortgage insurance from us, a lender would first enter into a master policy agreement with us. The master policy sets forth the general terms and conditions of our MI coverage. Our primary mortgage insurance policies are issued through one of two programs:
non-delegated — we underwrite the insurance application and provide a response to the lender, prior to the loan closing; or
delegated — if deemed eligible by NMIC, certain loan originators may bind our mortgage insurance coverage following their own underwriting review. Loans submitted through the delegated program must meet certain eligibility rules. The delegated program is only available to customers that have strong underwriting experience. In addition, similar to the non-delegated program, we have processes in place to perform quality assurance reviews of our customers' underwriting of all delegated loans within several months of the loan closing date.
Non-Delegated Program
To obtain mortgage insurance on a loan, a master policyholder submits an insurance application to us, along with the borrower's mortgage application, an appraisal report from an independent, licensed appraiser, borrower credit report, employment and income verification, tax returns from self-employed borrowers, verification of funds sufficient to cover the expected down payment for the loan closing and purchase contract and any other documentation to support loan qualification for mortgage insurance. We do not currently intend

111



to provide primary MI in instances where the lender has waived certain documentation requirements, such as written verification of employment and proof of source of funds for closing. Our underwriters review all materials submitted and render an insurance decision, typically within 24 to 48 hours, depending on the MI application volume.
In addition to our non-delegated underwriter employees located at our corporate headquarters and remotely across the country, we have entered into contracts with third-party service providers under which they will underwrite the mortgage insurance decision on certain loans for NMIC, consistent with NMIC's underwriting guidelines and subject to the terms of the outsourcing agreements. We expect our underwriting vendors will share in the daily underwriting of mortgage insurance applications submitted to us, depending on the volume and with targeted assignments of particular loans to particular vendors, to ensure timely response-times to lenders. These underwriters will follow the same process outlined above that our own employees follow when they render an insurance decision. Any underwriting decisions requiring escalation or a second review will be referred back to NMIC for decision making.
We have processes in place to manage the risk associated with outsourcing a component of our underwriting functions. In collaboration with the vendor's management team, NMIC will assign an employee to be located on-site at the vendor's premises to monitor the vendor's day-to-day underwriting of mortgage insurance decisions. We will also review the qualifications of the vendor's underwriters and will provide system and guideline training to ensure the vendor's underwriting philosophy is consistent with ours. We will perform regular quality control reviews of each vendor's performance, and our agreements with the vendors require them to give us access to the results of their internal quality control reviews. Underwriters with unacceptable performance will be carefully monitored with specific action plans, and our agreements provide for timely replacement with 30 days' notice.
Delegated Program
We plan to permit delegated underwriting with lenders that have a track record of originating quality mortgage loans. The lenders are required to underwrite the loan in accordance with NMIC's approved guidelines. If the lender believes a loan is eligible for mortgage insurance coverage from NMIC, it may bind the insurance coverage in accordance with the delegated authority conferred under our delegated underwriting program, as set forth in the terms of our master policy and related endorsements. In order to bind coverage, the lender must provide a dataset to us to help demonstrate the loan meets our threshold eligibility rules. In addition, as part of our National MI TrueInsight SM solution, delegated lenders are required to submit a full loan file (which contains all information and documentation required by the traditional underwriting process) to us within 60 days of the coverage effective date, and we will perform a post-close underwriting review of the lender's underwriting decision for each insured loan. This process, which we refer to as our "Delegated Assurance Review" should provide us with confidence that loans we insure comply with our eligibility criteria and meet our underwriting guidelines. This process also assists us in identifying underwriting defects with lenders that need attention going forward. We believe that our full underwriting file review and quality control process differentiates our delegated underwriting process from the delegated underwriting process historically practiced by the MI industry and provides upfront clarity of coverage to our lenders. If a loan is deemed ineligible through our post-close review, we cancel the insurance certificate and return any premiums we have received.
We will use the third-party underwriting service providers with which we have outsourcing agreements to perform the majority of our post-close reviews of delegated decisions. If one of our service providers determines that a loan is ineligible for coverage, an NMIC underwriting manager will review the results to determine if we agree with our vendor before giving notice of cancellation of coverage to our insured. In addition to this review by an NMIC underwriting manager, NMIC's risk management departments will perform

112



routine quality control reviews of a statistically relevant sample of each service provider's post-close reviews to help ensure that we are receiving the quality of underwriting that we expect from these providers.
Underwriting Guidelines and Risk Management
Our underwriting and risk management guidelines are based on what we believe to be the major factors that impact mortgage credit risk. Such factors include but are not limited to the following:
the borrower's credit strength, including the borrower's credit history, debt-to-income ratios and cash reserves and the willingness of a borrower with sufficient resources to make mortgage payments when the mortgage balance exceeds the value of the home;
the loan product, which encompasses the LTV ratio, the type of loan instrument, including whether the instrument provides for fixed or variable payments and the amortization schedule, the type of property, the purpose of the loan and the interest rate;
origination practices of lenders;
the percentage coverage on insured loans;
the size of loans insured; and
the condition of the economy, including housing values and employment, in the geographic area in which the property is located.

We believe that, excluding other factors, claim incidence increases:
for loans with higher LTV ratios compared to loans with lower LTV ratios;
for loans with higher debt-to-income ratios;
for loans to borrowers with lower FICO credit scores compared to loans to borrowers with higher FICO credit scores;
during periods of economic contraction and housing price depreciation, including when these conditions may not be nationwide, compared to periods of economic expansion and housing price appreciation;
for ARMs when the reset interest rate significantly exceeds the interest rate of loan origination;
for loans in which the original loan amount exceeds the GSEs' established conforming loan limit compared to loans below that limit; and
for cash out refinance loans compared to purchase or rate and term refinance loans.

There may be other types of loan characteristics relating to the individual loan or borrower that also affect the risk potential for a loan. In addition, the presence of multiple higher-risk characteristics in a loan materially increases the likelihood of a claim on such a loan unless there are other characteristics to lower the risk.
Exception Policies
As part of our underwriting guidelines, we may establish exception approval procedures that would permit our underwriters to approve MI policies that deviate from our established credit policy guidelines. Any exception would require approval in accordance with our exception approval procedures by a higher level of management. We expect that exception approvals to credit policy guidelines will usually result from overriding

113



conditions, such as an excellent credit profile, significant income, employment stability, or a high net worth. In order to help ensure exceptions are limited to the criteria we set, we plan to generate exception reports that would track the number of exceptions by underwriter and rationale for each exception.
Risk Management
In accordance with established policies and procedures, we seek to identify, assess, monitor and manage the following risks in our MI business: credit risk, market risk and operations risk. Management of these risks is a multifaceted interdepartmental endeavor including specific operational responsibilities and senior management oversight. In addition, our Internal Audit function, which reports to the Audit Committee of our Board and senior management, provides independent ongoing assessments of our operations and risk control environment.
Credit Risk
We protect financial institutions against credit losses resulting from homeowner defaults on low down payment residential mortgage loans. Low down payment lending carries high credit risk because borrowers who encounter financial difficulties may have little equity, if any, (net of transaction costs) in their homes, and are therefore less likely to keep their mortgage payments current or sell the property to avoid foreclosure.
We plan to manage credit risk and portfolio risk-reward characteristics using guidelines, pricing and various risk and operations policies and processes. Important drivers of our credit risk exposure that are monitored and managed by us include but are not limited to:
Credit risk profile. Our insured loan portfolio's credit risk profile is measured by credit score, loan-to-value, debt-to-income ratio, occupancy type, purpose (e.g., owner-occupied) and other factors. This risk profile is directly impacted by our credit guidelines, pricing and operational quality. The risk profile of our new business is also affected by the mortgage market and macroeconomic conditions. Key drivers include regulatory and/or tax changes affecting the economics of residential mortgage lending; regulatory changes impacting the relative attractiveness of MI to our customers; and consumer attitudes about the relative attractiveness of real estate as an investment; structural changes to the industry made to reduce the role of the federal government (and develop a long-term plan for the GSEs).

Changes in home prices. A decline in home prices typically makes it more difficult for a borrower to sell or refinance his or her home, generally increasing the likelihood of a default followed by a claim. In addition, a decline in home prices typically increases the severity of any claim we may pay. The inability to sell or refinance homes, due to a decline in home prices, typically leads to an increase in persistency. Conversely, an increase in home prices potentially makes it easier for a borrower to sell or refinance his or her home, decreasing the likelihood of a claim on a loan in default, decreasing the severity of any claim we may pay and decreasing the policy persistency.
 
Changes in employment and income, healthcare and divorce. Borrowers able to make only small down payments often have more difficulty weathering financial hardships caused by unemployment or income reductions, or life events involving illness or divorce, because they may not have large amounts of personal savings or available credit. If they do have a significant amount of available credit, they are more likely to increase leverage to levels that prove unsustainable over the long run. Rising unemployment will increase the number of borrowers unable to remain current on their home mortgage and increase the number of new claims. Conversely, as the unemployment rate decreases, portfolio

114



delinquency rates will fall as fewer borrowers become unemployed and those that do are able to find new jobs more quickly.

Changes in interest rates. Increasing interest rates directly impact the borrower's ability to pay by causing their debt payments to rise. Higher payments on adjustable rate mortgages and other variable rate consumer secured and unsecured debt reduce borrowers' ability to pay and increase the frequency of loss. Conversely, falling interest rates make variable rate consumer debt payments more affordable and reduce loss frequency. Changes in interest rates will also indirectly impact the portfolio's credit risk characteristics through their effect on economic growth rates, the affordability of housing, loan persistency and other factors.

Regional economic developments. Credit performance in specific geographic regions can vary substantially from the national mean based on the impact of regional developments. These developments may include economic booms or busts in particular industries accounting for a material share of total employment, the impact of natural disasters and other factors.

Credit risk will be measured by reporting with segmentation by key credit risk drivers such as credit score, LTV, occupancy, purpose and vintage. Segmentation will include balances, risk in force, revenue, delinquencies (by default status), losses (claims paid), persistency and reserves. We will also report claim size and severity. We will evaluate bulk and flow business separately. We will assess underwriting quality separately through quality assurance and quality control audits.
We plan to assess the portfolio's risk/reward characteristics, considering both quantitative and qualitative factors. This assessment will include risks inherent in the business that are not fully reflected or yet evident in the numbers. Material changes to the portfolio's credit risk profile that occurred from the last reporting period to the current will be also be discussed, as well as management's forward looking assessments.
Market Risks
We believe that the three primary market risks that we will face as an MI company are:
Changes in home prices. A decline in home prices typically makes it more difficult for a borrower to sell or refinance his or her home, generally increasing the likelihood of a delinquency followed by a claim. In addition, a decline in home prices typically increases the severity of any claim we may pay. The inability to sell or refinance homes, due to a decline in home prices, typically leads to an increase in persistency, which for monthly or annual products will mean continued premiums. Conversely, an increase in home prices potentially makes it easier for a borrower to sell or refinance his or her home, decreasing the likelihood of a delinquency followed by a claim, decreasing the severity of any claim we may pay and decreasing the policy persistency and correspondingly reducing premium streams on monthly or annual products.
Changes in unemployment. Increases in the unemployment rate typically impair a borrower's ability to remain current on his or her home mortgage, increasing the likelihood of a delinquency followed by a claim. Conversely, as the unemployment rate decreases, a borrower's ability to remain current on their home mortgage typically improves, decreasing the likelihood of a delinquency followed by a claim.
Changes in interest rates. An increase in interest rates typically leads to lower home affordability and less refinancing activity. This may decrease mortgage origination volume thereby reducing the number of low down payment loans available for us to insure. However, an increase in interest rates typically leads to a higher mix of purchase versus refinance activity which results in a higher

115



overall penetration rate of MI. The higher penetration rate is also a result of overall lower total originations during a high interest rate environment. Higher interest rates also typically lead to higher persistency of our MI policies. Conversely, a decrease in interest rates typically leads to an increase in low down payment loans available for us to insure, a decrease in the penetration rate of MI and a decrease in the persistency of MI policies from higher refinance activity.
Operations Risks
We are dependent on our employees, internal processes, vendors and systems to execute our business strategy. Operational risks are inherent in the company's business activities. Management's primary operations risk focus is to manage risks of material significance through operational design, policies and procedures, redundancies and review/audit processes.
Because we are a new company in an industry in transition, the risk of loss due to operational inadequacies or failures is elevated compared to an established company. Operational risk is driven by multiple factors including:
Process design and execution. New processes and procedures may not appropriately take into account scenarios that were unforeseen or misunderstood. Employees may make mistakes when executing defined processes and procedures.

Vendor Performance. One component of our strategy is to leverage vendors for key functions including system development, website hosting, insurance approval, underwriting assurance review audits and human resources management, among others. Vendors may overstate their capabilities and/or be unable to meet promised service levels. Mistakes or failures may lead to business disruptions and/or losses.

System Functionality and Reliability. Systems may not be developed on time, be properly designed, perform as specified or be sufficiently reliable. Utility disruptions may bring systems down for extended periods.
 
Damage to Physical Assets and Human Resources. Aside from work-at-home employees residing across the country, our operations and staff are housed in a single building in a shoreline location near a major earthquake fault. This concentrated exposure leaves us more exposed to natural disasters, vandalism, terrorism and other sources of damage.

Fraud. Insured institutions may attempt to collect insurance benefits based on fraud and misrepresentation, and employees may attempt to misappropriate company assets.

Inadequate Internal Controls. Various internal controls have been established to manage operational and other risks. Inadequate internal controls expose us to greater operational risk.

Operational risk reporting will focus on material operations losses and risk profile changes during the current reporting period.

116



Other Risk Management Practices
Management Risk Committee
We have a management risk committee, comprised of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Risk Officer, Chief of Insurance Operations and other officers as appropriate, to monitor our underwriting and risk management practices. This committee will also monitor insured portfolio concentrations and portfolio performance. We expect that this committee will continue to include a diverse mix of senior management to ensure that those responsible for execution are balanced with those responsible for oversight. Portfolio performance and adherence to internal controls and procedures is also part of our monthly, quarterly and annual close process.
We expect that GSE-approved products will comprise the substantial majority of our product mix initially. Additional products, material changes to existing products or material changes to underwriting guidelines will have to be approved by the management risk committee prior to release.
Lender Monitoring
We plan to maintain prudent lender approval requirements, including assessing factors related to experienced management, sound operations and a demonstrated record of originating quality loans. We plan to conduct thorough reviews of each prospective client, including reviews of the historical performance of loans originated by the lender and a review of any loan programs outside established underwriting guidelines. We plan to pay special attention to the quality of a lender's underwriting over time as well as its compliance with underwriting guidelines. We intend to evaluate customers' underwriting performance as losses develop and allow only those lenders with a favorable evaluation to utilize the delegated underwriting process.
Concentration Risk
We intend to monitor and manage our concentration of risk through underwriting activities. Key areas of focus are expected to include geography, customer, product type and underwriting mix (e.g., instrument type, property type and borrower employment category). To track the concentration of risk, we plan to generate customized management risk and exposure reports.
Integrated Quality Control Process
We have designed and developed a quality control group that operates separately from the underwriting group to administer our underwriting quality control reviews. The underwriting quality control group will assess non-delegated underwriting completed by both our employee and third-party vendor underwriters, delegated underwriting completed by approved lenders and post-close underwriting reviews of delegated business completed by our third-party vendors.
We intend to perform quality control audits of insured loans identified through random, high risk and targeted selection criteria. In addition, we intend to review loans that default within 12 months of their origination, which we refer to as "early payment defaults" or “EPDs”. Our quality control review is primarily intended to assess the quality of the underwriting decision, including the accuracy and adequacy of the information and documentation used to reach that decision.
A servicing quality control audit will also be established covering our internal insurance servicing and loss mitigation processes. Selection criteria and reporting will be similar to that described above for underwriting quality control. The audit will focus on activities related to beginning and ending coverage, servicing existing coverage, defaults and loss mitigation and claim payment.

117



We will provide detailed reporting to operations management and summary reporting to senior management. We will also factor information obtained from our quality control process into other risk processes, including underwriter authority delegation, lender monitoring and guideline management.
Servicing
Our Policy Servicing Department is responsible for various servicing activities related to master policy administration, premium billing and payment processing and certificate administration. The department has servicing specialists that are assigned to the majority of our accounts to assist with day-to-day transactions and assist in monitoring the servicer's portfolio to help keep it current and accurate. The department has established policies and procedures that accommodate reporting from and communications with servicers utilizing a variety of different formats.
Defaults and Claims; Loss Mitigation
Defaults and Claims
The claim cycle on MI generally begins with our receipt of notification of a default on an insured loan from the servicer. Default is defined in NMIC's mortgage insurance policies as the failure by a borrower to pay when due a non-accelerated amount equal to the scheduled mortgage payment due under the terms of a loan or the failure by a borrower to pay all amounts due under a loan after the exercise of the due on sale clause of such loan. Generally, the master policies require an insured to notify us of a default no later than 10 days after the borrower becomes three payments in default, although most lenders notify us sooner. We do not consider a loan to be in default for the purposes of reporting defaults and default rates and setting reserves until we receive notice from the servicer that a borrower has failed to pay two regularly scheduled payments and is at least 60 days in default. The incidence of default is affected by a variety of factors, including borrower income, unemployment, divorce and illness, the level of interest rates, rates of housing price appreciation or depreciation and general borrower creditworthiness. Defaults that are not cured result in a claim to us. Defaults may be cured by the borrower bringing current the delinquent loan payments or by a sale of the property and the satisfaction of all amounts due under the mortgage.
Claims result from uncured defaults or approved short sales. Whether a claim results from an uncured default depends, in large part, on the borrower's equity in the home at the time of default, the borrower's or the lender's ability to sell the home for an amount sufficient to satisfy all amounts due under the mortgage and the willingness and ability of the borrower and lender to enter into a loan modification that provides for a cure of the default. Various factors affect the frequency and amount of claims, including local housing prices, employment levels and interest rates. If a default is not cured and we receive a claim, any premium collected from the time of default to time of the claim payment is returned to the servicer along with the claim payment.
Under the terms of our master policy, the lender is required to file a claim for primary insurance with us within 60 days after it has acquired title to the underlying property (typically through foreclosure) or when there has been an approved sale to a third party prior to foreclosure. Across the industry, it has historically taken on average approximately 12 months for a default that is not cured to develop into a paid claim. The rate at which claims are received and paid has slowed in recent years due to various state and lender foreclosure moratoriums and suspensions, servicing delays including as a result of attempts to modify loans, pursuit of mitigation opportunities and a lack of capacity in the court systems.
Within 60 days after a claim has been filed and all documents required to be submitted to us have been delivered, we have the option of either (i) paying the coverage percentage specified for that loan, with the insured retaining title to the underlying property and receiving all proceeds from the eventual sale of the

118


property, or (ii) paying 100% of the insured's loss on the loan in exchange for the lender's conveyance of good and marketable title to the property to us. In the event we exercise the latter option, we will market and sell the property and retain all proceeds.
Claim activity is not evenly spread throughout the coverage period of a book of primary business. Relatively few claims are typically received during the first two years following issuance of coverage on a loan. This is typically followed by a period of rising claims which, based on industry experience, has historically reached its highest level during the period between three and six years after the year of loan origination. Thereafter, the number of claims typically received has historically declined at a gradual rate, although the rate of decline can be affected by conditions in the economy, including slowing home price appreciation or housing price depreciation and rising unemployment. Persistency of our book, the condition of the economy, including unemployment and other factors can affect the pattern of claim activity. For example, a weak economy can lead to claims from older books increasing, continuing at stable levels or experiencing a lower rate of decline.
Another important factor affecting losses is the amount of the average claim paid, which affects the claim amount as a proportion of total RIF, commonly referred to as claim severity. The main determinants of claim severity are the amount of the mortgage loan, the coverage percentage on the loan and local market conditions.
Loss Mitigation
Before paying a claim, we plan to review the loan and servicing files to determine the appropriateness of the claim amount. Under our mortgage insurance policies, after a borrower has timely made 18 consecutive monthly payments on a loan we insure, we have agreed that we will not rescind or cancel coverage of that loan for borrower fraud or underwriting defects. In addition, upon the borrower attaining 18 full and timely consecutive monthly payments, we have agreed to limitations on our ability to initiate an investigation of fraud or misrepresentation by our insureds or any other party involved in the origination of an insured loan, which we collectively refer to in our master policies as a "First Party." Our master policy provides that we can reduce or deny a claim if the servicer did not comply with its obligations required by our policy, including the requirement to mitigate our loss by performing reasonable loss mitigation efforts or, for example, diligently pursuing a foreclosure or bankruptcy relief in a timely manner. We call such reduction of claims submitted to us “curtailments.” In addition, the claims submitted to us sometimes include costs and expenses not covered by our insurance policies, such as mortgage insurance premiums, hazard insurance premiums for periods after the claim date and losses resulting from property damage that has not been repaired. These other adjustments reduce claim amounts by less than the amount of curtailments.
Loss Reserves and Premium Deficiency Reserve
A significant period of time typically elapses between the time when a borrower defaults on a mortgage payment, which is the event triggering a potential future claim payment by us, the reporting of the default to us, the acquisition of the property by the lender (typically through foreclosure) and the eventual payment of the claim related to the uncured default. To recognize the liability for unpaid losses related to outstanding reported defaults, or default inventory, we establish loss reserves in accordance with industry practice, representing the estimated percentage of defaults which will ultimately result in a claim, which is known as the claim rate, and the estimated severity of the claims which will arise from the defaults included in the default inventory.     
We will also establish reserves to provide for the estimated costs of settling claims, general expenses of administering the claims settlement process, legal fees and other fees (“loss adjustment expenses”), and for

119


losses and loss adjustment expenses from defaults that we estimate have occurred, but which have not yet been reported to us. We refer to the latter as "IBNR" reserves. Consistent with industry accounting practices, NMIC does not establish loss reserves for estimated potential defaults that have not occurred but that may occur in the future. For a full discussion of our loss reserving policy and process, see “Management's Discussion and Analysis Critical Accounting Policies of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Reserve for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses.”
After our reserves are initially established, we will perform premium deficiency tests at the end of each fiscal quarter using our best estimate assumptions of future losses, expenses and premiums as of the testing date. We would establish a premium deficiency reserve, if necessary, when the net present value of expected future losses and expenses exceeds the net present value of expected future premiums and existing reserves. The evaluation of premium deficiency requires significant judgment by management and depends upon many assumptions, including assumptions regarding future macroeconomic conditions.
Reinsurance
As part of the MAC Acquisition, we acquired NMRI One and NMRI Two to provide reinsurance on policies held by NMIC to the extent they provide coverage in excess of 25% of IIF. On September 30, 2013, we merged NMRI Two into NMIC, with NMIC surviving the merger. Certain states limit the amount of risk a mortgage insurer may retain on a single loan to 25% of the indebtedness and as a result the portion of such insurance in excess of 25% must be reinsured. NMIC uses reinsurance provided by NMRI One solely for purposes of compliance with statutory coverage limits. Although we have no current plans to use reinsurance from unaffiliated third-party reinsurers, we may choose to purchase reinsurance coverage in the future to help manage certain risk exposures. Under the terms of the GSE Approvals, if we choose to use third-party reinsurance during the first three years from the date of the GSE Approvals, we are required to obtain the GSEs' prior written consent, and subsequent to the three year period from GSE Approval, may enter into reinsurance arrangements as long as they meet the then applicable GSE Eligibility Requirements.
Information Technology Systems
We utilize and develop technology to support future growth and realize operating efficiencies throughout our enterprise. We have invested in our infrastructure and technology through the acquisition and implementation of what we expect will be an efficient, scalable platform that supports our business activities and our potential for significant future growth.
We have adopted a technology strategy that utilizes major hardware, software and service providers with substantial industry expertise. We outsource many of our major information technology functions, including the development and operations of our enterprise technology platform, data center hosting and management, email and collaboration and human resource systems. Our data center hosting solution provides server and network support and monitoring. This approach enables our resources and personnel to focus on system enhancements rather than on system operations. We require our hosted centers to be SSAE 16 and SOC 1 compliant, i.e. provide verifications by an objective third party, such as a public accounting firm, that the hosted center has a strict internal control structure in place and is adhering to those strict internal controls.
Our IT Systems Architecture strategy incorporates Cloud (systems connected via the Internet) and Software as a Service (“SaaS”) technology in a number of areas to provide scalability and flexibility. We believe this strategy facilitates access for our lender customers and enables our employees to work remotely in a secure manner.

120


We employ and support the Mortgage Industry Standards Maintenance Organization (“MISMO”) standard. This is the standard data format used by the MI industry for data consistency throughout the systems process. We expect that application of this standard will make integrating with lenders, the GSEs and other business partners a more streamlined process. As part of our underwriting process, we capture data from each mortgage insurance application, providing us with information for evaluating risks, back-testing expected performance and analyzing default patterns.
We are developing a technology platform, which we refer to as "AXIS", to support our mortgage insurance operations, including underwriting, premium billing, policy servicing and delinquency and claims management functions. In order to adequately support our mortgage insurance operations, we expect that, when completed and all components are fully integrated, our technology platform will allow us to: (i) obtain applications and supporting documentation from our lenders on an automated basis, thereby enabling lenders to submit insurance applications in an efficient manner and facilitating our risk review, (ii) obtain real-time data on performance of individual insured loans and programs, enabling a transparent and collaborative policy acquisition and underwriting process that should reduce response times, decrease costs and streamline communication with lenders, (iii) provide real-time feedback data for monitoring underwriting guidelines and for communicating to lenders the quality metrics and performance of the loans we insure, (iv) bill and collect premiums electronically and (v) adjust and settle claims.
A significant component of AXIS is an insurance management system (which we refer to as "IMS") we purchased in connection with the MAC Acquisition in April 2012. After we acquired IMS, we conducted operating and business analysis and evaluated development efforts, in the pursuit of designing a system that would meet our business requirements. During the second quarter of 2013, we made a business decision that we would pursue the development of new modules to support policy servicing, billing, and delinquency and claims management. This change will require us to provide these services to our customers during the initial period of our business operations using current IMS capabilities and interim applications and manual solutions. As a result of the above change in approach, we reduced the useful life of these components of IMS. Reducing the useful life of these modules will have the effect of shortening the amortization period, causing us to record the same amount of amortization expense over a shorter period of time, which was implemented in the current quarter and will continue to amortize over the coming quarters. We expect that these modules will be fully amortized by the end of 2014.

The success of our business is highly dependent on our ability to effectively and efficiently use technology to electronically conduct business with our customers. Customers require us to provide certain products and services electronically, in a secure manner, via the Internet or electronic data transmission. We will process a significant amount of our new insurance written and claims processing electronically. Accordingly, we are investing resources in establishing and maintaining electronic connectivity with customers and, more generally, in e-commerce and technological advancements.
In order to integrate electronically with mortgage lenders we must:
Establish connectivity with many of the industry's largest providers of mortgage servicing systems, which automate loan servicing functions such as payment processing, escrow administration, default management, investor accounting, loan modifications, and year-end reporting. We have completed integration with the largest and leading servicing system providers, LPS MSP and Fiserv LoanServ™ , which combined process more mortgages in the United States by dollar volume than any other servicing system, creating significant opportunity to efficiently conduct business with large lenders and aggregators that require this integration;

121


Establish connectivity with leading third party providers of loan origination systems, which provide the functionality to automate the mortgage loan origination process, including point of sale support, processing, settlement services, document preparation and tracking, underwriting, closing and funding. We have begun the process of integrating with the leading third-party loan origination systems, and we expect to complete some of these integrations this year, including Ellie Mae Encompass360®, RealEC®, Fiserv EasyLender®, FICS Loan Producer®, and Mortgage Builder. By mid-2014, we believe we will be integrated with the other leading third-party loan origination systems.
Integrate with those lenders that maintain their own proprietary loan origination and servicing systems, recognizing that the time-lines for these integrations are heavily dependent upon the lenders' internal technology resource time-lines and availability. Many lenders require us to engage in their third party review processes before we can conduct integration testing with such lenders. While we are in the process of working through this process with some lenders, no direct lender connectivity has been completed as of the date of this prospectus.
Many of our customers will require us to have the above connectivity in place as a precursor to doing business with them.
Investment Portfolio
Our investment portfolio and cash and cash equivalents are split between us and our insurance subsidiaries. We contributed approximately $220 million of cash to our insurance subsidiaries, primarily to NMIC. We plan to retain the balance of our cash and investments at the holding company until needed to further capitalize our insurance subsidiaries. We expect to diversify our portfolio across corporate, government and taxable municipal securities of various durations to attempt to minimize the risk of loss resulting from over concentration of assets in specific sectors or securities. Diversification strategies are periodically reviewed. While our portfolio is managed by a third-party investment management company, we maintain control over investment decisions based on our investment policies. Our third-party investment management company is Wells Capital Management, Inc.
Our investment policies and guidelines conform to the Wisconsin Administrative Code 6.20 (5), which imposes investment restrictions on NMIC for the first five years from issuance of its certificate of authority. Additionally, all securities in the portfolio must be U.S. dollar-denominated and have the NAIC '1' or '2' designation or investment grade rating by Moody's, Standard & Poor's or Fitch at time of purchase. Our investment policies and strategies are subject to change depending upon regulatory, economic and market conditions and our existing or anticipated financial condition and operating requirements, including our tax position.
Consistent with Wisconsin law, our investment policies emphasize preservation of capital, as well as total return. Based on our guidelines, our investment portfolio is comprised almost entirely of fixed-income securities, all of which are investment grade and the vast majority rated “A+” or higher. The policy guidelines contain limits on the amount of our credit exposure to any one issue, issuer and type of instrument. We expect to preserve the liquidity of our portfolio through diversification and investment in publicly traded securities. We plan to maintain a level of liquidity commensurate with our perceived business outlook and the expected timing, direction and degree of changes in interest rates. We believe the duration of our portfolio should be somewhat longer than the duration of other public and private mortgage insurers' portfolios, which currently are approximately three years because we believe the claims paid in the early years of our business formation should be relatively low due to the typical MI earnings and cash flow cycle.

122


Employees
As of September 30, 2013, we had more than 120 full-time employees. None of our employees are parties to a collective bargaining agreement. We utilize a third-party professional employer organization to manage our human resource and payroll administration and related compliance requirements.
Facilities and Real Estate
We entered into an office facility lease in Emeryville, California, effective July 1, 2012 for a term of two years. This facility is approximately 24,000 square feet, fully furnished and allows for expansion based on near-term projected staffing growth. We do not own or lease any other facilities; however we expect to lease additional office space either in the existing Emeryville, California location or in another location to support our growth.
Legal Proceedings
On August 8, 2012, Germaine Marks, as Receiver, and Truitte Todd, as Special Deputy Receiver, of PMI Mortgage Insurance Co. (“PMI”), an Arizona insurance company in receivership, filed a complaint (the “PMI Complaint”) against the Company, NMIC and certain named individuals, in California Superior Court, Alameda County. The lawsuit alleges breach of fiduciary duty, breach of loyalty, aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duty and loyalty, misappropriation of trade secrets, conversion, breach of proprietary information agreement, breach of separation agreement and intentional interference with contractual relations, unfair competition and conspiracy. The lawsuit seeks injunctive relief as well as unspecified monetary damages. We and the individual defendants believe these claims are without merit and have filed an answer denying all allegations and intend to defend ourselves vigorously. If the lawsuit is determined adversely to us, the court could subject us to significant monetary damages and/or prevent NMIC from conducting insurance operations, including obtaining licenses in the two states (Florida and Wyoming) where we do not currently have them. In addition, if the lawsuit is determined adversely to any of our officers who are individual defendants in the lawsuit, we would likely be required to remove and replace those officers under the terms of agreements NMIC and NMIH entered into with each of the Alabama Department of Insurance, Arizona Department of Insurance, the Texas Commissioner of Insurance and the New York State Department of Financial Services, as a condition of NMIC obtaining certificates of authority in those states, as well as under an agreement with the Wisconsin OCI. The Court has set the trial date for May 27, 2014.
Because the litigation and related discovery are at a preliminary stage, we do not have sufficient information to determine or predict the ultimate outcome or estimate the range of possible losses, if any. Accordingly, no provision for litigation losses has been included in our financial statements.

123


REGULATION
U.S. Mortgage Insurance Laws
GSE Qualified Mortgage Insurer Requirements

Pursuant to their charters, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac purchase loans insured by entities that they determine to be qualified MI companies. Both Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have published comprehensive requirements to become and remain a qualified mortgage insurer (the “Eligibility Requirements”). In light of the severe housing and economic downturn that began in mid-2007 and the resulting adverse impact to the MI industry, both Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac believed it was necessary to revise the Eligibility Requirements. Fannie Mae issued new draft requirements dated August 5, 2010 and Freddie Mac issued new draft requirements dated June 30, 2010. Freddie Mac subsequently issued revised draft eligibility requirements dated February 2011. These draft requirements have not yet been finalized, however the FHFA, as regulator and conservator of the GSEs, has announced an intent to achieve uniformity of these requirements among the GSEs and to finalize these requirements in the near term future.
In addition to the Eligibility Requirements, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have imposed certain capitalization, operational and reporting conditions in connection with their recent approvals of NMIC as a qualified mortgage insurer. Some of these conditions remain in effect for a three (3) year period from the date of GSE Approval while others do not expressly expire. These conditions require, among other things, that NMIC:
be initially capitalized in the amount of $200 million and that its affiliate reinsurance companies, NMRI One and NMRI Two, be initially capitalized in the amount of $10 million each;
maintain minimum capital of $150 million;
operate at a risk-to-capital ratio not to exceed 15:1 for its first three (3) years and then pursuant to the Eligibility Requirements;
insure only (i) GSE-eligible loans or (ii) loans that are GSE-eligible, other than as related to loan amount subject to additional portfolio limitation requirements;
obtain prior written approval to enter into any transaction involving the issuance of insurance on other than an individual loan “flow” basis;
have and maintain a fully operational business and technology platform;
not declare or pay dividends to affiliates or to NMIH for its first three (3) years, then pursuant to the Eligibility Requirements;
not enter into capital support agreements or guarantees for the benefit of, or purchase or otherwise invest in the debt of, affiliates without the prior written approval of the GSEs for its first three (3) years, then pursuant to the Eligibility Requirements;
not invest in or make loans to affiliates for its first three (3) years, then pursuant to the Eligibility Requirements;
not enter into reinsurance or other risk share arrangements without the GSEs' prior written approval for its first three (3) years, then pursuant to the Eligibility Requirements; and
at the direction of one or both of the GSEs, re-domicile from Wisconsin to another state.


124



The conditional approvals also include certain additional conditions, limitations and reporting requirements that we anticipate will be included in the final Eligibility Requirements, such as limits on costs allocated to NMIC under affiliate expense sharing arrangements, risk concentration, rates of return, requirements to obtain a financial strength rating, provision of ancillary services (i.e., non-insurance) to customers, transfers of underwriting to affiliates, notification requirements regarding change of ownership and new five percent (5%) shareholders, provisions regarding underwriting policies and claims processing as well as certain other obligations.
State Insurance Regulation
Following the acquisition of MAC Financial in April, 2012, we became the owner of a monoline residential mortgage insurance company (NMIC) and two reinsurance companies (NMRI One and NMRI Two) all domiciled in Wisconsin. On September 30, 2013, we merged NMRI Two into NMIC, with NMIC surviving the merger. Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to comprehensive, detailed regulation both by our domiciliary and primary regulator, the Wisconsin Office of the Commissioner of Insurance ("WOCI") and by state insurance departments in each state in which they are licensed. As mandated by state insurance laws, mortgage insurers are generally single-line companies restricted to writing a single type of insurance business, such as MI business. These regulations are principally designed for the protection of our insured policyholders rather than for the benefit of investors. Although their scope varies, state insurance laws generally grant broad supervisory powers to agencies or officials to examine insurance companies and enforce rules or exercise discretion affecting almost every significant aspect of the insurance business.
In general, state insurance regulation of our subsidiaries' business relates to:
licenses to transact business;
policy forms;
premium rates;
insurable loans;
annual and other reports on our financial condition;
the basis upon which assets and liabilities must be stated;
requirements regarding contingency reserves;
minimum capital levels and adequacy ratios;
reinsurance requirements;
limitations on the types of investment instruments which may be held in an investment portfolio;
the size of risks and limits on coverage of individual risks which may be insured;
special deposits of securities;
limits on dividends payable; and
claims handling.

State insurance receivership law, not federal bankruptcy law, would apply to any insolvency or financially hazardous condition of our insurance subsidiaries. The WOCI has substantial authority to issue orders or seek and control a state insurance receivership proceeding to address the insolvency or a financially hazardous condition of an insurance subsidiary. Under Wisconsin law, the WOCI has substantial flexibility to

125



restructure an insurance subsidiary in a receivership proceeding. Generally the WOCI's control of such a proceeding would make protecting the interests of insurance policyholders a priority over the interests of our insurance holding company or stockholders.
As an insurance holding company, we are registered with the WOCI, the domiciliary state of NMIC and NMRI One, and must provide certain information to the WOCI on an ongoing basis including insurance holding company annual audited consolidated financial statements. We, as an insurance holding company, and each of our affiliates, are prohibited from engaging in certain transactions with our insurance subsidiaries without submission to, and in some instances, prior approval by applicable insurance departments. Like most states, Wisconsin regulates transactions between domestic insurance companies and their parents or affiliates. Under Wisconsin law all transactions involving us, or an affiliate, and an insurance subsidiary, must conform to certain standards including that the transaction is “reasonable and fair” to the insurance subsidiary. Wisconsin law also provides that reports of certain transactions must be filed with the WOCI at least 30 days before the transaction is entered into and that these transactions may be disapproved by WOCI within that period.
Wisconsin's insurance regulations generally provide that no person may merge with or acquire control (which is defined as possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, by common management or otherwise) of us or our insurance subsidiaries unless the merger or transaction in which control is acquired has been approved by the WOCI. Wisconsin law provides for a rebuttable presumption of control when a person owns or has the right to vote more than 10% of the voting securities of a company. Pursuant to applicable Wisconsin regulations, voting securities include securities convertible into or evidencing the right to acquire securities with the right to vote. For purposes of determining whether control exists, the WOCI may aggregate the direct or indirect ownership of us by entities under common control with one another. Accordingly, any investor that may be deemed to own 10% of our common stock or other securities that are considered to be voting securities, whether separately or through the aggregation of its ownership with that of its affiliates or other third parties whose holdings are required to be aggregated, should consult with its legal advisors to ensure that it complies with applicable requirements of Wisconsin law. In addition, the insurance regulations of certain states require prior notification to the state's insurance department before a person acquires control of an insurance company licensed in such state. An insurance company's licenses to conduct business in those states could be affected by any such change in control. Two of our stockholders own more than 10% of our shares of common stock. Each of these stockholders has filed a disclaimer of control with the WOCI in connection therewith, which the WOCI has not disapproved. Through such acceptance by the WOCI these stockholders are not deemed to be controlling persons under Wisconsin law. (See also Description of Capital State Certain Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Delaware Law”)
Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to Wisconsin statutory requirements as to maintenance of policyholders' surplus and payment of dividends. The maximum amount of dividends that the insurance subsidiaries may pay in any 12-month period without regulatory approval by the WOCI is the lesser of adjusted statutory net income or 10% of statutory policyholders' surplus as of the preceding calendar year end. Adjusted statutory net income is defined for this purpose to be the greater of the following:
a.
The net income of the insurer for the calendar year preceding the date of the dividend or distribution, minus realized capital gains for that calendar year; or
b.
The aggregate of the net income of the insurer for the 3 calendar years preceding the date of the dividend or distribution, minus realized capital gains for those calendar years and minus dividends paid or credited and distributions made within the first 2 of the preceding 3 calendar years.

126



Also under Wisconsin law our insurance subsidiaries may not pay any dividend or distribution before giving at least 30 days' notice to the WOCI, unless, with respect to non-extraordinary dividends, the exception of Section 617.22(3) is applicable. Wisconsin law prohibits our insurance subsidiaries from paying any dividend or distribution unless it is fair and reasonable to the insurance subsidiary. In addition to Wisconsin, other states may limit or restrict our insurance subsidiaries' ability to pay stockholder dividends. For example, California and New York prohibit mortgage insurers licensed in such states from declaring dividends except from undivided profits remaining above the aggregate of their paid-in capital, paid-in surplus and contingency reserves. In addition, it is possible that Wisconsin will adopt revised statutory provisions or interpretations of existing statutory provisions that will be more or less restrictive than those described above or will otherwise take actions that may further restrict the ability of our insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions or returns of capital.
Wisconsin law imposes certain additional restrictions on our insurance subsidiaries for the first 5 years after the dates of issuance of their certificates of authority, including:
The insurance subsidiaries must give the WOCI up to 90 days', rather than 30 days', notice of a proposed dividend.
The insurance subsidiaries must give the WOCI up to 60 days' notice of any proposed substantive change in their business plans. The WOCI may disapprove the proposed changes, and the insurance subsidiaries must conform at all times to their filed business plans.
The insurance subsidiaries' directors and officers may be disapproved by the WOCI.
The insurance subsidiaries' investments are restricted unless otherwise approved by the WOCI.

We believe that we are in compliance with all of the WOCI's regulations.
MI companies licensed in Wisconsin are required to establish contingency loss reserves for purposes of statutory accounting in an amount equal to at least 50% of net earned premiums. These amounts cannot be withdrawn for a period of 10 years, except as permitted by insurance regulations. With regulatory approval, an MI company may make early withdrawals from the contingency reserve when incurred losses exceed 35% of net premiums earned in a calendar year.
Under applicable Wisconsin law, as well as that of 15 other states, a mortgage insurer must maintain a minimum amount of statutory capital relative to the risk in force (or a similar measure) in order for the mortgage insurer to continue to write new business. We refer to these requirements as the risk-to-capital requirement. While formulations of minimum capital may vary in certain jurisdictions, the most common measure applied allows for a maximum permitted risk-to-capital ratio of 25 to 1. Wisconsin has formula-based limits that typically result in limits slightly higher than the 25 to 1 ratio. Our operation plan filed with the WOCI and other state insurance departments in connection with NMIC's applications for licensure includes the expectation that we will downstream additional capital if needed so that NMIC does not exceed an 18 to 1 risk-to-capital ratio. After an initial period demonstrates successful NMIC operations, we will seek state insurance department approval, as needed, of an amendment increasing the ratio to Wisconsin's general formula-based limit or 25 to 1, as applicable.
We compute our risk-to-capital ratio on a separate company statutory basis, as well as for our combined insurance operations. The risk-to-capital ratio is our net risk in force divided by our policyholders' position. Our net risk in force will include both primary and pool risk in force, and excludes risk on policies that are

127



currently in default and for which loss reserves have been established. The net risk in force includes direct and assumed risk, less risk ceded and less risk already reserved. Wisconsin requires a mortgage guaranty insurer to maintain a "minimum policyholder position" as calculated in accordance with the regulations. Policyholders' position consists primarily of statutory policyholders' surplus (which increases as a result of statutory net income and contributions and decreases as a result of statutory net loss and dividends paid), plus the statutory contingency reserve. The statutory contingency reserve is reported as a liability on the statutory balance sheet; however for purposes of statutory capital and risk-to-capital ratio calculations, it is included as a capital component.
Most states, including Wisconsin, have anti-inducement and anti-rebate laws applicable to mortgage insurers, which prohibit mortgage insurers from inducing lenders to enter into insurance contracts by offering benefits not specified in the policy, including rebates. For example, Wisconsin prohibits a mortgage insurer from allowing any commission, fee, remuneration, or other compensation to be paid to, or received by, any insured lender, including any subsidiary or affiliate, officer, director, or employee of any insured, any member of their immediate family, any corporation, partnership, trust, trade association in which any insured is a member, or other entity in which any insured or any such officer, director, or employee or any member of their immediate family has a financial interest.
MI premium rates are also subject to state regulation to protect policyholders against the adverse effects of excessive, inadequate or unfairly discriminatory rates and to encourage competition in the insurance marketplace. Any increase in premium rates must be justified, generally on the basis of the insurer's loss experience, expenses and future trend analysis. The general mortgage default experience may also be considered. Premium rates are subject to review and challenge by state regulators.
Statutory Accounting
The statutory financial statements of NMIC, known as MAC Assurance Corporation prior to January 2012, are presented on the basis of accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the WOCI.

The WOCI recognizes only statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the State of Wisconsin for determining and reporting the financial condition and results of operations of an insurance company and for determining its solvency under the Wisconsin Insurance Statutes. The National Association of Insurance Commissioners' (“NAIC”) Accounting Practices and Procedures manual, in the version currently in effect, (“NAIC SAP”) has been adopted as a component of prescribed or permitted practices by the State of Wisconsin. The state has adopted certain prescribed accounting practices that differ from those found in NAIC SAP. As of June 30, 2013, the Company did not have any balances or transactions that were affected by these differences. The Commissioner of Insurance has the right to permit other specific practices that deviate from prescribed practices.

The statutory basis statements of our insurance subsidiaries determine those subsidiaries' ability to make dividend payments to our holding company, NMIH. The insurance subsidiaries had no net income and capital and surplus that created differences between NAIC SAP and practices prescribed and permitted by the State of Wisconsin.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with Statutory Accounting Principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities. It also requires disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


128



COMBINED STATUTORY BALANCES
               Net Loss
                Surplus (Deficit)
      Contingency Reserve
 
(In Thousands)
Six months ended June 30, 2013
$
(13,025
)
$
210,013

$
1

Six months ended June 30, 2012
$
(21
)
$
220,000

$

Twelve months ended December 31, 2012
$
(18
)
$
220,004

$

Period from May 19, 2011 to December 31, 2011
$
(598
)
$
(1,450
)
$


Licensing Process Overview
To conduct MI business with many, or potentially all, large, national lenders, we believe NMIC will need to be licensed in all 50 states and D.C. NMIC requires a certificate of authority, or insurance license, in each state or jurisdiction in which it issues insurance policies. As discussed above in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," NMIC is currently licensed in 48 states and D.C., and it has not yet received certificates of authority in Wyoming or Florida.
Other U.S. Regulation
Certain federal laws directly affect private mortgage insurers. Private mortgage insurers are impacted indirectly by federal legislation and regulation affecting mortgage originators and lenders, purchasers of mortgage loans, such as the GSEs, and governmental insurers such as the FHA and VA. For example, changes in federal housing legislation and other laws and regulations may affect the demand for private MI and therefore may have a material effect on our business. As discussed below, since the GSEs were placed into the conservatorship of the FHFA in 2008, there has been ongoing debate regarding the roles of the GSEs, the government and private capital in the U.S. housing finance system, and legislation has been proposed in both the House and Senate that if enacted would have differing impacts on the current role of mortgage insurance as credit enhancement.
In addition, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 amended certain provisions of the Truth In Lending Act ("TILA"), the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act ("RESPA"), and the Exchange Act that may have a significant impact on the Company's business prospects. The CFPB, a Federal agency created by the Dodd-Frank Act, is charged with implementation and enforcement of these provisions. The CFPB recently published its final ability to repay rule defining Qualified Mortgages (QM) and Federal Banking Regulators are in the process of finalizing a rule on Qualified Residential Mortgages (QRM) both of which are discussed further below. The CFPB also recently published residential mortgage servicing rules providing amendments to Regulation Z (TILA) and Regulation X (RESPA).
Further, mortgage origination and servicing transactions are subject to compliance with various federal and state consumer protection laws, including RESPA, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, the TILA, the Homeowners Protection Act of 1998, the Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1970 (“FCRA”), the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act and others. Among other things, these laws and their implementing regulations prohibit payments for referrals of settlement service business, require fairness and non-discrimination in granting or facilitating the granting of credit, govern the circumstances under which companies may obtain and use consumer credit information, define the manner in which companies may pursue collection activities, require disclosures of the cost of credit and provide for other consumer protections. The application of certain of these laws may depend on whether charges for mortgage insurance are included in determining whether the loan charges exceed a specified level that triggers application of the consumer protections.
Housing Finance Reform

129


Since the GSEs were placed into the conservatorship of the FHFA in 2008, there has been ongoing debate regarding the roles of the GSEs, the Federal government and private capital in the U.S. housing finance system. The Federal government currently plays a dominant role in the U.S. housing finance system through the GSEs and the FHA, VA and Ginnie Mae. There is broad policy consensus toward the need for private capital to play a larger role and government credit risk to be reduced. However, to date there has been a lack of consensus with regard to the specific changes necessary to return a larger role for private capital and how small the eventual role of government should become. The placement of the GSEs into the conservatorship of the FHFA has increased the likelihood that the U.S. Congress will act to address the role and purpose of the GSEs in the U.S. housing market and potentially legislate structural and other changes to the GSEs and the functioning of the secondary mortgage market.
In February 2011, the U.S. Department of the Treasury reported its recommendations regarding options for ending the conservatorship of the GSEs, and while it does not provide any definitive timeline for GSE reform, it does recommend substantially reducing the government's footprint in housing finance.  With respect to long-term reform, the proposal outlined three options for a future housing finance system, each of which differs in both the structure and scale of the Federal government's future role:
Recommendation One:  Privatized system of housing finance with the Federal government's role limited to providing assistance for narrowly targeted groups of borrowers, leaving the vast majority of the mortgage market to the private sector;
Recommendation Two:  Similar to One, but with ability for the Federal government to scale up to a larger share of the market if private capital withdraws in times of financial stress; and
Recommendation Three: Similar to Two, but with assistance to low- and moderate-income borrowers and with the Federal government providing catastrophic reinsurance behind private capital for securities of a targeted range of mortgages.
          Since 2011, there have been numerous legislative proposals that are premised on a Recommendation Three model, with government providing a backstop or guarantee for mortgage-backed securities for some portion of the market and are intended to wind down the GSEs in a piecemeal fashion. In addition, there were several comprehensive housing finance reform proposals introduced in Congress. Each of these proposals has been designed to eliminate the GSEs, while most of them would also replace the GSEs with a new mortgage financing system. The proposals vary greatly with regard to the government's role in the housing market, and more specifically, with regard to the existence of an explicit or implicit government guarantee. Under a Recommendation Three model, MI can provide capital to reduce taxpayer credit risk where government provides a backstop or guarantee.
Several proposals have been and are currently being considered by Congress. On July 24, 2012, the House Financial Services Committee passed H.R. 2767, "The Protecting American Taxpayers and Homeowners Act of 2013" (the "PATH Act"), a comprehensive secondary market reform plan similar to Recommendation One including a very limited risk-bearing role for government and winding down of the GSEs, as well as extensive reforms to the FHA. In August, 2013, the leadership of the Senate Banking Committee announced plans to hold extensive hearings and to consider legislation to address secondary market and GSE reform in late 2013. Legislation in the Senate is likely to be influenced by, among other things, proposed bipartisan legislation co-authored by Senators Bob Corker (R-TN) and Mark Warner (D-VA), titled S. 1217, "The Housing Finance Reform and Taxpayer Protection Act" (the "Corker-Warner Bill"). The Corker-Warner Bill sets a framework for GSE and secondary market reform that includes winding down the GSEs over a five year period and the creation of a new entity, the Federal Mortgage Insurance Corporation, or FMIC, as a successor to FHFA

130


with responsibility for running a catastrophic government insurance fund for certain mortgage-backed securities and regulating the operation of the secondary market. Among its provisions, properly underwritten mortgages meeting certain conditions, including private mortgage insurance on loans with LTVs in excess of 80%, will be eligible to be securitized with the catastrophic government guarantee provided by FMIC. The prospects for passage of housing finance and GSE reform legislation remain uncertain in both the House and Senate.
On August 6, 2013, President Obama publicly addressed housing finance and, among other announcements, issued a set of core principles for housing finance reform which endorsed a Recommendation Three model intended to ensure widespread and consistent access to 30-year fixed rate mortgages as the role of the GSEs is eventually transitioned out of the housing finance system. The Obama Administration also endorsed intermediate steps to transition to a new housing finance system, including systematically reducing the government's credit risk exposure at the GSEs through two key approaches, (i) a capital markets approach in which private investors take on the risk of the portfolio's first losses, and (ii) an insurance approach in which well capitalized and regulated private institutions insure a portfolio of mortgages against default and collect insurance premiums.
FHA Reform
We compete with the single-family mortgage insurance programs of the Federal Housing Administration, which is part of HUD. In HUD's annual report to Congress dated November 16, 2012 on the financial status of the FHA Mutual Mortgage Insurance Fund, or MMIF, the capital reserve ratio of the MMIF was a negative 1.44%, below the Congressionally mandated required minimum level of 2%. Further in a September 27, 2013 letter to Congress HUD announced that the MMIF would be required to take a mandatory appropriation of approximately $1.7 billion from the U.S. Treasury. The mandatory appropriation was necessary to permit FHA to meet the requirements of the Federal Credit Reform Act that at the end of each federal fiscal year each federal credit agency must have sufficient reserves to cover one hundred percent of anticipated future losses. In part as a result of this capital shortfall, Congress is considering legislation to reform the FHA. In 2012, an FHA reform bill, H.R. 4264 "The FHA Emergency Fiscal Solvency Act of 2012," passed the House of Representatives and came close to passage in the Senate. In July 2013, the House Financial Services Committee passed the PATH Act, which contains among its provisions extensive reforms to the FHA, including an increase to the minimum capital reserve ratio to 4%, a 5% minimum borrower down payment, mandated minimum premiums and increased premium authority, increased authority for the FHA to seek indemnification from lenders for improperly originated loans and requires the implementation of loan level risk sharing agreements. In addition, on July 31, 2013, the Senate Banking Committee passed S. 1376 "The FHA Solvency Act of 2013," which among other changes, raises the minimum capital reserve ratio to 3%, sets certain minimum and maximum premiums and grants authority for higher premiums than currently permitted, and strengthens the authority of the FHA to seek indemnifications from lenders for improperly originated loans. Despite areas of similarity, such as provisions to strengthen the solvency of the FHA MMIF, there are significant differences between the PATH Act and the FHA Solvency Act of 2013. The prospects for passage of FHA reform legislation in either the House or Senate, and how differences in proposed reforms between the House and Senate might be resolved in any final legislation, remain uncertain. If FHA reform were to raise FHA premiums, tighten FHA credit guidelines, make other changes which make lender use of the FHA less attractive, or implement credit risk sharing between the FHA and private mortgage insurers, these changes may be beneficial to our business. However, there can be no assurance that any FHA reform legislation will be enacted into law, and what provisions may be contained in final legislation, if any.
Qualified Mortgage Regulations

131


Another regulation required by the Dodd-Frank Act is the ability to repay ("ATR") mortgage rule, which governs the obligation of lenders to determine the borrower's ability to pay when originating a mortgage loan.  The CFPB issued final regulations on January 10, 2013 and an amendment on May 29, 2013 implementing detailed requirements on how lenders shall establish a borrower's ability to repay a mortgage loan. The ATR rule becomes effective January 10, 2014. A subset of mortgages within the ATR rule are known as "qualified mortgages" ("QMs"). For a mortgage loan to be a QM, the rule first prohibits certain loan features, such as negative amortization, points and fees in excess of 3% of the loan amount, and terms exceeding 30 years. The rule also establishes underwriting criteria for QMs including that a borrower must have a total debt-to-income ratio of less than or equal to 43%. QMs benefit from a statutory presumption of compliance with the ATR rule, thus limiting the liability of the creditor and assignee of the creditor under the Truth in Lending Act and ATR remedies. Because of the presumption, we anticipate that most loans originated after the ATR rule goes into effect will be QMs.
The rule also provides a temporary category of QMs that have more flexible underwriting requirements so long as they satisfy the general product feature requirements of QMs and meet the underwriting requirements of the GSEs or those of HUD, Department of Veterans Affairs or Rural Housing Service (collectively, “Other Federal Agencies”). The temporary category of QMs that meet the underwriting requirements of the GSEs or the Other Federal Agencies will phase out when the GSEs or the Other Federal Agencies issue their own qualified mortgage rules, if the GSEs' conservatorship ends, and in any case after seven years. On September 30, 2013, HUD proposed its own rule to define a "Qualified Mortgage" that would be insured, guaranteed or administered by HUD and therefore will be phased out of the temporary category upon final adoption of its own rule. We expect that most lenders will be reluctant to make loans that do not qualify as QMs because they will not be entitled to the presumptions about compliance with the ability-to-pay requirements.
The ATR regulation may impact the mortgage insurance industry in several ways. First, the ATR regulation will have a direct impact on establishing a subset of borrowers who can meet the regulatory QM standards and will have a direct effect on the size of the mortgage market in any given year once the regulations become effective. Second, under the ATR regulation, if the lender requires the borrower to purchase MI, then the MI premiums are included in monthly mortgage costs in determining the borrower's ability to repay the loan. The demand for MI may decrease if, and to the extent that, monthly MI premiums make it less likely that a loan will qualify for QM status, especially if MI alternatives, such as piggy-back loans, are relatively less expensive than MI.
Third, under the ATR regulation, mortgage insurance premiums that are payable at or prior to consummation of the loan are includible in points and fees for purposes of determining QM status unless, and to the extent that, such up-front premiums (“UFP”) are (i) less than or equal to the UFP charged by the FHA, and (ii) are automatically refundable on a pro rata basis upon satisfaction of the loan. (The FHA currently charges UFP of 1.75% on all residential mortgage loans, but it has the authority to change its UFP from time to time.) As inclusion of MI premiums towards the 3% cap will reduce the capacity for other points and fees in covered transactions, mortgage originators will be less likely to purchase single premium MI products to the extent that the associated premiums are deemed to be points and fees. As a result, we believe that the ATR rule may increase demand for monthly and annual MI products relative to single premium products.
Qualified Residential Mortgage Regulations
The Dodd-Frank Act generally requires an issuer of an asset-backed security or a person who organizes and initiates an asset-backed transaction (a “securitizer”) to retain at least 5% of the risk associated with securitized mortgage loans, although in some cases the retained risk may be allocated between the securitizer and the mortgage originator. This risk retention requirement does not apply to mortgage loans that are Qualified

132


Residential Mortgages (“QRMs”) or that are insured by the FHA or another federal agency. By exempting QRMs from the risk-retention requirement, the cost of securitizing these mortgages would be reduced, thus providing a market incentive for the origination of loans that are exempt from the risk-retention requirement.
The Dodd-Frank Act requires certain federal regulators, including the SEC, the FDIC, the OCC and (as to residential mortgage transactions) HUD and FHFA, to promulgate regulations providing for minimum credit risk-retention requirements in securitizations of residential mortgage loans that do not meet the definition of QRM. In March 2011, federal regulators issued the proposed credit risk retention rule, which the regulators re-proposed with certain revisions on August 28, 2013. The initial proposed rule suggested a maximum loan-to-value ratio (or, "LTV") of 80% in purchase transactions, 75% in rate and term refinance transactions, and 70% in cash-out refinancings, along with other restrictions such as limits on a borrower's debt-to-income ratio. The suggested LTV figures did not give consideration to MI in computing LTV. According to the re-proposal, the majority of commenters, including securitization sponsors, housing industry groups, mortgage bankers, lenders, consumer groups, and legislators opposed the agencies' original QRM proposal, recommending instead that almost all mortgages without features such as negative amortization, balloon payments, or teaser rates should qualify for an exemption from risk retention. Some commenters expressed support for additional factors, such as less stringent LTV restrictions and reliance on MI for high-LTV loans. The re-proposed rule did not carry forward the minimum LTV requirements and other specific restrictions. Instead, the federal regulators proposed that whether a particular loan transaction is a QRM, and thus not subject to the credit risk retention requirement, should be determined by reference to the “qualified mortgage” (QM) rule, discussed above. That is, if a residential mortgage loan is a QM loan, the loan would be considered a QRM loan. The federal regulators requested comment on whether the common definition of QRM should be limited to “safe harbor” QM loans or QM loans that satisfy either the “safe harbor” or “rebuttable presumption” QM standard.
Under this part of the re-proposed rule, because of the capital support provided by the U.S. government, the GSEs during their conservatorship would not be subject to the Dodd-Frank Act credit risk retention requirements. Changes in the conservatorship status of the GSEs or capital support provided to the GSEs by the U.S. government could impact the manner in which the credit risk retention rules apply to the GSEs. If the QRM rule is finalized in accordance with the federal regulators' re-proposal, it is difficult to predict the impact on the non-GSE loan securitization market and the demand for MI within this market.
The federal regulators in the re-proposal also presented an alternative approach to defining QRM, referred to as “QM plus.” Under this alternative, only certain types of residential mortgage loans, such as first-lien loans secured by 1-to-4 family principal dwelling units, could be considered QRM transactions. To be eligible for QRM status, the loan would have to be free of certain loan terms and have an LTV at closing no greater than 70%. Junior liens under the QM plus alternative would be permitted only in non-purchase money loan transactions and if permitted, would need to be included in the 70% LTV calculation. Under this alternative, mortgage insurance would not reduce the minimum LTV requirement. In addition, loans that achieve a QM status because they meet the CFPB's provisions for GSE-eligible transactions would not be considered QRM transactions under the alternative proposal. Changes in final regulations regarding treatment of GSE eligible mortgage loans could impact the manner in which the credit risk retention rule applies to GSE securitizations.
We, and the industry, continue to evaluate the expected impact of the re-proposed QRM rule on the MI industry, and such potential impact depends on, among other things, (i) the final definition of QRM and its requirements for LTV, loan features and debt-to-income ratio, (ii) whether the final definition will affect the size of the high-LTV mortgage market and (iii) the extent to which the mortgage purchase and securitization activities of the GSEs become a smaller portion of the overall mortgage finance market and securitizations subject to the risk retention requirements and the QRM exemption become a larger part of the mortgage market.

133


Basel III
In 1988, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision developed the Basel Capital Accord (“Basel I”), which set out international benchmarks for assessing banks' capital adequacy requirements. In June 2005, the Basel Committee issued an update to Basel I (as revised in November 2005, “Basel II”), which, among other factors, governs the capital treatment of MI purchased by domestic and international banks in respect of their origination and securitization activities. In November 2010, the United States agreed to a new capital framework known as Basel III. This new capital framework will replace the Basel II capital rules, which have not yet been implemented for U.S. depository institutions or holding companies. The Basel III framework will apply to the 10 to 12 largest U.S. banking organizations, as well as banking companies that have significant international operations. It may also be imposed on non-banking financial companies that are determined by the relevant regulators to present systemic risks to the U.S. financial system. The Basel III framework refines the Basel II risk-based structure by requiring the use of highly stressed scenarios in determining the appropriate levels of risk undertaken by banks, and it will also increase the required minimum capital ratios. The Basel III framework restricts the instruments that can count toward meeting the capital requirements, placing greater emphasis on common equity and retained earnings. Finally, Basel III will impose a new minimum liquidity standard on banking organizations.
The phase in period for the Basel III regime for larger banking organizations will begin in 2014 and for community banks in 2015. The final regulations increase the amount of capital and the quality of the capital required to be held by banks. In addition, the capital rules will continue to risk-weight assets based on internal models that use inputs such as the probability of default and the bank's expected loss given a default. The final version of the regulations continues the current treatment for the risk weighting of residential mortgage assets and the treatment of mortgage insurance as reducing the risk weighting on mortgages where the borrower has made a down payment of less than 20% of the value of the residential property. The draft Basel III regulations proposed by the regulators in 2012 would have increased the risk weightings of residential mortgage assets and did not require that MI be factored into the calculation of the risk weightings. In addition, the final regulations increase the risk weighting for mortgage servicing assets held by banks and require the mortgage servicing assets above certain levels be deducted from the calculation of Tier I equity. Since most low down payment mortgages originated today are either sold to the GSEs or insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA, we cannot predict what, if any, impact to the MI industry the Basel III regulations will have. Since a significant percentage of the mortgages insured by the MI industry are serviced by banks or bank-owned mortgage companies, the changes in risk weighting for mortgage servicing assets and the deductions from Tier I equity capital for mortgage servicing assets above certain levels could cause shifts in the amounts of mortgages serviced by banks and bank affiliates or subsidiaries relative to non-banking organizations. It is difficult to predict the impact these shifts may have on the quality of the servicing of insured mortgages or the ultimate impact on the MI industry.
Mortgage Servicing Rules

The Dodd-Frank Act amended and expanded upon mortgage servicing requirements under TILA and RESPA. The CFPB was required to amend Regulation Z (TILA) and Regulation X (RESPA) to conform these regulations to the statutory requirements. The CFPB issued final regulations on January17, 2013 implementing these detailed new mortgage servicing requirements. These rules are scheduled to become effective in January 2014. Included within these rules are new or enhanced requirements for handling escrow accounts, responding to borrower assertions of error and inquiries from borrower, special handling of loans that are in default, and loss mitigation in the event of borrower default. A provision of the required loss mitigation procedures prohibits the loan holder or servicer from commencing foreclosure until 120 days after the borrower's delinquency. Complying with the new rules could cause the servicing of mortgage loans to become more burdensome and

134


costly than it is today. As to servicing of mortgage loans covered by our insurance policies, these rules could contribute to delays in realization upon collateral and have an adverse impact on resolution of claims.
Homeowners Protection Act of 1998 ("HOPA")
HOPA provides for the automatic termination, or cancellation upon a borrower's request, of private MI upon satisfaction of certain conditions. HOPA requires that lenders give borrowers certain notices with regard to the automatic termination or cancellation of mortgage insurance. These provisions apply to borrower-paid MI for purchase money, refinance and construction loans secured by the borrower's principal dwelling. FHA and VA loans are not covered by HOPA. Under HOPA, automatic termination of MI would generally occur when the mortgage is first scheduled to reach an LTV of 78% of the home's original value, assuming that the borrower is current on the required mortgage payments. A borrower who has a “good payment history,” as defined by HOPA, may generally request cancellation of MI when the LTV is first scheduled to reach 80% of the home's original value or when actual payments reduce the loan balance to 80% of the home's original value, whichever occurs earlier. If MI coverage is not canceled at the borrower's request or by the automatic termination provision, the mortgage servicer must terminate MI coverage by the first day of the month following the date that is the midpoint of the loan's amortization, assuming the borrower is current on the required mortgage payments.
Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act of 1974
RESPA will apply to most residential mortgages insured by us. MI generally may be considered to be a “settlement service” for purposes of RESPA under applicable regulations. Subject to limited exceptions, RESPA prohibits persons from giving or accepting anything of value in connection with the referral of a settlement service. RESPA authorizes the CFPB to bring civil enforcement actions, and also provides for criminal penalties and private rights of action. RESPA also affects how we structure ancillary services that we may provide to our customers, if any, including underwriting services and risk-share arrangements. RESPA, in addition, imposes various duties and obligations on mortgage servicers.
Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975
Most originators of mortgage loans are required to collect and report data relating to a mortgage loan applicant's race, nationality, gender, marital status, and census tract to the CFPB under the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975 (“HMDA”). Mortgage insurers are not required pursuant to any law or regulation to report HMDA data, although, under the laws of several states, mortgage insurers are currently prohibited from discriminating on the basis of certain classifications. Certain mortgage insurers have, through the Mortgage Insurance Companies of America (“MICA”), an industry trade group, entered voluntarily into an agreement with the Federal Financial Institutions Examinations Council to report the same data on loans submitted for insurance as is required for most mortgage lenders under HMDA. Although not a MICA member, NMIC intends to comply with the terms of this agreement.
SAFE Act (Mortgage Loan Originator Licensing)

The SAFE Act requires mortgage loan originators to be licensed and/or registered with the Nationwide Mortgage Licensing System and Registry (the "Registry"). The Registry is a database established by the Conference of State Bank Supervisors and the American Association of Residential Mortgage Regulators. Among other things, the database was established to support the licensing of mortgage loan originators by each state. As part of this licensing and registration process, loan originators who are employees of institutions other than depository institutions or certain of their subsidiaries that are regulated by a Federal banking agency, must generally be licensed under the SAFE Act guidelines enacted by each state in which they engage in loan

135


originator activities and registered with the Registry. The SAFE Act generally prohibits employees of a depository institution (including certain of their subsidiaries that are regulated by a Federal banking agency) from originating residential mortgage loans without first registering with the Registry and maintaining that registration. We do not believe that the SAFE Act applies to our employees and/or contractors who review loan files in connection with underwriting mortgage insurance applications for the purpose of making mortgage insurance decisions. If, however, the SAFE Act is interpreted to apply to our underwriters or other employees or contractors, we would take steps to comply, which would increase the Company's costs.

Mortgage Insurance Tax Deduction
In 2006, Congress enacted the private mortgage insurance tax deduction in order to foster homeownership. The deduction was enacted on a temporary basis and it expired at the end of 2011. In January 2013, Congress passed the American Taxpayer Relief Act, which extended the private mortgage insurance tax deduction retroactively for one year and prospectively for one year through 2013. In 2012, legislation was also introduced that would make the private mortgage insurance deduction permanent. The proposed legislation may be reintroduced in the 113th Congress and considered as a part of the comprehensive tax reform debate. We cannot predict whether the tax deduction will be made permanent and if not, whether it will be further extended after 2013.
Privacy and Information Security
The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, or GLB, imposes privacy requirements on financial institutions, including obligations to protect and safeguard consumers’ nonpublic personal information and records, and limitations on the re-use of such information. Federal regulatory agencies have issued the Interagency Guidelines Establishing Information Security Standards (Security Guidelines), and interagency regulations regarding financial privacy (Privacy Rule) implementing sections of GLB. The Security Guidelines establish standards relating to administrative, technical and physical safeguards to ensure the security, confidentiality, integrity, and the proper disposal of consumer information. The Privacy Rule limits a financial institution’s disclosure of nonpublic personal information to unaffiliated third parties unless certain notice requirements are met and the consumer does not elect to prevent or “opt out” of the disclosure. The Privacy Rule also requires that privacy notices provided to customers and consumers describe the financial institutions’ policies and practices to protect the confidentiality and security of the information. With respect to NMIC, GLB is enforced by state insurance regulators, by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission ("FTC") for the Security Guidelines and by the FTC and CFPB for the Privacy Rule. Many states have enacted legislation implementing GLB and establishing information security regulation. Many states have enacted privacy and data security laws which impose compliance obligations beyond GLB, including obligations to protect social security numbers and provide notification in the event that a security breach results in a reasonable belief that unauthorized persons may have obtained access to consumer nonpublic information.
Fair Credit Reporting Act
The Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, or FCRA, imposes restrictions on the permissible use of credit report information. FCRA has been interpreted by some FTC staff to require mortgage insurance companies to provide “adverse action” notices to consumers in the event an application for mortgage insurance is declined on the basis of a review of the consumer’s credit. We intend to provide such notices when required.
Implications of and Elections Under the JOBS Act
As a company that had gross revenues of less than $1 billion during its last fiscal year, we are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act (an “EGC”). We will retain that status until the earliest

136


of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1,000,000,000 (as indexed for inflation in the manner set forth in the JOBS Act) or more; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous 3-year period, issued more than $1,000,000,000 in non-convertible debt; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act or any successor thereto. We expect to retain our status as an EGC through the remainder of this year. We believe that there is a substantial possibility that our ability to take advantage of any of the JOBS Act elections will cease at year end 2014, depending in large part on the market value of our equity at that time, as we believe that we will no longer meet all of the requirements to be considered an EGC at that point.
As an EGC, we are relieved from certain significant requirements:
we are exempted from compliance with Section 404(b) of Sarbanes-Oxley, which otherwise would have required our auditors to attest to and report on our internal control over financial reporting;
we are not required to comply with any new or revised financial accounting standard until such date as a private company (i.e., a company that is not an “issuer” as defined by Section 2(a) of Sarbanes-Oxley) is required to comply with such new or revised accounting standard. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable with another public company which is neither an ECG nor an ECG which has opted out of using the extended transition period;
we may elect to not comply with Item 402 of Regulation S-K, which requires extensive quantitative and qualitative disclosure regarding executive compensation, but instead disclose the more limited information required of a “smaller reporting company”;
in the event that we register our common stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the JOBS Act will also exempt us from the following additional compensation-related disclosure provisions that were imposed on U.S. public companies pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act: (i) the advisory vote on executive compensation required by Section 14A(a) of the Exchange Act, (ii) the requirements of Section 14A(b) of the Exchange Act relating to stockholder advisory votes on “golden parachute” compensation, (iii) the requirements of Section 14(i) of the Exchange Act as to disclosure relating to the relationship between executive compensation and our financial performance, and (iv) the requirement of Section 953(b)(1)of the Dodd-Frank Act, which will require disclosure as to the relationship between the compensation of the Company's chief executive officer and median employee pay.
Since we are not required, among other things, to file reports under Section 13 of the Exchange Act or to comply with certain provisions of Sarbanes-Oxley and the Dodd-Frank Act and certain provisions and reporting requirements of or under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act or to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards as long as we are an EGC, the JOBS Act has the effect of reducing the amount of information that we are required to provide for the foreseeable future.
Further, section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act provides that, as an EGC, the Company need not present more than 2 years of audited financial statements in order for a registration statement with respect to an initial public offering of its common equity securities to be effective, and in any other registration statement that it files with the SEC, it need not present selected financial data prescribed by the SEC in its regulations for any period prior to the earliest audited period presented in connection with its initial public offering.

137


MANAGEMENT
Directors and Executive Officers
Directors
The following table sets forth information regarding the members who serve on our board of directors as of the date of this prospectus. The business address of each of our directors listed below is c/o NMI Holdings, Inc., 2100 Powell Street, 12th Floor, Emeryville, CA.
Name
 
Age
 
Position with NMIH
Bradley M. Shuster
 
58
 
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
Michael Embler
 
46
 
Director
James G. Jones
 
65
 
Director
Michael Montgomery
 
58
 
Director
John Brandon Osmon
 
38
 
Director
James H. Ozanne
 
70
 
Director
Steven L. Scheid
 
60
 
Lead Director

Bradley M. Shuster, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
Mr. Shuster currently serves as Chairman of our Board and our Chief Executive Officer, positions he has held since 2012. With Mr. Shuster's extensive experience developing and operating MI companies and insurance industry background, we believe he is qualified to serve as Chairman of our Board and as our Chief Executive Officer. From 2008 to 2011, Mr. Shuster has held various consulting positions assisting private investors with evaluating opportunities in the insurance industry. Mr. Shuster was an executive of The PMI Group, Inc. (“PMI”) from 2003 to 2008, where he served as president of International and Strategic Investments and chief executive officer of PMI Capital Corporation. Prior to that, he served as PMI's executive vice president of Corporate Development and senior vice president, treasurer and chief investment officer. Mr. Shuster was responsible for PMI's international operations, coordinating both acquisitions and de novo operations in diverse markets including Australia, Canada, Europe and Hong Kong. Prior to leaving PMI, Mr. Shuster was instrumental in the sale of PMI's Australian operations to QBE Group, a global insurance company, for approximately $1 billion. Before joining PMI in 1995, Mr. Shuster was a partner at Deloitte LLP, where he served as partner-in-charge of Deloitte's Northern California Insurance Practice and Mortgage Banking Practice. He holds a B.S. from The University of California, Berkeley and an M.B.A. from The University of California, Los Angeles.
Michael Embler, Director
Mr. Embler has served on our Board since July 2012. Mr. Embler has over 20 years of experience in investments and financial markets. Mr. Embler also serves on the boards of CIT Group (from 2009) and The Corlears School (from 2008), a non-profit institution. Previously, he was on the boards of Abovenet, Inc. (2003-2012), Dynegy Inc. (2011-2012), Kindred Healthcare (2001-2008), and Grand Union Company (1999-2000). Mr. Embler served as the chief investment officer of Franklin Mutual Advisers LLC, an asset management subsidiary of Franklin Resources, Inc., overseeing approximately $60 billion in assets and 25 investment professionals. He joined Franklin in 2001 and retired from Franklin Mutual in 2009. Prior to serving as chief investment officer, he managed the firm's distressed investing strategy. Previously, from October 1992 until May 2001, he was with Nomura Holdings America. In his role as managing director from

138


2000 until 2001, Mr. Embler managed a team which invested a proprietary fund focused on distressed and other event-driven corporate investments. Mr. Embler received a B.S. in economics from the State University of New York at Albany and earned an M.B.A. in finance from George Washington University. Based on Mr. Embler's extensive financial industry background, we believe he is qualified to serve on the Board.

James G. Jones, Director
Mr. Jones has served on our Board since July 2012. He has been the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of AccountNow, Inc., a leading internet prepaid card issuer, since January, 2010. Mr. Jones also serves as an independent director on the boards of Advanced Payment Solutions (from 2004), Bora Payment Systems (from 2009), and Community Lend (from 2008), and has previously served on the boards of Visa USA, E- Loan, Inc., BA Merchant Services, DebtMarket, Residential Capital, LLC, and Bank of America, NA. Previously in his career, he has held senior executive positions for major banks and financial services companies. From May 1992 to September 2000, Mr. Jones served as the group executive vice president for consumer credit and subsequently as president of direct banking at Bank of America. He was a vice chairman at Providian Financial Services from September 2000 to June 2003. He was a senior executive vice president with Universal Savings Bank from November 2004 until March 2006. He subsequently served as chief executive officer of Aegis Mortgage from October 2006 to February 2007, after which he served as the chief executive officer at GMAC Residential Capital, a major participant in US residential finance, from February 2007 to August 2008. Mr. Jones also directed consumer finance business lines at Citicorp (1974 to 1978), Crocker National Bank (1978 to 1983) (including mortgage servicing), and Wells Fargo (1983 to 1992) (including residential finance). Mr. Jones holds a B.A. in psychology from Washburn University, an M.A. in industrial psychology from the University of Nebraska at Omaha and an M.B.A. from the University of Kansas. With Mr. Jones' more than 35 years of executive experience in commercial banking, consumer lending, payment processing and related financial services, we believe he is qualified to serve on our Board.

Michael Montgomery, Director
Mr. Montgomery has served on our Board since July 2012. He has served on the boards of directors for numerous regulated entities, including FDIC-insured banks, mortgage origination companies, mortgage servicing companies, broker dealers and investment advisers. Mr. Montgomery was a member of the boards of directors of Barclays Bank Delaware from 2005 until 2012 and of Barclays Capital Inc. and Barclays Group US, Inc. from 2002 until 2012. In April 2013, Mr. Montgomery joined Glendon Capital Management as its chief compliance officer. From July 2010 until April 2013, Mr. Montgomery served as chief compliance officer of Barclays Asset Management Group LLC. Previously, Mr. Montgomery served as chief executive officer of Barclays Group US, Inc. the top-tier U.S. holding company for Barclays from 2003 until 2010, and has significant experience as an audit committee member. From July 2006 to July 2010, he served as chief administrative officer of Mortgage Origination and Servicing at Barclays Capital, a position in which he managed mortgage origination and servicing activities and coordinated the underwriting, production, warehousing and servicing functions with its New York-based asset securitization business. From 1998 until 2000, Mr. Montgomery served as chief financial officer for Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. He served in various positions at Goldman Sachs & Co. from 1987 to 1998, including as vice-president of UK Regulatory Reporting, vice-president of Subsidiary Accounting, vice-president and director of Regulatory Reporting and chief financial officer of Goldman Sachs Canada. Mr. Montgomery has also previously held operating roles as chief financial officer and chief administrative officer and has served on several industry-wide committees for the Securities Industry Association, the Bond Market Association and the Public Securities Association. Mr. Montgomery earned a B.A. in economics and French literature from the University of Virginia and a J.D. from

139


Georgetown University Law Center. Mr. Montgomery has over 26 years of experience working at global commercial and investment banks, and we believe he is qualified to serve on our Board.

John Brandon Osmon, Director
Mr. Osmon has served on our Board since July 2012. He has nearly 15 years of experience in structured finance, consumer and mortgage credit, and we believe he is qualified to serve on our Board. Mr. Osmon is a managing director at Hayman Capital Management, LP, where he is responsible for the firm's investments in mortgage-backed securities. Prior to joining Hayman in September 2007, Mr. Osmon served as a senior vice president at Countrywide Financial Corporation from January 2005 until September 2007, where he managed the company's asset-backed commercial paper programs and secured warehouse lines of credit. His responsibilities included structuring the company's facilities, legal documentation and rating agency negotiations. Mr. Osmon also assisted in liquidity forecasting at Countrywide. Previously, from September 2000 until January 2005, Mr. Osmon managed the conduit finance, securitization modeling and derivatives groups at AmeriCredit Corp. He was also responsible for modeling all current and prospective term securitizations at AmeriCredit and assisted in structuring the company's short-term asset-backed financing programs. Mr. Osmon received a B.A. in Business Administration with a concentration in finance from the University of Texas.

James H. Ozanne, Director
Mr. Ozanne has served on our Board since the Company's inception in 2012. With over 40 years of experience in the financial services industry, including senior level executive positions at several leasing, rental, and consumer finance businesses, we believe Mr. Ozanne is qualified to serve on our Board. Since 2012, Mr. Ozanne has been a director of United Rentals, Inc. He has been a director of ZBB Energy, a manufacturer of specialized batteries and alternative energy electrical equipment, since 2011. From 2007 to 2012, he served as lead director of RSC Holdings, Inc., a nationwide equipment rental company. From 1989 to 2009 he served as a director of Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd., a provider of guaranty insurance on municipal bonds and other public finance projects. Mr. Ozanne was also a director at Distributed Energy Systems Corp., a company that created and delivered wind and hydrogen power solutions from 2002 to 2009. From 1983 to 1989, Mr. Ozanne served as executive vice president of GE Capital Corporation and was responsible for the consumer finance and operating lease/asset management business units. He served as chief executive officer and chief financial officer of North American Car Corporation, the railcar leasing subsidiary of Flying Tiger Lines, from 1975 to 1983. Mr. Ozanne holds a B.S. from DePaul University and is a director of the Appalachian Mountain Club.

Steven L. Scheid, Lead Director
Mr. Scheid has served as a member of our Board since the Company's inception in 2012. A veteran financial industry executive with over 30 years of experience, Mr. Scheid has a deep expertise in finance, retail strategies, risk management and investment services and is qualified to serve on our Board. He has served on the board of Blue Nile Company, an online retailer of diamonds and fine jewelry, since 2007. Mr. Scheid formerly served on the boards of Janus Capital Group Inc., a global investment firm, from 2002 to 2012 and The PMI Group, Inc. from 2002 to 2009. Mr. Scheid was previously a partner at Strategic Execution Group, a consulting firm, from, 2007 to 2012. He served as the chairman of Janus Capital Group Inc. until 2012 and also served as the company's chief executive officer from 2004 to 2006. Mr. Scheid was an operating partner at Thoma Bravo, LLC, a private equity firm from 2008 to 2011. From 1996 to 2002, Mr. Scheid served in multiple senior executive positions for Charles Schwab Corporation. He was vice chairman of the Charles Schwab Corporation and president of the Schwab Retail Group. Prior to these roles, Mr. Scheid served as

140


Schwab's chief financial officer and was the chief executive officer of Charles Schwab Investment Management. He served as the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco's representative on the Federal Advisory Council in Washington, D.C. from September 2000 to February 2002. Mr. Scheid is a certified public accountant and holds a B.S. in accounting from Michigan State University.
Executive Officers
The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers as of the date of this prospectus. The business address of each of our executive officers listed below is c/o NMI Holdings, Inc., 2100 Powell Street, 12th Floor, Emeryville, CA.
Name
 
Age
 
Position with NMIH
 
 
 
 
 
Bradley M. Shuster
 
58
 
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
John (Jay) M. Sherwood, Jr.
 
44
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Glen S. Corso
 
62
 
General Counsel and Secretary
Patrick L. Mathis
 
53
 
Executive Vice President, Chief Risk Officer
Claudia J. Merkle
 
54
 
Executive Vice President, Chief Insurance Operations Officer
Stan Pachura
 
60
 
Executive Vice President, Chief Information Officer
Peter C. Pannes
 
48
 
Executive Vice President, Chief Sales Officer

Bradley M. Shuster, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
Mr. Shuster's biography is included under "—Directors" above.
John (Jay) M. Sherwood, Jr., Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Mr. Sherwood has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since 2012. Mr. Sherwood previously was a managing director at Eastbourne Capital Management, L.L.C., a private investment manager, from 2005 to 2010. In that role, he assisted in managing a $3 billion equity hedge fund and helped to grow the firm's assets through successful investments and by expanding its investor base. Prior to that, Mr. Sherwood served as managing director at Robertson Stephens Investment Management and, subsequently, RS Investments, a mutual fund manager, from 1995 to 2005, where he was a securities analyst and co-portfolio manager of two mutual funds. From 1993 to 1995, Mr. Sherwood was a staff accountant and senior auditor for Deloitte LLP. He holds a B.A. from the University of California, Los Angeles.
Glen S. Corso, Executive Vice President, General Counsel
Mr. Corso has served as our Executive Vice President and General Counsel since 2012. Prior to NMIH, Mr. Corso co-founded and served as managing director for Mortgage Banking Initiatives, Inc., a public policy group with a client base of independent mortgage banking companies from 2009 to 2012. His work involved lobbying, regulatory analysis and communications. Previously, Mr. Corso served as group senior vice president, public policy at PMI from 2006 to 2008. He directed the firm's global government relations, public relations, and housing advocacy efforts. Earlier in his career, Mr. Corso held other executive positions at PMI, heading capital management, investor relations and public relations from 1998-2006. He is a member of the bars of the District of Columbia, Maryland and Texas. Mr. Corso holds a B.S. from the University of Notre Dame and a J.D. from Catholic University School of Law.

141


Patrick Mathis, Executive Vice President, Chief Risk Officer
Mr. Mathis has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer since 2012. He oversees and manages risk and internal audit for NMIH. He has over 25 years of experience in the insurance, mortgage and financial industries, including executive level positions in the areas of risk and credit management. Prior to NMIH, Mr. Mathis served as senior vice president, head of credit risk management for PMI Mortgage Insurance Co., (“PMIC”) from January 2009 to May 2012. In that capacity, he managed loss reserving, credit policy formulation and quality control for PMIC underwriters as well as for loans underwritten by customers on a delegated basis. Previously, from January 2005 to December 2008, Mr. Mathis served as senior vice president, chief risk officer at PMI Capital Corporation. In that role, he held oversight responsibility for international mortgage insurance subsidiaries in Australia, Europe, Hong Kong and Canada. Earlier in his career, Mr. Mathis held executive roles in credit and insured portfolio management at XL Capital Assurance and MBIA, Inc. Mr. Mathis holds a B.A. from the University of North Carolina-Chapel Hill and an M.B.A. from the University of Texas-Austin.

Claudia J. Merkle, Executive Vice President, Chief of Insurance Operations
Ms. Merkle has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief of Insurance Operations since 2013. Ms. Merkle joined NMIH in May 2012 as its Senior Vice President of Underwriting Fulfillment and Risk Operations. In her current role, she oversees insurance operations, underwriting fulfillment, risk operations, policy and default servicing and quality assurance. A seasoned mortgage industry executive, Ms. Merkle draws on 25 years of experience in mortgage banking, mortgage insurance, business development and operations. Prior to NMIH, Ms. Merkle served as vice president of national and regional accounts, risk and operations at PMIC, from 1996 to 2012. She has held previous executive leadership positions within the mortgage banking and mortgage insurance industries, including both national and regional business development, operations and risk management. Earlier in her career, Ms. Merkle served as vice president, regional manager at Meridian Mortgage, from 1990 to 1996, managing retail mortgage originations. She also held roles at Wachovia Bank in training, retail mortgage origination, underwriting, operations and Community Reinvestment Act lending. Ms. Merkle holds a B.S. in management from the Wharton School of Business, University of Pennsylvania.

Stan Pachura, Executive Vice President, Chief Information Officer
Mr. Pachura has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer since 2012. He provides creative and operational direction for the Company's information technology platform, which supports the Company's innovative and strategic vision. He is a seasoned executive with over 30 years of managerial and technical experience in the banking, mortgage banking and mortgage insurance industries. Prior to NMIH, Mr. Pachura was senior vice president and chief information officer for PMIC from 2008 to 2012. In that role, he was responsible for all information technology functions for PMIC, including internal information services, e-commerce, and customer technology activities. Prior to that, he served as PMIC's senior vice president and chief technology officer from 2005 to 2008, during which he managed and directed all database, network and data center operations for the corporation. During his tenure at PMIC, Mr. Pachura also held other key roles, including in customer technology licensing, internet e-business, mergers and acquisitions, business intelligence and infrastructure and operations. Previously, Mr. Pachura was a manager with Key Services Inc./Goldome Realty Credit Corp. from 1983 to 1995 and an information systems consultant with Dataware, Inc. from 1973 to 1983. Mr. Pachura is president of the board of directors for the Greater Bay Area Chapter of the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation (JDRF).


142


Peter C. Pannes, Executive Vice President, Chief Sales Officer
Mr. Pannes has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Sales Officer since 2012. He oversees sales and marketing at NMIH and is responsible for business development strategy and execution, including marketing and product development and sales operations and analytics. Mr. Pannes has 24 years of experience in the mortgage insurance and banking industries and has held executive positions at leading mortgage insurance companies. Prior to NMIH, Mr. Pannes served in various executive positions at PMIC. From 2006 until 2011, he led the mortgage insurance production team as PMIC's senior vice president of field sales and national accounts, and from late 2004 to 2006, he was vice president of field sales and oversaw a number of select national accounts. Previously, from 2000 to 2004, Mr. Pannes served as senior vice president and general manager at CMG Mortgage Insurance Company (“CMG”), a joint venture between PMIC and CUNA Mutual Group. At CMG, he originally held leadership positions in sales and production. In subsequent assignments, Mr. Pannes was responsible for CMG's operations, loss mitigation, underwriting, claims and servicing. Late in 2011, Mr. Pannes was asked to temporarily return to CMG to rebuild and repair operational inefficiencies. In that role, he was responsible for servicing, claims, operations, and credit policy. He held this position for 6 months before joining NMIH. Mr. Pannes also held management committee, finance committee (intermittently), and board of director positions for CMG from 2005 until his departure in 2012. Mr. Pannes holds a B.S. in purchasing and materials management from Arizona State University and has completed post-graduate business courses at the University of Chicago and Northwestern University's Kellogg School of Management. He is a graduate of the Mortgage Bankers Association School of Mortgage Banking.
Board of Directors
The number of members of our board of directors (the "Board") will be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board. Our Board currently consists of seven members.  All of the directors other than Mr. Shuster qualify as independent directors under the corporate governance standards of the NASDAQ. Each member of our Board serves a one-year term or until his successor has been elected and qualified.
Although most actions taken by our Board require approval by a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present, our bylaws provide that certain actions taken by us must be approved by a unanimous vote of all of the non-employee directors, unless such actions have otherwise been approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock. These actions include (i) incurrence by us of liabilities in a single transaction or series of transactions in excess of $10 million (other than the writing of mortgage insurance policies in the ordinary course of business); (ii) entry by us into an employment agreement with any individual (other than Messrs. Shuster, Sherwood and McCourt) that provide for compensation, taken in the aggregate, in excess of the compensation provided for in the employment agreement of Mr. Sherwood as described in “Compensation Employment Agreements and Letter Agreements Employment Agreement with John (Jay) M. Sherwood, Jr.,” excluding for these purposes the bonuses Mr. Sherwood received on achievement of GSE Approval and filing of the Shelf Registration Statement and will receive upon effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement (see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions - Registration Rights Agreements); and (iii) issuances of equity to our employees, directors or consultants other than issuances pursuant to the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan. This provision will terminate at such time as our common stock begins trading on a national securities exchange.

Committees of the Board of Directors
The Board has four committees: Audit; Compensation; Nominating and Governance; and Risk. Information regarding these committees is provided below.

143


Audit Committee
The members of the Audit Committee are Messrs. Embler, Montgomery and Osmon, each of whom qualifies as an “independent” director as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the NASDAQ. Mr. Embler is the chairperson of the Audit Committee and each member of the Audit Committee also serves as a "financial expert" to our Audit Committee, as that term is defined in SEC rules.
The Audit Committee is responsible for, among other things, monitoring:
the integrity of the financial statements of the Company;

the independent auditor's qualifications and independence;

the performance of the Company's internal audit function and independent auditors;

the Company's system of disclosure controls and system of internal controls over financial reporting; and

the Company's compliance with legal and regulatory requirements.

Compensation Committee
The members of the Compensation Committee are Messrs. Ozanne, Embler and Scheid, each of whom qualifies as an “independent” director as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the NASDAQ. Mr. Ozanne is the chairperson of the Compensation Committee.
The Compensation Committee is responsible for, among other things:
overseeing our executive compensation program, including approving corporate goals relating to compensation for our Chief Executive Officer and other senior executives and determining the annual compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other senior executives;

reviewing and approving the compensation policy recommended by management with respect to other employees;

determining, subject to ratification by our independent directors, the compensation of our independent directors; and

preparing the Compensation Committee Report and reviewing the Compensation Discussion and Analysis included in our proxy statements.
Nominating and Governance Committee
The members of the Nominating and Governance Committee are Messrs. Scheid, Ozanne and Jones, each of whom qualifies as an “independent” director under our Corporate Governance Guidelines and the applicable rules and regulations of the NASDAQ. Mr. Scheid is the chairperson of our Nominating and Governance Committee.
The Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for, among other things:

144


identifying individuals qualified to become Board members, and recommending to the Board nominees for election for the next annual meeting of stockholders;

reviewing the qualifications and independence of the members of the Board and its committees on a regular periodic basis;

recommending to the Board corporate governance guidelines and reviewing such guidelines, as well as the Nominating and Governance Committee charter to confirm that they remain consistent with sound corporate governance practices and with any legal requirements;

leading the Board in its annual review of the Board's performance; and

recommending committee assignments for members of the Board.

Risk Committee
The members of the Risk Committee are Messrs. Jones, Montgomery and Osmon, each of whom qualifies as an “independent” director as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the NASDAQ. Mr. Jones is the chairperson of our Risk Committee.
The Risk Committee is responsible for oversight of management's operation of the Company's mortgage insurance business and the management of the Company's investment portfolio, including, among other things:
discussing, reviewing and monitoring the Company's mortgage insurance products, including premium rates, underwriting guidelines and returns;

reviewing and approving the Company's investment policy;

reviewing the mortgage insurance operating environment, including the state of local and regional housing markets, competitive forces affecting the Company and the Company's relationships with residential mortgage lenders and investors; and

assisting the Board in its oversight of the Company's risk management policies, procedures and processes.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
Our Board has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics (the “Code of Ethics”) that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and persons performing similar functions. If we amend or grant any waiver from a provision of our Code of Ethics that applies to our executive officers, we will publicly disclose such amendment or waiver on our website as required by applicable law.

145


COMPENSATION
2012 Summary Compensation Table

The following summary compensation table sets forth information regarding the compensation paid, awarded to or earned during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 for our Chief Executive Officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers on December 31, 2012. In addition, we provide summary compensation data for James R. McCourt, an additional officer who would have qualified as one of our two most highly compensated executive officers but for the fact that his employment status changed, as described below, and he was no longer serving as an executive officer on December 31, 2012. Throughout this section, these four officers are referred to as our “named executive officers.”
Name and Principal
Position
Year
NMIH
Pre-Capitalization Consulting Fee(1)
Salary
Bonus(2) 
Stock Awards(3)
Option Awards(4)
Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
All Other Compensation
Total
Bradley M. Shuster, President and Chief Executive Officer
2012
$226,323
$163,692
$452,623
$5,041,575
$3,521,100
$9,405,313
John (Jay) M. Sherwood, Jr., Chief Financial Officer
2012
$226,323
$163,692
$301,749
$2,520,788
$1,760,550
$4,973,102
Stanley M. Pachura, Chief Information Officer
2012
$32,129
$163,692
$198,023
$95,060
$683,520
$1,172,424
James R. McCourt, VP of Administration and Former Executive Vice President of Insurance Operations and Chief Risk Officer (5)
2012
$131,000
$163,692
$68,580
$840,263
$586,850
$1,790,385
 


(1)
The named executive officers were paid as consultants to the Company prior to its capitalization. Amounts shown include consulting fees earned during 2011 and 2012. The entire amounts shown were paid in 2012 upon capitalization.
(2)
Bonus amounts were earned in 2012 but paid in 2013.
(3)
The amounts in this column reflect the grant date fair value of the restricted stock units awarded to our named executive officers in 2012 calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation (“FASB ASC Topic 718”). The amounts included in this column for the restricted stock unit awards subject to performance-based vesting conditions are calculated using a Monte Carlo Simulation model based on the average outcome of 150,000 simulations using the assumptions set forth in note 11 of the consolidated financial statements. The grant date fair value of the performance shares does not correspond to the actual value that may be recognized by each of the named executive officers with respect to these awards, which may be higher or lower based on the company’s performance and stock price fluctuations. Under ASC Topic 718, the vesting condition related to the performance shares granted to named executive officers is considered a market condition and not a performance condition. Accordingly, there is no grant date fair value below or in excess of the amounts reflected in the table above that could be calculated and disclosed based on achievement of market conditions.
(4)
The amounts included in this column reflect the grant date fair value of stock option awards granted to our named executive officers in 2012. The grant date fair value was determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The grant date fair value of the stock options is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. See note 11 of the consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the assumptions made in valuing these awards.
(5)
In April 2012, Mr. McCourt entered into a letter agreement with the Company to serve as its Executive Vice President of Insurance Operations and Chief Risk Officer. At that time, Mr. McCourt was issued 151,250 stock options and 123,750 restricted stock units ("RSUs"). In October 2012, the Company and Mr. McCourt mutually agreed to terminate his April 2012 letter agreement and enter into a new letter agreement pursuant to which Mr. McCourt began serving as the Company's VP of Administration. In connection with the change to his terms of employment, Mr. McCourt forfeited 131,250 of his stock options and 113,750 of his RSUs. The values shown for Mr. McCourt's stock and option awards were calculated based on their values, as of the date of the grants, without giving effect to the forfeitures. As of December 31, 2012, Mr. McCourt held 10,000 RSUs valued at $67,900 and 20,000 option awards valued at $77,600.

Employment Agreements and Letter Agreements
In connection with our private placement, we entered into agreements with Messrs. Shuster, Sherwood, Pachura and McCourt. The following is a summary of the material terms of each such agreement.

146


Employment Agreement with Bradley M. Shuster
We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Shuster, pursuant to which he serves as our President and Chief Executive Officer. The term of the employment agreement began on the closing of the private placement and ends three years from the date of GSE Approval (which occurred in January 2013) or, if later, two years following a “change in control” (which is substantially the same as the definition in the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan as set forth below) unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of the employment agreement. For the period between the closing of the private placement and the GSE Approval, Mr. Shuster was paid a base salary of $20,000 per month. Since the GSE Approval, Mr. Shuster's annual base salary has been $600,000, and he will be eligible for an annual cash bonus, with a target annual bonus opportunity of 100% of his annual base salary and a guaranteed minimum annual bonus of 50% of his base salary for the year during which the GSE Approval was achieved, as well as lump sum cash bonuses of (i) $300,000 upon the achievement of the GSE Approval (which was paid to Mr. Shuster in January 2013), (ii) $300,000 upon the filing of the registration statement registering the resale of the registrable shares and (iii) $300,000 upon the effectiveness of such registration statement, in each case within specified time periods. In addition, during the employment period, Mr. Shuster will receive employee benefits on a basis no less favorable than those provided to our other senior executives. We also granted Mr. Shuster certain equity awards under his employment agreement pursuant to our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan, which are described and quantified below under the heading “Equity Awards Granted to Named Executive Officers.” In addition, Mr. Shuster is eligible to receive certain severance benefits, including enhanced severance benefits in the event of a qualifying termination of employment within two years following a “change in control.” Please see the “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” section of this prospectus for a description of the severance benefits that Mr. Shuster would be eligible to receive as of December 31, 2012.
Employment Agreement with John (Jay) M. Sherwood, Jr.
We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Sherwood, pursuant to which he serves as our Chief Financial Officer. The term of the employment agreement began on the closing of the private placement and ends three years from the date of the GSE Approval or, if later, two years from a “change in control” unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of the employment agreement. For the period between the closing of the private placement and the GSE Approval, Mr. Sherwood was paid a base salary of $20,000 per month. Since the GSE Approval, Mr. Sherwood's annual base salary has been $400,000, and he will be eligible for an annual cash bonus, with a target annual bonus opportunity of 100% of his annual base salary and a guaranteed minimum annual bonus of 50% of his base salary for the year during which the GSE Approval is achieved, as well as lump sum cash bonuses of (i) $200,000 upon the achievement of the GSE Approval (which was paid to Mr. Sherwood in January 2013), (ii) $200,000 upon the filing of the registration statement registering the resale of the registrable shares and (iii) $200,000 upon the effectiveness of such registration statement, in each case within specified time periods. In addition, during the employment period, Mr. Sherwood will receive employee benefits on a basis no less favorable than those provided to our other senior executives. We also granted Mr. Sherwood certain equity awards under his employment agreement pursuant to our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan, which are described and quantified below under the heading “Equity Awards Granted to Named Executive Officers.” In addition, Mr. Sherwood is eligible to receive certain severance benefits, including enhanced severance benefits in the event of a qualifying termination of employment within two years following a “change in control.” Please see the “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” section of this prospectus for a description of the severance benefits that Mr. Sherwood would be eligible to receive as of December 31, 2012.

147


Letter Agreement with Stanley Pachura
We entered into a letter agreement with Mr. Pachura, pursuant to which he serves as our Chief Information Officer, for a three-year term that commenced upon the closing of the private placement. For the period between the closing of the private placement and the GSE Approval, Mr. Pachura was paid a base salary of $20,000 per month. Since the GSE Approval, Mr. Pachura's annual base salary has been $350,000, and he will be eligible for an annual cash bonus, with a target annual bonus opportunity of 75% of his annual base salary and a guaranteed minimum annual bonus of 50% of his annual base salary for the year during which the GSE Approval is achieved, as well as a lump sum cash bonus of $100,000 upon the achievement of the GSE Approval (which was paid to Mr. Pachura in January 2013). We also granted Mr. Pachura certain equity awards under his employment agreement pursuant to our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan, which are described and quantified below under the heading “Equity Awards Granted to Named Executive Officers.” In addition, Mr. Pachura is eligible to receive certain severance benefits, including enhanced severance benefits in the event of a qualifying termination of employment within one year following a “change in control.” Please see the “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” section of this prospectus for a description of the severance benefits that Mr. Pachura would be eligible to receive as of December 31, 2012.
Letter Agreement with James R. McCourt
In connection with the private placement, we entered into a letter agreement with Mr. McCourt, which was subsequently superseded in October 2012 by a new letter agreement, pursuant to which he serves as our Vice President of Administration. For the period between the closing of the private placement and the GSE Approval, Mr. McCourt was paid a base salary of $20,000 per month. Since the GSE Approval, Mr. McCourt's annual base salary has been $200,000, and he is eligible for an annual cash bonus, with a target annual bonus opportunity of 35% of his annual base salary and a guaranteed minimum annual bonus of 50% of his annual base salary for the year during which the GSE Approval is achieved, as well as a lump sum cash bonus equal to $125,000 upon the achievement of the GSE Approval (which was paid to Mr. McCourt in January 2013). We also granted Mr. McCourt certain equity awards under his employment agreement pursuant to our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (some of which were subsequently forfeited), which are described and quantified below under the heading “Equity Awards Granted to Named Executive Officers.
Equity Awards Granted to Named Executive Officers
As disclosed above, in connection with the closing of the private placement, we granted equity awards to Messrs. Shuster, Sherwood, Pachura and McCourt. Mr. Shuster was granted stock options with respect to 907,500 shares of our Class A common stock and 742,500 RSUs, Mr. Sherwood was granted stock options with respect to 453,750 shares of our Class A common stock and 371,250 RSUs, Mr. Pachura was granted stock options with respect to 178,000 shares of our Class A common stock and 14,000 RSUs and Mr. McCourt was granted stock options with respect to 151,250 shares of our Class A common stock and 123,750 RSUs. Mr. McCourt subsequently forfeited a portion of the awards granted in connection with the closing of the private placement and, as of December 31, 2012, held stock options with respect to 20,000 shares of our Class A common stock and 10,000 RSUs. All of the RSUs were initially granted with the performance vesting conditions described below, but in February 2013 the awards were amended to provide that two-thirds of the RSUs continue to vest based on performance conditions and one-third of the RSUs vest solely based on the passage of time. The equity awards granted to our named executive officers (as amended to provide for time vesting of certain RSUs) will generally be subject to the following minimum vesting conditions (in each case, generally subject to continued service through the applicable vesting date):


148


100% of the outstanding RSU grants vest as follows:

Performance Vesting RSUs (“performance shares”), i.e. two-thirds of grant
1/3 of the performance shares will vest when our stock price equals or exceeds $12.50 for a 30-day trading period;1 
1/3 of the performance shares will vest when our stock price equals or exceeds $14.00 for a 30-day trading period; and
1/3 of the performance shares will vest when our stock price equals or exceeds $16.00 for a 30-day trading period.

1 Our securities trade in the FBRPlusTM system. As of April 5, 2013, the average trading price of our securities in the FBRPlusTM system over the prior 30-day trading period equaled or exceeded $12.50 per share. As a result, the first tranche of performance shares issued to our named executive officers vested on April 5, 2013.

Time Vesting RSUs (“time-vested shares”), i.e. one-third of grant
1/2 of the time-vested shares will vest on the second anniversary of the grant date; and
1/2 of the time-vested shares will vest on the third anniversary of the grant date.

100% of the stock option grants vest as follows:

1/3 of the stock options will vest on the first anniversary of the grant date;
1/3 of the stock options will vest on the second anniversary of the grant date; and
1/3 of the stock options will vest on the third anniversary of the grant date.

Stock price for determining the vesting of performance shares will be determined as follows: (i) if our common stock is actively traded on a nationally recognized securities exchange, the average closing price on such exchange for a consecutive 30-day trading period, (ii) if our common stock is actively traded over-the-counter, the average of the closing bid price over a consecutive 30-day trading period ("30-day average"), (iii) if trades of our common stock are reported on the FBR Plus™ System, the average sales price so reported over a consecutive 30-day trading period and (iv) if not determined as described in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, as determined by the Board or a committee thereof pursuant to the procedures under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").    

While the vesting of the equity awards granted to our named executive officers generally requires continued service through the applicable vesting date, in some instances the vesting of such equity awards will be accelerated upon a qualifying termination of employment or a change in control. For a further description of the treatment of equity upon certain qualifying terminations of employment or a change in control see “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” below.

Annual Bonus Plan

In order to have a significant percentage of our executive officer compensation be performance based we have established an annual bonus program with the payment of bonuses based upon the achievement of Company performance goals. For 2012, the overriding performance goal was the achievement of GSE Approval in the nine month time frame set forth in the offering memorandum issued in connection with our private placement. In recognition of the successful, and timely, achievement of the GSE Approval and operating expenses coming in under budget during the GSE Approval process, management recommended, and the Board approved, payment of bonuses to our named executive officers at 110% of target.

149


Outstanding Equity Awards at 2012 Fiscal Year-End

The following table provides information regarding outstanding equity interests held by each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2012:

 
 
Option Awards
 
Stock Awards
Name
 
Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Exercisable (#)
Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Unexercisable (#)(1)
Equity 
Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options (#)
Option Exercise Price ($)(2)
Option Expiration Date
 
Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#)
Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested) ($)
Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested (#)(3)
Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested ($)(4)
Bradley M. Shuster
907,500
10.00
4/24/22
 
742,500
7,981,875
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
John (Jay) M. Sherwood, Jr.
453,750
10.00
4/24/22
 
371,250
3,990,938
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stanley M. Pachura
__
178,000
10.00
5/30/22
 
__
__
14,000
150,500
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
James R. McCourt(5)
__
20,000
10.00
4/24/22
 
__
10,000
107,500
 
 
 

(1)
Represents stock options that vest (subject to continued employment on the vesting date) as follows:
1/3 vest on the first anniversary of the grant date;
1/3 vest on the second anniversary of the grant date; and
1/3 vest on the third anniversary of the grant date.
(2)
The per share exercise price is equal to the price of a share of our common stock in our private placement.
(3)
Represents performance shares outstanding as of December 31, 2012. As explained above under the heading - Equity Awards Granted to Certain Named Executive Officers, these performance shares were scheduled to vest in 33.3% increments in the event that the Company achieved a stock price of $12.50, $14.00 and $16.00, in each case, for a 30-day trading period. As noted above, in February 2013, the performance share awards were amended so that two-thirds of the grant remained performance shares and one-third of the grant was converted to time-vested shares.

(4)
There is currently no public market for our common stock, and therefore we do not have a public valuation for our security. Our securities trade in the FBRPlusTM system. To determine the value of unearned shares that have not vested, we used the 30-day average for the 30-day trading period ending on December 31, 2012 of $10.75 per share.
(5)
In 2012, Mr. McCourt was originally issued 151,250 stock options and 123,750 RSUs. In October 2012, Mr. McCourt forfeited 131,250 of his stock options and 113,750 of his RSUs.


Other Compensation Programs and Practices
Retirement Plans and Other Benefit Plans

We do not currently offer retirement plans, although it is our intent to initiate a qualified defined contribution retirement plan in 2014.
Perquisites

There were no perquisites paid in 2012, as base compensation for the named executive officers was limited during the period prior to GSE Approval. In lieu of a perquisite program in 2013, the Board approved payment of flat dollar amounts to our named executive officers, except Mr. McCourt, which will be added to their base salaries in 2013. Effective May 1, 2013, NMI has included in the compensation of each named executive officer, except Mr. McCourt, a fixed amount ranging from $30,000 to $38,400, annually, as

150


consideration for market competitive perquisites to be used at the discretion of the executive officer. The additional compensation is intended to allow the named executive officers to avail themselves of a range of market competitive perquisites such as auto leasing, financial planning, tax preparation, estate planning, health assessments and club memberships.
Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

Termination of Employment without Cause or Resignation with Good Reason
Shuster and Sherwood Employment Agreements
If the employment of either Mr. Shuster or Mr. Sherwood is terminated (i) by us without “cause” or (ii) by the executive for “good reason” (each, a “Qualifying Termination”) during the employment period (but not within two years following a “change in control”), (a) subject to his execution (other than upon his death) and non-revocation of a release of claims against us and our affiliated entities (a “termination release”), he will be entitled to be paid a lump sum cash amount equal to the sum of (1) any earned but unpaid base salary and earned but unpaid annual bonus for a prior award period (other than any portion of such annual bonus that was previously deferred which shall instead be paid in accordance with the applicable deferral arrangement) and (2) the sum of his annual base salary immediately prior to the date of the Qualifying Termination and his target annual bonus for the year of termination and (b) to the extent unpaid, he will remain eligible to receive 50% of his bonuses related to the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement (described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions-Registration Rights Agreements”). In addition, under the terms of their 2012 equity grants under the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan, upon a Qualifying Termination, all of the outstanding stock options and time-vested shares (no time-vested shares were held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2012) held by Mr. Shuster or Mr. Sherwood immediately vest and become exercisable, and the performance shares held by the executive remain outstanding until the 10th anniversary of the date of grant and vest upon the achievement of the specified stock price targets. In addition, upon a Qualifying Termination, Mr. Shuster and Mr. Sherwood would be entitled to any accrued and unpaid benefits, including accrued paid-time off and the timely payment of any amounts due and payable under any of our plans, programs, policies or practices (collectively the “Accrued Benefits”).

For the purposes of the employment agreements with Messrs. Shuster and Sherwood, “cause” generally means the (i) executive's continued failure to perform substantially his duties, (ii) executive's willful material misconduct or willful neglect in the performance of his duties, (iii) executive's willful failure to adhere to lawful clear directions of the person to whom he reports (or, in the case of Mr. Shuster, the Board), willful failure to adhere to our material written policies or to devote substantially all of his business time and efforts to the Company, (iv) executive becoming subject to an action taken by a regulatory body or a self-regulatory organization that impairs the executive from performing his duties to the Company, (v) executive's indictment or formal admission to or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a charge of commission of a felony or any crime involving serious moral turpitude or (vi) willful breach of any material terms of the employment agreement, subject in certain cases to notice and opportunity to cure.

For the purposes of the employment agreements with Messrs. Shuster and Sherwood, “good reason” generally means (i) a material diminution of annual base salary, (ii) a material diminution in position, authority, duties or responsibilities, (iii) any relocation of the executive's principal place of business to a location that is more than 30 miles from the executive's principal place of business prior to such relocation other than the initial relocation in connection with the establishment of our headquarters or (iv) any material breach by us of the employment agreement, subject in certain cases to notice and opportunity to cure.


151


Pachura Letter Agreement
Under the terms of Mr. Pachura's letter agreement, if he becomes subject to a Qualifying Termination during his employment period (but not within one year following a change in control), subject to his execution of a termination release, he will be entitled to be paid a lump sum cash amount equal to the sum of (i) any earned but unpaid base salary and earned and unpaid annual bonus for a prior award period (other than any portion of such annual bonus that was previously deferred) and (ii) one times the sum of (a) his annual base salary immediately prior to the date of the Qualifying Termination and (b) his target annual bonus for the year of termination. In addition, upon a Qualifying Termination, Mr. Pachura would be entitled to any Accrued Benefits.

For the purposes of Mr. Pachura's letter agreement, “cause” generally means his (i) willful or gross neglect in the performance of his employment duties, (ii) plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, or conviction for, the commission of a felony, (iii) conduct that is injurious to the Company, or an act of fraud, embezzlement, misrepresentation or breach of a fiduciary duty against the Company, (iv) breach of any nondisclosure, non-solicitation or noncompetition obligation owed to the Company, or (v) failure to follow instructions of our Board or his direct superior. As defined in Mr. Pachura's letter agreement, “good reason” generally means (i) a material reduction of his annual base salary or (ii) any relocation of his primary place of employment to a location that is more than 50 miles from the Company's headquarters.

Termination of Employment For Cause or Resignation without Good Reason

With respect to Messrs. Shuster and Sherwood, upon a termination of employment for “cause” or the executive's resignation of employment without “good reason,” the executive is entitled to payment of accrued and unpaid base salary as of the date of termination of employment, any earned but unpaid annual bonus for a prior award period to the extent not paid (other than any portion of such annual bonus that was previously deferred which shall instead be paid in accordance with the applicable deferral arrangement ) and any Accrued Benefits. All unvested equity awards will be forfeited following a termination of employment for “cause” or the executive's resignation of employment without “good reason.”
 
Termination of Employment due to Death or Disability

Upon a termination of employment due to death or disability, our named executive officers are entitled to payment of accrued and unpaid base salary, as of the date of termination of employment, and Accrued Benefits. All unvested equity awards will be forfeited following a termination of employment due to death or disability.

Change in Control

The employment agreements with Messrs. Shuster and Sherwood each provide for enhanced severance payments upon a termination of employment by us without “cause” or by the executive with “good reason” within two years following a change in control. In the event of such a Qualifying Termination following a change in control, subject to the execution of a termination release, each of Mr. Shuster and Mr. Sherwood would be entitled to a lump sum cash amount equal to (i) any earned but unpaid base salary and earned but unpaid annual bonus for a prior award period (other than any portion of such annual bonus that was previously deferred which shall instead be paid in accordance with the applicable deferral arrangement) and (ii) three times the sum of (a) his annual base salary immediately prior to the date of the Qualifying Termination plus (b) his target annual bonus for the year of termination of employment.


152


The letter agreement with Mr. Pachura provides for enhanced severance payments upon a termination of employment by us without “cause” or by Mr. Pachura with “good reason” within one year following a change in control. In the event of such a Qualifying Termination following a change in control, subject to the execution of a termination release, Mr. Pachura would be entitled to a lump sum cash amount equal to (i) any earned but unpaid base salary and annual bonus for a prior award period (other than any portion of such annual bonus that was previously deferred) and (ii) one and one-half times the sum of (a) his annual base salary immediately prior to the date of the Qualifying Termination plus (b) his target annual bonus for the year of termination of employment.

In addition, under our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan, all outstanding stock options and time-vested shares (no time-vested shares were held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2012) granted to our named executive officers will immediately vest and become exercisable upon a “change in control,” and our Compensation Committee will determine whether outstanding performance shares held by our named executive officers vest based on the attainment of the stock price goals at the time of the “change in control.”

A “change in control” is generally deemed to occur upon:

the acquisition by any individual, entity or group of “beneficial ownership” (pursuant to the meaning given in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of 35% or more (on a fully diluted basis) of either (i) the outstanding shares of our common stock or (ii) the combined voting power of our then outstanding voting securities, with each of the foregoing subject to certain customary exceptions;

the replacement of a majority of the directors that constituted our Board as of the closing of the private placement by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by at least two-thirds of the directors on the Board as of the closing of the private placement, subject to certain exceptions;

approval by our stockholders of our complete dissolution or liquidation; or

a merger of the Company, the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of our assets or any other business combination of the Company with any other corporation, other than any merger or business combination which would result in (i) the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to the transaction continuing to represent at least 50% of the total voting power of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such transaction, (ii) no person (other than any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the surviving company) becoming the “beneficial owner,” directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the total voting power of the parent company (or, if there is no parent company, the surviving company) and (iii) members of the Board as of the execution of the initial agreement providing for the transaction constituting at least two-thirds of the members of the board of directors of the parent company (or, if there is no parent company, the surviving company) following the consummation of the transaction.
The following table reflects the estimated payments to our named executive officers that may be made upon a termination of employment, a Qualifying Termination of employment (occurring within two years of a change in control for Messrs. Shuster or Sherwood or within one year of a change in control for Mr. Pachura) or a change in control without a termination of a named executive officer's employment. The estimated payments in the table are calculated based on the assumption that the hypothetical termination of employment and/or the hypothetical change in control each occurred on December 31, 2012. There is currently no public market for

153


our common stock, and therefore we do not have a public valuation for our security. Our securities trade in the FBRPlusTM system. To determine the value of our shares on December 31, 2012, we used the 30-day average for the thirty-day trading period ending on December 31, 2012, which was $10.75 per share.


Name
 
Scenario
Cash Severance
($)(11)
Stock Option Vesting
($)(12)
Restricted Stock Unit Vesting
($)(13)
Benefits
($)
Total
($)
Bradley M. Shuster
Voluntary Resignation (no Good Reason)
0(1)
0
0
0(2)
0
Qualifying Termination
$1,200,000(3)
$680,625 (4)
0 (5)
0 (2)
$1,880,625
Involuntary Termination for Cause
0(1)
0
0
0(2)
0
Qualifying Termination Following Change in Control
$3,600,000(6)
$680,625(7)
0 (8)
0 (2)
$4,280,625
No Termination Following Change in Control
0
$680,625 (7)
0 (8)
0
$680,625
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
John (Jay) M. Sherwood, Jr.
Voluntary Resignation (no Good Reason)
0(1)
0
0
0(2)
0
Qualifying Termination
$800,000(3)
$340,313 (4)
0 (5)
0 (2)
$1,140,313
Involuntary Termination for Cause
0(1)
0
0
0(2)
0
Qualifying Termination Following Change in Control
$2,400,000 (6)
$340,313 (7)
0 (8)
0 (2)
$2,740,313
No Termination Following Change in Control
0
$340,313 (7)
0 (8)
0
$340,313
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stanley M. Pachura
Voluntary Resignation (no Good Reason)
0
0
0
0
0
Qualifying Termination
$612,500(9)
0
0
0(2)
$612,500
Involuntary Termination for Cause
0
0
0
0
0
Qualifying Termination Following Change in Control
$918,750(10)
$133,500(7)
0(8)
0(2)
$1,052,250
No Termination Following Change in Control
0
$133,500(7)
0(8)
0
$133,500

 
 

(1)
Under the terms of Messrs. Shuster’s and Sherwood’s respective employment agreements, each would be entitled to be paid his respective annual base salary in effect at the time of termination and any earned and unpaid annual bonus for a prior award period, both to the extent not previously paid (other than any deferred portion of such earned and annual bonus).
(2)
Under the terms of their respective employment arrangements, each would be entitled to be paid the amounts of any Accrued Benefits through the date of termination to the extent not previously paid or provided.
(3)
As provided in Messrs. Shuster’s and Sherwood’s respective employment agreements, amount includes the sum of (i) Mr. Shuster’s or Mr. Sherwood’s annual base salary plus (ii) his 2012 target annual bonus, which was 100% of the annual base salary. Further, upon a Qualifying Termination at December 31, 2012, Messrs. Shuster and Sherwood would have remained eligible to receive in the future 50% of the GSE Approval bonus and 50% of the bonuses payable upon the filing and effectiveness of this registration statement.
(4)
With a Qualifying Termination, any outstanding stock options that were not then exercisable and vested would have become fully exercisable and vested at the date of termination.
(5)
With a Qualifying Termination, unvested performance shares would have remained outstanding and subject to vesting upon the later of (i) GSE approval (which was achieved in January 2013) or (ii) the achievement of the applicable stock price goals.
(6)
As provided in Messrs. Shuster’s and Sherwood’s respective employment agreements, amount includes three times the sum of (i) Mr. Shuster’s or Mr. Sherwood’s annual base salary plus (ii) his 2012 target annual bonus, which was 100% of the annual base salary. Further, upon a Qualifying Termination at December 31, 2012 following a change in control, Messrs. Shuster and Sherwood would have remained eligible to receive in the future 50% of the GSE Approval bonus and 50% of the bonuses payable upon the filing and effectiveness of this registration statement.
(7)
Upon a change in control, any outstanding stock options that were not then exercisable and vested would have become fully exercisable and vested immediately.
(8)
Vesting of performance shares following a change in control shall be determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board based upon the Committee’s determination regarding the extent the stock price goals with respect to the performance shares have been met. The performance shares would not have vested prior to GSE approval (which was achieved in January 2013).
(9)
As provided in Mr. Pachura’s letter agreement, amount includes the sum of (i) Mr. Pachura’s annual base salary plus (ii) his 2012 target annual bonus, which was 75% of the annual base salary.
(10)
As provided in Mr. Pachura’s letter agreement, amount includes one and one-half times the sum of (i) Mr. Pachura’s annual base salary plus (ii) his 2012 target annual bonus, which was 75% of the annual base salary.
(11)
Under any of the hypothetical scenarios, Mr. McCourt would not have been entitled to receive cash severance payments.
(12)
Upon a change in control, with or without a termination, Mr. McCourt’s outstanding stock options that were not exercisable and vested would have become fully exercisable and vested immediately. At $10.75 per share, the cash value of Mr. McCourt’s options at December 31, 2012 was $15,000.
(13)
Upon a change in control, with or without a termination, vesting of Mr. McCourt’s outstanding performance would have been subject to the same conditions as described in note (8) above.


154


2012 Director Compensation

Following the closing of our private placement on April 24, 2012, the Company's non-employee directors were Robert E. Dean, A. John Gambs, III, James H. Ozanne and Steven L. Scheid. In July 2012, in accordance with the Company's amended and restated bylaws, the Board passed a resolution to increase the number of directors from five to seven. On July 16, 2012, the Company held a Special Meeting of Stockholders to elect four directors (“special election”) to fill two vacancies and two open positions as a result of Messrs. Dean and Gambs not standing for reelection. Following the special election, the shareholders elected Michael Embler, James G. Jones, Michael Montgomery and John Brandon Osmon to serve on the Board until the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, and Messrs. Dean and Gambs ceased to be Board members.
In 2012, we paid each of our non-employee directors a quarterly cash retainer of $16,250. In addition, the non-employee directors received a grant of stock options and RSUs in connection with the closing of our private placement or their commencing service on the Board, as applicable. Mr. Dean and Mr. Gambs forfeited their stock option and RSU awards in connection with their ceasing to be members of the Company's Board, and those options and RSUs were redistributed in equal parts to Messrs. Embler, Jones, Montgomery and Osmon. Going forward, each non-employee director will generally receive an annual cash retainer of $65,000, paid quarterly, and an annual equity award with a grant date fair value of $50,000, for total projected annual compensation of $115,000 for his or her services as a member of the Board. No individual meeting fees are paid for either Board meetings or committee meetings, whether in person or by telephone.
Compensation for non-employee directors during 2012 was as follows:
Name
 
Fees earned
or paid in cash
($)
 
Stock awards
($)(4)
 
Option awards
($)(4)
 
Non-equity incentive plan compensation
($)
 
Nonqualified deferred compensation earnings
($)
 
All other compensation
($)
 
Total
($)
Robert E. Dean(1)
 
$115,000
 
$618,750(5)
 
  $293,425(5)
 
 
 
 
$1,027,175
Michael Embler(2)
 
$32,500
 
$309,400
 
$144,824
 
 
 
 
$486,724
A. John Gambs, III(1)
 
$115,000
 
$618,750(5)
 
  $293,425(5)
 
 
 
 
$1,027,175
James G. Jones(2)
 
$32,500
 
$309,400
 
$144,824
 
 
 
 
$486,724
Michael Montgomery(2)
 
$32,500
 
$309,400
 
$144,824
 
 
 
 
$486,724
John Brandon Osmon(2)
 
$32,500
 
$309,400
 
$144,824
 
 
 
 
$486,724
James H. Ozanne(3)
 
$48,750
 
$618,750
 
$293,425
 
 
 
 
$960,925
Steven L. Scheid(3)
 
$48,750
 
$618,750
 
$293,425
 
 
 
 
$960,925
 

(1)
To compensate Messrs. Dean and Gambs for their overall contribution to the Board and the Company prior to their departures in July 2012, we paid each of them $16,250 during their Board membership and an additional $98,750 upon the Company's receipt of GSE Approval.
(2)
Michael Embler, James G. Jones, Michael Montgomery and John Brandon Osmon were elected to the Company's Board of Directors on July 17, 2012.
(3)
James H. Ozanne and Steven L. Scheid have been members of the Company's Board since its capitalization on April 24, 2012.
(4)
The stock options and RSUs granted to each non-employee director in 2012 vest in two equal installments on each of the second and third anniversary of the date of grant. As of December 31, 2012, each of Messrs. Ozanne and Scheid held stock options with respect to 75,625 shares of our common stock and 61,875 RSUs and each of Messrs. Embler, Jones, Montgomery and Osmon held stock options with respect to 37,813 shares of our common stock and 30,940 RSUs.
(5)
Each of Mr. Dean and Mr. Gambs forfeited their stock options and RSUs in connection with their ceasing to be members of the Company's Board. The value of their stock and option awards are presented without giving effect to the forfeitures and prior to their redistribution to Messrs. Embler, Jones, Montgomery and Osmon.

155


2012 Stock Incentive Plan
Introduction
The 2012 Stock Incentive Plan was adopted immediately prior to the closing of the private placement. The 2012 Stock Incentive Plan authorizes the grant of nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and other awards that may be settled in or based upon our common stock.
The purpose of the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan is to give us a competitive advantage in attracting, retaining and motivating officers, employees, directors and consultants and to provide a means whereby officers, employees, directors and/or consultants can acquire and maintain ownership of our common stock or be paid incentive compensation measured by reference to the value of our common stock, thereby strengthening their commitment to our welfare and that of our affiliates and promoting an identity of interest between our stockholders and these persons.
Administration
The 2012 Stock Incentive Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee or such other committee of our board of directors as our board of directors may from time to time designate (the “Committee”). Among other things, the Committee will have the authority to select individuals to whom awards may be granted, to determine the type of award as well as the number of shares of our common stock to be covered by each award, and to determine the terms and conditions of any such awards. Subject to applicable law, the Committee may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it.
Eligibility
Current and prospective directors, employees (including executive officers) and/or consultants to us and any of our subsidiaries and affiliates will be eligible to participate in the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan.
Shares Subject to the Plan
Our plan provides that no more than 5.5 million shares of our common stock be reserved for grants under the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan, with up to 1.65 million shares of our common stock (30% of the total available grants) to be granted in the form of restricted shares or restricted stock units under the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan and up to 3.85 million shares of our common stock (70% of the total available grants) to be granted in the form of stock options under the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan.
The shares of our common stock subject to grant under the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan are to be made available from authorized but unissued shares, from treasury shares, from shares purchased on the open market or by private purchase, or a combination of any of the foregoing. To the extent that any award is forfeited, or any stock option or SAR terminates, expires or lapses without being exercised, or any award is settled for cash, the shares of our common stock subject to such awards not delivered as a result thereof will again be available for awards under the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan. If the exercise price of any stock option and/or the tax withholding obligations relating to any award are satisfied by delivering shares of our common stock (by either actual delivery or by attestation), only the number of shares of our common stock issued net of the shares of our common stock delivered or attested to will be deemed delivered for purposes of the limits in the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan. To the extent any shares of our common stock subject to an award are withheld to satisfy the exercise price (in the case of a stock option) and/or the tax withholding obligations relating to such award, such

156


shares of our common stock will not generally be deemed to have been delivered for purposes of the limits set forth in the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan.
In the event of certain extraordinary corporate transactions or events affecting us, the Committee or our board of directors shall make such substitutions or adjustments as it deems appropriate and equitable to (1) the aggregate number and kind of shares or other securities reserved for issuance and delivery under the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan, (2) the various maximum limitations set forth in the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan, (3) the number and kind of shares or other securities subject to outstanding awards and (4) the exercise price of outstanding stock options and SARs. In the case of corporate transactions such as a merger or consolidation, such adjustments may include the cancellation of outstanding awards in exchange for cash or other property or the substitution of other property for the shares subject to outstanding awards.
As indicated above, several types of awards can be made under the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan. A summary of these awards is set forth below.
Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights
Stock options granted under the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan will be nonqualified stock options. SARs granted under the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan may either be “tandem SARs,” which are granted in conjunction with a stock option, or “free-standing SARs,” which are not granted in tandem with a stock option. A tandem SAR may be granted on the grant date of the related stock option and, if granted, will be exercisable only to the extent that the related stock option is exercisable and will have the same exercise price as the related stock option. A tandem SAR will terminate or be forfeited upon the exercise or forfeiture of the related stock option, and the related stock option will terminate or be forfeited upon the exercise or forfeiture of the tandem SAR.
Each grant of stock options or SARs under the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan will be evidenced by an award agreement that specifies the exercise price, the duration of the award, the number of shares to which the award pertains and such additional limitations, terms and conditions as the Committee may determine. The 2012 Stock Incentive Plan provides that the exercise price of stock options will be determined by the Committee, but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the stock underlying the stock options on the date of grant. Award holders may pay the exercise price in cash or, if approved by the Committee, in common stock (valued at its fair market value on the date of exercise) or a combination thereof, or by “cashless exercise” through a broker or by withholding shares otherwise receivable on exercise. The term of stock options and SARs will be determined by the Committee, but may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. The Committee will determine the vesting and exercise schedule of stock options and SARs, and the extent to which they will be exercisable after the award holder's services with us terminate.
Restricted Stock
Restricted stock may be granted under the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan with such restrictions as the Committee may designate. The Committee may provide at the time of grant that the vesting of restricted stock will be contingent upon the achievement of applicable performance goals and/or continued service. The terms and conditions of restricted stock awards (including any applicable performance goals) do not need to be the same with respect to each participant. During the restriction period, the Committee may require that the stock certificates evidencing shares of restricted stock be held by us. Except for these restrictions and any others imposed by the Committee, upon the grant of restricted stock under the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan, the recipient will have rights of a stockholder with respect to the restricted stock, including the right to vote the restricted stock; however, whether and to what extent the recipient will be entitled to receive cash or stock dividends paid or made with respect to the stock, and whether any such dividends will be automatically deferred and/or

157


reinvested in additional restricted stock and held subject to the vesting of the underlying restricted stock, will be set forth in the particular participant's award agreement.
Restricted Stock Units
The Committee may grant restricted stock units payable in cash or shares of our common stock, conditioned upon continued service and/or the attainment of performance goals determined by the Committee. The terms and conditions of restricted stock unit awards granted under the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (including any applicable performance goals) do not need to be the same with respect to each participant.
Stock-Bonus Awards
The Committee may grant unrestricted shares of our common stock, or other awards denominated in our common stock, alone or in tandem with other awards, in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee determines from time to time in its sole discretion as, or in payment of, a bonus, or to provide incentives or recognize special achievements or contributions.
Stock Awards
The Committee may permit participants to purchase unrestricted shares of our common stock pursuant to the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan at a purchase price per share of our common stock determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable award agreement. The purchase price of any shares of our common stock subject to such an award must be paid in full at the time of the purchase.
Performance Awards
Under the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan, the Committee may determine that the grant, vesting or settlement of an award granted under the plan may be subject to the attainment of one or more performance goals. In addition, the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan authorizes the Committee to make awards of restricted stock or restricted stock units or stock bonus awards that are conditioned on the satisfaction of pre-established performance criteria.
Termination of Employment
The impact of a termination of employment on an outstanding award granted under the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan, if any, will be set forth in the applicable award agreement.
Treatment of Outstanding Equity Awards following a Change in Control
The 2012 Stock Incentive Plan provides that, unless otherwise set forth in an award agreement, in the event of a change in control (as defined in the Plan), any time-based restricted stock that was forfeitable prior to such change in control will become nonforfeitable, all time-based restricted stock units will be considered earned and payable in full and any restrictions thereon will lapse, any unexercised stock option or SAR, whether or not exercisable on the date of such change in control, will become fully exercisable and may be exercised in whole or in part, and the Committee may determine the level of achievement with respect to any performance-based awards through the date of the change in control. The Committee may make additional adjustments and/or settlements of outstanding awards upon a change in control, including cancelling any awards for cash upon at least 10-days' advance notice to affected participants.
A “change in control” is generally deemed to occur under the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan upon:

158


(1)
the acquisition by any individual, entity or group of “beneficial ownership” (pursuant to the meaning given in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of 35% or more (on a fully diluted basis) of either (a) the outstanding shares of our common stock or (b) the combined voting power of our then outstanding voting securities, with each of clauses (a) and (b) subject to certain customary exceptions;
(2)
a majority of the directors who constituted our board of directors as of the closing of this offering are replaced by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by at least two-thirds of the incumbent directors then on the board of directors, subject to certain exceptions;
(3)
approval by our stockholders of our complete dissolution or liquidation; or
(4)
a merger of the Company, the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of our assets, or any other business combination of the Company with any other corporation, other than any merger or business combination which would result in (a) the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to the transaction continuing to represent at least 50% of the total voting power of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such transaction, (b) no person (other than any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the surviving company) is or becomes the “beneficial owner,” directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the total voting power of the parent company (or, if there is no parent company, the surviving company) and (c) at least two-thirds of the members of the board of directors of the parent company (or, if there is no parent company, the surviving company) following the consummation of the transaction were members of the board of directors at the time the execution of the initial agreement providing for the transaction was approved.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a public offering of our common stock pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Securities Act, will not constitute a “change in control” under the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan.
Transferability
Awards under the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan are generally not transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise expressly permitted by the Committee including, if so permitted, pursuant to a transfer to the participant's family members or to a charitable organization, whether directly or indirectly or by means of a trust or partnership or otherwise.
Amendment and Discontinuance
The 2012 Stock Incentive Plan may be amended, altered, suspended, discontinued or terminated by the Board, but no amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination may be made if it would materially impair the rights of a participant (or his or her beneficiary) without the participant's (or beneficiary's) consent, except for any such amendment made to comply with law. The 2012 Stock Incentive Plan may not be amended, altered, suspended, discontinued or terminated without shareholder approval to the extent such approval is required to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement applicable to the Plan, including, from and after the 162(m) Effective Date, as necessary to prevent an award intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code to cease to qualify.

159


Federal Income Tax Consequences
The following discussion is intended only as a brief summary of the federal income tax rules that are generally relevant to nonqualified stock options and SARs that may be granted under the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan, based upon the U.S. federal tax laws currently in effect. The laws governing the tax aspects of awards are highly technical and such laws are subject to change. The discussion is general in nature and does not take into account a number of considerations which may apply in light of the circumstances of a particular participant under the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan. The income tax consequences under applicable foreign, state or local tax laws may not be the same as under U.S. federal income tax laws. Participants in the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan are strongly urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the federal, state, local, foreign and other tax consequences to them of participating in the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan.
Nonqualified Stock Options and SARs
Upon the grant of a nonqualified stock option or SAR the award holder will not recognize any taxable income and we will not be entitled to a deduction. Upon the exercise of a stock option or SAR, the excess of the fair market value of the shares acquired on the exercise of the stock option or SAR over the exercise price or the cash paid in settlement of the SAR (the “spread”) will constitute compensation taxable to the award holder as ordinary income.
Restricted Stock Units
An award holder will not recognize taxable income at the time of grant of restricted stock units (whether the restricted stock units vest based on the passage of time or performance), and the Company will not be entitled to a tax deduction at such time. An award holder will recognize compensation taxable as ordinary income (and subject to income tax withholding in respect of an employee) at the time of settlement of the award equal to the fair market value of any shares or property delivered and the amount of cash paid by the Company, and the Company will be entitled to a corresponding deduction, except to the extent the deduction limits of Section 162(m) of the Code apply.
Description
This summary of the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan is qualified in its entirety by the actual 2012 Stock Incentive Plan, the final version of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

160


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
In addition to the director and executive officer compensation arrangements discussed above, the following is a summary of material provisions of various transactions we have entered into with our executive officers, directors (including nominees), 5% or greater stockholders and any of their immediate family members or entities affiliated with them since January 1, 2012. We believe the terms and conditions set forth in such agreements are reasonable and customary for transactions of this type.
Registration Rights Agreements
Concurrently with the consummation of the private placement of our common stock in April 2012, we entered into a registration rights agreement for the benefit of our stockholders with respect to our common stock sold in the private placement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). Under the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, we agreed, at our expense, to file with the SEC within six months following receipt of the GSE Approval a shelf registration statement registering the resale of shares of our common stock sold in the private placement, plus any additional shares of common stock issued in respect thereof whether by share dividend, share distribution, share split or otherwise (the “Shelf Registration Statement”). The Shelf Registration Statement was filed with the SEC on June 21, 2013. We further agreed to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the SEC as soon as practicable but in any event within six months after the initial filing of such the Shelf Registration Statement.
If the Shelf Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the SEC, or the registrable shares have not been listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ by December 21, 2013 (the "Trigger Date"), the Registration Rights Agreement and our bylaws require us to call a special meeting of our stockholders for the purpose of considering and voting on the removal of our directors then in office and electing the successors of any directors so removed (the "Special Election Meeting"). The Special Election Meeting must occur as soon as reasonably practicable following the Trigger Date but in no event more than 45 days after the Trigger Date. The Special Election Meeting is described in further detail under "Description of Capital Stock—Certain Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Delaware Law—Special Meetings of Stockholders."
In addition, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, we are required to provide written notice to each stockholder holding registrable shares following the filing of the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, providing for this initial public offering of common stock. Such stockholders have “piggy-back” registration rights that permit them to have shares of common stock owned by them included in this offering upon written notice to us within the prescribed time limit. Each such stockholder's ability to include shares in this offering is subject to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement. The managing underwriter(s) of this offering may under certain circumstances limit the number of shares owned by such stockholders that are included in this offering, but the managing underwriter(s) may not reduce such stockholders below 25% of the total shares of common stock to be sold in this offering. Stockholders holding registrable shares who elect to include their shares of common stock will not be permitted to sell their shares of our common stock for a period of up to 30 days before and 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part (subject to potential limited extensions). Stockholders holding registrable shares who do not elect, despite their right to do so under the Registration Rights Agreement, to include their shares of our common stock for resale on the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part will not be able to sell their shares of our common stock for a period of up to 60 days following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

161


We entered into similar registration rights agreements with MAC Financial Ltd., who acquired shares of our common stock and a warrant exercisable for shares of our common stock in connection with our acquisition of MAC Financial, and with FBR Capital Markets & Co., who acquired shares of our common stock in our private placement and hold a warrant exercisable for shares of our common stock. These registration rights agreements provide for up to three demand registrations as well as for piggy-back registration rights that permit them to have shares of common stock owned by them included in this offering upon written notice to use within the prescribed time limit.
Sale of Shares to Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer; Lock-up Agreements Entered into in Connection with Our Private Placement
            In April, 2012, we sold 250,000 shares of Class B non-voting common stock to Messrs. Shuster and Sherwood for nominal consideration.  These shares automatically converted into shares of Class A common stock upon receipt of GSE Approval.  Pursuant to certain lock-up agreements entered into by Messrs. Shuster and Sherwood in conjunction with the private placement, Messrs. Shuster and Sherwood are not permitted to sell any of these shares or any of our other equity securities until 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part (subject to potential limited extensions and certain exceptions).  Messrs. McCourt, Dean, Gambs, Ozanne and Scheid entered into similar lock-up agreements in connection with the private placement.

Agreements with FBR Capital Markets & Co. and its Affiliates
Engagement Letter; Right of First Refusal
In connection with the private placement, we entered into an engagement letter with FBR Capital Markets & Co. In the private placement, FBR Capital Markets & Co. received a discount and placement fee of approximately 7% and reimbursement of its out-of-pocket expenses (including legal fees and expenses) totaling approximately $40 million and including amounts discussed in “ Line of Credit” below. Under this engagement letter we granted FBR Capital Markets & Co. the right of first refusal for two years following the completion of the private placement to serve as (i) lead underwriter and sole bookrunner in connection with our initial public offering or subsequent public offering of equity or debt securities or other capital markets financing and sole placement agent in any private offering of equity or debt securities or other capital markets financing, (ii) agent in connection with the exercise of warrants or options to acquire our securities and (iii) dealer-manager with respect to any self-tender by us, and to reimburse FBR Capital Markets & Co. for its out-of-pocket expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred in connection with any of these transactions. In connection with any of these transactions, the compensation of FBR Capital Markets & Co. will be determined by agreement between us and FBR Capital Markets & Co. based on compensation customarily paid to leading investment banks acting in such capacities in similar transactions; provided that FBR Capital Markets & Co.'s share of the compensation with respect to any capital raising shall not be less than 7% for this initial public offering (with FBR Capital Markets & Co. receiving no less than 60% of the total economics of the underwriting group), 6% for other offerings of equity and 4% with respect to offerings of debt. See “Underwriting” for additional information about the compensation received by FBR Capital Markets & Co. in connection with this offering.
Line of Credit
On August 19, 2011, in connection with the acquisition of MAC Financial and the private placement, FBR Capital Markets LT, Inc. granted us a line of credit up to an aggregate principal amount of $1.5 million

162


to support legal, accounting and others costs associated with our formation and the capitalization. Under the terms of the line of credit, FBR Capital Markets LT, Inc., made loans to us for legal, accounting and other costs associated with our formation and capitalization, as approved by FBR Capital Markets LT, Inc.
The line of credit was available until April 24, 2012 (the “Availability Period”). We were permitted at any time prior to the termination of the Availability Period, upon written notice to prepay any loan plus accrued interest thereon without premium. Amounts borrowed and repaid by us could not be reborrowed. Interest accrued on the outstanding principal amount of each loan at an interest rate of 14.0%, payable in arrears on the last business day of every month (with our right to defer the payment of interest and such deferred interest bearing interest at the 14% rate, compounded monthly). At the expiration of the Availability Period, the line of credit terminated, and we repaid the principal then outstanding together with accrued interest thereon in cash to FBR Capital Markets LT, Inc. The maximum amount outstanding under the line of credit was approximately $540,000 and we paid a total of approximately $13,000 in interest thereunder.
In addition, as part of the consideration for granting the line of credit, we issued to FBR Capital Markets LT, Inc. the FBR Warrant. FBR Capital Markets LT, Inc. subsequently assigned the FBR Warrant to FBR Capital Markets & Co.
FBR & Co, an affiliate of FBR Capital Markets LT, Inc., was our controlling stockholder prior to the closing of the private placement, and two employees of one or more affiliates of FBR Capital Markets LT, Inc. were among the officers and were our sole directors prior to the closing of the private placement. These individuals resigned as directors and officers of the Company, effective upon the closing of the private placement.
Statement of Policy Regarding Transactions with Related Persons
We have adopted a written policy concerning related party transactions. Pursuant to this policy, our directors and director nominees, executive officers and holders of more than five percent of our common stock, including their immediate family members, will not be permitted to enter into a related party transaction with us in excess of $120,000 without the consent of our Audit Committee. Any request for us to enter into such a transaction, where any such party has a direct or indirect material interest, subject to certain exceptions, will be required to be presented by management to our Audit Committee, which will review and approve or disapprove such proposed transaction.

163


PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information about the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of September 30, 2013 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares of common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering, for:
each person known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of our common stock;
each named executive officer;
each of our directors;
all of our named executive officers and directors as a group; and
each selling stockholder.
Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table is c/o NMI Holdings, Inc., 2100 Powell Street, 12th Floor, Emeryville, California 94608. We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the tables below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws. We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership on 55,637,480 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2013 and shares of our common stock outstanding after the completion of this offering. There are currently no shares of our Class B common stock issued and outstanding.
In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and such person's percentage of ownership of all outstanding shares, we deemed as owned and outstanding for such person those shares of Class A common stock subject to options or warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2013 or RSUs held by that person that are currently vested or will vest within 60 days of September 30, 2013. We, however, did not deem such shares as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

164


 
Shares Owned Before the Offering
 
Shares Owned After the Offering
(no option exercise)
 
Shares Owned After the Offering
(full option exercise)
Name of Beneficial Owner
Number
Percentage
 
Number
Percentage
 
Number
Percentage
Executive Officers and Directors:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bradley M. Shuster (1)
634,269

1.1
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
John (Jay) M. Sherwood, Jr. (2)
446,475

*

 
 
 
 
 
 
Stanley M. Pachura (3)
62,445

*

 
 
 
 
 
 
James R. McCourt (4)
22,116

*

 
 
 
 
 
 
Michael Embler

*

 
 
 
 
 
 
James G. Jones

*

 
 
 
 
 
 
Michael Montgomery

*

 
 
 
 
 
 
John Brandon Osmon

*

 
 
 
 
 
 
James H. Ozanne (5)
10,000

*

 
 
 
 
 
 
Steven L. Scheid (6)
10,000

*

 
 
 
 
 
 
All named executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons)
1,185,305

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greater than 5% Stockholders:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Claren Road Asset Management LLC (7)
7,000,000

12.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
Hayman Capital Management, LP (8)
5,496,500

9.9

 
 
 
 
 
 
Blue Mountain Capital Management LLC (9)
5,436,500

9.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
Perry Corporation Investment Manager (10)
4,000,000

7.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
Amici Capital LLC (11)
3,626,000

6.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
CI Investments Inc. (12)
2,850,000

5.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Selling Stockholders
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*

Represents less than 1% beneficial ownership
 
 
 
 
(1
)
Represents 250,000 shares held in the Shuster Family Trust of which Mr. Shuster and his wife are co-trustees and beneficiaries, 81,769 vested performance shares and 302,500 vested stock options.
(2
)
Represents 250,000 shares held in the Sherwood Revocable Trust of which Mr. Sherwood and his wife are co-trustees and beneficiaries, 45,225 vested performance shares and 151,250 vested stock options.
(3
)
Represents 3,111 vested performance shares and 59,334 vested stock options.
(4
)
Represents 5,067 shares, 1,216 vested performance shares, 6,667 vested stock options and 9,166 shares underlying a warrant.
(5
)
Represents 10,000 shares held in the Susan A. Ozanne Trust of which Mr. Ozanne and his wife are co-trustees and beneficiaries.
(6
)
Represents 10,000 shares held in the Scheid Family Trust of which Mr. Scheid and his wife are co-trustees and beneficiaries.
(7
)
Represents 2,100,000 shares of common stock held by Claren Road Credit Opportunities Master Fund, Ltd. and 4,900,000 shares of common stock held by Claren Road Credit Master Fund, Ltd (the “Funds"). The Funds are Cayman Island private investment vehicles. Claren Road Asset Management, LLC ("Claren Road") serves as investment manager for the Funds. Four natural persons, Messrs. Brian Riano, Sean Fahey, John Eckerson and Albert Marino (collectively, the "Founders") own 45% of Claren Road. The Founders are responsible for the day to day management and control of Claren Road and direct the investment making authority of the Funds. Through various entities, the Carlyle Group ("Carlyle") owns the remaining 55% of Claren Road, but has no investment discretion with respect to the Funds. The address of the Funds and Claren Road is 900 Third Avenue, 29th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

165


(8
)
Represents (i) 5,324,300 shares held by Hayman Capital Master Fund, LP (“Master Fund”) and (ii) 172,200 shares held by LAMP Hayman Capital Fund (“LAMP HCM”). Hayman Capital Management, LP (“HCM”) is the managing general partner of Master Fund and has the authority to vote proxies on behalf of Master Fund and has discretionary investment authority over the portfolio held by Master Fund. HCM is the investment manager to LAMP HCM and has the authority to vote proxies on behalf of LAMP Funds (IRE) 1 Public Limited Company (“LAMP”) and has discretionary authority over the portfolio held by LAMP. LAMP Funds (Ire) plc. is the controlling entity of LAMP. Hayman Investment LLC is the general partner of HCM and is a holder of a limited partnership interest in HCM. The Bass Family Revocable Trust and the Bass Descendants Trust Nos. 1 and 2 are each holders of the limited partnership interest in HCM. J Kyle Bass and Mary Kathryn Bass and their minor children are beneficiaries of these trusts. Hayman Offshore Management, Inc. is the administrative general partner of Master Fund. J Kyle Bass is the sole shareholder of Hayman Offshore Management, Inc. The address for HCM, Master Fund, Hayman Investment LLC and LAMP HCM is 2101 Cedar Springs Drive, Suite 1400, Dallas, Texas, 75201. The address for LAMP Funds (Ire) plc. is 70 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2, Ireland.
(9
)
Represents (i) 2,825,436 shares held by Blue Mountain Credit Alternatives Master Fund L.P. (“BM Credit Alternatives”), (ii) 1,227,777 shares held by BlueMountain Long/Short Credit Master Fund L.P. (“BM Long/Short Credit”), (iii) 495,658 shares held by BlueMountain Distressed Master Fund L.P. (“BM Distressed”), (iv) 395,560 shares held by BlueMountain Timberline Ltd. (“BM Timberline”), (v) 296,859 shares held by BlueMountain Kicking Horse Fund L.P. (“BM Kicking Horse”), and (vi) 195,210 shares held by BlueMountain Long/Short Credit and Distressed Reflection Fund, a sub-fund of AAI BlueMountain Fund PLC (“AAI”, together with BM Credit Alternatives, BM Long/Short Credit, BM Distressed, BM Timberline and BM Kicking Horse, the “BlueMountain Funds”). The members of the Investment Committee of BlueMountain Capital Management, LLC, the investment manager of the BlueMountain Funds, exercise voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the BlueMountain Funds. The members of such investment committee are Andrew Feldstein, Stephen Siderow, Alan Gerstein, Michael Liberman, Bryce Markus, Derek Smith, David Rubenstein, Peter Greatrex and Jes Staley. The address of BM Credit Alternatives, BM Long/Short Credit, BM Distressed, BM Timberline and BM Kicking Horse is c/o Maples Corporate Services Limited, Ugland House, South Church Street, George Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands KYI-1104. The address of AAI is Beaux Lane House, Mercer Street Lower, Dublin 2, Ireland.
(10
)
Represents (i) 2,810,800 shares held by Perry Partners International Master, Inc. (“PPIM”) and (ii) 1,189,200 shares held by Perry Partners L.P. (“PPLP”). Perry Corp. serves as the investment manager to PPIM and has voting and investment power over the shares held by PPIM. Perry Corp. serves as the general partner of PPLP and has voting and investment power over the shares held by PPLP. Richard C. Perry is the President and sole stockholder of Perry Corp. The address of Perry Corp., PPIM and PPLP is c/o Perry Capital LLC, 767 Fifth Avenue, 19th Floor, New York, New York, 10153.
(11
)
Represents (i) 1,794,177 shares held by Amici Offshore, Ltd. (“Offshore”), (ii) 1,157,233 shares held by Amici Qualified Associates, L.P. (“Qualified Associates”), (iii) 388,921 shares held by Amici Associates, LP (“Associates”) and (iv) 285,669 shares held by The Collectors’ Fund L.P. (“Collectors”). Amici Capital, LLC (“Amici Capital”) is a registered investment advisor acting on behalf of Offshore, Qualified Associates, Associates and Collectors and has voting and dispositive power over the shares owned by Offshore, Qualified Associates, Associates and Collectors. CF Advisors, LLC is the general partner of Qualified Associates, Associates and Collectors. Paul E. Orlin and A. Alex Porter are the managing members of Amici Capital and of CF Advisors, LLC. The address for Offshore, Qualified Associates, Associates, Collectors and Amici Capital, LLC is 666 5th Avenue, Suite 3403, New York, New York 10103.
(12
)
Represents (i) 903,400 shares held by Signature Income & Growth Fund, (ii) 560,400 shares held by Signature Select Canadian Fund, (iii) 363,750 shares held by Signature Select Canadian Corporate Class, (iv) 335,150 shares held by Signature Canadian Balanced Fund, (v) 169,700 shares held by CI Signature Balanced Fund, (vi) 157,000 shared held by Signature Dividend Fund, (vii) 87,900 shares held by CI Global Fund, (viii) 137,700 shares held by Signature Global Income & Growth Fund, (ix) 74,800 shares held by Signature Dividend Corporate Class, (x) 29,100 shares held by Signature Select Global Fund and (xi) 18,500 shares held by CI Global Corporate Class (collectively, the “CI Funds”). (xii) 12,600 shares held by CI Signature Canadian Equity Plus. CI Investments Inc. is the manager of each of the CI Funds. Eric Bushell, John Hadwen and Goshen Benzaquen are employees of Signature Global Asset Management an internal business unit of CI Investments Inc., and together with CI Investments Inc. share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the CI Funds. The address of the CI Funds is 2 Queen Street East, 20th Floor, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, M5C 3G7.

166


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
The following descriptions include summaries of the material terms of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws. Because it is a summary, it may not contain all the information that is important to you. Reference is made to the more detailed provisions of, and the descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to, the second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws, copies of which are filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and applicable law.
General
Our certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue 250,000,000 shares of our common stock, $0.01 par value per share, 250,000 shares of Class B non-voting common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 per share.
Prior to the April 2012 private placement, we issued all 250,000 authorized shares of our Class B non-voting common stock to Messrs. Shuster and Sherwood for nominal consideration. Upon receipt of GSE Approval, each share of Class B non-voting common stock issued and outstanding was automatically converted into, and became entitled to the rights set forth herein, or that otherwise may exist at law, associated with, one fully paid and non-assessable share of Class A common stock without any action by the holder or by us. Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation, the shares of Class B non-voting common stock that have been converted have been retired and may not be reissued.
As of September 30, 2013, 55,637,480 shares of our common stock were outstanding. No shares of Class B non-voting common stock are outstanding, and we do not currently intend to issue any such shares in the future. In addition, no shares of preferred stock are outstanding.
Common Stock
Voting Power
Except as otherwise required by law or as otherwise provided in any certificate of designation for any series of preferred stock, the holders of Class A common stock possess all voting power for the election of our directors and all other matters requiring stockholder action. Each holder of our Class A common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders, and there are no cumulative voting rights. Except as otherwise provided by law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws or in respect of the election of directors, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders must be approved by a majority of the shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter. In the case of an election of directors, where a quorum is present a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect each director.
Dividends
Holders of common shares are entitled to receive ratably the dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. See “Dividend Policy.” In no event will any stock dividends or stock splits or combinations of stock be declared or made on the Class A common stock or Class B non-voting common stock unless the shares of Class A common stock and Class B non-voting common stock at the time outstanding are treated equally and identically; provided that, in the event of a dividend on common shares, shares of Class A common stock will only be entitled to receive shares of Class A common stock and shares of Class B non-voting common stock will only be entitled to receive shares of

167


Class B non-voting common stock.
Liquidation
If we liquidate, dissolve or wind-up, (i) the rights of the holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock will first be satisfied; and (ii) thereafter, the holders of the Class A common stock will be entitled to receive all of our remaining assets of whatever kind available for distributions to such holders. Holders of the Class B non-voting common stock will not be entitled to receive any of our assets of whatever kind on a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up.
Preemptive or Other Rights
Holders of our common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights (other than the Participation Right described below) and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock which we may designate in the future.
Participation Right
Our certificate of incorporation provides that, in the event that we seek to raise additional capital through a sale of equity securities (as well as rights, options or warrants to purchase equity securities or securities that may be or become convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for equity securities) at any time until our common stock begins trading on a national securities exchange, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in our certificate of incorporation, each holder of common stock, subject to the following proviso, will have the right (the “Participation Right”) to purchase its pro rata share of such equity securities in any such capital raise, on the terms and conditions of such capital raise; provided that the Participation Right will only apply to stockholders holding at least 1% of our outstanding common stock on the record date set by our Board for determining such stockholders, which record date shall be at least 15 days prior to the closing of such capital raise. Shareholders having the Participation Right will have 10 days after notice is given to them to determine whether to exercise this right. Any shares purchased pursuant to the Participation Right will constitute Registrable Shares (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement). The Participation Right will not apply to any issuances in a registered public offering or any issuances pursuant to the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan.
Preferred Stock
Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our Board to issue and to designate the terms of one or more new classes or series of preferred stock. The rights with respect to a class or series of preferred stock may be greater than the rights attached to our common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of our preferred stock on the rights of holders of our common stock until our Board determines the specific rights attached to that class or series of preferred stock.
Certain Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Delaware Law
Special Meetings of Stockholders
Our bylaws generally provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the Chairman of the Board, the president or by resolution of the Board. Stockholders are not permitted to call a special meeting or require our Board to call a special meeting, except that the Special Election Meeting may

168


be called (if not called by the Board) by holders of at least 5% of the outstanding common stock if the Shelf Registration Statement has not been declared effective, or the shares of our common stock have not become listed on the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ, within the earlier of six months after we filed such registration statement and 12 months following the receipt of GSE Approval. The Special Election Meeting may be called solely for the purposes of: (i) considering and voting upon proposals to remove each of our then-serving directors and (ii) electing such number of directors as there are then vacancies on our Board (including any vacancies created by the removal of any director at the Special Election Meeting). Nominations of individuals for election to our Board at the Special Election Meeting may only be made (a) by or at the direction of our Board or (b) upon receipt by us of a written notice of any holder or holders of shares of Class A common stock entitled to cast, or direct the casting of, at least 5% of all the votes entitled to be cast at the Special Election Meeting, which notice must contain certain information as specified in our bylaws and be delivered to us within 15 days after delivery of the notice of the Special Election Meeting.
At any special meeting of our stockholders, only such business will be conducted as has been specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of our Board or otherwise properly brought before the special meeting by or at the direction of our Board.
No Cumulative Voting
The DGCL provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulative voting in the election of directors unless a corporation's certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors.
Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations
Our bylaws provide that stockholders seeking to bring business before a meeting of stockholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders (other than the Special Election Meeting), must provide timely notice of their intent in writing. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to our principal executive offices no fewer than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the meeting. Our bylaws will also specify certain requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder's notice, including the stockholder's ownership of the Company, synthetic equity transactions engaged in by the stockholder related to the Company, any proxies or voting agreements pursuant to which such stockholder has a right to vote shares of the Company, any stock borrowing agreements entered into by the stockholder related to the Company, any performance related fees the stockholder is entitled to based on changes in the value of the stock of the Company and any other information that would be required to be made in connection with a solicitation of proxies by such stockholder pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act. Our bylaws also include that such stockholder provide information concerning each item of business proposed by the stockholder and individuals nominated for election as a director, as applicable. These provisions may preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders.
No Stockholder Action by Written Consent
Our certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock with respect to such series of preferred stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of our stockholders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

169


Stockholder-Initiated Bylaw Amendments
Our bylaws may be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by stockholders only upon approval of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of our common stock; provided that the bylaws relating to the Special Election Meeting may only be amended by holders of at least 75% of the outstanding Registrable Shares (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement). Additionally, our bylaws may be amended, altered or repealed by the Board by a majority vote.
Authorized but Unissued Shares
Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock (other than shares of Class B non-voting common stock that have been converted to shares of Class A common stock (see -"General", above) are available for future issuances without stockholder approval, subject to applicable stock exchange rules, and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.
Section 203 of the DGCL
We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203 of the DGCL prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination (as defined in such section) with an “interested stockholder” (defined generally as any person who beneficially owns 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of such corporation or any person affiliated with such person) for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless: (i) prior to such time the board of directors of such corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; (ii) upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of such corporation at the time the transaction commenced (excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock of such corporation outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (a) by persons who are directors and also officers of such corporation and (b) by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or (iii) on or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of such corporation and authorized at a meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock of such corporation not owned by the interested stockholder.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters
As permitted by the DGCL, we have adopted provisions in our certificate of incorporation that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as a director. The duty of care generally requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, directors exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to them. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:
any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

170


any act related to unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or payment of dividends; or
any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
Our certificate of incorporation also authorizes us to indemnify our officers, directors and other agents to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law, and we may advance expenses to our directors, officers and employees in connection with a legal proceeding, subject to limited exceptions. As permitted by the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation provides that:
we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to limited exceptions; and
we may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of our current or former directors, officers, employees or agents against any liability asserted against them and incurred by them in any such capacity, or arising out of their status as such.
In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with certain of our directors pursuant to which each such director will be indemnified as described above (or furnished contribution by us if indemnification is unavailable) and will be advanced costs and expenses subject to delivery of an undertaking to repay any advanced amounts if it is ultimately determined that such director is not entitled to indemnification for such costs and expenses.
Listing
We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ under the symbol “NMIH.”

Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company.


171


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no established public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that sales of shares or availability of any shares for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Issuances or sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, or the perception that such issuances or sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline significantly and make it more difficult for us to raise additional capital through a future sale of securities.
Upon completion of this offering, we will have shares of common stock issued and outstanding. All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless such shares are purchased by “affiliates” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed to be “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144. Subject to certain contractual restrictions, including the lock-up agreements referenced below, holders of restricted shares will be entitled to sell those shares in the public market if and when they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or any other applicable exemption under the Securities Act or such shares are registered for resale as described below under “
Registration Rights Agreements.”


Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders), will be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year will be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.
A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the then-outstanding shares of our common stock or the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Such sales are also subject to certain manner of sales provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.
Lock-Up Agreements
See “Underwriting” for a description of lock-up agreements entered into with the underwriters in connection with this offering. See also “ Registration Rights Agreements” for a description of the lock-up restrictions contained in the Registration Rights Agreement and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions - Sale of Shares to Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer; Lock-up Agreements Entered into in Connection with Our Private Placement for a description of the lock-up restrictions entered into by certain of our executive officers and directors in connection with our private placement.
Under the terms of the lock-up agreements referenced above, after giving effect to the sale of shares of our common stock by selling stockholders in this offering, existing holders of approximately shares of our common stock, including all of our officers and directors, may not sell such shares until 180 days after

172


the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions; and holders of approximately shares of our common stock not otherwise locked up as described above may not sell such shares until 60 days following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. These time periods may be subject to waiver and/or extension in the manner described in the sections noted above.
Form S-8 Registration Statement
In addition to the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 to register an aggregate of 5,500,000 million shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our incentive programs. That registration statement will become effective upon filing, and shares of our common stock covered by such registration statement are eligible for sale in the public market immediately after the effectiveness of such registration statement (unless held by affiliates), subject to the lock-up restrictions entered into by our executive officers in connection with our private placement and with this offering. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions - Sale of Shares to Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer; Lock-up Agreements Entered into in Connection with Our Private Placement and “Underwriting.”
Registration Rights Agreements
As described under "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Registration Rights Agreements," pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, we are required to provide written notice to each stockholder holding registrable shares following the filing of the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, providing for this initial public offering of common stock. Such stockholders have “piggy-back” registration rights that permit them to have shares of common stock owned by them included in this offering upon written notice to us within the prescribed time limit. Each such stockholder's ability to include shares in this offering is subject to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement. The managing underwriter(s) of this offering may under certain circumstances limit the number of shares owned by such stockholders that are included in this offering, but the managing underwriter(s) may not reduce such stockholders below 25% of the total shares of common stock to be sold in this offering. Stockholders holding registrable shares who elect to include their shares of common stock in this offering will not be permitted to sell their shares of our common stock for a period of up to 30 days before and 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part (subject to potential limited extensions). Stockholders holding registrable shares who do not elect, despite their right to do so under the Registration Rights Agreement, to include their shares of our common stock in this offering will not be able to sell their shares of our common stock for a period of up to 60 days following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
We entered into similar registration rights agreements with MAC Financial Ltd., who acquired shares of our common stock and a warrant exercisable for shares of our common stock in connection with our acquisition of MAC Financial, and with FBR Capital Markets & Co., who acquired shares of our common stock in our private placement and hold a warrant exercisable for shares of our common stock. These registration rights agreements provide for up to three demand registrations as well as for piggy-back registration rights.
 

173


MATERIAL U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS
The following is a general discussion of material U.S. federal income tax considerations with respect to the ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock applicable to non-U.S. holders who acquire such shares in this offering. This discussion is based on current provisions of the Code, U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial opinions, published positions of the IRS and other applicable authorities in effect as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change at any time, possibly with retroactive effect.
For purposes of this discussion, the term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a partnership or any of the following:
a citizen or resident of the United States;
a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or D.C., or a non-U.S. corporation treated as such;
an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or
a trust if (a) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) such trust has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a person treated as a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Persons that for U.S. federal income tax purposes are treated as partners in a partnership holding shares of our common stock should consult their tax advisors as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to them.
This discussion assumes that a non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder's individual circumstances, nor does it address any aspects of the unearned income Medicare contribution tax pursuant to the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, any U.S. federal estate and gift taxes, any U.S. alternative minimum taxes or any state, local or non-U.S. taxes. This discussion may not apply, in whole or in part, to particular non-U.S. holders in light of their individual circumstances or to holders subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws (such as insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, holders who acquired our common stock pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation, financial institutions, brokers or dealers in securities, traders in securities that elect mark-to-market treatment, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” non-U.S. holders that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment and certain U.S. expatriates). Accordingly, prospective investors should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local, non-U.S. income and other tax considerations of acquiring, holding and disposing of shares of our common stock.
THIS SUMMARY IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF ALL TAX CONSEQUENCES RELATING TO THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK. PROSPECTIVE HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE TAX

174


CONSEQUENCES TO THEM (INCLUDING THE APPLICATION AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN INCOME AND OTHER TAX LAWS) OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK.
Dividends
In general, any distributions we make to a non-U.S. holder with respect to its shares of our common stock that constitute a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) unless the dividends are effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder within the United States). A distribution will constitute a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any distribution not constituting a dividend will be treated first as reducing the adjusted basis in the non-U.S. holder's shares of our common stock and, to the extent it exceeds the adjusted basis in the non-U.S. holder's shares of our common stock, as gain from the sale or exchange of such stock.
Dividends effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment) of a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements. Instead, such dividends generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis, in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its “effectively connected earnings and profits,” subject to certain adjustments.
Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of Common Stock
In general, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or, subject to the discussion "Withholdable Payments to Foreign Financial Entities and Other Foreign Entities," below under the headings “Backup Withholding, Information Reporting and Other Reporting Requirements” withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of shares of our common stock unless:
the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of such non-U.S. holder);
the non-U.S. holder is an individual and is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other conditions are satisfied; or
we are or have been a U.S. real property holding corporation (a “USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition and the non-U.S. holder's holding period of our common stock and certain other conditions are satisfied. We believe that we are currently not, and we do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC.
Gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax, net of certain deductions, at regular U.S. federal income tax rates. If the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, the branch profits tax described above also may apply to such effectively connected gain. An individual non-U.S. holder who is subject to U.S. federal income tax because the non-U.S. holder was present in the United States for 183 days or more during the year of sale or other

175


disposition of our common stock will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from such sale or other disposition, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses.
Backup Withholding, Information Reporting and Other Reporting Requirements
We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of distributions made to, and the tax withheld with respect to, each non-U.S. holder. These reporting requirements apply regardless of whether withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty. Copies of this information may be made available under the provisions of a specific tax treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established.
U.S. backup withholding tax (currently, at a rate of 28%) is imposed on certain payments to persons that fail to furnish the information required under the U.S. information reporting rules. Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be exempt from backup withholding if the non-U.S. holder provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or otherwise establishes an exemption.

Under U.S. Treasury regulations, the payment of proceeds from the disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected at a U.S. office of a broker generally will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the beneficial owner, under penalties of perjury, certifies, among other things, its status as a non-U.S. holder or otherwise establishes an exemption. The payment of proceeds from the disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected at a non-U.S. office of a broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding and information reporting, except as noted below. In the case of proceeds from a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected at a non-U.S. office of a broker that is:

a U.S. person;

a “controlled foreign corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income from certain periods is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business; or

a foreign partnership if at any time during its tax year (a) one or more of its partners are U.S. persons who, in the aggregate, hold more than 50% of the income or capital interests of the partnership or (b) the foreign partnership is engaged in a U.S. trade or business,

Information reporting will apply unless the broker has documentary evidence in its records that the owner is a non-U.S. holder and certain other conditions are satisfied, or the non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption (and the broker has no knowledge or reason to know to the contrary). In addition, backup withholding will apply if the sale is subject to information reporting and the broker has actual knowledge that the non-U.S. holder is a United States person.
Backup withholding is not an additional income tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder generally can be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, or refunded, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.
Withholdable Payments to Foreign Financial Entities and Other Foreign Entities

176


Under recently enacted legislation and administrative guidance, a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% generally will be imposed on certain payments made to a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined under these rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. tax authorities to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). Under the legislation and administrative guidance, a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% generally also will be imposed on certain payments made to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying certain of its direct and indirect U.S. owners. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. These withholding taxes would be imposed on dividends paid with respect to our common stock after June 30, 2014 to, and on gross proceeds from the sales or other dispositions of our common stock after December 31, 2016 by, foreign financial institutions or non-financial entities (including in their capacity as agents or custodians for beneficial owners of our common stock) that fail to satisfy the above requirements. Prospective non-U.S. holders should consult with their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

177


UNDERWRITING
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement between us, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below, for whom FBR is acting as representative, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions shown on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:
 
Number of
Underwriter
Shares
 
 
FBR Capital Markets & Co.
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 

Under the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters are committed to purchase all of the shares offered by this prospectus (other than the shares subject to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares), if the underwriters buy any of such shares. We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of such liabilities.
The underwriters initially propose to offer the common stock directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at such offering price less a concession not to exceed $ per share. The underwriters may allow, and such dealers may re-allow, a discount not to exceed $ per share to certain other dealers. After the public offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters.
Over-Allotment Option. We and the selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an option to purchase up to additional shares of our common stock at the same price per share as they are paying for the shares shown in the table above. The underwriters may exercise this option in whole or in part at any time within 30 days after the date of the underwriting agreement. To the extent the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be committed, so long as the conditions of the underwriting agreement are satisfied, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriters’ initial commitment as indicated in the table at the beginning of this section plus, in the event that any underwriter defaults in its obligation to purchase shares under the underwriting agreement, certain additional shares.
Discounts and Commissions. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions we and the selling stockholders will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.

178


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
No
 
Full
 
 
Exercise
 
Exercise
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Per Share
 
$
 
 
 
$
 
 
Total
 
$
 
 
 
$
 
 
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
 
$
 
 
 
$
 
 
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders
 
$
 
 
 
$
 
 

In addition to the underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us, we have agreed to reimburse FBR for certain of its out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with this offering up to $ in the aggregate, including road show costs and expenses incurred in connection with this offering, and FBR’s disbursements for the fees and expenses of underwriters’ counsel. FBR has agreed to reimburse us for our actual out of pocket expenses, up to a maximum amount of three (3%) percent of the gross proceeds received from the sale of our common stock to investors other than FBR or its affiliates (the “Expense Reimbursement”). In the event the Expense Reimbursement is less than three (3%) percent of the gross proceeds received from the sale of our common stock to investors other than FBR or its affiliates, FBR has agreed to forego the portion of the expense reimbursement referenced above equal to (i) three (3%) percent of the gross proceeds received from the sale of our common stock to investors other than FBR or its affiliates, less (ii) the Expense Reimbursement (which amount shall not be less than zero). We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, taking into account the Expense Reimbursement and excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $ million.
Listing. We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ. We have reserved the trading symbol “NMIH.” In order to meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters intend to sell at least the minimum number of shares to at least the minimum number of beneficial owners as required by that exchange.
Stabilization. In accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act, the underwriters may engage in activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock, including short sales and purchases to cover positions created by short positions, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions, penalty bids and passive market making.         
Short positions involve sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares involved in the sales made by the underwriters in excess of the number of shares they are obligated to purchase is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase by exercising their option to purchase additional shares. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in their option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may close out any short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market.
Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security as long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specific maximum price.

179


Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of our common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, thereby creating a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.
Penalty bids permit the representative to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.
In passive market making, market makers in the common stock who are underwriters or prospective underwriters may, subject to limitations, make bids for or purchase shares of our common stock until the time, if any, at which a stabilizing bid is made.
These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result of these activities, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representative of the underwriters will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
Lock-Up Agreements. We, and each of our directors and executive officers and the selling stockholders, have entered into lock-up agreements restricting sales of our common stock during the 180 days following the date of the offering, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, substantially all of our other stockholders are parties to one or more registration rights agreements preventing them from selling their shares of our common stock for a period of up to 60 days following the effective date of this Registration Statement. See “Shares Available for Future Sale - Lock-Up Agreements,” “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions-Registration Rights Agreements” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions - Sale of Shares to Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer; Lock-up Agreements Entered into in Connection with Our Private Placement” for more information.
Discretionary Accounts. The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect to make sales to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority in excess of 5% of the shares of common stock being offered in this offering.
IPO Pricing. Prior to the completion of this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price has been negotiated between us and the representative. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations were: the history of, and prospects for, us and the industry in which we compete; our past and present financial performance; an assessment of our management; the present state of our development; the prospects for our future earnings; the prevailing conditions of the applicable United States securities market at the time of this offering; previous trading prices for our

180


common stock in the private market and market valuations of publicly traded companies that we and the representative believe to be comparable to us.
Certain Information and Fees. A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The representative may allocate a number of shares to the underwriters and selling group members, if any, for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Any such allocations for online distributions will be made by the representative on the same basis as other allocations.
Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s or selling group member’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by any underwriter or selling group member is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter or selling group member and should not be relied upon by investors.
If you purchase shares of common stock offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.
Other Relationships. FBR may in the future provide us and our affiliates with investment banking and financial advisory services for which FBR may in the future receive customary fees. For services that FBR has provided to us previously and that we agreed to in connection with the private placement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions-Agreements with FBR Capital Markets & Co. and its Affiliates-Engagement Letter; Right of First Refusal.”
Notice to Prospective Investors in the EEA
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (EEA) which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:
     (a)      to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
     (b)      to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
     (c)      it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive; and
     (d)      in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, (i) the shares acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive), or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representative has been given to the offer or resale; or (ii) where shares have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of those shares to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been made to such persons.

181


In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland
This document, as well as any other material relating to the shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, do not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a and/or 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The shares will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating to the shares, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange. The shares are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e., to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the shares with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by the issuer from time to time. This document, as well as any other material relating to the shares, is personal and confidential and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This document may only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offering described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without express consent of the issuer. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre
This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia
No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.
Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional

182


investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.
The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.
This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong
The securities have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the securities has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan
The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of Non-CIS Securities may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the Non-CIS Securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant

183


person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
Where the Non-CIS Securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:
a. a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or
b.a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,
securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the Non-CIS Securities pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:
a.to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;
b.where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;
c.where the transfer is by operation of law;
d.as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or
e.as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

184



ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Legal Matters
The validity of our common stock and other certain legal matters have been passed upon for us by Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, New York, New York. Sidley Austin LLP, Chicago, Illinois, is acting as counsel to the underwriters.
Experts
We have included the consolidated financial statements of NMI Holdings, Inc. (Successor entity) as of and for the six months ending June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012, as of December 31, 2011, for the period May 19, 2011 (date of inception of successor entity) through December 31, 2011 and for the period May 19, 2011 (date of inception of successor entity) through June 30, 2013. We have also included the financial statements of our Predecessor entity, MAC Financial Holding Corporation, as of and for the period from January 1, 2012 through April 24, 2012 (date of purchase of Predecessor entity), as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011, and for the period from July 6, 2009 (date of inception of Predecessor entity) through April 24, 2012. These financial statements have been so included in reliance on the reports of BDO USA, LLP, an independent registered certified public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

185


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to our common stock offered hereby. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and any schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the content of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance, if such contract or document is filed as an exhibit, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. A copy of the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be read and copied at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1­800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov. We also maintain a website at www.nationalmi.com. Our website, and the information contained on or accessible through our website are not part of this prospectus.
As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We will fulfill our obligations with respect to such requirements by filing periodic reports and other information with the SEC. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements certified by an independent public accounting firm and make available to our stockholders quarterly reports for the first three quarters of such fiscal year containing unaudited interim financial statements.

186


INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SUCCESSOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NMI Holdings, Inc. (A Development Stage Company) -- Consolidated Financial Statements for the Period Ended June 30, 2013
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets June 30, 2013 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2012
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Unaudited) for the Three Months Ended and Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 and for the Period from May 19, 2011
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity (Unaudited) for the Period from January 1, 2013 to June 30, 2013, for the Year Ended December 31, 2012 and for the period from May 19, 2011 (inception) to June 30, 2013.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited) for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 and for the Period from May 19, 2011 (inception) to June 30, 2013
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
NMI Holdings, Inc. (A Development Stage Company) -- Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets December 31, 2012 and 2011
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the Year Ended December 31, 2012 and for the period from May 19, 2011 (inception) to December 31, 2011 and for the Period from May 19, 2011 (inception) to December 31, 2012
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the Period from May 19, 2011 (inception) to December 31, 2011, for the Year Ended December 31, 2012 and for the Period from May 19, 2011 (inception) to December 31, 2012
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2012 and for the period from May 19, 2011 (inception) to December 31, 2011 and for the Period from May 19, 2011 (inception) to December 31, 2012
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
PREDECESSOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MAC Financial Holdings Corporation (A Development Stage Company) -- Consolidated Financial Statements for the Period Ended April 24, 2012 and the Year Ended December 31, 2011
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets April 24, 2012 and December 31, 2011
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Period from January 1, 2012 to April 24, 2012, the Period from July 6, 2009 (inception) to April 24, 2012, the Year Ended December 31, 2011, and the Period from July 6, 2009 (inception) to December 31, 2011
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the Period ended April 24, 2012, the Period from July 6, 2009 (inception) to April 24, 2012, the Year Ended December 31, 2011, and the Period from July 6, 2009 (inception) to December 31, 2011
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Period from January 1, 2012 to April 24, 2012, the Period from July 6, 2009 (inception) to April 24, 2012, the Year Ended December 31, 2011, and the Period from July 6, 2009 to December 31, 2011
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-1





CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Unaudited)
June 30, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
Assets
 
 
 
Investments, available-for-sale, at fair value:
 
 
 
Fixed maturities (amortized cost of $436,793,468 and $0 as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively)
$
427,471,707

 
$

Short-term investments

 
4,864,206

Total investment portfolio
427,471,707

 
4,864,206

Cash and cash equivalents
25,940,653

 
485,855,418

Accrued investment income
2,104,728

 

Prepaid expenses
956,727

 
416,861

Restricted cash

 
40,338,155

Goodwill and other intangible assets
3,634,197

 
3,634,197

Software and equipment, net
8,786,020

 
7,550,095

Other assets
55,579

 
108,802

Total Assets
$
468,949,611

 
$
542,767,734

Liabilities
 
 
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
$
6,416,042

 
$
8,707,573

Placement fees payable

 
38,305,405

Purchase consideration payable

 
2,032,750

Warrant liability
5,921,276

 
4,841,765

Deferred tax liability
132,600

 
132,600

Total Liabilities
12,469,918

 
54,020,093

Commitments and Contingencies
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders' Equity
 
 
 
Common stock - Class A shares, $0.01 par value, 55,637,480 and 55,250,100 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively (250,000,000 shares authorized)
556,375

 
552,501

Common stock - Class B shares, $0.01 par value, 0 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2013 and 250,000 shares issued and outstanding (250,000 authorized) as of December 31, 2012

 
2,500

Additional paid-in capital
522,312,405

 
517,032,619

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
(9,321,761
)
 
559

Deficit accumulated during the development phase
(57,067,326
)
 
(28,840,538
)
Total Shareholders' Equity
456,479,693

 
488,747,641

Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
$
468,949,611

 
$
542,767,734



See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-2

NMI HOLDINGS, INC. (A Development Stage Company)


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (Unaudited)
For the Three Months Ended
June 30,
 
For the Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
For the Period from May 19, 2011 (inception) to June 30
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
Revenues
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct premiums written
$
1,037

 
$

 
$
1,037

 
$

 
$
1,037

(Increase) decrease in unearned premium

 

 

 

 

Net premiums earned
1,037

 

 
1,037

 

 
1,037

Net investment income
1,406,902

 

 
1,816,789

 

 
1,822,614

Realized investment gains
452,359

 

 
480,709

 

 
480,709

Loss from change in fair value of warrant liability
(1,114,619
)
 

 
(1,079,511
)
 

 
(801,707
)
Total Revenues
745,679

 

 
1,219,024

 

 
1,502,653

Expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Payroll and related
7,596,718

 
1,829,327

 
13,806,018

 
1,829,327

 
25,364,932

Share-based compensation
3,845,748

 
1,045,881

 
6,859,073

 
1,045,881

 
12,974,433

Depreciation and amortization
1,787,656

 

 
1,846,748

 

 
1,849,665

Professional fees
1,579,374

 
354,499

 
2,669,853

 
438,755

 
5,044,546

Information technology
1,188,904

 

 
2,126,819

 

 
2,999,272

Travel and related costs
288,240

 
172,782

 
702,868

 
196,868

 
1,428,332

Rent and office expenses
211,415

 
26,838

 
312,809

 
26,838

 
545,801

Accounting and auditing
133,137

 
44,225

 
261,979

 
44,225

 
578,349

Board of Directors fees and related costs
97,500

 
486,834

 
195,000

 
486,834

 
1,083,012

State licensing fees and related costs
21,382

 
154,938

 
52,868

 
154,938

 
236,228

Consulting fees
14,520

 
90,000

 
101,081

 
357,419

 
2,024,808

Finance fees and interest expense

 
1,619,569

 

 
1,628,635

 
1,632,364

Loss on impairment

 

 

 

 
1,200,000

Other
255,167

 
371,430

 
510,696

 
372,430

 
1,608,237

Total Expenses
17,019,761

 
6,196,323

 
29,445,812

 
6,582,150

 
58,569,979

Net Loss
$
(16,274,082
)
 
$
(6,196,323
)
 
$
(28,226,788
)
 
$
(6,582,150
)
 
$
(57,067,326
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and Diluted loss per share
$
(0.29
)
 
$
(0.15
)
 
$
(0.51
)
 
$
(0.33
)
 
$
(1.81
)
Weighted average common shares
55,629,932

 
40,252,847

 
55,565,374

 
20,126,474

 
31,448,608

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Comprehensive Loss (net of tax)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized holding loss for the period included in accumulated other comprehensive income
(10,209,583
)
 

 
(9,322,320
)
 

 
(9,321,761
)
Other Comprehensive Loss (net of tax)
(10,209,583
)
 

 
(9,322,320
)
 

 
(9,321,761
)
Total Comprehensive Loss
$
(26,483,665
)
 
$
(6,196,323
)
 
$
(37,549,108
)
 
$
(6,582,150
)
 
$
(66,389,087
)


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-3

NMI HOLDINGS, INC. (A Development Stage Company)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Unaudited)
 
Common stock
Additional Paid-in Capital
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Deficit Accumulated During the Development Phase
Total
 
Class A
Class B
 
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Period from year-ended December 31, 2011
Balance, December 31, 2011
100

$
1


$

$

$

$
(1,348,825
)
$
(1,348,824
)
Issuance of Class A shares of common stock
55,000,000

550,000



508,419,759



508,969,759

Issuance of Class B shares of common stock


250,000

2,500




2,500

Issuance of common stock related to acquisition of subsidiaries
250,000

2,500



2,497,500



2,500,000

Share-based compensation expense




6,115,360



6,115,360

Change in unrealized investment gains





559


559

Net loss






(27,491,713
)
(27,491,713
)
Balance, December 31, 2012
55,250,100

$
552,501

250,000

$
2,500

$
517,032,619

$
559

$
(28,840,538
)
$
488,747,641

Period from May 19, 2011 (inception) to June 30, 2013
Balance, May 19, 2011

$


$

$

$

$

$

Issuance of Class A shares of common stock
55,137,480

551,375



506,840,472



507,391,847

Issuance of Class B shares of common stock


250,000

2,500




2,500

Conversion of Class B shares of common stock into Class A shares of common stock
250,000

2,500

(250,000
)
(2,500
)




Issuance of common stock related to acquisition of subsidiaries
250,000

2,500



2,497,500



2,500,000

Share-based compensation expense




12,974,433


 
12,974,433

Change in unrealized investment gains





(9,321,761
)

(9,321,761
)
Net loss






(57,067,326
)
(57,067,326
)
Balance, June 30, 2013
55,637,480

$
556,375


$

$
522,312,405

$
(9,321,761
)
$
(57,067,326
)
$
456,479,693

For the six months ended June 30, 2013
Balance, December 31, 2012
55,250,100

$
552,501

250,000

$
2,500

$
517,032,619

$
559

$
(28,840,538
)
$
488,747,641

Issuance of Class A shares of common stock
137,380

1,374



(1,579,287
)


(1,577,913
)
Conversion of Class B shares of common stock into Class A shares of common stock
250,000

2,500

(250,000
)
(2,500
)




Share-based compensation expense




6,859,073



6,859,073

Change in unrealized investment gains





(9,322,320
)

(9,322,320
)
Net loss






(28,226,788
)
(28,226,788
)
Balance, June 30, 2013
55,637,480

$
556,375


$

$
522,312,405

$
(9,321,761
)
$
(57,067,326
)
$
456,479,693

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4

NMI HOLDINGS, INC. (A Development Stage Company)


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Unaudited)
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013
 
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2012
 
For the Period from May 19, 2011 (inception) to June 30, 2013
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
$
(28,226,788
)
 
$
(6,582,150
)
 
$
(57,067,326
)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Share-based compensation
6,859,073

 
1,045,881

 
12,974,433

Warrants issued in connection with line of credit

 
1,619,569

 
1,619,569

Loss from change in fair value of warrant liability
1,079,511

 

 
801,707

Realized investment gains
(480,709
)
 

 
(480,709
)
Loss on impairment

 

 
1,200,000

Depreciation and other amortization
2,712,532

 

 
2,715,449

Accrued investment income
(2,104,728
)
 

 
(2,110,553
)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
Prepaid expenses
(539,866
)
 
(63,477
)
 
(956,727
)
Other assets
53,223

 
(43,095
)
 
(51,773
)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
(2,291,531
)
 
(677,317
)
 
3,615,072

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities
(22,939,283
)
 
(4,700,589
)
 
(37,740,858
)
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Purchase of short-term investments
(509,964
)
 

 
(5,371,592
)
Purchase of fixed maturities
(552,174,473
)
 

 
(552,174,473
)
Proceeds from maturity of short-term investments
5,375,000

 

 
5,375,000

Proceeds from sale of fixed maturities
114,994,540

 

 
114,994,540

Purchase of software and equipment
(3,082,672
)
 
(77,764
)
 
(5,529,176
)
Acquisition of subsidiaries

 
(2,500,000
)
 
(2,500,000
)
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities
(435,397,569
)
 
(2,577,764
)
 
(445,205,701
)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Payments on line of credit

 
(205,318
)
 

Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards
(1,577,913
)
 

 
(1,577,913
)
Issuance of common stock

 
510,465,124

 
510,465,125

Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Financing Activities
(1,577,913
)
 
510,259,806

 
508,887,212

Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents
(459,914,765
)
 
502,981,453

 
25,940,653

Cash and Cash Equivalents, beginning of period
$
485,855,418

 
$
1

 
$

Cash and Cash Equivalents, end of period
25,940,653

 
502,981,454

 
25,940,653

 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information
 
 
 
 
 
Restricted Cash

 
20,830,488

 
40,338,155

Noncash Financing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Conversion of Class B shares of common stock into Class A shares of common stock
2,500

 

 
2,500

Acquisition of subsidiaries
 
 
 
 
 
Warrants issued in connection with acquisition of subsidiaries
$

 
$
3,500,000

 
$
3,500,000

Common stock issued in connection with acquisition of subsidiaries

 
2,500,000

 
2,500,000


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-5

NMI HOLDINGS INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)




1. Organization

NMI Holdings, Inc. (A Development Stage Company) ("the Company"), a Delaware corporation, was formed in May 2011 with the intention of providing private mortgage guaranty insurance. From May 2011 through March 2013, the Company's activities were limited to raising capital, seeking to acquire the assets and approvals necessary to become a private mortgage guaranty insurance provider and hiring personnel. In April 2013, the Company, through its primary insurance subsidiary, began writing it's first mortgage insurance policies. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of NMI Holdings, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, National Mortgage Insurance Corporation ("NMIC"), previously named Mortgage Assurance Corporation, National Mortgage Reinsurance Inc One ("NMI Re One"), previously named Mortgage Assurance Reinsurance Inc One, and National Mortgage Reinsurance Inc Two ("NMI Re Two"), previously named Mortgage Assurance Reinsurance Inc Two.

On November 30, 2011, the Company entered into an agreement with MAC Financial Ltd. to acquire MAC Financial Holding Corporation and its subsidiaries, Mortgage Assurance Corporation, Mortgage Assurance Reinsurance Inc One and Mortgage Assurance Reinsurance Inc Two, for approximately $8.5 million in cash, common stock and warrants plus the assumption of approximately $1.3 million in liabilities ("MAC Acquisition"). In addition, the Company incurred $0.1 million in tax liabilities as a result of the acquisition of certain indefinite-lived intangibles. The acquisition was completed in April 2012.

In April 2012, the Company offered 55.0 million shares of common stock at an issue price of $10.00 per share. Gross proceeds from the offering were $550.0 million. Net proceeds from the offering, after an approximate 7% underwriting fee and other offering expenses, were approximately $510.3 million. The fee was escrowed for the benefit of FBR Capital Markets and Co. ("FBR"). The escrow account was released to FBR upon the Company's receipt of approval from Federal National Home Mortgage Association ("Fannie Mae") and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("Freddie Mac") ("GSE Approval"). An additional $1.5 million in offering expenses were paid upon GSE approval in January 2013.

Under the terms of the offering, the Company had nine months from the date of its last offering memorandum (until January 17, 2013) to obtain GSE Approval ("GSE Approval Deadline"). The Company was approved as an eligible mortgage guaranty insurer by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, on January 15, 2013 and January 16, 2013, respectively, subject to maintaining certain conditions.
2. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Accounting Principles

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the results of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (US GAAP). All material intercompany accounts have been eliminated. The accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries are maintained in US dollars. The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities, as well as disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the balance sheet date. Estimates also affect the reported amounts of income and expenses for the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers items such as certificates of deposit and money market funds with original maturities of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents.


F-6

NMI HOLDINGS INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

The Company had approximately $40.3 million in restricted cash as of December 31, 2012. The restricted cash balance was comprised of two escrow accounts that were initially funded on April 24, 2012 with an agreement that the funds would be released upon GSE Approval. The restricted cash was payable to FBR and MAC Financial Ltd. and was released from escrow on January 23, 2013. There was no restricted cash as of June 30, 2013.

Investments

The Company has designated its investment portfolio as available-for-sale and is reported at fair value. The related unrealized gains and losses are, after considering the related tax expense or benefit, recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income in shareholders' equity. Realized investment gains and losses are reported in income based upon specific identification of securities sold.

Purchases and sales of investments are recorded on a trade date basis. Net investment income is recognized when earned and includes interest and dividend income together with amortization of market premiums and discounts using the effective yield method and is net of investment management fees and other expenses. For asset-backed securities and any other holdings for which there is a prepayment risk, prepayment assumptions are evaluated and revised as necessary. Any adjustments required due to the change in effective yields and maturities are recognized on a prospective basis through yield adjustments.

Each quarter the Company evaluates the investments in order to determine whether declines in fair value below amortized cost were considered other-than-temporary in accordance with applicable guidance. In evaluating whether a decline in fair value is other-than-temporary, the Company considers several factors including, but not limited to:

the Company's intent to sell the security or whether it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery;
severity and duration of the decline in fair value;
the financial condition of the issuer;
failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments;
recent credit downgrades of the applicable security or the issuer below investment grade; and
adverse conditions specifically related to the security, an industry, or a geographic area.

Under the current guidance, a debt security impairment is deemed other than temporary if (1) the Company either intends to sell the security, or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery or (2) the Company does not expect to collect cash flows sufficient to recover the amortized cost basis of the security. In the event of the decline in fair value of a debt security, a holder of that security that does not intend to sell the debt security and for whom it is more likely than not that such holder will be required to sell the debt security before recovery of its amortized cost basis is required to separate the decline in fair value into (a) the amount representing the credit loss and (b) the amount related to other factors. The amount of total decline in fair value related to the credit loss shall be recognized in earnings as other-than-temporary impairment ("OTTI") with the amount related to other factors recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, net of tax. In periods after recognition of an OTTI on debt securities, the Company accounts for such securities as if they had been purchased on the measurement date of the OTTI at an amortized cost basis equal to the previous amortized cost basis less the OTTI recognized in earnings. For debt securities for which OTTI were recognized in earnings, the difference between the new amortized cost basis and the cash flows expected to be collected will be accreted into net investment income. The determination of OTTI is a subjective process, and different judgments and assumptions could affect the timing of the loss realization.

Revenue Recognition 

In the mortgage insurance industry, a “book” is a group of loans that an MI ("Mortgage Insurance") company insures in a particular period, normally a calendar year. The Company sets premiums at the time a policy is issued based on the Company's expectations regarding likely performance over the term of coverage. The policies the Company writes are guaranteed renewable contracts at the policyholders option on a single, annual or monthly premium basis. The Company

F-7

NMI HOLDINGS INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

has no ability to reunderwrite or reprice these contracts.  Premiums written on a single premium basis and an annual premium basis are initially deferred as unearned premium reserve and earned over the policy term.  Premiums written on policies covering more than one year are amortized over the policy life in accordance with the expiration of risk which is the anticipated claim payment pattern based on industry experience.  Premiums written on annual policies are earned on a monthly pro rata basis.  Premiums written on monthly policies are earned as coverage is provided.  Upon cancellation of a policy, all premium that is non-refundable is immediately earned. Any refundable premium is returned to the policyholder. The actual return of premium for all periods affects premiums written and earned. For the six months ended June 30, 2013 we have net premiums written and earned of approximately one thousand dollars. All six policies written to date are monthly premium plans and were non-refundable.
Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs

Costs directly associated with the successful acquisition of mortgage insurance business, consisting of employee compensation and other policy issuance and underwriting expenses, are initially deferred and reported as deferred policy acquisition costs ("DAC"). For each book year of business, these costs are amortized to income in proportion to estimated gross profits over the estimated life of the policies.  As the Company has written minimal policies as of June 30, 2013, the Company's policy acquisition costs were less than $1,000.
Business Combinations, Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of net assets acquired from a business combination. In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other, the Company will test goodwill for impairment during the third quarter each year or more frequently if the Company believes indicators of impairment exist. The Company has not identified any impairments of goodwill through June 30, 2013.

The Company's intangible assets consist of state licenses and GSE applications and have indefinite lives. The Company tests indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment during the fourth quarter of each year or more frequently if the Company believes indicators of impairment exist. The Company does not believe that the indefinite-lived intangible assets were impaired as of June 30, 2013.

Software and Equipment

Software and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated amortization and depreciation. Amortization and depreciation are calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets ranging typically from 3 to 7 years, unless factors indicate a shorter useful life. During the second quarter of 2013, the Company conducted an analysis on the existing Insurance Management System ("IMS") which was acquired in connection with the "MAC" acquisition and evaluated development efforts, in the pursuit of designing a system that would meet the Company's business requirements. Based on that analysis, the Company made the business decision during the second quarter of 2013 to pursue the development of new modules (i.e. policy servicing, billing and delinquency and claims management) to support these business functions. As a result of the change in approach, the Company reduced the useful life of these components of IMS and shortened the amortization period to a range of 7 and 18 months. Amortization of software and depreciation of equipment will commence the beginning of the month following the placement of the asset into use by the Company.

Warrants

The Company accounts for warrants to purchase common shares of the Company issued to FBR and MAC Financial Ltd. in conjunction with the line of credit and stock purchase agreement, respectively, in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 470-20 Debt with Conversion and Other Options and ASC 815-40 Derivatives and Hedging - Contracts in Entity's Own Equity. These warrants may be settled by the Company using the physical settlement method or through cash-less-exercises in which shares subject to

F-8

NMI HOLDINGS INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

the warrants are reduced in lieu of cash payment of the exercise price. The exercise price and the number of warrants are subject to anti-dilution provisions whereby the existing exercise price is adjusted downward and the number of warrants increased for events that may not be dilutive and the adjustment may be in excess of any dilution suffered. As a result, the warrants are classified as a liability. The Company is required to revalue the warrants at the end of each reporting period and any change in fair value is reported in the statements of operations in the period in which the change occurred. The fair value of the warrants is calculated using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model in combination with a binomial model and a Monte-Carlo simulation model used to value the pricing protection features within the warrant.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company adopted ASC 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation ("ASC 718"). ASC 718 addresses accounting for share-based awards and recognizes compensation expense, measured using grant date fair value, over the requisite service or performance period of the award. Share-based payments include restricted stock and stock option grants under the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan. The fair value of stock option grants issued are determined based on an option pricing model which takes into account various assumptions that are subjective. Key assumptions used in the stock option valuation include the expected term of the equity award taking into account the contractual term of the award, the effects of expected exercise and post-vesting termination behavior, expected volatility, expected dividends and the risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the award. Restricted stock grants to employees contain a market condition and/or service condition. The fair value of restricted stock grants to employees with a market condition is determined based on a Monte Carlo Simulation model at the date of grant. Restricted grants to employees with a service condition and restricted grants to non-employee directors are valued at the Company's stock price on the date of grant less the present value of anticipated dividends.

Offering and Incorporation Expenses

Offering expenses incurred in connection with the capitalization of the Company were recorded as a reduction of paid-in-capital at closing. These costs include certain investment banking fees, legal fees, printer fees and audit fees. Any incorporation and organizational expenses not related to the raising of capital are expensed as incurred and are included in the statement of operations.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740 - Income Taxes. The liability method measures the expected future tax effects of temporary differences at the enacted tax rates applicable for the period in which the deferred asset or liability is expected to be realized or settled. Temporary differences are differences between the tax basis of an asset or liability and its reported amount in the consolidated financial statements that will result in future increases or decreases in taxes owed on a cash basis compared to amounts already recognized as tax expense in the consolidated statement of operations.

The Company evaluates the need for a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis. In the course of its review, the Company assesses all available evidence, both positive and negative, including future sources of income, tax planning strategies, future contractual cash flows and reversing temporary differences. Additional valuation allowance benefits or charges could be recognized in the future due to changes in management's expectations regarding the realization of tax benefits. Uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return by the Company are recognized in the financial statements when it is more likely than not that the position would be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. There are no tax uncertainties that are expected to result in significant increases or decreases to unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve month period.

In assessing the valuation of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible.


F-9

NMI HOLDINGS INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

Recent Accounting Developments

Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

In February 2013, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update addressing the reporting of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The Update requires an entity to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income if the amount being reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in its entirety to net income. For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income in the same reporting period, an entity is required to cross-reference other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. For public entities, the amendments are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. For nonpublic entities, the amendments are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013. Early adoption is permitted. The Company expects this guidance to affect financial statement disclosures but not to have an impact on the Company's results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

Recent Accounting Standards Updates Adopted

Nonpublic Entity Disclosures about Financial Instruments

In February 2013, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update clarifying the intended scope of the disclosures required by Update 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement: Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs. The amendments clarify that the requirement to disclose "the level of the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurements are categorized in their entirety (Level 1, 2, or 3)" does not apply to nonpublic entities for items that are not measured at fair value in the statement of financial position but for which fair value is disclosed. The amendments were effective upon issuance. The adoption of this guidance in February 2013 did not have any effect on the Company's results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities

In January 2013, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update clarifying that the scope of Update 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities, applies to derivatives accounted for in accordance with Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, including bifurcated embedded derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset in accordance with Section 210-20-45 or Section 815-10-45 or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. The adoption of this guidance in January 2013 did not have any effect on the Company's results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

Reclassifications

Certain items in the financial statements as of December 31, 2012 and for the periods ending June 30, 2012 and for the period from May 19, 2011 (inception) to June 30, 2013 have been reclassified to conform to the current year's presentation. There was no effect on net income previously reported.
3. Common Stock Offering

The Company entered into a purchase/placement agreement with FBR on April 17, 2012 and sold an aggregate of 55,000,000 common shares resulting in net proceeds of $510.3 million. As part of the agreement, the Company placed approximately 93.3% (or $476.2 million) of the net proceeds to the Company from this offering into investment accounts established for the purpose of investing such proceeds on a short-term basis, prior to approval from at least one of the GSEs, to be a qualified mortgage guaranty insurance provider to the GSE. As stated in the Certificate of Incorporation, this amount was not to be disbursed (used for operating activities) until the earlier of (i) receipt by the Company of GSE

F-10

NMI HOLDINGS INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

Approval or (ii) the liquidation of the Company. Approximately $34.6 million of the net proceeds were available for paying the cash portion of the MAC Acquisition and to pay off the FBR loan. The remaining balance of $31.8 million was placed in an operating account for the purpose of funding the Company's operations through the time of GSE Approval.

The initial purchaser's discount and placement fee of $38.3 million was comprised of $19.5 million in common stock and $18.8 million in cash. On October 24, 2012 FBR sold the aforementioned common stock and proceeds of $19.5 million were retained in an escrow account until the Company received GSE Approval.

In January 2013, following GSE Approval, the escrow funds were released to FBR (its initial purchasers' discount and placement fees from the escrow account) and to MAC for the cash portion of the MAC Acquisition.
4. Acquisition of MAC

On November 30, 2011, the Company entered into an agreement with MAC Financial Ltd. to acquire MAC Financial Holdings Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively "MAC"). The agreement closed shortly after the closing of the common stock offering described above. Under the agreement, the total initial consideration paid for MAC was $8.5 million which consists of $2.5 million in cash, $2.5 million in the Company's common stock, and warrants to acquire the Company's common stock valued at $3.5 million. The consideration (net of expenses paid on MAC's behalf) was held in an escrow account until the Company received GSE Approval, upon which time it was released to MAC Financial Ltd. The total purchase consideration was allocated to the acquired assets and liabilities as follows:
April 24, 2012
 
Current assets
$
52,159

Intangibles
1,590,000

Capitalized software
5,000,000

Goodwill
3,244,197

Subtotal
9,886,356

Current liabilities and deferred tax liabilities
(1,386,356
)
Estimated fair value of net assets acquired
$
8,500,000


Pursuant to the terms of the stock purchase agreement, the Company assumed approximately $1.3 million of MAC's existing liabilities, which relate to outstanding payment obligations under its vendor contracts with CDW, LLC, Milliman, Inc., and Intellect/SEEC, Inc. and incurred $0.1 million in tax liabilities as a result of the acquisition of certain indefinite-lived intangibles. All other liabilities which existed at closing are the obligation of MAC Financial Ltd. and either have been or will be paid out of their cash consideration, which was held in an escrow account until GSE Approval. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the total amount of cash held in escrow (net of expenses paid on MAC's behalf) was $0 and $2 million, respectively.

Included in the acquired intangibles of $1.6 million are operational manuals valued at $1.2 million which at the time of acquisition, were a key deliverable in the Company's GSE application and were expected to be placed in service following GSE approval. Subsequently, the processes and procedures underlying the operational manuals have been reengineered to be substantially different as defined by the Company's current management. Therefore, at December 31, 2012 the Company determined the carrying value of operational manuals would not be recovered and the manuals could not be sold and would be disposed, and as a result, assessed the fair value at zero and recognized a loss on impairment of $1.2 million in the fourth quarter of 2012.
5. Investments

As of June 30, 2013, there were approximately $6.9 million of cash and investments in the form of U.S. Treasury securities on deposit with various state insurance departments to satisfy regulatory requirements.

F-11

NMI HOLDINGS INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)


Fair Values and Gross Unrealized Gains and Losses on Investments

 
Amortized
Cost
Gross Unrealized
Fair
Value
 
Gains
(Losses)
As of June 30, 2013
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies
$
110,631,440

$

$
(1,864,206
)
$
108,767,234

Municipal bonds
12,021,248


(124,238
)
11,897,010

Corporate debt securities
244,862,545

136,832

(6,156,901
)
238,842,476

Asset-backed securities
69,278,235

42,856

(1,356,104
)
67,964,987

Total fixed income securities
$
436,793,468

$
179,688

$
(9,501,449
)
$
427,471,707

Total Investments
$
436,793,468

$
179,688

$
(9,501,449
)
$
427,471,707

 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortized
Cost
Gross Unrealized
Fair
Value
 
Gains
(Losses)
As of December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
Short-term investments
$
4,863,647

$
559

$

$
4,864,206

Total Investments
$
4,863,647

$
559

$

$
4,864,206


Aging of Unrealized Losses
All of the unrealized losses as of June 30, 2013 were aged less than six months. There were no unrealized losses as of December 31, 2012.

Scheduled Maturities as of June 30, 2013
 
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value
Due in one year or less
$

$

Due after one through five years
274,591,021

269,955,281

Due after five through ten years
77,143,348

74,144,445

Due after ten years
15,780,864

15,406,994

Asset-backed securities
69,278,235

67,964,987

Total Investments
$
436,793,468

$
427,471,707


All investments held at December 31, 2012 had a scheduled maturity of one year or less.

Net Realized Investment Gains on Investments
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2013
Six Months Ended June 30, 2013
For the Period from May 19, 2011 (inception) to June 30, 2013
Corporate Bond
$
487,759

$
516,109

$
516,109

U.S. Treasury Securities and Obligations of U.S. governments agencies
(15,659
)
(15,659
)
(15,659
)
Asset-backed security
(19,741
)
(19,741
)
(19,741
)
Total Net Realized Investment Gains
$
452,359

$
480,709

$
480,709


There were no realized investment gains or losses for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012.

F-12

NMI HOLDINGS INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

6. Fair Value Disclosures

The following describes the valuation techniques used by the Company to determine the fair value of financial instruments held as at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

The Company established a fair value hierarchy by prioritizing the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under this standard are described below:

Level 1 - Unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2 - Prices or valuations based on observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities; and

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

The level of market activity used to determine the fair value hierarchy is based on the availability of observable inputs market participants would use to price an asset or a liability, including market value price observations.

Assets classified as Level 1 and Level 2

To determine the fair value of securities available-for-sale in Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, independent pricing sources have been utilized. One price is provided per security based on observable market data. To ensure securities are appropriately classified in the fair value hierarchy, we review the pricing techniques and methodologies of the independent pricing sources and believe that their policies adequately consider market activity, either based on specific transactions for the issue valued or based on modeling of securities with similar credit quality, duration, yield and structure that were recently traded. A variety of inputs are utilized by the independent pricing sources including benchmark yields, reported trades, non-binding broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers and reference data including data published in market research publications. Inputs may be weighted differently for any security, and not all inputs are used for each security evaluation. Market indicators, industry and economic events are also considered. This information is evaluated using a multidimensional pricing model. Quality controls are performed by the independent pricing sources throughout this process, which include reviewing tolerance reports, trading information and data changes, and directional moves compared to market moves. This model combines all inputs to arrive at a value assigned to each security. The Company has not made any adjustments to the prices obtained from the independent pricing sources.

Assets classified as Level 3

The warrants held by FBR and MAC Financial Ltd. and are valued using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Variables in the model include the risk-free rate of return, dividend yield, expected life and expected volatility of the Company's stock price. Any potential value associated with pricing protection features are assessed using internal models and management estimation.

ASC 825, "Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments", requires all entities to disclose the fair value of their financial instruments, both assets and liabilities recognized and not recognized in the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate fair value.


F-13

NMI HOLDINGS INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

The following is a list of those assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value by hierarchy level as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012:
 
Fair Value Measurements Using
 
Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Fair Value
As of June 30, 2013
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government and agencies
$
108,767,234

$

$

$
108,767,234

Municipal bonds

11,897,010


11,897,010

Corporate debt securities

238,842,476


238,842,476

Asset-backed securities

67,964,987


67,964,987

Cash and cash equivalents
25,940,653



25,940,653

Total assets
$
134,707,887

$
318,704,473

$

$
453,412,360

Warrant liability


5,921,276

5,921,276

Total liabilities
$

$

$
5,921,276

$
5,921,276

 
Fair Value Measurements Using
 
Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Fair Value
As of December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies
$
4,864,206

$

$

$
4,864,206

Cash and cash equivalents
526,193,573



526,193,573

Total assets
$
531,057,779

$

$

$
531,057,779

Warrant liability


4,841,765

4,841,765

Total liabilities
$

$

$
4,841,765

$
4,841,765


The following is a rollforward of Level 3 liabilities measured at fair value for the six months ended June 30, 2013:


F-14

NMI HOLDINGS INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

 
Total Fair Value Measurements
Six Months Ended June 30, 2013
 
Level 3 Instruments Only
Warrant Liability
 
 
Balance, January 1, 2013
$
4,841,765

Change in fair value of warrant liability included in earnings
1,079,511

Balance, June 30, 2013
$
5,921,276

 
 
 
Total Fair Value Measurements
Period from May 19, 2011 (inception) to June 30, 2013
 
Level 3 Instruments Only
Warrant Liability
Balance, May 19, 2011
$

Initial fair value of warrant liability
5,119,569

Change in fair value of warrant liability included in earnings
801,707

Balance, June 30, 2013
$
5,921,276

The fair value of the warrants issued to FBR and MAC Financial Ltd. was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, including consideration of any potential additional value associated with pricing protection features. The volatility assumption used, 39.0%, was derived from the historical volatility of the share price of a range of publicly-traded companies with similar types of business to that of the Company. No allowance was made for any potential illiquidity associated with the private trading of the Company's shares. The Company revalues the warrant liability quarterly using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model in combination with a binomial model and a Monte-Carlo simulation model used to value the pricing protection features within the warrant. As of June 30, 2013 the assumptions used in the option pricing model were as follows: a common stock price as of June 30, 2013 of $12.00, risk free interest rate of 1.98%, expected life of 7.1 years and a dividend yield of 0%.

The carrying value of other selected assets on our consolidated balance sheet approximates fair value.
7. Software and Equipment

Software and equipment consist primarily of capitalized software purchased in connection with the MAC Acquisition which had a fair value of $5 million at the date of acquisition. Software and equipment, net, as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, consist of the following:
As of June 30, 2013
 
Software
$
10,251,653

Equipment
384,032

Less accumulated amortization and depreciation
(1,849,665
)
Software and equipment, net
$
8,786,020

As of December 31, 2012
 
Software
$
7,268,439

Equipment
284,573

Less accumulated amortization and depreciation
(2,917
)
Software and equipment, net
$
7,550,095



F-15

NMI HOLDINGS INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

Amortization and depreciation expense for the three and six month period ended June 30, 2013 was $1.8 million and $1.8 million respectively. There was no amortization and depreciation expense for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. During the second quarter of 2013, the Company conducted an analysis on the existing Insurance Management System ("IMS") which was acquired in connection with the "MAC" acquisition. Based on that analysis, the Company made the business decision during the second quarter of 2013 to pursue the development of new modules (i.e. policy servicing, billing and delinquency and claims management) to support these business functions. As a result of the change in approach, during the second quarter the Company reduced the useful life of these components of IMS and shortened the amortization period to a range of 7 and 18 months.
8. Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of identifiable intangible assets purchased in connection with the Company's acquisition. Intangible assets, net, as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, consist of the following:

As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012
 
 
Expected Lives
State licenses
$
260,000

 
Indefinite
GSE Approvals
130,000

 
Indefinite
Total Intangible assets
$
390,000

 
 

The Company tests intangibles, other than goodwill, for impairment in the fourth quarter each year or more frequently if the Company believes indicators of impairment exist. Goodwill is tested for impairment in the third quarter each year or more frequently if the Company believes indicators of impairment exist. At the time of acquisition, the operational manuals were a key deliverable in the Company's GSE application and were expected to be placed in service following GSE approval. Subsequently, the processes and procedures underlying the operational manuals have been reengineered to be substantially different as defined by the Company's current management. Therefore, at December 31, 2012 the Company determined the carrying value of operational manuals would not be recovered and the manuals could not be sold and would be disposed, and as a result, assessed the fair value at zero and recognized a loss on impairment of $1.2 million. No impairments of indefinite-lived intangibles were identified as of June 30, 2013.
9. Commitments and Contingencies

GSE Approvals

Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have imposed certain capitalization, operational and reporting conditions in connection with their recent approvals of NMIC as a qualified mortgage insurer. Some of these conditions remain in effect for a three (3) year period from the date of GSE Approval while others do not expressly expire. These conditions require, among other things, that NMIC:

be initially capitalized in the amount of $200 million and that its affiliate reinsurance companies, NMRI One and NMRI Two, be initially capitalized in the amount of $10 million each;
maintain minimum capital of $150 million;
operate at a risk-to-capital ratio not to exceed 15:1 for its first three (3) years and then pursuant to the Eligibility Requirements;
insure only (i) GSE-eligible loans or (ii) loans that are GSE-eligible, other than as related to loan amount subject to additional portfolio limitation requirements;
obtain prior written approval to enter into any transaction involving the issuance of insurance on other than an individual loan “flow” basis;
have and maintain a fully operational business and technology platform;

F-16

NMI HOLDINGS INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

not declare or pay dividends to affiliates or to NMIH for its first three (3) years, then pursuant to the Eligibility Requirements;
not enter into capital support agreements or guarantees for the benefit of, or purchase or otherwise invest in the debt of, affiliates without the prior written approval of the GSEs for its first three (3) years, then pursuant to the Eligibility Requirements;
not invest in or make loans to affiliates for its first three (3) years, then pursuant to the Eligibility Requirements;
not enter into reinsurance or other risk share arrangements without the GSEs' prior written approval for its first three (3) years, then pursuant to the Eligibility Requirements; and
at the direction of one or both of the GSEs, re-domicile from Wisconsin to another state.

The conditional approvals also include certain additional conditions, limitations and reporting requirements that the Company anticipates will be included in the final Eligibility Requirements, such as limits on costs allocated to NMIC under affiliate expense sharing arrangements, risk concentration, rates of return, requirements to obtain a financial strength rating, provision of ancillary services (i.e., non-insurance) to customers, transfers of underwriting to affiliates, notification requirements regarding change of ownership and new five percent (5%) shareholders, provisions regarding underwriting policies and claims processing as well as certain other obligations.

In addition to the conditions noted above, the Company's insurance subsidiary, NMIC entered into risk-to-capital agreements with certain state insurance regulators. See Note 14. Statutory Financial Information.

Office Lease

The Company entered into an office facility lease effective July 1, 2012 for a term of two years.

Management expects that, in the normal course of business, as of June 30, 2013 future minimum lease payments under this lease to be as follows:

Years ending December 31,
 
2013
$
411,768

2014
416,176

Totals
$
827,944


There was rent expense, related to this lease, of approximately $186 thousand, and $268 thousand for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013. There was no rent expense for the the three and six months ended June 30, 2012.
10. Income Taxes

Following is a reconciliation of the Company's net deferred income tax asset as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012:


F-17

NMI HOLDINGS INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

 
June 30, 2013
 
Gross
 
Tax Effected
Deferred tax asset:
 
 
 
Capitalized start-up costs
$
44,382,751

 
$
15,090,135

Net operating loss carry forwards
7,307,344

 
2,484,497

Total gross deferred tax assets
51,690,095

 
17,574,632

Less: valuation allowance
46,690,095

 
15,874,632

Total deferred tax assets
5,000,000

 
1,700,000

Deferred tax liability:
 
 
 
Capitalized Software
(5,000,000
)
 
(1,700,000
)
Intangible Assets
(390,000
)
 
(132,600
)
Total deferred tax liabilities
(5,390,000
)
 
(1,832,600
)
Net deferred income tax liability
$
(390,000
)
 
$
(132,600
)
 
December 31, 2012
 
Gross
 
Tax Effected
Deferred tax asset:
 
 
 
Capitalized start-up costs
$
21,796,012

 
$
7,410,644

Net operating loss carry forwards
7,307,344

 
2,484,497

Total gross deferred tax assets
29,103,356

 
9,895,141

Less: valuation allowance
24,103,356

 
8,195,141

Total deferred tax assets
5,000,000

 
1,700,000

Deferred tax liability:
 
 
 
Capitalized Software
(5,000,000
)
 
(1,700,000
)
Intangible Assets
(390,000
)
 
(132,600
)
Total deferred tax liabilities
(5,390,000
)
 
(1,832,600
)
Net deferred income tax liability
$
(390,000
)
 
$
(132,600
)

The Company has a net deferred tax liability of $132.6 thousand as a result of the acquisition of indefinite-lived intangibles in the MAC Acquisition for which a benefit has been reflected in the acquired net operating loss carry forwards. The tax liability incurred at the acquisition is recorded as an increase in Goodwill.

Section 382 imposes annual limitations on a corporation's ability to utilize its NOL's if it experiences an "ownership change." As a result of the MAC Acquisition, $7.3 million of NOL's are subject to annual limitations of $277 thousand. Net unrealized built-in gains could increase the annual Section 382 limitation. Any unused annual limitation may be carried forward up to 20 years. The NOLs will expire in years 2029 through 2031.

As the Company has just recently begun insurance operations and has no history to provide a basis for reliable future income projections, a valuation allowance of $15.9 million and $8.2 million was recorded at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, to reflect the amount of the deferred tax asset that may not be realized.
11. Stock Compensation

The 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan") was approved by the Board of Directors (the "Board") on April 16, 2012, and authorized 5.5 million shares be reserved for issuance under the Plan with 3.85 million shares available for stock options and 1.65 million shares available for restricted stock grants. Options granted under the Plan are Non-Qualified Stock Options and may be granted to employees, directors and other key persons of the Company. The exercise price per share for the common stock covered by this Plan shall be determined by the Board at the time of grant, but shall not

F-18

NMI HOLDINGS INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

be less than the fair market value on the date of the grant. The term of the stock option grants will be fixed by the Board, but no stock option shall be exercisable more than 10 years after the date the stock option is granted. The vesting period of the stock option grants will also be fixed by the Board at the time of grant and generally are for a three year period.

A summary of option activity in the plan during the period ending June 30, 2013 is as follows:
 
Shares
 
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value per Share
Options balance at December 31, 2012
2,546,750

 
$
3.86

Options granted
531,829

 
4.56

Less: Options forfeited
(10,000
)
 
3.84

Options balance outstanding at June 30, 2013
3,068,579

 
$
3.98


As of June 30, 2013 there were no exercises and 658,424 options were exercisable.

The remaining weighted average contractual life of options outstanding as of June 30, 2013 was 9.1 years. As of June 30, 2013, there was approximately $5.6 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options.
The weighted-average period over which total compensation related to nonvested stock options will be recognized is 1.29 years.

The Company accounts for stock options under ASC No. 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation ("ASC 718"), which requires all share-based payments to be recognized in the financial statements at their fair values. To measure the fair value of stock options granted, the Company utilizes the Black-Scholes options pricing model. Expense is recognized over the required service period, which is generally the three-year vesting period of the options (vesting in one-third increments per year).

The estimated grant date fair values of the stock options granted during 2013 were calculated using Black-Scholes valuation model based on the following assumptions:
Expected life
6.00 years

Risk free interest rate
0.85
%
Dividend yield
0.00
%
Expected stock price volatility
39.00
%
Projected forfeiture rates
1.00
%
Expected Price Volatility - is a measure of the amount by which a price has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate. At the time of grant, the Company's common shares trading history was less than six months which was not sufficient to calculate an expected volatility representative of the volatility over the expected lives of the options. As a substitute for such estimate, the Company used historical volatilities of a set of comparable companies in the industry in which the Company operates.

Risk-Free Interest Rate - is the U.S. Treasury rate for the date of the grant having a term approximating the expected life of the option.

Expected Lives - is the period of time over which the options granted are expected to remain outstanding giving consideration to vesting schedules, historical exercise and forfeiture patterns. The Company uses the simplified method outlined in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 to estimate expected lives for options granted during the period as historical exercise data is not available and the options meet the requirements set out in the Bulletin. Options granted have a maximum term of ten years.


F-19

NMI HOLDINGS INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

Forfeiture Rate - is the estimated percentage of options granted that are expected to be forfeited or canceled before becoming fully vested. An increase in the forfeiture rate will decrease compensation expense.

Dividend Yield - is calculated by dividing the expected annual dividend by the stock price of the Company at the valuation date.

A summary of restricted stock unit activity in the plan during the period ending June 30, 2013 is as follows:
 
Shares
 
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value per Share
Restricted Stock balance at December 31, 2012
1,429,260

 
$
7.35

Restricted Stock Units Granted
82,000

 
11.75

Less: Restricted Stock Units Vested
(262,610
)
 
6.79

Less: Restricted Stock Units Forfeited

 
$

Restricted Stock balance outstanding at June 30, 2013
1,248,650

 
$
7.76


In February 2013, the Board of Directors approved a modification to the vesting terms of approximately 400,000 outstanding and unvested restricted stock units held by employees of the Company. The modification to the vesting terms removed the market condition leaving the restricted stock units subject to a service condition only. The modification resulted in a change in the period over which compensation costs are recognized and prospective recognition of incremental compensation cost, measured as the excess of the fair value of the modified award over the fair value of the original award immediately before its terms are modified, measured based on the share price and relevant valuation inputs at the modification date.

At June 30, 2013, the 1.2 million shares of restricted stock outstanding consisted of 0.5 million shares that are subject to both a market and service condition and 0.7 million shares that are subject only to service conditions. The restricted stock units subject to both a market and service condition vest in one-third increments upon the achievement of certain market price goals and continued service. Restricted stock units vest in one-half increments on the second and third anniversary date following the grant date and continued service or in one-third increments on the first, second and third anniversary date following the grant date and continued service. The fair value of restricted stock units subject to market and service conditions is determined based on a Monte Carlo Simulation model at the date of grant. The fair value of restricted stock units subject only to service conditions are valued at the Company's stock price on the date of grant less the present value of anticipated dividends.

The estimated grant date fair values of the restricted stock units granted in 2012 that are subject to both a market and service condition were calculated using a Monte Carlo Simulation model based on the average outcome of 150,000 simulations using the following assumption:
Expected life
5.00 years

Risk free interest rate
0.86
%
Dividend yield
0.00
%
Expected stock price volatility
39.00
%
Projected forfeiture rates
1.00
%

The remaining weighted average contractual life of RSUs outstanding as of June 30, 2013 was 4.5 years. As of June 30, 2013, there was approximately $6.4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted stock units. The weighted-average period over which total compensation related to nonvested RSUs will be recognized is 1.20 years.


F-20

NMI HOLDINGS INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

On April 5, 2013 approximately 263,000 restricted stock units containing a market condition vested resulting in an acceleration of compensation expense of approximately $1.1 million in the second quarter of 2013.
12. Line of Credit and Related Warrants

As of December 31, 2011, in connection with the funding of the Company prior to executing the offering, FBR granted an uncommitted line of credit up to an aggregate principal amount of $1.5 million to support legal, accounting and others costs associated with the formation and the capitalization of the Company.

As part of the consideration for granting the line of credit, upon successful common stock offering on April 24, 2012, the Company agreed to issue warrants to FBR having an aggregate value equal to three times the amount of the outstanding line of credit balance. Each warrant gave the holder thereof the right to purchase one share of common stock at an exercise price equal to $10.00. Accordingly, FBR was issued approximately 314,000 warrants with an aggregate fair value of approximately $1.6 million. These warrants were measured at fair value and recorded as a finance fee with an offsetting charge to liabilities. As the line of credit was paid off on April 24, 2012, the debt discount was fully amortized as of April 24, 2012.

Upon exercise of these warrants, the amounts will be reclassified from warrant liability to additional paid-in capital.

The Company is required to revalue the warrants at the end of each reporting period and any change in fair value is reported in the statements of operations as "Gain (Loss) from change in fair value of warrant liability" in the period in which the change occurred. The fair value of the warrants is calculated using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model in combination with a binomial model and a Monte-Carlo simulation model used to value the pricing protection features within the warrant. The change in fair value for the six months ended June 30, 2013 amounted to $1,079,511.
13. Litigation

On August 8, 2012, Germaine Marks, as Receiver, and Truitte Todd, as Special Deputy Receiver, of PMI Mortgage Insurance Co. ("PMI"), an Arizona insurance company in receivership, have filed a complaint ("the PMI Complaint") against the Company, National Mortgage Insurance Corporation and certain named individuals. The litigation is at an early stage of review and evaluation and the Company has filed an answer to PMI's complaint denying all allegations.

On January 30, 2013, a case management conference took place among the parties in the PMI Complaint. The conference resulted in the setting of a trial date on February 3, 2014. The parties are now engaged in discovery, primarily document production as well as interrogatories and requests for admissions.

Because the litigation and related discovery are at a preliminary stage, the Company does not have sufficient information to determine or predict the ultimate outcome or estimate the range of possible losses, if any. Accordingly, no provision for litigation losses has been included in the financial statements.
14. Statutory Financial Information

The Company's insurance subsidiaries, NMIC, NMI Re One and NMI Re Two, file financial statements in conformity with statutory basis accounting principles ("SAP") prescribed or permitted by the Wisconsin Office of the Commission of Insurance ("OCI"). Prescribed SAP includes state laws, regulations and general administrative rules, as well as a variety of publications of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners ("NAIC"). The OCI recognizes only statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the state of Wisconsin for determining and reporting the financial condition and results of operations of an insurance company and for determining its solvency under Wisconsin insurance laws.

Prescribed and permitted practices generally vary in some respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP"). The principal differences between these accounting practices and GAAP are as follows: (1) acquisition expenses incurred in connection with acquiring new business are charged to expense under SAP

F-21

NMI HOLDINGS INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

but under GAAP are deferred and amortized as the related premiums are earned; (2) under SAP there are limitations on the net deferred tax assets created by the tax effects of temporary differences; (3) unpaid losses and loss adjustment expense ceded to reinsurers are reported as a deduction of the related reserve rather than as an asset as would be required under GAAP; (4) under statutory accounting practices, fixed maturity investments are generally valued at amortized cost. Under GAAP, those investments are considered to be available-for-sale and are recorded at fair value, with the unrealized gain or loss recognized, net of tax, as an increase or decrease to shareholders' equity.

NMIC's principal regulator is the Wisconsin OCI. Under applicable Wisconsin law, as well as that of 15 other states, a mortgage insurer must maintain a minimum amount of statutory capital relative to the risk-in-force (Risk to Capital or “RTC”) in order for the mortgage insurer to continue to write new business. The Company refers to these requirements as the “RTC requirement.” While formulations of minimum capital may vary in each jurisdiction that has such a requirement, the most common measure applied allows for a maximum permitted RTC ratio of 25 to 1. Wisconsin and certain other states, including California and Illinois, apply a substantially similar requirement referred to as minimum policyholders position.

Additionally, as a condition of GSE Approval, the Company has agreed with Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to limit NMIC's RTC ratio to no greater than 15 to 1 and to maintain total statutory capital of at least $150 million for a three year period ending on January 15, 2016. After that date, NMIC agreed to comply with the risk-to-capital ratios that are imposed in the GSEs' then existing eligibility requirements. As part of the Company's state licensing process, NMIC entered into risk-to-capital agreements with the California Insurance Department, the Missouri Department of Insurance, the New York State Department of Financial Services, the Ohio Department of Insurance and the Texas Commissioner of Insurance. These agreements require NMIC to maintain a risk-to-capital ratio not to exceed 20 to 1 until January 15, 2016.

As of December 31, 2012 none of the Company's insurance subsidiaries had written any business, had no risk-in-force and therefore had no ratios. As of June 30, 2013 the Company had approximately $257 thousand in risk-in-force and approximately $200 million in statutory capital. Given the small amount of risk the Company's insurance subsidiary has written to-date in comparison to its statutory capital available, NMIC's RTC ratio is less than 1:1, significantly below the limits established with the GSEs and state insurance departments.

NMI Holdings, Inc. is not subject to any limitations on its ability to pay dividends except those generally applicable to corporations, such as NMI Holdings, Inc., that are incorporated in Delaware. Delaware corporation law provides that dividends are only payable out of a corporation's capital surplus or (subject to certain limitations) recent net profits. As of December31, 2012 NMI Holdings, Inc.'s capital surplus was $488.7 million.

As of June 30, 2013, the amount of restricted net assets held by the Company's consolidated insurance subsidiaries totaled $210 million of consolidated net assets of $456 million. In addition, as part of the GSE commitments, NMI Holdings, Inc. agreed to maintain at least $150 million in capital at NMIC.
15. Subsequent Events
On July 31, 2013, the Company announced that its primary insurance subsidiary, NMIC, has agreed to insure an amount approximating $5 billion in residential mortgages in its first risk transfer transaction with Fannie Mae. The effective date of the agreement and the coverage will be September 1, 2013.

The transaction constitutes "Pool insurance" which is generally used as an additional “credit enhancement” for certain secondary market mortgage transactions. Pool insurance generally covers the excess of the loss on a defaulted mortgage loan which exceeds the claim payment under the primary coverage, if such loan has primary coverage, as well as the total loss on a defaulted mortgage loan which did not have primary coverage. Pool insurance may have a stated aggregate loss limit for a pool of loans and may also have a deductible under which no losses are paid by the insurer until losses on the pool of loans exceed the deductible. NMIC was the successful bidder on a pool insurance transaction offered by Fannie Mae. This pool deal is unlike a general pool policy, in that the loans which make up this particular pool do not have primary MI on them, as the LTV's are below what would require MI to be placed at loan origination. NMIC will

F-22

NMI HOLDINGS INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

be paid monthly insurance premiums by Fannie Mae for assuming net insurance risk of approximately $98 million. As primary flow business writings have not yet reached a material level, the risk on this pool transaction will constitute very large percentage of the Company's total insurance risk in force until primary flow business writings reach a material level.
The Company has performed subsequent events procedures through August 9, 2013 which was the date the financial statements were available for issuance.

F-23



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM




NMI Holdings, Inc.
(A Development Stage Company)
Emeryville, CA

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of NMI Holdings, Inc. (A Development Stage Company) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in shareholders' equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012, the period from May 19, 2011 (inception) to December 31, 2011 and the period from May 19, 2011 (inception) to December 31, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of NMI Holdings, Inc. (A Development Stage Company) at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012, the period from May 19, 2011 (inception) to December 31, 2011 and the period from May 19, 2011 (inception) to December 31, 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.


/s/ BDO USA, LLP

February 14, 2013


F-24


NMI HOLDINGS, INC. (A Development Stage Company)


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Assets
 
 
 
Investments, available-for-sale, at fair value
$
4,864,206

 
$

Cash - Operating Account
14,516,951

 
1

Cash - Investment Account
471,338,467

 

Prepaid expenses
416,861

 
182,500

Restricted Cash
40,338,155

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets
3,634,197

 

Software and equipment, net
7,550,095

 

Other assets
108,802

 
27,257

Total Assets
$
542,767,734

 
$
209,758

Liabilities
 
 
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
$
8,707,573

 
$
1,353,264

Placement fees payable
38,305,405

 

Purchase consideration payable
2,032,750

 

Line of credit

 
205,318

Warrant liability
4,841,765

 

Deferred tax liability
132,600

 

Total Liabilities
54,020,093

 
1,558,582

 
 
 
 
Commitments and Contingencies
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders' Equity (Deficit)
 
 
 
Common stock - Class A shares, $0.01 par value, 55,250,100 and 100 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively (250,000,000 shares authorized)
552,501

 
1

Common Stock - Class B shares, $0.01 par value, 250,000 and 0 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively (250,000 authorized)
2,500

 

Additional paid-in capital
517,032,619

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income
559

 

Deficit accumulated during the development phase
(28,840,538
)
 
(1,348,825
)
Total Shareholders' Equity (Deficit)
488,747,641

 
(1,348,824
)
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
$
542,767,734

 
$
209,758


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-25


NMI HOLDINGS, INC. (A Development Stage Company)


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
Period from May 19, 2011 (inception) to December 31, 2011
 
Period from May 19, 2011 (inception) to
December 31, 2012
Revenues
 
 
 
 
 
Net investment income
$
5,825

 
$

 
$
5,825

Gain from change in fair value of warrant liability
277,804

 

 
277,804

Total Revenues
283,629

 

 
283,629

Expenses
 
 
 
 
 
Payroll and related
11,558,914

 

 
11,558,914

Share-based compensation
6,115,360

 

 
6,115,360

Business development

 
82,152

 
82,152

Professional fees
1,815,992

 
558,701

 
2,374,693

Consulting fees
1,284,372

 
639,355

 
1,923,727

Accounting and auditing
266,370

 
50,000

 
316,370

Rent and office expenses
232,992

 

 
232,992

Travel and related costs
725,464

 

 
725,464

Information technology
875,370

 

 
875,370

Finance fees and interest expense
1,628,635

 
3,729

 
1,632,364

Board of Directors fees and related costs
888,012

 

 
888,012

State licensing fees and related costs
183,360

 

 
183,360

Loss on impairment
1,200,000

 

 
1,200,000

Other
1,000,501

 
14,888

 
1,015,389

Total Expenses
27,775,342

 
1,348,825

 
29,124,167

Net Loss
$
(27,491,713
)
 
$
(1,348,825
)
 
$
(28,840,538
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share Data
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and Diluted loss per share
$
(0.73
)
 
$
(13,488.25
)
 
$
(1.23
)
Weighted average common shares
37,909,936

 
100

 
23,437,600

 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Comprehensive Income (net of tax)
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized holding gains for the period included in accumulated other comprehensive income
559

 

 
559

Other Comprehensive Income (net of tax)
559

 

 
559

Total Comprehensive Income (Loss)
$
(27,491,154
)
 
$
(1,348,825
)
 
$
(28,839,979
)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-26


NMI HOLDINGS, INC. (A Development Stage Company)


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
 
Common stock
Additional Paid-in Capital
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
Deficit Accumulated During the Development Phase
Total
 
Class A
Class B
 
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Period from May 19, 2011 (inception) to December 31, 2011
Balance, May 19, 2011

$


$

$

$

$

$

Issuance of common stock
100

1






1

Net loss






(1,348,825
)
(1,348,825
)
Balance, December 31, 2011
100

1





(1,348,825
)
(1,348,824
)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
Balance, December 31, 2011
100

1





(1,348,825
)
(1,348,824
)
Issuance of Class A common stock
55,000,000

550,000



508,419,759



508,969,759

Issuance of Class B common stock


250,000

2,500




2,500

Issuance of common stock related to
   acquisition of subsidiaries
250,000

2,500



2,497,500



2,500,000

Share-based compensation expense




6,115,360



6,115,360

Change in unrealized investment gains





559


559

Net loss






(27,491,713
)
(27,491,713
)
Balance, December 31, 2012
55,250,100

552,501

250,000

2,500

517,032,619

559

(28,840,538
)
488,747,641

Period from May 19, 2011 (inception) to December 31, 2012
Balance, May 19, 2011








Issuance of Class A common stock
55,000,100

550,001



508,419,759



508,969,760

Issuance of Class B common stock


250,000

2,500




2,500

Issuance of common stock related to
   acquisition of subsidiaries
250,000

2,500



2,497,500



2,500,000

Share-based compensation expense




6,115,360



6,115,360

Change in unrealized investment gains





559


559

Net loss






(28,840,538
)
(28,840,538
)
Balance at December 31, 2012
55,250,100

$
552,501

250,000

$
2,500

$
517,032,619

$
559

$
(28,840,538
)
$
488,747,641


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-27


NMI HOLDINGS, INC. (A Development Stage Company)


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For the Year Ended
December 31, 2012
 
Period From May 19, 2011 (inception) to December 31, 2011
 
For the Period from May 19, 2011 (inception) to December 31, 2012
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
$
(27,491,713
)
 
$
(1,348,825
)
 
$
(28,840,538
)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Share-based compensation
6,115,360

 

 
6,115,360

Warrants issued in connection with line of credit
1,619,569

 

 
1,619,569

Gain from change in fair value of warrant liability
(277,804
)
 

 
(277,804
)
Loss on impairment
1,200,000

 

 
1,200,000

Depreciation
2,917

 

 
2,917

Accrued investment income
(5,825
)
 

 
(5,825
)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
Prepaid expense
(234,361
)
 
(182,500
)
 
(416,861
)
Other assets
(77,739
)
 
(27,257
)
 
(104,996
)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
4,553,339

 
1,353,264

 
5,906,603

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities
(14,596,257
)
 
(205,318
)
 
(14,801,575
)
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Purchase of short-term investment
(4,861,628
)
 

 
(4,861,628
)
Purchase of software and equipment
(2,446,504
)
 

 
(2,446,504
)
Acquisition of subsidiaries
(2,500,000
)
 

 
(2,500,000
)
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities
(9,808,132
)
 

 
(9,808,132
)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from (Payments on) line of credit
(552,657
)
 
205,318

 
(347,339
)
Issuance of common stock
510,812,463

 
1

 
510,812,464

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities
510,259,806

 
205,319

 
510,465,125

Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents
485,855,417

 
1

 
485,855,418

Cash and Cash Equivalents, beginning of period
1

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, end of period
$
485,855,418

 
$
1

 
$
485,855,418

 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information
 
 
 
 
 
Restricted Cash
$
40,338,155

 
$

 
$
40,338,155

Noncash Financing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Acquisition of subsidiaries
 
 
 
 
 
Warrants issued in connection with acquisition of subsidiaries
$
3,500,000

 
$

 
$
3,500,000

Common stock issued in connection with acquisition of subsidiaries
$
2,500,000

 
$

 
$
2,500,000


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-28

NMI HOLDINGS, INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANICAL STATEMENTS


1. Organization

NMI Holdings, Inc. (A Development Stage Company) ("the Company"), a Delaware corporation, was formed in May 2011 with the intention of providing private mortgage guaranty insurance. From May 2011, the Company's activities were limited to raising capital, seeking to acquire the assets and approvals necessary to become a private mortgage guaranty insurance provider and hiring personnel. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of NMI Holdings, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, National Mortgage Insurance Corporation ("NMIC"), previously named Mortgage Assurance Corporation, National Mortgage Reinsurance Inc One ("NMI Re One"), previously named Mortgage Assurance Reinsurance Inc One, and National Mortgage Reinsurance Inc Two ('NMI Re Two"), previously named Mortgage Assurance Reinsurance Inc Two.

On November 30, 2011, the Company entered into an agreement with MAC Financial Ltd. to acquire MAC Financial Holding Corporation and its subsidiaries, Mortgage Assurance Corporation, Mortgage Assurance Reinsurance Inc One and Mortgage Assurance Reinsurance Inc Two, for approximately $8.5 million in cash, common stock and warrants plus the assumption of approximately $1.3 million in liabilities ("MAC Acquisition"). In addition, the Company incurred $0.1 million in tax liabilities as a result of the acquisition of certain indefinite-lived intangibles. The acquisition was completed in April 2012.

In April 2012, the Company offered 55.0 million shares of common stock at an issue price of $10.00 per share. Gross proceeds from the offering were $550.0 million. Net proceeds from the offering, after an approximate 7% underwriting fee and other offering expenses, were approximately $510.3 million. This fee has been escrowed for the benefit of FBR Capital Markets and Co. ("FBR"). The escrow account will be released to FBR upon the Company's receipt of approval from either the Federal National Home Mortgage Association ("Fannie Mae') or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("Freddie Mac") ("GSE Approval"). An additional $1.5 million in offering expenses are payable upon GSE approval.

The Company had nine months from the date of its last offering memorandum (until January 17, 2013) to obtain GSE Approval ("GSE Approval Deadline"). On January 16, 2013 the Company was approved as an eligible mortgage guaranty insurer by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, subject to maintaining certain conditions. See Note 15. Subsequent Events.

2. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Accounting Principles

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the results of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (US GAAP). All material intercompany accounts have been eliminated. The accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries are maintained in US dollars. The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities, as well as disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the balance sheet date. Estimates also affect the reported amounts of income and expenses for the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers items such as certificates of deposit and money market funds with original maturities of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents.

The Company has approximately $40.3 million in restricted cash as of December 31, 2012. The restricted cash balance is comprised of two escrow accounts that were funded on April 24, 2012. The cash is payable to FBR and MAC Financial Ltd. upon obtaining GSE Approval. In the event GSE Approval is not obtained, the restricted cash is returned to the Company. See Note 15. Subsequent Events.

F-29

NMI HOLDINGS, INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANICAL STATEMENTS


Investments

The Company has designated its investment portfolio as available-for-sale which is comprised of short-term investments with a maturity of less than 12 months when purchased and are carried at fair value.

Business Combinations, Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of net assets acquired from a business combination. In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other, the Company will test goodwill for impairment during the third quarter each year or more frequently if the Company believes indicators of impairment exist. The Company does not believe that goodwill was impaired at December 31, 2012.

All intangible assets, except for state licenses and GSE applications, have finite lives. Amortization for finite life intangible assets is computed using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives of 3 years. State licenses and GSE applications have an indefinite useful life and are tested for impairment each year. The Company's amortization policy states that amortization of intangible assets will commence subsequent to the placement of the asset into use by the Company. As the assets have not been placed into use as of and for the year ending December 31, 2012, there was no amortization expense. The Company tests intangibles for impairment during the fourth quarter each year or more frequently if the Company believes indicators of impairment exist. At December 31, 2012, the Company determined that the carrying value of certain finite lived intangibles exceeds the fair value and is not recoverable and recognized a loss on impairment of $1.2 million. The Company does not believe that the indefinite-lived intangible assets were impaired at December 31, 2012.

Software and Equipment

Software and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated amortization and depreciation. Amortization and depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets ranging from 3 to 7 years. Amortization of software and depreciation of equipment will commence subsequent to the placement of the asset into use by the Company.

Warrants

The Company accounts for warrants to purchase common shares of the Company issued to FBR and MAC Financial Ltd. in conjunction with the line of credit and stock purchase agreement, respectively, in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 470-20 Debt with Conversion and Other Options and ASC 815-40 Derivatives and Hedging - Contracts in Entity's Own Equity. These warrants may be settled by the Company using the physical settlement method or through cash-less-exercises in which shares subject to the warrants are reduced in lieu of cash payment of the exercise price. The exercise price and the number of warrants are subject to anti-dilution provisions whereby the existing exercise price is adjusted downward and the number of warrants increased for events that may not be dilutive and the adjustment may be in excess of any dilution suffered. As a result, the warrants are classified as a liability. The Company is required to revalue the warrants at the end of each reporting period and any change in fair value is reported in the statements of operations in the period in which the change occurred. The fair value of the warrants is calculated using a Black-Scholes model in combination with a binomial model and Monte-Carlo simulation model used to value the pricing protection features within the warrant.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company adopted ASC 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation ("ASC 718"). ASC 718 addresses accounting for share-based awards and recognizes compensation expense, measured using grant date fair value, over the requisite service or performance period of the award. Share-based payments include restricted stock and stock option grants under

F-30

NMI HOLDINGS, INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANICAL STATEMENTS

the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan. The fair value of stock option grants issued are determined based on an option pricing model which takes into account various assumptions that are subjective. Key assumptions used in the stock option valuation include the expected term of the equity award taking into account the contractual term of the award, the effects of expected exercise and post-vesting termination behavior, expected volatility, expected dividends and the risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the award. Restricted stock grants to employees contain a market and service condition. The fair value of restricted stock grants to employees is determined based on a Monte Carlo Simulation model at the date of grant. Restricted grants to non-employee directors are valued at the Company's stock price on the date of grant less the present value of anticipated dividends.

Offering and Incorporation Expenses

Offering expenses incurred in connection with the capitalization of the Company were recorded as a reduction of paid-in-capital at close. These costs include certain investment banking fees, legal fees, printer fees and audit fees. Any incorporation and organizational expenses not related to the raising of capital are expensed as incurred and are included in the statement of operations.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740 - Income Taxes. The liability method measures the expected future tax effects of temporary differences at the enacted tax rates applicable for the period in which the deferred asset or liability is expected to be realized or settled. Temporary differences are differences between the tax basis of an asset or liability and its reported amount in the consolidated financial statements that will result in future increases or decreases in taxes owed on a cash basis compared to amounts already recognized as tax expense in the consolidated statement of operations.

The Company evaluates the need for a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis. In the course of its review, the Company assesses all available evidence, both positive and negative, including future sources of income, tax planning strategies, future contractual cash flows and reversing temporary differences. Additional valuation allowance benefits or charges could be recognized in the future due to changes in management's expectations regarding the realization of tax benefits. Uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return by the Company are recognized in the financial statements when it is more likely than not that the position would be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. There are no tax uncertainties that are expected to result in significant increases or decreases to unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve month period.

In assessing the valuation of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible.

Recent Accounting Standards Updates Adopted

Impairment of Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

In July 2012, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2012-02, updating guidance on indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment. Under the new guidance, an entity has the option first to assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances indicates that it is more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. If, after assessing the totality of events and circumstances, an entity concludes that it is not more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired, then the entity is not required to take further action. However, if an entity concludes otherwise, then it is required to determine the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset and perform the quantitative impairment test. The amendments are effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. Early adoption is permitted. The Company elected to early adopt the amendments for the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2012. The adoption of this guidance did not have any effect on the Company's results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

F-31

NMI HOLDINGS, INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANICAL STATEMENTS


Intangibles - Goodwill and Other: Testing Goodwill for Impairment

In September 2011, the FASB issued updated guidance (ASU 2011-08) on goodwill impairment that gives companies the option to perform a qualitative assessment that may allow them to skip the annual two-step test and reduce costs. Under the new guidance, an entity has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. The FASB provided a sample list of events and circumstances that an entity can consider in performing its qualitative assessment. Under the amended guidance, an entity has the option to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to performing the first step of the two-step goodwill impairment test and may resume performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period. The amendments are effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this guidance in January 2012 did not have any effect on the Company's results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

Presentation of Comprehensive Income

In June 2011, the FASB issued updated guidance (ASU 2011-05) to increase the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income by eliminating the option of presenting components of comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in shareholders' equity. The updated guidance requires that all non-owner changes in shareholders' equity be presented either as a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The updated guidance is to be applied retrospectively and is effective for the period ending September 30, 2012. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this guidance in June 2012 did not have any effect on the Company's financial position or liquidity.

Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure Requirements in US GAAP and IFRS

In May 2011, the FASB issued updated guidance (ASU 2011-04) that addresses the objective of the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board ("IASB") to develop common requirements for measuring and for disclosing information about fair value measurements with US GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS"). The FASB and the IASB worked together to ensure that fair value has the same meaning in US GAAP and IFRS and that their respective fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are the same (except for minor differences in wording and style). The FASB and the IASB concluded that this guidance will improve comparability of fair value measurements presented and disclosed in financial statements prepared in accordance with US GAAP and IFRS. The guidance explains how to measure fair value. This updated guidance does not require additional fair value measurements and are not intended to establish valuation standards or affect valuation practices outside of financial reporting. The updated guidance is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Early application is not permitted. The adoption of this guidance in January 2012 did not have any effect on the Company's results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

Transfers and Servicing: Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreement

In April 2011, the FASB amended its guidance on accounting for repurchase agreements (ASU 201103). The amendments simplify the accounting by eliminating the requirement that the transferor demonstrate it has adequate collateral to fund substantially all the cost of purchasing replacement assets. Under the amended guidance, a transferor maintains effective control over transferred financial assets (and thus accounts for the transfer as a secured borrowing) if there is an agreement that both entitles and obligates the transferor to repurchase the financial assets before maturity and if all of the following conditions previously required are met; (i) financial assets to be repurchased or redeemed are the same or substantially the same as those transferred, (ii) repurchase or redemption date before maturity at a fixed or determinable price, and (iii) the agreement is entered into contemporaneously with, or in contemplation of, the transfer. As a result, more arrangements could be accounted for as secured borrowings rather than sales. The updated guidance is effective on a

F-32

NMI HOLDINGS, INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANICAL STATEMENTS

prospective basis for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011, early adoption is prohibited. The adoption of this guidance in January 2012 did not have any effect on the Company's results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

Accounting for Costs Associated with Acquiring or Renewing Insurance Contracts

In October 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2010-26, to address the diversity in practice for the accounting for costs associated with acquiring or renewing insurance contracts. This guidance modifies the definition of acquisition costs to specify that a cost must be directly related to the successful acquisition of a new or renewal insurance contract in order to be deferred. If application of this guidance would result in the capitalization of acquisition costs that had not previously been capitalized by a reporting entity, the entity may elect not to capitalize those costs.

The updated guidance is effective on either a retrospective or prospective basis for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted as of the beginning of a company's annual period. The adoption of this guidance did not have any effect on the Company's results of operations, financial position or liquidity as the Company has yet to commence writing premiums.

Recent Accounting Standards Updates Not Yet Adopted

Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, requiring an entity to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable users of its financial statements to understand the effect of those arrangements on its financial position. The disclosure requirements apply to financial instruments and derivative instruments that are either offset in accordance with ASC Section 210-20-45 or Section 815-10-45, or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. The ASU requires entities to disclose in tabular format certain quantitative information separately for assets and liabilities, including but not limited to: gross amounts of those recognized assets and liabilities; amounts offset to determine the net amounts presented in the statement of financial position; net amounts presented in the statement of financial position; and amounts subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement. An entity is required to apply the amendments for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. An entity should provide the disclosures required by those amendments retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. We expect this guidance to affect financial statement disclosures but not to have an impact on the Company's results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

Reclassifications

Certain items in the financial statements as of and for the period ending December 31, 2011 have been reclassified to conform to the current year's presentation. There was no effect on net income previously reported.

3. Common Stock Offering

The Company entered into a purchase/placement agreement with FBR on April 17, 2012 and sold an aggregate of 55,000,000 common shares resulting in net proceeds of $510.3 million. As part of the agreement, the Company placed approximately 93.3% (or $476.2 million) of the net proceeds to the Company from this offering into investment accounts established for the purpose of investing such proceeds on a short-term basis, prior to approval from at least one of the GSEs, to be a qualified mortgage guaranty insurance provider to the GSE. As stated in the Certificate of Incorporation, this amount is not disbursed (used for operating activities) until the earlier of (i) receipt by the Company of GSE Approval or (ii) the liquidation of the Company. Approximately $34.6 million of the net proceeds was available for paying the cash portion of the MAC Acquisition and to pay off the FBR loan. The remaining balance of $31.8 million was placed in an operating account for the purpose of funding the Company's operations through the time of GSE Approval. Upon receipt of GSE Approval, all proceeds within the Company's investment accounts will be available for operational purposes.

F-33

NMI HOLDINGS, INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANICAL STATEMENTS


The initial purchaser's discount and placement fee of $38.3 million was comprised of $19.5 million in common stock and $18.8 million in cash. On October 24, 2012 FBR sold the aforementioned common stock and proceeds of $19.5 million were retained in the escrow account. The cash is maintained in the escrow account until the Company receives GSE Approval. Upon receipt of GSE Approval, FBR will receive its initial purchasers' discount and placement fees from the escrow account. If GSE Approval is not obtained, FBR's initial purchasers' discount and placement fee is deposited into the Company's investment account and the Company would dissolve and distribute the assets to the shareholders. See Note 15. Subsequent Events.

4. Acquisition of MAC

On November 30, 2011, the Company entered into an agreement with MAC Financial Ltd. to acquire MAC Financial Holdings Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively "MAC").The agreement closed shortly after the closing of the common stock offering described above. Under the agreement, the total initial consideration paid for MAC was $8.5 million which consists of $2.5 million in cash, $2.5 million in the Company's common stock, and warrants to acquire the Company's common stock valued at $3.5 million. In addition, the Company assumed approximately $1.3 million in liabilities and incurred $0.1 million in deferred tax liabilities. The consideration (net of expenses paid on MAC's behalf) is held in an escrow account until such time as the Company receives GSE Approval. Upon receipt of GSE Approval, all consideration will be released to MAC Financial Ltd.

The total purchase consideration was allocated to the acquired assets and liabilities as follows:
April 24, 2012
 
Current assets
$
52,159

Intangibles
1,590,000

Capitalized software
5,000,000

Goodwill
3,244,197

Subtotal
9,886,356

Current liabilities and deferred tax liabilities
(1,386,356
)
Estimated fair value of net assets acquired
$
8,500,000


Pursuant to the terms of the stock purchase agreement, the Company assumed approximately $1.3 million of MAC's existing liabilities, which relate to outstanding payment obligations under its vendor contracts with CDW, LLC, Milliman, Inc., and Intellect/SEEC, Inc. and incurred $0.1 million in tax liabilities as a result of the acquisition of certain indefinite-lived intangibles. All other liabilities which existed at closing are the obligation of MAC Financial Ltd. and either have been or will be paid out of their cash consideration, which is currently being held in an escrow account until GSE Approval. As of December 31, 2012, the total amount of cash held in escrow (net of expenses paid on MAC's behalf) was approximately $2.0 million. See Note 15. Subsequent Events.

5. Available-for-Sale Investments

As of December 31, 2012, the Company had $4.9 million in short-term investments in the form of U.S. Treasury securities on deposit with various state insurance departments to satisfy regulatory requirements.

Fair Values and Gross Unrealized Gains and Losses on Investments


F-34

NMI HOLDINGS, INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANICAL STATEMENTS

 
 
Gross Unrealized
 
 
Amortized
Cost
Gains
(Losses)
Fair
Value
As of December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies
$
4,863,647

$
559

$

$
4,864,206

Total Investments
$
4,863,647

$
559

$

$
4,864,206


There were no investments held at December 31, 2011.

Aging of Unrealized Losses

There were no unrealized losses as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Scheduled Maturities

All investments have scheduled maturities of one year or less.

Net Investment Income
 
Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
Period from
May 19, 2011 (inception) to December 31, 2012
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies
$
2,019

 
$
2,019

Cash equivalents
3,806

 
3,806

Total Net Investment Income
$
5,825

 
$
5,825



6. Fair Value Disclosures

We established a fair value hierarchy by prioritizing the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under this standard are described below:

Level 1 - Unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2 - Prices or valuations based on observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities; and

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

The level of market activity used to determine the fair value hierarchy is based on the availability of observable inputs market participants would use to price an asset or a liability, including market value price observations.

ASC 825, "Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments", requires all entities to disclose the fair value of their financial instruments, both assets and liabilities recognized and not recognized in the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate fair value. The following describes the valuation techniques used by the Company to determine the fair value of financial instruments held as at December 31, 2012.

F-35

NMI HOLDINGS, INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANICAL STATEMENTS


Short-Term Investments

The fair value of short-term investments is determined using unadjusted quoted market prices for identical securities.

Warrants

The warrants held by FBR and MAC Financial Ltd. are valued using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model in combination with a binomial model and a Monte-Carlo simulation model used to value the pricing protection features within the warrant. Variables in the model include the risk-free rate of return, dividend yield, expected life and expected volatility of the Company's stock price.

The following is a list of those assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value by hierarchy level as of December 31, 2012:
 
Fair Value Measurements Using
 
Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Fair Value
As of December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies
$
4,864,206

$

$

$
4,864,206

Cash and cash equivalents (including restricted cash)
526,193,573



526,193,573

Total assets
$
531,057,779

$

$

$
531,057,779

Warrant liability


4,841,765

4,841,765

Total liabilities
$

$

$
4,841,765

$
4,841,765


The following is a roll forward of Level 3 liabilities measured at fair value for the year ended December 31, 2012:
 
Total Fair Value Measurements
Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
Level 3 Instruments Only
Warrant Liability
Balance, January 1, 2012
$

Initial fair value of warrant liability
5,119,569

Change in fair value of warrant liability included in earnings
(277,804
)
Balance, December 31, 2012
$
4,841,765


The carrying value of other selected assets on our consolidated balance sheet approximates fair value.

The fair value of the warrants issued to FBR and MAC Financial Ltd. was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, including consideration of any potential additional value associated with pricing protection features. The volatility assumption used, 39.0%, was derived from the historical volatility of the share price of a range of publicly-traded companies with similar types of business to that of the Company. No allowance was made for any potential illiquidity associated with the private trading of the Company's shares. The other initial assumptions in the option-pricing model were as follows: risk free interest rate of 2.00%, expected life of 10 years and a dividend yield of 0%.


7. Software and Equipment

F-36

NMI HOLDINGS, INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANICAL STATEMENTS


Software and equipment consist primarily of capitalized software purchased in connection with the MAC Acquisition which had a fair value of $5 million at the date of acquisition. Software and equipment, net, as of December 31, 2012, consist of the following:
Software
$
7,268,439

Equipment
284,573

Less accumulated depreciation
(2,917
)
Software and equipment, net
$
7,550,095


Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from May 19, 2011 (inception) through December 31, 2012 was $2,917. There was no depreciation expense for the period ended December 31, 2011.

8. Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of identifiable intangible assets purchased in connection with the Company's acquisition. Intangible assets, net, as of December 31, 2012, consist of the following:
 
 
 
Expected lives
State licenses
$
260,000

 
Indefinite
GSE Applications
130,000

 
Indefinite
Operational manuals
1,200,000

 
3 years
 
1,590,000

 
 
Less loss on impairment
(1,200,000
)
 
 
Intangible assets, net
$
390,000

 
 

The Company tests intangibles for impairment in the fourth quarter each year or more frequently if the Company believes indicators of impairment exist. At the time of acquisition, the operational manuals were a key deliverable in the Company's GSE application and were expected to be placed in service following GSE approval. Subsequently, the processes and procedures underlying the operational manuals have been reengineered to be substantially different as defined by the Company's current management. Therefore, at December 31, 2012 the Company determined the carrying value of operational manuals would not be recovered and the manuals could not be sold and would be disposed, and as a result, assessed the fair value at zero and recognized a loss on impairment of $1.2 million. The Company does not believe that the indefinite-lived intangible assets were impaired at December 31, 2012. There were no intangible assets as of December 31, 2011.

9. Commitments and Contingencies

Office Lease

The Company entered into an office facility lease effective July 1, 2012 for a term of two years. This facility is fully furnished and allows for expansion based on projected staffing growth. However, under the terms of the agreement, the Company, if unable to obtain GSE Approval by March 15, 2013, may elect to terminate the lease by giving written notice to the landlord. The lease will then terminate (as if by expiration) on March 31, 2013. The Company prepaid rent of approximately $246,000 for the period July 1, 2012 through March 31, 2013. See Note 15. Subsequent Events.

Management expects that, in the normal course of business, future minimum lease payments under this lease to be as follows:

F-37

NMI HOLDINGS, INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANICAL STATEMENTS

Years ending December 31,
 
2013
631,016

2014
411,768

Totals
$
1,042,784


There was rent expense, related to this lease, of approximately $164,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012.

10. Income Taxes

Following is a reconciliation of the Company's net deferred income tax asset as of December 31, 2012:
 
December 31, 2012
 
Gross
 
Tax Effected
Deferred tax asset:
 
Capitalized start-up costs
$
21,796,012

 
$
7,410,644

Net operating loss carry forwards
7,307,344

 
2,484,497

Total gross deferred tax assets
29,103,356

 
9,895,141

Less: valuation allowance
(24,103,356
)
 
(8,195,141
)
Total deferred tax assets
5,000,000

 
1,700,000

Deferred tax liability:
 
 
 
Capitalized Software
(5,000,000
)
 
(1,700,000
)
Intangible Assets
(390,000
)
 
(132,600
)
Total deferred tax liabilities
(5,390,000
)
 
(1,832,600
)
Net deferred income tax liability
$
(390,000
)
 
$
(132,600
)

The net deferred tax liability of $132,600 is due to the acquisition of indefinite-lived intangibles in the MAC Acquisition for which a benefit has been reflected in the acquired net operating loss carry forwards. The tax liability incurred at the acquisition is recorded as an increase in Goodwill.

Section 382 imposes annual limitations on a corporation's ability to utilize its NOL's if it experiences an "ownership change." As a result of the MAC Acquisition, $7.3 million of NOL's are subject to annual limitations of $277 thousand. Net unrealized built-in gains could increase the annual Section 382 limitation. Any unused annual limitation may be carried forward up to 20 years. The NOLs will expire in years 2029 through 2031.

As the Company has just recently begun operations and has no history to provide a basis for reliable future income projections, a valuation allowance of $8.2 million was recorded at December 31, 2012 to reflect the amount of the deferred taxes that may not be realized.

11. Stock Compensation

The 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan") was approved by the Board of Directors (the "Board") on April 16, 2012, and authorized 5.5 million shares be reserved for issuance under the Plan with 3.85 million shares available for stock options and 1.65 million shares available for restricted stock grants. Options granted under the Plan are Non-Qualified Stock Options and may be granted to employees, directors and other key persons of the Company. The exercise price per share for the common stock covered by this Plan shall be determined by the Board at the time of grant, but shall not be less than the fair market value on the date of the grant. The term of the stock option grants will be fixed by the Board, but no stock option shall be exercisable more than 10 years after the date the stock option is granted. The vesting period of the stock option grants will also be fixed by the Board at the time of grant and generally are for a three year period.

A summary of option activity in the plan during 2012 is as follows:

F-38

NMI HOLDINGS, INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANICAL STATEMENTS

 
Shares
 
Weighted Average Exercise Price
 
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value per Share
Options balance at December, 31, 2011

 
$

 
$

Options Granted
2,829,250

 
10.00

 
3.87

Less: Options Forfeited
(282,500
)
 
10.00

 
3.88

Options balance outstanding at December 31, 2012
2,546,750

 
$
10.00

 
$
3.86


There were no exercises and no options were exercisable as of December 31, 2012.

The remaining weighted average contractual life of options outstanding as of December 31, 2012 was 9.4 years. As of December 31, 2012, there was approximately $6.4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options. The weighted-average period over which total compensation related to nonvested stock options will be recognized is 2.34 years.

The Company accounts for stock options under ASC No. 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation ("ASC 718"), which requires all share-based payments to be recognized in the financial statements at their fair values. To measure the fair value of stock options granted, the Company utilizes the Black-Scholes options pricing model. Expense is recognized over the required service period, which is generally a three-year vesting period for the options (vesting in one-third increments per year).

The estimated grant date fair values of the stock options granted during 2012 were calculated using Black-Scholes valuation model based on the following weighted-average assumptions:
Expected life
6.00 years

Risk free interest rate
1.03
%
Dividend yield
0.00
%
Expected stock price volatility
39.00
%
Projected forfeiture rates
1.00
%

Expected Price Volatility - is a measure of the amount by which a price has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate. At the time of grant, the Company's common shares trading history was less than six months which was not sufficient to calculate an expected volatility representative of the volatility over the expected lives of the options. As a substitute for such estimate, the Company used historical volatilities of a set of comparable companies in the industry in which the Company operates.

Risk-Free Interest Rate - is the U.S. Treasury rate for the date of the grant having a term approximating the expected life of the option.

Expected Lives - is the period of time over which the options granted are expected to remain outstanding giving consideration to vesting schedules, historical exercise and forfeiture patterns.

The Company uses the simplified method outlined in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 to estimate expected lives for options granted during the period as historical exercise data is not available and the options meet the requirements set out in the Bulletin. Options granted have a maximum term of ten years.

Forfeiture Rate - is the estimated percentage of options granted that are expected to be forfeited or cancelled before becoming fully vested. An increase in the forfeiture rate will decrease compensation expense.

Dividend Yield - is calculated by dividing the expected annual dividend by the stock price of the Company at the valuation date.

F-39

NMI HOLDINGS, INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANICAL STATEMENTS


A summary of restricted stock unit activity in the plan during 2012 is as follows:
 
Shares
 
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value per Share
Restricted Stock balance at December, 31, 2011

 
$

Restricted Stock Units Granted
1,666,748

 
7.35

Less: Restricted Stock Units Forfeited
(237,500
)
 
7.35

Restricted Stock balance outstanding at December 31, 2012
1,429,248

 
$
7.35


At December 31, 2012, the 1.4 million shares of restricted stock outstanding consisted of 1.2 million shares that are subject to both a market and service condition and 0.2 million shares that are subject only to service conditions. The restricted stock units subject to both a market and service condition vest in one-third increments upon the achievement of certain market price goals and continued service. All other restricted stock units vest in one-half increments on the second and third anniversary date following the grant date and continued service. The fair value of restricted stock units subject to market and service conditions is determined based on a Monte Carlo Simulation model at the date of grant. The fair value of restricted stock units subject only to service conditions are valued at the Company's stock price on the date of grant less the present value of anticipated dividends.

The estimated grant date fair values of the restricted stock units granted in 2012 that are subject to both a market and service condition were calculated using a Monte Carlo Simulation model based on the average outcome of 150,000 simulations using the following assumption:
Expected life
5.00 years

Risk free interest rate
0.86
%
Dividend yield
0.00
%
Expected stock price volatility
39.00
%
Expected forfeiture rate
1.00
%

The remaining weighted average contractual life of RSUs outstanding as of December 31, 2012 was 8.2 years. As of December 31, 2012, there was approximately $7.8 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted stock units. The weighted-average period over which total compensation related to nonvested RSUs will be recognized is 2.04 years.

12. Line of Credit and Related Warrants

As of December 31, 2011, in connection with the funding of the Company prior to executing the offering, FBR granted an uncommitted line of credit up to an aggregate principal amount of $1.5 million to support legal, accounting and others costs associated with the formation and the capitalization of the Company.

As part of the consideration for granting the line of credit, upon the successful common stock offering on April 24, 2012, the Company agreed to issue warrants to FBR having an aggregate value equal to three times the amount of the outstanding line of credit balance. Each warrant gave the holder thereof the right to purchase one share of common stock at an exercise price equal to $10.00. Accordingly, FBR was issued approximately 314,000 warrants with an aggregate fair value of approximately $1.6 million. These warrants were measured at fair value and recorded as a finance fee with an offsetting charge to liabilities. The line of credit was paid off on April 24, 2012 and the debt discount was fully amortized as of December 31, 2012. The warrants will be cancelled if the Company does not receive GSE Approval. See Note 15. Subsequent Events.

Upon exercise of these warrants, the amounts will be reclassified as additional paid-in capital.


F-40

NMI HOLDINGS, INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANICAL STATEMENTS

The Company is required to revalue the warrants at the end of each reporting period and any change in fair value is reported in the statements of operations in the period in which the change occurred. The fair value of the warrants is calculated using a Black-Scholes model in combination with a binomial model and Monte-Carlo simulation model used to value the pricing protection features within the warrant.

13. Litigation

On August 8, 2012, Germaine Marks, as Receiver, and Truitte Todd, as Special Deputy Receiver, of PMI Mortgage Insurance Co. ("PMI"), an Arizona insurance company in receivership, have filed a complaint against the Company, National Mortgage Insurance Corporation and certain named individuals. The litigation is at an early stage of review and evaluation and the Company has filed an answer to PMI's complaint denying all allegations. Because the litigation and related discovery are in an early stage, the Company does not have sufficient information to determine or predict
the ultimate outcome or estimate the range of possible losses, if any. Accordingly, no provision for litigation losses has been included in the accompanying financial statements.


14. Statutory Financial Information

The Company's insurance subsidiaries, NMIC, NMI Re One and NMI Re Two, file financial statements in conformity with statutory basis accounting principles ("SAP") prescribed or permitted by the Wisconsin Office of the Commission of Insurance ("OCI"). Prescribed SAP includes state laws, regulations and general administrative rules, as well as a variety of publications of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners ("NAIC"). The OCI recognizes only statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the state of Wisconsin for determining and reporting the financial condition and results of operations of an insurance company and for determining its solvency under Wisconsin insurance laws.

Prescribed and permitted practices generally vary in some respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP"). The principal differences between these accounting practices and GAAP are as follows: (1) acquisition expenses incurred in connection with acquiring new business are charged to expense under SAP but under GAAP are deferred and amortized as the related premiums are earned; (2) under SAP there are limitations on the net deferred tax assets created by the tax effects of temporary differences; (3) unpaid losses and loss adjustment expense ceded to reinsurers are reported as a deduction of the related reserve rather than as an asset as would be required under GAAP; (4) under statutory accounting practices, fixed maturity investments are generally valued at amortized cost. Under GAAP, those investments are considered to be available-for-sale and are recorded at fair value, with the unrealized gain or loss recognized, net of tax, as an increase or decrease to shareholders' equity.

In addition, mortgage guaranty insurers are required to establish a special contingency reserve from unassigned surplus, with annual contributions equal to the greater of (1) 50% of net earned premiums or (2) minimum policyholders' position divided by seven. The purpose of this reserve is to protect policyholders against the effects of adverse economic cycles. After 120 months, the matured portion of the reserve is released to unassigned funds. The Wisconsin Administrative Code allows withdrawals from the reserve in any year to the extent that incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses (LAE) exceed 35% of earned premiums. Additionally, in order to receive a tax benefit for the deduction of the additions to the statutory contingency reserve, NMIC must purchase U.S. government issued tax and loss bonds in the amount equal to the tax benefit. These non-interest-bearing bonds are held in investments for the purpose of maintaining the statutory liability for ten years or until such time as the contingency reserve is released back into surplus. Under GAAP, there is no contingency reserve.

The insurance subsidiaries' ability to pay dividends to its parent are limited by state insurance laws of the State of Wisconsin. Wisconsin law provides that the Company may pay dividends without the prior approval of the Wisconsin Commissioner of Insurance in an amount, when added to other shareholder distributions made in the prior 12 months, not to exceed the lesser of (a) 10% of the insurer's surplus as regards to policyholders as of the prior December 31, or (b) its net income (excluding realized capital gains) for the twelve month period ending December 31 of the immediately

F-41

NMI HOLDINGS, INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANICAL STATEMENTS

preceding calendar year. In determining net income, an insurer may carry forward net income from the previous calendar years that has not already been paid out as a dividend. Additionally, minimum capital requirements may limit the amount of dividend that the Company may pay.

The Company is in the process of applying for licenses in all other states and D.C.. Some of these other states may restrict the Company's ability to pay shareholder dividends. See Note 15. Subsequent Events.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, none of the Company's insurance subsidiaries have paid dividends. As of December 31, 2012 none of our insurance subsidiaries had written any business and therefore had no risk ratios. Given this fact our RTC requirements are not meaningful.

NMI Holdings, Inc. is not subject to any limitations on its ability to pay dividends except those generally applicable to corporations, such as NMI Holdings, Inc., that are incorporated in Delaware. Delaware corporation law provides that dividends are only payable out of a corporation's capital surplus or (subject to certain limitations) recent net profits. As of December 31, 2012 NMIH's capital surplus was $488.7 million.

As of December 31, 2012, we had not entered into agreements that would have restricted our assets. Subsequent to the balance sheet date, the amount of restricted net assets held by our consolidated insurance subsidiaries totaled $220.0 million of our consolidated net assets of $488.7 million. In addition, as part of the GSE commitments, we agreed to maintain at least $150 million in capital at NMIC

The Statutory and GAAP equity and net income of the Company's insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries were as follows:
 
NMIC
 
NMI Re One
 
NMI Re Two
Statutory Capital and Surplus
(Dollars In Thousands)
As at December 31, 2012
$
210,004

 
$
10,000

 
$
10,000

 
 
 
 
 
 
Statutory Net Income (Loss)
 
 
 
 
 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
$
(18
)
 
$

 
$



15. Subsequent Events

On January 16, 2013 the Company was approved as an eligible mortgage guaranty insurer by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, subject to maintaining certain conditions. Along with their approval, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have indicated that they will be ready to accept loans insured by the Company in the second quarter of 2013. Both GSEs will be communicating directly to lenders regarding the timing and process.

Upon receipt of GSE approval, the 250,000 shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock outstanding were immediately converted into 250,000 shares of Class A Common Stock.

Pursuant to the purchase/placement agreement with FBR dated April 17, 2012 and the stock purchase agreement with MAC Financial Ltd., the Company executed the release of all consideration held in escrow on January 23, 2013.

In addition to state dividend limitations, the Company is restricted from paying any dividends to affiliates or to any holding company until December 31, 2015 by separate agreement with the GSE's.

On January 30, 2013, a case management conference took place among the parties in the complaint brought forth by Germaine Marks, as Receiver, and Truitte Todd, as Special Deputy Receiver, of PMI Mortgage Insurance Co., an Arizona insurance company in receivership, against the Company, National Mortgage Insurance Corporation and certain named individuals. The conference resulted in the setting of a trial date on February 3, 2014.


F-42

NMI HOLDINGS, INC. (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANICAL STATEMENTS

The Company has performed subsequent events procedures through February 14, 2013, which was the date the financial statements were available for issuance.

F-43



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM



MAC Financial Holding Corporation
(A Development Stage Company)
Emeryville, CA

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of MAC Financial Holding Corporation (A Development Stage Company) as of April 24, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders' equity, and cash flows for the periods from January 1, 2012 to April 24, 2012, July 6, 2009 (inception) to April 24, 2012, the year ended December 31, 2011, and the period from July 6, 2009 (inception) to December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of MAC Financial Holding Corporation at April 24, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and the results of its operations, changes in shareholders' equity, and its cash flows for the periods from January 1, 2012 to April 24, 2012, July 6, 2009 (inception) to April 24, 2012, the year ended December 31, 2011, and the period from July 6, 2009 (inception) to December 31, 2011 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.



/s/ BDO USA, LLP

June 14, 2013



F-44


MAC FINANCIAL HOLDING CORPORATION (A Development Stage Company)


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
April 24, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Assets
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
16,705

 
$
16,842

Prepaid expenses
12,474

 
18,620

Receivable from affiliate
200

 
200

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation
7,647

 
11,927

Capitalized software costs
2,879,078

 
2,879,078

Total Assets
$
2,916,104

 
$
2,926,667

Liabilities
 
 
 
Accounts payable
$
1,466,766

 
$
1,227,006

Note payable

 
239,760

Total Liabilities
1,466,766

 
1,466,766

Commitments and Contingencies
 
 
 
Shareholders' Equity
 
 
 
Common stock - $0.01 par value, 1,000 shares issued
10

 
10

Additional paid-in capital
7,090,510

 
7,090,510

Deficit accumulated during the development phase
(5,641,182
)
 
(5,630,619
)
Total Shareholders' Equity
1,449,338

 
1,459,901

Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
$
2,916,104

 
$
2,926,667


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



F-45


MAC FINANCIAL HOLDING CORPORATION (A Development Stage Company)


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Period from January 1, 2012 to April 24, 2012
 
Period from July 6, 2009 (inception) to April 24, 2012
 
Year Ended December 31, 2011
 
Period from July 6, 2009 (inception) to December 31, 2011
Revenues
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service income
$

 
$
17,989

 
$
1,738

 
$
17,989

Investment income

 
17

 

 
17

Total Revenues

 
18,006

 
1,738

 
18,006

Expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Payroll and benefits

 
2,401,828

 
333,927

 
2,401,828

Information technology
4,280

 
1,252,263

 
13,515

 
1,247,983

Legal and professional fees

 
724,805

 
21,124

 
724,805

Travel and related items

 
192,678

 
14,877

 
192,678

Rent and utilities

 
160,654

 
28,000

 
160,654

Operating licenses and fees

 
58,651

 
1,077

 
58,651

General and administrative
6,283

 
868,309

 
193,554

 
862,026

Total Expenses
10,563

 
5,659,188

 
606,074

 
5,648,625

Net loss
$
(10,563
)
 
$
(5,641,182
)
 
$
(604,336
)
 
$
(5,630,619
)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-46


MAC FINANCIAL HOLDING CORPORATION (A Development Stage Company)


Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
Common Stock
Additional Paid-in Capital
Deficit Accumulated During the Development Phase
Total
$0.01 Par
 
Shares
Amount
Period from July 6, 2009 (inception) to December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, July 6, 2009

$

$

$

$

Issuance of Class A common stock
1,000

10



10

Capital contributions


7,090,510


7,090,510

Net loss



(5,630,619
)
(5,630,619
)
Balance, December 31, 2011
1,000

10

7,090,510

(5,630,619
)
1,459,901

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2010
1,000

10

6,893,896

(5,026,283
)
1,867,623

Capital contributions


196,614


196,614

Net loss



(604,336
)
(604,336
)
Balance, December 31, 2011
1,000

10

7,090,510

(5,630,619
)
1,459,901

Period from July 6, 2009 (inception) to April 24, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, July 6, 2009





Issuance of Class A common stock
1,000

10



10

Capital contributions


7,090,510


7,090,510

Net loss



(5,641,182
)
(5,641,182
)
Balance, April 24, 2012
1,000

10

7,090,510

(5,641,182
)
1,449,338

For the Period Ended April 24, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2011
1,000

10

7,090,510

(5,630,619
)
1,459,901

Net loss



(10,563
)
(10,563
)
Balance, April 24, 2012
1,000

$
10

$
7,090,510

$
(5,641,182
)
$
1,449,338


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-47


MAC FINANCIAL HOLDING CORPORATION (A Development Stage Company)


Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Period from January 1, 2012 to April 24, 2012
 
Period from July 6, 2009 (inception) to April 24, 2012
 
Year Ended December 31, 2011
 
Period from July 6, 2009 (inception) to December 31, 2011
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
$
(10,563
)
 
$
(5,641,182
)
 
$
(604,336
)
 
$
(5,630,619
)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation
4,280

 
32,898

 
13,515

 
28,618

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable

 

 
10,477

 

Prepaid expense
6,146

 
(12,474
)
 
158,893

 
(18,620
)
Payable to affiliate

 
(200
)
 
(200
)
 
(200
)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
239,760

 
1,466,766

 
(68,280
)
 
1,227,006

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities
239,623

 
(4,154,192
)
 
(489,931
)
 
(4,393,815
)
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchase of software and equipment

 
(40,545
)
 

 
(40,545
)
Capitalized software charges

 
(2,879,078
)
 
(89,878
)
 
(2,879,078
)
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

 
(2,919,623
)
 
(89,878
)
 
(2,919,623
)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from common stock and capital contributions

 
7,090,520

 
196,614

 
7,090,520

(Payments on) proceeds from note payable
(239,760
)
 

 
239,760

 
239,760

Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Financing Activities
(239,760
)
 
7,090,520

 
436,374

 
7,330,280

Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents
(137
)
 
16,705

 
(143,435
)
 
16,842

Cash and Cash Equivalents, beginning of period
16,842

 

 
160,277

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, end of period
$
16,705

 
$
16,705

 
$
16,842

 
$
16,842


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-48

MAC FINANCIAL HOLDING CORPORATION (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1. Organization

MAC Financial Holding Corporation (A Development Stage Company) (“the Company”) was organized in Delaware on July 6, 2009, and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of MAC Financial Ltd., a Bermuda holding company. The Company's wholly-owned subsidiaries include Mortgage Assurance Corporation, (“MAC”), a Wisconsin insurance company, Mortgage Assurance Reinsurance Inc. One (“MARI One”) a Wisconsin insurance company and Mortgage Assurance Reinsurance Inc. Two (“MARI Two”) a Wisconsin insurance company. In 2012, the MAC insurance subsidiaries were renamed. See Note 7. Subsequent Events.

MAC received a Certificate of Authority from Wisconsin's Office of the Commissioner of Insurance (“OCI”) to conduct a mortgage insurance business. However, to commence operations Certificates of Authority are required in each jurisdiction in which MAC wishes to conduct business and the approval as a qualified mortgage insurer by the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”, FNMA and FHLMC, collectively, the “GSEs”) is also required.

Certain states require that when coverage on individual loans exceeds 25%, such excess coverage be reinsured by another mortgage insurer, who may be an affiliate. Such reinsurance may be provided by a domestic or off-shore wholly-owned reinsurance company formed specifically for this purpose. The Company has determined that initially it will meet this requirement through two wholly-owned domestic reinsurers, MARI One and MARI Two. These two companies were formed in January, 2010 and received a Certificate of Authority from the Wisconsin OCI in March, 2010. The Company had not commenced writing mortgage insurance business as of April 24, 2012.

On November 30, 2011, NMI Holdings, Inc. (“NMI”) agreed to acquire from MAC Financial Ltd. all of the outstanding equity interest of the Company and its three wholly-owned subsidiaries for approximately $8.5 million. The completion of the acquisition was subject to NMI raising at least $500 million in a private placement offering as well as other customary closing conditions. The equity interest of the Company and the cash consideration was held in escrow until such time as NMI received approval from at least one of the GSEs to be a qualified mortgage insurance provider. See Note 7. Subsequent Events. Upon receipt of GSE approval, all consideration was released to MAC Financial Ltd. and the equity interest of the Company was released to NMI.

2. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Accounting Principles

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements include the results of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). All material intercompany accounts have been eliminated. The accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries are maintained in US dollars. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers items such as certificates of deposit and money market funds with original maturities of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents.

Software and Equipment

The Company capitalizes costs incurred during the application development stage related to software developed for internal use and for which it has no substantive plan to market externally in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 985 - Software. Capitalized costs are amortized beginning at such time as the software is ready for its intended use on a straight-line basis over the estimated

F-49

MAC FINANCIAL HOLDING CORPORATION (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

useful life of the asset, which is generally three to seven years. The software has not been placed in service as of April 24, 2012. All other information technology costs are expensed as incurred.

Software and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated amortization and depreciation. Amortization of software and depreciation on equipment are calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of three to five years.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue as services are performed.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740 - Income Taxes. The liability method measures the expected future tax effects of temporary differences at the enacted tax rates applicable for the period in which the deferred asset or liability is expected to be realized or settled. Temporary differences are differences between the tax basis of an asset or liability and its reported amount in the consolidated financial statements that will result in future increases or decreases in taxes owed on a cash basis compared to amounts already recognized as tax expense in the consolidated statement of operations.

The Company evaluates the need for a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis. In the course of its review, the Company assesses all available evidence, both positive and negative, including future sources of income, tax planning strategies, future contractual cash flows and reversing temporary differences. Additional valuation allowance benefits or charges could be recognized in the future due to changes in management's expectations regarding the realization of tax benefits. Uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return by the Company are recognized in the financial statements when it is more likely than not that the position would be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. There are no tax uncertainties that are expected to result in significant increases or decreases to unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve month period.

In assessing the valuation of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible.

Recent Accounting Standards Updates Adopted

Impairment of Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

In July 2012, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2012-02, updating guidance on indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment. Under the new guidance, an entity has the option first to assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances indicates that it is more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. If, after assessing the totality of events and circumstances, an entity concludes that it is not more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired, then the entity is not required to take further action. However, if an entity concludes otherwise, then it is required to determine the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset and perform the quantitative impairment test. The amendments are effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. Early adoption is permitted. The Company elected to early adopt the amendments for the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2012. The adoption of this guidance did not have any effect on the Company's results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

Intangibles - Goodwill and Other: Testing Goodwill for Impairment

In September 2011, the FASB issued updated guidance (ASU 2011-08) on goodwill impairment that gives companies the option to perform a qualitative assessment that may allow them to skip the annual two-step test and reduce costs.

F-50

MAC FINANCIAL HOLDING CORPORATION (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Under the new guidance, an entity has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. The FASB provided a sample list of events and circumstances that an entity can consider in performing its qualitative assessment. Under the amended guidance, an entity has the option to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to performing the first step of the two-step goodwill impairment test and may resume performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period. The amendments are effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this guidance in January 2012 did not have any effect on the Company's results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

Presentation of Comprehensive Income

In June 2011, the FASB issued updated guidance (ASU 2011-05) to increase the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income by eliminating the option of presenting components of comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in shareholders' equity.  The updated guidance requires that all non-owner changes in shareholders' equity be presented either as a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements.  The updated guidance is to be applied retrospectively and is effective for the period ending September 30, 2012.  Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this guidance in January 2012 did not have any effect on the Company's financial position or liquidity.

Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure Requirements in US GAAP and IFRS

In May 2011, the FASB issued updated guidance (ASU 2011-04) that addresses the objective of the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) to develop common requirements for measuring and for disclosing information about fair value measurements with US GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”).  The FASB and the IASB worked together to ensure that fair value has the same meaning in US GAAP and IFRS and that their respective fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are the same (except for minor differences in wording and style). The FASB and the IASB concluded that this guidance will improve comparability of fair value measurements presented and disclosed in financial statements prepared in accordance with US GAAP and IFRS. The guidance explains how to measure fair value. This updated guidance does not require additional fair value measurements and are not intended to establish valuation standards or affect valuation practices outside of financial reporting.  The updated guidance is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Early application is not permitted. The adoption of this guidance in January 2012 did not have any effect on the Company's results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

Transfers and Servicing: Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreement

In April 2011, the FASB amended its guidance on accounting for repurchase agreements (ASU 2011-03). The amendments simplify the accounting by eliminating the requirement that the transferor demonstrate it has adequate collateral to fund substantially all the cost of purchasing replacement assets. Under the amended guidance, a transferor maintains effective control over transferred financial assets (and thus accounts for the transfer as a secured borrowing) if there is an agreement that both entitles and obligates the transferor to repurchase the financial assets before maturity and if all of the following conditions previously required are met; (i) financial assets to be repurchased or redeemed are the same or substantially the same as those transferred, (ii) repurchase or redemption date before maturity at a fixed or determinable price, and (iii) the agreement is entered into contemporaneously with, or in contemplation of, the transfer.  As a result, more arrangements could be accounted for as secured borrowings rather than sales.  The updated guidance is effective on a prospective basis for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011, early adoption is prohibited. The adoption of this guidance in January 2012 did not have any effect on the Company's results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

Accounting for Costs Associated with Acquiring or Renewing Insurance Contracts

F-51

MAC FINANCIAL HOLDING CORPORATION (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


In October 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2010-26, to address the diversity in practice for the accounting for costs associated with acquiring or renewing insurance contracts. This guidance modifies the definition of acquisition costs to specify that a cost must be directly related to the successful acquisition of a new or renewal insurance contract in order to be deferred. If application of this guidance would result in the capitalization of acquisition costs that had not previously been capitalized by a reporting entity, the entity may elect not to capitalize those costs.

The updated guidance is effective on either a retrospective or prospective basis for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted as of the beginning of a company's annual period. The adoption of this guidance did not have any effect on the Company's results of operations, financial position or liquidity as the Company has yet to commence writing premiums.

Recent Accounting Standards Updates Not Yet Adopted

Nonpublic Entity Disclosures about Financial Instruments

In February 2013, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update clarifying the intended scope of the disclosures required by Update 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement: Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs. The amendments clarify that the requirement to disclose “the level of the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurements are categorized in their entirety (Level 1, 2, or 3)” does not apply to nonpublic entities for items that are not measured at fair value in the statement of financial position but for which fair value is disclosed. We expect this guidance to affect financial statement disclosures but not to have an impact on the Company's results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities

In January 2013, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update clarifying that the scope of Update 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities, applies to derivatives accounted for in accordance with Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, including bifurcated embedded derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset in accordance with Section 210-20-45 or Section 815-10-45 or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. We expect this guidance to affect financial statement disclosures but not to have an impact on the Company's results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

In February 2013, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update (the “Update”) addressing the reporting of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The Update requires an entity to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income if the amount being reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in its entirety to net income. For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income in the same reporting period, an entity is required to cross-reference other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. For public entities, the amendments are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. For nonpublic entities, the amendments are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013. Early adoption is permitted. We expect this guidance to affect financial statement disclosures but not to have an impact on the Company's results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

Reclassifications

Certain items in the financial statements as of and for the period ending December 31, 2011 have been reclassified to conform to the current year's presentation. There was no effect on net income previously reported.

3. Notes Payable

In December of 2010, MAC secured a loan from the Wisconsin Department of Commerce in the amount of $250,000. The loan requires interest only payments for the first year and amortizes over the following two years in a fixed monthly installment of $10,640, commencing on January 1, 2012, which includes principal and interest. A final installment is

F-52

MAC FINANCIAL HOLDING CORPORATION (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

due December 1, 2013, which shall include all remaining principal and interest. The interest rate is 2% with a 2% origination fee. MAC received the entire $250,000 advance in January 2011. During the year, the Company violated a provision of the agreement, under which it was required to retain a certain number of employees in Wisconsin. The penalty for this violation is an incremental increase in the interest rate. The maximum penalty under the agreement for this violation is 4%. As of December 31, 2011, the balance due on the loan was $239,760. On April 24, 2012, the balance due on the loan was paid in full by NMI and the Company recorded a liability in Accounts Payable which will be settled upon successful completion of NMI's acquisition of the Company. See Note 7. Subsequent Events.

4. Income Taxes

The deferred tax assets consist mainly of a net operating loss. A full valuation reserve has been provided because the “more likely than not” standard for recognition of deferred tax assets has not been met. The Company has net operating loss carryforwards, after giving effect to timing differences, of approximately $7.3 million at December 31, 2011 and April 24, 2012 that will begin to expire December 31, 2029. Such carryforward may be utilized over the next twenty years to reduce taxable income and resulting income taxes.

5. Commitments and Contingencies

Facilities

The Company's current home office lease which expired on April 30, 2010 had been extended on a month by month basis through May 31, 2011. The rental expense was $28,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011. There was no rent expense for the period ended April 24, 2012.

Information Technology

In 2009 MAC had entered into contracts to (i) develop a data capture and transmission system to receive applications from its customers, (ii) develop an insurance management system to underwrite and produce commitments for applications, invoice commitments (including renewals) and store data in a data base, (iii) develop a financial reporting system, including investment management, and (iv) develop a web site. At December 31, 2011 and April 24, 2012 the Company has contingent commitments outstanding of approximately $280,000.

Intellect SEEC License Fee Accrual

On January 13, 2010, MAC requested the payment of license fees to Intellect SEEC related to the development of the Company's Insurance Management System be delayed. The license payment schedule was originally due as follows:

Due Date
 
December 31, 2009
$
250,000

January 30, 2010
200,000

March 31, 2010
550,000

Total
$
1,000,000


Per an amended agreement between MAC and Intellect SEEC signed on February 2, 2010, Intellect SEEC agreed to delay the license fee payment to as follows:

a)
$700,000 to be paid 10 days after obtaining the funding required for Government Sponsored Entity (“GSE”) approval
b)
$300,000 to be paid upon completion of deployment of the Insurance Management System and user acceptance testing


F-53

MAC FINANCIAL HOLDING CORPORATION (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

See Note 7. Subsequent Events.

6. Statutory Financial Information

The Company's insurance subsidiaries, MAC, MARI One and MARI Two, file financial statements in conformity with statutory basis accounting principles (“SAP”) prescribed or permitted by the Wisconsin Office of the Commission of Insurance (“OCI”). Prescribed SAP includes state laws, regulations and general administrative rules, as well as a variety of publications of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”). The OCI recognizes only statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the state of Wisconsin for determining and reporting the financial condition and results of operations of an insurance company and for determining its solvency under Wisconsin insurance laws.

Prescribed and permitted practices generally vary in some respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The principal differences between these accounting practices and GAAP are as follows: (1) acquisition expenses incurred in connection with acquiring new business are charged to expense under SAP but under GAAP are deferred and amortized as the related premiums are earned; (2) under SAP there are limitations on the net deferred tax assets created by the tax effects of temporary differences; (3) unpaid losses and loss adjustment expense ceded to reinsurers are reported as a deduction of the related reserve rather than as an asset as would be required under GAAP; (4) under statutory accounting practices, fixed maturity investments are generally valued at amortized cost. Under GAAP, those investments are considered to be available-for-sale and are recorded at fair value, with the unrealized gain or loss recognized, net of tax, as an increase or decrease to shareholders' equity.

In addition, mortgage guaranty insurers are required to establish a special contingency reserve from unassigned surplus, with annual contributions equal to the greater of (1) 50% of net earned premiums or (2) minimum policyholders' position divided by seven. The purpose of this reserve is to protect policyholders against the effects of adverse economic cycles. After 120 months, the matured portion of the reserve is released to unassigned funds. The Wisconsin Administrative Code allows withdrawals from the reserve in any year to the extent that incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses (LAE) exceed 35% of earned premiums. Additionally, in order to receive a tax benefit for the deduction of the additions to the statutory contingency reserve, NMIC must purchase U.S. government issued tax and loss bonds in the amount equal to the tax benefit. These non-interest-bearing bonds are held in investments for the purpose of maintaining the statutory liability for ten years or until such time as the contingency reserve is released back into surplus. Under GAAP, there is no contingency reserve.

The insurance subsidiaries' ability to pay dividends to its parent are limited by state insurance laws of the State of Wisconsin. Wisconsin law provides that the Company may pay dividends without the prior approval of the Wisconsin Commissioner of Insurance in an amount, when added to other shareholder distributions made in the prior 12 months, not to exceed the lesser of (a) 10% of the insurer's surplus as regards to policyholders as of the prior December 31, or (b) its net income (excluding realized capital gains) for the twelve month period ending December 31 of the immediately preceding calendar year. In determining net income, an insurer may carry forward net income from the previous calendar years that has not already been paid out as a dividend. Additionally, minimum capital requirements may limit the amount of dividend that the Company may pay.

For the year ended December 31, 2011 and the period ending April 24, 2012, none of the Company's insurance subsidiaries have paid dividends.

See Note 7. Subsequent Events.

7. Subsequent Events

Acquisition by NMI
On April 24, 2012, NMI Holdings, Inc. (“NMI”) closed an agreement with MAC Financial Ltd. to acquire MAC Financial Holdings Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively the “Company”).The agreement closed shortly after the closing of a common stock offering by NMI. Under the agreement, the total initial consideration paid for MAC

F-54

MAC FINANCIAL HOLDING CORPORATION (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

was $8.5 million which consists of $2.5 million in cash, $2.5 million in the NMI's common stock, and warrants to acquire NMI's common stock valued at $3.5 million. In addition, NMI assumed approximately $1.3 million in liabilities. Following the common stock offering by NMI, NMI paid off the entire outstanding balance of the loan from the Wisconsin Department of Commerce and paid the $700,000 and the $300,000 of obligations for the license fees to Intellect SEEC related to the development of the Company's Insurance Management System. The consideration (net of expenses paid on MAC's behalf) was held in an escrow account until such time as NMI receives GSE Approval. On January 15 and January 16, 2013, NMI was approved as an eligible mortgage guaranty insurer by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, respectively. On January 23, 2013, all consideration was released to MAC Financial Ltd.

As a result of the acquisition of the Company by NMI, MAC Financial Holdings Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries became the primary subsidiary of NMI Holdings, Inc. Subsequent to the acquisition, the MAC insurance subsidiaries, MAC, MARI One and MARI Two were renamed. MAC was renamed to National Mortgage Insurance Corporation (“NMIC”). Mortgage Assurance Reinsurance Inc. One (“MARI One”) was renamed to National Mortgage Reinsurance Inc One (“NMRI One”) and Mortgage Assurance Reinsurance Two (“MARI Two”) was renamed to National Mortgage Reinsurance Inc Two (“NMRI Two”).
Capitalization of the Company

On June 29, 2012, NMI capitalized the following insurance companies:

National Mortgage Insurance Corporation - $210.0 million
National Mortgage Reinsurance Inc One - $10.0 million

Also, on June 29, 2012, NMIC capitalized its direct, wholly-owned subsidiary as follows:

National Mortgage Reinsurance Inc Two - $10.0 million

Tax Sharing Agreement

The Company entered into a Tax Sharing Agreement dated August 23, 2012, by and among the Company and NMI. Under this agreement, each of the parties mutually agrees to file a consolidated federal income tax return for 2012 and subsequent tax years, with NMI as the direct tax payer. The tax liability of each insurer that is party to the agreement is limited to the amount of liability it would incur if it filed a separate tax return. All settlements under this agreement between NMI and any insurer that is party to the agreement shall be made within 30 days of the filing of the applicable federal corporate income tax return with the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), including subsequent amended filings and IRS adjustments, except when a refund is due to an insurer, in which case payment shall be made to the insurer within 30 days after NMI's receipt of the applicable tax refund. The agreement was not in effect as of December 31, 2011.

Cost Allocation Agreement

The Company entered into a cost allocation agreement on August 1, 2012 by and among the Company and NMI. All of the parties to the agreement may provide any of the following services to anyone in the agreement including general management, underwriting, customer service, claims processing, legal, accounting and actuarial services. The agreement was not in effect as of December 31, 2011 and as such, no costs had been allocated via this agreement.

The Cost Allocation Agreement was amended on January 9, 2013, retroactive to August 1, 2012, such that all parties to the Agreement agreed that no costs would be allocated from NMI to any party to the Agreement until such time as GSE approval was received. Additionally, the parties agreed that all bonus payments based on GSE approval, as well as bonus payments paid or accrued prior to June 30, 2013 are to be allocated solely to NMI.

Organizational Examination


F-55

MAC FINANCIAL HOLDING CORPORATION (A Development Stage Company)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Wisconsin OCI completed an Organizational Examination of NMIC on September 27, 2012. The period under exam was June 30, 2009 through June 30, 2012. The examination was conducted using a risk-focused approach in accordance with the NAIC Financial Condition Examiners' Handbook, which sets forth guidance for planning and performing an examination to evaluate the financial condition and identify prospective risks of an insurer. This approach includes the obtaining of information about the company including corporate governance, the identification and assessment of inherent risks within the company, and the evaluation of system controls and procedures used by the company to mitigate those risks.

The Examination did not result in any recommendations. The Examination did not make any reclassification of or adjustments to balances reported by the NMIC. The Company has no orders or restrictions of any kind on its certificate of authority in Wisconsin. The stipulation and order issued by the OCI in connection with the licensure of the Company that prohibited NMIC from transacting insurance business was rescinded based on the findings of this Examination.

Litigation

On August 8, 2012, the Receiver and Special Deputy Receiver of PMI Mortgage Insurance Co. (“PMI”), an insolvent mortgage insurance company located in Walnut Creek, CA, filed an unverified complaint (“the PMI Complaint”) in California Superior Court against NMI, NMIC and certain named individuals. The litigation is at an early stage of review and evaluation and NMI has filed an answer to PMI's complaint denying all allegations. Because the litigation and related discovery are in an early stage, the Company does not have sufficient information to determine or predict the ultimate outcome or estimate the range of possible losses, if any. Accordingly, no provision for litigation losses has been included in the accompanying financial statements.

On January 30, 2013, a case management conference took place among the parties in PMI Complaint. The conference resulted in the setting of a trial date on February 3, 2014.

On April 25, 2013 a hearing was held on several motions filed by the parties to the PMI Complaint. The Court partially granted a defense motion and dismissed two of the six counts cited by the defendants. The court also ordered the plaintiffs to more specifically describe the trade secrets alleged in the plaintiff's complaint and ordered plaintiff's discovery efforts stayed until June 13, 2013.

On June 13, 2013, a hearing was held to resolve certain discovery disputes. No definitive ruling was issued. The Company believes the case is without merit and intends to vigorously defend against all claims. Our strategy remains the same and the litigation and related discovery are still in an early stage.

GSE Approval

On January 16, 2013, NMIC was approved as an eligible mortgage guaranty insurer by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, subject to maintaining certain conditions. Along with their approval, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have indicated that they will be ready to accept loans insured by the Company in the second quarter of 2013. The GSEs will be communicating directly to lenders regarding the timing and process.

Licensing

On June 27, 2012, NMIC's Expansion Application to obtain licenses in all states outside of Wisconsin was accepted into the Review of Electronic Application Coordination and Processing (“REACAP”) process by the NAIC.  As of June 14, 2013, NMIC has been approved in 48 states and D.C.

The Company has considered subsequent events through June 14, 2013.




F-56


 
 

Until , 2013 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
 
 
 
PROSPECTUS
 
 
 
Shares
NMI Holdings, Inc.
Class A Common Stock
 
 
 
FBR

 
 

    



PART II - INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts, except the SEC registration fee and FINRA filing fee, are estimates.
SEC registration fee
$
3,220.00

FINRA fee and expenses
$
4,250.00

NASDAQ listing fees and expenses
*

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses
*

Printing fees and expenses
*

Legal fees and expenses
*

Accounting fees and expenses
*

Blue Sky fees and expenses
*

Miscellaneous
*

Total
$ *
 
* To be furnished by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL (regarding, among other things, the payment of unlawful dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions), or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for such limitation of liability.
Section 145(a) of the DGCL empowers a corporation to indemnify any director, officer, employee or agent, or former director, officer, employee or agent, who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of such person's service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or such person's service, at the corporation's request, as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such

II-1


person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding; provided that such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, provided that such director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
Section 145(b) of the DGCL empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit; provided that such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such director or officer shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses that the court shall deem proper. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in our amended and restated by-laws, we shall be required to indemnify any such person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such person only if the commencement of such proceeding (or part thereof) by any such person was authorized by our Board.
In addition, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by law. We are also expressly required to advance certain expenses to our directors and officers and carry directors' and officers' insurance providing indemnification for our directors and officers for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification provisions and the directors' and officers' insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have issued the following securities:
On August 9, 2011, in connection with our formation, we issued 100 shares of our common stock to FBR & Co. for nominal consideration. This issuance was made in reliance upon the exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, including the safe harbor established by Regulation D, for transactions by issuers not involving a public offering.
On March 7, 2012, we issued 250,000 shares of our Class B non-voting common stock, which upon receipt of GSE Approval automatically converted into our Class A common stock, in the aggregate to our founders, Messrs. Shuster and Sherwood for $2,500. These issuances were made in reliance upon the exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, including the safe harbor established by Regulation D, for transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.
On April 24, 2012, we issued an aggregate of 55,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock for net consideration of approximately $510 million in cash. FBR Capital Markets & Co. was initial purchaser and placement agent for the shares. The aggregate discount and placement agent fees were approximately $40 million. This issuance was made in reliance upon the exemption from registration under Rule 144 A, Section

II-2


4(2) of the Securities Act, including the safe harbor established by Regulation D, for transactions by issuers not involving a public offering and Regulation S.
On April 24, 2012, as part of the consideration for the line of credit it granted to us to pay for costs associated with our formation and capitalization, including some of the expenses of the private offering described in the preceding paragraph, we issued to FBR Capital Markets LT, Inc. a warrant to purchase up to 313,870 shares of our Class A common stock (the "FBR Warrant"). FBR Capital Markets LT, Inc. subsequently assigned the FBR Warrant to FBR Capital Markets & Co. This issuance was made in reliance upon the exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, including the safe harbor established by Regulation D, for transactions by issuers not involving a public offering. The debt held by FBR Capital Markets LT, Inc. was issued in reliance upon the exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
On April 24, 2012, as part of the consideration for our acquisition of the equity interest of MAC Financial Holding Corporation, we issued to MAC Financial Ltd. (i) an aggregate of 250,000 shares of our Class A common stock and (ii) a warrant to purchase up to 678,295 shares of our Class A common stock. The stockholders of MAC Financial Ltd. have resolved to wind up its affairs pursuant to a members voluntary liquidation under Bermuda law, and have appointed a liquidator for that purpose.  The shares of our common stock and the warrant previously held by MAC Financial Ltd. have been divided and distributed to its former stockholders. These issuances were made in reliance upon the exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, including the safe harbor established by Regulation D, for transactions by issuers not involving a public offering.
As of September 30, 2013, we granted certain of our employees and directors 1,511,260 restricted stock units (net of forfeitures) and options to purchase an aggregate of 3,063,878 shares of our common stock (net of forfeitures) under the NMI Holdings, Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan. These grants were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to either Rule 701 promulgated thereunder inasmuch as they were offered and sold under written compensatory benefit plans and otherwise in compliance with the provisions of Rule 701 or under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, including the safe harbor established by Regulation D, for transactions by issuers not involving a public offering, as applicable.

II-3


Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statements Schedules.
(a) Exhibits
The list of exhibits is set forth under “Exhibit Index” at the end of this registration statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.


II-4


Item 17. Undertakings.
(a)
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
(b)
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(c)
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1)
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by us pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2)
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


II-5


SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Emeryville, California on October 8, 2013.
 

NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
(Registrant)
 


By: /s/ Bradley M. Shuster
 
     Name: Bradley M. Shuster
     Title: Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Power of Attorney
Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Bradley M. Shuster, John (Jay) M. Sherwood, Jr. and Glen Corso, and each of them acting individually, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as the attorney-in-fact and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and any other documents required in connection therewith with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents and their substitutes, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:





Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Bradley M. Shuster
 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
October 8, 2013
Bradley M. Shuster
 
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ John (Jay) M. Sherwood, Jr.
 
Chief Financial Officer
 
October 8, 2013
John (Jay) M. Sherwood, Jr.
 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Steven L. Scheid
 


Director
 
October 8, 2013
Steven L. Scheid
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ James G. Jones
 


Director
 
October 8, 2013
James G. Jones
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ John Brandon Osmon
 


Director
 
October 8, 2013
John Brandon Osmon
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Michael Montgomery
 


Director
 
October 8, 2013
Michael Montgomery
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Michael Embler
 


Director
 
October 8, 2013
Michael Embler
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ James H. Ozanne
 


Director
 
October 8, 2013
James H. Ozanne
 
 
 
 




EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit Number
 
Description
1.1
 
Form of Underwriting Agreement*
2.1
 
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated November 30, 2011, between NMI Holdings, Inc. and MAC Financial Ltd.†
2.2
 
Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated April 6, 2012, between NMI Holdings, Inc. and MAC Financial Ltd.†
3.1
 
Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation†
3.2
 
Amended and Restated By-Laws†
4.1
 
Specimen Class A common stock certificate†
4.2
 
Registration Rights Agreement between NMI Holdings, Inc. and FBR Capital Markets & Co., dated April 24, 2012†
4.3
 
Registration Rights Agreement by and between MAC Financial Ltd. and NMI Holdings, Inc., dated April 24, 2012†
4.4
 
Registration Rights Agreement between FBR & Co., FBR Capital Markets LT, Inc., FBR Capital Markets & Co., FBR Capital Markets PT, Inc. and NMI Holdings, Inc., dated April 24, 2012†
4.5
 
Warrant No. 1 to Purchase Common Stock of NMI Holdings, Inc. issued to FBR Capital Markets & Co., dated June 13, 2013†
4.6
 
Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock of NMI Holdings, Inc. issued to former stockholders of MAC Financial Ltd.†
5.1
 
Form of Opinion of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz†
10.1
 
NMI Holdings, Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan†
10.2
 
Form of NMI Holdings, Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer†
10.3
 
Form of NMI Holdings, Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Management†
10.4
 
Form of NMI Holdings, Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Directors†
10.5
 
Form of NMI Holdings, Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer†
10.6
 
Form of NMI Holdings, Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for Management†
10.7
 
Form of NMI Holdings, Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for Directors†
10.8
 
Employment Agreement by and between NMI Holdings, Inc. and Bradley M. Shuster, dated March 6, 2012 and Amendment, dated April 24, 2012†
10.9
 
Amendment to Employment Agreement by and between NMI Holdings, Inc. and Bradley M. Shuster, dated April 24, 2012†
10.10
 
Employment Agreement by and between NMI Holdings, Inc. and Jay M. Sherwood, dated March 6, 2012 and Amendment, dated April 24, 2012†
10.11
 
Amendment to Employment Agreement by and between NMI Holdings, Inc. and Jay M. Sherwood, dated April 24, 2012†
10.12
 
Letter Agreement by and between NMI Holdings, Inc. and Stanley M. Pachura, dated April 26, 2012†
10.13
 
Form of Indemnification Agreement between NMI Holdings, Inc. and certain of its directors†



Exhibit Number
 
Description
10.14
 
Commitment Letter dated July 12, 2013 for Bulk Fannie Mae-Paid Loss-on-Sale Mortgage Insurance on the Portfolio of approximately $5.46 billion Purchased by Fannie Mae and Identified by Fannie Mae as Deal No. 2013 MIRT 01 and by the Company as Policy No. P-0001-01†+
21.1
 
Subsidiaries of NMI Holdings, Inc.†
23.1
 
Consent of BDO USA, LLP †
23.2
 
Consent of BDO USA, LLP †
23.3
 
Consent of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz (to be included in Exhibit 5.1)†
24.1
 
Power of Attorney (included on signature page)†
99.1
 
Conditional Approval Letter, dated January 15, 2013, from Freddie Mac to National Mortgage Insurance Corporation†
99.2
 
Conditional Approval Agreement, dated January 16, 2013, by and among Federal National Mortgage Association, NMI Holdings, Inc. and National Mortgage Insurance Corporation†

* To be filed by amendment.
† Filed herewith
+
Application has been made to the Securities and Exchange Commission for confidential treatment of certain provisions of this exhibit. Omitted material for which confidential treatment has been requested has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

2.1 MAC Stock Purchase Agreement
Exhibit 2.1















STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


dated as of


November 30, 2011

by and among

NMI HOLDINGS, INC.

and

MAC FINANCIAL LTD.





























-1-

Exhibit 2.1

Table of Contents
Page
ARTICLE I SALE AND PURCHASE OF SHARES
1

1.1
Certain Terms
1

1.2
Sale and Purchase of the Purchased Shares
1

 
 
 
ARTICLE II PURCHASE PRICE, CLOSING AND RELATED MATTERS
2

2.1
Purchase Price
2

2.2
Closing
2

2.3
Closing Deliveries
2

2.4
Closing Expenses
4

2.5
Withholding Taxes
5

2.6
Effect of Failure to Obtain GSE Approval
5

 
 
 
ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER
6

3.1
Organization and Good Standing
7

3.2
Capitalization of the Purchased Subsidiary
7

3.3
Authorization; Enforceability
7

3.4
No Conflict
7

3.5
Governmental Consents
8

3.6
Legal Compliance
8

3.7
Licenses, Permits and Orders
9

3.8
Litigation
9

3.9
Financial Statements
10

3.10
Sufficiency of Assets; Condition
10

3.11
Absence of Certain Changes or Events
11

3.12
Intellectual Property
11

3.13
Purchased Subsidiary Contracts
13

3.14
Employee Benefits
14

3.15
Taxes
15

3.16
Insurance
17

3.17
Security Programs
17

3.18
Brokers' Fees
17

3.19
Intercompany Arrangements
18

3.20
No Other Representations or Warranties
18

 
 
 
ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER
18

4.1
Organization and Good Standing
18

4.2
Capitalization of the Buyer
18

4.3
Authorization; Enforceability
18

4.4
No Conflict
19

4.5
Governmental Consents
19

4.6
Litigation
19

4.7
Brokers' Fees
19


-2-

Exhibit 2.1

4.8
Financing
19

4.9
Independent Assessment
19

4.10
No Other Representations or Warranties
20

 
 
 
ARTICLE V COVENANTS
20

5.1
Access and Investigation
20

5.2
Operation of the Business
21

5.3
Employment Matters
23

5.4
Efforts to Consummate
24

5.5
Efforts to Obtain Consents from Third Parties
25

5.6
Financing
26

5.7
Notification
27

5.8
No Negotiation
27

5.9
Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation
28

5.10
Confidential Information
29

5.11
Acknowledgment
29

5.12
Assumption of Liabilities
30

5.13
Tax Matters
30

5.14
Directors' and Officers' Insurance
32

5.15
Indemnification Insurance Policy
33

 
 
 
ARTICLE VI CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE BUYER'S OBLIGATION TO CLOSE
33

6.1
Accuracy of Representations
33

6.2
Performance
34

6.3
Completion of the 144A Offering
34

6.4
Consents
34

6.5
No Proceedings or Illegality
34

6.6
No Bankruptcy or Receivership
34

6.7
No Material Adverse Change
34

6.8
Closing Deliveries
34

6.9
Indemnification Insurance
35

 
 
 
ARTICLE VII CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE SELLER'S OBLIGATION TO CLOSE
35

7.1
Accuracy of Representations
35

7.2
Performance
35

7.3
Completion of the 144A Offering
35

7.4
Consents
35

7.5
No Proceedings or Illegality
35

7.6
No Bankruptcy or Receivership
36

7.7
Closing Deliveries
36

 
 
 
ARTICLE VIII TERMINATION
36

8.1
Termination Events
36

8.2
Effect of Termination
37

 
 
 
 
 
 

-3-

Exhibit 2.1

ARTICLE IX INDEMNIFICATION; REMEDIES
37

9.1
Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants
37

9.2
Indemnification
37

9.3
Defense of Third-Party Claims
39

9.4
Punitive Losses; Certain Offsets
41

9.5
Exclusive Remedy
41

 
 
 
ARTICLE X DEFINITIONS
42

10.1
Certain Definitions
42

10.2
General Interpretation
51

 
 
 
ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS
52

11.1
Expenses
52

11.2
Press Releases and Public Announcements
52

11.3
Notices; Certain Consents
52

11.4
Dispute Resolution
53

11.5
Further Assurances
54

11.6
Amendments and Waivers
54

11.7
Entire Agreement
54

11.8
Assignments, Successors and No Third-Party Rights
54

11.9
Severability
54

11.10
No Merger or Continuation
54

11.11
Governing Law
55

11.12
Jurisdiction of Disputes
55

11.13
Counterparts; Facsimile
55

 
 
 
Schedule I: Retained Liabilities
 
 
 
 
Disclosure Schedule
 
 
 
 





















-4-

Exhibit 2.1

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
This Stock Purchase Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of November 30, 2011, by and among NMI Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Buyer”), and MAC Financial Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company (the “Seller”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Seller holds all of the capital stock of MAC Financial Holding Corporation (the “Purchased Subsidiary”);
WHEREAS, the Seller wishes to sell and the Buyer wishes to purchase the MAC Financial Holding Corporation Shares (the “Purchased Shares”) upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;
WHEREAS, the Boards of Directors and Stockholders of the Buyer and the Seller have each approved this Agreement and deemed it advisable for the Buyer and the Seller, respectively, to enter into this Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the Buyer and the Seller desire to make certain representations, warranties, covenants and agreements in connection with the sale and purchase of the Purchased Shares and related transactions and also to prescribe certain conditions to the sale and purchase of the Purchased Shares and related transactions as specified herein.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual representations, covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I

SALE AND PURCHASE OF SHARES

1.1    Certain Terms. Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the definitions assigned to them in Article X.

1.2    Sale and Purchase of the Purchased Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, the Seller shall sell, convey, assign, transfer and deliver to the Buyer, and the Buyer shall purchase, free and clear of all Encumbrances, all right, title and interest of the Seller in and to the Purchased Shares.






-5-

Exhibit 2.1

ARTICLE II

PURCHASE PRICE, CLOSING AND RELATED MATTERS

2.1    Purchase Price. In consideration of the sale and purchase of the Purchased Shares and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (the aggregate amount payable by the Buyer to the Seller under this Section 2.1, the “Purchase Price”):

(a)The Buyer shall deliver to the Seller on the Closing Date (i) the number of shares of common stock of Buyer, par value $0.01 per share (“NMI Common Stock”) and Additional Securities, if any, equivalent to $2,500,000 divided by the Common Stock Sale Price and (ii) the number of NMI Warrants equivalent to $3,500,000 divided by the Warrant Purchase Price ((i) and (ii) collectively, the “Equity Consideration”).

(b)The Buyer shall instruct the Escrow Agent to release to the Seller cash payable by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Seller's Account, within three (3) Business Days of receipt by the Buyer of GSE Approval, an amount equal to $2,500,000 (the “Cash Consideration”) less (i) any amounts reimbursed to the Seller by the Buyer in respect of Seller Operating Expense; (ii) 100% of the cost incurred by the Buyer to purchase the D&O Policies; (iii) 50% of the cost incurred by the Buyer to purchase the Indemnification Insurance Policy; and (iv) any amounts for which the Buyer has set off rights pursuant to Section 9.2(e) hereof (the “Escrowed Cash Consideration”).

2.2    Closing. The purchase and sale provided for in this Agreement and payment of the consideration described in Section 2.1(a) shall take place at a closing (the “Closing”) to be held at the offices of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, located at 51 West 52nd Street, New York, New York at 10:00 a.m. (local time) on the third (3rd) Business Day following the date on which all conditions set forth in Articles VI and VII (other than conditions that relate to actions to be taken, or documents to delivered, at the Closing) have been satisfied or waived by the party or parties entitled to the benefit thereof in their sole discretion, or at such other time, date and place as the parties may agree (the “Closing Date”).

2.3    Closing Deliveries.

(a)    At or prior to the Closing, the Seller shall deliver to the Buyer:

(i)certificates evidencing the Purchased Shares to the extent that such Purchased Shares are in certificate form, duly endorsed in blank or with stock powers duly executed in proper form for transfer, and with any required stock transfer stamps affixed thereto (the “Share Certificates”), to be held by the Escrow Agent until receipt of GSE Approval;

(ii)evidence that the Seller has, at the Seller's expense and without cost or other adverse consequence to the Buyer, sent all notices, made all filings and obtained all Consents and Orders required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

(iii)all Ancillary Agreements to which the Seller is a party, dated the Closing Date and duly executed by the Seller;


-6-

Exhibit 2.1

(iv)    a certificate dated the Closing Date executed by the President or Chief Executive Officer or other authorized officer of the Seller certifying as to the satisfaction of each of the conditions set forth in Article VI (other than Section 6.3);

(v)    a certificate dated the Closing Date executed by the Secretary of the Seller certifying as to the director, stockholder and other resolutions authorizing the Transaction Documents;

(vi)    good standing certificates for the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary and each of its Subsidiaries dated within five (5) days prior to the Closing Date from its jurisdiction of organization;

(vii)    evidence of the release of all Encumbrances on the Purchased Shares, if any;

(viii)    all documents obtained by the Seller pursuant to Section 6.4;

(ix)    duly executed certificates, on behalf of the Purchased Subsidiary and each of its Subsidiaries, of non-United States real property interest status, reasonably acceptable to the Buyer, substantially in the form specified in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.1445-2(c)(3) and 1.897-2(h)(2); and

(x)    such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents as the Buyer may reasonably request in order to fully consummate the transactions contemplated by and carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

(b)    At or prior to the Closing, the Buyer shall deliver to the Seller:

(i)the Equity Consideration, which Equity Consideration is to be held by the Escrow Agent until receipt by the Buyer of GSE Approval;

(ii)evidence that the Escrowed Cash Consideration has been placed in the Escrow Account (the Escrowed Cash Consideration, together with any interest thereon, the “Escrowed Cash” and, together with the Equity Consideration, the “Escrowed Amount”);

(iii)evidence that the Buyer has, at the Buyer's expense and without cost or other adverse consequence to the Seller, sent all notices, made all filings and obtained all Consents and Orders required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

(iv)any amounts owed in respect of Transaction Related Expenses but unpaid by Buyer at the Closing in respect its obligations under Section 5.2(c)(ii) hereof;

(v)all Ancillary Agreements to which the Buyer is a party, dated the Closing Date and duly executed by the Buyer;

(vi)    a certificate dated the Closing Date executed by the President or Chief Executive Officer or other authorized officer of the Buyer certifying as to the satisfaction of each of the conditions set forth in Article VII;

(vii)    a certificate dated the Closing Date executed by the Secretary of the Buyer certifying as to the director, stockholder and other resolutions authorizing the Transaction Documents; and

-7-

Exhibit 2.1

(viii)    such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents as the Seller may reasonably request in order to fully consummate the transactions contemplated by and carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

(c)    Upon receipt by the Buyer of GSE Approval:

(i)the Buyer shall instruct the Escrow Agent to deliver by wire transfer of immediately available funds the Escrowed Cash to the Seller's Account;

(ii)the Buyer shall instruct the Escrow Agent to release the Equity Consideration to the Seller;

(iii)the Seller shall instruct the Escrow Agent to release the Share Certificates to the Buyer; and

(iv)the Seller and the Buyer shall deliver to one another such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents as the Seller or Buyer as applicable may reasonably request in order to fully consummate the transactions contemplated by and carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

2.4    Closing Expenses.

(a)    The Seller shall be responsible for and pay (i) the fees, commissions or other compensation to any broker, finder, investment banker or other Person engaged by the Seller with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) the legal and accounting fees of the Seller paid or incurred in connection with this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and any other outstanding legal fees payable by the Seller or any of its Affiliates (including the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries), whether or not related to this Agreement, (iii) all compensation, severance and similar amounts attributable to any period on or prior to the Closing, if any, payable to any officer, director or current or former employee or independent contractor of the Seller or any of its Affiliates, including the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries, and all payroll, employment or similar Taxes thereon, (iv) the costs of the Seller's own personnel, counsel and other advisors associated with fulfilling the Seller's obligations under Section 5.4, (v) fifty percent (50%) of the Transfer Taxes, if any, (vi) the total amount of principal and interest due on the loan from the State of Wisconsin, (vii) any Indebtedness of the Seller and its Affiliates, including the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries, that is not a Retained Liability and (viii) any amounts owed by the Seller or its Afilliates to CDW in excess of the CDW Retained Liability, including, without limitation, any legal fees, pre-judgment interest (as such term is used in the Specified Litigation) or penalty fees, or any other fees or expenses, in each case incurred by the Seller or any of its Affiliates as a result of the Specified Litigation (collectively, the “Seller Closing Expenses”). If the Buyer obtains GSE Approval and the Seller becomes entitled to receive the Cash Consideration, the Seller shall use the Cash Consideration to pay any Seller Closing Expenses not satisfied at the Closing.

(b)    The Buyer shall be responsible for and shall pay (i) the fees, commissions or other compensation to any broker, finder, investment banker or other Person engaged by the Buyer with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) the legal, accounting and audit fees of the Buyer, (iii) the out-of-pocket costs associated with obtaining, configuring, implementing, testing and launching the MAC Technology Platform following the date hereof, including obtaining, configuring, implementing, testing and launching commercially available “off-the-shelf” software and other Third Party software (including any license for such software) necessary for the use or operation of the MAC Technology Platform and not

-8-

Exhibit 2.1

transferable from the Seller or its Affiliates (including by reason of a Third Party withholding its Consent to such transfer or imposing a transfer fee, up-front license fee or other charge associated with the transfer of a license from the Seller to the Buyer), including any amounts paid by Buyer for optional or discretionary developments or improvements to improve the capacity, functionality or other features of the MAC Technology Platform from the capacity, functionality and other features in place immediately prior to the date hereof (the “Pre-Transaction MAC Technology Platform”), (iv) fifty percent (50%) of the Transfer Taxes, if any, and (v) the costs of Buyer's own personnel, counsel and other advisors associated with the fulfillment of the Buyer's obligations pursuant to Section 5.4 (collectively, the “Buyer Closing Expenses”).

2.5    Withholding Taxes. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, the Buyer shall have the right to deduct and withhold Taxes from any payments to be made hereunder if such withholding is required by applicable Legal Requirements. To the extent that amounts are so withheld, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been delivered and paid to the Seller.

2.6    Effect of Failure to Obtain GSE Approval. If the Buyer is unable to obtain GSE Approval, the Buyer and the Seller shall take the following actions:

(a)    the Buyer and Seller shall deliver a notice to the Escrow Agent informing the Escrow Agent that GSE Approval has not been obtained and instructing the Escrow Agent to release the Escrowed Amount to the Buyer and to release the Purchased Shares to the Seller, provided, however, that the Buyer shall own all right, title and interest in any optional or discretionary developments or improvements to improve the capacity, functionality or other features of the Pre-Transaction MAC Technology Platform (the “Technology Improvements”) and the return of the Purchased Shares to the Seller shall in no event include the Technology Improvements;

(b)    the Buyer shall cancel all shares of NMI Common Stock and all NMI Warrants issued to the Seller as the Equity Consideration (and held in escrow by the Escrow Agent) on the books and records of the Buyer;

(c)     the Buyer and the Seller shall enter into an agreement terminating this Agreement and all Transaction Documents providing that such agreements are void and of no further force and effect (except as may be specified therein) and setting forth the rights and obligations of the parties post-termination, if any;

(d)    the Buyer shall pay and be responsible for all Liabilities incurred by the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of actions taken by the Buyer or any of its Affiliates during the period beginning on the Closing Date until the release of the Purchased Shares as contemplated by Section 2.6(a) (the “Post-Closing Liabilities”) and shall deliver the Assets of the Purchased Subsidiary and each of its Subsidiaries to the Seller free and clear of all Encumbrances; and

(e)    the Buyer and the Seller shall deliver such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents as may be reasonably necessary and shall cooperate in good faith with one another in order to unwind the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements (including to send notices to any affected Third Parties); provided that each party shall, except as otherwise set forth herein, bear its own costs to unwind the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements (including, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any regulatory filings required to be made with any Governmental Body).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 2.6 shall (i) relieve the Seller of its obligations to pay any Seller Closing Expenses or (ii) relieve the Buyer of its obligations to pay any Buyer Closing Expenses

-9-

Exhibit 2.1

or any amounts due to the Seller in respect of expenses incurred through the date of termination of this Agreement under Section 5.2(c)(i) or 5.2(c)(ii). To the extent that termination of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements results in a refund or reimbursement of any amounts paid in connection herewith or therewith, such reimbursement shall be owed to the party originally making payment thereof. In addition, the Seller shall not be responsible for reimbursing the Buyer for any amounts paid by the Buyer in respect of the Retained Liabilities or the Purchased Subsidiary Contracts, or to any Third Party as such payment relates to the MAC Technology Platform; provided, however, that any benefit of such payments made by the Buyer shall be retained by the Buyer and neither the Seller nor the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries shall have any right, title or other ownership interest in any such benefit (subject to the provisions of Section 2.6(d)).
ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER

Except as set forth in the corresponding section of the Disclosure Schedule (each section of which, to the extent specified therein, qualifies the correspondingly numbered representation and warranty of the Seller herein and any other representation and warranty of the Seller contained herein to which its application or relevance is reasonably apparent on its face to a reader of such disclosure), the Seller represents and warrants to the Buyer as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (or, if made as of a specified date, as of such date) as follows:
3.1    Organization and Good Standing. Immediately prior to and at the Closing, the Seller will be duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Bermuda. Each of the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization or incorporation. The Seller has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party. True, correct and complete copies of the Organizational Documents of each of the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary and each of its Subsidiaries have been delivered to the Buyer.

3.2    Capitalization of the Purchased Subsidiary. The Purchased Shares are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and owned by the Seller, free and clear of all Encumbrances. Except for the Purchased Shares, any interest held by the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries or as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, there are no shares of common stock, preferred stock or other equity interests of the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries authorized, reserved, issued or outstanding, and there are no preemptive or other outstanding rights, subscriptions, options, warrants, stock appreciation rights, redemption rights, repurchase rights, convertible, exercisable, or exchangeable securities or other agreements, arrangements or commitments of any character relating to the issued or unissued share capital or other ownership interest in the Purchased Subsidiary or its Subsidiaries or any other securities or obligations convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for, or giving any Person a right to subscribe for or acquire, any securities of the Purchased Subsidiary or any Subsidiary thereof, and no securities evidencing such rights are authorized, issued or outstanding. Neither the Purchased Subsidiary nor any of its Subsidiaries has any outstanding bonds, debentures, notes or other obligations which provide the holders thereof the right to vote (or are convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for securities having the right to vote) with the stockholders of the Purchased Subsidiary or its Subsidiaries on any matter.

3.3    Authorization; Enforceability. The Seller has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder. All corporate action on the part of the Seller, its officers, directors and stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents

-10-

Exhibit 2.1

and the performance of all obligations of the Seller hereunder and thereunder has been taken and no further authorization, approval or action by the holders of the Seller's common and/or preferred equity is or will be required to consummate the Closing. This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents each constitutes, or when executed and delivered will constitute, a valid and legally binding obligation of the Seller enforceable in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and by principles of equity regarding the availability of remedies.

3.4    No Conflict.

(a)    The Seller is not in default under, and the execution, delivery and performance by the Seller of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not and will not conflict with or result in any violation of, or default under, any provision of (i) any Organizational Documents of the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) any Legal Requirement or any Order or (iii) any Contract to which the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which it, the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries or any Asset of the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries is bound, except in the case of this clause (iii) where any such conflict, violation or default has not had and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries, including on the MAC Technology Platform. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not result in any such violation or be in conflict with or constitute, with or without the passage of time or giving of notice, a default under any such provision or an event which results in the creation of any Encumbrance upon any of the Purchased Shares or the assets or property of any of the Purchased Subsidiary, including the MAC Technology Platform (except an Encumbrance created in favor of the Seller by a Transaction Document), or gives rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any right or obligation of the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries or to a loss of any benefit to which the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries is entitled under any provision of any Contract binding upon the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Assets, except as provided under the Transaction Documents.

(b)    Except as set forth in Section 3.4(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries is or will be required to give any notice to or make any filing with or obtain any Consent under any Contract to which it is a party or by which it, any of its Assets or any of its employees or independent contractors is bound in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except where the failure to do so has not had and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective material Assets.

3.5    Governmental Consents. Except as set forth in Section 3.5 of the Disclosure Schedule, no notice to or filing with or other Consent or Order of any Governmental Body on the part of the Seller is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

3.6    Legal Compliance. Each of the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries is and has been in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Legal Requirements except as set forth in Section 3.6 of the Disclosure Schedule or where the failure to do so has not had and could not reasonably be

-11-

Exhibit 2.1

expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective material Assets. To the Knowledge of the Seller and except as set forth in Section 3.6 of the Disclosure Schedule, each director, officer, member, manager and employee of the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries engaged at any time in the development, use or operation of the Assets of the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries (including the MAC Technology Platform), and each independent contractor providing services relating to the Assets of the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries (including the MAC Technology Platform), is and has been in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements relating to the development, use or operation of the Assets of the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries (including the MAC Technology Platform) by them except where the failure to do so has not had and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries or on any of their respective material Assets. Except as set forth in Section 3.6 of the Disclosure Schedule, no Proceeding or notice has been filed, given, commenced or, to the Knowledge of the Seller threatened against the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective directors, officers, members, managers, employees or independent contractors alleging any failure to so comply.

3.7    Licenses, Permits and Orders. Except as set forth in Section 3.7 of the Disclosure Schedule, (a) no licenses, approvals, consents, ratifications, waivers, notices, registrations, qualifications, designations, filings, franchises, authorizations, security clearances or other permits of, to, from or with any Governmental Body (“Permits”), are held or required to be held (pursuant to applicable Legal Requirements or otherwise) by the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective directors, officers, employees or independent contractors applicable to the Assets of the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries or the ownership, operation, use or maintenance thereof except for those the absence or violation of which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Assets of the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries and (b) to the Knowledge of the Seller, no Permits are required to be held (pursuant to applicable Legal Requirements or otherwise) by the Buyer or any of its directors, officers, employees or independent contractors from or after the Closing applicable to the Assets of the Purchased Subsidiary or its Subsidiaries or the ownership, operation, use or maintenance thereof except for those the absence or violation of which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries, including on the MAC Technology Platform. Except as set forth in Section 3.7 of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries or any Assets of the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries are subject to the provisions of any Order of any Governmental Body.

3.8    Litigation. There is no Proceeding pending or, to the Knowledge of the Seller, currently threatened against the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries that questions the validity of this Agreement or the right of the Seller to enter into or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or by any of the Transaction Documents, nor, to the Knowledge of the Seller, is there any basis for the foregoing. Section 3.8 of the Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and correct description of all Proceedings existing at any time during the three (3) years prior to the Closing Date (a) involving the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries which, if determined adversely, could have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries or involving any Asset of the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries or (b) in which the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries is a plaintiff or claimant and such Proceeding relates to any Asset of the Purchased Subsidiary. Except as set forth in Section 3.8 of the Disclosure Schedule, there is no Proceeding pending or, to the Knowledge of the Seller, currently threatened against or affecting the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries which, if determined adversely, could have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries or involving any Asset of the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its

-12-

Exhibit 2.1

Subsidiaries and, to the Knowledge of the Seller, no basis for such a Proceeding exists. The foregoing includes, without limitation, Proceedings pending or threatened involving the prior employment or engagement of any employee or independent contractor of the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries, their use in connection with any Asset of the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries of any information or techniques allegedly proprietary to any of their former employers or Persons for whom they previously provided services as an independent contractor, or their obligations under any agreements with any of them.

3.9    Financial Statements.

(a)    Delivery of Financial Statements. The Seller has delivered or previously made available to the Buyer the following financial statements (collectively, the “Unaudited Financial Statements”):

(i)    the unaudited combined financial statements of the Seller for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010; and

(ii)    the unaudited combined financial statements of the Seller for the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

(b)    Presentation of Unaudited Financial Statements. The Unaudited Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Seller and the Purchased Subsidiary and each of its Subsidiaries as of the respective dates thereof and the results of operations of the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary and each of its Subsidiaries for the respective fiscal periods referred to, in each case in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis for the respective periods presented, subject to (i) the absence of footnote disclosure, (ii) the absence of statements on changes to stockholders' equity and cash flow, and (iii) normal recurring year-end adjustments.

(c)    Absence of Liabilities. Except for those Liabilities that are reflected or reserved against in the Unaudited Financial Statements and the Liabilities set forth on Section 3.9(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiaries and its Subsidiaries have no other outstanding Liabilities or other financial obligations as of the date hereof.

3.10    Sufficiency of Assets; Condition. The Seller has good and marketable title in, to and under all of the material assets of the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries, including to the MAC Technology Platform, free and clear of all Encumbrances. No Person other than the Seller has any right, title or interest in or to any of the material Assets of the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries. As of the Closing, the Buyer will have good and valid title to all of the material Assets of the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries, including the MAC Technology Platform, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except as otherwise set forth in Section 3.10 of the Disclosure Schedule. To the Knowledge of the Seller, all material Assets of the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries are free from defects (patent and latent), have been maintained in accordance with normal industry practice, are in good operating condition and repair (subject to normal wear and tear) and are suitable for the purposes for which they are now used.

3.11    Absence of Certain Changes or Events. Since December 31, 2010, except as otherwise set forth in Section 3.11 of the Disclosure Schedule, (a) the Seller has owned, used and maintained the Assets of the Purchased Subsidiary and it Subsidiaries only in the ordinary course of business and (b) there have not been any events, changes, occurrences or state of facts that, individually or in the aggregate, have had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary

-13-

Exhibit 2.1

or any of its Subsidiaries or the Assets of the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries, or prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

3.12    Intellectual Property.

(a)    Except as set forth in Section 3.12(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Intellectual Property included in the Assets owned by the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries is comprised only of Owned Intellectual Property and Licensed Intellectual Property (collectively, the “Purchased Intellectual Property”). The Purchased Intellectual Property constitutes all Intellectual Property that, as of the Closing Date, is necessary in order to own, operate, use and maintain the MAC Technology Platform and contains only those items and rights that are owned by the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or one of its Subsidiaries or rightfully used by the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or one of its Subsidiaries pursuant to a valid and enforceable license.

(b)    Section 3.12(b)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a true and complete list of the Owned Intellectual Property. Section 3.12(b)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a true and complete list of the Licensed Intellectual Property (excluding licenses for computer software that is generally available on nondiscriminatory pricing terms and has an individual acquisition cost of $1,000 or less per seat, user or workstation but including all licenses for computer software that is distributed as “free software”, “open source software” or under a similar licensing or distribution model). All Owned Intellectual Property and licenses for Licensed Intellectual Property are in good standing, and neither the Seller nor, to the Knowledge of the Seller, any other Person is in breach or default thereunder and all of the fees and filings due as of the Closing Date with respect thereto have been or will be duly made, except, with respect to the MAC Technology Platform, as set forth in Section 3.12(b)(iii) of the Disclosure Schedule. Except as set forth in Sections 3.12(b)(i) and 3.12(b)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the Purchased Intellectual Property is subject to any Order or Contract related to or in any manner restricting the licensing, assignment, transfer or conveyance thereof by the Seller. The Seller does not owe any royalties or other payments to Third Parties in respect of the Purchased Intellectual Property as of the Closing Date.

(c)    Upon the Closing, following the actions set forth in Section 3.12(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, (i) the Buyer will be the sole owner of the Owned Intellectual Property, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except as set forth in Section 3.12(c)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule, (ii) neither the Seller nor any Third Party will have any ownership interest in or to any Owned Intellectual Property or, except as set forth in Section 3.12(c)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule, any right to use or sublicense the Owned Intellectual Property and (iii) the Buyer will have all rights in the Purchased Intellectual Property necessary to own, operate, use and maintain the MAC Technology Platform and to assign and sell the Owned Intellectual Property and, subject to the terms of the applicable license, to assign or sublicense the Licensed Intellectual Property.

(d)    To the Knowledge of the Seller, the ownership, operation, use and maintenance of the MAC Technology Platform by the Seller have not infringed or misappropriated, and to the Knowledge of the Seller do not infringe or misappropriate, any Intellectual Property of any Third Party anywhere in the world. No Proceeding is pending before any Governmental Body in any jurisdiction or, to the Knowledge of the Seller, is threatened, (i) challenging the validity, enforceability, continuity or ownership by the Seller of any Owned Intellectual Property or (ii) to the effect that the operation, use, maintenance, distribution, licensing, sublicensing, sale or any other exercise of rights in the Owned Intellectual Property by the Seller or their respective directors, officers, employees or independent contractors infringes or will infringe any Intellectual Property of any Third Party, and no such claim has been asserted, by any Person and, to the Knowledge of the Seller, there is no basis for such a Proceeding or claim. To the Knowledge of the Seller, there is no

-14-

Exhibit 2.1

unauthorized use, infringement or misappropriation of any Owned Intellectual Property by any Third Party, including without limitation any director, officer, employee, independent contractor or other service provider of the Seller.

(e)    Section 3.12(e) of the Disclosure Schedule is a copy of the current policy or policies of the Seller relating to the physical and electronic protection of its information assets from unauthorized disclosure, use or modification. All personal or user information used by or in the possession of the Seller has been collected, stored, maintained and used in material compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements as well as the Seller's and its customers' privacy policies.

(f)    Except as set forth in Section 3.12(f) of the Disclosure Schedule, to the extent any Owned Intellectual Property included in or relating to the Assets of the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries has been developed or created by employees of the Seller, all such Owned Intellectual Property was developed by employees in the scope of their employment with the Seller and constitutes “work made for hire” under the United States Copyright Act of 1976, or such Seller has obtained, by written agreement with such employees, sole and exclusive ownership of all right, title and interest in and to all such Intellectual Property. No current or former employee or independent contractor of the Seller has asserted, whether or not in writing, any claim of ownership of any Intellectual Property rights in or to any part of the MAC Technology Platform and, to the Knowledge of the Seller, no such claim is threatened, and the Seller is not aware of any facts which would support such a claim. Upon the Closing, no Person other than the Buyer will possess any current or contingent rights to any source code that is part of the Owned Intellectual Property. Except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth therein, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in any Person other than the Buyer gaining a right to access the source code included in the Owned Intellectual Property (as the result of an escrow release or otherwise).

(g)    With respect to any software included in the Owned Intellectual Property, (i) the Seller maintains complete machine-readable, master-reproducible copies, source code listings and technical documentation for the most current releases and versions thereof and for all earlier releases or versions thereof currently being supported by them, (ii) in each case, the machine-readable copy conforms to the corresponding source code listing, (iii) it is written in the language set forth in Section 3.12(g) of the Disclosure Schedule for use on the hardware set forth in Section 3.12(g) of the Disclosure Schedule with standard operating systems and (iv) it can be maintained and modified by reasonably competent programmers familiar with such language, hardware and operating systems.

(h)    None of the software included in the Owned Intellectual Property or, to the Knowledge of the Seller, the Licensed Intellectual Property contains any software code (i) designed to harm, disable or impair in any manner the operation of such software, or any other associated software, firmware, hardware, computer system or network (sometimes referred to as “viruses” or “worms” or “time bombs”) or (ii) that would permit any Person to access such software to intentionally cause any harmful or malicious procedures, routines or mechanisms which would cause the software to cease functioning or to damage or corrupt data, storage media, programs, equipment or communications.

(i)    None of the software included in the Owned Intellectual Property or, to the Knowledge of the Seller, the Licensed Intellectual Property contains any software code (i) that contains, or is derived in any manner (in whole or in part) from, any software that is distributed under the GNU General Public License, Lesser/Library GPL, Artistic License (e.g., PERL), Mozilla Public License, Netscape Public License, Sun Community Source License (SCSL), Sun Industry Standards License (SISL) or any similar licenses or distribution models except as set forth on Section 3.12(i) of the Disclosure Schedule, (ii) that is licensed under any terms or conditions that impose any requirement that any software using, linked with, incorporating,

-15-

Exhibit 2.1

distributed with, based on, derived from or accessing the software code (A) be made available or distributed in source code form, (B) be licensed for the purpose of making derivative works, (C) be licensed under terms that allow reverse engineering, reverse assembly or disassembly of any kind or (D) be redistributable at no charge, (iii) development of which was funded in whole or in part by any Governmental Body or (iv) that uses or incorporates any source or object code that contains, or is derived in any manner (in whole or in part) from, the software or code known as “InfoBytes” or any predecessor or enhancement of the software or code known as “InfoBytes.”

3.13    Purchased Subsidiary Contracts.

(a)    Section 3.13(a) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth as of the date hereof a true and complete list of each of the Contracts to which the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries or the Seller or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Purchased Subsidiary or any Subsidiary thereof) (to the extent applicable to the Assets of the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries or the MAC Technology Platform) is a party or is bound (the “Purchased Subsidiary Contracts”).

(b)    Except as set forth in Section 3.13(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, with respect to each Purchased Subsidiary Contract, (i) the Contract is legal, valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms and in full force and effect and will continue to be legal, valid, binding and enforceable by the Buyer and in full force and effect on identical terms following the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, except to the extent that enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and by principles of equity regarding the availability of remedies, (ii) the Contract is assignable by operation of law or otherwise without any Consent of any Person or such Consent has been obtained, (iii) neither the Seller nor, to the Knowledge of the Seller, any other party to such Contract is in material breach or material default and no event has occurred which with the passage of time or giving of notice would constitute a material breach or material default, or permit termination, modification, or acceleration, of or under the Contract and (iv) no party has actually repudiated any provision of the Contract or provided notice (whether or not in writing) of repudiation or an intent to terminate the Contract. The Purchased Subsidiary Contracts are all of the Contracts necessary for the Buyer to own, operate, use and maintain the Assets of the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries in substantially the same manner in which the Assets of the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries were maintained by Seller and/or the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries prior to the Closing. True, correct and complete copies of all Purchased Subsidiary Contracts have been delivered to the Buyer.

3.14    Employee Benefits.

(a)    Section 3.14(a) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a list of all “employee benefit plans” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA and a description of all other employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements, including, without limitation, compensation, deferred compensation, bonus, long term incentive, commission, change in control, retention and severance arrangements, vacation, medical, life insurance, retirement, pension or other welfare or fringe benefit, whether or not in writing, that are maintained, sponsored or contributed to (or with respect to which the Seller or any of its Affiliates has any obligation or Liability including, without limitation, any obligation or Liability to contribute) by the Seller or any of its Affiliates with respect to or for the benefit of any of the current or former employees, independent contractors or consultants of the Seller or any of its Affiliates (each, a “Plan” and collectively, the “Plans”). True, correct and complete copies of each of the Plans and related documents and governmental filings, or descriptions of any unwritten Plan, have been delivered to the Buyer.

-16-

Exhibit 2.1

(b)    Neither the Seller nor any of its Affiliates have any Liability with respect to any employment, consulting, independent contractor or severance agreements or other Contracts (“Individual Arrangements”) that has not previously been fully satisfied.

(c)    Neither the Seller nor any entity that would be deemed a “single employer” with the Seller under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA (each, an “ERISA Affiliate”) has at any time during the last six years, (i) contributed or been required to contribute to any Multiemployer Plan or Multiple Employer Plan, (ii) incurred any Withdrawal Liability that has not been satisfied in full or (iii) maintained a benefit plan that is subject to Title IV or Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 or 4971 of the Code.

(d)    No Plan or Individual Arrangement provides for health, life or other welfare benefits to former employees or beneficiaries or dependents thereof (other than the continuation coverage requirements under Section 4980B of the Code and Part 6 of Title I of ERISA).

(e)    The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not, either alone or in combination with any other event, give rise to any Liability with respect to any Plan, Individual Arrangement or any current or former director, officer, employee or consultant of the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries, including without limitation Liability for severance pay, unemployment compensation, termination pay or withdrawal liability, or accelerate the time of payment, vesting or funding or increase the amount of compensation or benefits due to any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries (whether current, former or retired) or their beneficiaries solely by reason of such transactions or by reason of a termination in connection with or following such transactions.

(f)    Neither the Seller nor the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries currently employ any employees or currently engage any independent contractors or consultants.

(g)    Neither the Seller nor the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries is, nor has been since January 1, 2009, bound by or subject to (and none of the Assets of the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries are bound by or subject to) any Contract with any labor union and no labor union has requested or, to the Knowledge of the Seller, has sought to represent any of the employees, Representatives or agents of the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries. There is no, nor has there been since January 1, 2009, strike or other labor dispute involving the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries pending or threatened, nor to the Knowledge of the Seller is there any labor organization activity involving their employees.

(h)    Each of the Seller and the Purchased Subsidiary is and has been in compliance in all material respects with all federal, state, local and foreign Legal Requirements respecting employment and employment practices, terms and conditions of employment, worker classification and wages and hours, safety and health, pay equity and workers' compensation and collection and payment of withheld Taxes. Each of the Seller and the Purchased Subsidiary is and has been in compliance with the requirements of the WARN Act and has no Liabilities or unfulfilled notice obligations pursuant to the WARN Act, and neither the Seller nor the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries have taken any action that would cause the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or such Subsidiaries, or after the Closing, the Buyer, to have any Liability or notice obligation thereunder.

3.15    Taxes .

-17-

Exhibit 2.1

(a)    Except as set forth in Section 3.15 of the Disclosure Schedule, (i) all material Tax Returns that are required to be filed by or with respect to any activities of the Purchased Subsidiary or its Subsidiaries have been timely filed, and all such Tax Returns are true, correct, and complete in all material respects; (ii) all material Taxes owed by the Purchased Subsidiary or its Subsidiaries (including any such Taxes shown on the Tax Returns referred to in clause (i)) have been timely paid in full on or before the Closing Date; (iii) all deficiencies asserted in writing or assessments made in writing by the relevant taxing authority in connection with any of the Tax Returns referred to in clause (i) have been or will be timely paid in full on or before the Closing Date; (iv) no issues that have been raised in writing by the relevant taxing authority in connection with any of the Tax Returns referred to in clause (i) are pending as of the date of this Agreement, or, if pending, have been adequately reserved for in the financial statements of the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries; (v) there is no action, suit, proceeding, investigation, audit, or claim pending or threatening in writing with respect to any Taxes of the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries; (vi) no extension or waiver of any statute of limitations with respect to any Taxes of the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries is in effect as of the date of this Agreement; (vii) the Purchased Subsidiary and each of its Subsidiaries have complied with all applicable information reporting and withholding requirements with respect to Taxes and have duly and timely withheld and paid over to the appropriate taxing authorities all amounts required to be so withheld and paid over; (viii) there are no liens on any of the assets of the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries that arose in connection with any failure (or alleged failure) to pay any Tax; and (ix) no written claim for Taxes has been asserted against the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries within the three-year period immediately preceding the date of this Agreement by a taxing authority in a jurisdiction where the Purchased Subsidiary or relevant Subsidiary thereof does not file Tax Returns.

(b)    None of the Purchased Subsidiaries has participated in any “reportable transaction” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4.

(c)    None of the Purchased Subsidiaries has constituted either a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled corporation” (within the meaning of Section 355(a)(1)(A) of the Code) in a distribution of stock qualifying for tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code within the three-year period immediately preceding the date of this Agreement.

(d)    No closing agreements, private letter rulings, technical advice memoranda, or similar agreements or rulings have been entered into with or issued by any taxing authority within the three-year period immediately preceding the date of this Agreement with respect to the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries. Since December 31, 2010, the Seller has not made or changed any material Tax election, settled or compromised any material liability for Taxes, or materially amended any Tax Return, in each case, relating to the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries.

(e)    Since January 1, 2009, neither the Purchased Subsidiary nor any of its Subsidiaries has been a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined, or unitary Tax group for purposes of filing any Tax Return, other than, for purposes of filing consolidated federal income tax returns, a group of which the Seller was the common parent. Neither the Purchased Subsidiary nor any of its Subsidiaries has any liability for the taxes of any Person (other than a member of a group of which the Seller was the common parent) under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local, or foreign law) or as a transferee or successor by contract or agreement. Neither the Purchased Subsidiary nor any of its Subsidiaries currently is a party to any Tax indemnification, allocation, sharing, or similar agreement.

(f)    Neither the Purchased Subsidiary nor any of its Subsidiaries will be required, as a result of any change in accounting method for a Tax period beginning on or before the Closing Date, to include any

-18-

Exhibit 2.1

adjustment under Section 481(c) of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local, or foreign law) in taxable income for any taxable period beginning on or after the Closing Date.

(g)    No Tax is required to be withheld pursuant to Section 1445 of the Code as a result of the transfers effected pursuant to this Agreement.

3.16    Insurance.

(a)    Section 3.16(a) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth (i) a complete and correct list of each insurance policy (including policies providing property, casualty, liability and worker's compensation coverage and bond and surety arrangements and including any self-insurance arrangements) providing coverage with respect to the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries or any Assets thereof to which the Seller or any of its respective Affiliates is a party, a named insured or otherwise the beneficiary of coverage and (ii) for each such policy, the name of the insurer, name of the policyholder, the expiration date of the policy, the type of policy, the amount of premium and a description of all loss sharing arrangements, and a list and description of all claims made thereunder. True, correct and complete copies of each such policy, as amended to date, have been delivered to the Buyer.

(b)    The Seller or its respective Affiliates has paid or caused to be paid all premiums under, and each has at all times owned, operated and maintained the Assets of the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries in a manner so as to conform in all material respects to the applicable provisions of, all such insurance policies. Each such policy is in full force and effect and no notice of cancellation or transaction has been received with respect to such policy.

3.17    Security Programs. Each of the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries is in compliance in all material respects with all privacy and data security policies, procedures and Legal Requirements applicable to its business and the Purchased Subsidiary, its Subsidiaries and the respective Assets thereof. The Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary and each of its Subsidiaries maintains and is in compliance in all material respects with a written information security policy that implements commercially reasonable security programs that are designed to protect (a) the security, confidentiality, availability and integrity of transactions executed through its computer systems, including encryption and/or other security protocols and techniques when appropriate and (b) the security, confidentiality and integrity of all non-public personal information and other confidential and proprietary data. To the Knowledge of the Seller, neither the Seller nor the Purchased Subsidiary nor any of its Subsidiaries has suffered a security breach with respect to its data or systems and neither the Seller nor the Purchased Subsidiary or its Subsidiaries has notified any customer, policy holder, mortgage borrower or any employee or independent contractor of any information security breach involving such customer's, policy holder's or mortgage borrower's confidential information or such employee's or independent contractor's confidential information.

3.18    Brokers' Fees. No broker, finder, investment banker or other Person is entitled to any brokerage fee, finders' fee or other commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based on arrangements made by the Seller or its Affiliates.

3.19    Intercompany Arrangements. Section 3.19 of the Disclosure Schedule lists all arrangements, understandings and Contracts between or among the Purchased Subsidiary or Subsidiary thereof, on the one hand, and (i) the Seller or any Subsidiary of the Seller (other than the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries) or (ii) any executive officer or director of the Seller or any Subsidiary of the Seller (other than any Plan), on the other hand.

-19-

Exhibit 2.1

3.20    No Other Representations or Warranties. Except for the representations and warranties specifically set forth in this Agreement or other Transaction Documents, neither the Seller, any of its Affiliates, nor its or their respective Representatives, nor any other Person, makes or shall be deemed to make any representation or warranty to the Buyer, express or implied, at law or in equity, with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Transaction Documents, and the Seller hereby disclaims any such representation or warranty whether by the Seller or any of its Affiliates or its or their Representatives or any other Person.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER

The Buyer represents and warrants to the Seller as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (or, if made as of a specified date, as of such date) as follows:
4.1    Organization and Good Standing. The Buyer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party. True, correct and complete copies of the Organizational Documents of the Buyer have been delivered to the Seller.

4.2    Capitalization of the Buyer. All shares of NMI Common Stock to be issued to the Seller pursuant to this Agreement and the 144A Offering are (and the shares of NMI Common Stock underlying the NMI Warrants, when issued in accordance with the terms of the NMI Warrants, will be) duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. At the Closing, the Seller will acquire good and valid title to the shares of NMI Common Stock to be issued to it pursuant to this Agreement and the 144A Offering, free and clear of any Encumbrances, other than the restrictions customarily imposed by federal, state or foreign securities laws or regulations on shares and equity interests of that type. The Seller will acquire good and valid title to the shares of NMI Common Stock underlying the NMI Warrants, when issued in accordance with the terms of the NMI Warrants, free and clear of any Encumbrances, other than the restrictions customarily imposed by federal, state or foreign securities laws or regulations on shares and equity interests of that type.

4.3    Authorization; Enforceability. The Buyer has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder. All stockholder, director and other action on the part of the Buyer necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the performance of all obligations of the Buyer hereunder and thereunder has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents each constitutes, or when executed and delivered will constitute, a valid and legally binding obligation of the Buyer enforceable in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization laws or other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and by principles of equity regarding the availability of remedies.

4.4    No Conflict.

(a)    The Buyer is not in default under, and the execution, delivery and performance by the Buyer of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not result in any violation of or be in conflict with or constitute, with or without the passage of time or giving of notice, a default under any provision of (i) its Organizational Documents, (ii) any Legal Requirement or any Order or (iii) any Contract to which it is a party

-20-

Exhibit 2.1

or by which it is bound, except in the case of this clause (iii) where any such conflict, violation or default has not had and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Buyer.

(b)    The Buyer is not and will not be required to give any notice to or make any filing with or obtain any other Consent under any Contract to which it is a party or by which it is bound in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except where the failure of any such action has not had and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Buyer.

4.5    Governmental Consents. Except as provided in Section 6.4, no notice to or filing with or other Consent or Order of any Governmental Body on the part of the Buyer is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

4.6    Litigation. There is no Proceeding pending or currently threatened against the Buyer that questions the validity of this Agreement or the right of the Buyer to enter into or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or by any of the Transaction Documents, nor, to the knowledge of the Buyer, is there any basis for the foregoing.

4.7    Brokers' Fees. No broker, finder, investment banker or other Person is entitled to any brokerage fee, finders' fee or other commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based on arrangements made by the Buyer or any of its Affiliates.

4.8    Financing. The Buyer will have as of the Closing sufficient cash available to pay the Cash Consideration to Seller on the terms and conditions contained herein, and there will be no restriction on the use of such cash for such purpose.

4.9    Independent Assessment. The Buyer acknowledges that it has made its own assessment of the present condition and future prospects of the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries and is sufficiently experienced to make an informed judgment with respect thereto. The Buyer acknowledges that, except as explicitly set forth herein, neither the Seller nor any of its Affiliates has made any warranty, express or implied, as to the prospects of the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries or their profitability for the Buyer, or with respect to any forecasts, projections or business plans prepared by or on behalf of the Seller or its Affiliates and delivered to the Buyer in connection with the Buyer's review of the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries and the negotiation and execution of this Agreement. Nothing in this Section 4.9 shall constitute a waiver of any rights of the Buyer in the case of fraud by any Person.

4.10    No Other Representations or Warranties. Except for the representations and warranties specifically set forth in this Agreement or other Transaction Documents, neither the Buyer, any of its Affiliates, nor its or their respective Representatives, nor any other Person, makes or shall be deemed to make any representation or warranty to the Seller, express or implied, at law or in equity, with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Transaction Documents, and the Buyer hereby disclaims any such representation or warranty whether by the Buyer or any of its Affiliates or its or their Representatives or any other Person.


-21-

Exhibit 2.1

ARTICLE V

COVENANTS

5.1    Access and Investigation.

(a)    Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, the Seller shall, and shall cause its Representatives to, take the following actions:

(i)    subject to the payment by the Buyer of the payable listed on Section 5.1(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, afford the Buyer and its Representatives unrestricted access to the MAC Technology Platform, including to make any optional or discretionary developments or improvements to improve the capacity, functionality or other features of the MAC Technology Platform;

(ii)    afford the Buyer and its Representatives reasonable access to the Seller's personnel, properties, Contracts, books and records and other information of or relating to the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries and their respective Assets; and

(iii)    furnish the Buyer and its Representatives with copies of all such Contracts, books and records and other information of or relating to the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries and their respective Assets the Buyer may reasonably request.

(b)    From and after the Closing, the Seller and the Buyer will each afford promptly to the other and the respective Representatives of each reasonable access, during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice, to its books of account, financial and other records (including accountant's work papers), information, employees and auditors to the extent necessary or useful for either party in connection with any subpoena, order or any court, regulator or other Governmental Body or other similar investigation conducted in connection with any official investigation, any dispute or litigation with a Third Party or any other reasonable business purpose relating to this Agreement or the transactions, rights or obligations contemplated hereby; provided, however, that no such access shall unreasonably interfere with the conduct of the business of any party hereto.

5.2    Operation of the Business.

(a)    From the date hereof until the Closing Date (unless the Buyer consents in writing), the Seller shall (i) use its commercially reasonable efforts (at the Buyer's cost and expense) to preserve intact the Assets of the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries, (ii) confer with the Buyer concerning matters of a material nature concerning the Assets of the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries or otherwise directly or indirectly affecting the ownership, use or operation thereof by the Buyer or its potential liability with respect thereto and (iii) otherwise report periodically to the Buyer concerning the status of the finances and regulatory oversight of the Seller and promptly convey the occurrence of any material event concerning the Purchased Subsidiary or its Subsidiaries and their respective Assets or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

(b)    Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, from the date of this Agreement until the Closing Date, neither the Seller nor the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries will, without the consent of the Buyer:


-22-

Exhibit 2.1

(i)    sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of any of the Assets of the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries;

(ii)    enter into any Contract, agreement or other commitment giving any Person an option, right of first offer or other similar rights with respect to the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries or any of them, or any Assets of the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries;
    
(iii)    create or incur any indebtedness or obligation that could reasonably be expected to result in an Encumbrance on the Purchased Shares or any assets of the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries or otherwise permit or allow any of the Purchased Shares or Assets of the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries to become subject to any Encumbrance;

(iv)    incur or commit to incur any Liability that would be a Retained Liability;

(v)    enter into any Contract requiring payments by the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries;

(vi)    amend, extend or terminate any Purchased Subsidiary Contract;

(vii)    do or fail to do any acts or permit any acts or omissions to act that would constitute a material breach of a Purchased Subsidiary Contract or other material obligation relating to the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries;

(viii)    make, change, or revoke any material Tax election, change any method of Tax accounting, adopt or change any Taxable year or period, enter into any closing agreement with respect to Taxes, file any material amended Tax Return, settle or compromise any material Tax claim or assessment, obtain any Tax ruling, or make or surrender any material claim for a refund of Taxes;

(ix)    hire or engage any new employee, consultant or independent contractor to provide services in connection with the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries;

(x)    increase or accelerate the vesting or payment of any benefits payable under any existing Plan, severance or termination pay policies or employment or similar agreements with any current or former employees of the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries or establish, adopt, enter into, adopt, or, except as required by Legal Requirements, terminate or amend any Plan in which any current or former employee, independent contractor or consultant participates;

(xi)    (A) acquire any business or Person, by merger or consolidation, purchase of substantial assets or equity interests, or by any other manner, in a single transaction or series of related transactions or (B) acquire other Assets, interests or securities other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(xii)    enter into any joint ventures, strategic partnerships or alliances;

(xiii)    adopt any plan of complete or partial liquidation, dissolution, rehabilitation, restructuring, recapitalization, redomestication or other reorganization;


-23-

Exhibit 2.1

(xiv)    cancel or compromise any material debt, claim or Proceeding relating to or waive or release any material right relating to the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Assets;

(xv)    voluntarily take any action that would make any representation or warranty of the Seller hereunder inaccurate at, or as of any time on or prior to, the Closing Date;

(xvi)    voluntarily take any action that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Assets; or
(xvii)    enter into any Contract to do any of the foregoing.

(c)    Reimbursement of Certain Expenses.

(i)    Section 5.2(c) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth the operating expenses that Seller expects to incur between the date hereof and the Closing Date (including in the event the Closing Date occurs after December 31, 2011), including the approximate dollar amounts and approximate date on which the Seller estimates payments of such expenses will be due (the “Seller Operating Expenses”). Upon presentation by the Seller to the Buyer of invoices in respect of the Seller Operating Expenses (including, for each item listed on Section 5.2(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, invoices for expenses that exceed the dollar amount listed on Section 5.2(c) of the Disclosure Schedule by no more than 5%), the Buyer shall, at the Buyer's option, either (A) remit to the Seller, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Seller, funds in the amount listed in the invoice, and the Seller agrees to use such funds to make payment of the Seller Operating Expense listed on such invoice; or (B) make payment arrangements directly with the counterparty to whom such amount is owed. Prior to the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries incurring any operating expense that is either not listed on Section 5.2(c) of the Disclosure Schedule or, if it is listed on Section 5.2(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, exceeds the dollar amount listed on Section 5.2(c) of the Disclosure Schedule by more than 5%, the Seller shall obtain the written consent of the Buyer to incur such expense. If the Buyer provides such written consent to the Seller, such written consent shall constitute an agreement by the Buyer to make payment of or to reimburse the Seller for payment of such operating expense pursuant to this Section 5.2(c) and such expense shall thereafter constitute a Seller Operating Expense for all purposes under this Agreement.

(ii)    Upon presentation by the Seller to the Buyer of invoices for expenses incurred by the Seller in connection with carrying out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and for which the Buyer has agreed pursuant to the terms hereof to reimburse the Seller (exclusive of the Seller Operating Expenses and the Seller Closing Expenses) (the “Transaction Related Expenses”), the Buyer shall, at the Buyer's option, either (A) remit to the Seller by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Seller, funds in the amount listed in the invoice, and the Seller agrees to use such funds to make payment of the Transaction Related Expenses listed on such invoice; or (B) make payment arrangements directly with the counterparty to whom such amount is owed.

(d)    Operation of the Business Pending GSE Approval. From the Closing Date until the receipt of GSE Approval, the Buyer agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Seller, (i) it shall not take any action affecting the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Assets that it believes cannot reasonably be unwound and (ii) it shall not sell any of the Assets of the Purchased Subsidiary and each of its Subsidiaries.


-24-

Exhibit 2.1

5.3    Employment Matters.

(a)    At all times prior to the Closing Date, the Seller shall provide the Buyer with all information requested by the Buyer about the employees that were engaged in the development, use, operation or maintenance of the Assets of the Seller or any Purchased Subsidiaries in order for the Buyer to decide to whom it will offer employment. The Buyer shall not have any Liability or responsibility for, and the Seller shall have sole Liability and responsibility for, any and all severance pay and other termination obligations for the Seller's current or former employees, consultants or independent contractors regardless of whether such individuals provide services to the Buyer.

(b)    It shall be the Seller's sole responsibility to provide the required notices under Part 6 of Title I of ERISA (“COBRA”) to all eligible employees and former employees of the Seller and its Affiliates and to provide or cause to be provided coverage under COBRA to employees and former employees of the Seller and its Affiliates, and the Seller shall be responsible for all obligations and liabilities relating to or arising under COBRA continuation coverage requirements for any such employee. The Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold the Buyer harmless from and against any and all Liabilities, losses, claims, demands, costs expenses (including, without limitation, actual attorneys' fees, expenses and costs) and any other Liability whatsoever that the Buyer may incur if the Seller fails to provide the required COBRA continuation coverage to its employees and former employees.

(c)    The Seller shall be (i) considered to be the “employer” for any triggering events arising out of this Agreement under the WARN Act, (ii) solely and exclusively responsible for all liabilities and obligations under the WARN Act and (iii) solely and exclusively responsible for providing all notices required under the WARN Act. The Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold the Buyer harmless from and against any and all Liabilities, losses, claims, demands, costs, expenses (including without limitation actual attorneys' fees, expenses and costs) and any other Liability whatsoever arising out of or resulting from the Seller's breach of the foregoing covenants and obligations.

(i)    Nothing herein is intended to, and shall not be construed to, create any Third Party beneficiary rights of any kind or nature, including, without limitation, the right of any individual to seek to enforce any right to compensation, benefits or any other right or privilege of employment with the Seller or the Buyer.

(ii)    The Seller shall provide to the Buyer upon request all documentation with respect to any current or former employee of the Seller or any Purchased Subsidiary who is hired by the Buyer necessary to enable the Buyer to fulfill its statutory obligations pursuant to 8 C.F.R. Section 274a.2(b)(1)(viii)(A)(7)(ii).
  
5.4    Efforts to Consummate.

(a)The Seller shall use its reasonable best efforts to take all actions and do all things necessary to consummate, as soon as reasonably practicable, the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, preparing the Assets of the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries for transfer to the Buyer, satisfying the conditions to the Buyer's obligation to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and avoiding taking any action that would reasonably be expected to materially delay the obtaining of, or result in not obtaining, any Consent or Order from any Person prior to the Closing. In the event that the Buyer, from time to time prior to the Closing, requests assistance from the Seller that the parties agree is beyond the scope of the foregoing commitment, the Seller shall use its reasonable best efforts to provide such assistance to the extent that it has sufficient resources reasonably available to

-25-

Exhibit 2.1

fulfill such requests and the Buyer shall reimburse the Seller for the reasonable expenses (including employee time) of fulfillment.

(b)    The Buyer shall use its reasonable best efforts to take all action and do all things necessary to consummate, as soon as reasonably practicable, the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, completing the 144A Offering and satisfying the conditions to the Seller's obligation to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and avoiding taking any action that would reasonably be expected to materially delay the obtaining of, or result in not obtaining, any Consent or Order from any Person prior to the Closing.

(c)    The Buyer and the Seller will cooperate in good faith and each will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain any Consents from any Person necessary or advisable in order to effectively transfer and convey the Purchased Shares and the Assets of the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries at the Closing, and the Buyer will bear and be responsible for the costs associated with obtaining such Consents.

(d)    The parties will cooperate in good faith and each will use commercially reasonable efforts to support the efforts of the other in obtaining all Consents or Orders required from the Wisconsin Office of the Commissioner of Insurance and all other Governmental Bodies, including any GSE, including but not limited to the Seller making available to the Buyer any and all policies, procedures and documentation that may be useful to the Buyer in developing its policies, procedures and business practices for submission to any Governmental Body, and each party providing the other a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on any proposed regulatory filings related to the transactions contemplated hereby and giving due consideration to such party's comments thereon.

(e)    After the date hereof, each of the Buyer on the one hand and the Seller on the other hand shall (i) consult with the other prior to sending any notices to, making any filings with, or having any communications with any Person with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) prior to the Closing, promptly consult with the other with respect to, provide any necessary information with respect to, and provide the other (or its counsel) with copies of, all notices sent, all filings made or any other information supplied by such party to a Person in connection with this Agreement and the transactions described herein and (iii) promptly inform the other of any communication from any Person regarding any of the transactions contemplated herein.

5.5    Efforts to Obtain Consents from Third Parties.

(a)    The Buyer and the Seller shall work together cooperatively in accordance with the process set forth in this Section 5.5 to obtain, prior to the Closing Date, all Consents or other permissions, waivers or licenses from (i) the licensors of Licensed Intellectual Property and (ii) the providers of Third Party services related to the MAC Technology Platform, which are necessary in order for the Buyer to enjoy the benefit of the Assets purchased hereunder (the “Third Party Agreements”).

(b)    No less than fifteen (15) days after the date of this Agreement, the Seller shall furnish to the Buyer a complete list of all Third Party Agreements. Such list shall identify (i) each agreement that requires Consent from the licensor or provider for the assignment or other transfer of the agreement to the Buyer and (ii) each agreement that requires Consent or other permission, waiver or license from the licensor or provider to enable the Buyer to receive the benefits of the agreement. The Buyer shall contact each such licensor and provider promptly in order to obtain the necessary Consents and, as appropriate, to negotiate alternative terms under which such licenses or services may be obtained by the Buyer. To the extent that licensors or providers under the Third Party Agreements demand payment in exchange for consenting to

-26-

Exhibit 2.1

assignment or an amendment to the terms of the applicable license, the Buyer may accept or reject such licensor demands and may make counteroffers or otherwise engage in negotiations. The Seller shall cooperate with all reasonable requests by the Buyer for assistance in connection with such negotiations, including without limitation providing introductions for the Buyer to appropriate contacts at licensors and providers, participation at the Buyer's request in communications with licensors and providers, and providing information on the Third Party Agreements as reasonably requested by the Buyer. The Buyer, however, shall have the right at all times to initiate, control and conclude such negotiations. The Seller shall execute such documents as are reasonably requested by the Buyer to evidence any Consents, permissions, waivers and/or licenses.

(c)    To the extent obtaining any such Consents related to the Third Party Agreements involves any fees or charges, the Buyer may obtain, at the Buyer's sole cost and expense, any such Consents.

(d)    If the Buyer concludes with respect to any Third Party Agreement that a Consent is not available to the Buyer for any reason, the Buyer shall use reasonable efforts to obtain substitute product alternatives or alternative providers. If the Buyer obtains such alternate products or services, the Buyer shall obtain a license or other agreement for an alternative, subject to the payment terms in Section 5.5(c).

5.6    Financing.

(a)    The Buyer agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to complete a private placement of NMI Common Stock on the terms and conditions acceptable to the Buyer in its sole discretion (subject to the condition in the second succeeding sentence) (the “144A Offering”). The Buyer shall have 150 days from the date hereof to complete the 144A Offering, and (i) if the 144A Offering is not complete by such date, either the Buyer or the Seller may terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1(a)(iv) or (ii) if prior to such date it becomes reasonably apparent that, by no fault or breach of the Buyer of any of its obligations under this Agreement, the condition to closing set forth in Section 7.3 cannot be met within such 150-day period, then the Buyer may terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1(a)(ii)(A); provided that, in the case of termination pursuant to clause (ii) of this sentence, the Buyer shall be responsible for and shall pay all expenses incurred under Section 5.2(c)(i) or 5.2(c)(ii) through the date of termination. The Buyer agrees that is shall be a condition to the closing of the 144A Offering, and such condition shall not be waivable by the Buyer without the written consent of the Seller, that it shall have sold in such offering not less than a number of shares of NMI Common Stock equivalent to $500,000,000 divided by the Common Stock Sale Price.
        
(b)    Prior to the Closing, the Seller and its Affiliates agree to use their commercially reasonable efforts to provide, and to cause their respective Representatives, including legal and accounting advisors to provide, to the Buyer all cooperation reasonably requested by the Buyer that is necessary, proper or advisable in connection with the 144A Offering; provided that the Buyer shall advance all costs and expenses incurred by the Seller and its Affiliates and any of their Representatives in connection with the foregoing cooperation promptly on request.

(c)    As soon as practicable but in any event within five (5) Business Days of the date hereof, the Seller shall engage BDO USA, LLP (the “Auditors”) to audit the following combined financial statements of the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries (the “Audited Financial Statements”): the consolidated balance sheets, the consolidated statements of operations, the consolidated statements of cash flows and the consolidated statements of stockholders' equity for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010 and the notes thereto. The Seller shall also request that the Auditor review the consolidated balance sheet, the consolidated statement of operations, the consolidated statement of cash flows and the consolidated statement of stockholders' equity for the nine month period ended September 30, 2011 (the “Auditor Reviewed

-27-

Exhibit 2.1

Interim Financial Statements”). The Audited Financial Statements and the Auditor Reviewed Interim Financial Statements shall be prepared in accordance with the standards set forth by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. The Seller and its Affiliates agree to use their commercially reasonable efforts, at the Buyer's sole cost and expense, to assist the Auditors in conducting and finalizing the Audit and agree to notify the Buyer as promptly as possible if any issues with the Audit arise. The actions set forth in this Section 5.6(c) are collectively referred to as the “Audit.” The Buyer shall be responsible for all documented expenses incurred by the Seller in connection with the Audit and shall remit payment to the Auditor as promptly as practicable after presentation by the Seller of an invoice to the Buyer.

5.7    Notification.

(a)    The Seller shall promptly (and in any event within three (3) days after becoming aware of such an event, fact or condition) notify the Buyer in writing if, at any time prior to the Closing Date, the Seller becomes aware of any event, fact or condition that would cause the Seller's representations and warranties in this Agreement to be untrue or incomplete or that makes the satisfaction of the conditions to the Buyer's obligation to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby impossible or unlikely; provided, however, that no disclosure by the Seller pursuant to this Section 5.7(a) shall be deemed to amend or supplement any representation or warranty or any Section of the Disclosure Schedule or to prevent or cure any misrepresentation, breach of warranty or breach of covenant or other breach of this Agreement.

(b)    The Buyer shall promptly (and in any event within three (3) days after becoming aware of such an event, fact or condition) notify the Seller in writing if, at any time prior to the Closing Date, the Buyer becomes aware of any event, fact or condition that would cause the Buyer's representations and warranties in this Agreement to be untrue or incomplete or that makes the satisfaction of the conditions to the Seller's obligation to close the transactions contemplated hereby impossible or unlikely; provided, however, that no disclosure by the Buyer pursuant to this Section 5.7(b) shall be deemed to amend or supplement any representation or warranty or to prevent or cure any misrepresentation, breach of warranty or breach of covenant or other breach of this Agreement.

5.8    No Negotiation.

(a)    Unless and until this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Article VIII, the Seller shall not, and shall cause each of its respective Representatives not to, directly or indirectly, respond to, solicit, initiate or encourage any inquiries or proposals from, discuss or negotiate with, provide any non-public information to, or consider the merits of any unsolicited inquiries or proposals from, any Person (other than the Buyer) relating to (i) any transaction involving the sale or license of the Purchased Shares or any assets of the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any merger, consolidation, reorganization, business combination or similar transaction involving the Seller or the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries (any such transaction is referred to herein as a “Restricted Transaction”).

(b)    If the Seller or any of its Representatives receives an offer or proposal relating to a possible Restricted Transaction, the Seller shall immediately notify the Buyer and provide to the Buyer a summary of the terms thereof.

5.9    Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation.

(a)    The Seller agrees that it and its Affiliates controlled by the Seller shall not, directly or indirectly, whether for themselves or for any other Person, and whether as a proprietor, principal, shareholders, partner, agent, director, officer, employee, member, manager, consultant, independent contractor or in any

-28-

Exhibit 2.1

other capacity whatsoever, undertake or have any interest in an entity that engages in the writing of private mortgage insurance anywhere in the United States (“Competitive Activities”); provided that such restriction shall not apply to owning any interest of less than five percent (5%) in any publicly traded company.

(b)    The Seller agrees that for a period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the seventh (7th) anniversary of the Closing Date it will not, directly or indirectly, (i) hire or employ any of its or the Purchased Subsidiary's (or any Subsidiary thereof) former employees, former consultants or former independent contractors hired or engaged as a consultant by the Buyer prior to or after the date hereof, (ii) solicit, induce or attempt to induce any former employee, former consultant or former independent contractor hired by the Buyer to leave the employment of the Buyer or its Affiliates or (iii) in any way interfere with, disrupt or attempt to disrupt any then existing relationship between the Buyer or its Affiliates and any former employee, former consultant or former independent contractor hired by the Buyer; unless, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, the employment of such former employee, former consultant or former independent contractor has been terminated by the Buyer.

(c)    In recognition of the business objectives of the parties hereto in entering into this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and the consideration paid therefor, the Buyer, on the one hand, and the Seller, on the other hand, each acknowledge and agree that (i) the foregoing non-competition, non-solicitation and non-hire provisions do not impose a greater restraint than is necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the other parties hereto, (ii) are reasonable under the circumstances and (iii) the parties hereto would not be willing to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement without each of them entering into the restrictive covenants set forth herein. If, at any time, the provisions of this Section 5.9 shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable by reason of being vague or unreasonable as to duration, geographic area or scope, this Section 5.9 shall be considered divisible and shall be deemed amended to only such duration, geographic area or scope as shall be determined to be reasonable and enforceable by the court or other body having jurisdiction.

(d)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5.9, the provisions of this Section 5.9 shall not apply to any stockholder or officer of the Seller or any of its Affiliates (subject to any agreement directly between the Buyer and such stockholder or officer of the Seller).

5.10    Confidential Information.

(a)    Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, the Buyer and the Seller shall maintain in confidence, and shall cause their respective agents and advisors to maintain in confidence, any written, oral, or other information obtained in confidence from any other party hereto in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, unless such information (i) is now, or hereafter becomes, through no act or failure to act on the part of the receiving party in breach of this Agreement, generally known or available, (ii) is known by the receiving party at the time of receiving such information, provided the receiving party can demonstrate such knowledge, (iii) is hereafter furnished to the receiving party by a Third Party as a matter of right and without restriction on disclosure, (iv) is independently developed by or on behalf of the receiving party without any breach of this Agreement, (v) is the subject of a written permission to disclose provided by the disclosing party, (vi) is necessary or appropriate in making any filing or obtaining any consent or approval required for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, (vii) is required to be furnished or disclosed in connection with Proceedings, (viii) is required to be filed with any Governmental Body arising in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby in which case both the Buyer and the Seller shall use reasonable commercial efforts to preserve any confidential information so provided or (ix) is disclosed as part of the 144A Offering.


-29-

Exhibit 2.1

(b)    Subject to the exceptions in clauses (i), (iii) and (v) through (ix) of Section 5.10(a), (i) neither the Seller, the Buyer nor any of their respective Affiliates shall at any time use or disclose to any Person any confidential or proprietary information, knowledge or data relating to another party hereto or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents and (ii) neither the Seller nor any of its respective Affiliates shall at any time use or disclose to any Person any confidential or proprietary information, knowledge or data relating to the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Assets, in each case including, without limitation, financial dealings, transactions, trade secrets, intangibles, files, manuals, procedures, notes, forms, reference materials, computer files, programs and databases, Contracts, process information, workflow information, reports and other materials and documents, however maintained, whether or not marked or otherwise identified as confidential or secret.

5.11    Acknowledgment. The Buyer, on the one hand, and the Seller, on the other hand, each acknowledge that, in view of the nature of the Business and the business objectives of the parties in entering into this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and the consideration paid therefor, the agreements contained in Sections 5.8, 5.9 and 5.10 are reasonably necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the parties and that any violation of such agreements will result in irreparable injury to the other parties hereto for which damages will not be an adequate remedy. The Buyer, on the one hand, and the Seller, on the other, therefore agree that in the event of a breach or threatened breach of any such agreements by any other party hereto or its Affiliates, the affected party shall be entitled to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief without proof of actual damages or posting of any bond or other security. For purposes of Sections 5.8, 5.9 and 5.10, the parties further agree that (a) the term “Buyer” shall also include each subsidiary and Affiliate of the Buyer now existing or acquired or formed after the date hereof and the successors and assigns of the Buyer and each such Affiliate or subsidiary and (b) the term “Seller” shall also include each subsidiary and Affiliate of the Seller now existing or acquired or formed after the date hereof and the successors and assigns of the Seller and each such Affiliate or subsidiary.

5.12    Assumption of Liabilities. Immediately prior to the Closing, the Seller shall assume the Excluded Liabilities pursuant to an assignment and assumption agreement between the Purchased Subsidiary, its Subsidiaries and the Seller reasonably acceptable to the Buyer.

5.13    Tax Matters.

(a)    Tax Indemnification. The Seller shall pay or cause to be paid, shall be liable for, and shall indemnify, defend, and hold the Buyer Indemnified Parties harmless from and against, any Excluded Taxes. The Seller shall be entitled to any refund of Taxes of the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries received for any Pre-Closing Tax Period (other than any refund, credit, or offset of Taxes attributable to, or resulting from, a carry back of any item arising in a Post-Closing Period, or in the case of a refund, credit, or offset for a Straddle Period, the use of such item arising in a Post-Closing Tax Period). The Buyer shall be entitled to the amount of any other refund, credit, offset, or other Tax benefit of the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries.

(b)    Indemnification Payments. Payment of any amount due under Section 5.13(a), except for any amounts for which the Buyer is required to seek recovery under the Indemnification Insurance Policy pursuant to Article IX, shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.2(e)..

(c)    Mutual Assistance and Cooperation. After the Closing, the Seller and the Buyer shall, subject to Section 5.1(b):


-30-

Exhibit 2.1

(i)    assist (and cause their respective Affiliates to assist) the other party in preparing any Tax Returns of the Purchased Subsidiary or its Subsidiaries;

(ii)    cooperate fully in preparing for any audit of, or dispute with, any taxing authority regarding any Tax Return of the Purchased Subsidiary or its Subsidiaries;

(iii)    make available to the other parties and to any taxing authority as reasonably requested all information, records, and documents relating to Taxes of the Purchased Subsidiary or its Subsidiaries;

(iv)    provide timely notice to the other party in writing of any pending or threatened tax audit or assessment of the Purchased Subsidiary or its Subsidiaries for Taxes for which the other party may have a liability; and

(v)    furnish the other party with copies of all correspondence received from any taxing authority in connection with any audit or information request with respect to the Purchased Subsidiary or its Subsidiaries for Taxes for which the other party may have a liability.

(d)    Contest Provisions.

(i)    The Seller shall have the right to represent the interests of the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries in connection with any Tax Contest relating to the taxable years or periods ending on or before the Closing Date and for which the Seller may owe an indemnity pursuant to Section 5.13(a)(i), and to employ counsel of its choice at its expense, provided, that the Seller shall have first notified the Buyer in writing of its intention to do so and of the identity of counsel, if any, chosen by the Seller in connection therewith; provided, further, that the Seller and the Buyer agree that the Seller shall be liable for any expenses, including fees for outside attorneys and other outside consultants incurred in connection with any Tax Contest; provided, further, that with respect to any Tax Contest described in this Section 5.13(d)(i), the Seller shall (x) consult with the Buyer before taking any significant action in connection with such Tax Contest, (y) provide the Buyer with a timely and reasonably detailed account of each phase of such Tax Contest, and (z) not settle, compromise, or abandon any such Tax Contest without obtaining the prior written consent of the Buyer, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(ii)    In the case of a Tax Contest for a Straddle Period of the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries, the Buyer shall have the right to control such Tax Contest; provided, however, that (A) the Buyer shall provide the Seller with a timely and reasonably detailed account of each phase of such Tax Contest, (B) the Buyer shall consult with the Seller before taking any significant action in connection with such Tax Contest, and (C) the Seller shall be entitled to participate in such Tax Contest, at its own expense.

(iii)    The Buyer shall have the exclusive right to control any Tax Contest involving the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Tax Contest described in Section 5.13(d)(i) or 5.13(d)(ii)).

(e)    Filing of Tax Returns.

(i)    The Seller shall timely prepare and file or shall cause to be timely prepared and filed any Tax Return of the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries for any taxable period that ends on or before the Closing Date, provided, that the Seller shall prepare and file such Tax Returns in a manner

-31-

Exhibit 2.1

consistent with the past practice of the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries, unless otherwise required by applicable law.
    
(ii)    The Buyer shall, except to the extent that such Tax Returns are the responsibility of the Seller under Section 5.13(e)(i), and subject to Section 5.13(e)(iii), be responsible for the preparation and filing of all Tax Returns with respect to the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries.

(iii)    For any Tax Return of the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to a Straddle Period, the Buyer shall (A) prepare and file such Tax Returns in a manner consistent with the past practice of the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries, unless otherwise required by applicable Law, and (B) deliver to the Seller for its review a copy of such proposed Tax Return at least twenty (20) days prior to the due date (giving effect to any validly obtained extension) thereof.

(f)    Transfer Taxes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Seller and the Buyer shall be equally responsible for, and shall pay when due, any sales Tax, use Tax, transfer Tax, documentary stamp Tax, value added Tax or similar Taxes and related fees imposed on the sale or transfer of the Purchased Shares pursuant to this Agreement or the entering into of this Agreement (“Transfer Taxes”). The Buyer and the Seller shall jointly prepare and file all Tax Returns with respect to such Transfer Taxes.

(g)    Tax Sharing Agreements. As of the Closing Date, any Tax sharing or allocation agreement or arrangement, whether or not written, that may have been entered into between the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries on the one hand, and the Seller or any of its Affiliates (other than the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries) on the other hand, shall be terminated, and no payments that are owed by or to the Purchased Subsidiary or its Subsidiaries shall be made.

(h)    Coordination; Survival. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the procedures with respect to Tax matters shall be governed exclusively by this Section 5.13 (and not by Article IX). The indemnification provisions of this Section 5.13 shall survive the Closing until GSE Approval is obtained, or, if GSE Approval is not obtained, until this Agreement is terminated by the Seller and the Buyer.

(i)    Treatment of Indemnity Payment. The parties agree that, except to the extent otherwise required pursuant to a “determination” (within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of the Code or any similar provision of state, local, or foreign law), all indemnification payments made pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated by the parties as an adjustment to the Purchase Price.

5.14    Directors' and Officers' Insurance.

(a)    The Buyer agrees to purchase and maintain in effect for not less than one (1) year from the expiration of the current policies of directors' and officers' liability insurance and fiduciary liability insurance maintained by the Seller and its Subsidiaries (the “Existing Policies”) for the individuals who at any time prior to the Closing were directors or officers of the Seller or any of its present or former Subsidiaries (the “Director and Officer Indemnified Parties”) or corporate parents and any other employees, agents or other individuals otherwise covered by the Existing Policies (the “Insured Parties”), policies of directors' and officers' liability insurance and fiduciary liability insurance with respect to matters occurring at or prior to the Closing (including the transactions contemplated by this Agreement), which policies shall contain terms mutually acceptable to the Buyer and the Seller (the “D&O Policies”).

(b)    This Section 5.14 is intended to benefit the Insured Parties and the Director and Officer Indemnified Parties, and shall be binding on all successors and assigns of the Buyer. In the event that the

-32-

Exhibit 2.1

Buyer or any of its successors or assigns (i) consolidates with or merges into any other Person and shall not be the continuing or surviving Person of such consolidation or merger or (ii) transfers or conveys a majority of its properties and assets to any Person, then, and in each such case, proper provision shall be made so that the successors, assigns and transferees of the Buyer or its successors or assigns assume the obligations set forth in this Section 5.14.

5.15    Indemnification Insurance Policy. Prior to or substantially simultaneously with the Closing, the Buyer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, and if available, shall purchase an indemnification insurance policy with coverage up to $8,500,000 to satisfy any indemnification obligations of the Seller arising under Section 9.2(a)(i) and under Section 5.13(a) (to the extent such indemnification obligations arose under Section 5.13(a) as a result of a breach by the Seller of the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.15) (the “Indemnification Insurance Policy”). The Buyer agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the closing condition relating to the Indemnification Insurance Policy set forth in Section 6.9 is met and further agrees that (i) the Indemnification Insurance Policy shall not include any terms or conditions that provide for recourse by the provider of the Indemnification Insurance Policy against the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective stockholders, officers or directors, and (ii) the amount by which the Cash Consideration is to be reduced pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(iii) shall not be in excess of $150,000 (and the Seller shall not otherwise be liable for any costs incurred by the Buyer to purchase the Indemnification Insurance Policy in excess of such amount). For the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained in this Section 5.15 shall be construed to impose an obligation on the Buyer to purchase the Indemnification Insurance Policy prior to the Buyer having received the proceeds from the 144A Offering.

ARTICLE VI

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE BUYER'S OBLIGATION TO CLOSE

The Buyer's obligation to consummate the transactions to occur at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions (which may be waived by the Buyer, in its sole discretion, in whole or in part):
6.1    Accuracy of Representations. Each of the representations and warranties of the Seller set forth in (i) this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and any certificate or document delivered to the Buyer (other than the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 3.1 (first sentence only), 3.2, 3.3, 3.9(b), 3.9(c), 3.10, 3.12(c) and 3.18 of this Agreement), in each case, made as if none of such representations and warranties contained any qualifications or limitations as to “materiality” or Material Adverse Effect, shall be true and correct in all respects, in each case as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date as though made on the Closing Date (except for those representations and warranties that address matters as of a particular date which shall be true and correct in all respects as of such date); provided that, for purposes of determining the satisfaction of this condition, such representations and warranties shall be deemed to be true and correct in all respects unless the failure or failures of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct, individually or in the aggregate, would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Seller; (ii) Sections 3.2, 3.9(b), 3.9(c), 3.10 and 3.12(c) shall be true and correct in all respects as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date as though made as of the Closing Date except for any de minimis inaccuracies (and, for the avoidance of doubt, “de minimus inaccuracies” as it applies to Section 3.9(c) for purposes of this Section 6.1 shall mean inaccuracies of $5,000.00 or less in the aggregate); and (iii) Sections 3.1 (first sentence only), 3.3 and 3.18 shall be true and correct in all respects as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date as though made as of the Closing Date.
    

-33-

Exhibit 2.1

6.2    Performance. The Seller shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents that are required to be performed or complied with by it on or before the Closing.

6.3    Completion of the 144A Offering. The Buyer shall have completed the 144A Offering and received all funds pursuant thereto.

6.4    Consents. Except for Consents under Third Party Agreements, the Seller shall have sent all notices, made all filings and obtained all Consents and Orders that are listed or required to be listed in Sections 3.4(b) and 3.5 of the Disclosure Schedule including but not limited to the Wisconsin Office of the Commissioner of Insurance. The Buyer shall have obtained all Consents under the Third Party Agreements listed in Section 6.4 of the Disclosure Schedule, or obtained licenses or other agreements for alternative products as contemplated by Section 5.5. All such Consents, Orders and licenses shall be in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer, and none of such Consents, Orders and licenses shall have been revoked.

6.5    No Proceedings or Illegality. No Proceeding shall be pending or threatened wherein an unfavorable Order could (a) prevent consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, (b) cause any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to be rescinded or divested following consummation or (c) adversely affect the right of the Buyer to own or operate the Purchased Subsidiary or its Subsidiaries or their respective Assets, and no such Order shall be in effect. No Order or provision of any Legal Requirement shall prohibit the Buyer from consummating the Closing on its behalf.

6.6    No Bankruptcy or Receivership. None of the Seller, the Wisconsin Office of the Commissioner of Insurance or any other Person shall have filed any petition or commenced any Proceeding with respect to the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries under any provision or chapter of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any other similar federal or state law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy, rehabilitation, liquidation or reorganization, no Seller shall have made a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors and no Order for relief shall have been entered against the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries under any state law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy, rehabilitation, liquidation or reorganization of the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries. Neither the Seller nor the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries shall be subject to any Order appointing a custodian, trustee or receiver for the Seller or such Purchased Subsidiary or all or any material portion of its Assets or authorizing the taking of possession of the Assets of the Seller or such Purchased Subsidiary.

6.7    No Material Adverse Change. From the date of this Agreement to the Closing, there shall not have occurred a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries or any material Asset of the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries.

6.8    Closing Deliveries. The Buyer shall have received each of the documents and deliveries required by Section 2.3(a).

6.9    Indemnification Insurance. The Indemnification Insurance Policy shall have been available for purchase to the Buyer on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Buyer in its sole discretion (subject to the Buyer's obligations set forth in Section 5.15).


-34-

Exhibit 2.1

ARTICLE VII

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE SELLER'S OBLIGATION TO CLOSE

The Seller's obligation to consummate the transactions to occur at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions (which may be waived by the Seller in its sole discretion, in whole or in part):
7.1    Accuracy of Representations. Each of the representations and warranties of the Buyer set forth (i) in this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and any certificate or document delivered to the Seller (other than the representations and warranties contained in Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 and 4.7 of this Agreement), in each case, made as if none of such representations and warranties contained any qualifications or limitations as to “materiality” or Material Adverse Effect, shall be true and correct in all respects, in each case as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date as though made on the Closing Date (except for those representations and warranties that address matters as of a particular date which shall be true and correct in all respects as of such date); provided that, for purposes of determining the satisfaction of this condition, such representations and warranties shall be deemed to be true and correct in all respects unless the failure or failures of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct, individually or in the aggregate, would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Buyer; (ii) Section 4.2 shall be true and correct in all respects as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date as though made as of the Closing Date except for any de minimis inaccuracies; and (iii) Sections 4.1, 4.3 and 4.7 shall be true and correct in all respects as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date as though made as of the Closing Date.

7.2    Performance. The Buyer shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents that are required to be performed or complied with by it on or before the Closing.

7.3    Completion of the 144A Offering. The Buyer shall have completed the 144A Offering and received all funds pursuant thereto.

7.4    Consents. The Seller shall have obtained the Consent of the Wisconsin Office of the Commissioner of Insurance.

7.5    No Proceedings or Illegality. No Proceeding shall be pending or threatened wherein an unfavorable Order could (a) prevent consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents or (b) cause any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to be rescinded or divested following consummation, and no such Order shall be in effect. No Order or provision of any Legal Requirement shall prohibit the Seller from consummating the Closing on its behalf.

7.6    No Bankruptcy or Receivership. Neither the Buyer nor any other Person shall have filed any petition or commenced any Proceeding with respect to the Buyer under any provision or chapter of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any other similar federal or state law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy, rehabilitation, liquidation or reorganization, the Buyer shall have not have made a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors and no Order for relief shall have been entered against the Buyer under any state law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy, rehabilitation, liquidation or reorganization of the Buyer. The Buyer shall not be subject to any Order appointing a custodian, trustee or receiver for the Buyer or all or any material portion of its Assets or authorizing the taking of possession of the Assets of the Buyer.


-35-

Exhibit 2.1

7.7    Closing Deliveries. The Seller shall have received each of the closing deliverables contemplated by Section 2.3(b).

ARTICLE VIII

TERMINATION
        
8.1    Termination Events.

(a)    This Agreement may, by written notice given prior to or at the Closing, be terminated:
(i)    (A) by the Buyer if a material breach of any provision of this Agreement has been committed by the Seller and such breach has not been waived or (B) by the Seller if a material breach of any provision of this Agreement has been committed by the Buyer and such breach has not been waived; provided, that if such breach is capable of being cured a party may not terminate this Agreement under this Section 8.1(a) until a period of thirty (30) days has expired from the date of notice of such breach without such breach having been cured;

(ii)    (A) by the Buyer if satisfaction of any of the conditions in Article VI is or becomes impossible (other than through the material breach by the Buyer of its obligations under this Agreement) and the Buyer has not waived such condition or (B) by the Seller if satisfaction of any of the conditions in Article VII is or becomes impossible (other than through the material breach by the Seller of its obligations under this Agreement) and the Seller has not waived such condition;

(iii)    by written mutual consent of the Buyer and the Seller; or

(iv)    by the Seller (other than through the breach of the Seller of its obligations under this Agreement) or the Buyer (other than through the breach by the Buyer of its obligations under this Agreement) if the Closing has not occurred on or before one hundred fifty (150) days after the date hereof, or such later date as the Buyer and the Seller may agree.

(b)    If GSE Approval is not obtained, the Buyer and the Seller shall take the actions set forth in Section 2.6, including to enter into an agreement terminating this Agreement and the Transaction Documents, which agreement shall set forth the rights and obligations of the parties after termination.

8.2    Effect of Termination. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 8.1, all further obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall terminate without liability of any party (or any stockholder, member, partner, director, manager, officer, employee, agent, consultant or representative of such party) to the other parties to this Agreement, except that (a) the obligations in Section 2.6, Section 5.10(a), this Article VIII and Articles IX, X and XI will survive such termination and (b) if this Agreement is terminated by a party because of the material breach of this Agreement by the other party or because one or more of the conditions to the terminating party's obligations under this Agreement is not satisfied as a result of the other party's material breach of its obligations under this Agreement, the terminating party's right to pursue all legal remedies shall survive such termination.


-36-

Exhibit 2.1

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION; REMEDIES

9.1    Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants. All representations and warranties of the parties contained in this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or any certificate delivered in connection with the Closing shall survive the Closing Date for the same period for which coverage is available under the Indemnification Insurance Policy, except that representations which are the basis for claims asserted under this Agreement prior to the expiration of such applicable time periods shall survive until the final resolution of those claims. All covenants and agreements of the parties contained in this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents shall survive the Closing until GSE Approval is obtained, or, if GSE Approval is not obtained, until this Agreement is terminated by the Seller and the Buyer.

9.2    Indemnification.

(a)    Subject to the provisions of this Article IX, effective as of and after the Closing Date, the Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Buyer and its Affiliates and their respective stockholders, members, partners, managers, officers, directors, employees, Representatives, controlling persons, counsel, agents, successors and assigns (collectively, the “Buyer Indemnified Parties”), from and against, and will pay to any Buyer Indemnified Party the amount of, any and all claims, demands, Proceedings, losses, damages (excluding indirect, special, incidental, consequential and punitive damages, except in each case to the extent arising in connection with, as a result of or otherwise relating to any Third Party claim), penalties, Liabilities, obligations, settlement payments, costs and expenses of every kind whatsoever (including without limitation, costs of investigating, preparing or defending any such claim or Proceeding and reasonable legal fees and disbursements), as and when incurred by such Buyer Indemnified Party and whether or not involving a Third Party claim (collectively and generically, “Losses”), incurred or suffered by any of the Buyer Indemnified Parties, arising out of or relating to (i) any inaccuracy of any representation or warranty of the Seller contained in this Agreement (including all schedules, exhibits and annexes hereto) or in any certificate or document delivered in connection therewith (other than any breach of Section 3.15, which shall be governed by Section 5.13), disregarding all qualifications and exceptions contained therein relating to the Knowledge of the Seller, materiality, specified dollar thresholds or Material Adverse Effect, except that with respect to the accuracy of Section 3.9(c), for purposes of this Article IX only, the term “Unaudited Financial Statements” shall be replaced with the phrase “Audited Financial Statements or Auditor Reviewed Interim Financial Statements,” (ii) any material breach of any covenant or agreement of the Seller contained in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (iii) any Excluded Liability and (iv) the Seller Closing Expenses.

(b)    Subject to the provisions of this Article IX, effective at and after the Closing Date, the Buyer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Seller and its Affiliates, and their respective stockholders, members, partners, managers, officers, directors, employees, Representatives, controlling persons, counsel, agents, successors and assigns (collectively, the “Seller Indemnified Parties”), from and against any and all Losses incurred or suffered by any of the Seller Indemnified Parties arising by reason of or resulting from (i) any inaccuracy of any representation or warranty of the Buyer contained in this Agreement (including all schedules, exhibits and annexes hereto) or in any certificate or document delivered in connection herewith, disregarding all qualifications and exceptions contained therein relating to knowledge, materiality, specified dollar thresholds or Material Adverse Effect, (ii) any material breach of any covenant or agreement of the Buyer contained in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (iii) any Retained Liability, (iv) any Buyer Closing Expenses and (v) the Post-Closing Liabilities.


-37-

Exhibit 2.1

(c)    Notwithstanding any provision of this Article IX, (i) the liability of the Seller shall (A) with respect to indemnification obligations of the Seller arising under Section 9.2(a)(i) and under Section 5.13(a) (to the extent such obligations arose under Section 5.13(a) as a result of a breach by the Seller of the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.15), be limited to $8,500,000, and (B) with respect to indemnification obligations of the Seller arising under Sections 9.2(a)(ii), (iii) and (iv) and under Section 5.13(a) (with respect to indemnification obligations under Section 5.13(a) arising other than as a result of a breach by the Seller of the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.15), be limited to the dollar amount that is equal to $2,500,000 less (1) any amounts reimbursed to the Seller by the Buyer in respect of Seller Operating Expenses; and (2) 50% of the cost incurred by the Buyer to purchase the Indemnification Insurance Policy; and (ii) the liability of the Buyer under Section 9.2(b)(ii) shall be limited to $8,500,000; provided, however, that the foregoing limitations on liability of both the Seller and the Buyer shall not apply to intentional, fraudulent or willful misrepresentations or to intentional or willful breaches of any covenants or agreements of such party contained in this Agreement, as applicable.
(d)    The Buyer agrees and acknowledges that, with respect to any Losses incurred or suffered by any of the Buyer Indemnified Parties and otherwise recoverable by the Buyer pursuant to the indemnification obligations of the Seller contained in Section 9.2(a)(i) and Section 5.13(a) (to the extent such obligation arose under Section 5.13(a) as a result of a breach by the Seller of the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.15), except with respect to Losses arising from intentional, fraudulent or willful misrepresentations by the Seller, recovery under the Indemnification Insurance Policy shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of the Buyer to settle the monetary indemnification obligations of the Seller arising under Section 9.2(a)(i) and under Section 5.13(a) (to the extent such obligations arose under Section 5.13(a) as a result of a breach by the Seller of the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.15).

(e)    With respect to any Losses recoverable by the Buyer pursuant to the indemnification obligations of the Seller arising under Sections 9.2(a)(ii), (iii) and (iv) and under Section 5.13(a) (with respect to Losses recoverable under Section 5.13(a) other than as a result of a breach by the Seller of the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.15), the Buyer shall have the right to set off the amount of such Losses against the amount of cash contained in the Escrow Account, subject to the cap set forth in Section 9.2(c), by making a claim for indemnification in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 9.2(e). With respect to claims for indemnification by the Buyer pursuant to the indemnification obligations of the Seller arising under Sections 9.2(a)(ii), (iii) and (iv) and under Section 5.13(a) (with respect to Losses recoverable under Section 5.13(a) other than as a result of a breach by the Seller of the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.15), the Buyer shall notify the Seller in writing (an “Indemnification Notice”) setting forth the amount of such claim for indemnification and setting forth the nature and the basis for such claim. The right of the Buyer to set off the amount of such Loss, as set forth in the Indemnification Notice, shall be deemed agreed to by the Seller unless, within five (5) Business Days after receipt by the Seller of such Indemnification Notice, the Seller notifies the Buyer in writing (an “Objection Notice”) that it disputes the right of the Buyer to set off the amount of such Loss. Upon receipt by the Buyer of an Objection Notice, the Buyer and the Seller shall attempt to settle and compromise the same (and the Buyer shall have the right to participate in any settlement negotiations undertaken by the Seller with any third parties and the Buyer's consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) shall be required for the Seller to agree to any settlement with a third party). If the Buyer and the Seller cannot resolve such dispute within ten (10) Business Days following the Buyer's receipt of the Objection Notice from the Seller, then either the Buyer or the Seller may, by written notice to the other, demand arbitration of the matter. The Buyer and the Seller shall jointly select an arbitrator within ten (10) Business Days after delivery of the notice to arbitrate. If the Buyer and the Seller fail to agree upon an arbitrator within such ten (10) Business Day period, the Buyer and the Seller shall each select one arbitrator and the two arbitrators shall select a third arbitrator. The Seller and the Buyer shall request a hearing in front of the arbitrator(s) as promptly as possible and request that the arbitrator(s) render a decision within five (5) Business Days after the hearing. The decision of the arbitrator(s) so selected as to the validity and

-38-

Exhibit 2.1

amount of any claim for Losses shall be binding and conclusive upon the parties to this Agreement, and the arbitrator(s) shall promptly deliver a copy of its written decision to the Escrow Agent following such decision. The Buyer agrees and acknowledges that, with respect to any Losses incurred or suffered by any of the Buyer Indemnified Parties and recoverable by the Buyer pursuant to Sections 9.2(a)(ii), (iii) and (iv) and under Section 5.13(a) (with respect to Losses arising other than as a result of a breach by the Seller of the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.15), except with respect to Losses arising from intentional or willful breaches by the Seller, the right of set off against the cash contained in the Escrow Account shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of the Buyer to settle the monetary indemnification obligations of the Seller arising under Section 9.2(a)(ii), (iii) and (iv) and under Section 5.13(a) (with respect to Losses arising other than as a result of a breach by the Seller of the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.15).

9.3    Defense of Third-Party Claims. Except with respect to Taxes, which are covered by Section 5.13, if any Proceeding is filed or instituted by a third party making a claim for Losses (a “Claim”) against any Buyer Indemnified Party or a Seller Indemnified Party (an “Indemnified Party”) with respect to a matter subject to indemnity hereunder, such Indemnified Party shall give notice (a “Claim Notice”) to (a) the Seller, in the case of an indemnification claim pursuant to Section 9.2(a) or (b) the Buyer, in the case of an indemnification claim pursuant to Section 9.2(b) (the “Indemnifying Party”), in either case as soon as practicable after such Indemnified Party becomes aware of any fact, condition or event which may reasonably give rise to Losses for which indemnification may be sought under this Article IX; however, the failure of any Indemnified Party to give timely notice hereunder shall not affect rights to indemnification hereunder, except to the extent such Indemnified Party is actually prejudiced by such failure (to the extent determined by a court of competent jurisdiction). Except with respect to Taxes, which are covered by Section 5.13, after receipt of a Claim Notice of a Proceeding, the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to defend the Indemnified Party against the Proceeding at the Indemnifying Party's expense with counsel of its choice reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, unless the nature of the Claim creates an ethical conflict for the same counsel to represent the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party, so long as (i) the Indemnifying Party notifies the Indemnified Party in writing within fifteen (15) days after the Indemnifying Party has received the Claim Notice and that the Indemnifying Party will indemnify the Indemnified Party from and against the entirety of any Losses the Indemnified Party may suffer resulting from, arising out of, relating to, in the nature of, or caused by the Claim or raised in the Proceeding, (ii) the Indemnifying Party provides the Indemnified Party with evidence reasonably acceptable to the Indemnified Party that the Indemnifying Party will have the financial resources to defend against the Proceeding and fulfill its indemnification obligations hereunder, (iii) the Proceeding involves only a claim for money damages and no other relief and (iv) the Indemnifying Party conducts the defense of the Proceeding actively and diligently. The Indemnifying Party shall not compromise or settle any such Proceeding without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party or enter into any settlement negotiations in connection with such Proceeding without giving prior written notice to the Indemnified Party. In all other cases the Indemnified Party may defend the claim or Proceeding with one counsel of its choosing reasonably satisfactory to and at the expense of the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnified Party may, at its own cost, participate in the investigation, trial and defense of any such Proceeding defended by the Indemnifying Party and any appeal arising therefrom and employ its own counsel in connection therewith. The parties shall cooperate with each other in connection with any defense and in any notifications to insurers. If the Indemnifying Party fails to promptly and diligently assume the defense of such Proceeding after receipt of notice hereunder, the Indemnified Party against which such Claim has been asserted shall (upon delivering notice to such effect to the Indemnifying Party) have the right to undertake the defense, compromise or settlement of such Proceeding with counsel of its own choosing at the expense of the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to participate therein at its own cost. The Indemnified Party shall provide prompt notice to the Indemnifying Party in the event of any compromise or settlement entered into pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence. Losses shall be paid within five (5) Business Days of the

-39-

Exhibit 2.1

final determination of the merits and amount of a Claim. This Section 9.3 shall not apply with respect to any Losses for which any Buyer Indemnified Party is seeking recovery under the Indemnification Insurance Policy or pursuant to its right of set off against the cash in the Escrow Account. The procedure for submitting Claims for which the Buyer seeks recovery under the Indemnification Insurance Policy shall be governed by the terms of the Indemnification Insurance Policy, and the procedure for submitting Claims for which the Buyer seeks recovery pursuant to its right of set off against the cash in the Escrow Account is set forth in Section 9.2(e).

9.4    Punitive Losses; Certain Offsets.

(a)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no party shall be liable to any Indemnified Party under this Article IX or Section 5.13 for (i) punitive or exemplary Losses or (ii) consequential Losses (including for lost profits or diminution in value to the extent such items constitute consequential Losses), that in the case of this clause (ii) are remote or not reasonably foreseeable, in each case of (i) and (ii) as a result of any breach of this Agreement or other agreements referred to herein or of any private right of action that any party may have hereunder against another party hereto; provided that the foregoing shall not limit the right of any Indemnified Party to indemnification in accordance with this Agreement with respect to any component of any claim, settlement, award or judgment against such party by any unaffiliated third party. For purposes of this Article IX and Section 5.13, “Losses” shall be net of any insurance or other recoveries (net of any related deductible or expenses incurred in securing such recovery) received by the Indemnified Party or its Affiliates in connection with the facts giving rise to any right of indemnification hereunder.

(b)    Subject to Section 9.2(d), each Indemnified Party shall use reasonable efforts to collect any amounts available under insurance coverage, or from any other Person alleged to be responsible, for any Losses payable under this Article IX. If the Indemnified Party receives any amounts under applicable insurance policies, or from any other Person alleged to be responsible for any Losses, subsequent to an indemnification payment by the Indemnifying Party, then such Indemnified Party shall promptly reimburse the Indemnifying Party for any payment made or expense incurred by such Indemnifying Party in connection with providing such indemnification payment up to the amount received by the Indemnified Party, net of any deductible or expenses incurred by such Indemnified Party in collecting such amount.

(c)    Each Indemnified Party must mitigate in accordance with applicable Legal Requirements any loss for which such Indemnified Party seeks indemnification under this Agreement. If such Indemnified Party mitigates its loss after the Indemnifying Party has paid the Indemnified Party under this Article IX in respect of that loss, the Indemnified Party must notify the Indemnifying Party and pay to the Indemnifying Party the extent of the value of the benefit to the Indemnified Party of that mitigation (less the Indemnified Party's reasonable costs of mitigation) promptly after the benefit is received.

(d)    If the Indemnified Party receives any payment from an Indemnifying Party in respect of any Losses pursuant to this Article IX and the Indemnified Party could have recovered all or a part of such Losses from a third party (a “Potential Contributor”) based on the underlying claim asserted against the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnified Party shall assign such of its rights to proceed against the Potential Contributor as are necessary to permit the Indemnifying Party to recover from the Potential Contributor the amount of such payment.

9.5    Exclusive Remedy. After the Closing Date, this Article IX and Section 5.13 shall provide the exclusive remedy for any breach or alleged breach of this Agreement, except in the case of common law fraud relating to the entry into this Agreement or with respect to matters for which the remedy of specific performance, injunctive relief or other non-monetary equitable remedies are available.

-40-

Exhibit 2.1


ARTICLE X

DEFINITIONS

10.1    Certain Definitions. In this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below, which shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms. Any agreement or document referred to below shall mean such agreement or document as amended, supplemented and modified from time to time to the extent permitted by the applicable provisions thereof and by this Agreement.

144A Offering” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a).
Additional Securities” means any common stock equivalents or options, warrants or other securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for (at any time or upon the occurrence of any event or contingency) or any other right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of NMI Common Stock (including any note or debt security convertible into or exchangeable for shares of NMI Common Stock or other equity securities of the Buyer) or any other security.
Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, another Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such specified Person.
Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
Ancillary Agreements” means, collectively, (a) the Escrow Agreement and (b) any other Contracts delivered by any party hereto at or prior to the Closing.
Assets” means all properties, assets and rights of every kind, nature and description whatsoever whether tangible or intangible, real, personal or mixed, fixed or contingent, choate or inchoate, known or unknown, wherever located.
Audit” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(c).
Audited Financial Statements” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(c).
Auditor Reviewed Interim Financial Statements” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(c).
Auditors” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(c).
Business Day” means any day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday recognized by the United States of America.
Buyer” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
Buyer Closing Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b).
Buyer Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(a).
Cash Consideration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).
CDW” means CDW, LLC and its Affiliates.

-41-

Exhibit 2.1

CDW Retained Liability” means the amount set forth opposite CDW's name on Schedule I.
Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3.
Claim Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3.
Closing” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.
Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.
COBRA” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(b).
Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
Common Stock Sale Price” shall mean the per share purchase price paid for the NMI Common Stock and Additional Securities, if any, in the 144A Offering.
Competitive Activities” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.9(a).
Consent” means any approval, consent, ratification, waiver, or other authorization of, notice to or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with any Person, including without limitation, any Governmental Body.
Contract” means any agreement, contract, indenture, note, bond, loan, lease, conditional sale contract, purchase or sales order, option, license, instrument, mortgage, obligation, commitment, arrangement, promise or undertaking (whether written or oral) that is legally binding.
Control” (including the terms “Controlled by” and “under common Control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by Contract or otherwise.
D&O Policies” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.14(a).
Director and Officer Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.14(a).
Disclosure Schedule” means the schedules attached to this Agreement and entitled Disclosure Schedule.
Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(a).
Encumbrance” means any charge, claim, community property interest, condition, easement, covenant, Contract, commitment, warrant, demand, encumbrance, equitable interest, lien, mortgage, charge, option, purchase right, pledge, security interest, right of first refusal, or other material rights of Third Parties or material restrictions of any kind, including without limitation any restriction on use, voting, transfer, receipt of income or exercise of any other attribute of ownership.
Equity Consideration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).
ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
ERISA Affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.14(c).

-42-

Exhibit 2.1

Escrow Account” shall mean the account designated by the Escrow Agent.
Escrow Agent” shall mean a financial institution in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Buyer and the Seller.
Escrow Agreement” shall mean a customary escrow agreement entered into by the Buyer with the Escrow Agent relating to the escrow of the Escrowed Cash Consideration, which agreement shall be mutually acceptable to the Buyer and the Seller.
Escrowed Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b)(ii).
Escrowed Cash” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b)(ii).
Escrowed Cash Consideration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).
Excluded Liabilities” means any Liability of the Purchased Subsidiary, any of its Subsidiaries or of the Seller that is not a Retained Liability.
Excluded Taxes” means (a) any Taxes of the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries for any Pre-Closing Tax Period, (b) any Taxes of any other Person, including the Seller or any of its Affiliates (other than the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries) for any taxable year or period, (c) any Taxes for which the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries may be liable under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local, or foreign Tax law), (d) any Taxes arising from or in connection with any breach by the Seller or any of its Affiliates of any covenant contained in this Agreement, (e) any Taxes arising from or in connection with any inaccuracy in or breach of any of the representations or warranties made by the Seller in this Agreement, (f) any Taxes imposed on the Seller, the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of the sale of Shares hereunder (including the recognition of any “deferred intercompany gain” or “excess loss account”), (g) fifty percent (50%) of any Transfer Taxes, and (h) all costs and expenses, including legal, accounting, appraisal, consulting, or similar fees, actually incurred relating to the foregoing. For purposes of this Agreement, in the case of any Straddle Period, Taxes shall be allocated between the period ending on the Closing Date and the period beginning after the Closing Date: (i) in the case of Taxes based on or measured by income or receipts of the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries, on the basis of an interim closing of the books as of the close of business on the Closing Date (provided, however, that in closing the books of the relevant entity as of the end of the Closing Date, exemptions, allowances, or deductions that are calculated on an annual basis (including, but not limited to, depreciation and amortization deductions) shall be allocated on a daily basis); and (ii) in the case of any other Tax of the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries, pro rata on the basis of the number of dates in such Tax period.
Existing Policies” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.14(a).
Fannie Mae” means the Federal National Mortgage Association.
Freddie Mac” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation.
GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles.
Governmental Body” means any federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority, including without limitation any administrative, executive, judicial, legislative, regulatory or taxing authority of any nature of any jurisdiction (including without limitation, any governmental agency, branch, department, official or entity and any court or other tribunal), the Wisconsin Office of the Commission of Insurance and Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.

-43-

Exhibit 2.1

GSE Approval” means conditional approval by either Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac necessary to permit the Buyer to write private mortgage insurance on terms and in a form acceptable to the Buyer in the Buyer's sole discretion.
Guarantee” means any obligation of a Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such indebtedness or other obligation (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (b) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part).
Indebtedness” means (a) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest in respect of any indebtedness for money borrowed or any obligations evidenced by notes or other instruments, (b) every capital lease obligation, (c) every obligation issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services and (d) all obligations in respect of surety bonds, letters of credit or other similar instruments.
Indemnification Insurance Policy” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.15.
Indemnification Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(e).
Indemnified Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3.
Indemnifying Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3.
Individual Arrangements” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.14(b).
Insured Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.14(a).
Intellectual Property” means all United States and foreign (a) patents, patent rights, patent applications, patent disclosures and all related continuations, continuations-in-part, divisionals, reissues, re-examinations, substitutions and extensions thereof, (b) trademarks, service marks, trade names, fictitious business names, logos, domain names, reissues, re-examinations, substitutions and extensions thereof, (c) copyrights (registered and unregistered) and applications for copyright registration, (d) mask works and registrations and applications for registration thereof, (e) computer software programs and applications (whether in source or object code forms) and related documentation, (f) databases and sui generis database rights, (g) trade secrets, know-how and confidential or proprietary information, whether patentable or nonpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice, processes and techniques, research and development information and (h) other proprietary rights relating to any of the foregoing (including, without limitation, associated goodwill and remedies against infringements thereof and rights of protection of an interest therein under the Legal Requirements of all jurisdictions.
IRS” means the Internal Revenue Service.
Knowledge of the Seller” means the knowledge of Larry Harlow, James Imhoff, James McCourt, Philip Pelanek and Henry Wertheimer, in each case after reasonable inquiry and diligence and taking into account the respective duties and responsibilities of each.

-44-

Exhibit 2.1

Legal Requirement” means any federal, state, local, municipal, foreign, international, multinational or other statute, law, Order, constitution, rule, regulation, ordinance, principle of common law, treaty or other requirement of any Governmental Body.
Liability” means any liabilities, obligations, debts and commitments of any kind, character or description, whether known or unknown, asserted or not asserted, absolute or contingent, fixed or unfixed, matured or unmatured, accrued or unaccrued, disputed or undisputed, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, joint or several, due or to become due, vested or unvested, executory, determined, determinable or otherwise, whenever or however incurred or arising (including whether arising out of any Contract or tort based on negligence or strict liability) and whether or not the same would be required by GAAP to be reflected in financial statements or disclosed in the notes thereto, including without limitation any direct or indirect Guarantee of any Liability of any other Person.
Licensed Intellectual Property” means all Intellectual Property that is licensed to one or more of the Purchased Subsidiary or its Subsidiaries.
Losses” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(a).
MAC Financial Holding Corporation Shares” means all issued and outstanding capital stock of MAC Financial Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Seller.
MAC Technology Platform” means, collectively, the following Assets of the Seller and its Affiliates:
(a)    all tangible and intangible assets included in the systems, data center, core services and data listed in Section 10.1(a) of the Disclosure Schedule;

(b)    all computer program object code, source code, supporting technical and user documentation and media for all software applications of any kind comprising or otherwise part of any proprietary computer programs used in connection with the items described in Section 10.1(b)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule or otherwise used in or necessary to the Seller's or its Affiliates' underwriting, policy administration, billing, customer service, claims handling, risk management, information technology and technology development operations, policies and procedures, and all obsolete and unsupported versions as well as all currently-supported versions of any of the foregoing, together with all customizations, enhancements, modifications, updates, upgrades, patches and works-in-progress, and all intellectual property rights therein, including without limitation all of the foregoing described in Section 10.1(b)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule;

(c)    all graphical user interfaces and application program interfaces of any kind used in connection with any of the items referenced in subclause (i) or (ii) above, including without limitation all of the foregoing described in Section 10.1(c) of the Disclosure Schedule;

(d)    all servers, routers, desktop computers, laptops, fixed and mobile computer storage devices, network equipment, non-fixed media (i.e., CDs, historical backup tapes, USB drives, thumb drives or other storage devices that can be temporarily attached to a computer) and all other computer and electronic equipment of any kind used by the Seller in the operation, maintenance or support of any of the items referenced in subclause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, including without limitation all of the foregoing described in Section 10.1(d) of the Disclosure Schedule;

(e)    all other documentation, forms, records (including maintenance and support records and audit records), procedures, policy documents, system specifications, scripts, logs, programmer notes,

-45-

Exhibit 2.1

databases and other materials of any kind, whether in print or electronic form, used by the Seller in the operation, maintenance or support of any of the items referenced in subclause (a), (b), (c) or (d) above, including without limitation all of the foregoing described in Section 10.1(e) of the Disclosure Schedule;

(f)    (i) all licenses, leases, proprietary information agreements, confidentiality agreements, consulting agreements, service agreements and other Contracts of any kind (whether written or oral) to which either Seller or its Affiliates is a party (or under which the Seller or any of its Affiliates has rights) relating to operating system software, application software, hardware, network services, telecommunications services, data processing or storage services or information security services, and which are used in connection with the ownership, operation, use or maintenance of any of the Assets referred to in subclause (a), (b), (c) or (d) above, including without limitation all of the foregoing described in Section 10.1(f) of the Disclosure Schedule and (ii) all Contracts of the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries; and
(g)    all desktop equipment and supplies (other than photographs and art work) used by any employee or independent contractor of the Seller or any of its Affiliates in connection with the operation, maintenance and support of any of the Assets referred to in subclause (a), (b), (c) or (d) above, including without limitation all of the foregoing described in Section 10.1(g) of the Disclosure Schedule.

Material Adverse Effect” means, with respect to a Person or any portion of its business or assets, any events, changes or effects which, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations or prospects of such Person or such portion of its business or assets; provided, however, that none of the following shall constitute a Material Adverse Effect: (a) changes that result from actions taken at the written request of the Buyer and not necessary to effect the Closing of the transactions contemplated hereby; (b) changes that the Person can demonstrate were primarily attributable to their compliance with the terms of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document; (c) changes that are the result of factors generally affecting the industry in which the Person operates; and (d) changes that are the result of economic factors affecting the national or international securities markets; except, in the case of clauses (c) and (d), to the extent disproportionately affecting such Person relative to other participants in the industry in which they operate.
Multiemployer Plan” shall mean any “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA.
Multiple Employer Plan” shall mean a plan that has two (2) or more contributing sponsors at least two (2) of whom are not under common control, within the meaning of Section 4063 of ERISA.
NMI Common Stock” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).
NMI Warrants” shall mean warrants to purchase NMI Common Stock that have a term of not less than ten (10) years and that contain terms and provisions that (i) are at least as favorable as the most favorable terms and provisions contained in any warrant to purchase NMI Common Stock issued in connection with the 144A Offering or (ii) are mutually agreed to by the Buyer and the Seller in the event that no other warrants to purchase NMI Common Stock are issued in connection with the 144A Offering.
Notices” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3.
Objection Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(e).
Order” means any law, rule, regulation, award, decision, injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, subpoena or verdict entered, issued, made or rendered by any court, administrative agency or other Governmental Body or by any referee, arbitrator or mediator.

-46-

Exhibit 2.1

Organizational Documents” means any certificate or articles of incorporation, formation or organization, by-laws, operating agreement, certificate of limited partnership, business certificate of partners, partnership agreement, declaration of trust or other similar documents.
Owned Intellectual Property” means all Intellectual Property that is owned by one or more of the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries.
Permits” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7.
Person” means any individual, corporation, general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, estate, trust, association, organization, labor union or other entity or Governmental Body.
Plan” and “Plans” have the meanings set forth in Section 3.14(a).
Post-Closing Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(d).
Post-Closing Tax Period” means any Taxable year or period beginning after the Closing Date and, in the case of any Straddle Period, the portion of such period beginning immediately after the Closing Date.
Potential Contributor” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.4(d).
Pre-Closing Tax Period” means any Taxable year or period ending on or prior to the Closing Date and, in the case of any Straddle Period, the portion of such period ending on and including the Closing Date.
Pre-Transaction MAC Technology Platform” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b).
Proceeding” means any action, claim, arbitration, audit, hearing, investigation, litigation or suit (whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or informal) commenced, brought, conducted or heard by or before, or otherwise involving, any court or other Governmental Body or referee, trustee, arbitrator or mediator.
Purchase Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.
Purchased Intellectual Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.12(a).
Purchased Shares” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Purchased Subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Purchased Subsidiary Contracts” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(a).
Representatives” shall mean, with respect to any Person, such Person's officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors and other representatives.
Restricted Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(a).
Retained Liabilities” means (a) any Liability of the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries arising after the Closing Date under the Purchased Subsidiary Contracts or otherwise, except for Liabilities caused by a breach by the Seller or the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries of its obligations on or prior to the Closing Date under such Purchased Subsidiary Contracts and (b) the Liabilities listed on Schedule I to this Agreement.

-47-

Exhibit 2.1

Seller” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
Seller Closing Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a).
Seller Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(b).
Seller Operating Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(c)(i).
Seller's Account” means such bank account as the Seller reasonably directs by written notice delivered to the Buyer by the Seller at least two (2) Business Days before the Closing Date.
Share Certificates” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a)(i).
Specified Litigation” means the Proceeding pending in the Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois captioned CDW, LLC v. Mortgage Assurance Corporation, No. 11L-008804 and any investigation, prosecution, defense, negotiation or settlement relating to the foregoing.
Straddle Period” means, with respect to the Purchased Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries, any taxable period beginning on or prior to and ending after the Closing Date.
Tax” or “Taxes” means any and all taxes, fees, levies, duties, tariffs, imposts and governmental impositions or charges of any kind in the nature of (or similar to) taxes, payable to any federal, state, provincial, local or foreign taxing authority, including, without limitation, (a) income, franchise, profits, gross receipts, ad valorem, net worth, value added, sales, use, service, real or personal property, special assessments, capital stock, license, payroll, withholding, employment, social security, workers' compensation, unemployment compensation, utility, severance, production, excise, stamp, occupation, premiums, windfall profits, transfer and gains taxes and (b) interest, penalties, additional taxes and additions to tax imposed with respect thereto.
Tax Contest” means any federal, state, local or foreign audit, examination, refund litigation, adjustment in controversy, or other administrative proceeding or court proceeding.
Tax Returns” means any return, report or information statement with respect to Taxes (including but not limited to statements, schedules and appendices and other materials attached thereto) filed or required to be filed with the IRS or any other Governmental Body, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, consolidated, combined and unitary tax returns.
Technology Improvements” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a).
Third Party” means any Person other than the parties to this Agreement.
Third Party Agreements” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(a).
Transaction Documents” means this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and all other Contracts, instruments and certificates contemplated hereunder to be delivered by any party hereto at or prior to the Closing.
Transaction Related Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(c)(ii).
Transfer Taxes” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.13(f).

-48-

Exhibit 2.1

Treasury Regulations” means the Income Tax Regulations and Temporary Regulations promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).
Unaudited Financial Statements” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.9(a).
WARN Act” means the Worker's Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988, 29 U.S.C. §2101, et seq., and any similar state and local Legal Requirements, as amended from time to time, and any regulations, rules and guidelines issued pursuant thereto.
Warrant Purchase Price” means the purchase price of one NMI Warrant as determined by an independent third-party appraisal firm as shall be mutually acceptable to both the Buyer and the Seller in their respective reasonable discretion and which shall be the lowest purchase price of one NMI Warrant paid by any bona fide third party purchaser of NMI Warrants (if any) in connection with the 144A Offering.
Withdrawal Liability” means Liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as those terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.
10.2    General Interpretation. The terms of this Agreement have been negotiated by the parties hereto and the language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent. This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction against the party causing such instrument or any portion thereof to be drafted, or in favor of the party receiving a particular benefit under this Agreement. No rule of strict construction will be applied against any Person. For all purposes of this Agreement, unless otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

(a)    any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neutral forms, and the singular form of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural, and vice versa;

(b)    the words “herein”, “hereto” and “hereby”, and other words of similar import, refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or other subdivision of this Agreement;

(c)    the use of the term “including” (and with correlative meaning “include” and “includes”) means including without limitation;

(d)    references to Sections, clauses, other subdivisions and exhibits are references to Sections, clauses, other subdivisions and exhibits of this Agreement;

(e)    the captions, titles and headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, shall not be deemed part of this Agreement and shall not affect its construction or interpretation; and

(f)    any reference herein to a statute, rule or regulation of any Governmental Body (or any provision thereof) shall include such statute, rule or regulation (or provision thereof), including any successor thereto, as it may be amended from time to time.

-49-

Exhibit 2.1


ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

11.1    Expenses. Except as otherwise provided herein, each of the parties will bear its own costs and expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

11.2    Press Releases and Public Announcements. No party shall issue any press release or make any public announcement relating to the subject matter of this Agreement without the prior written approval of the other parties; provided, however, that a party may make any public disclosure it believes in good faith is required by applicable Legal Requirements, in which case such party will use its reasonable efforts to consult with the other party prior to such disclosure. The Seller and the Buyer will consult with each other concerning the means by which the Seller's employees, customers and suppliers and others having dealings with either of them in connection with the Purchased Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries or their respective Assets will be informed of the contemplated transactions and will use reasonable efforts to facilitate the Buyer's participation in any such communication when appropriate.
11.3    Notices; Certain Consents. All notices, consents, waivers and deliveries (“Notices”) under this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given (i) when delivered by hand (against receipt), (ii) when sent by facsimile or electronic-mail (with written confirmation of receipt), (iii) when received by the addressee, if sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service (receipt requested) or (iv) five (5) days after being sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, in each case to the appropriate addresses and facsimile numbers set forth below (or to such other addresses and facsimile numbers as a party may hereafter designate by similar Notice to the other parties):

If to the Seller:
MAC Financial Ltd.
c/o MAC Financial Holding Corporation
1600 Aspen Commons
Suite 950
Middleton, WI 53562
Attention: Philip S. Pelanek
Facsimile No.: (608) 826-0157

with a copy to:
Skadden, Arps, Slate Meager & Flom
155 N. Wacker Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60606
Attention: Peter C. Krupp
Facsimile No.: (312) 407-8513

If to the Buyer:
NMI Holdings Corp.

-50-

Exhibit 2.1

c/o FBR & Co.
1001 19th Street North
Arlington, Virginia 22209
Attention: Joseph Kavanagh
Facsimile No.: (703) 312-1806

with a copy to:
Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz
51 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Attention: David E. Shapiro
Facsimile No.: (212) 403-2314
Attention: Alison M. Zieske
Facsimile No.: (212) 403-2107
11.4    Dispute Resolution.

(a)    If any disputes, differences or questions arise between the parties in respect of the interpretation, scope, validity or application of this Agreement or the Transaction Documents, or the subject matter hereof or thereof (a “Dispute”), representatives of the Seller and the Buyer as designated on Section 11.4 of the Disclosure Schedule shall cooperate, in good faith, to attempt to amicably resolve the Dispute prior to commencing legal action. If either party believes at any time that such representatives cannot resolve the Dispute, such party may by notice to the other party refer the Dispute to a senior officer from each party in accordance with Section 11.4(b).

(b)    If representatives of the parties cannot resolve a Dispute within thirty (30) Business Days, each party shall prepare a statement of its position and deliver it to the other party within the following ten (10) Business Days, and senior officer from each party shall meet with each other in Madison, Wisconsin (or other mutually agreed upon location) within thirty (30) days after receipt of such statement or the notice referred to in Section 11.4(a) in an effort to resolve the Dispute. If the senior officer of either party determines that the Dispute cannot be resolved without referral of the Dispute to an independent third party, such party shall notify the other party that it intends to commence legal action against the party in accordance with Section 11.12.

11.5    Further Assurances. The parties agree (a) to furnish upon request to each other such further information, (b) to execute and deliver to each other such other documents and (c) to do such other acts and things as the other party may reasonably request for the purpose of carrying out the intent of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including conveyance and transfer of the Purchased Shares to the Buyer).

11.6    Amendments and Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by both parties hereto. No waiver by any party of any default, misrepresentation or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder, whether intentional or not, shall be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent default, misrepresentation or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any prior or subsequent such occurrence.


-51-

Exhibit 2.1

11.7    Entire Agreement. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements among the parties with respect to its subject matter and constitutes (together with the other Transaction Documents) a complete and exclusive statement of the terms of the agreement between the parties with respect to its subject matter. The exhibits and schedules identified in and attached to this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and shall be deemed as fully a part hereof as if set forth herein in full. In the event of any inconsistency between the statements in the body of this Agreement and those in the exhibits and schedules (other than an exception expressly set forth as such in the Disclosure Schedule with respect to a specifically identified representation or warranty), the statements in the body of this Agreement will control.

11.8    Assignments, Successors and No Third-Party Rights. Neither party may assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior consent of the other party except that the Buyer may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to any Affiliate of the Buyer, provided that any such assignment shall not relieve the Buyer of its duties and obligations hereunder. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will apply to, be binding in all respects upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of the parties. Nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement will be construed to give any Person other than the parties hereto any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provision of this Agreement.
11.9    Severability. The determination of any court that any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction. Upon such a determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

11.10    No Merger or Continuation. The parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall in no way constitute a merger or consolidation of the Buyer and the Seller. Subject to the terms and conditions herein and in the other Transaction Documents, the Seller shall be responsible for the operation of its respective businesses from and after the Closing Date, and the Buyer shall not be a continuation of the Seller or any Affiliate of the Seller.

11.11    Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.

11.12    Jurisdiction of Disputes.    In the event that any party to this Agreement commences any Proceeding in connection with or relating to this Agreement or any Transaction Document, or any matter described or contemplated herein or therein, with respect to any of the matters described or completed herein or therein, the parties to this Agreement hereby: (a) agree under all circumstances, absolutely and irrevocably, to institute any Proceeding in a court of competent jurisdiction located in Delaware, whether a state or federal court; (b) agree that in the event of any such Proceeding, such parties will consent and submit to personal jurisdiction in any such court described in clause (a) of this Section 11.12; and (c) agree to waive to the full extent permitted by Legal Requirements any objection that they may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such Proceeding in any such court or that any such Proceeding or action was brought in an inconvenient forum. ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL IN THE EVENT OF A PROCEEDING IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION DOCUMENT, OR ANY MATTER DESCRIBED OR CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR THEREIN, WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF THE MATTERS DESCRIBED OR CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR THEREIN.


-52-

Exhibit 2.1

11.13    Counterparts; Facsimile. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. Original signatures hereto and to other Transaction Documents may be delivered by facsimile or .pdf and shall be deemed originals.

[Signature Page Follows]












































-53-

Exhibit 2.1

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first written above.
SELLER:
MAC FINANCIAL LTD.

By:    /s/ Philip S. Pelanek        
Print name: Philip S. Pelanek
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer


BUYER:
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
By:    /s/ Joseph Kavanagh        
Print name: Joseph Kavanagh
Title: Vice President & Secretary


-54-
2.2 Amendment to MAC Purhcase Agreement
Exhibit 2.2

AMENDMENT TO STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDMENT (this “Amendment”) to the Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of November 30, 2011, by and among NMI Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Buyer”), and MAC Financial Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company (the “Seller”), is made and entered into as of April 6, 2012, by and between the Buyer and the Seller and is effective as of the date hereof. All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Agreement.
WITNESSETH THAT:
WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, the Buyer has agreed to use its commercially reasonable efforts to complete a 144A Offering in which the Buyer sells not less than a number of shares of NMI Common Stock equivalent to $500,000,000 divided by the Common Stock Sale Price;
WHEREAS, the parties originally agreed that the Buyer would have 150 days from the date of the Agreement to complete the 144A Offering and if not completed by such date, the parties would have the right to terminate the Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the parties wish to extend the deadline by which the 144A Offering must be complete in order to prevent termination of the Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth below, and for other good and valuable consideration, the Buyer and the Seller hereby agree as follows:
1.    Extension of Deadline.

(a)    The second sentence of Section 5.6(a) of the Agreement shall hereby be replaced in its entirety with the following:

“The Buyer shall have until May 31, 2012 to complete the 144A Offering and if the 144A Offering is not complete by such date, either the Buyer or the Seller may terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1(a)(iv).”
(b)    The phrase “one hundred fifty (150) days after the date hereof” in Section 8.1(a)(iv) shall be replaced with “May 31, 2012”.

2.    Effect on the Agreement. This Amendment shall be deemed incorporated into the Agreement and shall be construed and interpreted as though fully set forth therein. Except as amended and modified herein, the Agreement remains in full force and effect.

3.    Miscellaneous. Article XI of Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Amendment.

[Remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]







-1-

Exhibit 2.2

IN WITNESS THEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

NMI HOLDINGS, INC.


By: /s/ Joseph Kavanagh                     
Name: Joseph Kavanagh                
Title: Director                             


MAC FINANCIAL, LTD.


By: /s/ Larry Harlow                     
Name: Larry Harlow
Title: EVP                     



-2-
3.1 Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation(1)
EXHIBIT 3.1


State of Delaware
Secretary of State
Division of Corporations
Delivered 08:01 AM 04/24/2012
FILED 08:00 AM 04/24/2012
SRV 120464047 – 4985193 FILE

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.


NMI Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does hereby certify as follows:
FIRST: The Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on May 19, 2011; and the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on March 5, 2012.
SECOND: Pursuant to Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “Certificate of Incorporation”) has been duly adopted in accordance therewith, and amends, restates and integrates the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation,
THIRD: The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is further amended and restated by this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to read in its entirety as follows:
ARTICLE I
The name of the corporation (which is hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation”) is:
NMI Holdings, Inc.
ARTICLE II    

-1-

EXHIBIT 3.1

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is c/o National Registered Agents, Inc., 160 Greentree Drive, Suite 101 in the City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware, 19904. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is National Registered Agents, Inc.

ARTICLE III    
The purpose of the Corporation shall be to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized and incorporated under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”); provided, however, that in the event the Corporation does not receive GSE Approval (as defined below) prior to the Deadline (as defined below), then the purposes of the Corporation shall automatically, with no action required by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) or the stockholders of the Corporation, on the date of the Deadline and thereafter, be limited to effecting and implementing the dissolution and liquidation of the Corporation and the taking of any other actions expressly required to be taken herein on or after the Deadline, and the Corporation’s powers shall thereupon be limited to those set forth in Section 278 of the DGCL and as otherwise may be necessary to implement the limited purposes of the Corporation as provided herein or as required by applicable law, rule or regulation. This Article III may not be amended, unless GSE Approval (as defined herein) is received prior to the Deadline (as defined herein) without the approval of the affirmative vote of 85% or more of the shares of Class A Common Stock (as defined below) outstanding and entitled to vote on such proposed amendment, at a meeting called and held upon notice in accordance with Section 222 of the DGCL.

-2-

EXHIBIT 3.1

ARTICLE IV    
Section 1.    Capital Stock. The Corporation shall be authorized to issue 260,250,000 shares of capital stock, of which (i) 250,000,000 shares shall be shares of Class A Common Stock, $0.01 par value (“Class A Common Stock”), (ii) 250,000 shares shall be shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, $0.0 \ par value (the “Class B Non-Voting Common Stock” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the “Common Slack”), and (iii) 10,000,000 shares shall be shares of Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value (“Preferred Stock”).
Section 2.    Common Stock.
(a)    Except as expressly provided herein, the rights, preferences and privileges of the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall be in all respects and for all purposes and in all circumstances absolutely and completely identical.
(b)    The holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive an equal amount of dividends per share if, and when declared from time to time by the Board. In no event shall any stock dividends or stock splits or combinations of stock be declared or made on the Class A Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock unless the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Slack at the time outstanding are treated equally and identically, provided that, in the event of a dividend on Common Stock, shares of Class B Non­Voting Common Stock shall only be entitled to receive shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock and shares of Class A Common Stock shall only be entitled to receive shares of Class A Common Stock.

-3-

EXHIBIT 3.1

(c)    In the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, (I) the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock shall first be satisfied and (2) thereafter, the holders of the Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Corporation of whatever kind available for distributions to the Class A stockholders of the Corporation. Holders of the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall not be entitled to receive any assets of the Corporation of whatever kind on a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
(d)    Except as otherwise required by law, herein or as otherwise provided in any Preferred Stock Designation, the holders of the Class A Common Stock shall exclusively possess all voting power and each share of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote, and the holders of the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall have no voting power, and shall not have the right to participate in any meeting of stockholders or to have notice thereof, except as required by applicable law and except that any action that would significantly and adversely affect the rights of the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock with respect to (1) the modification of the terms of the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock or (2) the rights of the holders of the Class B Non­Voting Common Stock on a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, shall require the approval of the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock voting separately as a class.
(e)    Immediately upon the receipt by the Corporation of GSE Approval but prior to the Deadline, each share of Class B Non-Voting Stock issued and outstanding at that time shall automatically be converted into, and become entitled to any rights set forth herein, or that otherwise may exist at law, associated with, one fully paid and non-assessable share of Class A Common Stock without any action by the holder or by the Corporation. “GSE Approval” shall

-4-

EXHIBIT 3.1

mean the approval in a form acceptable to the Corporation from either the Federal National Home Mortgage Association or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation to become a private mortgage insurer. All such shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock converted into shares of Class A Common Stock shall no longer be outstanding and shall automatically be cancelled and any certificates representing shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock (“Class B Certificates”) shall automatically be deemed to represent the equivalent number of shares of Class A Common Stock; provided, that at the request of the holder, the Corporation shall exchange any Class B Certificates for certificates in respect of the equivalent number of shares of Class A Common Stock. The Corporation’s stock register shall be amended to reflect the cancellation of the shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock and the issuance of the equivalent number of shares of Class A Common Stock. If the Corporation does not receive GSE Approval within nine (9) months following the date of the Corporation’s final offering memorandum relating to the initial private placement of shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Private Offering”) (or during any subsequent extension period if one is approved by holders of a majority of the Class A Common Stock sold in the Private Offering) (the “Deadline”), then the shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall be immediately forfeited to the Corporation for no consideration, and become effective without any action on the part of the holder or the Corporation, on the date that is one day after the Deadline. Shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock that have been converted or forfeited, as set forth herein, shall be retired and may not be reissued by the Corporation.
(f)    The shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock are non-transferable and may not be sold, transferred, pledged, encumbered assigned or otherwise disposed of, except that such shares

-5-

EXHIBIT 3.1

of Class B Non- Voting Common Stock may be transferred by will or for estate or tax planning purposes. A restrictive legend in substantially the form set forth below shall be placed on all Class B Certificates:
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. THE SECURITIES HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, EXCHANGED, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SUCH ACT. IN ADDITION, THE SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT, DISTRIBUTION, PLEDGE, ENCUMBRANCE OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS CONTAINED IN THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF NMI HOLDINGS, INC., AS IT MAYBE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME. A COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION MAYBE OBTAINED AT NO COST BY WRITTEN REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE SECRETARY OF NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
Section 3.    Preferred Stock. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors is hereby authorized, by filing a certificate (a “Preferred Stock Designation”) pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, to fix or alter from time to time the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, and to establish from time to time the number of shares constituting any such series or any of them, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be decreased in accordance with the foregoing sentence, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the

-6-

EXHIBIT 3.1

status they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

ARTICLE V    
This Article V shall apply during the period commencing upon the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation and terminating upon the receipt by the Corporation of GSE Approval (as defined below) and may not be amended during the Target Approval Period (as defined below), other than as set forth in the following Section 5.
Target Approval Period” shall mean the period from the consummation of the Private Offering up to and including the Deadline.
Section 1.    In the event that the Corporation does not receive GSE Approval by the Deadline, then to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Board and the officers of the Corporation shall take all such action necessary to dissolve the Corporation and liquidate the Investment Account (as defined below) to holders of Class A Common Stock and fulfill all of the Corporation’s obligations under Section 2.6 of that certain Stock Purchase Agreement, dated November 30, 2011, between the Corporation and MAC Financial, Ltd. as promptly as practicable. subject to the requirements of the DGCL, including (but not limited to) the adoption of a resolution by the Board on or prior to such Investment Deadline pursuant to Section 275(a) of the DGCL finding the dissolution of the Corporation advisable and providing such notices as are required by Section 275(a) of the DGCL of the adoption of the resolution and of a meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation to take action upon such resolution. In the event that the Corporation is to be dissolved pursuant to this Section 1, the Corporation shall promptly adopt and implement a plan of distribution which provides that, subject to applicable law, only the

-7-

EXHIBIT 3.1

holders of Class A Common Stock (subject to the rights of any holders of Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to share ratably in the Investment Account plus any other net assets of the Corporation not used for or reserved to pay obligations and claims or such other corporate expenses relating to or arising during the Corporation’s remaining existence, including costs of dissolving and liquidating the Corporation.
Section 2.    Upon consummation of the Private Offering, approximately 93.3% of the net proceeds from the Private Offering (after deduction for the initial purchaser’s discount and placement fees related thereto) shall be deposited and thereafter held in an account (the “Investment Account”) established by the Corporation for the purpose of investing such proceeds on a short-term basis prior to the receipt of GSE Approval or a distribution in accordance with Section 1 above. If FBR Capital Markets & Co. exercises its option to purchase or place any of the additional 8,250,000 shares of Class A Common Stock in the Private Offering (the “Over Allotment Option”), approximately 95% of the net proceeds from the exercise of the Over Allotment Option will be placed into the Investment Account.
Section 3.    A holder of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to receive distributions from the Investment Account only in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation as provided in Section 1 above. In no other circumstances shall a holder of Class A Common Stock have any right or interest of any kind in or to the Investment Account. Under no circumstances shall holders of shares of Class B Non-Voting stock have any right or interest of any kind in or to the Investment Account or proceeds thereof.
Section 4.    The Corporation shall not, and no officer, director or employee of the Corporation shall, disburse or cause to be disbursed any of the proceeds held in the

-8-

EXHIBIT 3.1

Investment Account until the earlier of (i) receipt by the Corporation of GSE Approval or (ii) the liquidation of the Corporation as described in Section 1 above.
Section 5.    During the Target Approval Period, this Article V may only be amended upon (i) the adoption, in accordance with Section 242 of the DGCL, by the Board of a resolution in favor of the proposed amendment, declaring that such amendment is in the best interests of an advisable to the Corporation and the stockholders and calling for the proposed amendment to be presented to the stockholders for approval; and (ii) the approval of the proposed amendment by the affirmative vote of 85% or more of the shares of Class A Common Stock purchased in the Private Offering and outstanding and entitled to vote on such proposed amendment, at a meeting called and held upon notice in accordance with Section 222 of the DGCL.

ARTICLE VI    
Unless and except to the extent that the By-Laws of the Corporation shall so require, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.

ARTICLE VII    
In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, the Board is expressly authorized and empowered to make, alter and repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation by a majority vote at any regular or special meeting of the Board or by written consent, subject to the power of the stockholders of the Corporation to alter or repeal any By-Laws made by the Board, provided, however, that except as therein

-9-

EXHIBIT 3.1

provided, the Board may not alter or repeal Section 2.2(b), Section 2.2(c), Section 3.13 or the last proviso of Section 9.1 of the By-Laws.

ARTICLE VIII    
Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

ARTICLE IX    
The Corporation reserves the right at any time from time to time to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any Preferred Stock Designation, and any other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law; and all rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons whomsoever by and pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any Preferred Stock Designation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this Article.

ARTICLE X    

-10-

EXHIBIT 3.1

Section 1.    Elimination of Certain Liability of Directors. A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended.
Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such repeal or modification.
Section 2.    Indemnification and Insurance.
(a)    Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, to the fullest extent permitted by law, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and

-11-

EXHIBIT 3.1

loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, and excise taxes or penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in paragraph (b) of this Section, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board. The right to indemnification conferred in this Section shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, if the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section or otherwise. The Corporation may, by action of the Board, provide indemnification to employees and agents of the Corporation with the same scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and officers.
(b)    Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a claim under paragraph (a) of this Section is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the

-12-

EXHIBIT 3.1

Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.
(c)    Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Section shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, By-Laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
(d)    Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability

-13-

EXHIBIT 3.1

or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE XI    
Section 1.    From and after the date of the Corporation’s final offering memorandum relating to the Private Offering and up until and not including the date on which the Class A Common Stock begins trading on a national securities exchange, subject to the terms and conditions of this Article Xl and applicable securities laws, if the Corporation proposes to offer or sell any of its equity securities, as well as rights, options, or warrants to purchase such equity securities, or securities that may be or become convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such equity securities (collectively, “New Securities”), the Corporation shall first offer such New Securities to each stockholder holding, individually or together with its affiliates, at least 1% of the outstanding Class A Common Stock on the record date set by the Board for determining such stockholders, which record date shall be at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the closing of such offering of New Securities (each such shareholder, a “Purchaser”), in the amount and on the terms set forth in Section 2 and Section 3 of this Article XI.
Section 2.    The Corporation shall give notice (the “Offer Notice”) to each Purchaser, stating (a) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (b) the number of such New Securities to be offered and (c) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities.
Section 3.    By notification to the Corporation within ten (10) calendar days after the Offer Notice is given (the “Acceptance Period”), each Purchaser may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that

-14-

EXHIBIT 3.1

portion of such New Securities which equals the proportion that the number of shares of Class A Common Stock held by such Purchaser bears to the total number of shares of Class A Common Stock of the Corporation outstanding on the date of the Offer Notice. The closing of any sale pursuant to this Article Xl shall occur within the later of ninety (90) calendar days of (1) the date that the Offer Notice is given, or (2) the date of the initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Section 4 of this Article XI.
Section 4.    If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired within the Acceptance Period as provided in Section 3 of this Article XI, the Corporation may, during the ninety (90) calendar day period following the expiration of the Acceptance Period, offer and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than that specified in the Offer Notice.
Section 5.    The provisions of this Article XI shall not apply to (i) any offer and sale of New Securities in a registered public offering, or (ii) shares (or options to purchase shares) issued or issuable to employees or directors of, or consultants to, the Corporation pursuant to the Corporation’s 2012 Stock Incentive Plan.

-15-

EXHIBIT 3.1



IN WITNESSWHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed on its behalf by its duly authorized officer this 24th day of April 2012.

NMI HOLDINGS, INC.


/s/ Joseph Kavanagh    
Name:    Joseph Kavanagh
Title:    Director and Authorized Officer

-16-
3.2 Amended and Restated By-Laws
EXHIBIT 3.2

FORM OF
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
Incorporated under the Laws of the State of Delaware
Effective [●], 2012
ARTICLE I
OFFICES AND RECORDS
Section 1.1.    Delaware Office. The registered office of NMI Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”) shall be established and maintained at the office of National Registered Agents, Inc., 160 Greentree Drive, Suite 101 in the City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware, 19904,and said National Registered Agents, Inc. shall be the registered agent of the Corporation in charge thereof.
Section 1.2.    Other Offices. The Corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may designate or as the business of the Corporation may from time to time require.
Section 1.3.    Books and Records. The books and records of the Corporation may be kept inside or outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE II
STOCKHOLDERS
Section 2.1.    Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be held on such date and at such place and time as may be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but instead shall be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
Section 2.2.    Special Meeting.
(a)    Except as set forth in Section 2.2(b), and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation (“Preferred Stock”) having a preference over the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation (“Common Stock”) as to dividends or upon liquidation with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of

1

EXHIBIT 3.2

directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies (the “Whole Board”) and shall be called in accordance with Section 2.4 of these Bylaws.
(b)    Special Election Meeting.
(i)    General. If either (A) a registration statement relating to the Common Stock has not been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission of (B) the Common Stock has not become listed on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Global Market, in each case prior to the earlier of (1) six months after the filing of the shelf registration statement contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Right Agreement”) to be entered into by and among the Corporation, FBR Capital Markets & Co. and the other investors named therein on the date of the closing of the first private offering on or following the effective date of these Amended and Restated Bylaws and (2) 12 months after the date on which the Corporation receives approval from either the Federal National Home Mortgage Association or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation to become a qualified mortgage insurer (the “Trigger Date”), as contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, a special meeting of stockholders (the “Special Election Meeting”) will be called within seven days of the Trigger Date by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board in accordance with the provisions hereof; provided that (x) holders of two-thirds of the outstanding Registrable Shares (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) may thereafter waive the requirement to hold a Special Election Meeting and (y) if the Special Election Meeting is not called within seven days following the Trigger Date (unless the requirement to have such meeting has been waived as contemplated in clause (x», the holder or holders of at least 5% of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding may call the Special Election Meeting. The Special Election Meeting shall occur as soon as reasonably practicable following the Trigger Date but in no event more than 45 days after the Trigger Date.
(ii)    Purposes of Meeting. The Special Election Meeting shall be called solely for the purposes of: (A) considering and voting upon proposals to remove each then-serving director of the Corporation; and (B) electing such number of directors as there are then vacancies on the Board of Directors, including any vacancies created pursuant to this Section 2.2(b). The removal of any director pursuant to this Section 2.2(b) shall be effective immediately upon the receipt of the final report by the Chairman of the meeting of the result of the vote on the proposal to remove any such director.
(iii)    Nominations. Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors at the Special Election Meeting may only be made (A) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (B) upon receipt by the Corporation of a written notice of any holder or holders of shares of Common Stock entitled to cast, or direct the casting of, at least 5% of all the votes entitled to be cast at the Special Election Meeting (the “Holders”) and containing the information specified by this Section 2.2(b). Each individual whose nomination is made in accordance with this Section 2.2(b) is hereinafter referred to as a “Nominee.”
(iv)    Procedure for Stockholder Nominations. For nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before the Special Election Meeting pursuant to this Section 2.2(b), the Holders must have given notice thereof in writing to the

2

EXHIBIT 3.2

Secretary of the Corporation not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the 15th calendar day after the delivery of the notice of the Special Election Meeting in accordance with Section 2.2(b).  Such notice shall include each such proposed Nominee’s written consent to serve as a director, if elected, and shall specify, in addition to any other information required by these Bylaws:
(A)    as to each proposed Nominee, the name, age, business address and residence address of such proposed Nominee and all other information relating to such proposed Nominee that would be required, pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any successor provision) (the “Exchange Act”), to be disclosed in a contested solicitation of proxies with respect to the election of such individual as a director; and
(B)    as to each Holder giving the notice, the class, series and number of all shares of Common Stock that are owned by such Holder, beneficially or of record and any agreements, arrangements, understandings or relationships between the Holder and the proposed Nominee.
(v)    Notice. Not less than 20 nor more than 30 days before the Special Election Meeting, the Secretary of the Corporation shall give to each stockholder entitled to vote at, or to receive notice of, such Special Election Meeting at such stockholder’s address as it appears in the records of the Corporation, notice in writing setting forth (A) the time and place of the Special Election Meeting, (B) the purposes for which the Special Election Meeting has been called and (C) the name of each Nominee. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail with postage thereon prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. If notice is given by electronic transmission such notice shall be deemed to be given at the times provided in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
(vi)    Removal. This Section 2.2(b) may be amended by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors without the assent or vote of the stockholders of the Corporation only where (A) a Special Election Meeting has been called and held in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.2(b) or (B) a registration statement relating to the Common Stock has been declared effective and the Common Stock has become listed on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Global Market as contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement.
(c)    Director Election Meeting.
(i)    General. A special meeting of stockholders (the “Director Election Meeting”) shall be held within 90 days from the date of the Corporation’s final offering memorandum relating to the initial private placement of shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Private Offering”). The Director Election Meeting shall be called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board in accordance with the provisions hereof. If stockholders do not receive notice of the Director Election Meeting as provided in Section 2.2(c)(v) below within 60 days from the date of the Corporation’s formal offering memorandum relating to the Private

3

EXHIBIT 3.2

Offering, the holder or holders of at least 1% of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding may call the Director Election Meeting. At the time the Director Election Meeting is called, the Board of Directors shall also resolve to expand the Board of Directors by two (2) directors.
(ii)    Purposes of Meeting. The Director Election Meeting shall be called solely for the purpose of electing four (4) directors to the Board of Directors, which directors are to be selected from a slate of candidates which slate shall include (A) two (2) candidates selected by the Board of Directors, which candidates shall be non­employee directors then serving on the Board of Directors, and (B) any candidates for which valid nominations from holders of the Corporation’s Common Stock have been received pursuant to Section 2.2(c)(iii) below. The four (4) candidates receiving the highest number of votes at the Director Election Meeting shall be elected to the Board of Directors. The four (4) directors elected at the Director Election Meeting, in addition to the Chairman and the incumbent non-employee directors not selected to stand for election at the Director Election Meeting, shall serve on the Board of Directors until the earliest of the Corporation’s next annual meeting of stockholders, the Special Election Meeting (if held) or their earlier resignation or removal.
(iii)    Nominations. Nominations of an individual for election to the Board of Directors at the Director Election Meeting may only be made upon receipt by the Corporation of a written notice of any holder or holders of shares of Common Stock (the “Investors”) and containing the information specified by this Section 2.2(c). Each individual whose nomination is made in accordance with this Section 2.2(c) is hereinafter referred to as an “Investor Nominee.”
(iv)    Procedure for Stockholder Nominations. For nominations of an individual for election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before the Director Election Meeting pursuant to this Section 2.2(c), the Investors must have given notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation 110tlater than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the 15th calendar day after the delivery of the notice of the Director Election Meeting in accordance with Section 2.2(c)(v). Such notice shall include each such proposed Investor Nominee’s written consent to serve as a director, if elected, and shall specify, in addition to any other information required by these Bylaws:
(A)    as to each proposed Investor Nominee, the name, age, business address and residence address of such proposed Investor Nominee and all other information relating to such proposed Investor Nominee that would be required, pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, to be disclosed in a contested solicitation of proxies with respect to the election of such individual as a director; and
(B)    as to each Investor giving the notice, the class, series and number of all shares of Common Stock that are owned by such Investor, beneficially or of record and any agreements, arrangements, understandings or relationships between the Investor and the proposed Investor Nominee.
(v)    Notice. Not less than 30 days before the Director Election Meeting, the Secretary of the Corporation shall give to each stockholder entitled to vote at, or to receive notice of, such Director Election Meeting at such stockholder’s address as it appears in the records of the Corporation, notice in writing setting forth (A) the time and place of the Director Election

4

EXHIBIT 3.2

Meeting, and (B) the purposes for which the Director Election Meeting has been called. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail with postage thereon prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. If notice is given by electronic transmission such notice shall be deemed to be given at the times provided in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
(vi)    Removal. This Section 2.2(c) may be amended by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors without the assent or vote of the stockholders of the Corporation only where a Director Election Meeting has been called and held in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.2(c).
Section 2.3.    Place of Meeting. The Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, as the case may be, may designate the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting of the stockholders (including the Special Election Meeting and the Director Election Meeting). If no designation is so made, the place of meeting shall be the principal office of the Corporation.
Section 2.4.    Notice of Meeting. Written or printed notice, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (if such date is different from the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting), the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered by the Corporation not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting, either personally, by electronic transmission or by mail, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting; provided, however, for a Special Election Meeting, the procedures for the notice of such meeting are set forth in Section 2.2(b)(v) and provided, further, for a Director Election Meeting, the procedures for the notice of such meeting are set forth in Section 2.2(c)(v). If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail with postage thereon prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. If notice is given by electronic transmission such notice shall be deemed to be given at the times provided in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Such further notice shall be given as may be required by law. Meetings may be held without notice if all stockholders entitled to vote are present, or if notice is waived by those not present in accordance with Section 6.4. Any previously scheduled meeting of the stockholders may be postponed, and (unless the Certificate of Incorporation otherwise provides) any special meeting of the stockholders may be canceled, by resolution of the Board of Directors upon public notice given prior to the date previously scheduled for such meeting of stockholders.
Section 2.5.    Quorum and Adjournment. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Voting Stock”), represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders,except that when specified business is to be voted on by a class or series of stock voting as a class, the holders of a majority of the shares of such class or series shall constitute a quorum of such class

5

EXHIBIT 3.2

or series for the transaction of such business. No notice of the time and place of adjourned meetings need be given except as required by law. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date for notice of such adjourned meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.
Section 2.6.    Proxies. At all meetings of stockholders, a stockholder may vote by proxy executed in writing (or in such manner prescribed by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware) by the stockholder, or by his duly authorized attorney in fact.
Section 2.7.    Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record.
(a)    In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.
(b)    In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which shall not be more than 60 days prior to such other action. If no such record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
Section 2.8.    List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, that, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the date

6

EXHIBIT 3.2

of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the 10th day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting at least 10 days prior to the meeting (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of meeting or (b) during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then a list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Bylaw or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.
Section 2.1.    Order of Business.
(a)    Annual Meetings of Stockholders. At any annual meeting of the stockholders, only such nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors shall be made, and only such other business shall be conducted or considered, as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. For nominations to be properly made at an annual meeting of the stockholders, and proposals of other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting, nominations and proposals of other business must be (i) specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (ii) otherwise properly made at the annual meeting at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) otherwise properly requested to be brought before the annual meeting by a stockholder of the Corporation in accordance with these Bylaws. For nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors or proposals of other business to be properly requested by a stockholder to be made at an annual meeting, a stockholder must (A) be a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice of such annual meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors and at the time of the annual meeting (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such nominations or proposal of other business are made, only if such beneficial owner was the beneficial owner of shares of the corporation at such times), (B) be entitled to vote at such annual meeting and (C) comply with the procedures set forth in this Bylaw as to such business or nomination, including Section 2.10. The immediately preceding sentence shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or other business proposals (other than matters properly brought under Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act and included in the Corporation’s notice of meeting) before an annual meeting of the stockholders.
(b)    Special Meetings of Stockholders. At any special meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted or considered, as shall have been properly brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. To be properly brought before a special meeting, proposals of business must be (i) specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii)

7

EXHIBIT 3.2

otherwise properly brought before the special meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors.
Other than as provided in Section 2.2(b). nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (A) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (B) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice of such special meeting and at the time of the special meeting (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such nominations or proposal of other business are made, only if such beneficial owner was the beneficial owner of shares of the corporation at such times), (2) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (3) complies with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws as to such nomination, including Section2.10.
(c)    General. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or any other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or other business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that no action shall be taken on such nomination or other proposal and such nomination or other proposal shall be disregarded.
(d)    Nominations by the Board of Directors. Except with respect to a Special Election Meeting held pursuant to Section 2.2(b) or a Director Election Meeting held pursuant to Section 2.2(c), at any meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected, the Board of Directors shall nominate for election to the Board of Directors the then-serving Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and such other persons as shall be nominated by the Nominating Committee(as defined below).
Section 2.2.    Advance Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations.
(d)    Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
(i)    Without qualification or limitation, for any nominations or any other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to Section 2.9(a), the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof and timely updates and supplements thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary and such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for stockholder action.
(ii)    To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the 120tl1 day and not later than the close of business on the 90th day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 60 days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to the date of such annual meeting or, if the first public announcement of the date of

8

EXHIBIT 3.2

such annual meeting is less than 100 days prior to the date of such annual meeting,the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting, or the public announcement thereof, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.
(iii)    Notwithstanding anything in the immediately preceding paragraph to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased by the Board of Directors, and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors at least 100 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.10 (a) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.
(iv)    In addition, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall further be updated and supplemented, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting and as of the date that is 10 business days prior to the meeting or any adiournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to the Secretary not later than five business days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of such record date), and not later than five business days prior to the date of the meeting or, if practicable, any adjourmnent or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of 10 business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).
(e)    Special Meetings of Stockholders. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, ally such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, provided that the stockholder’s notice with respect to any nomination (including the completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by Section 2.11) shall be delivered in writing and in proper form to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to the date of such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to the date of such special meeting or, if the first public announcement of the date of such special meeting is less than 100 days prior to the date of such special meeting, the 10th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall any adjourmnent or postponement of a special meeting, or the public announcement thereof, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above; provided, however, for a Special Election Meeting, the procedures for a stockholder nomination are set forth in Section 2.2(b)(iv), and provided, further, for a Director Election Meeting, the procedures for a stockholder nomination are set forth in Section 2.2(c)(iv).

9

EXHIBIT 3.2

(f)    Disclosure Requirements.
Except with respect to a Special Election Meeting held pursuant to Section 2.2(b) or a Director Election Meeting held pursuant to Section 2.2(c):
(i)    To be in proper form, a stockholder’s notice (whether given pursuant to Section 2.9(a) or Section 2.9(b) to the Secretary must include the following, as applicable:
(A)    as to each Proposing Person (as defined below), (l) the name and address of such Proposing Person (including, if applicable, the name and address that appear on the corporation’s books and records) and (2) the class or series and number of shares of the corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned of record or beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) by such Proposing Person, except that such Proposing Person shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own any shares of any class or series of the corporation as to which such Proposing Person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future;
(B)    as to each Proposing Person, (1) any derivative, swap or other transaction or series of transactions engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such Proposing Person, the purpose or effect of which is to give such Proposing Person economic risk similar to ownership of shares of any class or series of the corporation, including due to the fact that the value of such derivative, swap or other transaction(s) is determined by reference to the price, value or volatility of any shares of any class or series of the corporation, or which derivative, swap or other transaction(s) provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit from any increase in the price or value of shares of any class or series of the corporation (“Synthetic Equity Interests”), which Synthetic Equity Interests shall be disclosed without regard to whether (x) the derivative, swap or other transaction(s) conveys any voting rights in such shares to such Proposing Person, (y) the derivative, swap or other transaction(s) is required to be, or is capable of being, settled through delivery of such shares or (z) such Proposing Person may have entered into other transactions that hedge or mitigate the economic effect of such derivative, swap or other transaction(s), (2) any proxy (other than a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act by way of a solicitation statement filed on Schedule 14A), agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such Proposing Person has or shares a right to vote any shares of any class or series of the corporation, (3) any agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship, including any repurchase or similar so-called “stock borrowing” agreement or arrangement, engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such Proposing Person, the purpose or effect of which is to mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk (of ownership or otherwise) of shares of any class or series of the corporation by, manage the risk of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proposing Person with respect to the shares of any class or series of the corporation, or which provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit from any decrease in the price or value of the shares of any class or series of the corporation (“Short Interests”), (4) any performance related fees (other than an asset based fee) that such Proposing Person is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the price or value of shares of any class or series of the corporation, or any Synthetic Equity Interests or Short Interests, (5) a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, intends or is part of a group which intends (1) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage

10

EXHIBIT 3.2

of the corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominees and/or (II) otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal or nominations and (6) any other information relating to such Proposing Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies or consents by such Proposing Person in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (1) through (6) are referred to as “Disclosable Interests”); provided, however, that Disclosable Interests shall not include any such disclosures with respect to any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these Bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner;
(C)    as to each item of business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting. (I) a reasonably brief description of (x) the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, (y) the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting and (z) any material interest in such business of each Proposing Person, including without limitation, any equity interests or any Synthetic Equity Interests or Short Interests held by such Proposing Person in any other person the value of which interests could reasonably be expected to be materially affected by the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, (2) the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration), (3) a reasonably detailed description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings(x) between or among any of the Proposing Persons or (y) between or among any Proposing Person(s) and any other record or beneficial holder(s) or person(s) who have a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future of the shares of any class or series of the corporation (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and (4) any other information relating to such item of business that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that the disclosures required by this paragraph (C) shall not include any disclosures with respect to any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these Bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner; and
(D)    as to each person whom a Proposing Person proposes to nominate for election as a director, (1) all information with respect to such proposed nominee that would be required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice pursuant to this Section 8 if such proposed nominee were a Proposing Person, (2) all information relating to such proposed nominee that is required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for ejection of directors in a contested ejection pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act (including such proposed nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), (3) if such proposed nominee or any Proposing Person nominating such proposed nominee expresses an intention or recommendation that the corporation enter into a strategic transaction, any material interest in such transaction of each such proposed nominee and Proposing Person, including without limitation, any equity interests or any Synthetic Equity Interests or Short Interests held by such proposed nominee or Proposing Person in any other person the value of which interests could reasonably be expected to be materially affected by such transaction and (4) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships,

11

EXHIBIT 3.2

between or among any Proposing Person, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee, his or her respective affiliates and associates, on the other hand, including, without limitation, all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 under Regulation S-K if such Proposing Person were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the proposed nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant.
(ii)    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Bylaw, in the event that the Corporation is registered under the Exchange Act, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Bylaw; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaw to the Exchange Act or the rules promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to Section 2.9. Nothing in this Bylaw shall be deemed to affect any rights (x) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, if applicable, or (y) of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock if and to the extent provided for under law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. Subject to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, if applicable, nothing in these Bylaws shall be construed to permit any stockholder, or give any stockholder the right, to include or have disseminated or described in the Corporation’s proxy statement any nomination of director or directors or any other business proposal.
(g)    For purposes of this Bylaw, “public announcement” shall include disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or other national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Couunission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or IS(d) of the Exchange Act.
(h)    For purposes ofthis Bylaw, the term “Proposing Person” shall mean (x) the stockholder providing the notice provided for in this Section 2.10, (y) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice is made and (z) any affiliate or associate (each within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act for purposes of these Bylaws) of such stockholder or beneficial owner.
Section 2.3.    Submission of Questionnaire, Representation and Agreement. To be eligible to be a nominee for election or reelection as a director of the Corporation, a person must deliver (in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under Section 2.10) to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request), and a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request) that such person (a) is not and will not become a party to (i) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or (ii) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere

12

EXHIBIT 3.2

with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (b) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed therein and (c) in such person’s individual capacity and on behalf of any person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Corporation, and will comply with all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation; provided, however, that this Section 2.11 will not apply to any Special Election Meeting held pursuant to Section 2.2(b) or to any Director Election Meeting held pursuant to Section 2.2(c).
Section 2.4.    Procedure for Election of Directors; Required Vote. Election of directors at all meetings of the stockholders at which directors are to be elected shall be by ballot, and, subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, a plurality of the votes cast at any meeting for the election of directors at which a quorum is present shall elect directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the matter shall be the act of the stockholders.
Section 2.5.    Inspectors of Elections; Opening and Closing the Polls. The Board of Directors by resolution shall appoint one or more inspectors, which inspector or inspectors may, but does not need to, include individuals who serve the Corporation in other capacities, including, without limitation, as officers, employees, agents or representatives, to act at the meetings of stockholders and make a written report thereof. One or more persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate has been appointed to act or is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before discharging his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspectors shall have the duties prescribed by law.
The Chairman of the meeting shall be appointed by the inspector or inspectors to fix and announce at the meeting the date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting.
Section 2.6.    No Stockholder Action by Written Consent. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

13

EXHIBIT 3.2

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 3.1.    General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall he managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities by these Bylaws expressly conferred upon them, the Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporationor by these Bylaws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
Section 3.2.    Number. Tenure and Qualifications. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances,the number of directors shall he fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. No decrease in number of authorized directors constituting the Whole Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders as specified in the Certificate of Incorporation except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation and in these Bylaws, and each director of the Corporation shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.
Section 3.3.    Regular Meetings. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without other notice than this Bylaw immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of the stockholders. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, provide the time and place for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.
Section 3.4.    Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be called at the request of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the Board of Directors then in office. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix the place and time of the meetings.
Section 3.5.    Notice. Notice of any special meeting of directors shall be given to each director at his business or residence in writing by hand delivery, first-class or overnight mail or courier service, email or facsimile transmission, or orally by telephone. If mailed by first-class mail, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when deposited in the United States mails so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid, at least five days before such meeting. If by overnight mail or courier service, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when the notice’ is delivered to the overnight mail or courier service company at least 24 hours before such meeting. If by email or facsimile transmission, telephone or by hand, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when the notice is transmitted at least 12 hours before such meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting, except for amendments to these Bylaws, as provided under Section 9.1. A meeting may be held at any time without notice if all the directors are present or if those not present waive notice of the meeting in accordance with Section 6.4.

14

EXHIBIT 3.2

Section 3.6.    Action by Consent of the Board of Directors. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in accordance with applicable law.
Section 3.7.    Conference Telephone Meetings. Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
Section 3.8.    Ouorurn. Subject to Section 3.9, a whole number of directors equal to at least a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; provided that, if at any meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. The directors present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough directors to leave less than a quorum.
Section 3.9.    Vacancies. Subject to applicable law and the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, and unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, vacancies resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors, may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, except as set forth in Section 2.2(b), and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the aruma I meeting of the stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which they have been appointed expires and until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.
Section 3.10.    Committees. The Board of Directors may by resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board designate one or more other committees as appropriate, which each shall consist of two or more directors of the Corporation; provided that the Board of Directors shall at all times designate and maintain an audit committee, a compensation committee, a nominating and corporate governance committee (the “Nominating Committee”) and a risk committee.
Any committee designated pursuant to this Section 3.10 may to the extent permitted by law exercise such powers and shall have such responsibilities as shall be specified in the designating resolution. Each committee shall keep written minutes of its proceedings and shall report such proceedings to the Board of Directors when required. A majority of any committee may determine its action and fix the time and place of its meetings, unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide. Notice of such meetings shall be given to each member of the committee in the manner provided for in Section 3.5. The Board of Directors shall have power at any time to fill vacancies in, to change the membership of or to dissolve any such committee. Nothing herein shall be deemed to prevent the Board of Directors from appointing one or more

15

EXHIBIT 3.2

committees consisting in whole or in part of persons who are not directors of the Corporation; provided, however, that no such committee shall have or may exercise any authority of the Board of Directors.
Section 3.11.    Removal. Subject to Section 2.2(b) and to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, any director may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, at an election of directors duly called pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.4 and Section 2.9.
Section 3.12.    Records. The Board of Directors shall cause to be kept a record containing the minutes of the proceedings of the meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders, appropriate stock books and registers and such books of records and accounts as may be necessary for the proper conduct of the business of the Corporation.
Section 3.13.    Items Requiring Unanimous Approval of Non-Employee Directors. The Corporation shall not be permitted to take any of the following actions without the approval of each director who is not also an employee of the Corporation:
(a)    The Corporation may not incur, or commit to incur, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, any liability that would require payment by the Corporation to a third party of an amount in excess of $10,000,000, where a “liability” means all liabilities, obligations, debts and commitments of any kind required by generally accepted accounting principles in the United States to be reflected on the financial statements of the Corporation or disclosed in the notes thereto, including with limitation any direct or indirect guarantee of any liability of any other person but does not include the writing of mortgage insurance policies in the ordinary course of business.
(b)    The Corporation may not enter into, or commit to enter into, an employment agreement with any individual (other than with Bradley M. Shuster, John (Jay) M. Sherwood and James R. McCourt), which employment agreement provides for compensation, taken in the aggregate, in excess of the aggregate compensation provided for in the employment agreement of John (Jay) M. Sherwood (as described in the Corporation’s final offering memorandum relating to the Private Offering), excluding, for purposes of this Section 3.13 only, the bonuses that Mr. Sherwood is to receive upon achievement of GSE Approval, upon the filing of a registration statement registering the resale of the Registrable Securities (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) and upon the effectiveness of the foregoing registration statement.
(c)    The Corporation may not issue, or commit to issue, equity to any of its employees, consultants or directors, other than issuances pursuant to the Corporation’s 2012 Stock Incentive Plan.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, at a meeting of its stockholders called for the purpose of obtaining such approval, the Corporation obtains the approval from the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock entitled to vote thereon to take any of the actions listed in subsections (a), (b) or (c) above, then the Corporation shall be permitted to take such action

16

EXHIBIT 3.2

without obtaining unanimous approval of each director who is not also an employee of the Corporation.
This Section 3.13 shall be void and of no further effect at such time the Corporation’s shares of Common Stock begin trading on a national securities exchange.
ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS
Section 4.1.    Elected Officers. The elected officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer, President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and such other officers (including, without limitation, Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers) as the Board of Directors from time to time may deem proper. The Chairman of the Board shall be chosen from among the directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, All officers elected by the Board of Directors shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the specific provisions of this Article IV. Such officers shall also have such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors or by any committee thereof. The Board of Directors or any committee thereof may from time to time elect, or the Chairman of the Board or Chief Executive Officer may appoint, such other officers (including one or more Assistant Vice Presidents and Assistant Controllers) and such agents, as may be necessary or desirable for the conduct of the business of the Corporation. Such other officers and agents shall have such duties and shall hold their offices for such terms as shall be provided in these Bylaws or as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or such committee or by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or President, as the case may be.
Section 4.2.    Election and Term of Office. The elected officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors. Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified or until his or her death or until he or she shall resign.
Section 4.3.    Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall perform all duties incidental to his or her office which may be required by law and all such other duties as are properly required of him or her by the Board of Directors.
Section 4.4.    Chief Executive Officer; President. The Chief Executive Officer shall be responsible for the general management of the affairs of the Corporation and shall perform all duties incidental to his or her office which may be required by law and all such other duties as are properly required of him or her by the Board of Directors. He or she shall make reports to the Board of Directors and the stockholders, and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors and of any committee thereof are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation shall also serve as President, and, as President, if a director, shall, in the absence of or because of the inability to act of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, perform all duties of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and preside at all meetings of stockholders and of the Board of Directors.

17

EXHIBIT 3.2

Section 4.5.    Vice-Presidents. Each Vice President shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him by the Board of Directors.
Section 4.6.    Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer (if any) shall be a Vice President and act in an executive financial capacity. He or she shall assist the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the President in the general supervision of the Corporation’s financial policies and affairs.
Section 4.7.    Treasurer. The Treasurer shall exercise general supervision over the receipt, custody and disbursement of corporate funds. The Treasurer shall cause the funds of the Corporation to be deposited in such banks as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or in such banks as may be designated as depositaries in the manner provided by resolution of the Board of Directors. He or she shall have such further powers and duties and shall be subject to such directions as may be granted or imposed upon him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.
Section 4.8.    Secretary. The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept in one or more books provided for that purpose, the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors, the committees of the Board of Directors and the stockholders; he or she shall see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws and as required by law; he Of she shall be custodian of the records and the seal of the Corporation and affix and attest the seal to all stock certificates of the Corporation(unless the seal of the Corporation on such certificates shall be a facsimile, as hereinafter provided) and affix and attest the seal to all other documents to be executed on behalf of the Corporation under its seal; and he or she shall see that the books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept and filed are properly kept and filed; and in general, he or she shall perform all the duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President.
Section 4.9.    Removal. Any officer elected, or agent appointed, by the Board of Directors may be removed from office with or without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board. Any officer or agent appointed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President may be removed by him or her with or without cause. No elected officer shall have any contractual rights against the Corporation for compensation by virtue of such election beyond the date of the election of his or her successor,his or her death, his or her resignation or his or her removal, whichever event shall first occur, except as otherwise provided in an employment contract or under an employee deferred compensation plan.
Section 4.10.    Vacancies. A newly created elected office and a vacancy in any elected office because of death, resignation or removal may be filled by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy in an office appointed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President because of death, resignation, or removal may be filled by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President.

18

EXHIBIT 3.2

ARTICLE V

STOCK CERTIFICATES AND TRANSFERS
Section 5.1.    Certificated and Uncertificated Stock; Transfers. The interest of each stockholder of the Corporation may be evidenced by certificates for shares of stock ill such form as the appropriate officers of the Corporation may from time to time prescribe or be uncertificated.
The shares of the stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation, in the case of certificated shares of stock, by the holder thereof in person or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender for cancellation of certificates for at least the same number of shares, with an assignment and power of transfer endorsed thereon or attached thereto, duly executed, with such proof of the authenticity of the signature as the Corporation or its agents may reasonably require; and, in the case of uncertificated shares of stock, upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered holder of the shares or by such person’s attorney duly authorized in writing, and upon compliance with appropriate procedures for transferring shares in uncertificated form. No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.
Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer, Secretary, any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on such certificate may be by facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
Section 5.2.    Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. No new certificate for shares of stock in the Corporation shall be issued in place of any certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed or stolen, except on production of such evidence of such loss, destruction or theft and on delivery to the Corporation of a bond of indemnity in such amount, upon such terms and secured by such surety, as the Board of Directors or any financial officer may in its or his or her discretion require.
Section 5.3.    Record Owners. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by law.

19

EXHIBIT 3.2

Section 5.4.    Transfer and Registry Agents. The Corporation may from time to time maintain one or more transfer offices or agencies and registry offices or agencies at such place or places as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 6.1.    Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on the first day of January and end on the thirty-first day of December of each year.
Section 6.2.    Dividends. The Board of Directors may from time to time declare, and the Corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law and the Certificate of Incorporation,
Section 6.3.    Seal. The corporate seal of the Corporation shall be in such form as shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors. Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise imprinted upon the subject document or paper.
Section 6.4.    Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given to any stockholder or director of the Corporation under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or these Bylaws, a waiver thereof given in accordance with applicable law by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual or special meeting of the stockholders or the Board of Directors or committee thereof need be specified in any waiver of notice of such meeting.
Section 6.5.    Audits. The accounts, books and records of the Corporation shall be audited upon the conclusion of each fiscal year by an independent certified public accountant selected by the Board of Directors, and it shall be the duty of the Board of Directors to cause such audit to be done annually.
Section 6.6.    Resignations. Any director or any officer, whether elected or appointed, may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary, and such resignation shall be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the date said notice is received by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary, or at such later time as is specified therein. No formal action shall be required of the Board of Directors or the stockholders to make any such resignation effective.
ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 7.1.    Indemnification.

20

EXHIBIT 3.2

(a)    Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative is or was, at any time during which this Bylaw is in effect (whether or not such person continues to serve in such capacity at the time any indemnification or advancement of expenses pursuant hereto is sought or at the time any proceeding relating thereto exists or is brought), a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was at any such time serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans maintained or sponsored by the Corporation (hereinafter, an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent, shall be (and shall be deemed to have a contractual right to be) indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation (and any successor of the Corporation by merger or otherwise) to the fullest extent authorized by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or modified from time to time (but, in the case of any such amendment or modification, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, only to the extent that such amendment or modification permits the Corporation to provide greater indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment or modification), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 7.3(a), the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors.
(b)    To obtain indemnification under this Bylaw, a claimant shall submit to the Corporation a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the claimant and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the claimant is entitled to indemnification. Upon written request by a claimant for indemnification, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to the claimant’s entitlement thereto shall be made as follows: (i) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined) even though less than a quorum, (ii) by a committee consisting of Disinterested Directors designated by majority vote of such Disinterested Directors even though less than a quorum, (iii) if there are no Disinterested Directors or, if, such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel (as hereinafter defined) selected by the Board of Directors, in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the claimant, or (iv) by a majority vote of the stockholders of the Corporation. In the event that there shall have occurred within two years prior to the date of the commencement of the proceeding for which indemnification is claimed a Change of Control (as hereinafter defined), the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel, in which case the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the claimant unless the claimant shall request that such selection be made by the Board of Directors. If it is so

21

EXHIBIT 3.2

determined that the claimant is entitled to indemnification,payment to the claimant shall be made within 10 days after such determination.
Section 7.2.    Mandatory Advancement of Expenses. To the fullest extent authorized by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or modified from time to time (but, in the case of any such amendment or modification, only to the extent that such amendment or modification permits the Corporation to provide greater rights to advancement of expenses than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment or modification), each indemnitee shall have (and shall be deemed to have a contractual right to have) the right, without the need for any action by the Board of Directors, to be paid by the Corporation (and any successor of the Corporation by merger or otherwise) the expenses incurred in connection with any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, such advances to be paid by the Corporation within 20 days after the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from the claimant requesting such advance or advances from time to time; provided, however, that, if the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware so requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer, including,without limitation,service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking(hereinafter, the “undertaking”) by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right of appeal (a “final disposition”)that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Bylaw or otherwise.
Section 7.3.    Claims.
(a)    If a claim for indemnification under this Article VlI is not paid in full by the Corporation within 30 days after a written claim pursuant to Section 7.1(b) has been received by the Corporation or if a request for advancement of expenses under this Article VII is not paid in full by the Corporation within 20 days after a statement pursuant to Section 7.2 and the required undertaking, if any, have been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim for indemnification or request for advancement of expenses and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. It shall be a defense to any such action that under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the claimant has not met the standard of conduct which makes it permissible for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed or that the claimant is not entitled to the requested advancement of expenses, but (except where the required undertaking, if any, has not been tendered to the Corporation) the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation(including its Board of Directors, Independent Counselor stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders)that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shal1 be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

22

EXHIBIT 3.2

(b)    If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 7.l(b) that the claimant is entitled to indemnification, the Corporation shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to Section 7.3(a).
(c)    The Corporation shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to Section 7.3(a) that the procedures and presumptions of this Bylaw are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in such proceeding that the Corporation is bound by al1 the provisions of this Bylaw.
Section 7.4.    Contract Rights: Amendment and Repeal: Non-exclusivity of Rights.
(a)    All of the rights conferred in this Article VII, as to indemnification, advancement of expenses and otherwise, shall be contract rights between the Corporation and each indemnitee to whom such rights are extended that vest at the commencement of such indemnitee’s service to or at the request of the Corporation and (i) any amendment or modification of this Article VII that in any way diminishes or adversely affects any such rights shall be prospective only and shall not in any way diminish or adversely affect any such rights with respect to such person, and (ii) all of such rights shall continue as to any such indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation or ceased to serve at the Corporation’s request as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, as described herein, and shall inure to the benefit of such indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.
(b)    All of the rights conferred in this Article VII, as to indemnification advancement of expenses and otherwise, (i) shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors or otherwise and (ii) cannot be terminated by the Corporation, the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the Corporation with respect to a person’s service prior to the date of such termination.
Section 7.5.    Insurance, Other Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses.
(a)    The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any current or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. To the extent that the Corporation maintains any policy or policies providing such insurance, each such current or former director or officer, and each such agent or employee to which rights to indemnification have been granted as provided in Section 7.S(b), shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage thereunder for any such current or former director, officer, employee or agent.
(b)    The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, grant rights to indemnification, and rights to advancement of expenses incurred in connection with any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, to any current or former employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of

23

EXHIBIT 3.2

the provisions of this Bylaw with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of current or former directors and officers of the Corporation.
Section 7.6.    Definitions.
(a)    For purposes of this Bylaw:
(i)    Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified entity, any other entity that directly or indirectly is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with such specified entity.
(ii)    Change of Control” means the first to occur of:
(A)    the acquisition by any individual, entity or Group (as defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a “Person”) of Beneficial Ownership of 35% or more (on a fully diluted basis) of either (A) the then outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation (the “Class A Common Stock”), taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, and the exercise or settlement of any similar right to acquire such common stock (the “Outstanding Comoration Common Stock”), or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities”); provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (1) any acquisition by the Corporation or any Affiliate, (II) any acquisition directly from the Corporation, (ill) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Corporation or any Affiliate or (IV) any acquisition by any Person that complies with clauses (1), (II) and (Ill) of Section 7.6(a)(ii)(D);
(B)    individuals who, on [.], 2012, constitute the Board of Directors (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board of Directors (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Corporation in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination), shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Corporation as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board of Directors shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director; and provided, further, that any directors elected at the Director Election Meeting shall be considered “Incumbent Directors” for purposes of this Section 7.6(a)Cii)(B);
(C)    approval by the stockholders of the Corporation of a complete dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation; or

24

EXHIBIT 3.2

(D)    the consummation of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange, a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Corporation that requires the approval of the Corporation’s stockholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless immediately following such Business Combination: (I) more than 50% of the total voting power of (x) the entity resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Corporation”) or (y) if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of sufficient voting securities eligible to elect a majority of the directors of the Surviving Corporation (the “Parent Corporation”) is represented by the Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which the Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of the Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination, (11) no Person (other than any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent Corporation), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) and (ill) at least two-thirds of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) following the consummation of the Business Combination were members of the Board of Directors at the time of the Board of Directors’ approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination.
For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall (w) the private offering of the Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Corporation’s Offering Memorandum dated April 17, 2012, (x) the Corporation’s public offering of Class A Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (y) any change in the composition of the Board of Directors resulting from a Special Election Meeting referred to in Section 2.2(b) or from a Director Election Meeting referred to in Section 2.2(c) or (z) any transactions relating to the dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation resulting from the failure to receive GSE Approval, in the case of each of clause (A), (B), (C) or (D), constitute or be deemed to constitute a Change in Control nor shall it be taken into account in determining whether a Change in Control occurred for purposes of this Bylaw.
(iii)    Disinterested Director” means a director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to the matter in respect of which indemnification is sought by the claimant.
(iv)    GSE Approval” means the approval in a form acceptable to the Corporation from either the Federal National Home Mortgage Association or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation to become a private mortgage insurer.

25

EXHIBIT 3.2

(v)    Independent Counsel” means a law firm, a member of a law firm or an independent practitioner that is experienced in matters of corporation law and shall include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would not have a conflict of interest in representing either the Corporation or the claimant in an action to determine the claimant’s rights under this Bylaw.
(b)    Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted to be given to the Corporation under this Bylaw shall be in writing and either delivered in person or sent by telecopy, telex, telegram, overnight mail or courier service, or certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Secretary of the Corporation and shall be effective only upon receipt by the Secretary of the Corporation.
Section 7.7.    Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Bylaw shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Bylaw (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Bylaw containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Bylaw (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Bylaw containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.
ARTICLE VIII

CONTRACTS, PROXIES, ETC.

Section 8.1.    Contracts. Except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any contracts or other instruments may be executed and delivered in the name and on the behalf of the Corporation by such officer or officers of the Corporation as the Board of Directors may from time to time direct. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances as the Board of Directors may determine. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or any Vice President may execute bonds, contracts, deeds, leases and other instruments to be made or executed for or on behalf of the Corporation. Subject to any restrictions imposed by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or any Vice President of the Corporation may delegate contractual powers to others under his jurisdiction, it being understood, however, that any such delegation of power shall not relieve such officer of responsibility with respect to the exercise of such delegated power.
Section 8.2.    Proxies. Unless otherwise provided by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or any Vice President may from time to time appoint an attorney or attorneys or agent or agents of the Corporation, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to cast the votes which the Corporation may be entitled to cast as the holder of stock or other securities in any other entity, any of whose stock or other securities may be held by the Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the stock or other securities of such other entity, or to consent in writing, in the name of the Corporation as such holder, to any action by such other entity, and may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or giving such consent, and may execute or cause to be executed in the name and on

26

EXHIBIT 3.2

behalf of the Corporation and under its corporate seal or otherwise, all such written proxies or other instruments as he may deem necessary or proper in the premises.
ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS
Section 9.1.    Amendments. These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders, provided notice of the proposed change was given in the notice of the meeting and, in the case of a meeting of the Board of Directors, in a notice given not less than two days prior to the meeting; provided, however, that, in the case of amendments by stockholders, notwithstanding any other provisions of these Bylaws or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the capital stock of the Corporation required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal any provision of these Bylaws; provided, further, however, that except as therein provided, this proviso, Section 2.2(b), Section 2.2(c) and Section 3.13 may not be amended without the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the outstanding Registrable Shares (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement).

27
4.1 Specimen ClassA Common Stock Certificate
EXHIBIT 4.1


[Specimen]
Certificate Number    COMMON STOCK
Shares

[NMI Holdings, Inc. logo]

NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

THIS CERTIFIES THAT
is the owner of

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK OF
THE PAR VALUE OF ONE CENT ($.01) EACH OF

NMI Holdings, Inc. (hereinafter called the “Company”) transferable only upon the books of the Company by the holder hereof in person or by a duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed or assigned. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby are issued under and are subject to the laws of the State of Delaware and to all provisions of the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, including any and all amendments as may from time to time be made thereto, to all the terms and conditions of which the holder, by acceptance thereof, assents. This Certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

In Witness Whereof, the Company has caused this Certificate to be signed by the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers and its facsimile corporate seal to be hereunto affixed.

Dated:

_______________________________ [CORPORATE SEAL]
Chief Executive Officer


_________________________________
Secretary    
COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR


By:___________________________________________
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

1

EXHIBIT 4.1

NMI HOLDINGS, INC.

The Company is authorized to issue more than one class or series of stock. The Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests a statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this Certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:


Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For value received,     hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
    

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

Shares of the Class A Common Stock represented by the
within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint     Attorney to    
transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated    20            
Signature:    
Signature:    
Notice:
The signature to this assignment must correspond
with the name as written upon the face of the
certificate in every particular, without alteration or
enlargement, or any change whatever.
Signature(s) Guaranteed: Medallion Guaranteed Stamp
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions) WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVEDSIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad−15.

2
4.2 Registration Rights Agreement NMI Holdings Inc & FBR Capital Markets Co.4.24.12
EXHIBIT 4.2

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of April 24, 2012 between NMI Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor entity thereto, the “Company”), and FBR Capital Markets & Co., a Delaware corporation, as the initial purchaser/placement agent (“FBR”) for the benefit of FBR, the purchasers of the Company’s Class A common stock, $0.01 par value per share (“Common Stock”), as participants (“Participants”) in the private placement by the Company of shares of its Common Stock, and the direct and indirect transferees of FBR and each of the Participants.

This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase/Placement Agreement (the “Purchase/Placement Agreement”), dated as of April 17, 2012 between the Company and FBR in connection with the purchase and sale or placement of an aggregate of 55,000,000 shares of Common Stock (plus an additional 8,250,000 shares to cover additional allotments, if any). In order to induce FBR to enter into the Purchase/Placement Agreement, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights provided for in this Agreement to FBR, the Participants, and their respective direct and indirect transferees. The execution of this Agreement is a condition to the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase/Placement Agreement.

The parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Accredited Investor Shares: Shares initially sold by the Company to “accredited investors” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a) promulgated under the Securities Act) as Participants.

Affiliate: As to any specified Person, (i) any Person directly or indirectly owning, controlling or holding, with power to vote, ten percent or more of the outstanding voting securities of such other Person, (ii) any Person, ten percent or more of whose outstanding voting securities are directly or indirectly owned, controlled or held, with power to vote, by such other Person, (iii) any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such other Person, (iv) any executive officer, director, trustee or general partner of such Person and (v) any legal entity for which such Person acts as an executive officer, director, trustee or general partner. An indirect relationship shall include circumstances in which a Person’s spouse, children, parents, siblings or mother, father, sister- or brother-in-law is or has been associated with a Person.

Agreement: As defined in the preamble.

Board of Directors: As defined in Section 6(a) hereof.

Business Day: With respect to any act to be performed hereunder, each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in New York,

1

EXHIBIT 4.2

New York or other applicable places where such act is to occur are authorized or obligated by applicable law, regulation or executive order to close.

Closing Date: April 24, 2012 or such other time or such other date as FBR and the Company may agree.

Commission: The Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Stock: As defined in the preamble.

Company: As defined in the preamble.

Controlling Person: As defined in Section 7(a) hereof.

End of Suspension Notice: As defined in Section 6(b) hereof.

Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission pursuant thereto.

Executive Officers: Bradley M. Shuster and John M. Sherwood.

FBR: As defined in the preamble.

FINRA: The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, formerly the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

GSE Approval Date: The date on which the Company receives approval from either the Federal National Home Mortgage Association or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation to write private mortgage insurance on terms and in a form acceptable to the Company.

Holder: Each record owner of any Registrable Shares from time to time, including FBR and its Affiliates to the extent FBR or any such Affiliate holds any Registrable Shares.

Indemnified Party: As defined in Section 7(c) hereof.

Indemnifying Party: As defined in Section 7(c) hereof.

IPO Registration Statement: As defined in Section 2(b) hereof.

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus: As defined in Section 2(c) hereof.

Liabilities: As defined in Section 7(a) hereof.

No Objections Letter: As defined in Section 5(t) hereof.

Nominee: As defined in Section 3(c) hereof.

2

EXHIBIT 4.2

Participants: As defined in the preamble.

Participation Right Shares: Any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Participation Rights as defined in the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

Person: An individual, partnership, corporation, trust, unincorporated organization, government or agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other legal entity.

Proceeding: An action, claim, suit or proceeding (including without limitation, an investigation or partial proceeding, such as a deposition), whether commenced or, to the knowledge of the Person subject thereto, threatened.

Prospectus: The prospectus included in any Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus at the “time of sale” within the meaning of Rule 159 under the Securities Act and all other amendments and supplements to any such prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference, if any, in such prospectus.

Purchase/Placement Agreement: As defined in the preamble.

Purchaser Indemnitee: As defined in Section 7(a) hereof.

Registrable Shares: The Rule 144A Shares, the Accredited Investor Shares, the Regulation S Shares, the Participation Right Shares, upon original issuance thereof, and at all times subsequent thereto, including upon the transfer thereof by the original holder or any subsequent holder and any shares or other securities issued in respect of such Registrable Shares by reason of or in connection with any stock dividend, stock distribution, stock split, purchase in any rights offering or in connection with any exchange for or replacement of such Registrable Shares or any combination of shares, recapitalization, merger or consolidation, or any other equity securities issued pursuant to any other pro rata distribution with respect to the Common Stock, until, in the case of any such Rule 144A Share, Accredited Investor Share, Regulation S Share or Participation Right Share, the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which the resale of such share has been registered pursuant to the Securities Act and it has been disposed of in accordance with the Registration Statement relating to it, (ii) (A) the date on which it has been transferred pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in effect) or (B) is freely saleable, without limitation, any volume or manner of sale restrictions or compliance by the Company with any current public information requirements pursuant to Rule 144 and is listed on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Global Market or (iii) the date on which it is sold to the Company.

Registration Default: As defined in Section 2(f) hereof.

Registration Expenses: Any and all expenses incident to the Company’s or FBR’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including, without limitation: (i) all Commission, securities exchange, and FINRA registration, listing, inclusion and filing fees; (ii) all

3

EXHIBIT 4.2

fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with international, federal or state securities or blue sky laws (including, without limitation, any registration, listing and filing fees and reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with blue sky qualification of any of the Registrable Shares and the preparation of a blue sky memorandum and compliance with the rules of FINRA); (iii) all expenses in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, duplicating, printing, delivering and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements, certificates and any other documents relating to the performance under and compliance with this Agreement; (iv) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing or inclusion of any of the Registrable Shares on any securities exchange pursuant to Section 5(n) of this Agreement; (v) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of the independent registered public accounting firm of the Company (including, without limitation, the expenses of any special audit and “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to the performance of this Agreement); (vi) reasonable fees and disbursements of a single counsel for the Holders, reasonably selected by FBR or by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares (such counsel, “Review Counsel”); and (vii) any fees and disbursements customarily paid in issues and sales of securities (including the fees and expenses of any experts retained by the Company in connection with any Registration Statement); provided, however, that Registration Expenses shall exclude brokers’ or underwriters’ discounts and commissions, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Shares by a Holder.

Registration Statement: Any registration statement of the Company (including on Form S-1) that covers the resale of Registrable Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement or Prospectus, including pre- and post-effective amendments, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference, if any, in such registration statement.

Regulation S: Regulation S (Rules 901-905) promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such rules may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such regulation.

Regulation S Shares: Shares initially resold by FBR pursuant to the Purchase/Placement Agreement to “non-U.S. persons” (in accordance with Regulation S) in an “offshore transaction” (in accordance with Regulation S).

Review Counsel: As defined in paragraph (vi) of the definition for Registration Expenses.

Rule 144: Rule 144 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

Rule 144A: Rule 144A promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

4

EXHIBIT 4.2

Rule 144A Shares: Shares initially resold by FBR pursuant to the Purchase/Placement Agreement to “qualified institutional buyers” (as such term is defined in Rule 144A).

Rule 158: Rule 158 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

Rule 159: Rule 159 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

Rule 405: Rule 405 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

Rule 415: Rule 415 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

Rule 424: Rule 424 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

Rule 429: Rule 429 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

Rule 433: Rule 433 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

Securities Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder.

Shares: The shares of Common Stock being offered and sold pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Purchase/Placement Agreement.

Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 2(a) hereof.

Special Election Meeting: As defined in Section 3(a) hereof.

Suspension Event: As defined in Section 6(b) hereof.

Suspension Notice: As defined in Section 6(b) hereof.

5

EXHIBIT 4.2

Trigger Date: As defined in Section 3(a) hereof.

Underwritten Offering: A sale of securities of the Company to an underwriter or underwriters for re-offering to the public.

2. Registration Rights

(a) Mandatory Shelf Registration. As set forth in Section 5 hereof, the Company agrees to file with the Commission within six (6) months after the GSE Approval Date a shelf Registration Statement on Form S-1 or such other form under the Securities Act then available to the Company providing for the resale of any Registrable Shares pursuant to Rule 415 from time to time by the Holders (a “Shelf Registration Statement”). The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as soon as practicable after the initial filing thereof but in any event not later than the earlier of (i) six (6) months after the date of filing of the Registration Statement and (ii) twelve (12) months after the GSE Approval Date. Any Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for the resale from time to time, and pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available (including, without limitation, an Underwritten Offering, a direct sale to purchasers or a sale through brokers or agents, which may include sales over the internet) by the Holders of any and all Registrable Shares.

(b) IPO Registration. If the Company proposes to file a registration statement on Form S-1 or such other form under the Securities Act providing for the initial public offering of shares of Common Stock (the “IPO Registration Statement”), the Company will notify in writing each Holder of the filing within ten (10) Business Days after the initial filing and afford each Holder an opportunity to include in the IPO Registration Statement all or any part of the Registrable Shares then held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in the IPO Registration Statement all or part of the Registrable Shares held by such Holder shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt of the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing, and in such notice shall inform the Company of the number of Registrable Shares such Holder wishes to include in the IPO Registration Statement. Any election by any Holder to include any Registrable Shares in the IPO Registration Statement will not affect the inclusion of such Registrable Shares in the Shelf Registration Statement until such Registrable Shares have been sold under the IPO Registration Statement.

(i) Right to Terminate IPO Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw the IPO Registration Statement initiated by it and referred to in this Section 2(b) prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Shares in such registration; provided, however, the Company must provide each Holder that elected to include any Registrable Shares in such IPO Registration Statement prompt written notice of such termination or withdrawal. Furthermore, in the event the IPO Registration Statement is not declared effective within one hundred thirty (130) days following the initial filing of the IPO Registration Statement, unless a road show for the Underwritten Offering pursuant to the IPO Registration Statement is actually in progress at such time, the Company shall promptly provide a new written notice to all Holders giving them another opportunity to elect to include Registrable

6

EXHIBIT 4.2

Shares in the pending IPO Registration Statement. Each Holder receiving such notice shall have the same election rights afforded such Holder as described in clause (b) above.

(ii) Selection of Underwriter. The Company shall have the sole right to select the managing underwriter(s) for its initial public offering, regardless of whether any Registrable Shares are included in the IPO Registration Statement or otherwise.

(iii) Shelf Registration not Impacted by IPO Registration Statement. The Company’s obligation to file the Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof shall not be affected by the filing or effectiveness of the IPO Registration Statement. In addition, the Company’s obligation to file and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause to become and keep effective the Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof shall not be affected by the filing or effectiveness of an IPO Registration Statement; provided, however, if the Company files an IPO Registration Statement before the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall have the right to defer causing the Commission to declare such Shelf Registration Statement effective until up to 60 days after the closing date of its initial public offering pursuant to the IPO Registration Statement.

(c) Issuer Free Writing Prospectus. The Company represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of Review Counsel or the consent of the managing underwriter in connection with any Underwritten Offering of Registrable Shares, and each Holder represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Company and any such underwriter, it will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 (an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”), or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 405, required to be filed with the Commission. The Company represents that any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus will not include any information that conflicts with the information contained in any Registration Statement or the related Prospectus, and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, when taken together with the information in such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus, will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(d) Underwriting. The Company shall advise all Holders of the lead managing underwriter for the Underwritten Offering proposed under the IPO Registration Statement. The right of any such Holder’s Registrable Shares to be included in the IPO Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Shares in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Shares through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting and complete and execute any questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, custody agreements, securities escrow agreements and other documents, including opinions of counsel, reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting, and furnish to the Company such information as the Company may reasonably request in writing for inclusion in the Registration Statement; provided, however, that no Holder shall be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or

7

EXHIBIT 4.2

the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Holder and such Holder’s intended method of distribution and any other representation required by law or reasonably requested by the underwriters. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the managing underwriter(s) determine(s) in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be included, then the managing underwriter(s) may exclude shares (including Registrable Shares) from the IPO Registration Statement and Underwritten Offering, and any shares included in such IPO Registration Statement and Underwritten Offering shall be allocated first, to the Company, and second, to each of the Holders requesting inclusion of their Registrable Shares in such IPO Registration Statement (on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Shares then held by each such Holder who is requesting inclusion); provided, however, that the number of Registrable Shares to be included in the IPO Registration Statement shall not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company held by (i) officers, directors, other employees of the Company and consultants and (ii) other holders of the Company’s capital stock with registration rights that are inferior (with respect to such reduction) to the registration rights of the Holders set forth herein, are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration; provided, further, however, that Holders of Registrable Shares shall be permitted to include Registrable Shares comprising at least 25% of the total securities included in the Underwritten Offering proposed under the IPO Registration Statement.

By electing to include the Registrable Shares in the IPO Registration Statement, the Holder of such Registrable Shares shall be deemed to have agreed not to effect any public sale or distribution of securities of the Company of the same or similar class or classes of the securities included in the IPO Registration Statement or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, including a sale pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 144A under the Securities Act, during such periods as reasonably requested (but in no event for a period longer than thirty (30) days prior to and one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the IPO Registration Statement) by the representatives of the underwriters, if an Underwritten Offering, or by the Company in any other registration.

If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the managing underwriter(s), delivered at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the effective date of the IPO Registration Statement. Any Registrable Shares excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration.

(e) Expenses. The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with the registration of the Registrable Shares pursuant to this Agreement. Each Holder participating in a registration pursuant to this Section 2 shall bear such Holder’s proportionate share (based on the total number of Registrable Shares sold in such registration) of all discounts and commissions payable to underwriters or brokers and all transfer taxes and transfer fees in connection with a registration of Registrable Shares pursuant to this Agreement.

8

EXHIBIT 4.2

(f) Penalty Provisions. If the Company does not file a Registration Statement registering the resale of the Registrable Shares within six (6) months after the GSE Approval Date, other than as a result of the Commission being unable to accept such filing (a “Registration Default”), then each of the Executive Officers shall lose his opportunity to earn 50% of his bonus for 2013 and he shall, for each additional 30-day period following the Registration Default for which the Registration Default shall have not been cured, lose his opportunity for an additional 10% of his bonus opportunity for 2013, so that he will have no bonus opportunity for 2013 if the Registration Default continued for five such 30-day periods.

3. Special Election Meeting.

(a) If a Registration Statement registering the resale of the Registrable Shares has not been declared effective by the Commission, or the Registrable Shares have not been listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Global Market prior to the earlier of (i) six (6) months after the filing of the Registration Statement and (ii) twelve (12) months after the GSE Approval Date (the “Trigger Date”), a special meeting of stockholders (the “Special Election Meeting”) shall be called in accordance with the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company. The Special Election Meeting shall occur as soon as possible following the Trigger Date but in no event more than forty-five (45) days after the Trigger Date.

(b) Purposes of Meeting. The Special Election Meeting shall be called solely for the purposes of: (i) considering and voting upon proposals to remove each then-serving director of the Company; and (ii) electing such number of directors as there are then vacancies on the Board of Directors of the Company (including any vacancies created by the removal of any director pursuant to this Section 3(b). The removal of any director pursuant to Section 3(b)(i) hereof shall be effective immediately upon the receipt of the final report of the Inspector of Elections for the Special Election Meeting of the result of the vote on the proposal to remove such director.

(c) Nominations. Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors of the Company at the Special Election Meeting may only be made (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) upon receipt by the Company of written notice of one or more Holders entitled to cast, or direct the casting of, not less than 5% of all the votes entitled to be cast at the Special Election Meeting and containing the information specified by Section 3(d) hereof and Section 2.2(b) of the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company. Each individual whose nomination is made in accordance with this Section 3(c) is hereinafter referred to as a “Nominee.”

(d) Procedure for Stockholder Nominations. For nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before the Special Election Meeting by Holders pursuant to Section 3(c) hereof, the Holders must have given notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Company not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the 15th day after the delivery of the notice of the Special Election Meeting in accordance with Section 2.2(b)(v) of the Company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws. Such notice shall include each such proposed Nominee’s written consent to serve as a director, if elected, and shall specify:

(i) as to each proposed Nominee, the name, age, business address and residence address of such proposed Nominee and all other information relating to such

9

EXHIBIT 4.2

proposed Nominee that would be required, pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act (or any successor provision), to be disclosed in a contested solicitation of proxies with respect to the election of such individual as a director; and

(ii) as to each Holder giving the notice, the class, series and number of all shares of beneficial interest of the Company that are owned by such Holder, beneficially or of record.

(e) Notice. Not less than twenty (20) nor more than thirty (30) days before the Special Election Meeting, the Secretary of the Company shall give to each stockholder entitled to vote at, or to receive notice of, such meeting at such stockholder’s address as it appears in the share transfer records of the Company, notice in writing setting forth (i) the time and place of the Special Election Meeting, (ii) the purposes for which the Special Election Meeting has been called and (iii) the name of each Nominee.

4. Rules 144 and 144A Reporting

With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission that may at any time permit the sale of the Registrable Shares to the public without registration, the Company agrees to:

(a) use commercially reasonable effort to make and keep current public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration statement under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) use commercially reasonable effort to file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required to be filed by the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements);

(c) so long as a Holder owns any Registrable Shares, if the Company is not required to file reports and other documents under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, it will make available other information as required by, and so long as necessary to permit sales of Registrable Shares pursuant to, Rule 144 or Rule 144A, and in any event shall make available (either by mailing a copy thereof, by posting on the Company’s website, or by press release, or by such other means that the Company reasonably believes to be a reliable means of communication) to each Holder a copy of:

(i) the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements (including at least balance sheets, statements of profit and loss, statements of stockholders’ equity and statements of cash flows) prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, accompanied by an audit report of the Company’s independent accountants, no later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (or if such 90th day is not a Business Day, the immediately following Business Day); and

10

EXHIBIT 4.2

(ii) the Company’s unaudited quarterly financial statements (including at least balance sheets, statements of profit and loss, statements of stockholders’ equity and statements of cash flows) prepared in a manner consistent with the preparation of the Company’s annual financial statements, no later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of the Company (or if such 45th day is not a Business Day, the immediately following Business Day);

(d) the Company shall hold, a reasonable time after the availability of such financial statements and upon reasonable notice to the Holders and FBR (either by mail, by posting on the Company’s website, or by press release), a quarterly investor conference call to discuss such financial statements, which call will also include an opportunity for the Holders to ask questions of management with regard to such financial statements, and will also cooperate with, and, unless the Shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Global Market, make management reasonably available to, FBR personnel in connection with making Company information available to investors; and

(e) so long as a Holder owns any Registrable Shares, to furnish to the Holder promptly upon request (i) a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after its has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and (iii) such other reports and documents of the Company, and take such further actions, as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such Registrable Shares without registration.

5. Registration Procedures

In connection with the obligations of the Company with respect to any registration pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect or cause to be effected the registration of the Registrable Shares under the Securities Act to permit the sale of such Registrable Shares by the Holder or Holders in accordance with the Holder’s or Holders’ intended method or methods of distribution, and the Company shall:

(a) notify FBR and Review Counsel, in writing, at least ten (10) Business Days prior to filing a Registration Statement, of its intention to file a Registration Statement with the Commission and, at least five (5) Business Days prior to filing, provide a copy of the Registration Statement to FBR, Review Counsel and any other counsel for FBR for review and comment; prepare and file with the Commission, as specified in this Agreement, a Registration Statement(s), which Registration Statement(s) shall (x) comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the Commission to be filed therewith and (y) be reasonably acceptable to FBR, Review Counsel and any other counsel to FBR; notify FBR and Review Counsel in writing, at least five (5) Business Days prior to filing of any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement and, at least three (3) Business Days prior to filing, provide a copy of such amendment or supplement to FBR, Review Counsel and any other counsel to FBR for its reasonable review and comment; promptly

11

EXHIBIT 4.2

following receipt from the Commission, provide to FBR, Review Counsel and any other counsel to FBR copies of any comments made by the staff of the Commission relating to such Registration Statement and of the Company’s responses thereto for review and comment; and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective as soon as practicable after filing and to remain effective, subject to Section 6 hereof, until the earlier of (i) such time as all Registrable Shares covered thereby have been sold in accordance with the intended distribution of such Registrable Shares, (ii) such time as all of the Registrable Shares are eligible for sale without any volume or manner of sale restrictions or compliance by the Company with any current public information requirements pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor or analogous rule) under the Securities Act, (iii) there are no Registrable Shares outstanding or (iv) the first anniversary of the effective date of such Registration Statement (subject to extension as provided in Section 6(c) hereof and the condition that the Registrable Shares have been transferred to an unrestricted CUSIP, are listed on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Global Market, pursuant to Section 5(n) of this Agreement, or on an alternative trading system, with the Registrable Shares qualified under the applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of all fifty (50) states); provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to cause the IPO Registration Statement to remain effective for any period longer than ninety (90) days following the effective date of the IPO Registration Statement (subject to extension as provided in Section 6(c) hereof); provided, further, that if the Company has an effective Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-1 (or other form then available to the Company) under the Securities Act and becomes eligible to use Form S-3 or such other short-form registration statement form under the Securities Act, the Company may, upon thirty (30) Business Days prior written notice to all Holders, register any Registrable Shares registered but not yet distributed under the effective Shelf Registration Statement on such a short-form Shelf Registration Statement and, once the short-form Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective, de-register such shares under the previous Registration Statement or transfer the filing fees from the previous Registration Statement (such transfer pursuant to Rule 429, if applicable) unless any Holder registered under the initial Shelf Registration Statement notifies the Company within fifteen (15) Business Days of receipt of the Company notice that such a registration under a new Registration Statement and de- registration of the initial Shelf Registration Statement would interfere with its distribution of Registrable Shares already in progress, in which case, the Company shall delay the effectiveness of the short-form Registration Statement and termination of the then-effective initial Registration Statement or any short-form Registration Statement for a period of not less than thirty (30) days from the date that the Company receives the notice from such Holders requesting a delay;

(b) subject to Section 5(i) hereof, (i) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to each such Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the period described in Section 5(a) hereof; (ii) cause each Prospectus contained therein to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 or any similar rule that may be adopted under the Securities Act; and (iii) comply in all material respects with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by each Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the selling Holders thereof;

12

EXHIBIT 4.2

(c) furnish to the Holders, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as such Holder may reasonably request, in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Shares; the Company consents, subject to Section 6 hereof, to the lawful use of such Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, by the Holders, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Shares covered by any such Prospectus;

(d) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify, or obtain exemption from registration or qualification for, all Registrable Shares by the time the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission under all applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as FBR or any Holder of Registrable Shares covered by a Registration Statement shall reasonably request in writing, keep each such registration or qualification or exemption effective during the period such Registration Statement is required to be kept effective pursuant to Section 5(a) and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Holder to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Registrable Shares owned by such Holder; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction or to register as a broker or dealer in such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 5(d) and except as may be required by the Securities Act, (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction, or (iii) submit to the general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

(e) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement to be registered and approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the Holders thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Shares;

(f) notify FBR and each Holder promptly and, if requested by FBR or any Holder, confirm such advice in writing (i) when a Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendments and supplements thereto become effective, (ii) of the issuance by the Commission or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any Proceeding for that purpose, (iii) of any request by the Commission or any other federal, state or foreign governmental authority for (A) amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or related Prospectus or (B) additional information and (iv) of the happening of any event during the period a Registration Statement is effective as a result of which such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated by reference therein contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (which information shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the requisite changes have been made) and (v) at the request of any such Holder, promptly to furnish to such Holder a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such Prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchaser of such securities, such Prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

13

EXHIBIT 4.2

(g) use its commercially reasonable efforts to avoid the issuance of, or if issued, to obtain the withdrawal of, any order enjoining or suspending the use or effectiveness of a Registration Statement or suspending the qualification of (or exemption from qualification of) any of the Registrable Shares for sale in any jurisdiction, as promptly as practicable;

(h) upon request, furnish to each requesting Holder of Registrable Shares covered by a Registration Statement, without charge, one conformed copy of such Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment or supplement thereto (without documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested);

(i) except as provided in Section 6 hereof, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 5(f)(4) hereof, use its commercially reasonable efforts to promptly prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Shares, such Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(j) if requested by the representative of the underwriters, if any, or any Holders of Registrable Shares being sold in connection with such offering, (i) promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the representative of the underwriters, if any, or such Holders indicate relates to them or that they reasonably request be included therein and (ii) make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post- effective amendment as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company has received notification of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

(k) in the case of an Underwritten Offering, use its commercially reasonable efforts to furnish to the underwriters a signed counterpart, addressed to each such Holder and the underwriters, of: (i) an opinion of counsel for the Company customary for underwritten public offerings, dated the date of each closing under the underwriting agreement, reasonably satisfactory to the underwriters; and (ii) a “comfort” letter, dated the effective date of such Registration Statement and the date of each closing under the underwriting agreement, signed by the independent public accountants who have certified the Company’s financial statements included in such Registration Statement, covering substantially the same matters with respect to such Registration Statement (and the Prospectus included therein) and with respect to events subsequent to the date of such financial statements, as are customarily covered in accountants’ letters delivered to underwriters in underwritten public offerings of securities and such other financial matters as such Holder and the underwriters may reasonably request and are customarily obtained by underwriters in underwritten offerings;

(l) enter into customary agreements (including in the case of an Underwritten Offering, an underwriting agreement in customary form and reasonably satisfactory to the Company) and take all other reasonable action in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the distribution of the Registrable Shares included in such Registration Statement and, in the case of an Underwritten Offering, make representations and warranties to the Holders covered by such

14

EXHIBIT 4.2

Registration Statement and to the underwriters in such form and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings for companies of a similar business and size and confirm the same to the extent customary if and when requested;

(m) make available for inspection by representatives of the Holders and the representative of any underwriters participating in any disposition pursuant to a Registration Statement and any special counsel or accountants retained by such Holders or underwriters, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and cause the respective officers, directors and employees of the Company to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representatives, the representative of the underwriters, counsel thereto or accountants in connection with a Registration Statement; provided, however, that such records, documents or information that the Company determines, in good faith, to be confidential and notifies such representatives, representative of the underwriters, counsel thereto or accountants are confidential shall not be disclosed by such representatives, representative of the underwriters, counsel thereto or accountants unless (i) the disclosure of such records, documents or information is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in a Registration Statement or Prospectus, (ii) the release of such records, documents or information is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction, or (iii) such records, documents or information have been generally made available to the public; provided, further, that the representatives of the Holders and any underwriters will use commercially reasonable efforts, to the extent practicable, to coordinate the foregoing inspection and information gathering and not materially disrupt the Company’s business operations;

(n) use its commercially reasonable efforts (including, without limitation, seeking to cure any deficiencies cited by the exchange or market in the Company’s listing or inclusion application) to list or include all Registrable Shares on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Global Market;

(o) prepare and file in a timely manner all documents and reports required by the Exchange Act and, to the extent the Company’s obligation to file such reports pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act expires prior to the expiration of the effectiveness period of the Registration Statement as required by Section 5(a) hereof, the Company shall register the Registrable Shares under the Exchange Act and shall maintain such registration through the effectiveness period required by Section 5(a) hereof;

(p) provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Shares, not later than the effective date of the Registration Statement;

(q) (i) otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, (ii) make generally available to its stockholders, as soon as reasonably practicable, earnings statements covering at least twelve (12) months beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement that satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 (or any similar rule promulgated under the Securities Act) thereunder, but in no event later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company and (iii) not file any Registration Statement or Prospectus or amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or Prospectus to which any Holder of Registrable Shares covered by any

15

EXHIBIT 4.2

Registration Statement shall have reasonably objected on the grounds that such Registration Statement or Prospectus or amendment or supplement does not comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act, such Holder having been furnished with a copy thereof at least two (2) Business Days prior to the filing thereof;

(r) provide and cause to be maintained a registrar and transfer agent for all Registrable Shares covered by any Registration Statement from and after a date not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

(s) in connection with any sale or transfer of the Registrable Shares (whether or not pursuant to a Registration Statement) that will result in the securities being delivered no longer being Registrable Shares, cooperate with the Holders and the representative of the underwriters, if any, to facilitate (unless any Registrable Shares shall be in book-entry only form) the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Registrable Shares to be sold, which certificates shall not bear any restrictive transfer legends (other than as required by the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended from time to time) and to enable such Registrable Shares to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the representative of the underwriters, if any, or the Holders may request at least three (3) Business Days prior to any sale of the Registrable Shares;

(t) in connection with the initial filing of a Shelf Registration Statement and each amendment thereto with the Commission pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof, cooperate with FBR in connection with the filing with FINRA of all forms and information required or requested by FINRA in order to obtain written confirmation from FINRA that FINRA does not object to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements (or any deemed underwriting terms and arrangements) (each such written confirmation, a “No Objections Letter”) relating to the resale of Registrable Shares pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, including, without limitation, information provided to FINRA through its COBRADesk system, and pay all costs, fees and expenses incident to FINRA’s review of the Shelf Registration Statement and the related underwriting terms and arrangements, including, without limitation, all filing fees associated with any filings or submissions to FINRA and the reasonable legal expenses, filing fees and other disbursements of FBR and any other FINRA member that is the Holder of, or is affiliated or associated with an owner of, Registrable Shares included in the Shelf Registration Statement (including in connection with any initial or subsequent member filing);

(u) in connection with the initial filing of a Shelf Registration Statement and each amendment thereto filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof, provide to FBR and its representatives, the opportunity to conduct due diligence, including, without limitation, an inquiry of the Company’s financial and other records, and make available members of its management for questions regarding information which FBR may request in order to fulfill any due diligence obligation on its part and, concurrent with the initial filing of a Shelf Registration Statement with the Commission pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof and thereafter upon prompt request from FBR, pay to FBR, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, amounts to cover FBR’s reasonable out of pocket expenses associated with its due diligence review of the Shelf Registration Statement and the information contained therein, if any, not to exceed $50,000 in the aggregate;

16

EXHIBIT 4.2

(v) upon effectiveness of the first Registration Statement filed under this Agreement, take such actions and make such filings as are necessary to effect the registration of the Common Stock under the Exchange Act simultaneously with or immediately following the effectiveness of the Registration Statement; and

(w) in the case of an Underwritten Offering, use its commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter and its counsel (including any “qualified independent underwriter,” if applicable) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA.

The Company may require the Holders to furnish (and each Holder shall furnish) to the Company such information regarding the proposed distribution by such Holder of such Registrable Shares as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing or as shall be required to effect the registration of the Registrable Shares, and no Holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling stockholder in any Registration Statement and no Holder shall be entitled to use the Prospectus forming a part thereof if such Holder does not provide such information to the Company. Any Holder that sells Registrable Shares pursuant to a Registration Statement or as a selling security holder pursuant to an Underwritten Offering shall be required to be named as a selling shareholder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers. Each Holder further agrees to furnish promptly to the Company in writing all information required from time to time to make the information previously furnished by such Holder not misleading.

Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 5(f)(3) or 5(f)(4) hereof, such Holder will immediately discontinue disposition of Registrable Shares pursuant to a Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus. If so directed by the Company, such Holder will deliver to the Company (at the expense of the Company) all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Shares current at the time of receipt of such notice.

6. Black-Out Period

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 6 and a good faith determination by a majority of the independent members of the board of directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) that it is in the best interests of the Company to suspend the use of the Registration Statement, following the effectiveness of a Registration Statement (and the filings with any international, federal or state securities commissions), the Company, by written notice to FBR and the Holders, may direct the Holders to suspend sales of the Registrable Shares pursuant to a Registration Statement for such times as the Company reasonably may determine is necessary and advisable (but in no event for more than an aggregate of ninety (90) days in any rolling twelve (12) month period commencing on the Closing Date or more than sixty (60) days in any rolling ninety (90) day period), if any of the following events shall occur: (i) the representative of the underwriters of an Underwritten Offering of primary shares by the Company has advised the

17

EXHIBIT 4.2

Company that the sale of Registrable Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s primary Underwritten Offering; (ii) the majority of the independent members of the Board of Directors of the Company shall have determined in good faith that (A) the offer or sale of any Registrable Shares would materially impede, delay or interfere with any proposed financing, offer or sale of securities, acquisition, merger, tender offer, business combination, corporate reorganization or other significant transaction involving the Company, (B) after the advice of counsel, the sale of Registrable Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement would require disclosure of non-public material information not otherwise required to be disclosed under applicable law, and (C) (x) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving the confidentiality of such transaction or information, (y) disclosure would have a material adverse effect on the Company or the Company’s ability to consummate such transaction, or (z) the proposed transaction renders the Company unable to comply with Commission requirements, in each case under circumstances that would make it impractical or inadvisable to cause the Registration Statement (or such filings) to become effective or to promptly amend or supplement the Registration Statement on a post-effective basis, as applicable; or (iii) the majority of the independent members of the Board of Directors of the Company shall have determined in good faith, after the advice of counsel, that it is required by law, rule or regulation or that it is in the best interests of the Company to supplement the Registration Statement or file a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement in order to incorporate information into the Registration Statement for the purpose of (1) including in the Registration Statement any prospectus required under Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act; (2) reflecting in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement any facts or events arising after the effective date of the Registration Statement or any misstatement or omission in the prospectus (or of the most recent post-effective amendment) that, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth therein; or (3) including in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to such information. Upon the occurrence of any such suspension, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to become effective or to promptly amend or supplement the Registration Statement on a post- effective basis or to take such action as is necessary to make resumed use of the Registration Statement compatible with the Company’s best interests, as applicable, so as to permit the Holders to resume sales of the Registrable Shares as soon as possible.

(b) In the case of an event that causes the Company to suspend the use of a Registration Statement (a “Suspension Event”), the Company shall give written notice (a “Suspension Notice”) to FBR and the Holders to suspend sales of the Registrable Shares and such notice shall state generally the basis for the notice and that such suspension shall continue only for so long as the Suspension Event or its effect is continuing and the Company is using its best efforts and taking all reasonable steps to terminate suspension of the use of the Registration Statement as promptly as possible. The Holders shall not effect any sales of the Registrable Shares pursuant to such Registration Statement (or such filings) at any time after it has received a Suspension Notice from the Company and prior to receipt of an End of Suspension Notice (as defined below). If so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company (at the expense of the Company) all copies other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession of the Prospectus covering the Registrable Shares at the time of receipt of the Suspension Notice. The Holders may recommence effecting sales of the Registrable Shares pursuant to the Registration

18

EXHIBIT 4.2

Statement (or such filings) following further notice to such effect (an “End of Suspension Notice”) from the Company, which End of Suspension Notice shall be given by the Company to the Holders and FBR in the manner described above promptly following the conclusion of any Suspension Event and its effect.

(c) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if the Company shall give a Suspension Notice pursuant to this Section 6, the Company agrees that it shall extend the period of time during which the applicable Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from the date of receipt by the Holders of the Suspension Notice to and including the date of receipt by the Holders of the End of Suspension Notice and copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus necessary to resume sales.

7. Indemnification and Contribution

(a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder of Registrable Shares and any underwriter (as determined in the Securities Act) for such Holder (including, if applicable, FBR), (ii) each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act) any such Person described in clause (i) (any of the Persons referred to in this clause (ii) being hereinafter referred to as a “Controlling Person”), and (iii) the respective officers, directors, partners, members, employees, representatives and agents of any such Person or any Controlling Person (any Person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above may hereinafter be referred to as a “Purchaser Indemnitee”), to the fullest extent lawful, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, judgments, actions, out-of-pocket expenses, and other liabilities (the “Liabilities”), including without limitation and as incurred, reimbursement of all reasonable costs of investigating, preparing, pursuing or defending any Proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to any Purchaser Indemnitee, joint or several, directly or indirectly related to, based upon, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or any preliminary Prospectus or any other document used to sell the Registrable Shares, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that (A) the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that such Liabilities arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Purchaser Indemnitee furnished to the Company or any underwriter in writing by or on behalf of such Purchaser Indemnitee expressly for use therein and (B) in the case of a Suspension Event for which a Suspension Notice is delivered in accordance with Section 6 and actually received by such Holder (provided that a Holder shall be deemed to have received such Suspension Notice (I) when sent by the Company by confirmed electronic email or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient (or, if not so confirmed or if sent outside normal business hours, on the next business day) and (II) if delivered by mail, upon delivery at the address of the Holder as it appears in the records of the Company), the Company shall not be liable for any Liabilities resulting from a sale of Registrable Shares by any Holder occurring after receipt by such Holder of the Suspension

19

EXHIBIT 4.2

Notice and prior to delivery by the Company of an End of Suspension Notice (or, if earlier, the time that the suspension period is required to end pursuant to Section 6). The Company shall notify the Holders promptly of the institution, threat or assertion of any Proceeding (including any governmental investigation), or litigation of which it shall have become aware in connection with the matters addressed by this Agreement which involves the Company or a Purchaser Indemnitee. The indemnity provided for herein shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Purchaser Indemnitee.

(b) In connection with any Registration Statement in which a Holder of Registrable Shares is participating, and as a condition to such participation, such Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each Person who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act and their respective officers, directors, partners, members, employees, representatives and agents of such Person or Controlling Person to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to each Purchaser Indemnitee, but only with reference to untrue statements or omissions or alleged untrue statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in strict conformity with information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company in writing by such Holder expressly for use in such Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or any preliminary Prospectus. Absent gross negligence or willful misconduct, the liability of any Holder pursuant to this paragraph shall in no event exceed the net proceeds received by such Holder from sales of Registrable Shares pursuant to such Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or any preliminary Prospectus.

(c) If any Proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation) or demand shall be brought or asserted against any Person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) above, such Person (the “Indemnified Party”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “Indemnifying Party”) in writing of the commencement thereof (but the failure to so notify an Indemnifying Party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under this Section 7, except to the extent the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced by the failure to give notice), and the Indemnifying Party, upon request of the Indemnified Party(ies), shall retain a single counsel (and a single local counsel) reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party(ies) to represent the Indemnified Party(ies) and any others the Indemnifying Party may reasonably designate in such Proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses actually incurred by such counsel related to such Proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in any such Proceeding, any Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party, unless (i) the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed in writing to the contrary, (ii) the Indemnifying Party failed within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action to assume the defense and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, (iii) the Indemnifying Party and its counsel do not actively and vigorously pursue the defense of such action or (iv) the named parties to any such action (including any impleaded parties) include both such Indemnified Party and Indemnifying Party, or any Affiliate of the Indemnifying Party, and such Indemnified Party shall have been reasonably advised by counsel that, either (x) there may be one or more legal defenses

20

EXHIBIT 4.2

available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the Indemnifying Party or such Affiliate of the Indemnifying Party or (y) a conflict may exist between such Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party or such Affiliate of the Indemnifying Party (in which case the Indemnifying Party shall not have the right to assume nor direct the defense of such action on behalf of such Indemnified Party; it being understood, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall not, in connection with any one such action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for all such Indemnified Parties, which firm shall be designated in writing by those Indemnified Parties who sold a majority of the Registrable Shares sold by all such Indemnified Parties and any such separate firm for the Company, the directors, the officers and such control Persons of the Company as shall be designated in writing by the Company). The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any Proceeding effected without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, but if settled with such consent or if there is a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Party agrees to indemnify any Indemnified Party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. No Indemnifying Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened Proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such Proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of the Indemnified Party.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 7 is for any reason held to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party in respect of any Liabilities referred to therein (other than by reason of the exceptions provided therein) or is insufficient to hold harmless a party indemnified thereunder, then each Indemnifying Party under such paragraphs, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits of the Indemnified Party on the one hand and the Indemnifying Party(ies) on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such Liabilities, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party(ies) and the Indemnified Party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and any Purchaser Indemnitees on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by such Purchaser Indemnitees and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if such Indemnified Parties were treated as one entity for such purpose), or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 7(d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of any Liabilities referred to in Section 7(d) above shall

21

EXHIBIT 4.2

be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any reasonable legal or other expenses actually incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, in no event shall a Purchaser Indemnitee be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by such Purchaser Indemnitee from sales of Registrable Shares exceeds the amount of any damages that such Purchaser Indemnitee has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. For purposes of this Section 7, each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act) FBR or a Holder of Registrable Shares shall have the same rights to contribution as FBR or such Holder, as the case may be, and each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act) the Company, and each officer, director, partner, employee, representative, agent or manager of the Company shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company. Any party entitled to contribution will, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action, suit or Proceeding against such party in respect of which a claim for contribution may be made against another party or parties, notify each party or parties from whom contribution may be sought, but the omission to so notify such party or parties shall not relieve the party or parties from whom contribution may be sought from any obligation it or they may have under this Section 7 or otherwise, except to the extent that any party is materially prejudiced by the failure to give notice. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(f) The indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this Section 7 will be in addition to any liability which the Indemnifying Parties may otherwise have to the Indemnified Parties referred to above. The Purchaser Indemnitees’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the respective number of Registrable Shares sold by each of the Purchaser Indemnitees hereunder and not joint.

8. Market Stand-off Agreement

Each Holder hereby agrees that it shall not, to the extent requested by the Company or an underwriter of securities of the Company, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell (including without limitation any short sale), grant any option or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Registrable Shares or other shares of Common Stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Common Stock of the Company then owned by such Holder (other than to donees or partners of the Holder who agree to be similarly bound) (i) for a period (x) in the case of (I) the Company and each of is officers, directors, managers and employees, in each case to the extent such person or entity holds shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Common Stock, and (II) all Holders that are selling shares pursuant to the IPO Registration Statement, in each case beginning thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of, and continuing for one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of, the IPO Registration Statement to the Company; and (y) in the case of all other Holders, beginning on the effective date of, and continuing for sixty (60) days following the effective date of the IPO Registration Statement of the Company, or (ii) for a period of sixty (60) days following the effective date of an IPO Registration Statement of the Company

22

EXHIBIT 4.2

filed under the Securities Act; provided, however, with respect to the individuals and entities listed above in (x), that if (A) during the last 17 days of the 180-day period following the effective date of the IPO Registration Statement, the Company releases earnings results or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (B) prior to the expiration of such 180-day period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of such 180-day period, then in each case the such 180-day period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless the managing underwriter(s) waive(s), in writing, such extension; provided, further, however, that:

(a) the restrictions above shall not apply to Registrable Shares sold pursuant to the IPO Registration Statement;

(b) all executive officers and directors of the Company then holding shares of Common Stock of the Company or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Common Stock of the Company enter into agreements that are no less restrictive;

(c) the Holders shall be allowed any concession or proportionate release allowed to any officer or director that entered into agreements that are no less restrictive (with such proportion being determined by dividing the number of shares being released with respect to such officer or director by the total number of issued and outstanding shares held by such officer or director); provided, that nothing in this Section 8(c) shall be construed as a right to proportionate release for the executive officers and directors of the Company upon the expiration of the sixty (60) day period applicable to all Holders other than the executive officers and directors of the Company; and

(d) this Section 8 shall not be applicable if a Shelf Registration Statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act has been declared effective prior to the filing of an IPO Registration Statement.

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company shall have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the securities subject to this Section 8 and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Shares and such other securities of each Holder (and the securities of every other Person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

9. Termination of the Company’s Obligation

The Company shall have no obligation pursuant to this Agreement with respect to any Registrable Shares proposed to be sold by a Holder in a registration pursuant to this Agreement if, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, (i) all such Registrable Shares proposed to be sold by a Holder may be sold in a single transaction without any volume or manner of sale restrictions or compliance by the Company with any current public information requirements pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor or analogous rule) under the Securities Act and (ii) the Registrable Shares have been listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Global Market.

23

EXHIBIT 4.2

10. Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights

From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Holders beneficially owning not less than a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Shares (provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 10, Registrable Shares that are owned, directly or indirectly, by an Affiliate of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding), enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include such securities in any Registration Statement filed pursuant to the terms hereof, unless, under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the same proportionate extent (based on their respective numbers of registrable shares) as the holders of Registrable Shares of the Holders that is included, and (b) have market stand-off arrangements no more favorable to the holders than those contained in Section 8 of this Agreement.



11. Miscellaneous

(a) Remedies. In the event of a breach by the Company of any of its obligations under this Agreement, each Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided herein or, in the case of FBR, in the Purchase/Placement Agreement, or granted by law, including the rights granted in Section 2(f) hereof and recovery of damages, will be entitled to seek specific performance of its rights under this Agreement. Subject to Section 7, the Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of any of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby further agrees that, in the event of any action for specific performance in respect of such breach, it shall waive the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

(b) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, without the written consent of the Company and Holders beneficially owning not less than a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Shares; provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 11(b), Registrable Shares that are owned, directly or indirectly, by an Affiliate of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding; provided, further, that Sections 2(a), 2(f) and 3 may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents thereto or departures therefrom may not be given, without the written consent of the Company and Holders beneficially owning not less than 75% of the then outstanding Registrable Shares. No amendment shall be deemed effective unless it applies uniformly to all Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to or departure from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of a Holder whose securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect, impair, limit or compromise the rights of other Holders may be given by such Holder; provided that the provisions of this sentence may not be amended, modified or supplemented except in accordance with the provisions of the first and second sentences of this paragraph.

24

EXHIBIT 4.2

(c) Notices. All notices and other communications, provided for or permitted hereunder, shall be made in writing and delivered by facsimile (with receipt confirmed), overnight courier or registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by telegram:

(i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by the transfer agent and registrar of the Shares to the Company; and

(ii) if to the Company, at the offices of the Company at 1001 19th Street North, Arlington, Virginia 22209, Attention: John M. Sherwood (with copy to: Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, 51 West 52nd Street, New York, New York, Attention: David E. Shapiro/Alison M. Zieske (facsimile: (212) 403-2316/(212) 403-2107)); and

(iii) if to FBR, at the offices of FBR at 1001 Nineteenth Street North, Arlington, Virginia 22209, Attention: William Ginivan, Esq. (facsimile 703-469-1140).



(d) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment or assumption, subsequent Holders. The Company agrees that the Holders shall be third party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder by FBR and the Company, and each Holder shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights hereunder; provided, however, that such Holder fulfills all of its obligations hereunder.

(e) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(f) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(g) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE COURT IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN NEW YORK IN RESPECT OF ANY PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, AND IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY EFFECTIVELY DO SO UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT AND ANY CLAIM THAT

25

EXHIBIT 4.2

ANY SUCH PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

(h) Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties hereto that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

(i) Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Purchase/Placement Agreement, is intended by the parties hereto as a final expression of their agreement, and is intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein.

(j) Registrable Shares Held by the Company or its Affiliates. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Shares is required hereunder, Registrable Shares held by the Company or its Affiliates shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

(k) Adjustment for Stock Splits, etc. Wherever in this Agreement there is a reference to a specific number of shares, then upon the occurrence of any subdivision, combination, or stock dividend of such shares, the specific number of shares so referenced in this Agreement shall automatically be proportionally adjusted to reflect the effect on the outstanding shares of such class or series of stock by such subdivision, combination, or stock dividend.

(l) Survival. This Agreement is intended to survive the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase/Placement Agreement. The indemnification and contribution obligations under Section 7 of this Agreement shall survive the termination of the Company’s obligations under Section 2 of this Agreement.

(m) Attorneys’ Fees. In any action or Proceeding brought to enforce any provision of this Agreement, or where any provision hereof is validly asserted as a defense, the prevailing party, as determined by the court, shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees in addition to any other available remedy.






[Signature page follows]

26

EXHIBIT 4.2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

NMI HOLDINGS, INC.


By: /s/ Bradley M. Shuster
Name: Bradley M. Shuster
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer


FBR CAPITAL MARKETS & CO.

By: /s/ Paul Dellisola
Name: Paul Dellisola
Title: Senior Managing Director






























[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

27
4.3 Registration Rights Agreement NMI Holdings, Inc & MAC Financial Ltd.4.24.12
EXHIBIT 4.3


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of April 24, 2012, by and between MAC Financial Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company (“MAC”), and NMI Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2011, between the Company and MAC (as amended from time to time, the “Stock Purchase Agreement”), the Company is consummating the purchase from MAC of all of the capital stock of MAC Financial Holding Corporation (the “Purchase”);

WHEREAS, as part of the consideration for the Purchase, the Company is issuing (a) 250,000 shares (the “Initial Shares”) of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Common Shares”) and (b) a warrant to purchase Common Shares has been or is being issued pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement (as such warrant may be divided from time to time, the “Warrants”); and

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to enter into this Agreement pursuant to the terms of the Warrants.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

(a) Except as otherwise specified herein or as the context may otherwise require, the following terms as used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth below:

Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person who directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, control of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by contract, securities ownership or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have the respective meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

Blackout Period” has the meaning specified in Section 2(c)(i).

Closing Date” means April 24, 2012.

Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

1

EXHIBIT 4.3

Common Shares” has the meaning specified in the second recital.

Company” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

Controlling Person” has the meaning specified in Section 7(a).

Counsel” has the meaning specified in Section 3(q).

Covered Holder” means (x) MAC but only in respect of Registrable Securities owned by MAC and (y) any permitted transferee or assignee of Warrants or Registrable Securities who agrees to become bound by all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Effectiveness Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2(a)(i).

End of Suspension Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 2(c)(ii).

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, or any similar successor statute.

FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

FBR Holders” has the meaning specified in Section 2(a)(ii).

FBR Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Statement, dated April 24, 2012, between FBR & Co., FBR Capital Markets LT, Inc. and the Company.

Free Writing Prospectus” means a free writing prospectus (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) relating to Registrable Securities.

Indemnified Party” has the meaning specified in Section 7(c).

Indemnifying Party” has the meaning specified in Section 7(c).

Initial Shares” has the meaning specified in the second recital.

Inspector” has the meaning specified in Section 3(q).

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means an issuer free writing prospectus (as such term is defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act) relating to Registrable Securities.

Liabilities” has the meaning specified in Section 7(a).

MAC” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

Maximum Offering Size” has the meaning specified in Section 2(a)(ii).

Participating Covered Holder” means, with respect to any Registration Statement, each Covered Holder whose Registrable Securities are included or are to be included in such Registration Statement.


2

EXHIBIT 4.3

Private Placement Holders” has the meaning specified in Section 4(a).

Person” means any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, joint stock company, association, trust, unincorporated organization or a government agency or political subdivision thereof.

Private Placement Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement with FBR Capital Markets & Co. for the benefit of, among others, the Persons (as defined below) who purchase Common Shares in such private placement.

Prospectus” means the prospectus (including any preliminary prospectus and/or any final prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act and any prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance on Rule 430A, Rule 430B or Rule 430C under the Securities Act) included in a Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act) with respect to the terms of the offering or any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement and by all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, including all material incorporated by reference in such prospectus and all documents filed after the date of such prospectus by the Company under the Exchange Act and incorporated by reference therein.

Public Offering” means an offer registered with the Commission and the appropriate state securities commissions by the Company of its Common Shares and made pursuant to the Securities Act.

Purchase” has the meaning specified in the first recital.

Purchaser Indemnitee” has the meaning specified in Section 7(a).

Records” has the meaning specified in Section 3(q).

Registrable Securities” means (i) the Initial Shares, (ii) the Warrant Shares and (iii) any shares or other securities issued in respect of such Registrable Securities by reason of or in connection with any share dividend, share distribution, share split, purchase in any rights offering or in connection with any exchange for or replacement of such Registrable Securities or any combination of shares, recapitalization, amalgamation, merger or consolidation, any other equity securities issued in respect of Registrable Securities pursuant to any other pro rata distribution with respect to the Common Shares; provided, however, that a Common Share shall cease to be a Registrable Security for purposes of this Agreement when it no longer is a Restricted Security.

Registration Expenses” means any and all expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with this Agreement (whether with respect to a demand registration, piggyback registration or otherwise), including: (i) all Commission, securities exchange, FINRA registration, listing, inclusion and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with international, federal or state securities or blue sky laws (including any registration, listing and filing fees and reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in

3

EXHIBIT 4.3

connection with blue sky qualification of any of the Registrable Securities and the preparation of a blue sky memorandum and compliance with the rules of the FINRA), (iii) all expenses in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, duplicating, printing, delivering and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements, certificates and any other documents relating to the performance under and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing or inclusion of any of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange pursuant to Section 3(j) of this Agreement, (v) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of the independent registered public accounting firm of the Company (including the expenses of any special audit and “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to the performance of this Agreement), and (vi) any fees and disbursements customarily paid in issues and sales of securities (including the fees and expenses of any experts retained by the Company in connection with any Registration Statement); provided, however, that Registration Expenses shall exclude (x) brokers’ or underwriters’ discounts and commissions, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Securities by any Covered Holder, (y) any fees and expenses incurred by any broker or underwriter, other than such fees and expenses that the Company shall have agreed in writing with such underwriter to pay and (z) all transfer taxes and transfer fees in connection with a registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement.

Registration Period” has the meaning specified in Section 3(d).

Registration Statement” means any registration statement of the Company, which covers any of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement or Prospectus, including pre- and post-effective amendments, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference, if any, in such registration statement.

Requested Information” has the meaning specified in Section 4(a).

Restricted Security” means (i) the Initial Shares, (ii) the Warrant Shares and (iii) any shares or other securities issued in respect of such Restricted Securities by reason of or in connection with any share dividend, share distribution, share split, purchase in any rights offering or in connection with any exchange for or replacement of such Restricted Securities or any combination of shares, recapitalization, amalgamation, merger or consolidation, any other equity securities issued in respect of Registrable Securities pursuant to any other pro rata distribution with respect to the Common Shares; provided, however, that Restricted Security shall exclude any of the foregoing securities that (i) has been registered pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and sold in a manner contemplated by the prospectus included in such registration statement, (ii) has been transferred by a Covered Holder in compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor provision thereto) or is transferable by a Covered Holder without regard to the volume, manner of sale, notice, current public information or other requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor provision thereto), or (iii) otherwise has been transferred by a Covered Holder and a book-entry or new certificate representing a Common Share not subject to transfer restrictions under the Securities Act has been entered, or delivered by or on behalf of, the Company.


4

EXHIBIT 4.3

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, or any similar successor statute.

Shelf S-1 Resale Registration Statement” means a shelf registration statement on Form S-1 to be filed by the Company, as contemplated by Section 2(a) of the Private Placement Registration Rights Agreement.

Stock Purchase Agreement” has the meaning specified in the first recital.

Suspension Event” has the meaning specified in Section 2(c)(ii).

Suspension Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 2(c)(ii).

Underwritten Offering” means a sale of securities of the Company to an underwriter or underwriters for reoffering to the public.

Warrant Share” means any Common Share issuable upon exercise of a Warrant or any other shares or other securities issued or issuable in respect of a Warrant, including (without limitation) in connection with the adjustment provisions of such Warrant.

Warrants” has the meaning specified in the second recital.

(b) As used herein, terms defined in the singular shall have a comparable meaning when used in the plural and vice versa. Terms defined in the current tense shall have a comparable meaning when used in the past or future tense and vice versa. Terms defined as a noun shall have a comparable meaning when used as an adjective, adverb or verb and vice versa. References to “Sections” or “Exhibits” shall refer to the Sections of or exhibits to this Agreement unless otherwise specifically indicated. Whenever the term “include” or “including” is used in this Agreement, it shall mean “including, without limitation” (whether or not such language is specifically set forth) and shall not be deemed to limit the range of possibilities to those items specifically enumerated. The term “or” is not exclusive. Unless otherwise limited, the words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision. Each reference to any Person includes such Person’s successors and assigns. References to any agreements, instruments or other documents includes such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified. This Agreement is the result of the joint efforts of the parties hereto, and each provision of this Agreement has been subject to the mutual consultation, negotiation and agreement of the parties and there will be no construction against any party based on any presumption of that party’s involvement in the drafting of this Agreement.

2. Registration.

(a) Demand Registration Rights.

(i) At any time after the Shelf S-1 Resale Registration Statement has been withdrawn or has ceased to be effective, or if the Shelf S-1 Resale Registration Statement has not been filed or become effective

5

EXHIBIT 4.3

within the respective periods prescribed in the Private Placement Registration Rights Agreement, if the Company shall receive a written request for registration under the Securities Act from the Covered Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities, the Company shall (A) provide written notice to all other Covered Holders of such request and extend to them the opportunity to include their Registrable Securities in the proposed registration, (B) in no event later than 60 days after the receipt of such request (but subject to any applicable Blackout Periods), prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement under the Securities Act on Form S-3 (or such other form as may be available for use by the Company) relating to the offer and sale of the Registrable Securities by the Covered Holders joining in such request and (C) subject to Section 2(a)(ii), use its commercially reasonable efforts to promptly effect such registration and cause such Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as soon as possible after the initial filing thereof, including, providing written responses to any comments made by the Commission regarding such Registration Statement and filing any necessary pre-effective amendments and all necessary exhibits thereto. The Company shall, subject to any applicable Blackout Periods, use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Registration Statement effective for the period beginning on the date such Registration Statement becomes effective (the “Effectiveness Date”) and terminating on the earlier of (x) one year after the last date that a Warrant is exercised or, if later, the expiration of the last Warrant remaining outstanding and (y) the date upon which all Registrable Securities then held by the Participating Covered Holders and included in such Registration Statement either (i) may be resold without restriction of any kind and without need for such Registration Statement to be effective or (ii) have been disposed of pursuant to transactions contemplated by the Registration Statement. The Company’s obligation to file and maintain the effectiveness of a Registration Statement under this Section 2(a) shall terminate on the date upon which all Registrable Securities then held by the Participating Covered Holders and included in such Registration Statement either (i) may be resold without restriction of any kind under the Securities Act and without need for a Registration Statement to be effective or (ii) have been disposed of pursuant to transactions contemplated by the Registration Statement.

(ii) If a registration pursuant to this Section 2(a) involves a Public Offering that is an Underwritten Offering, the Company and each other selling security holder participating in such Public Offering shall agree to sell any Common Shares to be sold by them to the underwriters on the same terms as apply to the Common Shares to be sold by the Participating Covered Holders. If the managing underwriter thereof advises the Company and the Participating Covered Holders that, in its view, the number of Common Shares that the Company and the Participating Covered Holders and other selling security holders (if any) intend to include in such registration exceeds the largest number of Common Shares that can be sold without having an adverse effect on such Public Offering, including with respect to the price at which such shares can be sold (the “Maximum Offering Size”), the Company shall include in such registration only that number of Common Shares which does not exceed the Maximum Offering Size, in the following order of priorities: (1) first, all Registrable Securities that the Participating Covered Holders have requested to include therein, (2) second, the securities proposed to be registered by the Company and (3) third, the securities proposed to be registered by other holders of securities entitled to participate in the registration, drawn from them (on a pro rata basis based on the number of shares having registration rights held by each holder who is requesting inclusion), provided, however, that if the Public Offering referred to in this Section 2(a) constitutes an IPO Registration Statement (as defined in the Private Placement Registration Rights Agreement), any shares to be included in such IPO Registration Statement shall be allocated first, to the Participating Covered Holders and the securities requested to be registered by other holders of


6

EXHIBIT 4.3

securities (including the holders entitled to participate in the registration pursuant to the Private Placement Registration Rights Agreement (the “Private Placement Holders”) and the holders entitled to participate in the registration pursuant to the FBR Registration Rights Agreement (the “FBR Holders”) entitled to participate in the registration having a priority equal to the priority of the Covered Holders, drawn from them (on a pro rata basis based on the number of shares having registration rights held by each holder who is requesting inclusion) and second, to the securities requested to be registered by other holders of securities with registration rights that are inferior with respect to such reduction) to the registration rights of the holders hereunder.

(iii) Subject to Section 2(a)(iv), the Company shall be required to register the Registrable Securities not more than two (2) times pursuant to this Section 2(a), provided, however, that if Participating Covered Holders are not able to register all of their Registrable Securities in a requested registration, such request shall not count as a request to register Registrable Securities for the purposes of this Section 2(a)(iii).

(iv) At any time before a Registration Statement requested by any Covered Holder pursuant to this Section 2(a) has become effective, any Participating Covered Holder may withdraw its request by written notice to the Company and upon receipt of such notice the Company shall, at its option, either (x) withdraw the Registration Statement (if any) that it previously filed in connection with such request (but only if the number of Registrable Securities withdrawn is more than half of the number of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement) or (y) amend such Registration Statement to remove any Registrable Securities included therein at the request of the Participating Covered Holders seeking to withdraw their Registrable Securities, and in either case shall be relieved of all obligations under this Section 2(a) with respect to such request. For the avoidance of doubt, the filing of a Registration Statement requested by any Covered Holder pursuant to this Section 2(a) that is subsequently withdrawn by the Company pursuant to this Section 2(a)(iv) shall count as a request to register Registrable Securities and, for purposes of Section 2(a)(iv), shall be deemed to be a registration of the Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2(a); provided that, if the Company elects to withdraw the Registration Statement and the Participating Covered Holders reimburse the Company for all of the Company’s costs and expenses incurred in complying with such request through the time the Company receives notice of the Covered Holders’ withdrawal of such request, such request shall not count as a request to register Registrable Securities for purposes of Section 2(a)(iv).

(v) Subject to the FBR Capital Markets & Co.’s right of first refusal as set forth in the Engagement Letter, dated March 2, 2012, between it and the Company, if a requested registration pursuant to this Section 2(a) involves an Underwritten Offering, the underwriter or underwriters thereof shall be selected by the Participating Covered Holders holding a majority of Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested and shall be acceptable to the Company; provided that the Company shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its acceptance of any proposed underwriters.

(b) Piggyback Registration Rights.

(i) If the Company proposes to register any of its Common Shares under the Securities Act (other than a registration on Form S-8 or S-4 or any successor or similar forms), whether or

7

EXHIBIT 4.3

not for sale for its own account, including the Shelf S-1 Resale Registration Statement, it shall at such time give prompt written notice at least 20 days prior to the anticipated filing date of the registration statement relating to such registration to the Covered Holders, which notice shall set forth such Covered Holders’ rights under this Section 2(b) and shall offer the Covered Holders the opportunity to include in such registration statement such number of Registrable Securities as the Covered Holders may request. Upon the written request of any Covered Holder made within15 days of the notice from the Company (which request shall specify the number of Registrable Securities such Covered Holder seeks to register), the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to include in such registration all Registrable Securities that the Company has been so requested to register by any Covered Holder, to the extent required to permit the disposition of the Registrable Securities to be so registered; provided, however, that (A) if such registration involves an Underwritten Offering, the Participating Covered Holders must sell their Registrable Securities to the underwriters on the same terms and conditions as apply to the Company or other selling security holders, (B) if such registration does not involve an Underwritten Offering, the Participating Covered Holders must sell their Registrable Securities in accordance with a plan of distribution as reasonably specified by the Participating Covered Holders, from time to time, if, at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register any Common Shares pursuant to this Section 2(b) and prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement filed in connection with such registration (other than the Shelf S-1 Resale Registration Statement), the Company shall determine for any reason not to register such Common Shares, the Company shall give written notice to the Participating Covered Holders and, thereupon, shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such registration.

(ii) If a registration pursuant to this Section 2(b) involves an Underwritten Offering and the managing underwriter thereof advises the Company that, in its view, the number of Common Shares that the Company and the Participating Covered Holders and other selling security holders (if any) intend to include in such registration exceeds the Maximum Offering Size, the Company shall include in such registration only that number of Common Shares which does not exceed the Maximum Offering Size, in the following order of priorities: (1) first, all securities the Company proposes to sell for its own account and all securities that other holders of securities entitled to participate in the registration with a priority greater than the priority of the Covered Holders, in such priority among them as is agreed among the Company and such other holders of securities, (2) second, the Registrable Securities of the Participating Covered Holders and the securities requested to be registered by other holders of securities (including the Private Placement Holders and the FBR Holders) entitled to participate in the registration having a priority equal to the priority of the Covered Holders, drawn from them (on a pro rata basis based on the number of shares having registration rights held by each holder who is requesting inclusion) and (3) third, the securities requested to be registered by other holders of securities with registration rights that are inferior with respect to such reduction) to the registration rights of the holders hereunder.

(iii) The Participating Covered Holders, the Private Placement Holders and the FBR Holders priority to participate in the registration of Common Shares in any Registration Statement shall be pari passu, except that (1) in a registration requested by any Covered Holder, the priority set forth in Section 2(a)(ii) shall apply, (2) in a registration requested by any FBR Holder, the priority set forth in Section 2(a)(ii) of the FBR Registration Rights Agreement shall

8

EXHIBIT 4.3

apply and (3) in a take-down under a shelf registration statement (including the Shelf S-1 Resale Registration Statement) requested by a Participating Covered Holder, Private Placement Holder or FBR Holder, such requesting holder shall have a priority greater to the priority of the non- requesting holders.

(iv) If as a result of the proration provisions of this Section 2(b), the Participating Covered Holders are not entitled to include all Registrable Securities that they have requested to include in such registration, any Participating Covered Holder may elect to withdraw its request to include any Registrable Securities in such registration.

(v) If any Participating Covered Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any Registration Statement filed by the Company but before such Registration Statement becomes effective, such Participating Covered Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right under this Section 2(b) to include any Registrable Securities then held by it in any subsequent Registration Statement as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its Common Shares.

(vi) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligations under this Section 2(b) at any time that the Registrable Securities that the Participating Covered Holders seek to include in a Registration Statement are the subject of an effective registration statement.

(c) Blackout Period.

(i) Subject to the provisions of this Section 2(c) and a good faith determination by a majority of the independent members of the Board of Directors of the Company that it is in the best interests of the Company to suspend the use of the Registration Statement, following the effectiveness of a Registration Statement (and the filings with any foreign, federal or state securities commissions), the Company, by written notice to managing underwriter (if any) and the Participating Covered Holders, may direct the Participating Covered Holders to suspend sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement for such times as the Company reasonably may determine is necessary and advisable (but in no event for more than (x) an aggregate of ninety (90) days in any rolling twelve (12)-month period commencing on the Closing Date or (y) more than sixty (60) days in any rolling 90-day period), if any of the following events shall occur: (1) the representative of the underwriters of an Underwritten Offering of primary shares by the Company has advised the Company that the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s primary offering; (2) the majority of the independent members of the Board of Directors of the Company shall have determined in good faith that (A) either (I) the offer or sale of any Registrable Securities would materially impede, delay or interfere with any proposed financing, offer or sale of securities, acquisition, merger, tender offer, business combination, corporate reorganization or other significant transaction involving the Company or (II) after the advice of counsel, the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement would require disclosure of non-public material information not otherwise required to be disclosed under applicable law, and (B) (x) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving the confidentiality of such proposed transaction or information, (y) disclosure would have a material adverse effect on the Company or the Company’s ability to consummate the proposed transaction, or (z) the proposed transaction renders the Company unable to comply with

9

EXHIBIT 4.3

Commission requirements, in each case under circumstances that would make it impractical or inadvisable to cause the Registration Statement (or such filings) to become effective or to promptly amend or supplement the Registration Statement on a post-effective basis, as applicable; or (3) the majority of the independent members of the Board of Directors of the Company shall have determined in good faith, after the advice of counsel, that the Company is required by law, rule or regulation or that it is in the best interests of the Company to supplement the Registration Statement or file a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement in order to incorporate information into the Registration Statement for the purpose of (A) including in the Registration Statement any prospectus required under Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act; (B) reflecting in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement any facts or events arising after the effective date of the Registration Statement or any misstatement or omission in the prospectus (or of the most recent post-effective amendment) that, individually or in the aggregate, represents a fundamental change in the information set forth therein; or (C) including in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to such information. Any period in which the use of the Registration Statement has been suspended in accordance with this Section 2(c) is sometimes referred to herein as a “Blackout Period.” Upon the occurrence of any such suspension, the Company shall use all reasonable efforts to cause the Registration Statement to become effective or to promptly amend or supplement the Registration Statement on a post-effective basis or to take such action as is necessary to make resumed use of the Registration Statement compatible with the Company’s best interests, as applicable, so as to permit the Participating Covered Holders to resume sales of the Registrable Securities as soon as possible.

(ii) In the case of an event that causes the Company to suspend the use of a Registration Statement (a “Suspension Event”), the Company shall give written notice (a “Suspension Notice”) to the managing underwriter (if any) and the Participating Covered Holders to suspend sales of the Registrable Securities and such notice shall state generally the basis for the notice and that such suspension shall continue only for so long as the Suspension Event or its effect is continuing (but in no event longer than the periods specified in Section 2(c)(i)) and that the Company is using all reasonable efforts and taking all reasonable steps to terminate suspension of the use of the Registration Statement as promptly as possible. Such Participating Covered Holders shall not effect any sales of their Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement (or such filings) at any time after they have received a Suspension Notice from the Company and prior to receipt of an End of Suspension Notice (as defined below). If so directed by the Company, such Participating Covered Holders shall deliver to the Company (at the expense of the Company) or destroy, all copies (other than permanent file copies) then in such Participating Covered Holders’ possession of the Prospectus covering the Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of the Suspension Notice. Such Participating Covered Holders may recommence effecting sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement (or such filings) following further notice to such effect (an “End of Suspension Notice”) from the Company, which End of Suspension Notice shall be given by the Company to such Participating Covered Holders and the managing underwriter in the manner described above promptly following the conclusion of any Suspension Event and its effect.

(iii) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if the Company shall give a Suspension Notice pursuant to this Section 2(c), the Company agrees that it shall extend the

10

EXHIBIT 4.3

period of time during which the applicable Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from the date of receipt by such Participating Covered Holders of the Suspension Notice to and including the date of receipt by such Participating Covered Holders of the End of Suspension Notice and copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus necessary to resume sales.

3. Obligations of the Company. In connection with the registration of the Registrable Securities, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to:

(a) Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary under applicable law to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period; and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and cause the Prospectus as so supplemented or any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 or Rule 433, respectively (or any similar provision then in force) under the Securities Act and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to it with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by each Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the Participating Covered Holders thereof (including sales by any broker-dealer);

(b) Not prepare, use or file any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus which refers to the Registrable Securities unless such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus has been approved by the Participating Covered Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld);

(c) During such time as a Registration Statement is effective or such shorter period that will terminate when all the Registrable Securities included therein have been sold (the “Registration Period”), comply with the provisions of the Securities Act in all material respects with respect to the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement;

(d) Prior to the filing with the Commission of any Registration Statement (including any amendments thereto) and the distribution or delivery of any Prospectus (including any supplements thereto) or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, provide draft copies thereof (including a copy of the accountant’s consent letter to be included in the filing) to one firm of counsel (“Participating Covered Holders Counsel”) selected by the Participating Covered Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement and such drafts shall be subject to the reasonable review of such counsel (which review shall be reasonably prompt); provided that the Company shall not file any Registration Statement, amendment or post-effective amendment or supplement thereto, Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to which such counsel shall have reasonably objected on the grounds that such Registration Statement, amendment or post-effective amendment or supplement thereto, Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as applicable, does not comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act (any such objection to include an explanation of the reasons therefor));

11

EXHIBIT 4.3

(e) Furnish to the Participating Covered Holders, without charge, (A) promptly after the same is prepared and publicly distributed, filed with the Commission or received by the Company, one copy of the Registration Statement, each Prospectus, each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and each amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing and (B) such number of copies of each Prospectus, each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and all amendments and supplements thereto and such other documents as such Participating Covered Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by them;

(f) (i) Register or qualify, or obtain exemption from registration or qualification for, the Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement under such securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any Participating Covered Holder shall reasonably request in writing; (ii) prepare and file in such jurisdictions such amendments (including post-effective amendments) and supplements to such registrations and qualifications as may be necessary to maintain the effectiveness thereof at all times during the Registration Period; (iii) take all such other lawful actions as may be necessary to maintain such registrations and qualifications in effect at all times during the Registration Period; and (iv) take all such other lawful actions reasonably necessary or advisable to qualify the Registrable Securities for sale in such jurisdictions; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required in connection with any of its obligations under this Section 3(f) (A) to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 3(f), (B) to subject itself to general taxation in any such jurisdiction or (C) to file a general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction;

(g) Cause all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement to be registered and approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the Participating Covered Holders to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required (A) to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 3(g), (B) to subject itself to general taxation in any such jurisdiction or (C) to file a general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction;

(h) Notify each Participating Covered Holder promptly and, if requested by any Participating Covered Holder, confirm such advice in writing (i) when a Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendments and supplements thereto become effective, (ii) of the issuance by the Commission or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iii) of any request by the Commission or any other federal, state or foreign governmental authority for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or related Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the happening of any event during the period a Registration Statement is effective as a result of which such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated by reference therein or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading (which information shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the requisite changes have been made) and (v) at the

12

EXHIBIT 4.3

request of any Participating Covered Holder, promptly to furnish to such Participating Covered Holder a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such Prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchaser of such securities, such Prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(i) Avoid the issuance of, or if issued, obtain the withdrawal of, any order enjoining or suspending the use or effectiveness of a Registration Statement or suspending of the qualification (or exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction, as promptly as practicable;

(j) Upon the effectiveness of the first Registration Statement filed by the Company, cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange, or authorized for trading in each market, on which or in which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or traded;

(k) Enter into and perform customary agreements (including in the case of an Underwritten Offering, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all other action in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the distribution of the Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement and, in the case of an Underwritten Offering, make representations and warranties to the Participating Covered Holders covered by such Registration Statement and to the underwriters in such form and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings and confirm the same to the extent customary if and when requested;

(l) Provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar, which may be a single entity, for the Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of the first Registration Statement;

(m) Cooperate with the Participating Covered Holders to facilitate (unless the Registrable Securities are in book-entry form) the timely preparation and delivery of certificates for the Registrable Securities to be offered pursuant to a Registration Statement and enable such certificates for the Registrable Securities to be in such denominations or amounts, as the case may be, as such Participating Covered Holders reasonably may request and registered in such names as such Participating Covered Holders may request; and, within three (3) business days after a Registration Statement which includes Registrable Securities is declared effective by the Commission, deliver to the transfer agent for the Registrable Securities (with copies to such Participating Covered Holders) an appropriate instruction and, to the extent necessary, cause legal counsel selected by the Company to deliver an opinion of such counsel to such transfer agent;

(n) Take all such other lawful actions reasonably necessary to expedite and facilitate the disposition by such Participating Covered Holders of their Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended methods therefor provided in the Prospectus which are customary under the circumstances, including by making senior management available to participate in road shows and meeting with potential investors as such Participating Covered Holders shall

13

EXHIBIT 4.3

reasonably request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction or to register as a broker or dealer in such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 3(p) and except as may be required by the Securities Act, (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction, or (iii) submit to the general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

(o) Make available for reasonable inspection by any seller of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter (each, an “Inspector” and collectively, the “Inspectors”), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company (collectively, the “Records”), and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any Inspector in connection with such registration statement; provided that any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or other agent use commercially reasonable efforts to coordinate their efforts so as not to disrupt the business operations of the Company. Records that the Company determines, in good faith, to be confidential or protected by attorney- client privilege and which it notifies the Inspectors are confidential or protected by attorney- client privilege shall not be disclosed by the Inspectors (and the Inspectors shall confirm their agreement in writing in advance to the Company if the Company shall so request) unless (i) the disclosure of such Records is necessary, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in the Registration Statement, (ii) the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction after exhaustion of all appeals therefrom or (iii) the information in such Records was known to the Inspectors on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure by the Company or has been made generally available to the public. Each Covered Holder agrees that it shall, upon learning that disclosure of such Records is sought in a court of competent jurisdiction, give prompt notice to the Company and allow the Company, at the Company’s expense, to undertake appropriate action to prevent disclosure of the Records deemed confidential, and the Covered Holder shall cooperate with the Company in such actions to the extent reasonably requested by the Company. In the event that the Company fails to prevent disclosure of such Records reasonably before the deadline by which such Covered Holder is required to produce such Records, then such Covered Holder agrees that it shall furnish only such portion of those Records which it is advised by their counsel, whether in-house or otherwise (“Counsel”), is legally required and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain assurance that confidential treatment, if available, will be accorded to those Records; and

(p) In the case of an Underwritten Offering, cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter and its counsel (including an “qualified independent underwriter,” if applicable) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA.

4. Obligations of the Covered Holders. In connection with the registration of the Registrable Securities, the Participating Covered Holders shall have the following obligations:

(a) It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to complete the registration pursuant to this Agreement with respect to the Registrable Securities that the Participating Covered Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding

14

EXHIBIT 4.3

themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities held by them as shall be reasonably required to effect the registration of such Registrable Securities and shall execute such documents in connection with such registration as the Company may reasonably request. At least ten (10) business days prior to the first anticipated filing date of a Registration Statement (which anticipated date shall be set forth in the notice), the Company shall notify such Participating Covered Holders and Participating Covered Holders Counsel of the information relating to such Covered Holders and the Registrable Securities the Company requires from such Participating Covered Holders in order to prepare and file a Registration Statement that complies with the Securities Act (the “Requested Information”). If two (2) business days prior to the anticipated filing date the Company still has not received the Requested Information from any such Participating Covered Holder (either directly or through Participating Covered Holders Counsel), then the Company may file the Registration Statement without including Registrable Securities of such Participating Covered Holder.

(b) Each Covered Holder agrees to cooperate with the Company in connection with the preparation and filing of such Registration Statement hereunder, unless such Covered Holder has notified the Company in writing of its election in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement to exclude all of its Registrable Securities from such Registration Statement.

(c) The Covered Holders shall not prepare or use any Free Writing Prospectus (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) unless any and all issuer information included therein has been approved by the Company.

(d) As promptly as practicable after becoming aware of such event, each Participating Covered Holder shall notify the Company of the occurrence of any event, as a result of which the Prospectus included in a Registration Statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(e) Upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the occurrence of any event of the kind described in Section 3(h), the Participating Covered Holders shall immediately discontinue their disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities until the Participating Covered Holders’ receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(h) and, if so directed by the Company, the Participating Covered Holders shall deliver to the Company (at the expense of the Company) or destroy (and deliver to the Company a certificate of destruction) all copies (other than permanent file copies) in their possession of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.

5. Expenses of Registration. All Registration Expenses shall be paid by the Company. The Participating Covered Holders selling Registrable Securities shall pay the underwriting discount attributable to their Registrable Securities, any transfer taxes payable with respect thereto and all fees and expenses, including fees and expenses of such Participating Covered Holders’ counsel, incurred by the Participating Covered Holders.

15

EXHIBIT 4.3

6. Market Stand-off Agreement. Each Covered Holder hereby agrees that it shall not, to the extent requested by the Company or an underwriter of securities of the Company, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell (including without limitation any short sale), grant any option or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Registrable Securities or other Common Shares of the Company or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Shares of the Company then owned by such Covered Holder (other than to donees or partners of the Covered Holder who agree to be similarly bound) (i) in the case of Participating Covered Holders selling Registrable Securities pursuant to the IPO Registration Statement (as defined in the Private Placement Registration Rights Agreement), for a period beginning thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of, and continuing for one hundred eighty (18) days following, the effective date of such IPO Registration Statement and (ii) in the case of all other Covered Holders, for a period of sixty (60) days following the effective date of such IPO Registration Statement; provided, however, that if (A) during the last 17 days of the 180-day (in the case of clause (i)) or 60-day (in the case of clause (ii)) period following the effective date of the IPO Registration Statement, the Company releases earnings results or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (B) prior to the expiration of such period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of such 60-day period, then in each case the such period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless the managing underwriter(s) waive(s), in writing, such extension; provided, further, however, that:

(a) the restrictions above shall not apply to Registrable Securities sold pursuant to the IPO Registration Statement;

(b) all executive officers and directors of the Company then holding Common Shares of the Company or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Shares of the Company enter into agreements that are no less restrictive;

(c) the Covered Holders shall be allowed any concession or proportionate release allowed to any officer or director that entered into agreements that are no less restrictive (with such proportion being determined by dividing the number of shares being released with respect to such officer or director by the total number of issued and outstanding shares held by such officer or director); provided, that nothing in this Section 6(c) shall be construed as a right to proportionate release for the executive officers and directors of the Company upon the expiration of the periods applicable to all Covered Holders other than the executive officers and directors of the Company as set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above; and

(d) this Section 6 shall not be applicable if the Shelf S-1 Resale Registration Statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act has been declared effective prior to the filing of an IPO Registration Statement.

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company shall have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the securities subject to this Section 6 and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities and such other securities of each Covered Holder (and the securities of every other Person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

16

EXHIBIT 4.3

7. Indemnification and Contribution.

(a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless (i) the Covered Holders, (ii) each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act), any such Person described in clause (i) (any of the Persons referred to in this clause (ii) being hereinafter referred to as a “Controlling Person”), and (iii) the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of any such Person or any Controlling Person (any Person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) may hereinafter be referred to as a “Purchaser Indemnitee”), to the fullest extent lawful, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, judgments, actions, out-of-pocket expenses, and other liabilities (the “Liabilities”), including, as incurred, reimbursement of all reasonable costs of investigating, preparing, pursuing or defending any claim or action, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to any Purchaser Indemnitee, joint or several, directly or indirectly related to, based upon, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or any preliminary Prospectus or any other document used to sell the Registrable Securities, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that (A) the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that such Liabilities arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Purchaser Indemnitee furnished to the Company or any underwriter in writing by or on behalf of such Purchaser Indemnitee expressly for use therein and (B) in the case of a Suspension Event for which a Suspension Notice is delivered in accordance with Section 2(c)(ii) and actually received by such Covered Holder (provided that a Covered Holder shall be deemed to have received such Suspension Notice (I) when sent by the Company by confirmed electronic email or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient (or, if not so confirmed or if sent outside normal business hours, on the next business day) and (II) if delivered by mail, upon delivery at the address of the Covered Holder as it appears in the records of the Company), the Company shall not be liable for any Liabilities resulting from a sale of Registrable Securities by any Holder occurring after receipt by such Holder of the Suspension Notice and prior to delivery by the Company of an End of Suspension Notice (or, if earlier, the time that the suspension period is required to end pursuant to Section 6). The Company shall notify the Covered Holders promptly of the institution, threat or assertion of any claim, proceeding (including any governmental investigation), or litigation of which it shall have become aware in connection with the matters addressed by this Agreement which involves the Company or a Purchaser Indemnitee. The indemnity provided for herein shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Purchaser Indemnitee.

(b) Indemnification by the Covered Holders. In connection with any Registration Statement that includes Registrable Securities of a Participating Covered Holder, each Participating Covered Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each Person who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act and the respective partners, directors,

17

EXHIBIT 4.3

officers, members, representatives, employees and agents of such Person or Controlling Person to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to each Purchaser Indemnitee, but only with reference to untrue statements or omissions or alleged untrue statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in strict conformity with information relating to such Participating Covered Holder furnished to the Company in writing by such Participating Covered Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto or any preliminary Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus. The liability of any Participating Covered Holder pursuant to this paragraph shall in no event exceed the net proceeds received by such Participating Covered Holder from sales of Registrable Securities giving rise to such obligations.

(c) Notice of Claims, etc. If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any Person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) above, such Person (the “Indemnified Party”), shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “Indemnifying Party”) in writing of the commencement thereof (but the failure to so notify an Indemnifying Party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under this Section 7, except to the extent the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced by the failure to give notice), and the Indemnifying Party, upon request of the Indemnified Party(ies), shall retain a single counsel (and a single local counsel) reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party to represent the Indemnified Party and any others the Indemnifying Party(ies) may reasonably designate in such suit, action, proceeding, claim or demand and shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses actually incurred by such counsel related to such proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in any such proceeding, any Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party, unless (i) the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed in writing to the contrary, (ii) the Indemnifying Party failed within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action to assume the defense and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, or (iii) the named parties to any such action (including any impleaded parties) include both such Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party, or any Affiliate of the Indemnifying Party, and such Indemnified Party shall have been reasonably advised by counsel that either (x) there may be one or more legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the Indemnifying Party or such Affiliate of the Indemnifying Party or (y) a conflict may exist between such Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party or such Affiliate of the Indemnifying Party (in which case the Indemnifying Party shall not have the right to assume nor direct the defense of such action on behalf of such Indemnified Party, it being understood, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall not, in connection with any one such action or separate but substantially similar or related actions arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel), for all such Indemnified Parties, and any such separate firm for the Indemnifying Party, the directors, the officers and such control Persons of the Indemnified Party as shall be designated in writing by the Indemnifying Party). The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, but if settled with such consent or if there is a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Party agrees to indemnify any Indemnified Party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. No Indemnifying Party shall, without the

18

EXHIBIT 4.3

prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of, fault culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of the Indemnified Party.

(d) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 7 is for any reason held to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party in respect of any Liabilities referred to therein (other than by reason of the exceptions provided therein) or is insufficient to hold harmless a party indemnified thereunder, then each Indemnifying Party under such paragraphs, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits of the Indemnified Party on the one hand and the Indemnifying Party(ies) on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such Liabilities, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party(ies) and the Indemnified Party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and any Purchaser Indemnitees on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by such Purchaser Indemnitees (or the related Covered Holder) and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if such Indemnified Parties were treated as one entity for such purpose), or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 7(d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of any Liabilities referred to in Section 7(d) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 7, any reasonable legal or other expenses actually incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, in no event shall a Purchaser Indemnitee be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which proceeds received by such Purchaser Indemnitee from sales of Registrable Securities exceeds the amount of any damages that such Purchaser Indemnitee has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. For purposes of this Section 7, each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act) any Covered Holder shall have the same rights to contribution as the Covered Holders and each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act) the Company, and each officer, director, partner, employee, representative, agent or manager of the Company shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company. Any party entitled to contribution shall, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action, suit or proceeding against such party in respect of which a claim for contribution may be made against another party or parties, notify each party or parties from whom contribution may be sought, but the omission to so notify

19

EXHIBIT 4.3

such party or parties shall not relieve the party or parties from whom contribution may be sought from any obligation it or they may have under this Section 7 or otherwise, except to the extent that any party is materially prejudiced by the failure to give notice. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(f) The indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this Section 7 shall be in addition to any liability which the Indemnifying Parties may otherwise have to the Indemnified Parties referred to above. The Covered Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the respective number of Common Shares sold by each of the Covered Holders hereunder and not joint.

8. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto, including and with the need for an express assignment or assumption, subsequent holders of Initial Shares, Warrant Shares or Warrants. The Company agrees that each Covered Holder shall be third party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder, and each such Covered Holder shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights hereunder; provided, however, that such Covered Holder (and its successors and assigns) fulfills all of its obligations hereunder.

9. Amendment and Waiver. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, without the written consent of the Company and Covered Holders beneficially owning not less than a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities (including any Registrable Securities issuable pursuant to then outstanding Warrants); provided, however, that, for purposes of this Section 9, Registrable Securities that are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding. No amendment shall be deemed effective (i) unless it uniformly applies or (ii) if by its terms it expressly discriminates against a Covered Holder that has not given its written consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to or departure from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of a Covered Holder whose securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect, impair, limit or compromise the rights of other Covered Holders may be given by such Covered Holder; provided that the provisions of this sentence may not be amended, modified or supplemented except in accordance with the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence.

10. Miscellaneous.

(a) Remedies; Specific Performance. The remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law. In the event of a breach by the Company of any of its obligations under this Agreement, each Covered Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided herein, or granted by law, including recovery of damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement. Subject to Section 7, the Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for

20

EXHIBIT 4.3

any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of any of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby further agree that, in the event of any action for specific performance in respect of such breach, it shall waive the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

(b) Notices. Except as may be otherwise provided herein, any notice or other communication or delivery required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, by a nationally recognized overnight courier service or by facsimile as follows, and shall be deemed given when actually received.
If to the Company, to: NMI Holdings, Inc.
c/o FBR & Co.
1001 19th Street North
Arlington, Virginia 22209
Attn: John M. Sherwood
Phone: (703) 312-9588 with copy to:

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz
51 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Attention: David E. Shapiro, Alison M. Zieske
Facsimile: (212) 403-2314, (212) 403-2107

If to any Covered Holder, to it at the address set forth below its name on the signature page of this Agreement or, in the case of a Covered Holder who becomes such as a result of an assignment in accordance with Section 8, on the instrument by which such Person agrees to be bound by the provisions contained herein.

The Company or any Covered Holder may, by notice given pursuant to this Section 10(b), change the address for notices to it.

(c) Persons Bound. Subject to the requirements of Section 8 hereof, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto.

(d) Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. Signatures delivered by facsimile shall be deemed to be original signatures.

(e) Interpretation; Headings. All pronouns and any variations thereof refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the context may require. The headings in

21

EXHIBIT 4.3

this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(f) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE COURT IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN NEW YORK IN RESPECT OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, AND IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY EFFECTIVELY DO SO UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

(g) Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use good faith efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

(h) Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and undertakings among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(i) Registrable Securities Held by the Company or its Affiliates. Whenever the consent or approval of Covered Holders holding a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, Registrable Securities held directly or indirectly by the Company shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by Covered Holders holding such required percentage.

(j) Adjustment for Stock Splits, etc. Wherever in this Agreement there is a reference to a specific number of shares or liquidated damages payable with respect to any Registrable Securities, then upon the occurrence of any subdivision, combination, or stock dividend of such shares, the specific number of shares or amount of liquidated damages payable with respect to

22

EXHIBIT 4.3

any Registrable Securities so referenced in this Agreement shall automatically be proportionally adjusted to reflect the effect on the outstanding shares of such class or series of stock by such subdivision, combination, or stock dividend.

(k) Survival. The indemnification and contribution obligations under Section 7 of this Agreement shall survive the termination of the Company's obligations under Section 2 of this Agreement.

(l) Attorneys’ Fees. In any action or proceeding brought to enforce any provision of this Agreement, or where any provision hereof is validly asserted as a defense, the prevailing party, as determined by the court, shall be entitled to recover is reasonable attorneys’ fees in addition to any other available remedy.

(m) Implied Waivers. Failure of any party to exercise any right or remedy under this Agreement or otherwise, or delay by a party in exercising such right or remedy, shall not operate as a waiver thereof.







[Signature Page Follows]































23

EXHIBIT 4.3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.


NMI HOLDINGS, INC.

By: /s/ Bradley M. Shuster
Name: Bradley M. Shuster
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer


MAC FINANCIAL LTD.

By: /s/ Philip Pelanek
Name: Philip Pelanek
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer































Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement with MAC Financial Ltd.

24
4.4 Registration Rights Agreement NMI Holdings, Inc. & FBR.4.24.12
EXHIBIT 4.4

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of April 24, 2012, by and between FBR & Co., a Delaware corporation (“FBR”), FBR Capital Markets LT, Inc. a Delaware corporation (“FBR LT”), FBR Capital Markets & Co. (“FBR Capital Markets”), FBR Capital Markets PT, Inc. a Delaware corporation (“FBR PT”) (FBR, FBR LT, FBR Capital Markets, FBR PT and the other holders of Original Shares, Warrant Shares, Retained Shares, the Purchased Shares or Warrants from time to time that become signatories hereto, collectively, the “Holders”), and NMI Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, FBR purchased from the Company 100 shares (the “Original Shares”) of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Common Shares”);

WHEREAS, one or more warrants to purchase Common Shares has been or is being issued pursuant to the terms of that certain Uncommitted Line of Credit, dated as of August 19, 2011, between the Company and FBR LT (as such warrant or warrants may be divided from time to time, the “Warrants”), and the Company has agreed to enter into this Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to the terms of the Warrants; and

WHEREAS, the Company is (i) consummating the issuance and sale of 55,000,000 Common Shares in a private placement (the “Offering”) and (ii) in connection with such issuance and sale, is entering into a Registration Rights Agreement with FBR Capital Markets & Co. for the benefit of, among others, the Persons (as defined below) who purchase Common Shares in such private placement (the “Private Placement Registration Rights Agreement”).

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

(a) Except as otherwise specified herein or as the context may otherwise require, the following terms as used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth below:

Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person who directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, control of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by contract, securities ownership or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have the respective meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

1

EXHIBIT 4.4

Blackout Period” has the meaning specified in Section 2(c)(i).

Closing Date” means April 24, 2012, or such other time or such other date as the Company and FBR may agree.

Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. “Common Shares” has the meaning specified in the first recital. “Company” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

Controlling Person” has the meaning specified in Section 7(a). “Counsel” has the meaning specified in Section 3(q).

Covered Holder” means (x) FBR, FBR LT, FBR Capital Markets, FBR PT, the other persons named as Holders of Warrants or Common Shares in the preamble but in each case only in respect of Registrable Securities owned by such Holder and (y) any permitted transferee or assignee of Warrants or Registrable Securities who agrees to become bound by all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Effectiveness Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2(a)(i).

End of Suspension Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 2(c)(ii).

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, or any similar successor statute.

FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

FBR” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

FBR Capital Markets” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

FBR LT” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

FBR PT” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

Free Writing Prospectus” means a free writing prospectus (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) relating to Registrable Securities.

Holders” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

Indemnified Party” has the meaning specified in Section 7(c).

Indemnifying Party” has the meaning specified in Section 7(c).

Inspector” has the meaning specified in Section 3(q).

2

EXHIBIT 4.4

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means an issuer free writing prospectus (as such term is defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act) relating to Registrable Securities.

Liabilities” has the meaning specified in Section 7(a).

Maximum Offering Size” has the meaning specified in Section 2(a)(ii).

Participating Covered Holder” means, with respect to any Registration Statement, each Covered Holder whose Registrable Securities are included or are to be included in such Registration Statement.

Private Placement Holder” has the meaning specified in Section 4(a).

Person” means any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, joint stock company, association, trust, unincorporated organization or a government agency or political subdivision thereof.

Private Placement Registration Rights Agreement” has the meaning specified in the third recital.

Offering” has the meaning specified in the third recital.

MAC Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Statement, dated April 24, 2012, between the Company and MAC Financial Ltd.

Prospectus” means the prospectus (including any preliminary prospectus and/or any final prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act and any prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance on Rule 430A, Rule 430B or Rule 430C under the Securities Act) included in a Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act) with respect to the terms of the offering or any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement and by all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, including all material incorporated by reference in such prospectus and all documents filed after the date of such prospectus by the Company under the Exchange Act and incorporated by reference therein.

Public Offering” means an offer registered with the Commission and the appropriate state securities commissions by the Company of its Common Shares and made pursuant to the Securities Act.

Purchased Shares” means any Common Shares purchased by FBR Capital Markets or an Affiliate thereof in the Offering for its own account.
Purchaser Indemnitee” has the meaning specified in Section 7(a).
Records” has the meaning specified in Section 3(q).

3

EXHIBIT 4.4

Registrable Securities” means (i) the Original Shares, (ii) the Warrant Shares, (iii) the Retained Shares, (iv) the Purchased Shares and (v) any shares or other securities issued in respect of such Registrable Securities by reason of or in connection with any share dividend, share distribution, share split, purchase in any rights offering or in connection with any exchange for or replacement of such Registrable Securities or any combination of shares, recapitalization, amalgamation, merger or consolidation, any other equity securities issued in respect of Registrable Securities pursuant to any other pro rata distribution with respect to the Common Shares; provided, however, that a Common Share shall cease to be a Registrable Security for purposes of this Agreement when it no longer is a Restricted Security.

Registration Expenses” means any and all expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with this Agreement (whether with respect to a demand registration, piggyback registration or otherwise), including: (i) all Commission, securities exchange, FINRA registration, listing, inclusion and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with international, federal or state securities or blue sky laws (including any registration, listing and filing fees and reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with blue sky qualification of any of the Registrable Securities and the preparation of a blue sky memorandum and compliance with the rules of the FINRA), (iii) all expenses in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, duplicating, printing, delivering and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements, certificates and any other documents relating to the performance under and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing or inclusion of any of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange pursuant to Section 3(j) of this Agreement, (v) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of the independent registered public accounting firm of the Company (including the expenses of any special audit and “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to the performance of this Agreement), and (vi) any fees and disbursements customarily paid in issues and sales of securities (including the fees and expenses of any experts retained by the Company in connection with any Registration Statement); provided, however, that Registration Expenses shall exclude (x) brokers’ or underwriters’ discounts and commissions, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Securities by any Covered Holder, (y) any fees and expenses incurred by any broker or underwriter, other than such fees and expenses that the Company shall have agreed in writing with such underwriter to pay and (z) all transfer taxes and transfer fees in connection with a registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement.

Registration Period” has the meaning specified in Section 3(d).

Registration Statement” means any registration statement of the Company, which covers any of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement or Prospectus, including pre- and post-effective amendments, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference, if any, in such registration statement.

Requested Information” has the meaning specified in Section 4(a).

4

EXHIBIT 4.4

Restricted Security” means (i) the Original Shares, (ii) the Warrant Shares, (iii) the Retained Shares, (iv) the Purchased Shares and (v) any shares or other securities issued in respect of such Restricted Securities by reason of or in connection with any share dividend, share distribution, share split, purchase in any rights offering or in connection with any exchange for or replacement of such Restricted Securities or any combination of shares, recapitalization, amalgamation, merger or consolidation, any other equity securities issued in respect of Registrable Securities pursuant to any other pro rata distribution with respect to the Common Shares; provided, however, that Restricted Security shall exclude any of the foregoing securities that (i) has been registered pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and sold in a manner contemplated by the prospectus included in such registration statement, (ii) has been transferred by a Covered Holder in compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor provision thereto) or is transferable by a Covered Holder without regard to the volume, manner of sale, notice, current public information or other requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor provision thereto), or (iii) otherwise has been transferred by a Covered Holder and a book-entry or new certificate representing a Common Share not subject to transfer restrictions under the Securities Act has been entered, or delivered by or on behalf of, the Company.

Retained Shares” means any Common Shares retained by FBR Capital Markets or one of its Affiliates equal in value (computed at $10.00 per Common Share) to the value of the initial purchaser’s discount or placement fees relating to such shares not placed in escrow pursuant to the Purchase/Placement Agreement, dated April 17, 2012, between FBR Capital Markets and the Company.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, or any similar successor statute.

Shelf S-1 Resale Registration Statement” means a shelf registration statement on Form S-1 to be filed by the Company, as contemplated by Section 2(a) of the Private Placement Registration Rights Agreement.

Suspension Event” has the meaning specified in Section 2(c)(ii).

Suspension Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 2(c)(ii).

Underwritten Offering” means a sale of securities of the Company to an underwriter or underwriters for reoffering to the public.

Warrant Share” means any Common Share issuable upon exercise of a Warrant or any other shares or other securities issued or issuable in respect of a Warrant, including (without limitation) in connection with the adjustment provisions of such Warrant.

Warrants” has the meaning specified in the second recital.

(b) As used herein, terms defined in the singular shall have a comparable meaning when used in the plural and vice versa. Terms defined in the current tense shall have a comparable meaning when used in the past or future tense and vice versa. Terms defined as a noun shall have a comparable meaning when used as an adjective, adverb or verb and vice versa.

5

EXHIBIT 4.4

References to “Sections” or “Exhibits” shall refer to the Sections of or exhibits to this Agreement unless otherwise specifically indicated. Whenever the term “include” or “including” is used in this Agreement, it shall mean “including, without limitation” (whether or not such language is specifically set forth) and shall not be deemed to limit the range of possibilities to those items specifically enumerated. The term “or” is not exclusive. Unless otherwise limited, the words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision. Each reference to any Person includes such Person’s successors and assigns. References to any agreements, instruments or other documents includes such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified. This Agreement is the result of the joint efforts of the parties hereto, and each provision of this Agreement has been subject to the mutual consultation, negotiation and agreement of the parties and there will be no construction against any party based on any presumption of that party’s involvement in the drafting of this Agreement.

2. Registration.

(a) Demand Registration Rights.

(i) At any time after the Shelf S-1 Resale Registration Statement has been withdrawn or has ceased to be effective, or if the Shelf S-1 Resale Registration Statement has not been filed or become effective within the respective periods prescribed in the Private Placement Registration Rights Agreement, if the Company shall receive a written request for registration under the Securities Act from the Covered Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities, the Company shall (A) provide written notice to all other Covered Holders of such request and extend to them the opportunity to include their Registrable Securities in the proposed registration, (B) in no event later than 60 days after the receipt of such request (but subject to any applicable Blackout Periods), prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement under the Securities Act on Form S-3 (or such other form as may be available for use by the Company) relating to the offer and sale of the Registrable Securities by the Covered Holders joining in such request and (C) subject to Section 2(a)(ii), use its commercially reasonable efforts to promptly effect such registration and cause such Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as soon as possible after the initial filing thereof, including, providing written responses to any comments made by the Commission regarding such Registration Statement and filing any necessary pre-effective amendments and all necessary exhibits thereto. The Company shall, subject to any applicable Blackout Periods, use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Registration Statement effective for the period beginning on the date such Registration Statement becomes effective (the “Effectiveness Date”) and terminating on the earlier of (x) one year after the last date that a Warrant is exercised or, if later, the expiration of the last Warrant remaining outstanding and (y) the date upon which all Registrable Securities then held by the Participating Covered Holders and included in such Registration Statement either (i) may be resold without restriction of any kind and without need for such Registration Statement to be effective or (ii) have been disposed of pursuant to transactions contemplated by the Registration Statement. The Company’s obligation to file and maintain the effectiveness of a Registration Statement under this Section 2(a) shall terminate on the date upon which all Registrable Securities then held by the Participating Covered Holders and included in such Registration Statement either (i) may be resold without restriction of any

6

EXHIBIT 4.4

kind under the Securities Act and without need for a Registration Statement to be effective or (ii) have been disposed of pursuant to transactions contemplated by the Registration Statement.

(ii) If a registration pursuant to this Section 2(a) involves a Public Offering that is an Underwritten Offering, the Company and each other selling security holder participating in such Public Offering shall agree to sell any Common Shares to be sold by them to the underwriters on the same terms as apply to the Common Shares to be sold by the Participating Covered Holders. If the managing underwriter thereof advises the Company and the Participating Covered Holders that, in its view, the number of Common Shares that the Company and the Participating Covered Holders and other selling security holders (if any) intend to include in such registration exceeds the largest number of Common Shares that can be sold without having an adverse effect on such Public Offering, including with respect to the price at which such shares can be sold (the “Maximum Offering Size”), the Company shall include in such registration only that number of Common Shares which does not exceed the Maximum Offering Size, in the following order of priorities: (1) first, all Registrable Securities that the Participating Covered Holders have requested to include therein, (2) second, the securities proposed to be registered by the Company and (3) third, the securities proposed to be registered by other holders of securities entitled to participate in the registration, drawn from them (on a pro rata basis based on the number of shares having registration rights held by each holder who is requesting inclusion), provided, however, that if the Public Offering referred to in this Section 2(a) constitutes an IPO Registration Statement (as defined in the Private Placement Registration Rights Agreement), any shares to be included in such IPO Registration Statement shall be allocated first, to the Participating Covered Holders and the securities requested to be registered by other holders of securities (including the holders entitled to participate in the registration pursuant to the Private Placement Registration Rights Agreement (the “Private Placement Holders”) and the holders entitled to participate in the registration pursuant to the MAC Registration Rights Agreement (the “MAC Holders”)) entitled to participate in the registration having a priority equal to the priority of the Covered Holders, drawn from them (on a pro rata basis based on the number of shares having registration rights held by each holder who is requesting inclusion) and second, to the securities requested to be registered by other holders of securities with registration rights that are inferior with respect to such reduction) to the registration rights of the holders hereunder.

(iii) Subject to Section 2(a)(iv), the Company shall be required to register the Registrable Securities not more than three (3) times pursuant to this Section 2(a), provided, however, that if Participating Covered Holders are not able to register all of their Registrable Securities in a requested registration, such request shall not count as a request to register Registrable Securities for the purposes of this Section 2(a)(iii).

(iv) At any time before a Registration Statement requested by any Covered Holder pursuant to this Section 2(a) has become effective, any Participating Covered Holder may withdraw its request by written notice to the Company and upon receipt of such notice the Company shall, at its option, either (x) withdraw the Registration Statement (if any) that it previously filed in connection with such request (but only if the number of Registrable Securities withdrawn is more than half of the number of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement) or (y) amend such Registration Statement to remove any Registrable Securities included therein at the request of the Participating Covered Holders seeking to withdraw their Registrable Securities, and in either case shall be relieved of all obligations under

7

EXHIBIT 4.4

this Section 2(a) with respect to such request. For the avoidance of doubt, the filing of a Registration Statement requested by any Covered Holder pursuant to this Section 2(a) that is subsequently withdrawn by the Company pursuant to this Section 2(a)(iv) shall count as a request to register Registrable Securities and, for purposes of Section 2(a)(iv), shall be deemed to be a registration of the Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2(a); provided that, if the Company elects to withdraw the Registration Statement and the Participating Covered Holders reimburse the Company for all of the Company’s costs and expenses incurred in complying with such request through the time the Company receives notice of the Covered Holders’ withdrawal of such request, such request shall not count as a request to register Registrable Securities for purposes of Section 2(a)(iv).

(v) Subject to the FBR Capital Markets & Co.’s right of first refusal as set forth in the Engagement Letter, dated March 2, 2012, between it and the Company, if a requested registration pursuant to this Section 2(a) involves an Underwritten Offering, the underwriter or underwriters thereof shall be selected by the Participating Covered Holders holding a majority of Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested and shall be acceptable to the Company; provided that the Company shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its acceptance of any proposed underwriters.

(b) Piggyback Registration Rights.

(i) If the Company proposes to register any of its Common Shares under the Securities Act (other than a registration on Form S-8 or S-4 or any successor or similar forms), whether or not for sale for its own account, including the Shelf S-1 Resale Registration Statement, it shall at such time give prompt written notice at least 20 days prior to the anticipated filing date of the registration statement relating to such registration to the Covered Holders, which notice shall set forth such Covered Holders’ rights under this Section 2(b) and shall offer the Covered Holders the opportunity to include in such registration statement such number of Registrable Securities as the Covered Holders may request. Upon the written request of any Covered Holder made within 15 days of the notice from the Company (which request shall specify the number of Registrable Securities such Covered Holder seeks to register), the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to include in such registration all Registrable Securities that the Company has been so requested to register by any Covered Holder, to the extent required to permit the disposition of the Registrable Securities to be so registered; provided, however, that (A) if such registration involves an Underwritten Offering, the Participating Covered Holders must sell their Registrable Securities to the underwriters on the same terms and conditions as apply to the Company or other selling security holders, (B) if such registration does not involve an Underwritten Offering, the Participating Covered Holders must sell their Registrable Securities in accordance with a plan of distribution as reasonably specified by the Participating Covered Holders, from time to time, if, at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register any Common Shares pursuant to this Section 2(b) and prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement filed in connection with such registration (other than the Shelf S-1 Resale Registration Statement), the Company shall determine for any reason not to register such Common Shares, the Company shall give written notice to the Participating Covered Holders and, thereupon, shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such registration.

8

EXHIBIT 4.4

(ii) If a registration pursuant to this Section 2(b) involves an Underwritten Offering and the managing underwriter thereof advises the Company that, in its view, the number of Common Shares that the Company and the Participating Covered Holders and other selling security holders (if any) intend to include in such registration exceeds the Maximum Offering Size, the Company shall include in such registration only that number of Common Shares which does not exceed the Maximum Offering Size, in the following order of priorities: (1) first, all securities the Company proposes to sell for its own account and all securities that other holders of securities entitled to participate in the registration with a priority greater than the priority of the Covered Holders, in such priority among them as is agreed among the Company and such other holders of securities, (2) second, the Registrable Securities of the Participating Covered Holders and the securities requested to be registered by other holders of securities (including the Private Placement Holders and the MAC Holders) entitled to participate in the registration having a priority equal to the priority of the Covered Holders, drawn from them (on a pro rata basis based on the number of shares having registration rights held by each holder who is requesting inclusion) and (3) third, the securities requested to be registered by other holders of securities with registration rights that are inferior with respect to such reduction) to the registration rights of the holders hereunder.

(iii) The Participating Covered Holders, the Private Placement Holders and the MAC Holders priority to participate in the registration of Common Shares in any Registration Statement shall be pari passu, except that (1) in a registration requested by any Covered Holder, the priority set forth in Section 2(a)(ii) shall apply, (2) in a registration requested by any MAC Holder, the priority set forth in Section 2(a)(ii) of the MAC Registration Rights Agreement shall apply and (3) in a take-down under a shelf registration statement (including the Shelf S-1 Resale Registration Statement) requested by a Participating Covered Holder, Private Placement Holder or MAC Holder, such requesting holder shall have a priority greater to the priority of the non- requesting holders.

(iv) If as a result of the proration provisions of this Section 2(b), the Participating Covered Holders are not entitled to include all Registrable Securities that they have requested to include in such registration, any Participating Covered Holder may elect to withdraw its request to include any Registrable Securities in such registration.

(v) If any Participating Covered Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any Registration Statement filed by the Company but before such Registration Statement becomes effective, such Participating Covered Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right under this Section 2(b) to include any Registrable Securities then held by it in any subsequent Registration Statement as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its Common Shares.

(vi) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligations under this Section 2(b) at any time that the Registrable Securities that the Participating Covered Holders seek to include in a Registration Statement are the subject of an effective registration statement.

(c) Blackout Period.

9

EXHIBIT 4.4

(i) Subject to the provisions of this Section 2(c) and a good faith determination by a majority of the independent members of the Board of Directors of the Company that it is in the best interests of the Company to suspend the use of the Registration Statement, following the effectiveness of a Registration Statement (and the filings with any foreign, federal or state securities commissions), the Company, by written notice to managing underwriter (if any) and the Participating Covered Holders, may direct the Participating Covered Holders to suspend sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement for such times as the Company reasonably may determine is necessary and advisable (but in no event for more than (x) an aggregate of ninety (90) days in any rolling twelve (12)-month period commencing on the Closing Date or (y) more than sixty (60) days in any rolling 90-day period), if any of the following events shall occur: (1) the representative of the underwriters of an Underwritten Offering of primary shares by the Company has advised the Company that the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s primary offering; (2) the majority of the independent members of the Board of Directors of the Company shall have determined in good faith that (A) either (I) the offer or sale of any Registrable Securities would materially impede, delay or interfere with any proposed financing, offer or sale of securities, acquisition, merger, tender offer, business combination, corporate reorganization or other significant transaction involving the Company or (II) after the advice of counsel, the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement would require disclosure of non-public material information not otherwise required to be disclosed under applicable law, and (B) (x) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving the confidentiality of such proposed transaction or information, (y) disclosure would have a material adverse effect on the Company or the Company’s ability to consummate the proposed transaction, or (z) the proposed transaction renders the Company unable to comply with Commission requirements, in each case under circumstances that would make it impractical or inadvisable to cause the Registration Statement (or such filings) to become effective or to promptly amend or supplement the Registration Statement on a post-effective basis, as applicable; or (3) the majority of the independent members of the Board of Directors of the Company shall have determined in good faith, after the advice of counsel, that the Company is required by law, rule or regulation or that it is in the best interests of the Company to supplement the Registration Statement or file a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement in order to incorporate information into the Registration Statement for the purpose of (A) including in the Registration Statement any prospectus required under Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act; (B) reflecting in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement any facts or events arising after the effective date of the Registration Statement or any misstatement or omission in the prospectus (or of the most recent post-effective amendment) that, individually or in the aggregate, represents a fundamental change in the information set forth therein; or (C) including in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to such information. Any period in which the use of the Registration Statement has been suspended in accordance with this Section 2(c) is sometimes referred to herein as a “Blackout Period.” Upon the occurrence of any such suspension, the Company shall use all reasonable efforts to cause the Registration Statement to become effective or to promptly amend or supplement the Registration Statement on a post-effective basis or to take such action as is necessary to make resumed use of the Registration Statement compatible with the Company’s best interests, as

10

EXHIBIT 4.4

applicable, so as to permit the Participating Covered Holders to resume sales of the Registrable Securities as soon as possible.

(ii) In the case of an event that causes the Company to suspend the use of a Registration Statement (a “Suspension Event”), the Company shall give written notice (a “Suspension Notice”) to the managing underwriter (if any) and the Participating Covered Holders to suspend sales of the Registrable Securities and such notice shall state generally the basis for the notice and that such suspension shall continue only for so long as the Suspension Event or its effect is continuing (but in no event longer than the periods specified in Section 2(c)(i)) and that the Company is using all reasonable efforts and taking all reasonable steps to terminate suspension of the use of the Registration Statement as promptly as possible. Such Participating Covered Holders shall not effect any sales of their Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement (or such filings) at any time after they have received a Suspension Notice from the Company and prior to receipt of an End of Suspension Notice (as defined below). If so directed by the Company, such Participating Covered Holders shall deliver to the Company (at the expense of the Company) or destroy, all copies (other than permanent file copies) then in such Participating Covered Holders’ possession of the Prospectus covering the Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of the Suspension Notice. Such Participating Covered Holders may recommence effecting sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement (or such filings) following further notice to such effect (an “End of Suspension Notice”) from the Company, which End of Suspension Notice shall be given by the Company to such Participating Covered Holders and the managing underwriter in the manner described above promptly following the conclusion of any Suspension Event and its effect.

(iii) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if the Company shall give a Suspension Notice pursuant to this Section 2(c), the Company agrees that it shall extend the period of time during which the applicable Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from the date of receipt by such Participating Covered Holders of the Suspension Notice to and including the date of receipt by such Participating Covered Holders of the End of Suspension Notice and copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus necessary to resume sales.

3. Obligations of the Company. In connection with the registration of the Registrable Securities, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to:

(a) Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary under applicable law to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period; and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and cause the Prospectus as so supplemented or any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 or Rule 433, respectively (or any similar provision then in force) under the Securities Act and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to it with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by each Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the Participating Covered Holders thereof (including sales by any broker-dealer);

11

EXHIBIT 4.4

(b) Not prepare, use or file any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus which refers to the Registrable Securities unless such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus has been approved by the Participating Covered Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld);

(c) During such time as a Registration Statement is effective or such shorter period that will terminate when all the Registrable Securities included therein have been sold (the “Registration Period”), comply with the provisions of the Securities Act in all material respects with respect to the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement;

(d) Prior to the filing with the Commission of any Registration Statement (including any amendments thereto) and the distribution or delivery of any Prospectus (including any supplements thereto) or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, provide draft copies thereof (including a copy of the accountant’s consent letter to be included in the filing) to one firm of counsel (“Participating Covered Holders Counsel”) selected by the Participating Covered Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement and such drafts shall be subject to the reasonable review of such counsel (which review shall be reasonably prompt); provided that the Company shall not file any Registration Statement, amendment or post-effective amendment or supplement thereto, Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to which such counsel shall have reasonably objected on the grounds that such Registration Statement, amendment or post-effective amendment or supplement thereto, Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as applicable, does not comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act (any such objection to include an explanation of the reasons therefor);

(e) Furnish to the Participating Covered Holders, without charge, (A) promptly after the same is prepared and publicly distributed, filed with the Commission or received by the Company, one copy of the Registration Statement, each Prospectus, each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and each amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing and (B) such number of copies of each Prospectus, each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and all amendments and supplements thereto and such other documents as such Participating Covered Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by them;

(f) (i) Register or qualify, or obtain exemption from registration or qualification for, the Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement under such securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any Participating Covered Holder shall reasonably request in writing; (ii) prepare and file in such jurisdictions such amendments (including post-effective amendments) and supplements to such registrations and qualifications as may be necessary to maintain the effectiveness thereof at all times during the Registration Period; (iii) take all such other lawful actions as may be necessary to maintain such registrations and qualifications in effect at all times during the Registration Period; and (iv) take all such other lawful actions reasonably necessary or advisable to qualify the Registrable Securities for sale in such jurisdictions; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required in connection with any of its obligations under this Section 3(f) (A) to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 3(f), (B) to subject itself to

12

EXHIBIT 4.4

general taxation in any such jurisdiction or (C) to file a general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction;

(g) Cause all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement to be registered and approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the Participating Covered Holders to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required (A) to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 3(g), (B) to subject itself to general taxation in any such jurisdiction or (C) to file a general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction;

(h) Notify each Participating Covered Holder promptly and, if requested by any Participating Covered Holder, confirm such advice in writing (i) when a Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendments and supplements thereto become effective, (ii) of the issuance by the Commission or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iii) of any request by the Commission or any other federal, state or foreign governmental authority for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or related Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the happening of any event during the period a Registration Statement is effective as a result of which such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated by reference therein or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading (which information shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the requisite changes have been made) and (v) at the request of any Participating Covered Holder, promptly to furnish to such Participating Covered Holder a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such Prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchaser of such securities, such Prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(i) Avoid the issuance of, or if issued, obtain the withdrawal of, any order enjoining or suspending the use or effectiveness of a Registration Statement or suspending of the qualification (or exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction, as promptly as practicable;

(j) Upon the effectiveness of the first Registration Statement filed by the Company, cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange, or authorized for trading in each market, on which or in which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or traded;

(k) Enter into and perform customary agreements (including in the case of an Underwritten Offering, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all other action in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the distribution of the Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement and, in the case of an Underwritten Offering,

13

EXHIBIT 4.4

make representations and warranties to the Participating Covered Holders covered by such Registration Statement and to the underwriters in such form and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings and confirm the same to the extent customary if and when requested;

(l) Provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar, which may be a single entity, for the Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of the first Registration Statement;

(m) Cooperate with the Participating Covered Holders to facilitate (unless the Registrable Securities are in book-entry form) the timely preparation and delivery of certificates for the Registrable Securities to be offered pursuant to a Registration Statement and enable such certificates for the Registrable Securities to be in such denominations or amounts, as the case may be, as such Participating Covered Holders reasonably may request and registered in such names as such Participating Covered Holders may request; and, within three (3) business days after a Registration Statement which includes Registrable Securities is declared effective by the Commission, deliver to the transfer agent for the Registrable Securities (with copies to such Participating Covered Holders) an appropriate instruction and, to the extent necessary, cause legal counsel selected by the Company to deliver an opinion of such counsel to such transfer agent;

(n) Take all such other lawful actions reasonably necessary to expedite and facilitate the disposition by such Participating Covered Holders of their Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended methods therefor provided in the Prospectus which are customary under the circumstances, including by making senior management available to participate in road shows and meeting with potential investors as such Participating Covered Holders shall reasonably request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction or to register as a broker or dealer in such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 3(p) and except as may be required by the Securities Act, (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction, or (iii) submit to the general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

(o) Make available for reasonable inspection by any seller of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter (each, an “Inspector” and collectively, the “Inspectors”), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company (collectively, the “Records”), and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any Inspector in connection with such registration statement; provided that any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or other agent use commercially reasonable efforts to coordinate their efforts so as not to disrupt the business operations of the Company. Records that the Company determines, in good faith, to be confidential or protected by attorney- client privilege and which it notifies the Inspectors are confidential or protected by attorney- client privilege shall not be disclosed by the Inspectors (and the Inspectors shall confirm their agreement in writing in advance to the Company if the Company shall so request) unless (i) the disclosure of such Records is necessary, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in the Registration Statement, (ii) the release of such Records

14

EXHIBIT 4.4

is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction after exhaustion of all appeals therefrom or (iii) the information in such Records was known to the Inspectors on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure by the Company or has been made generally available to the public. Each Covered Holder agrees that it shall, upon learning that disclosure of such Records is sought in a court of competent jurisdiction, give prompt notice to the Company and allow the Company, at the Company’s expense, to undertake appropriate action to prevent disclosure of the Records deemed confidential, and the Covered Holder shall cooperate with the Company in such actions to the extent reasonably requested by the Company. In the event that the Company fails to prevent disclosure of such Records reasonably before the deadline by which such Covered Holder is required to produce such Records, then such Covered Holder agrees that it shall furnish only such portion of those Records which it is advised by their counsel, whether in-house or otherwise (“Counsel”), is legally required and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain assurance that confidential treatment, if available, will be accorded to those Records; and

(p) In the case of an Underwritten Offering, cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter and its counsel (including an “qualified independent underwriter,” if applicable) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA.

4. Obligations of the Covered Holders. In connection with the registration of the Registrable Securities, the Participating Covered Holders shall have the following obligations:

(a) It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to complete the registration pursuant to this Agreement with respect to the Registrable Securities that the Participating Covered Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities held by them as shall be reasonably required to effect the registration of such Registrable Securities and shall execute such documents in connection with such registration as the Company may reasonably request. At least ten (10) business days prior to the first anticipated filing date of a Registration Statement (which anticipated date shall be set forth in the notice), the Company shall notify such Participating Covered Holders and Participating Covered Holders Counsel of the information relating to such Covered Holders and the Registrable Securities the Company requires from such Participating Covered Holders in order to prepare and file a Registration Statement that complies with the Securities Act (the “Requested Information”). If two (2) business days prior to the anticipated filing date the Company still has not received the Requested Information from any such Participating Covered Holder (either directly or through Participating Covered Holders Counsel), then the Company may file the Registration Statement without including Registrable Securities of such Participating Covered Holder.

(b) Each Covered Holder agrees to cooperate with the Company in connection with the preparation and filing of such Registration Statement hereunder, unless such Covered Holder has notified the Company in writing of its election in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement to exclude all of its Registrable Securities from such Registration Statement.

15

EXHIBIT 4.4

(c) The Covered Holders shall not prepare or use any Free Writing Prospectus (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) unless any and all issuer information included therein has been approved by the Company.

(d) As promptly as practicable after becoming aware of such event, each Participating Covered Holder shall notify the Company of the occurrence of any event, as a result of which the Prospectus included in a Registration Statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(e) Upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the occurrence of any event of the kind described in Section 3(h), the Participating Covered Holders shall immediately discontinue their disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities until the Participating Covered Holders’ receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(h) and, if so directed by the Company, the Participating Covered Holders shall deliver to the Company (at the expense of the Company) or destroy (and deliver to the Company a certificate of destruction) all copies (other than permanent file copies) in their possession of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.

5. Expenses of Registration. All Registration Expenses shall be paid by the Company. The Participating Covered Holders selling Registrable Securities shall pay the underwriting discount attributable to their Registrable Securities, any transfer taxes payable with respect thereto and all fees and expenses, including fees and expenses of such Participating Covered Holders’ counsel, incurred by the Participating Covered Holders.

6. Market Stand-off Agreement. Each Covered Holder hereby agrees that it shall not, to the extent requested by the Company or an underwriter of securities of the Company, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell (including without limitation any short sale), grant any option or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Registrable Securities or other Common Shares of the Company or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Shares of the Company then owned by such Covered Holder (other than to donees or partners of the Covered Holder who agree to be similarly bound) (i) in the case of Participating Covered Holders selling Registrable Securities pursuant to the IPO Registration Statement (as defined in the Private Placement Registration Rights Agreement), for a period beginning thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of, and continuing for one hundred eighty (18) days following, the effective date of such IPO Registration Statement and (ii) in the case of all other Covered Holders, for a period of sixty (60) days following the effective date of such IPO Registration Statement; provided, however, that if (A) during the last 17 days of the 180-day (in the case of clause (i)) or 60-day (in the case of clause (ii)) period following the effective date of the IPO Registration Statement, the Company releases earnings results or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (B) prior to the expiration of such period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of such 60-day period, then in each case the such period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event,

16

EXHIBIT 4.4

as applicable, unless the managing underwriter(s) waive(s), in writing, such extension; provided, further, however, that:

(a) the restrictions above shall not apply to Registrable Securities sold pursuant to the IPO Registration Statement;

(b) all executive officers and directors of the Company then holding Common Shares of the Company or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Shares of the Company enter into agreements that are no less restrictive;

(c) the Covered Holders shall be allowed any concession or proportionate release allowed to any officer or director that entered into agreements that are no less restrictive (with such proportion being determined by dividing the number of shares being released with respect to such officer or director by the total number of issued and outstanding shares held by such officer or director); provided, that nothing in this Section 6(c) shall be construed as a right to proportionate release for the executive officers and directors of the Company upon the expiration of the periods applicable to all Covered Holders other than the executive officers and directors of the Company as set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above; and

(d) this Section 6 shall not be applicable if the Shelf S-1 Resale Registration Statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act has been declared effective prior to the filing of an IPO Registration Statement.

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company shall have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the securities subject to this Section 6 and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities and such other securities of each Covered Holder (and the securities of every other Person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

7. Indemnification and Contribution.

(a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless (i) the Covered Holders, (ii) each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act), any such Person described in clause (i) (any of the Persons referred to in this clause (ii) being hereinafter referred to as a “Controlling Person”), and (iii) the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of any such Person or any Controlling Person (any Person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) may hereinafter be referred to as a “Purchaser Indemnitee”), to the fullest extent lawful, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, judgments, actions, out-of-pocket expenses, and other liabilities (the “Liabilities”), including, as incurred, reimbursement of all reasonable costs of investigating, preparing, pursuing or defending any claim or action, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to any Purchaser Indemnitee, joint or several, directly or indirectly related to, based upon, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or any preliminary Prospectus or any other document

17

EXHIBIT 4.4

used to sell the Registrable Securities, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that (A) the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that such Liabilities arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Purchaser Indemnitee furnished to the Company or any underwriter in writing by or on behalf of such Purchaser Indemnitee expressly for use therein and (B) in the case of a Suspension Event for which a Suspension Notice is delivered in accordance with Section 2(c)(ii) and actually received by such Covered Holder (provided that a Covered Holder shall be deemed to have received such Suspension Notice (I) when sent by the Company by confirmed electronic email or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient (or, if not so confirmed or if sent outside normal business hours, on the next business day) and (II) if delivered by mail, upon delivery at the address of the Covered Holder as it appears in the records of the Company), the Company shall not be liable for any Liabilities resulting from a sale of Registrable Securities by any Holder occurring after receipt by such Holder of the Suspension Notice and prior to delivery by the Company of an End of Suspension Notice (or, if earlier, the time that the suspension period is required to end pursuant to Section 6). The Company shall notify the Covered Holders promptly of the institution, threat or assertion of any claim, proceeding (including any governmental investigation), or litigation of which it shall have become aware in connection with the matters addressed by this Agreement which involves the Company or a Purchaser Indemnitee. The indemnity provided for herein shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Purchaser Indemnitee.

(b) Indemnification by the Covered Holders. In connection with any Registration Statement that includes Registrable Securities of a Participating Covered Holder, each Participating Covered Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each Person who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act and the respective partners, directors, officers, members, representatives, employees and agents of such Person or Controlling Person to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to each Purchaser Indemnitee, but only with reference to untrue statements or omissions or alleged untrue statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in strict conformity with information relating to such Participating Covered Holder furnished to the Company in writing by such Participating Covered Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto or any preliminary Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus. The liability of any Participating Covered Holder pursuant to this paragraph shall in no event exceed the net proceeds received by such Participating Covered Holder from sales of Registrable Securities giving rise to such obligations.

(c) Notice of Claims, etc. If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any Person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) above, such Person (the “Indemnified Party”), shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “Indemnifying Party”) in writing of the commencement thereof (but the failure to so notify an Indemnifying Party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under this Section 7, except to the extent the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced by the failure

18

EXHIBIT 4.4

to give notice), and the Indemnifying Party, upon request of the Indemnified Party(ies), shall retain a single counsel (and a single local counsel) reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party to represent the Indemnified Party and any others the Indemnifying Party(ies) may reasonably designate in such suit, action, proceeding, claim or demand and shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses actually incurred by such counsel related to such proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in any such proceeding, any Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party, unless (i) the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed in writing to the contrary, (ii) the Indemnifying Party failed within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action to assume the defense and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, or (iii) the named parties to any such action (including any impleaded parties) include both such Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party, or any Affiliate of the Indemnifying Party, and such Indemnified Party shall have been reasonably advised by counsel that either (x) there may be one or more legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the Indemnifying Party or such Affiliate of the Indemnifying Party or (y) a conflict may exist between such Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party or such Affiliate of the Indemnifying Party (in which case the Indemnifying Party shall not have the right to assume nor direct the defense of such action on behalf of such Indemnified Party, it being understood, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall not, in connection with any one such action or separate but substantially similar or related actions arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel), for all such Indemnified Parties, and any such separate firm for the Indemnifying Party, the directors, the officers and such control Persons of the Indemnified Party as shall be designated in writing by the Indemnifying Party). The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, but if settled with such consent or if there is a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Party agrees to indemnify any Indemnified Party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. No Indemnifying Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of, fault culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of the Indemnified Party.

(d) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 7 is for any reason held to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party in respect of any Liabilities referred to therein (other than by reason of the exceptions provided therein) or is insufficient to hold harmless a party indemnified thereunder, then each Indemnifying Party under such paragraphs, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits of the Indemnified Party on the one hand and the Indemnifying Party(ies) on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such Liabilities, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Indemnifying

19

EXHIBIT 4.4

Party(ies) and the Indemnified Party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and any Purchaser Indemnitees on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by such Purchaser Indemnitees (or the related Covered Holder) and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if such Indemnified Parties were treated as one entity for such purpose), or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 7(d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of any Liabilities referred to in Section 7(d) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 7, any reasonable legal or other expenses actually incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, in no event shall a Purchaser Indemnitee be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which proceeds received by such Purchaser Indemnitee from sales of Registrable Securities exceeds the amount of any damages that such Purchaser Indemnitee has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. For purposes of this Section 7, each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act) any Covered Holder shall have the same rights to contribution as the Covered Holders and each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act) the Company, and each officer, director, partner, employee, representative, agent or manager of the Company shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company. Any party entitled to contribution shall, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action, suit or proceeding against such party in respect of which a claim for contribution may be made against another party or parties, notify each party or parties from whom contribution may be sought, but the omission to so notify such party or parties shall not relieve the party or parties from whom contribution may be sought from any obligation it or they may have under this Section 7 or otherwise, except to the extent that any party is materially prejudiced by the failure to give notice. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(f) The indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this Section 7 shall be in addition to any liability which the Indemnifying Parties may otherwise have to the Indemnified Parties referred to above. The Covered Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the respective number of Common Shares sold by each of the Covered Holders hereunder and not joint.

8. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto, including and with the need for an express assignment or assumption, subsequent holders of Original Shares, Warrant Shares, Retained Shares, the Purchased Shares or Warrants. The Company agrees that each Covered Holder shall be third party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder, and each

20

EXHIBIT 4.4

such Covered Holder shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights hereunder; provided, however, that such Covered Holder (and its successors and assigns) fulfills all of its obligations hereunder.

9. Amendment and Waiver. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, without the written consent of the Company and Covered Holders beneficially owning not less than a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities (including any Registrable Securities issuable pursuant to then outstanding Warrants); provided, however, that, for purposes of this Section 9, Registrable Securities that are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding. No amendment shall be deemed effective (i) unless it uniformly applies or (ii) if by its terms it expressly discriminates against a Covered Holder that has not given its written consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to or departure from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of a Covered Holder whose securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect, impair, limit or compromise the rights of other Covered Holders may be given by such Covered Holder; provided that the provisions of this sentence may not be amended, modified or supplemented except in accordance with the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence.

10. Miscellaneous.

(a) Remedies; Specific Performance. The remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law. In the event of a breach by the Company of any of its obligations under this Agreement, each Covered Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided herein, or granted by law, including recovery of damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement. Subject to Section 7, the Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of any of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby further agree that, in the event of any action for specific performance in respect of such breach, it shall waive the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

(b) Notices. Except as may be otherwise provided herein, any notice or other communication or delivery required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, by a nationally recognized overnight courier service or by facsimile as follows, and shall be deemed given when actually received.
If to the Company, to: NMI Holdings, Inc.
1001 19th Street North
Arlington, Virginia 22209
Attention: John M. Sherwood

21

EXHIBIT 4.4

with copy to:

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz
51 West 52nd Street
New York, New York
Attention: David E. Shapiro/Alison M. Zieske
Facsimile: (212) 403-2316/(212) 403-2107

If to any Covered Holder, to it at the address set forth below its name on the signature page of this Agreement or, in the case of a Covered Holder who becomes such as a result of an assignment in accordance with Section 8, on the instrument by which such Person agrees to be bound by the provisions contained herein.

The Company or any Covered Holder may, by notice given pursuant to this Section 10(b), change the address for notices to it.

(c) Persons Bound. Subject to the requirements of Section 8 hereof, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto.

(d) Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. Signatures delivered by facsimile shall be deemed to be original signatures.

(e) Interpretation; Headings. All pronouns and any variations thereof refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the context may require. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(f) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE COURT IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN NEW YORK IN RESPECT OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, AND IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY EFFECTIVELY DO SO UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

22

EXHIBIT 4.4

(g) Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use good faith efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

(h) Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and undertakings among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(i) Registrable Securities Held by the Company or its Affiliates. Whenever the consent or approval of Covered Holders holding a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, Registrable Securities held directly or indirectly by the Company shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by Covered Holders holding such required percentage.

(j) Adjustment for Stock Splits, etc. Wherever in this Agreement there is a reference to a specific number of shares or liquidated damages payable with respect to any Registrable Securities, then upon the occurrence of any subdivision, combination, or stock dividend of such shares, the specific number of shares or amount of liquidated damages payable with respect to any Registrable Securities so referenced in this Agreement shall automatically be proportionally adjusted to reflect the effect on the outstanding shares of such class or series of stock by such subdivision, combination, or stock dividend.

(k) Survival. The indemnification and contribution obligations under Section 7 of this Agreement shall survive the termination of the Company's obligations under Section 2 of this Agreement.

(l) Attorneys’ Fees. In any action or proceeding brought to enforce any provision of this Agreement, or where any provision hereof is validly asserted as a defense, the prevailing party, as determined by the court, shall be entitled to recover is reasonable attorneys’ fees in addition to any other available remedy.

(m) Implied Waivers. Failure of any party to exercise any right or remedy under this Agreement or otherwise, or delay by a party in exercising such right or remedy, shall not operate as a waiver thereof.





[Signature Page Follows]

23

EXHIBIT 4.4

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.


NMI HOLDINGS, INC.

By: /s/ Bradley M. Shuster
Name: Bradley M. Shuster
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

FBR & CO.

By: /s/ Richard Hendrix
Name: Richard Hendrix
Title: President, CEO

FBR CAPITAL MARKETS LT, INC.
    
By: /s/ Richard Hendrix
Name: Richard Hendrix
Title: President, CEO

FBR CAPITAL MARKETS & CO

By: /s/ Paul Dellisola
Name: Paul Dellisola
Title: Senior Managing Director


FBR CAPITAL MARKETS PT, INC.
    
By: /s/ Richard Hendrix
Name: Richard Hendrix
Title: President, CEO












Signature Page to Founding Shareholders Registration Rights Agreement

24
4.5 Warrant No. 1 FBR Capital Markets.6.13.13
EXHIBIT 4.5

NEITHER THIS WARRANT (NOR THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK TO BE ISSUED UPON EXERCISE HEREOF, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED FOR HEREIN) HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAWS, AND THE HOLDER OF THIS WARRANT REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT THIS WARRANT HAS BEEN, AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK TO BE ISSUED UPON EXERCISE HEREOF WILL BE, ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR RELEASE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SALE, ASSIGNMENT, TRANSFER, GIFT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF SUCH WARRANT OR SHARES MAY BE MADE (i) EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND (ii) UNLESS (A) SUCH WARRANT OR SHARES ARE COVERED BY AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (B) AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH A REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.
Warrant No. 1
WARRANT
to Purchase
Common Stock
of
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
Date: June 13, 2013
This certifies that, for value received, FBR Capital Markets & Co.. is entitled, at any time and from time to time, beginning on the date hereof until 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Expiration Date (the “Warrant Exercise Period”) to purchase from NMI Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto (the “Company”), up to 313,870 Warrant Shares at the Exercise Price on the terms and conditions and pursuant to the provisions hereinafter provided. This Warrant is issued pursuant to Article IV of the Credit Agreement (as defined below) as partial consideration for the loans granted thereunder.
1.Definitions. The terms defined in this Section 1, whenever used in this Warrant, shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the respective meanings hereinafter specified.
Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in the Commonwealth of Virginia or the State of New York are open for business.
Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental body then administering the Securities Act.
Common Stock” means common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

1

EXHIBIT 4.5

Credit Agreement” means that certain Uncommitted Line of Credit, dated as of August 19, 2011, by and between FBR Capital Markets LT, Inc. and the Company.
date hereof”, “date of original issuance of this Warrant” and similar references mean the date identified on the first page of this Warrant.
Exercise Price” means $10.00 per Warrant Share.
Expiration Date” means April 24, 2022.
Fair Market Value” means the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as of a particular date, as determined in accordance with the following:
(i)    if the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading on a national securities exchange, the average of the closing prices of the Common Stock for the five consecutive trading days immediately prior to (but excluding) the date in question; or
(ii)    if the foregoing clause (i) does not apply and the Common Stock is traded on the OTC Bulletin Board, the average of the closing prices of the Common Stock for the five consecutive trading days immediately prior to (but excluding) the date in question; or
(iii)    if the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) do not apply and the Common Stock is quoted in the over-the-counter market as reported in the “pink sheets”, the average of the closing prices of the Common Stock for the five consecutive trading days immediately prior to (but excluding) the date in question; or
(iv)    if the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) do not apply and actual transactions in the Common Stock are reported through The PORTAL Market, which is operated by the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., or through the FBR PLUS System, which is operated by FBR Capital Markets & Co., the last sale price of the Common Stock on such market or system immediately prior to (but excluding) the date in question (provided such last sale price was not on a trading day in excess of 10 trading days prior to the date in question); or
(v)    if the Fair Market Value cannot be calculated for the Common Stock on a particular date on any of the foregoing bases, the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on such date shall be the fair market value as mutually determined by the Company and the Holder. If the Company and the Holder are unable to agree upon the fair market value of the Common Stock under this clause (v), then such dispute shall be resolved pursuant to Section 16.
All such determinations to be appropriately adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, stock combination or other similar transaction during the applicable calculation period.
Form of Assignment” means the warrant assignment form attached to this Warrant as Exhibit B.
Form of Subscription” means the exercise subscription form attached to this Warrant as Exhibit A.

2

EXHIBIT 4.5

Holder” means a holder of this Warrant.
Registrable Securities” means this Warrant and the Warrant Shares issuable under this Warrant. Registrable Securities shall continue to be Registrable Securities (whether they continue to be held by FBR Capital Markets & Co. or they are sold) until (a) they are sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (b) they shall have otherwise been transferred (including pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act) and new securities not subject to transfer restrictions under any federal securities laws and not bearing any legend restricting further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company, all applicable holding periods shall have expired, and no other applicable and legally binding restriction on transfer by the holder thereof shall exist.
Rights to Purchase Voting Securities” means options, warrants and rights issued by the Company (whether presently exercisable or not) to purchase Voting Securities or securities of the Company that are convertible or exchangeable (whether presently convertible or exchangeable or not) into or exercisable (whether presently exercisable or not) for Voting Securities but, for the avoidance of doubt, not including a stockholders rights plan.
Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933 (including any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder), as the same shall be amended and in effect from time to time.
Voting Securities” means the Common Stock and any other securities of the Company of any kind or class having power generally to vote in the election of directors.
Warrant” means this warrant and each warrant issued in replacement of or substitution therefor in accordance herewith or therewith, whether as a result of transfer, division or combination.
Warrant Shares” means the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, including, at any time, any shares that have already been issued as a result of the exercise of this Warrant.
2.    Exercise of Warrant; Manner of Exercise.
(a)    Exercise of Warrant. Subject to the terms of this Warrant, including the transfer restrictions at the beginning of this Warrant, the Holder shall be entitled to exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, subject to Section 2(d), on any Business Day (each, an “Exercise Date”) during the Warrant Exercise Period to, purchase up to the number of Warrant Shares set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant at the Exercise Price, subject to all adjustments made on or prior to the date of exercise hereof as herein provided; provided that the Holder shall not be entitled to exercise any portion of this Warrant prior to the receipt of any required regulatory approvals or consents to the extent required. To exercise this Warrant, the Holder shall provide notice to the Company of such Exercise Date at least two Business Days prior to such Exercise Date, which notice requirement may be waived by the Company in its sole discretion (except that if the Holder has elected to receive payment of the Exercise Price as provided in Section 2(b)(i) below and the Holder and the Company have implemented or intend to implement the procedures set forth in Section 16 hereof to resolve a dispute over the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock , the notice period shall be 45 calendar days).

3

EXHIBIT 4.5

(b)    Method of Exercise; Payment of Exercise Price. In order to exercise this Warrant, the Holder hereof must surrender this Warrant to the Company, with the Form of Subscription duly executed. With respect to payment of the Exercise Price, the Holder shall have two options: (i) having the Company withhold, from the Warrant Shares that would otherwise be delivered to the Holder upon such exercise, Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with an aggregate Fair Market Value as of the last Business Day prior to such exercise equal to the aggregate Exercise Price that would otherwise be payable by the Holder upon such exercise or (ii) payment in full of the Exercise Price then in effect for the Warrant Shares as to which this Warrant is submitted for exercise. Any such payment of the Exercise Price pursuant to clause (ii) above shall be payable in cash or other same-day funds. Upon the surrender of this Warrant following one or more partial exercises, unless this Warrant has expired, a new Warrant of the same tenor representing the number of Warrant Shares, if any, with respect to which this Warrant shall not then have been exercised, shall promptly be issued and delivered to the Holder. In the event of exercise of this Warrant, the Company shall promptly thereafter, (1) deliver the Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise in book-entry form through the facilities of The Depositary Trust Company at the Company’s expense to the Holder or its designee or (2) execute and deliver to the Holder a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise registered in the name of the Holder or its designee and, unless otherwise specified in such notice, one certificate representing the aggregate number of Warrant Shares issued upon such exercise shall be so delivered. Such Warrant Shares shall be free of restrictive legends unless (A) a registration statement covering the resale of the Warrant Shares by the Holder is not then effective and (B) the Warrant Shares are not eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, without the requirement for the Company to be in compliance with the current public information required under Rule 144 as to such shares and without volume or manner-of-sale restrictions.
(c)    Effectiveness of Exercise. This Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and such Warrant Shares shall be deemed to have been issued and delivered, and the Holder or any other person so designated to be named shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such shares for all purposes immediately prior to the close of business on the Business Day on which (i) the Company shall have received a duly executed Form of Subscription and (ii) the Company shall have received payment of the Exercise Price in respect of the Warrant Shares being purchased (including payment in the form of a “cashless exercise” in accordance with Section 2(b)).
(d)    Fractional Shares. No fractional shares shall be issued upon exercise of this Warrant. Instead, the Company shall pay to the Holder, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, a sum in cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock, as determined by the Company’s chief executive officer, chief financial officer or board of directors, on the Business Day or, if applicable, trading day immediately prior to the date of exercise.
(e)    Payment of Taxes, etc. The Company shall pay all expenses in connection with, and governmental charges that may be imposed in respect of, the issuance or delivery thereof. The Holder shall pay all income, franchise and transfer taxes (other than any issuance taxes, which shall be paid by the Company) in connection with such issuance and delivery. The Company shall not be required to pay any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in

4

EXHIBIT 4.5

the issuance of any certificate for Warrant Shares in any name other than that of the registered Holder of this Warrant (or any Affiliate thereof), and in such case the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any stock certificate, if any, until such tax or other charge has been paid or it has been established to the Company’s reasonable satisfaction that no such tax or other charge is due.
3.    Expiration of Warrant. This Warrant shall expire at, and shall no longer be exercisable after, 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
4.    Transfer, Division and Combination.
(a)    Subject to the transfer restrictions set forth on the cover of this Warrant, this Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable, in whole or in part (but not in denominations such that a replacement Warrant is exercisable for a non-integral number of Warrant Shares), on the books of the Company to be maintained for such purpose, upon surrender of this Warrant to the Company, together with the Form of Assignment (in whole or in part) of this Warrant duly executed by the Holder or its agent or attorney. Upon such surrender, the Company shall execute and deliver a new warrant or warrants in the name of the assignee or assignees (including, if such assignment is only a partial assignment by the Holder, in the name of the Holder), and each such warrant shall be identical in form and substance (including its date) to this Warrant except for the warrant number (which shall be as determined by the Company), the name of the named holder of the warrant (if an assignee of the Holder), and the actual number of Warrant Shares (each of which shall be as specified by the Holder), and this Warrant shall promptly be canceled.
(b)    This Warrant may be divided or combined with other Warrants upon surrender of this Warrant (and thereof, in the case of combination) to the Company, together with a written notice specifying the names and denominations in which new warrants are to be issued, signed by the Holder or its agent or attorney. Subject to compliance with the preceding paragraph as to any transfer which may be involved in such division or combination, the Company shall execute and deliver a new warrant or warrants in exchange for the warrant or warrants to be divided or combined in accordance with such notice. Each such new warrant issued shall be issued in a denomination representing an integral number of Warrant Shares as of the date of issuance of the new warrant (except if this Warrant represents a non-integral number of Warrant Shares, then one new warrant may e issued for a non-integral number of Warrant Shares).
(c)    The Company shall pay all expenses and other charges payable in connection with the preparation, issuance and delivery of Warrants under this Section 4. The Holder shall pay all taxes (other than any issuance taxes, which shall be paid by the Company) in connection with such issuance and delivery.
(d)    The Company agrees to maintain books for the registration and transfer of the Warrant.
(e)    Any Warrant issued in replacement of this Warrant, or as a result of combination, division, transfer or partial exercise, shall bear the legend set forth on the cover of this Warrant.

5

EXHIBIT 4.5

5.    Anti-Dilution Adjustments. The Exercise Price and the number of Warrant Shares as to which this Warrant may be exercised are subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of the events set forth in this Section 5.
(a)    Adjustment for Change in Capital Stock.
During the Warrant Exercise Period, if the Company (1) pays a dividend or makes a distribution on its Common Stock, in either case, in shares of capital stock; (2) forward splits or subdivides its outstanding Common Stock into a greater number of Shares; or (3) reverse splits or combines its outstanding Common Stock into a small number of Shares; then (x) the Warrant will become exercisable for the aggregate number and kind of shares of capital stock of the Company which the Holder would have owned immediately following such action if the Warrant had been exercised immediately prior to such action and (y) the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such action shall be proportionately adjusted.
An adjustment made pursuant to this Section 5(a) shall become effective on the effective date of an event referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above, retroactive to the record date (if any) for such event.
If, after an adjustment, the Holder of the Warrant upon exercise of it may receive shares of two or more classes of capital stock of the Company, the Board shall determine in good faith the allocation of the adjusted Exercise Price between the classes of capital stock. After such allocation, the exercise privilege and the Exercise Price of each class of capital stock shall thereafter be subject to adjustment on terms comparable to those applicable to the Warrant Shares in this Section.
Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever any event listed above shall occur.
(b)    Adjustment for Rights Issue. During the Warrant Exercise Period, if the Company distributes (other than in a transaction referred to in Section 5(a)) any rights, options or warrants to all holders of its Common Stock entitling them to purchase Common Stock at a price per share which, together with the consideration (if any) paid to the Company for such right, option or warrant, is less than the Exercise Price in effect as of the record date established for such distribution, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted in accordance with the formula:
 
O + N x P
E’= E x
           E
 
      O+N

where:
E’
=    the adjusted Exercise Price.

6

EXHIBIT 4.5

E
=    the Exercise Price in effect as of the record date established for such distribution.
O
=    the number of Shares outstanding on the record date on a fully-diluted basis.
N
=    the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of such rights, options or warrants.
P
=    the exercise price per Share of the Shares issuable upon exercise of such rights, options or warrants plus the aggregate consideration received in respect of such rights, options or warrants for each Share issuable upon exercise of such rights, options or warrants.
Simultaneously with any adjustment of the Exercise Price pursuant to this Section 5(b), the number of Warrant Shares purchaseable upon the exercise hereof shall be increased by multiplying the number of Warrant Shares purchaseable upon exercise hereof immediately prior to such adjustment by the fraction equal to E/ E’. An adjustment made pursuant to this Section 5(b) shall become effective when any such rights, options, or warrants are issued, retroactive to the record date for such issuance.
(c)    Adjustment for Issuance of Shares.
(1)    During the Warrant Exercise Period, if the Company, at any time and from time to time, issues or sells Common Stock for a consideration per share less than the Exercise Price then in effect as of the date the Company fixes the offering price of such additional shares, each Exercise Price shall be adjusted in accordance with the formula:
 
              P
E’ =
E x O + E
 
A

where:
E’
=    the adjusted Exercise Price.
E
=    the Exercise Price in effect immediately before such issuance.
O
=    the number of Shares outstanding on a fully-diluted basis immediately prior to the issuance of such additional Shares.
P
=    the aggregate consideration received for the issuance of such additional Shares.
A
=    the number of Shares outstanding on a fully-diluted basis immediately after the issuance of such additional Shares.

7

EXHIBIT 4.5

Simultaneously with any adjustment of the Exercise Price pursuant to this Section 5(c)(1), the number of Warrant Shares purchaseable upon the exercise hereof shall be increased by multiplying the number of Warrant Shares purchaseable upon exercise hereof immediately prior to such adjustment by the fraction equal to E/ E’. Adjustments pursuant to this Section 5(c)(1) shall be made successively whenever any such issuance is made and shall become effective immediately after such issuance. No adjustment shall be made under this Section 5(c)(1) upon the issuance of shares of Common Stock pursuant to the exercise, conversion or exchange of any Common Stock Equivalents if an adjustment was made pursuant to Section 5(c)(2) in connection with the issuance of such Common Stock Equivalents.
(2)    If the Company, at any time and from time to time, issues or sells any securities convertible into or exchange for, directly or indirectly, Common Stock (“Convertible Securities”) or any rights or warrants or options to purchase any such Common Stock or Convertible Securities, shall be issued or sold (collectively, “Common Stock Equivalents”), and the aggregate of the price per share for which shares of common Stock may be issuable thereafter pursuant to such Common Stock Equivalent, plus the consideration received by the Company for issuance of such Common Stock Equivalent divided by the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to such Common Stock Equivalent (the “Aggregate Per Common Share Price”) shall be less than the Exercise price then in effect, or if, after any such issuance of Convertible Securities or Common Stock Equivalents, the price per share for which shares of Common Stock may be issuable thereafter is amended or adjusted, and such price as so amended or adjusted shall make the Aggregate Per Common Share Price less than the Exercise Price in effect at the time of such amendment or adjustment, then the Exercise Price then in effect shall be adjusted pursuant to the formula set forth in Section 5(c)(1) above assuming that all shares of Common Stock have been issued pursuant to the Convertible Securities or Common Stock Equivalents for a purchase price equal to the Aggregate Per Common Share Price.
Simultaneously with any adjustment of the Exercise Price pursuant to this Section 5(c)(2), the number of Warrant Shares purchaseable upon the exercise hereof shall be increased by multiplying the number of Warrant Shares purchaseable upon exercise hereof immediately prior to such adjustment by the fraction equal to E/ E’. Adjustments pursuant to this Section 5(c)(2) shall be made successively whenever any such issuance is made and shall become effective immediately after such issuance.
Sections 5(b) and 5(c) do not apply to:
(1)    any of the transactions described in subsection (a) of this Section 5;
(2)    the exercise of warrants, or the conversion or exchange of other securities convertible or exchangeable for Shares, which warrants or other securities are outstanding on the date hereof;
(3)    Shares issued to (x) shareholders of any person that merges with or into the Company, or with or into a subsidiary of the Company, in proportion to the stock holdings of such person immediately prior to such merger, upon such merger or (y) to any person in exchange for assets sold by such person to the Company;

8

EXHIBIT 4.5

(4)    Shares of Common Stock issued in a bona fide public offering pursuant to a firm commitment underwriting in an aggregate offering amount of at least $50,000,000; or
(5)    Shares of Common Stock issuable to employees, directors or consultants of the Company under or pursuant to bona fide compensation plans approved by either the board of directors or stockholders of the Company.
(d)    Consideration Received, Occurrence of Transactions. For purposes of any computation respecting consideration received pursuant to Section 5(c), the following shall apply:
(1)    In the case of the issuance of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents for cash, the consideration shall be the amount of such cash, provided that in no case shall any deduction be made for any underwriting commissions or discounts incurred by the Company for any underwriting of the issue;
(2)    in the case of the issuance of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value thereof, as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Company;
For the purpose of any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 5, any specified event shall be deemed to have occurred at the close of business on the date of its occurrence.
(e)    When De Minimis Adjustment May be Deferred. No adjustment of the Exercise Price need be made unless the adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1.00% in the Exercise Price. Any adjustments that are not made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations under this Section 5 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest 1/100th of a share, as the case may be.
(f)    Notice of Pending and Actual Adjustments. The Company shall give notice to the Holder at least five Business Days prior to the date of any event that will cause any adjustment to the Exercise Price and, if such event is a dividend or other event as to which a record date for the holders of Common Stock is established, at least five Business Days prior to any such record date. Whenever any Exercise Price is adjusted, the Company, at its own expense, shall as promptly as reasonably practicable cause its Chief Financial Officer (or similar officer) to compute such adjustment and prepare a certificate setting forth such adjustment (including a statement of the adjusted Exercise Price and adjusted number or type of Warrant Shares or other securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, as applicable), setting forth in reasonable detail the acts requiring such adjustment, and stating such other facts as shall be necessary to show the manner and figures used to compute such adjustment. As promptly as reasonably practicable (but in no event more than 10 days) after each such adjustment, the Company shall give a copy of such certificate by certified mail to the Holder.
(g)    When Adjustment Not Required. If the Company shall take a record of the holders of its shares of Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them to receive a dividend or

9

EXHIBIT 4.5

distribution or subscription or purchase rights and shall, thereafter and before the distribution to stockholders thereof, legally abandon its plan to pay or deliver such dividend, distribution, subscription or purchase rights, then thereafter no adjustment shall be required by reason of the taking of such record and any such adjustment previously made in respect thereof shall be rescinded and annulled.
(h)    Superseding Adjustment. If at any time after an adjustment of the Exercise Price and/or Warrant shares shall have been made pursuant to Section 5(b) and the options, warrants or rights shall expire, or the right of exercise in respect of a portion of such securities shall expire, then to the extent that such options, warrants or rights shall have not been exercised, a recomputation shall be made of the effect of such options, warrants or rights on the basis of the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock, if any, theretofore actually issued or issuable pursuant to the previous exercise of such right of conversion, exercise or exchange and for the consideration actually received and receivable therefor; and if and to the extent called for by the foregoing provisions of this Section on the basis aforesaid, a new adjustment shall be made, which new adjustment shall supersede the previous adjustment so rescinded and annulled.
(i)    Reorganization, Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or Sale. If any reorganization or reclassification of outstanding shares of Common Stock, or any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another entity, or the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to another entity (an “Extraordinary Transaction”) shall be effected in such a way that holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive cash, stock, securities or assets with respect to or in exchange therefor, then, as a condition of such Extraordinary Transaction, lawful and adequate provision shall be made whereby the Holder shall thereafter have the right upon the terms and conditions specified in this Warrant to receive, in lieu of Warrant Shares upon the payment of the Exercise Price, solely such cash, stock, securities or assets as would have been issued or payable with respect to or in exchange for Warrant Shares pursuant to the terms hereof had the Holder exercised the Warrant in full immediately prior to the effective date of such Extraordinary Transaction, and in any such case appropriate provision shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder to the end that the provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be possible and pertinent, in relation to any stock, securities or assets thereafter deliverable upon the exercise hereof, and appropriate adjustment shall be made to determine and provide for the price per Warrant Share, shares of stock or other security or asset deliverable hereunder, as well as the number of Warrant Shares, shares of stock or other securities, or the amount of assets, deliverable hereunder. In the event that in such Extraordinary Transaction holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to elect to receive differing forms of consideration, the consideration that the Holder shall be entitled to receive upon payment of the Exercise Price shall be the kind and amount of consideration received by a majority of shares of Common Stock in such Extraordinary Transaction.
6.    Reservation and Authorization. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available for issuance upon the exercise of this Warrant such number of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant. All shares of Common Stock which shall be so issuable, when issued upon exercise of this Warrant, shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all liens,

10

EXHIBIT 4.5

security interests, charges and other encumbrances or restrictions (other than encumbrances or restrictions imposed by this Warrant or Warrants issued in connection with divisions, combinations, transfers or replacements of this Warrant, and not including any liens granted by the Holder of this Warrant) and requirements of federal and state securities laws respecting restrictions on the subsequent transfer thereof.
7.    Registration. If at any time the Company registers or intends to register shares of Common Stock, Rights to Purchase Voting Securities or any other securities convertible, exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Voting Securities on a registration statement under the Securities Act, or grants any demand or piggyback registration rights to any other holder of shares of Common Stock, Rights to Purchase Voting Securities or any other securities convertible, exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Voting Securities, the Company shall offer to the Holder of this Warrant to register the Registrable Securities of such Holder on no less favorable terms and conditions and/or enter into an agreement on customary terms and conditions with the Holder of this Warrant granting to such Holder pari passu registration rights with other holders of Common Stock with respect to the Registrable Securities of such Holder, as applicable.
8.    Warrant Holder.
(a)    No Stockholder Rights. Nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as conferring upon the Holder any voting rights or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company (except to the extent that this Warrant has been duly exercised or such Holder otherwise owns any Warrant Shares) or as imposing any liabilities on such Holder to purchase any securities or as a stockholder of the Company, whether such liabilities are asserted by the Company or by creditors or stockholders of the Company or otherwise.
(b)    Limitation of Liability. No provision hereof, in the absence of affirmative action by the Holder to purchase shares of Common Stock, and no mere enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of the Holder hereof, shall give rise to any liability of the Holder for the purchase price or as a stockholder of the Company, whether such liability is asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company or by anyone else.

9.    Taking of Record; Stock and Warrant Transfer Books. In case of all dividends or other distributions by the Company to the holders of its Common Stock, the Company will in each such case take such a record and will take such record as of the close of business on a Business Day. The Company will not at any time, except upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, close its stock transfer books or warrant transfer books so as to result in preventing or delaying the exercise or transfer of this Warrant.
10.    Loss or Mutilation. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence satisfactory to it (in the exercise of reasonable discretion) of the ownership of and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and (in case of loss, theft or destruction) of indemnity satisfactory to it, and in case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation hereof, the Company will execute and deliver in lieu hereof a new warrant of like tenor and date.

11

EXHIBIT 4.5

11.    Office of the Company. As long as this Warrant remains outstanding and subject to the following sentence, the Company shall maintain an office or agent at a location notice of which shall have been furnished to the Holder in writing where this Warrant may be presented for exercise, registration, transfer, division or combination as in this Warrant provided. Such office or agent shall be maintained at said address unless and until the Company shall designate and maintain another office or agent for such purposes and give written notice thereof to the Holder in accordance with Section 12.
12.    Notices Generally. No notice or other communication shall be deemed given hereunder unless sent in any of the manners, and to the persons, specified in this Section 12. All notices and other communications hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed given (a) upon receipt if delivered personally, mailed by registered or certified mail, or sent by overnight courier or (b) upon dispatch if transmitted by facsimile, in any case to the Holder at the Holder’s last known address appearing on the books of the Company or to the Company at the following address (or at such other address for a party as specified in such a notice):
If to the Company to:
NMI Holdings, Inc.
2100 Powell Street, 12th Floor
Emeryville, CA 94608
Attention: John M. Sherwood
Facsimile: [●]        
with a copy to:
Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz
51 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019-6150
Attention: David E. Shapiro
Facsimile: (212) 403-2314
Attention: Alison M. Zieske
            Facsimile: (212) 403-2107
If to the Holder to:
FBR Capital Markets & Co.
1001 19th Street North, 11th Floor
Arlington, VA 22209
Attention: Joseph Kavanagh
Facsimile: (703) 312-1809    
13.    Removal of Legend. The Holder may surrender this Warrant or certificates evidencing Warrant Shares, if any, to the Company, which shall exchange such certificate for a certificate without the legend which appears on this Warrant; provided that the Holder has delivered evidence reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that this Warrant or the Warrant Shares,

12

EXHIBIT 4.5

as the case may be, represented by this certificate are freely transferable under the Securities Act, as the case may be.
14.    Survival. All covenants and agreements of the Company, and all rights and duties of the Holder from time to time of this Warrant or any Common Stock issued pursuant to exercise of this Warrant (other than the right to receive Common Stock in exchange for this Warrant), shall be deemed to survive any surrender hereof to the Company upon exercise hereof by the Holder as contemplated by Section 2 or expiration of the right of the Holder to exercise any unexercised balance hereof on the Warrant Expiration Date.
15.    Certain Warrants Deemed Not Outstanding; Warrant Stock in Calls. For the purposes of determining whether the Holder entitled to purchase a requisite number of Warrant Shares at any time has taken any action, any Warrants owned by the Company shall be deemed not to be outstanding.
16.    Dispute Resolution. In the case of a dispute as to the determination of the Exercise Price or the Fair Market Value or the arithmetic calculation of the Warrant Shares, the Company shall submit the disputed determinations or arithmetic calculations via facsimile within two business days of receipt of the Form of Subscription giving rise to such dispute, as the case may be, to the Holder. If the Holder and the Company are unable to agree upon such determination or calculation of the Warrant Price, Fair Market Value or the Warrant Shares within three Business Days of such disputed determination or arithmetic calculation being submitted to the Holder, then the Company shall within two business days submit via facsimile (a) the disputed determination of the Warrant Price or the Fair Market Value to an independent, reputable investment bank selected by the Company and approved by the Holder or (b) the disputed arithmetic calculation of the Warrant Shares to the Company’s independent outside accountant. The Company shall cause at its expense the investment bank or the accountant, as the case may be, to perform the determinations or calculations and notify the Company and the Holder of the results no later than 10 Business Days from the time it receives the disputed determinations or calculations. Such investment bank’s or accountant’s determination or calculation, as the case may be, shall be binding upon all parties absent demonstrable error.
17.    Governing Law. This Warrant and all rights arising hereunder shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of Delaware.

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank.]


13

EXHIBIT 4.5

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed and issued by its officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.


By:    ______
/s/ Bradley M. Shuster______
Bradley M. Shuster
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer



14

EXHIBIT 4.5

FORM OF SUBSCRIPTION
(to be signed only upon payment of the Exercise Price
pursuant to the Warrant)
To the Company:
1.    The undersigned, the holder of the within Warrant, hereby irrevocably elects to purchase _____ shares of Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Warrant.
2.    Form of Exercise Price. The Holder intends that payment of the Exercise Price shall be made as (check applicable ones):
______________
a “Cash Exercise” with respect to ___________________ Warrant Shares; and/or
______________
a “Cashless Exercise” with respect to ________________ Warrant Shares.
3.    Payment of Exercise Price. In the event that the Holder has elected a Cash Exercise with respect to some or all of the Warrant Shares to be issued pursuant hereto, the Holder shall pay the aggregate Exercise Price in the sum of $____________________ to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Warrant.
4.    Delivery of Warrant Shares. The Company shall deliver to the Holder, or its designee or agent as specified below, _____________ Warrant Shares in book-entry form through the facilities of The Depositary Trust Company or certificate form in accordance with the terms of the Warrant.
______________________
______________________
______________________
The undersigned represents (a) that it has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Common Stock; and (b) that it can bear the economic risk of its investment in the Common Stock and can afford to lose its entire investment in the Common Stock. The undersigned agrees that the Common Stock may not be sold, transferred, offered for sale, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of without registration under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from such act.
The undersigned represents that it has tendered payment for such shares of Common Stock to the Company in the form indicated above.
If the number of shares of Common Stock purchased is less than all of the Warrant Shares evidenced hereby, and the undersigned is surrendering the Warrant in connection with the exercise hereof, the undersigned requests that a new Warrant representing the remaining shares of Common Stock subject to the Warrant be issued and delivered to the undersigned.
If the original Warrant is not surrendered in connection with the exercise hereof: (a) the undersigned represents that it has not sold, assigned, pledged, transferred, hypothecated, or otherwise disposed of the original Warrant or any interest therein or represented thereby and hereby agrees to fully and forever indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each of its successors, assigns and

15

EXHIBIT 4.5

affiliates from any loss, cost, damages or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) of any kind or nature whatsoever it may hereinafter suffer or incur in connection with or as a result of the undersigned’s failure to surrender the original Warrant in connection with such exercise; and (b) the undersigned will as promptly as reasonably practicable after the delivery of this Subscription to the Company (and in any event within five Business Days), deliver, or cause to be delivered, the original Warrant to the Company.
DATED:
            
    (Signature must conform in all
    respects to name of holder as
    specified on the face of the Warrant)


        

        
    (Address)


16

EXHIBIT 4.5

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, the holder of the attached Warrant, hereby sells, assigns and transfers all of the rights of the undersigned under the attached Warrant unto:
Name of Assignee
 
Address
 
 
 
 
 
(Signature must conform in all
respects to name of holder as
specified on the face of the Warrant)


[Holder]


By:    
        
    Name:    
    Title:    



17
4.6 Warrant No. 2 MACFinancial.4.24.12
EXHIBIT 4.6



NEITHER THIS WARRANT (NOR THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK TO BE ISSUED UPON EXERCISE HEREOF, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED FOR HEREIN) HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAWS, AND THE HOLDER OF THIS WARRANT REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT THIS WARRANT HAS BEEN, AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK TO BE ISSUED UPON EXERCISE HEREOF WILL BE, ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR RELEASE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SALE, ASSIGNMENT, TRANSFER, GIFT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF SUCH WARRANT OR SHARES MAY BE MADE (i) EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND (ii) UNLESS (A) SUCH WARRANT OR SHARES ARE COVERED BY AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (B) AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH A REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.

Warrant No. 2

WARRANT to Purchase Common Stock of
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.

Date: April 24, 2012

This certifies that, for value received, MAC Financial Ltd. is entitled, at any time and from time to time, beginning on the date hereof until 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Expiration Date (the “Warrant Exercise Period”) to purchase from NMI Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto (the “Company”), up to 678,295 Warrant Shares at the Exercise Price on the terms and conditions and pursuant to the provisions hereinafter provided. This Warrant is issued pursuant to Section 2.1(a) of the Purchase Agreement (as defined below) as partial consideration for the sale of the Purchased Shares (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

1. Definitions. The terms defined in this Section 1, whenever used in this Warrant, shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the respective meanings hereinafter specified.

Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in the Commonwealth of Virginia or the State of New York are open for business.

Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental body then administering the Securities Act.

1

EXHIBIT 4.6

Common Stock” means common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

date hereof”, “date of original issuance of this Warrant” and similar references mean the date identified on the first page of this Warrant.

Exercise Price” means $10.00 per Warrant Share. “Expiration Date” means April 24, 2022.

Fair Market Value” means the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as of a particular date, as determined in accordance with the following:

(i) if the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading on a national securities exchange, the average of the closing prices of the Common Stock for the five consecutive trading days immediately prior to (but excluding) the date in question; or

(ii) if the foregoing clause (i) does not apply and the Common Stock is traded on the OTC Bulletin Board, the average of the closing prices of the Common Stock for the five consecutive trading days immediately prior to (but excluding) the date in question; or

(iii) if the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) do not apply and the Common Stock is quoted in the over-the-counter market as reported in the “pink sheets”, the average of the closing prices of the Common Stock for the five consecutive trading days immediately prior to (but excluding) the date in question; or

(iv) if the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) do not apply and actual transactions in the Common Stock are reported through The PORTAL Market, which is operated by the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., or through the FBR PLUS System, which is operated by FBR Capital Markets & Co., the last sale price of the Common Stock on such market or system immediately prior to (but excluding) the date in question (provided such last sale price was not on a trading day in excess of 10 trading days prior to the date in question); or

(v) if the Fair Market Value cannot be calculated for the Common Stock on a particular date on any of the foregoing bases, the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on such date shall be the fair market value as mutually determined by the Company and the Holder. If the Company and the Holder are unable to agree upon the fair market value of the Common Stock under this clause (v), then such dispute shall be resolved pursuant to Section 16.

All such determinations to be appropriately adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, stock combination or other similar transaction during the applicable calculation period.

Form of Assignment” means the warrant assignment form attached to this Warrant as Exhibit B.

Form of Subscription” means the exercise subscription form attached to this Warrant as Exhibit A.

Holder” means a holder of this Warrant.

2

EXHIBIT 4.6

Purchase Agreement” means that certain Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2011, by and between the Company and MAC Financial Ltd.

Registrable Securities” means this Warrant and the Warrant Shares issuable under this Warrant. Registrable Securities shall continue to be Registrable Securities (whether they continue to be held by MAC Financial Ltd. or they are sold) until (a) they are sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (b) they shall have otherwise been transferred (including pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act) and new securities not subject to transfer restrictions under any federal securities laws and not bearing any legend restricting further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company, all applicable holding periods shall have expired, and no other applicable and legally binding restriction on transfer by the holder thereof shall exist.

Rights to Purchase Voting Securities” means options, warrants and rights issued by the Company (whether presently exercisable or not) to purchase Voting Securities or securities of the Company that are convertible or exchangeable (whether presently convertible or exchangeable or not) into or exercisable (whether presently exercisable or not) for Voting Securities but, for the avoidance of doubt, not including a stockholders rights plan.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933 (including any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder), as the same shall be amended and in effect from time to time.

Voting Securities” means the Common Stock and any other securities of the Company of any kind or class having power generally to vote in the election of directors.

Warrant” means this warrant and each warrant issued in replacement of or substitution therefor in accordance herewith or therewith, whether as a result of transfer, division or combination.

Warrant Shares” means the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, including, at any time, any shares that have already been issued as a result of the exercise of this Warrant.

2. Exercise of Warrant; Manner of Exercise.

(a) Exercise of Warrant. Subject to the terms of this Warrant, including the transfer restrictions at the beginning of this Warrant, the Holder shall be entitled to exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, subject to Section 2(d), on any Business Day (each, an “Exercise Date”) during the Warrant Exercise Period to, purchase up to the number of Warrant Shares set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant at the Exercise Price, subject to all adjustments made on or prior to the date of exercise hereof as herein provided; provided that the Holder shall not be entitled to exercise any portion of this Warrant prior to the receipt of any required regulatory approvals or consents to the extent required. To exercise this Warrant, the Holder shall provide notice to the Company of such Exercise Date at least two Business Days prior to such Exercise Date, which notice requirement may be waived by the Company in its sole discretion (except that if the Holder has elected to receive payment of the Exercise Price as provided in Section 2(b)(i) below and the Holder and the Company have implemented or intend to implement the

3

EXHIBIT 4.6

procedures set forth in Section 16 hereof to resolve a dispute over the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock , the notice period shall be 45 calendar days).

(b) Method of Exercise; Payment of Exercise Price. In order to exercise this Warrant, the Holder hereof must surrender this Warrant to the Company, with the Form of Subscription duly executed. With respect to payment of the Exercise Price, the Holder shall have two options: (i) having the Company withhold, from the Warrant Shares that would otherwise be delivered to the Holder upon such exercise, Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with an aggregate Fair Market Value as of the last Business Day prior to such exercise equal to the aggregate Exercise Price that would otherwise be payable by the Holder upon such exercise or (ii) payment in full of the Exercise Price then in effect for the Warrant Shares as to which this Warrant is submitted for exercise. Any such payment of the Exercise Price pursuant to clause (ii) above shall be payable in cash or other same-day funds. Upon the surrender of this Warrant following one or more partial exercises, unless this Warrant has expired, a new Warrant of the same tenor representing the number of Warrant Shares, if any, with respect to which this Warrant shall not then have been exercised, shall promptly be issued and delivered to the Holder. In the event of exercise of this Warrant, the Company shall promptly thereafter, (1) deliver the Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise in book-entry form through the facilities of The Depositary Trust Company at the Company’s expense to the Holder or its designee or (2) execute and deliver to the Holder a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise registered in the name of the Holder or its designee and, unless otherwise specified in such notice, one certificate representing the aggregate number of Warrant Shares issued upon such exercise shall be so delivered. Such Warrant Shares shall be free of restrictive legends unless (A) a registration statement covering the resale of the Warrant Shares by the Holder is not then effective and (B) the Warrant Shares are not eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, without the requirement for the Company to be in compliance with the current public information required under Rule 144 as to such shares and without volume or manner-of-sale restrictions.

(c) Effectiveness of Exercise. This Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and such Warrant Shares shall be deemed to have been issued and delivered, and the Holder or any other person so designated to be named shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such shares for all purposes immediately prior to the close of business on the Business Day on which (i) the Company shall have received a duly executed Form of Subscription and (ii) the Company shall have received payment of the Exercise Price in respect of the Warrant Shares being purchased (including payment in the form of a “cashless exercise” in accordance with Section 2(b)).

(d) Fractional Shares. No fractional shares shall be issued upon exercise of this Warrant. Instead, the Company shall pay to the Holder, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, a sum in cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock, as determined by the Company’s chief executive officer, chief financial officer or board of directors, on the Business Day or, if applicable, trading day immediately prior to the date of exercise.

4

EXHIBIT 4.6

(e) Payment of Taxes, etc. The Company shall pay all expenses in connection with, and governmental charges that may be imposed in respect of, the issuance or delivery thereof. The Holder shall pay all income, franchise and transfer taxes (other than any issuance taxes, which shall be paid by the Company) in connection with such issuance and delivery. The Company shall not be required to pay any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issuance of any certificate for Warrant Shares in any name other than that of the registered Holder of this Warrant (or any Affiliate thereof), and in such case the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any stock certificate, if any, until such tax or other charge has been paid or it has been established to the Company’s reasonable satisfaction that no such tax or other charge is due.

3. Expiration of Warrant. This Warrant shall expire at, and shall no longer be exercisable after, 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

4. Transfer, Division and Combination.

(a) Subject to the transfer restrictions set forth on the cover of this Warrant, this Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable, in whole or in part (but not in denominations such that a replacement Warrant is exercisable for a non-integral number of Warrant Shares), on the books of the Company to be maintained for such purpose, upon surrender of this Warrant to the Company, together with the Form of Assignment (in whole or in part) of this Warrant duly executed by the Holder or its agent or attorney. Upon such surrender, the Company shall execute and deliver a new warrant or warrants in the name of the assignee or assignees (including, if such assignment is only a partial assignment by the Holder, in the name of the Holder), and each such warrant shall be identical in form and substance (including its date) to this Warrant except for the warrant number (which shall be as determined by the Company), the name of the named holder of the warrant (if an assignee of the Holder), and the actual number of Warrant Shares (each of which shall be as specified by the Holder), and this Warrant shall promptly be canceled.

(b) This Warrant may be divided or combined with other Warrants upon surrender of this Warrant (and thereof, in the case of combination) to the Company, together with a written notice specifying the names and denominations in which new warrants are to be issued, signed by the Holder or its agent or attorney. Subject to compliance with the preceding paragraph as to any transfer which may be involved in such division or combination, the Company shall execute and deliver a new warrant or warrants in exchange for the warrant or warrants to be divided or combined in accordance with such notice. Each such new warrant issued shall be issued in a denomination representing an integral number of Warrant Shares as of the date of issuance of the new warrant (except if this Warrant represents a non-integral number of Warrant Shares, then one new warrant may e issued for a non-integral number of Warrant Shares).

(c) The Company shall pay all expenses and other charges payable in connection with the preparation, issuance and delivery of Warrants under this Section 4. The Holder shall pay all taxes (other than any issuance taxes, which shall be paid by the Company) in connection with such issuance and delivery.

5

EXHIBIT 4.6

(d) The Company agrees to maintain books for the registration and transfer of the Warrant.

(e) Any Warrant issued in replacement of this Warrant, or as a result of combination, division, transfer or partial exercise, shall bear the legend set forth on the cover of this Warrant.

5. Anti-Dilution Adjustments. The Exercise Price and the number of Warrant Shares as to which this Warrant may be exercised are subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of the events set forth in this Section 5.

(a) Adjustment for Change in Capital Stock.

During the Warrant Exercise Period, if the Company (1) pays a dividend or makes a distribution on its Common Stock, in either case, in shares of capital stock; (2) forward splits or subdivides its outstanding Common Stock into a greater number of Shares; or (3) reverse splits or combines its outstanding Common Stock into a small number of Shares; then (x) the Warrant will become exercisable for the aggregate number and kind of shares of capital stock of the Company which the Holder would have owned immediately following such action if the Warrant had been exercised immediately prior to such action and (y) the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such action shall be proportionately adjusted.

An adjustment made pursuant to this Section 5(a) shall become effective on the effective date of an event referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above, retroactive to the record date (if any) for such event.

If, after an adjustment, the Holder of the Warrant upon exercise of it may receive shares of two or more classes of capital stock of the Company, the Board shall determine in good faith the allocation of the adjusted Exercise Price between the classes of capital stock. After such allocation, the exercise privilege and the Exercise Price of each class of capital stock shall thereafter be subject to adjustment on terms comparable to those applicable to the Warrant Shares in this Section.

Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever any event listed above shall occur.

(b) Adjustment for Rights Issue. During the Warrant Exercise Period, if the Company distributes (other than in a transaction referred to in Section 5(a)) any rights, options or warrants to all holders of its Common Stock entitling them to purchase Common Stock at a price per share which, together with the consideration (if any) paid to the Company for such right, option or warrant, is less than the Exercise Price in effect as of the record date established for such distribution, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted in accordance with the formula:
 
 
 
O
+
N
x
P
E
' = E
x
 
 
E
 
 
 
O + N

where:

6

EXHIBIT 4.6

E’

E
=


=


the adjusted Exercise Price.

the Exercise Price in effect as of the record date established for such distribution

O
=

the number of Shares outstanding on the record date on a fully-diluted basis.

N
=

the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of such rights, options or warrants.

P
=

the exercise price per Share of the Shares issuable upon exercise of such rights, options or warrants plus the aggregate consideration received in respect of such rights, options or warrants for each Share issuable upon exercise of such rights, options or warrants.

Simultaneously with any adjustment of the Exercise Price pursuant to this Section 5(b), the number of Warrant Shares purchaseable upon the exercise hereof shall be increased by multiplying the number of Warrant Shares purchaseable upon exercise hereof immediately prior to such adjustment by the fraction equal to E/ E’. An adjustment made pursuant to this Section 5(b) shall become effective when any such rights, options, or warrants are issued, retroactive to the record date for such issuance.

(c) Adjustment for Issuance of Shares.

(1) During the Warrant Exercise Period, if the Company, at any time and from time to time, issues or sells Common Stock for a consideration per share less than the Exercise Price then in effect as of the date the Company fixes the offering price of such additional shares, each Exercise Price shall be adjusted in accordance with the formula:
 
 
 
 
 
P
E
' = E
x
O
+
E
 
 
 
A


where:

E’    =    the adjusted Exercise Price.

E    =    the Exercise Price in effect immediately before such issuance.

O    =    the number of Shares outstanding on a fully-diluted basis immediately prior to the issuance of such additional Shares.

P    =    the aggregate consideration received for the issuance of such additional Shares.

A    =    the number of Shares outstanding on a fully-diluted basis immediately after the issuance of such additional Shares.

7

EXHIBIT 4.6

Simultaneously with any adjustment of the Exercise Price pursuant to this Section 5(c)(1), the number of Warrant Shares purchaseable upon the exercise hereof shall be increased by multiplying the number of Warrant Shares purchaseable upon exercise hereof immediately prior to such adjustment by the fraction equal to E/ E’. Adjustments pursuant to this Section 5(c)(1) shall be made successively whenever any such issuance is made and shall become effective immediately after such issuance. No adjustment shall be made under this Section 5(c)(1) upon the issuance of shares of Common Stock pursuant to the exercise, conversion or exchange of any Common Stock Equivalents if an adjustment was made pursuant to Section 5(c)(2) in connection with the issuance of such Common Stock Equivalents.

(2) If the Company, at any time and from time to time, issues or sells any securities convertible into or exchange for, directly or indirectly, Common Stock (“Convertible Securities”) or any rights or warrants or options to purchase any such Common Stock or Convertible Securities, shall be issued or sold (collectively, “Common Stock Equivalents”), and the aggregate of the price per share for which shares of common Stock may be issuable thereafter pursuant to such Common Stock Equivalent, plus the consideration received by the Company for issuance of such Common Stock Equivalent divided by the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to such Common Stock Equivalent (the “Aggregate Per Common Share Price”) shall be less than the Exercise price then in effect, or if, after any such issuance of Convertible Securities or Common Stock Equivalents, the price per share for which shares of Common Stock may be issuable thereafter is amended or adjusted, and such price as so amended or adjusted shall make the Aggregate Per Common Share Price less than the Exercise Price in effect at the time of such amendment or adjustment, then the Exercise Price then in effect shall be adjusted pursuant to the formula set forth in Section 5(c)(1) above assuming that all shares of Common Stock have been issued pursuant to the Convertible Securities or Common Stock Equivalents for a purchase price equal to the Aggregate Per Common Share Price.

Simultaneously with any adjustment of the Exercise Price pursuant to this Section 5(c)(2), the number of Warrant Shares purchaseable upon the exercise hereof shall be increased by multiplying the number of Warrant Shares purchaseable upon exercise hereof immediately prior to such adjustment by the fraction equal to E/ E’. Adjustments pursuant to this Section 5(c)(2) shall be made successively whenever any such issuance is made and shall become effective immediately after such issuance.

Sections 5(b) and 5(c) do not apply to:

(1) any of the transactions described in subsection (a) of this Section 5;

(2) the exercise of warrants, or the conversion or exchange of other securities convertible or exchangeable for Shares, which warrants or other securities are outstanding on the date hereof;

(3) Shares issued to (x) shareholders of any person that merges with or into the Company, or with or into a subsidiary of the Company, in proportion to the stock holdings of such person immediately prior to such merger, upon such merger or (y) to any person in exchange for assets sold by such person to the Company;

8

EXHIBIT 4.6

(4) Shares of Common Stock issued in a bona fide public offering pursuant to a firm commitment underwriting in an aggregate offering amount of at least $50,000,000; or

(5) Shares of Common Stock issuable to employees, directors or consultants of the Company under or pursuant to bona fide compensation plans approved by either the board of directors or stockholders of the Company.

(d) Consideration Received, Occurrence of Transactions. For purposes of any computation respecting consideration received pursuant to Section 5(c), the following shall apply:

(1) In the case of the issuance of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents for cash, the consideration shall be the amount of such cash, provided that in no case shall any deduction be made for any underwriting commissions or discounts incurred by the Company for any underwriting of the issue;

(2) in the case of the issuance of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value thereof, as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Company;

For the purpose of any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 5, any specified event shall be deemed to have occurred at the close of business on the date of its occurrence.

(e) When De Minimis Adjustment May be Deferred. No adjustment of the Exercise Price need be made unless the adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1.00% in the Exercise Price. Any adjustments that are not made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations under this Section 5 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest 1/100th of a share, as the case may be.

(f) Notice of Pending and Actual Adjustments. The Company shall give notice to the Holder at least five Business Days prior to the date of any event that will cause any adjustment to the Exercise Price and, if such event is a dividend or other event as to which a record date for the holders of Common Stock is established, at least five Business Days prior to any such record date. Whenever any Exercise Price is adjusted, the Company, at its own expense, shall as promptly as reasonably practicable cause its Chief Financial Officer (or similar officer) to compute such adjustment and prepare a certificate setting forth such adjustment (including a statement of the adjusted Exercise Price and adjusted number or type of Warrant Shares or other securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, as applicable), setting forth in reasonable detail the acts requiring such adjustment, and stating such other facts as shall be necessary to show the manner and figures used to compute such adjustment. As promptly as reasonably practicable (but in no event more than 10 days) after each such adjustment, the Company shall give a copy of such certificate by certified mail to the Holder.

(g) When Adjustment Not Required. If the Company shall take a record of the holders of its shares of Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them to receive a dividend or distribution or subscription or purchase rights and shall, thereafter and before the distribution to stockholders thereof, legally abandon its plan to pay or deliver such dividend, distribution,

9

EXHIBIT 4.6

subscription or purchase rights, then thereafter no adjustment shall be required by reason of the taking of such record and any such adjustment previously made in respect thereof shall be rescinded and annulled.

(h) Superseding Adjustment. If at any time after an adjustment of the Exercise Price and/or Warrant shares shall have been made pursuant to Section 5(b) and the options, warrants or rights shall expire, or the right of exercise in respect of a portion of such securities shall expire, then to the extent that such options, warrants or rights shall have not been exercised, a recomputation shall be made of the effect of such options, warrants or rights on the basis of the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock, if any, theretofore actually issued or issuable pursuant to the previous exercise of such right of conversion, exercise or exchange and for the consideration actually received and receivable therefor; and if and to the extent called for by the foregoing provisions of this Section on the basis aforesaid, a new adjustment shall be made, which new adjustment shall supersede the previous adjustment so rescinded and annulled.

(i) Reorganization, Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or Sale. If any reorganization or reclassification of outstanding shares of Common Stock, or any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another entity, or the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to another entity (an “Extraordinary Transaction”) shall be effected in such a way that holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive cash, stock, securities or assets with respect to or in exchange therefor, then, as a condition of such Extraordinary Transaction, lawful and adequate provision shall be made whereby the Holder shall thereafter have the right upon the terms and conditions specified in this Warrant to receive, in lieu of Warrant Shares upon the payment of the Exercise Price, solely such cash, stock, securities or assets as would have been issued or payable with respect to or in exchange for Warrant Shares pursuant to the terms hereof had the Holder exercised the Warrant in full immediately prior to the effective date of such Extraordinary Transaction, and in any such case appropriate provision shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder to the end that the provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be possible and pertinent, in relation to any stock, securities or assets thereafter deliverable upon the exercise hereof, and appropriate adjustment shall be made to determine and provide for the price per Warrant Share, shares of stock or other security or asset deliverable hereunder, as well as the number of Warrant Shares, shares of stock or other securities, or the amount of assets, deliverable hereunder. In the event that in such Extraordinary Transaction holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to elect to receive differing forms of consideration, the consideration that the Holder shall be entitled to receive upon payment of the Exercise Price shall be the kind and amount of consideration received by a majority of shares of Common Stock in such Extraordinary Transaction.

6. Reservation and Authorization. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available for issuance upon the exercise of this Warrant such number of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant. All shares of Common Stock which shall be so issuable, when issued upon exercise of this Warrant, shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all liens, security interests, charges and other encumbrances or restrictions (other than encumbrances or restrictions imposed by this Warrant or Warrants issued in connection with divisions, combinations, transfers or replacements of this Warrant, and not including any liens

10

EXHIBIT 4.6

granted by the Holder of this Warrant) and requirements of federal and state securities laws respecting restrictions on the subsequent transfer thereof.

7. Registration. If at any time the Company registers or intends to register shares of Common Stock, Rights to Purchase Voting Securities or any other securities convertible, exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Voting Securities on a registration statement under the Securities Act, or grants any demand or piggyback registration rights to any other holder of shares of Common Stock, Rights to Purchase Voting Securities or any other securities convertible, exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Voting Securities, the Company shall offer to the Holder of this Warrant to register the Registrable Securities of such Holder on no less favorable terms and conditions and/or enter into an agreement on customary terms and conditions with the Holder of this Warrant granting to such Holder pari passu registration rights with other holders of Common Stock with respect to the Registrable Securities of such Holder, as applicable.

8. Warrant Holder.

(a) No Stockholder Rights. Nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as conferring upon the Holder any voting rights or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company (except to the extent that this Warrant has been duly exercised or such Holder otherwise owns any Warrant Shares) or as imposing any liabilities on such Holder to purchase any securities or as a stockholder of the Company, whether such liabilities are asserted by the Company or by creditors or stockholders of the Company or otherwise.

(b) Limitation of Liability. No provision hereof, in the absence of affirmative action by the Holder to purchase shares of Common Stock, and no mere enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of the Holder hereof, shall give rise to any liability of the Holder for the purchase price or as a stockholder of the Company, whether such liability is asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company or by anyone else.



9. Taking of Record; Stock and Warrant Transfer Books. In case of all dividends or other distributions by the Company to the holders of its Common Stock, the Company will in each such case take such a record and will take such record as of the close of business on a Business Day. The Company will not at any time, except upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, close its stock transfer books or warrant transfer books so as to result in preventing or delaying the exercise or transfer of this Warrant.

10. Loss or Mutilation. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence satisfactory to it (in the exercise of reasonable discretion) of the ownership of and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and (in case of loss, theft or destruction) of indemnity satisfactory to it, and in case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation hereof, the Company will execute and deliver in lieu hereof a new warrant of like tenor and date.

11. Office of the Company. As long as this Warrant remains outstanding and subject to the following sentence, the Company shall maintain an office or agent at a location notice of which shall have been furnished to the Holder in writing where this Warrant may be

11

EXHIBIT 4.6

presented for exercise, registration, transfer, division or combination as in this Warrant provided. Such office or agent shall be maintained at said address unless and until the Company shall designate and maintain another office or agent for such purposes and give written notice thereof to the Holder in accordance with Section 12.

12. Notices Generally. No notice or other communication shall be deemed given hereunder unless sent in any of the manners, and to the persons, specified in this Section 12. All notices and other communications hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed given (a) upon receipt if delivered personally, mailed by registered or certified mail, or sent by overnight courier or (b) upon dispatch if transmitted by facsimile, in any case to the Holder at the Holder’s last known address appearing on the books of the Company or to the Company at the following address (or at such other address for a party as specified in such a notice):

If to the Company to:

NMI Holdings, Inc.
c/o FBR & Co.
1001 19th Street North, 11th Floor
Arlington, VA 22209
Attention: John M. Sherwood
Facsimile: (703) 312-9588 with a copy to:

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz
51 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019-6150
Attention: David E. Shapiro
Facsimile: (212) 403-2314
Attention: Alison M. Zieske
Facsimile: (212) 403-2107

If to the Holder to:

MAC Financial Ltd.
c/o Skadden, Arps, Slate Meagher & Flom LLP
155 North Wacker Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60606
Attention: Peter C. Krupp
Facsimile: (312) 402-8513

13. Removal of Legend. The Holder may surrender this Warrant or certificates evidencing Warrant Shares, if any, to the Company, which shall exchange such certificate for a certificate without the legend which appears on this Warrant; provided that the Holder has delivered evidence reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that this Warrant or the Warrant Shares, as the case may be, represented by this certificate are freely transferable under the Securities Act, as the case may be.

12

EXHIBIT 4.6

14. Survival. All covenants and agreements of the Company, and all rights and duties of the Holder from time to time of this Warrant or any Common Stock issued pursuant to exercise of this Warrant (other than the right to receive Common Stock in exchange for this Warrant), shall be deemed to survive any surrender hereof to the Company upon exercise hereof by the Holder as contemplated by Section 2 or expiration of the right of the Holder to exercise any unexercised balance hereof on the Warrant Expiration Date.

15. Certain Warrants Deemed Not Outstanding; Warrant Stock in Calls. For the purposes of determining whether the Holder entitled to purchase a requisite number of Warrant Shares at any time has taken any action, any Warrants owned by the Company shall be deemed not to be outstanding.

16. Dispute Resolution. In the case of a dispute as to the determination of the Exercise Price or the Fair Market Value or the arithmetic calculation of the Warrant Shares, the Company shall submit the disputed determinations or arithmetic calculations via facsimile within two business days of receipt of the Form of Subscription giving rise to such dispute, as the case may be, to the Holder. If the Holder and the Company are unable to agree upon such determination or calculation of the Warrant Price, Fair Market Value or the Warrant Shares within three Business Days of such disputed determination or arithmetic calculation being submitted to the Holder, then the Company shall within two business days submit via facsimile (a) the disputed determination of the Warrant Price or the Fair Market Value to an independent, reputable investment bank selected by the Company and approved by the Holder or (b) the disputed arithmetic calculation of the Warrant Shares to the Company’s independent outside accountant. The Company shall cause at its expense the investment bank or the accountant, as the case may be, to perform the determinations or calculations and notify the Company and the Holder of the results no later than 10 Business Days from the time it receives the disputed determinations or calculations. Such investment bank’s or accountant’s determination or calculation, as the case may be, shall be binding upon all parties absent demonstrable error.

17. Governing Law. This Warrant and all rights arising hereunder shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of Delaware.




[Remainder of page left intentionally blank.]


13

EXHIBIT 4.6





IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed and issued by its officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

NMI HOLDINGS, INC.




By: /s/ Bradley M. Shuster
Name: Bradley M. Shuster
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer


14

EXHIBIT 4.6

Exhibit A


FORM OF SUBSCRIPTION

(to be signed only upon payment of the Exercise Price pursuant to the Warrant)

To the Company:

1. The undersigned, the holder of the within Warrant, hereby irrevocably elects to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Warrant.

2. Form of Exercise Price. The Holder intends that payment of the Exercise Price shall be made as (check applicable ones):

a “Cash Exercise” with respect to      Warrant Shares; and/or

a “Cashless Exercise” with respect to      Warrant Shares.

3. Payment of Exercise Price. In the event that the Holder has elected a Cash Exercise with respect to some or all of the Warrant Shares to be issued pursuant hereto, the Holder shall pay the aggregate Exercise Price in the sum of $ to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Warrant.

4. Delivery of Warrant Shares. The Company shall deliver to the Holder, or its designee or agent as specified below, Warrant Shares in book-entry form through the facilities of The Depositary Trust Company or certificate form in accordance with the terms of the Warrant.

 
 
 

The undersigned represents (a) that it has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Common Stock; and (b) that it can bear the economic risk of its investment in the Common Stock and can afford to lose its entire investment in the Common Stock. The undersigned agrees that the Common Stock may not be sold, transferred, offered for sale, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of without registration under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from such act.

The undersigned represents that it has tendered payment for such shares of Common Stock to the Company in the form indicated above.

If the number of shares of Common Stock purchased is less than all of the Warrant Shares evidenced hereby, and the undersigned is surrendering the Warrant in connection with the exercise hereof, the undersigned requests that a new Warrant representing the remaining shares of Common Stock subject to the Warrant be issued and delivered to the undersigned.

15

EXHIBIT 4.6

If the original Warrant is not surrendered in connection with the exercise hereof: (a) the undersigned represents that it has not sold, assigned, pledged, transferred, hypothecated, or otherwise disposed of the original Warrant or any interest therein or represented thereby and hereby agrees to fully and forever indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each of its successors, assigns and affiliates from any loss, cost, damages or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) of any kind or nature whatsoever it may hereinafter suffer or incur in connection with or as a result of the undersigned’s failure to surrender the original Warrant in connection with such exercise; and (b) the undersigned will as promptly as reasonably practicable after the delivery of this Subscription to the Company (and in any event within five Business Days), deliver, or cause to be delivered, the original Warrant to the Company.

DATED:
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Signature must conform in all respects to name of holder as specified on the face of the Warrant)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Address)



16

EXHIBIT 4.6



FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, the holder of the attached Warrant, hereby sells, assigns and transfers all of the rights of the undersigned under the attached Warrant unto:


Name of Assignee
 
Address
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Signature must conform in all respects to name of holder as specified on the face of the Warrant)
 
 
 
 
[Holder]
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
Title:

17
5.1 WLRK Validity Opinion
EXHIBIT 5.1

Form of Opinion of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz

[__], 2013

NMI Holdings, Inc.
2100 Powell Street, 12th Floor
Emeryville, CA 94608

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to NMI Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”, which term does not include any other document or agreement whether or not specifically referred to therein or attached as an exhibit or schedule thereto), initially filed by the Company with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on [__], 2013, relating to the registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of up to [__] shares (the “Shares”) of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Stock”), of the Company. In connection with the foregoing, you have requested our opinion with respect to the following matters.

For the purposes of giving the opinion contained herein, we have examined the Registration Statement and the form of Underwriting Agreement, between the Company[, the selling stockholders parties thereto] and the underwriters named therein (the “Underwriting Agreement”). We have also examined the originals, or duplicates or certified or conformed copies, of such corporate records, agreements, documents and other instruments, including the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Company, and have made such other investigations as we have deemed relevant and necessary in connection with the opinions set forth below. As to questions of fact material to this opinion, we have relied, with your approval, upon oral and written representations of officers and representatives of the Company and the selling stockholders and certificates or comparable documents of public officials and of officers and representatives of the Company and the selling stockholders.

In making such examination and rendering the opinions set forth below, we have assumed without verification the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the authenticity of the originals of such documents submitted to us as certified copies, the conformity to originals of all documents submitted to us as copies, the authenticity of the originals of such documents, that all documents submitted to us as certified copies are true and correct copies of such originals and the legal capacity of all individuals executing any of the foregoing documents.

In rendering the opinion set forth below, we have also assumed that the Shares will be duly authenticated by the transfer agent and registrar for the Shares. In rendering the opinion set forth below, we have assumed that the certificates evidencing the



EXHIBIT 5.1

Shares to be issued will be manually signed by one of the authorized officers of the transfer agent and registrar for the Shares and registered by such transfer agent and registrar and will conform to the specimen certificate examined by us evidencing the Shares.

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications, assumptions and limitations stated herein, we are of the opinion that arewhen the Registration Statement has been declared effective by the SEC and the Shares have been issued, delivered and paid for in the manner contemplated by and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Registration Statement and the Underwriting Agreement, the Shares will be validly issued, duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable.
We are members of the bar of the State of New York, and we do not express any opinion herein concerning any law other than the Delaware General Corporation Law (including the statutory provisions, all applicable provisions of the Delaware Constitution and reported judicial decisions interpreting the foregoing).

This opinion letter speaks only as of its date and is delivered in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.


Very truly yours,






10.1 NMI Holdings Inc 2012 Stock Incentive Plan Effective April 24, 2012
EXHIBIT 10.1

NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
2012 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
(Effective as of April 24, 2012)
1.Purpose
The purpose of the Plan is to give the Company a competitive advantage in attracting, retaining and motivating officers, employees, directors and/or consultants and to provide a means whereby officers, employees, directors and/or consultants of the Company and its Affiliates can acquire and maintain Common Stock ownership, or be paid incentive compensation measured by reference to the value of Common Stock, thereby strengthening their commitment to the welfare of the Company and its Affiliates and promoting an identity of interest between stockholders and these persons.
So that the appropriate incentive can be provided, the Plan provides for granting Nonqualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Unit Awards, Stock Awards and Stock Bonus Awards, or any combination of the foregoing.
2.    Definitions
For purposes of this Plan, the following terms are defined as set forth below:
(a)    “162(m) Effective Date” means the first date on which Awards granted under the Plan do not qualify for an exemption from the deduction limitations of Section 162(m) of the Code on account of an exemption, or a transition or grandfather rule.
(b)    “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified entity, any other entity that directly or indirectly is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with such specified entity.
(c)    “Applicable Exchange” means the Nasdaq or such other nationally recognized securities exchange as may at the applicable time be the principal market for the Common Stock.
(d)    “Award” means, individually or collectively, any Nonqualified Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Stock Award or Stock Bonus Award granted pursuant to the terms of this Plan.
(e)    “Award Agreement” means a written or electronic document or agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of a specific Award.
(f)    “Beneficial Ownership” shall have the meaning given in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.
(g)    “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

1

EXHIBIT 10.1

(h)    “Cause” means, unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, (i) “Cause” as defined in any employment, consulting or similar agreement with the Company or any of its Affiliates to which the applicable Participant is a party (an “Individual Agreement”), or (ii) if there is no such Individual Agreement or if it does not define Cause: (A) the willful or gross neglect by a Participant of his or her employment duties (other than as a result of his or her incapacity due to physical or mental illness or injury) as determined by the Committee; (B) the plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, or conviction for, the commission of a felony offense by a Participant; (C) conduct by a Participant that is injurious to the Company or an Affiliate, or an act of fraud, embezzlement, misrepresentation or breach of a fiduciary duty against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as determined by the Committee; (D) a breach by a Participant of any nondisclosure, non-solicitation or noncompetition obligation owed to the Company or any of its Affiliates; or (E) the failure of a Participant to follow instructions of the Board or his or her direct superiors. Notwithstanding anything in Section 4(d) of this Plan, following a Change in Control, any determination by the Committee as to whether “Cause” exists shall be subject to de novo review.
(i)    “Change in Control” shall, unless in the case of a particular Award where the applicable Award Agreement states otherwise or contains a different definition of “Change in Control,” for the purpose of this Plan, be the first to occur following the Effective Date of:
(i)    the acquisition by any individual, entity or Group (a “Person” of Beneficial Ownership of 35% or more (on a fully diluted basis) of either (A) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, and the exercise or settlement of any similar right to acquire such common stock (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”), or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (I) any acquisition by the Company or any Affiliate, (II) any acquisition directly from the Company, (III) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliate or (IV) any acquisition by any Person that complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iv) of this Section 2(i);
(ii)    individuals who, on the date hereof, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination), shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election

2

EXHIBIT 10.1

contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director; and provided, further, that any directors elected at the Directors Election Meeting (as defined in the Company’s By-Laws) shall be considered “Incumbent Directors” for purposes of this Section 2(i)(ii);
(iii)    approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company; or
(iv)    the consummation of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange, a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company that requires the approval of the Company’s stockholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless immediately following such Business Combination: (A) more than 50% of the total voting power of (x) the entity resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Company”) or (y) if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of sufficient voting securities eligible to elect a majority of the directors of the Surviving Company (the “Parent Company”) is represented by the Outstanding Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which the Outstanding Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination, (B) no Person (other than any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Company or the Parent Company), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Company (or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company) and (C) at least two-thirds of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Company (or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company) following the consummation of the Business Combination were Board members at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination.
For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall (w) the Private Offering, (x) the Company’s public offering of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Securities Act, (y) any change in the composition of the Board resulting from a Special Election Meeting referred to in Section 2.2(b) of the Company’s By-Laws or from a Director Election Meeting referred to in Section 2.2(c) of the Company’s By- Laws or (z) any transactions relating to the dissolution or liquidation of the Company resulting from the failure to receive GSE Approval, in the case of each of clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv), constitute or be deemed to constitute a Change in Control nor shall it be taken into account in determining whether a Change in Control occurred for purposes of this Plan or any Award Agreement.

3

EXHIBIT 10.1

(j)    “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto, the Treasury Regulations thereunder and other relevant interpretive guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service or the Treasury Department. Reference in the Plan to any specific section of the Code shall be deemed to include any amendments or successor provisions to such section and any regulations and guidance under such section.
(k)    “Committee” means a committee of at least two people as the Board may appoint to administer the Plan or, if no such committee has been appointed by the Board, the Board. On and after the time that the Company becomes subject to the Exchange Act, unless the Board is acting as the Committee or the Board specifically determines otherwise, each member of the Committee shall, at the time he takes any action with respect to an Award under the Plan, be an Eligible Director; provided that the mere fact that a Committee member shall fail to qualify as an Eligible Director shall not invalidate any Award granted by the Committee which Award is otherwise validly granted under the Plan.
(l)    “Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (other than the Company’s Class B Common Stock), and any stock into which such common stock may be converted or into which it may be exchanged.
(m)    “Company” means NMI Holdings, Inc., or its successor.
(n)    “Date of Grant” means the date on which the granting of an Award is authorized, or such other date as may be specified in such authorization or, if there is no such date, the date indicated on the applicable Award Agreement.
(o)    “Disability” means, unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, the Company or an Affiliate having cause to terminate a Participant’s employment or service on account of “disability,” as defined in any existing Individual Agreement, or, in the absence of such an Individual Agreement, a condition entitling the Participant to receive benefits under a long-term disability plan of the Company or an Affiliate or, in the absence of such a plan, the complete and permanent inability by reason of illness or accident to perform the duties of the occupation at which a Participant was employed or served when such disability commenced or, as determined by the Committee, based upon medical evidence acceptable to it. Notwithstanding the above, with respect to each Award that constitutes a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the foregoing definition shall apply for purposes of vesting of such Award, provided that such Award shall not be settled until the earliest of: (i) the Participant’s “disability” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, (ii) the Participant’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and (iii) the date such Award would otherwise be settled pursuant to the terms of the Award Agreement.
(p)    “Disaffiliation” means a Subsidiary’s or Affiliate’s ceasing to be a Subsidiary or Affiliate for any reason (including, without limitation, as a result of a public offering, or a spin-off or sale by the Company, of the stock of the Subsidiary or Affiliate or a sale of a division of the Company and its Affiliates).

4

EXHIBIT 10.1

(q)    “Effective Date” means April 24, 2012.
(r)    “Eligible Director” means a person who is (i) a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, or a person meeting any similar requirement under any successor rule or regulation and (ii) an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder; provided, however, that clause (ii) shall apply only on and after the 162(m) Effective Date and only with respect to grants of Awards with respect to which the Company’s tax deduction could be limited by Section 162(m) of the Code if such clause did not apply.
(s)    “Eligible Person” means any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or any prospective employee and consultant who has accepted an offer of employment or consultancy from the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, who are or will be responsible for, or contribute to, the management, growth or profitability of the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.
(t)    “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(u)    “Fair Market Value” means (i) on the Effective Date, the price per share of Common Stock paid by investors in the Company and (ii) as of any subsequent date, the closing price of the Common Stock on any national securities exchange or any national market system (including, but not limited to, The NASDAQ National Market) on that date, or if no prices are reported on that date, on the last preceding date on which such prices of the Common Stock are so reported. If the Common Stock is not then listed on any national securities exchange but is traded over the counter at the time determination of its Fair Market Value is required to be made, its Fair Market Value shall be deemed to be equal to the average between the reported high and low sales prices of Common Stock on the most recent date on which the Common Stock was publicly traded. If the Common Stock is not publicly traded at the time a determination of its Fair Market Value is made, the Committee shall determine its Fair Market Value in such manner as it deems appropriate (such determination to be made in a manner that satisfies Section 409A of the Code (to the extent applicable) and in good faith as required by Section 422(c)(1) of the Code), which may be based on the advice of an independent investment banker or appraiser recognized to be an expert in making such valuations, on recent trades on a non-public exchange or any other material information available to the Board.
(v)    “Group” shall have the meaning given in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act.
(w)    “GSE Approval” means the conditional approval by either Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac necessary to permit the Company to write private mortgage insurance on terms and in a form acceptable to the Company.

5

EXHIBIT 10.1

(x)    “GSE Approval Deadline” means the date that is nine months immediately following the consummation of the offering, or such later date as may be approved by a majority of the holders of the Common Stock purchased in the Private Offering.
(y)    “Nonqualified Stock Option” means an Option granted by the Committee to a Participant under the Plan.
(z)    “Option” means an Award granted under Section 7.
(aa)    “Option Period” means the period described in Section 7(c).
(bb)    “Option Price” means the exercise price for an Option as described in Section 7(a).
(cc)    “Participant” means an Eligible Person who has been selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan and to receive an Award pursuant to Section 6.
(dd)    “Performance-Based Restricted Awards” means Awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units awarded to a Participant pursuant to Section 9, the grant of which is contingent upon the attainment of specified Performance Goals, or the vesting of which is subject to a risk of forfeiture if the specified Performance Goals are not met within the Performance Period.
(ee)    “Performance Goals” means the performance objectives of the Company or an Affiliate during a Performance Period or Restricted Period established for the purpose of determining whether, and to what extent, Awards will be earned for an Award Period or a Restricted Period. To the extent an Award is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, (i) the Performance Goals shall be established with reference to one or more of the following, either on a Company-wide basis or, as relevant, in respect of one or more Affiliates, Subsidiaries, divisions, departments or operations of the Company: earnings (gross, net, pre-tax, post-tax or per share), net profit after tax, EBITDA, gross profit, cash generation, unit volume, market share, sales, asset quality, earnings per share, operating income, revenues, return on assets, return on operating assets, book value per share, return on equity, profits, total shareholder return (measured in terms of stock price appreciation or dividend growth), cost saving levels, premiums, losses, expenses, marketing spending efficiency, core non-interest income, change in working capital, return on capital, strategic development or stock price, with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary, Affiliate, division or department of the Company and (ii) such Performance Goals shall be set by the Committee within the time period prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code and related regulations. Such Performance Goals also may be based upon the attaining of specified levels of Company, Subsidiary, Affiliate or divisional performance under one or more of the measures described above relative to the performance of other entities, divisions or subsidiaries.

6

EXHIBIT 10.1

(ff)    “Performance Period” means that period of time determined by the Committee over which performance is measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to, and the payment value of, any Performance-Based Restricted Award.
(gg)    “Person” shall mean an individual or a corporation, association, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, organization, business, trust, or any other entity or organization, including a government or any subdivision or agency thereof.
(hh)    “Plan” means this NMI Holdings, Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan.
(ii)    “Private Offering” means the private offering of the Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s Offering Memorandum dated March , 2012.
(jj)    “Restricted Period” means, with respect to any share of Restricted Stock or any Restricted Stock Unit, the period of time determined by the Committee during which such Award is subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 9.
(kk)    “Restricted Stock” means shares of Stock issued or transferred to a Participant subject to forfeiture and the other restrictions set forth in Section 9.
(ll)    “Restricted Stock Award” means an Award of Restricted Stock granted under Section 9.
(mm)    “Restricted Stock Unit” means a hypothetical investment equivalent to one share of Stock granted in connection with an Award made under Section 9.
(nn)    “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(oo)    “Stock” means the Common Stock or such other authorized shares of stock of the Company as the Committee may from time to time authorize for use under the Plan.
(pp)    “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means an Award granted under Section 8 of the Plan.
(qq)    “Stock Award” means an Award of the right to purchase Stock under Section 11 of the Plan.
(rr)    “Stock Bonus” means an Award granted under Section 10 of the Plan.
(ss)    “Stock Option Agreement” means the agreement between the Company and a Participant who has been granted an Option pursuant to Section 7 that defines the rights and obligations of the parties as required in Section 7(d).
(tt)    “Strike Price” means, in respect of an SAR, (i) in the case of a Tandem SAR, the Option Price of the related Option, or (ii) in the case of a Free- Standing SAR, the Fair Market Value on the Date of Grant.

7

EXHIBIT 10.1

(uu)    “Subsidiary” means any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity during any period in which at least a 50% voting or profits interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or any successor to the Company.
(vv)    “Termination of Service” means the termination of the applicable Participant’s employment with, or performance of services for, the Company and any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if a Participant’s employment with, or membership on a board of directors of the Company and its Affiliates terminates but such Participant continues to provide services to the Company and its Affiliates in a nonemployee director capacity or as an employee, as applicable, such change in status shall not be deemed a Termination of Service. A Participant employed by, or performing services for, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate or a division of the Company and its Affiliates shall not be deemed to incur a Termination of Service if, as a result of a Disaffiliation, such Subsidiary, Affiliate, or division ceases to be a Subsidiary, Affiliate or division, as the case may be, and the Participant immediately thereafter becomes an employee of (or service provider for), or member of the Board of, the Company or another Subsidiary or Affiliate. Approved temporary absences from employment because of illness, vacation or leave of absence and transfers among the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates shall not be considered Terminations of Employment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award that constitutes a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, “Termination of Service” shall mean a “separation from service” as defined under Section 409A of the Code.
(ww)    “Vested Unit” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 9(d).
3.    Effective Date, Duration and Stockholder Approval
The Plan is effective as of the Effective Date. The validity and exercisability of any and all Awards granted pursuant to the Plan on and after the 162(m) Effective Date is contingent upon approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Company in a manner intended to comply with the stockholder approval requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code.
The expiration date of the Plan, on and after which no Awards may be granted hereunder, shall be the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date (the “Expiration Date”); provided, however, that the administration of the Plan shall continue in effect until all matters relating to Awards previously granted have been settled. Awards outstanding as of the Expiration Date shall not be affected or impaired by termination of the Plan.
4.    Administration
(a)    The Plan shall be administered by the Committee or such other committee of the Board as the Board may from time to time designate. The Committee may only act by a majority of its members then in office, except that the Committee may, except to the extent prohibited by applicable law or the listing standards of the Applicable Exchange,

8

EXHIBIT 10.1

allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it.
(b)    Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and applicable law, including, without limitation, Section 409A of the Code, the Committee shall have, in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, the power to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant; (iii) determine the number of shares of Stock to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, shares of Stock, other securities, other Awards or other property, or canceled, forfeited or suspended and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances the delivery of cash, Stock, other securities, other Awards, other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the holder thereof or of the Committee; (vii) interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency, correct any defect and/or supply any omission in the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award granted under, the Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; (ix) establish any “blackout” period that the Committee in its sole discretion deems necessary or advisable; (x) determine Fair Market Value; and (xi) make any other determination and take any other action specified under the Plan or that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.
(c)    Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award or any documents evidencing Awards granted pursuant to the Plan shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties, including, without limitation, the Company, any Affiliate, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Award and any stockholder.
(d)    The terms and conditions of each Award, as determined by the Committee, shall be set forth in an Award Agreement, which shall be delivered to the Participant receiving such Award upon, or as promptly as is reasonably practicable following, the grant of such Award. The effectiveness of an Award shall not be subject to the Award Agreement’s being signed by the Company and/or the Participant’s receiving the Award unless specifically so provided in the Award Agreement. Award Agreements may be amended only in accordance with Section 16 hereof. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary, in the event that any term of an Award Agreement conflicts with any provision of the Plan that specifically pertains to Section 409A of the Code, the provision of the Plan shall govern.
(e)    No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award hereunder.

9

EXHIBIT 10.1

5.    Grant of Awards; Shares Subject to the Plan
The Committee may, from time to time, grant Awards of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Awards and/or Stock Bonuses to one or more Eligible Persons; provided, however, that:
(a)    Subject to Section 13, the aggregate number of shares of Stock in respect of which Awards may be granted under the Plan is 5,500,000 shares. The maximum number of shares of Stock that may be granted pursuant to Options is 3,850,000. The maximum number of shares of Stock that may be granted pursuant to Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units is 1,650,000;
(b)    To the extent that any Award is forfeited, or any Option and the related Tandem SAR (if any) or Free-Standing SAR terminates, expires or lapses without being exercised, or any Award is settled for cash, the shares of Stock subject to such Award not delivered as a result thereof shall again be available for Awards under the Plan;
(c)    If the Option Price of any Option and/or the tax withholding obligations relating to any Award are satisfied by delivering shares of Stock to the Company (by either actual delivery or by attestation), only the number of shares of Stock issued net of the shares of Stock delivered or attested to shall be deemed delivered for purposes of determining the maximum numbers of shares of Stock available for delivery under the Plan. To the extent any shares of Stock subject to an Award are not delivered because such shares are withheld to satisfy the Option Price (in the case of an Option) and/or the tax withholding obligations relating to such Award, such shares shall not be deemed to have been delivered for purposes of determining the maximum number of shares of Stock available for delivery under the Plan;
(d)    Stock delivered by the Company in settlement of Awards may be authorized and unissued Stock, Stock held in the treasury of the Company, Stock purchased on the open market or by private purchase or a combination of the foregoing;
(e)    On and after the 162(m) Effective Date, no person may be granted Options or SARs under the Plan during any calendar year with respect to more than 3,850,000 shares of Stock; provided that such number shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 13, and shares otherwise counted against such number, only in a manner that will not cause the Awards granted under the Plan to fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code; and
(f)    On and after the 162(m) Effective Date, with respect to awards of Performance-Based Restricted Awards, and other Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit Awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, no person may be granted Performance-Based Restricted Awards, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units under the Plan during any calendar year with respect to more than 1,650,000 shares of Stock; provided that such number shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 13, and shares otherwise counted against such number, only in a manner that will not cause such Performance-Based Restricted Awards, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units

10

EXHIBIT 10.1

granted under the Plan to fail to qualify as “performance- based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.
6.    Eligibility
Participation shall be limited to Eligible Persons who have entered into an Award Agreement or who have received written notification from the Committee, or from a person designated by the Committee, that they have been selected to participate in the Plan.
7.    Options
The Committee is authorized to grant one or more Nonqualified Stock Options to any Eligible Person. Each Option so granted shall be subject to the following conditions, or to such other conditions as may be reflected in the applicable Stock Option Agreement.
(a)    Option Price. The Option Price per share of Stock for each Option shall be set by the Committee at the time of grant but shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock at the Date of Grant.
(b)    Manner of Exercise and Form of Payment. No shares of Stock shall be delivered pursuant to any exercise of an Option until payment in full of the Option Price therefor is received by the Company. Options that have become exercisable shall be exercised by delivery of written notice of exercise to the Committee accompanied by payment of the Option Price. The Option Price shall be payable in cash and/or shares of Stock valued at the Fair Market Value at the time the Option is exercised (including by means of attestation of ownership of a sufficient number of shares of Stock in lieu of actual delivery of such shares to the Company); provided that such shares of Stock are not subject to any pledge or other security interest, and have such other characteristics as may be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee. In addition, the Option Price may be payable by such other method as the Committee may allow, including by way of a “net exercise” pursuant to which a Participant, without tendering the Option Price, is paid shares of Stock representing the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the shares of Stock as to which the Option is being exercised over (ii) the aggregate Option Price.
(c)    Vesting, Option Period and Expiration. Options shall vest and become exercisable in such manner and on such date or dates determined by the Committee and shall expire after such period, not to exceed ten years, as may be determined by the Committee (the “Option Period”); provided, however, that notwithstanding any vesting dates set by the Committee, the Committee may in its sole discretion accelerate the exercisability of any Option, which acceleration shall not affect the terms and conditions of any such Option other than with respect to exercisability. If an Option is exercisable in installments, such installments or portions thereof which become exercisable shall remain exercisable until the Option expires.

11

EXHIBIT 10.1

(d)    Stock Option Agreement — Other Terms and Conditions. Each Option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement. Except as specifically provided otherwise in such Stock Option Agreement, each Option granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:
(v)    Each Option or portion thereof that is exercisable shall be exercisable for the full amount or for any part thereof.
(vi)    The Option Price for each Option exercised shall be paid for in full at the time of the exercise. Each Option shall cease to be exercisable, as to any share of Stock, when the Participant purchases the share or exercises a related SAR or when the Option expires.
(vii)    Subject to Section 12(l), Options shall not be transferable by the Participant except by will or the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by him.
(viii)    Each Option shall vest and become exercisable by the Participant in accordance with the vesting schedule established by the Committee and set forth in the Stock Option Agreement.
(ix)    At the time of any exercise of an Option, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, require a Participant to deliver to the Committee a written representation that the shares of Stock to be acquired upon such exercise are to be acquired for investment and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof and any other representation deemed necessary by the Committee to ensure compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. Upon such a request by the Committee, delivery of such representation(s) prior to the delivery of any shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be a condition precedent to the right of the Participant or such other person to purchase any shares. In the event certificates for Stock are delivered under the Plan with respect to which such investment representation has been obtained, the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be placed on such certificates to make appropriate reference to such representation and to restrict transfer in the absence of compliance with applicable federal or state securities laws.
8.    Stock Appreciation Rights
Any Option granted under the Plan may include SARs, either at the Date of Grant or by subsequent amendment (SARS that are granted in conjunction with an Option are referred to in this Plan as “Tandem SARs”). The Committee also may award SARs to Eligible Persons independent of any Option (SARS that are granted independent of any Option are referred to in this Plan as “Free-Standing SARs”). An SAR shall be subject to such terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Committee shall impose as set forth in an Award Agreement, including, but not limited to, the following:

12

EXHIBIT 10.1

(a)    Vesting, Transferability and Expiration. Tandem SARs shall become exercisable, be transferable and shall expire according to the same vesting schedule, transferability rules and expiration provisions as the corresponding Option. Free-Standing SARs shall become exercisable, be transferable and shall expire in accordance with a vesting schedule, transferability rules and expiration provisions as established by the Committee and reflected in an Award Agreement.
(b)    Payment. Upon the exercise of an SAR, the Company shall pay to the Participant an amount equal to the number of shares subject to the SAR multiplied by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the exercise date over the Strike Price. The Company shall pay such excess in cash, in shares of Stock valued at Fair Market Value, or any combination thereof, as determined by the Committee. Fractional shares shall be settled in cash.
(c)    Method of Exercise. A Participant may exercise an SAR at such time or times as may be determined by the Committee at the time of grant by filing an irrevocable written notice with the Committee or its designee, specifying the number of SARs to be exercised and the date on which such SARs were awarded.
(d)    Expiration. Except as otherwise provided in the case of Tandem SARs, a SAR shall expire on a date designated by the Committee that is not later than ten years after the Date of Grant of the SAR.
9.    Restricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Units
(a)    Award of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.
(i)    The Committee shall have the authority (A) to grant Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units to Eligible Persons, (B) to issue or transfer Restricted Stock to Participants and (C) to establish terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units, including (i) the Restricted Period, (ii) the time or times at which Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units shall be granted or become vested, including upon the attainment of performance conditions (whether or not such conditions are Performance Goals) or upon both the attainment of performance conditions (whether or not such conditions are Performance Goals) and the continued service of the applicable Participant and (iii) the number of shares or units to be covered by each grant.
(ii)    Subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 9(b), the Participant generally shall have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to such Restricted Stock, including the right to vote such Restricted Stock. The Award Agreement for Restricted Stock shall specify whether, to what extent and on what terms and conditions the applicable Participant shall be entitled to receive current or deferred payments of cash and/or Stock dividends on the class or series

of Stock that is subject to the Restricted Stock, including whether any such dividends will be held subject to the vesting of the underlying Restricted Stock or held subject

13

EXHIBIT 10.1

to meeting Performance Goals, subject to Section 12(e) below in the case of dividends settled in Stock.
(iii)    Awards of Restricted Stock shall be evidenced in such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate, including book-entry registration or issuance of one or more stock certificates. Any certificate issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock shall be registered in the name of the applicable Participant and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Award, substantially in the following form:
Transfer of this certificate and the shares represented hereby is restricted pursuant to the terms of the NMI Holdings, Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan and a Restricted Stock Award Agreement, dated as of ________________, between NMI Holdings, Inc. and _______________. A copy of such Restricted Stock Award Agreement is on file at the offices of NMI Holdings, Inc.
The Committee may require that the certificates evidencing such shares be held in custody by the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed and that, as a condition of any Award of Restricted Stock, the applicable Participant shall have delivered a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Common Stock covered by such Award.
(iv)    No shares of Stock shall be issued at the time a Restricted Stock Unit is granted and the Company will not be required to set aside a fund for the payment of any such Award. The Award Agreement for Restricted Stock Units shall specify whether, to what extent and on what terms and conditions the applicable Participant shall be entitled to receive current or deferred payments of cash, Stock or other property corresponding to the dividends payable on the Stock, including whether any such dividends will be held subject to the vesting of the underlying Restricted Stock Units or held subject to meeting Performance Goals, subject to Section 12(e) below in the case of dividends settled in Stock.
(b)    Restrictions.
(x)    Restricted Stock awarded to a Participant shall be subject to the following restrictions until the expiration of the Restricted Period, and to such other terms and conditions as may be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement: (A) the shares shall be subject to the restrictions on transferability set forth in the Award Agreement and (B) the shares shall be subject to forfeiture to the extent provided in the applicable Award Agreement, and satisfaction of any applicable Performance Goals during such period, to the extent provided in the applicable Award Agreement and, to the extent such shares are forfeited, the stock certificates shall be returned to the Company and all rights of the Participant to such shares and as a stockholder shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company.
(xi)    Restricted Stock Units awarded to any Participant shall be subject to (A) forfeiture until the expiration of the Restricted Period, and satisfaction

14

EXHIBIT 10.1

of any applicable Performance Goals during such period, to the extent provided in the applicable Award Agreement, and to the extent such Restricted Stock Units are forfeited, all rights of the Participant to such Restricted Stock Units shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company and (B) such other terms and conditions as may be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.
(xii)    The Committee shall have the authority to remove any or all of the restrictions on the Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units whenever it may determine that, by reason of changes in applicable laws or other changes in circumstances arising after the date that the Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are granted, such action is appropriate.
(c)    Restricted Period. The Restricted Period of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall commence on the Date of Grant and shall expire from time to time as to that part of the Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units indicated in a schedule established by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement.
(d)    Delivery of Restricted Stock and Settlement of Restricted Stock Units.
(i)    Restricted Stock. Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any shares of Restricted Stock and/or the satisfaction of any applicable Performance Goals, the restrictions set forth in Section 9(b) and the applicable Award Agreement shall be of no further force or effect with respect to such shares, except as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.
(ii)    Restricted Stock Units. Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any outstanding Restricted Stock Units the Company shall deliver to the Participant, or his or her beneficiary, without charge, one share of Stock for each such outstanding Restricted Stock Unit (“Vested Unit”); provided, however, that, if explicitly provided in the applicable Award Agreement, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, elect to (A) pay cash or part cash and part Stock in lieu of delivering only shares of Stock for Vested Units or (B) delay the delivery of Stock (or cash or part Stock and part cash, as the case may be) beyond the expiration of the Restricted Period. If a cash payment is made in lieu of delivering shares of Stock, the amount of such payment shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the Stock as of the date on which the Restricted Period lapsed with respect to such Vested Unit.
(e)    Applicability of Section 162(m). With respect to Performance- Based Restricted Awards made on and after the 162(m) Effective Date and intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, this
Section 9 (including the substance of the Performance Goals, the timing of establishment of the Performance Goals, the adjustment of the Performance Goals and determination of the Award) shall be implemented by the Committee in a manner designed to preserve such Awards as “performance-based compensation.”

15

EXHIBIT 10.1

10.    Stock Bonus Awards
The Committee may issue unrestricted Stock, or other Awards denominated in Stock (valued at Fair Market Value as of the date of payment), under the Plan to Eligible Persons, alone or in tandem with other Awards, in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall from time to time in its sole discretion determine. Stock Bonus Awards under the Plan shall be granted as, or in payment of, a bonus, or to provide incentives or recognize special achievements or contributions. With respect to Stock Bonus Awards made on and after the 162(m) Effective Date and intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall establish and administer Performance Goals in the manner described in Section 9 as an additional condition to the vesting and payment of such Stock Bonus Awards. The Stock Bonus Award for any Performance Period to any Participant may be reduced or eliminated by the Committee in its discretion.
11.    Stock Awards
(a)    General. Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan at any time and from time to time on or prior to the Expiration Date. Each Stock Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall be executed by the Company and the Participant. The Award Agreement shall specify the terms and conditions of the Stock Award, including, without limitation, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Stock Award, the purchase price for such shares of Common Stock and the deadline for the purchase of such shares of Common Stock.
(b)    Purchase Price; Payment. The price (the “Purchase Price”) at which each share of Common Stock covered by the Stock Award may be purchased upon exercise of a Stock Award shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. The Company will not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing Stock purchased under this Section 11 unless and until it receives full payment of the aggregate Purchase Price therefor and all other conditions to the purchase, as determined by the Committee, have been satisfied. The Purchase Price of any shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Award must be paid in full at the time of the purchase.
12.    General
(a)    Additional Provisions of an Award. Awards to a Participant under the Plan also may be subject to such other provisions (whether or not applicable to Awards granted to any other Participant) as the Committee determines appropriate including, without limitation, (i) provisions for the forfeiture of or restrictions on resale or other disposition of shares of Stock acquired under any Award, (ii) provisions giving
the Company the right to repurchase shares of Stock acquired under any Award in the event the Participant elects to dispose of such shares, (iii) provisions allowing the Participant to elect to defer the receipt of payment in respect of Awards for a specified period or until a specified event, provided such provisions comply with Section 409A of the Code and (iv) provisions to comply with federal and state securities laws and federal and

16

EXHIBIT 10.1

state tax withholding requirements. Any such provisions shall be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement.
(b)    Privileges of Stock Ownership. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, no person shall be entitled to the privileges of ownership in respect of shares of Stock that are subject to Awards hereunder until such shares have been issued to that person.
(c)    Conditions for Issuance. The obligation of the Company to settle Awards in Stock or otherwise shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and to such approvals by governmental agencies as may be required. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or agreements made pursuant thereto, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for Stock under the Plan prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions: (i) listing or approval for listing upon notice of issuance, of such Stock on the Applicable Exchange; (ii) any registration or other qualification of such Stock of the Company under any state or federal law or regulation, or the maintaining in effect of any such registration or other qualification that the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion upon the advice of counsel, deem necessary or advisable; and (iii) obtaining any other consent, approval or permit from any state or federal governmental agency that the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion after receiving the advice of counsel, determine to be necessary or advisable. The Company shall be under no obligation to register for sale under the Securities Act any of the shares of Stock to be offered or sold under the Plan. If the shares of Stock offered for sale or sold under the Plan are offered or sold pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, the Company may restrict the transfer of such shares and may legend the Stock certificates representing such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.
(d)    Tax Withholding.
(i)    A Participant may be required to pay to the Company or any Affiliate and the Company or any Affiliate shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold from any shares of Stock or other property deliverable under any Award or from any compensation or other amounts owing to a Participant the amount (in cash, Stock or other property) of any required income tax withholding and payroll taxes in respect of an Award, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding and taxes.
(ii)    Without limiting the generality of clause (i) above, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit a Participant to satisfy, in whole or in part, the foregoing withholding liability (but no more than the minimum required withholding liability) by (A) delivery of shares of Stock owned by the Participant, provided that such shares of Stock are not subject to any pledge or other security interest and have such other characteristics as may be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee) with a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding

17

EXHIBIT 10.1

liability or (B) having the Company withhold from the number of shares of Stock otherwise issuable pursuant to the exercise or settlement of the Award, a number of shares of Common Stock with a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability.
(e)    Limitation on Dividend Reinvestment and Dividend Equivalents. Reinvestment of dividends in additional Restricted Stock at the time of any dividend payment, and the payment of Stock with respect to dividends to Participants holding Awards of Restricted Stock Units, shall only be permissible if sufficient shares of Stock are available under Section 5 for such reinvestment or payment (taking into account then-outstanding Awards). In the event that sufficient shares of Stock are not available for such reinvestment or payment, such reinvestment or payment shall be made in the form of a grant of Restricted Stock Units equal in number to the shares of Stock that would have been obtained by such payment or reinvestment, the terms of which Restricted Stock Units shall provide for settlement in cash and for dividend equivalent reinvestment in further Restricted Stock Units on the terms contemplated by this Section 12(e).
(f)    Claim to Awards and Employment Rights. No employee of the Company, Subsidiary or Affiliate, or other person, shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Plan or, having been selected for the grant of an Award, to be selected for a grant of any other Award. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant any right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or an Affiliate.
(g)    Designation and Change of Beneficiary. Each Participant may file with the Company a written designation of one or more persons as the beneficiary who shall be entitled to receive the amounts payable with respect to an Award, if any, due under the Plan upon his or her death. A Participant may, from time to time, revoke or change his or her beneficiary designation without the consent of any prior beneficiary by filing a new designation with the Company. The last such designation received by the Company shall be controlling; provided, however, that no designation, or change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Company prior to the Participant’s death, and in no event shall it be effective as of a date prior to such receipt. If no beneficiary designation is filed by a Participant, the beneficiary shall be determined by the laws of descent and distribution.
(h)    Payments to Persons Other Than Participants. If the Committee shall find that any person to whom any amount is payable under the Plan is unable to care for his or her affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, or has died, then any payment due to such person or his or her estate (unless a prior claim therefor has been made by a duly appointed legal representative) may, if the Committee so directs the Company, be paid to his or her guardian or legal representative or any other person deemed by the Committee to be a proper recipient on behalf of such person otherwise entitled to payment. Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Committee and the Company therefor.
(i)    No Liability of Committee Members. No member of the Committee shall be personally liable by reason of any contract or other instrument executed by such member or on his or her behalf in his or her capacity as a member of the Committee nor for

18

EXHIBIT 10.1

any mistake of judgment made in good faith, and the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee and each other employee, officer or director of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan may be allocated or delegated against any cost or expense (including counsel fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim) arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan unless arising out of such person’s own fraud or willful bad faith; provided, however, that approval of the Board shall be required for the payment of any amount in settlement of a claim against any such person. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.
(j)    Governing Law. The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof or principles of conflicts of laws of any other jurisdiction that could cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.
(k)    Funding. No provision of the Plan shall require the Company, for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Plan, to purchase assets or place any assets in a trust or other entity or otherwise to segregate any assets, nor shall the Company maintain separate bank accounts, books, records or other evidence of the existence of a segregated or separately maintained or administered fund for such purposes. Participants shall have no rights under the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company, except that insofar as they may have become entitled to payment of additional compensation by performance of services, they shall have the same rights as other employees under general law. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, with respect to any Award that constitutes a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, no trust shall be funded with respect to any such Award if such funding would result in taxable income to the Participant by reason of Section 409A(b) of the Code and in no event shall any such trust assets at any time be located or transferred outside of the United States, within the meaning of Section 409A(b) of the Code.
(l)    Nontransferability.
(i)    Each Award shall be exercisable only by the Participant during the Participant’s lifetime, or, if permissible under applicable law, by the Participant’s legal guardian or representative. No Award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company, Subsidiary or Affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance.
(ii)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit Awards to be transferred by a Participant without consideration,

19

EXHIBIT 10.1

subject to such rules as the Committee may adopt consistent with any applicable Award Agreement to preserve the purposes of the Plan, to:
(A)
any person who is a “family member” of the Participant, as such term is used in the instructions to Form S-8 (collectively, the “Immediate Family Members”);
(B)
a trust solely for the benefit of the Participant and his or her Immediate Family Members;
(C)
a partnership or limited liability company whose only partners or shareholders are the Participant and his or her Immediate Family Members; or
(D)
any other transferee as may be approved either (1) by the Board or the Committee in its sole discretion or (2) as provided in the applicable Award Agreement;
(each transferee described in clauses (A), (B), (C) and (D) above is hereinafter referred to as a “Permitted Transferee”); provided that the Participant gives the Committee advance written notice describing the terms and conditions of the proposed transfer and the Committee notifies the Participant in writing that such a transfer would comply with the requirements of this Plan and any applicable Award Agreement.
(iii)    The terms of any Award transferred in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence shall apply to the Permitted Transferee and any reference in this Plan, or in any applicable Award Agreement, to a Participant shall be deemed to refer to the Permitted Transferee, except that (A) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to transfer any Award, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (B) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to exercise any transferred Option unless there shall be in effect a registration statement on an appropriate form covering the shares of Stock to be acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Option if the Committee determines, consistent with any applicable Award Agreement, that such a registration statement is necessary or appropriate; (C) the Committee or the Company shall not be required to provide any notice to a Permitted Transferee, whether or not such notice is or would otherwise have been required to be given to the Participant under the Plan or otherwise; and (D) the consequences of the termination of the Participant’s employment by, or services to, the Company, or an Affiliate under the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement shall continue to be applied with respect to the Participant, including, without limitation, that an Option shall be exercisable by the Permitted Transferee only to the extent, and for the periods, specified in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.
(m)    Section 409A of the Code. It is the intention of the Company that no Award shall be “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code, unless and

20

EXHIBIT 10.1

to the extent that the Committee specifically determines otherwise as provided in this Section 12(m), and the Plan and the terms and conditions of all Awards shall be interpreted accordingly. The terms and conditions governing any Awards that the Committee determines will be subject to Section 409A of the Code, including any rules for elective or mandatory deferral of the delivery of cash or Shares pursuant thereto and any rules regarding treatment of such Awards in the event of a Change in Control, shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement and shall comply in all respects with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, with respect to any Award that constitutes a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” subject to Section 409A of the Code that has been granted to a Participant who is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A) on the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service, any payments (whether in cash, Shares or other property) to be made with respect to such Award upon the Participant’s Termination of Service shall be delayed until the earlier of (i) the first day of the seventh month following the Participant’s Termination of Service and (ii) the Participant’s death.
(n)    Reliance on Reports. Each member of the Committee and each member of the Board shall be fully justified in acting or failing to act, as the case may be, and shall not be liable for having so relied, acted or failed to act in good faith, in reliance upon any report made by the independent public accountant of the Company and its Affiliates and/or any other information furnished in connection with the Plan by any person or persons other than himself.
(o)    Relationship to Other Benefits. No payment under the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit sharing, group insurance or other benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary except as otherwise specifically provided in such other plan.
(p)    Additional Compensation Arrangements. Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements for its employees.
(q)    Subsidiary Employee. In the case of a grant of an Award to any employee of a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company may, if the Committee so directs, issue or transfer the Shares, if any, covered by the Award to the Subsidiary, for such lawful consideration as the Committee may specify, upon the condition or understanding that the Subsidiary will transfer the Shares to the employee in accordance with the terms of the Award specified by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. All Shares underlying Awards that are forfeited or canceled should revert to the Company.
(r)    Foreign Employees and Foreign Law Considerations. The Committee may grant Awards to Eligible Persons who are foreign nationals, who are located outside the United States or who are not compensated from a payroll maintained in the United States, or who are otherwise subject to (or could cause the Company to be subject to) legal or regulatory provisions of countries or jurisdictions outside the United States, on such terms and conditions different from those specified in the Plan as may, in the judgment of the Committee, be necessary or desirable to foster and promote achievement of the purposes of the Plan, and, in furtherance of such purposes, the Committee may make such

21

EXHIBIT 10.1

modifications, amendments, procedures or subplans as may be necessary or advisable to comply with such legal or regulatory.
(s)    No Contract of Employment. The Plan shall not constitute a contract of employment, and adoption of the Plan shall not confer upon any employee any right to continued employment, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate the employment of any employee at any time.
(t)    Expenses. The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and its Affiliates.
(u)    Pronouns. Masculine or neuter pronouns and other words of masculine gender shall refer to both men and women.
(v)    Titles and Headings. The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.
(w)    Severability. If any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.
13.    Changes in Capital Structure
(a)    In the event of a merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or shares, stock rights offering, liquidation, Disaffiliation, or similar event affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (each, a “Corporate Transaction”), the Committee or the Board shall make such substitutions or adjustments as it deems appropriate and equitable to (A) the aggregate number and kind of Stock or other securities reserved for issuance and delivery under the Plan, (B) the various maximum limitations set forth in Section 5 upon certain types of Awards and upon the grants to individuals of certain types of Awards, (C) the number and kind of Stock or other securities subject to outstanding Awards and (D) the exercise price of outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights. In the case of Corporate Transactions, such adjustments may include, without limitation, (1) the cancellation of outstanding Awards in exchange for payments of cash, property or a combination thereof having an aggregate value equal to the value of such Awards, as determined by the Committee or the Board in its sole discretion (it being understood that in the case of a Corporate Transaction with respect to which stockholders of common stock receive consideration other than publicly traded equity securities of the ultimate surviving entity, any such determination by the Committee that the value of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall for this purpose be deemed to equal the excess, if any, of the value of the consideration being paid for each Share pursuant to such Corporate Transaction over

22

EXHIBIT 10.1

the exercise price of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall conclusively be deemed valid); (2) the substitution of other property (including, without limitation, cash or other securities of the Company and securities of entities other than the Company) for the Stock subject to outstanding Awards; and (3) in connection with any Disaffiliation, arranging for the assumption of Awards, or replacement of Awards with new awards based on other property or other securities (including, without limitation, other securities of the Company and securities of entities other than the Company), by the affected Subsidiary, Affiliate or division or by the entity that controls such Subsidiary, Affiliate or division following such Disaffiliation (as well as any corresponding adjustments to Awards that remain based upon Company securities).
(b)    In the event of a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, separation, spinoff, reorganization, extraordinary dividend of cash or other property, share combination, or recapitalization or similar event affecting the capital structure of the Company (each, a “Stock Change”), the Committee or the Board shall make such substitutions or adjustments as it deems appropriate and equitable to (i) the aggregate number and kind of Shares or other securities reserved for issuance and delivery under the Plan, (ii) the various maximum limitations set forth in Section 5 upon certain types of Awards and upon the grants to individuals of certain types of Awards, (iii) the number and kind of Shares or other securities subject to outstanding Awards and (iv) the exercise price of outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.
(c)    The Committee may adjust in its sole discretion the Performance Goals applicable to any Awards to reflect any Stock Change and any Corporate Transaction and any unusual or nonrecurring events and other extraordinary items, impact of charges for restructurings, discontinued operations and the cumulative effects of accounting or tax changes, each as defined by generally accepted accounting principles or as identified in the Company’s financial statements, notes to the financial statements, management’s discussion and analysis or the Company’s other SEC filings; provided that with respect to Awards granted on and after the 162(m) Effective Date that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, such adjustments or substitutions shall be made only to the extent that the Committee determines that such adjustments or substitutions may be made without causing the Company to be denied a tax deduction on account of Section 162(m) of the Code. The Company shall give each Participant notice of an adjustment hereunder and, upon notice, such adjustment shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.
(d)    Any adjustment under this Section 13 need not be the same for all Participants.
(e)    Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) any adjustments made pursuant to this Section 13 to Awards that are considered “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code shall be made in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code; (ii) any adjustments made pursuant to this Section 13 to Awards that are not considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be made in such a manner as to ensure that, after such adjustment, the Awards either (A) continue not to be subject to Section 409A of the Code or (B) comply with the requirements of Section

23

EXHIBIT 10.1

409A of the Code; and (iii) in any event, neither the Committee nor the Board shall have the authority to make any adjustments pursuant to this Section 13 to the extent the existence of such authority would cause an Award that is not intended to be subject to Section 409A of the Code to be subject thereto.
14.    Effect of Change in Control
(a)    Impact of Event/Single Trigger. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement and subject to Sections 12(l) and 13, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, immediately upon the occurrence of a Change in Control that occurs following GSE Approval:
(i)    any Options and Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding that are not then exercisable and vested shall become fully exercisable and vested;
(ii)    the restrictions, including the Restricted Period, which may differ with respect to each grantee, and deferral limitations applicable to any Restricted Stock shall lapse and such Restricted Stock shall become free of all restrictions and become fully vested and transferable;
(iii)    all Awards (other than Options, Stock Appreciation Rights and Restricted Stock) shall be considered to be earned and payable in full, and any restrictions shall lapse and such Restricted Stock Units shall be settled as promptly as is practicable in the form set forth in the applicable Award Agreement; provided, however, that with respect to any such Award that constitutes a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the settlement of each such Award pursuant to this Section 14(a)(iii) shall not occur until the earliest of (A) the Change in Control if such Change in Control constitutes a “change in the ownership of the corporation,” a “change in effective control of the corporation” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the corporation,” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code (each, a “409A Change in Control”) and (B) the date such Award would otherwise be settled pursuant to the terms of the Award Agreement; and
(iv)    with respect to Performance-Based Restricted Awards, the Committee shall (A) determine the extent to which Performance Goals with respect to each Performance Period have been met based upon such audited or unaudited financial information or other inputs deemed relevant or appropriate in the discretion of the Committee then available as it deems relevant and (B) cause to be paid to each Participant in accordance with paragraphs (i) through (iii) of this Section 14(a) partial or full Awards with respect to Performance Goals for each such Performance Period based upon the Committee’s determination of the degree of attainment of Performance Goals; provided, however, that with respect to any Performance-Based Restricted Award that constitutes a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the payment of each such Award pursuant to this Section 14(a)(iv) shall not occur until the earliest of (1) the Change in Control if such Change in Control constitutes a 409A Change in Control and (2)

24

EXHIBIT 10.1

the date such Award would otherwise be settled pursuant to the terms of the Award Agreement;
(v)    the Committee may in its discretion, and upon at least 10 days’ advance notice to the affected persons, cancel any outstanding Awards and pay to the holders thereof, in cash or stock, or any combination thereof, the value of such Awards based upon the price per share of Stock received or to be received by other stockholders of the Company in the event, but only to the extent such payment is permitted under Section 409A of the Code; and
(vi)    the Committee may also make additional adjustments and/or settlements of outstanding Awards as it deems appropriate and consistent with the Plan’s purposes.
(b)    The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon any successor corporation or organization resulting from the merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to substantially all of the assets and business of the Company. The Company agrees that it will make appropriate provisions for the preservation of Participants’ rights under the Plan in any agreement or plan that it may enter into or adopt to effect any such merger, consolidation, reorganization or transfer of assets.
15.    Nonexclusivity of the Plan
Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board nor the submission of this Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.
16.    Amendments and Termination
(a)    Amendment and Termination of the Plan. The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made without stockholder approval if such approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement applicable to the Plan (including as necessary to prevent Awards granted under the Plan on and after the 162(m) Effective Date from failing to qualify as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code); and provided further that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would impair the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary, except such an amendment made to comply with applicable law, including, without limitation, Section 409A of the Code, Applicable Exchange rules or accounting rules. On and after the 162(m) Effective Date, in no event may any Option or Free-Standing SAR granted under this Plan be amended, other than

25

EXHIBIT 10.1

pursuant to Section 13, to decrease the exercise price thereof, cancelled in conjunction with the grant of any new Option or Free-Standing SAR with a lower exercise price, or otherwise be subject to any action that would be treated, for accounting purposes, as a “repricing” of such Option or Free-Standing SAR, unless such amendment, cancellation or action is approved by the Company’s stockholders. Prior to the listing of the Company’s Common Stock on the NYSE or The Nasdaq Global Market, no amendment to the Plan that would increase the number of Reserved Shares shall be made without prior stockholder approval.
(b)    Amendment of Award Agreements. The Committee may, to the extent consistent with the terms of any applicable Award Agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any Award theretofore granted or the associated Award Agreement, prospectively or retroactively; provided that (i) any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would impair the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary and (ii) no such amendment shall cause any Award that is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) to fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.
* * *
As adopted by the Board of Directors of NMI Holdings, Inc. as of
April 16, 2012.

26
10.2 Form of NMI Holdings Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan Rest Stock Unit Award Agmt CEO and CFO

EXHIBIT 10.2

NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
2012 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
(FOR CEO/CFO)
THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of [●] (the “Date of Grant”), is made by and between NMI Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [NAME] (“Participant”).
WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the NMI Holdings, Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”); and
WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that it would be in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to grant Participant restricted stock units with respect to a number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Shares”) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan.
NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the covenants of the parties contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, for themselves, their successors and assigns, hereby agree as follows:
1.Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Award.
(a)    Grant. The Company hereby grants to Participant an award of [●] restricted stock units (the “RSUs”) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and as otherwise provided in the Plan.
(b)    Incorporation by Reference, Etc. The provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated herein by reference. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and any capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the definitions set forth in the Plan.
2.    Vesting. (a) Except as may otherwise be provided herein, the RSUs shall vest based on the achievement of certain Stock Price Goals (as set forth in each of clauses 2(a)(i), 2(a)(ii) and 2(a)(iii) below). Subject to Participant’s continued employment and the Company achieving GSE Approval prior to the GSE Approval Deadline:
(i)    one-third of the RSUs (rounded up to the nearest whole share) shall vest upon the Stock Price (as defined in Section 2(b) below) of a Share equaling or exceeding $12.50 per Share;
(ii)    one-third of the RSUs (rounded up to the nearest whole share) shall vest upon the Stock Price of a Share equaling or exceeding $14.00 per Share; and
(iii)    the remainder of the RSUs shall vest upon the Stock Price of a Share equaling or exceeding $16.00 per Share.

1


EXHIBIT 10.2

(b)    Determination of Stock Price. The “Stock Price” per Share, for purposes of determining whether the RSUs vest, shall be determined as follows:
(i)    If the Shares are traded on an Applicable Exchange, the Stock Price shall be the average closing price of the Shares on such exchange for any consecutive 30-day trading period;
(ii)    If the Shares are actively traded over-the-counter, the Stock
(iii)    Price shall be the average of the closing bid price over any consecutive 30-day trading period;
(iv)    If the Shares are traded on the FBR PlusTM System, the Stock Price shall be the average sales price reported on the FBR PlusTM System over any consecutive 30-day trading period; and
(v)    If the Shares are not traded on any market identified in this Section 2(b), the Stock Price shall be the fair market value of the Shares determined based on the procedures prescribed by Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iv)(B).
(c)    Termination of Service. Except as provided in the immediately following sentence, in the event that Participant incurs a Termination of Service, unvested RSUs shall be forfeited without consideration by Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Participant incurs a Termination of Service without “Cause” (as defined in Participant’s employment agreement with the Company) or for “Good Reason” (as defined in Participant’s employment agreement with the Company), unvested RSUs shall remain outstanding and shall vest upon the later of (i) GSE Approval and (ii) the achievement of the Stock Price Goals as determined in a manner consistent with Sections 2(a) and 2(b) above; provided that, any RSUs granted pursuant to this Agreement that remain unvested as of the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant shall be forfeited.
(d)    GSE Approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2, no RSUs shall vest prior to the Company’s achievement of GSE Approval and, in the event that the Company does not achieve GSE Approval prior to the GSE Approval Deadline, any RSUs held by Participant shall be forfeited without any consideration.
3.    Settlement. As soon as practicable after any RSUs have vested (and in any event, no later than fifteen business days immediately following such vesting), such RSUs shall be settled. Subject to Section 4 (pertaining to the withholding of taxes), for each vested RSU settled pursuant to this Section 3, the Company shall issue to Participant one Share.
4.    Tax Withholding. The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state, local and foreign taxes of any kind (including, but not limited to, Participant’s FICA and SDI obligations) which the Company, in its sole discretion, deems necessary to be withheld or remitted to comply with the Code and/or any other applicable law,

2


EXHIBIT 10.2

rule or regulation with respect to the RSUs and, if Participant fails to do so, the Company may otherwise refuse to issue or transfer any Shares otherwise required to be issued pursuant to this Agreement. Any statutorily required withholding obligation with regard to Participant may be satisfied, at the discretion of the Company, by reducing the amount of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant hereunder.
5.    No Rights as Stockholder. Until such time as the RSUs have been settled and the underlying Shares have been delivered to Participant and Participant has become the holder of record of such Shares, Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder, including, without limitation, the right to dividends and the right vote.
6.    Transferability. The RSUs may not, at any time prior to becoming vested, be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company, its Subsidiary or Affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance. Prior to the Shares becoming listed on an Applicable Exchange, any Shares received by Participant in settlement of the RSUs may not be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by Participant without the prior written approval of the Board, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.
7.    Securities Law Representations. Participant acknowledges that the Shares underlying the RSUs are not being registered under the Securities Act, based, in part, on reliance upon an exemption from registration under Rule 701 or Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act and a comparable exemption from qualification under applicable state securities laws, as each may be amended from time to time. Participant, by executing this Agreement, hereby makes the following representations to the Company and acknowledges that the Company’s reliance on federal and state securities law exemptions from registration and qualification is predicated, in substantial part, upon the accuracy of these representations:
Participant is acquiring the RSUs solely for Participant’s own account, for investment purposes only, and not with a view or an intent to sell, or to offer for resale in connection with any unregistered distribution, all or any portion of the shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and/or any applicable state securities laws.
Participant is an “accredited investor,” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2) or (3) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.
Participant has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the RSUs. Participant has been furnished with, and/or has access to, such information as Participant considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to purchase the Shares underlying the RSUs. However, in evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the

3


EXHIBIT 10.2

Shares underlying the RSUs, Participant has and will rely only upon the advice of Participant’s own legal counsel, tax advisors and/or investment advisors.
Participant is aware that any value the RSUs may have depends on vesting and certain other factors, and that any investment in common shares of a closely held corporation such as the Company is non-marketable, nontransferable and could require capital to be invested for an indefinite period of time, possibly without return, and at substantial risk of loss.
Participant understands that the RSUs will be characterized as “restricted securities” under the federal securities laws and that, under such laws and applicable regulations, such securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances, including in accordance with the conditions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, as presently in effect. Participant acknowledges receiving a copy of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, as presently in effect, and represents that Participant is familiar with such rule and understands the resale limitations imposed thereby and by the Securities Act and the applicable state securities law.
Participant has read and understands the restrictions, limitations and the Company’s rights set forth in the Plan and this Agreement that will be imposed on the RSUs (including those restrictions and limitations that will continue after the RSUs have vested).
Participant has not relied upon any oral representation made to Participant relating to the Shares or upon information presented in any promotional meeting or material relating to the RSUs.
Participant understands and acknowledges that (a) any certificate evidencing the RSUs (or evidencing any other securities issued with respect thereto pursuant to any stock split, stock dividend, merger or other form of reorganization or recapitalization) when issued shall bear any legends that may be required by applicable federal and state securities laws, this Agreement or the Plan and (b) the Company has no obligation to register the Shares or file any registration statement under federal or state securities laws. The Committee reserves the right to account for Shares through book entry or other electronic means rather than the issuance of stock certificates.
8.    Adjustment. Upon any event described in Section 13 of the Plan occurring after the Date of Grant, the adjustment provisions as provided for under Section 13 of the Plan shall apply to the RSUs, both with respect to the number of RSUs and with respect to the Stock Price Goals.
9.    Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control of the Company occurring after the Date of Grant, the Committee shall (A) determine the extent to which the Stock Price Goals with respect to the RSUs have been met based upon such audited or unaudited

4


EXHIBIT 10.2

financial information or other inputs deemed relevant or appropriate in the discretion of the Committee then available as it deems relevant and (B) provide for the vesting of the applicable number of RSUs, if any, based upon the Committee’s determination of the degree of attainment of the Stock Price Goals. Any RSUs that vest in connection with this Section 9 shall be settled in a manner consistent with Section 3 of this Agreement.
10.    Miscellaneous.
(a)    Confidentiality of this Agreement. Participant agrees to keep confidential the terms of this Agreement, unless and until such terms have been disclosed publicly other than through a breach by Participant of this covenant. This provision does not prohibit Participant from providing this information on a confidential and privileged basis to Participant’s attorneys or accountants for purposes of obtaining legal or tax advice or as otherwise required by law.
(b)    Waiver and Amendment. The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, or amend any terms of, this Agreement and the RSUs granted thereunder; provided that any such waiver or amendment that would impair the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any RSUs theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of Participant. No waiver of any right hereunder by any party shall operate as a waiver of any other right, or as a waiver of the same right with respect to any subsequent occasion for its exercise, or as a waiver of any right to damages. No waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement shall be held to constitute a waiver of any other breach or a waiver of the continuation of the same breach.
(c)    Unsecured Obligation. This Award is unfunded, and even as to any RSUs which vest, Participant shall be considered an unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to the Company’s obligations, if any, to issue Shares pursuant to this Agreement. Nothing contained in this Agreement, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between Participant and the Company or any other person.
(d)    Notices. All notices, demands and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be by registered or certified first- class mail, return receipt requested, facsimile, courier service or personal delivery:
if to the Company:
NMI Holdings, Inc.
[ADDRESS]

Facsimile: [●]
Attention: [NAME]
if to Participant: at the address last on the records of the Company.

5


EXHIBIT 10.2

All such notices, demands and other communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; when delivered by courier, if delivered by commercial courier service; five business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; and when receipt is mechanically acknowledged, if by facsimile.
(e)    Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, and each other provision of this Agreement shall be severable and enforceable to the extent permitted by law.
(f)    No Rights to Service. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as giving Participant any right to be retained, in any position, as an employee, consultant or director of the Company or its Affiliates or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the right of the Company or its Affiliates, which is hereby expressly reserved, to remove, terminate or discharge Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever.
(g)    Beneficiary. Participant may file with the Company a written designation of a beneficiary on such form as may be prescribed by the Committee and may, from time to time, change or revoke such designation by filing a new designation with the Company. The last such designation received by the Company shall be controlling; provided, however, that no designation, or change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Company prior to Participant’s death, and in no event shall it be effective as of a date prior to such receipt. If no beneficiary designation is filed by Participant, the beneficiary shall be deemed to be his spouse or, if Participant is unmarried at the time of death, his estate.
(h)    Successors. The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns, and of Participant and the beneficiaries, executors, administrators, heirs and successors of Participant.
(i)    Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Plan contain the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained herein and supersede all prior communications, representations and negotiations with respect thereto.
(j)    Bound by the Plan. By signing this Agreement, Participant acknowledges that he has received a copy of the Plan and has had an opportunity to review the Plan and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions of the Plan.
(k)    Section 409A. It is intended that the Awards granted pursuant to this Agreement and the provisions of this Agreement be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code, and all provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code.
(l)    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware without regard to

6


EXHIBIT 10.2

principles of conflicts of law thereof, or principles of conflicts of laws of any other jurisdiction that could cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.
(m)    Headings. The headings of the Sections hereof are provided for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction, and shall not constitute a part, of this Agreement.
(n)    Signature in Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.
11.    Compliance with Legal Requirements. The grant of the RSUs, and any other obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall be subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations and to such approvals by any regulatory or governmental agency as may be required. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may postpone the issuance or delivery of Shares as the Committee may consider appropriate and may require Participant to make such representations and furnish such information as it may consider appropriate in connection with the issuance or delivery of the Shares in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page to follow]


7


EXHIBIT 10.2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement.
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
 
 
By:
 
Title:
 
 
 
PARTICIPANT
 
 
 


8
10.3 Form of NMI Holdings Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan Rest Stock Unit Award Agmt for Mgmt

EXHIBIT 10.3

NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
2012 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN RESTRICTED
STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
(FOR MANAGEMENT)
THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of [●] (the “Date of Grant”), is made by and between NMI Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [NAME] (“Participant”).
WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the NMI Holdings, Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”); and
WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that it would be in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to grant Participant restricted stock units with respect to a number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Shares”) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan.
NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the covenants of the parties contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, for themselves, their successors and assigns, hereby agree as follows:
1.Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Award.
(a)    Grant. The Company hereby grants to Participant an award of [●] restricted stock units (the “RSUs”) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and as otherwise provided in the Plan.
(b)    Incorporation by Reference, Etc. The provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated herein by reference. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and any capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the definitions set forth in the Plan.
2.    Vesting. (a) Except as may otherwise be provided herein, the RSUs shall vest based on the achievement of certain Stock Price Goals (as set forth in each of clauses 2(a)(i), 2(a)(ii) and 2(a)(iii) below). Subject to Participant’s continued employment and the Company achieving GSE Approval prior to the GSE Approval Deadline:
(i)    one-third of the RSUs (rounded up to the nearest whole share) shall vest upon the Stock Price (as defined in Section 2(b) below) of a Share equaling or exceeding $12.50 per Share;
(ii)    one-third of the RSUs (rounded up to the nearest whole share) shall vest upon the Stock Price of a Share equaling or exceeding $14.00 per Share; and
(iii)    the remainder of the RSUs shall vest upon the Stock Price of a Share equaling or exceeding $16.00 per Share.

1


EXHIBIT 10.3

(b)    Determination of Stock Price. The “Stock Price” per Share, for purposes of determining whether the RSUs vest, shall be determined as follows:
(i)    If the Shares are traded on an Applicable Exchange, the Stock Price shall be the average closing price of the Shares on such exchange for any consecutive 30-day trading period;
(ii)    If the Shares are actively traded over-the-counter, the Stock Price shall be the average of the closing bid price over any consecutive 30-day trading period;
(iii)    If the Shares are traded on the FBR PlusTM System, the Stock Price shall be the average sales price reported on the FBR PlusTM System over any consecutive 30-day trading period; and
(iv)    If the Shares are not traded on any market identified in this Section 2(b), the Stock Price shall be the fair market value of the Shares determined based on the procedures prescribed by Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iv)(B).
(c)    Termination of Service. In the event that Participant incurs a Termination of Service for any reason, unvested RSUs shall be forfeited without consideration by Participant.
(d)    GSE Approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2, no RSUs shall vest prior to the Company’s achievement of GSE Approval and, in the event that the Company does not achieve GSE Approval prior to the GSE Approval Deadline, any RSUs held by Participant shall be forfeited without any consideration.
3.    Settlement. As soon as practicable after any RSUs have vested (and in any event, no later than fifteen business days immediately following such vesting), such RSUs shall be settled. Subject to Section 4 (pertaining to the withholding of taxes), for each vested RSU settled pursuant to this Section 3, the Company shall issue to Participant one Share.
4.    Tax Withholding. The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state, local and foreign taxes of any kind (including, but not limited to, Participant’s FICA and SDI obligations) which the Company, in its sole discretion, deems necessary to be withheld or remitted to comply with the Code and/or any other applicable law, rule or regulation with respect to the RSUs and, if Participant fails to do so, the Company may otherwise refuse to issue or transfer any Shares otherwise required to be issued pursuant to this Agreement. Any statutorily required withholding obligation with regard to Participant may be satisfied, at the discretion of the Company, by reducing the amount of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant hereunder.
5.    No Rights as Stockholder. Until such time as the RSUs have been settled and the underlying Shares have been delivered to Participant and Participant has become the

2


EXHIBIT 10.3

holder of record of such Shares, Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder, including, without limitation, the right to dividends and the right vote.
6.    Transferability. The RSUs may not, at any time prior to becoming vested, be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company, its Subsidiary or Affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance. Prior to the Shares becoming listed on an Applicable Exchange, any Shares received by Participant in settlement of the RSUs may not be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by Participant without the prior written approval of the Board, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.
7.    Securities Law Representations. Participant acknowledges that the Shares underlying the RSUs are not being registered under the Securities Act, based, in part, on reliance upon an exemption from registration under Rule 701 or Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act and a comparable exemption from qualification under applicable state securities laws, as each may be amended from time to time. Participant, by executing this Agreement, hereby makes the following representations to the Company and acknowledges that the Company’s reliance on federal and state securities law exemptions from registration and qualification is predicated, in substantial part, upon the accuracy of these representations:
Participant is acquiring the RSUs solely for Participant’s own account, for investment purposes only, and not with a view or an intent to sell, or to offer for resale in connection with any unregistered distribution, all or any portion of the shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and/or any applicable state securities laws.
Participant is an “accredited investor,” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2) or (3) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.
Participant has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the RSUs. Participant has been furnished with, and/or has access to, such information as Participant considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to purchase the Shares underlying the RSUs. However, in evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Shares underlying the RSUs, Participant has and will rely only upon the advice of Participant’s own legal counsel, tax advisors and/or investment advisors.
Participant is aware that any value the RSUs may have depends on vesting and certain other factors, and that any investment in common shares of a closely held corporation such as the Company is non-marketable, nontransferable and could require capital to be invested for an indefinite period of time, possibly without return, and at substantial risk of loss.

3


EXHIBIT 10.3

Participant understands that the RSUs will be characterized as “restricted securities” under the federal securities laws and that, under such laws and applicable regulations, such securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances, including in accordance with the conditions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, as presently in effect. Participant acknowledges receiving a copy of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, as presently in effect, and represents that Participant is familiar with such rule and understands the resale limitations imposed thereby and by the Securities Act and the applicable state securities law.
Participant has read and understands the restrictions, limitations and the Company’s rights set forth in the Plan and this Agreement that will be imposed on the RSUs (including those restrictions and limitations that will continue after the RSUs have vested).
Participant has not relied upon any oral representation made to Participant relating to the Shares or upon information presented in any promotional meeting or material relating to the RSUs.
Participant understands and acknowledges that (a) any certificate evidencing the RSUs (or evidencing any other securities issued with respect thereto pursuant to any stock split, stock dividend, merger or other form of reorganization or recapitalization) when issued shall bear any legends that may be required by applicable federal and state securities laws, this Agreement or the Plan and (b) the Company has no obligation to register the Shares or file any registration statement under federal or state securities laws. The Committee reserves the right to account for Shares through book entry or other electronic means rather than the issuance of stock certificates.
8.    Adjustment. Upon any event described in Section 13 of the Plan occurring after the Date of Grant, the adjustment provisions as provided for under Section 13 of the Plan shall apply to the RSUs, both with respect to the number of RSUs and with respect to the Stock Price Goals.
9.    Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control of the Company occurring after the Date of Grant, the Committee shall (A) determine the extent to which the Stock Price Goals with respect to the RSUs have been met based upon such audited or unaudited financial information or other inputs deemed relevant or appropriate in the discretion of the Committee then available as it deems relevant and (B) provide for the vesting of the applicable number of RSUs, if any, based upon the Committee’s determination of the degree of attainment of the Stock Price Goals. Any RSUs that vest in connection with this Section 9 shall be settled in a manner consistent with Section 3 of this Agreement.
10.    Miscellaneous.

4


EXHIBIT 10.3

(a)    Confidentiality of this Agreement. Participant agrees to keep confidential the terms of this Agreement, unless and until such terms have been disclosed publicly other than through a breach by Participant of this covenant. This provision does not prohibit Participant from providing this information on a confidential and privileged basis to Participant’s attorneys or accountants for purposes of obtaining legal or tax advice or as otherwise required by law.
(b)    Waiver and Amendment. The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, or amend any terms of, this Agreement and the RSUs granted thereunder; provided that any such waiver or amendment that would impair the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any RSUs theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of Participant. No waiver of any right hereunder by any party shall operate as a waiver of any other right, or as a waiver of the same right with respect to any subsequent occasion for its exercise, or as a waiver of any right to damages. No waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement shall be held to constitute a waiver of any other breach or a waiver of the continuation of the same breach.
(c)    Unsecured Obligation. This Award is unfunded, and even as to any RSUs which vest, Participant shall be considered an unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to the Company’s obligations, if any, to issue Shares pursuant to this Agreement. Nothing contained in this Agreement, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between Participant and the Company or any other person.
(d)    Notices. All notices, demands and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be by registered or certified first- class mail, return receipt requested, facsimile, courier service or personal delivery:
if to the Company:
NMI Holdings, Inc.
[ADDRESS]
Facsimile: [●]

Attention: [NAME]
if to Participant: at the address last on the records of the Company.
All such notices, demands and other communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; when delivered by courier, if delivered by commercial courier service; five business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; and when receipt is mechanically acknowledged, if by facsimile.
(e)    Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, and each other provision of this Agreement shall be severable and enforceable to the extent permitted by law.

5


EXHIBIT 10.3

(f)    No Rights to Service. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as giving Participant any right to be retained, in any position, as an employee, consultant or director of the Company or its Affiliates or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the right of the Company or its Affiliates, which is hereby expressly reserved, to remove, terminate or discharge Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever.
(g)    Beneficiary. Participant may file with the Company a written designation of a beneficiary on such form as may be prescribed by the Committee and may, from time to time, change or revoke such designation by filing a new designation with the Company.
The last such designation received by the Company shall be controlling; provided, however, that no designation, or change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Company prior to Participant’s death, and in no event shall it be effective as of a date prior to such receipt. If no beneficiary designation is filed by Participant, the beneficiary shall be deemed to be his spouse or, if Participant is unmarried at the time of death, his estate.
(h)    Successors. The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns, and of Participant and the beneficiaries, executors, administrators, heirs and successors of Participant.
(i)    Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Plan contain the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained herein and supersede all prior communications, representations and negotiations with respect thereto.
(j)    Bound by the Plan. By signing this Agreement, Participant acknowledges that he has received a copy of the Plan and has had an opportunity to review the Plan and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions of the Plan.
(k)    Section 409A. It is intended that the Awards granted pursuant to this Agreement and the provisions of this Agreement be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code, and all provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code.
(l)    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware without regard to principles of conflicts of law thereof, or principles of conflicts of laws of any other jurisdiction that could cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.
(m)    Headings. The headings of the Sections hereof are provided for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction, and shall not constitute a part, of this Agreement.

6


EXHIBIT 10.3

(n)    Signature in Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.
11.    Compliance with Legal Requirements. The grant of the RSUs, and any other obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall be subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations and to such approvals by any regulatory or governmental agency as may be required. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may postpone the issuance or delivery of Shares as the Committee may consider appropriate and may require Participant to make such representations and furnish such information as it may consider appropriate in connection with the issuance or delivery of the Shares in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page to follow]



7



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement.
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
 
 
By:
 
Title:
 
 
 
PARTICIPANT
 
 
 


[Signature Page to Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement]
10.4 Form of NMI Holdings Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan Rest Stock Unit Award Agmt for Dir


NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
2012 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
(FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS)
THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of [●] (the “Date of Grant”), is made by and between NMI Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [NAME] (“Participant”).
WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the NMI Holdings, Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”); and
WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that it would be in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to grant Participant restricted stock units with respect to a number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Shares”) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan.
NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the covenants of the parties contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, for themselves, their successors and assigns, hereby agree as follows:
1.Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Award.
(a)    Grant. The Company hereby grants to Participant an award of 61,875 restricted stock units (the “RSUs”) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and as otherwise provided in the Plan.
(b)    Incorporation by Reference, Etc. The provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated herein by reference. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and any capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the definitions set forth in the Plan.
2.    Vesting.
(a)    General. Except as may otherwise be provided herein, (i) one-half of the RSUs shall vest on the second anniversary of the Date of Grant and (ii) one-half of the RSUs shall vest on the third anniversary of the Date of Grant, in each case, subject to the achievement of GSE Approval and Participant not having incurred a Termination of Service as of the applicable vesting date.
(b)    Termination of Service. Except as provided in the immediately following sentence, in the event that Participant incurs a Termination of Service, unvested RSUs shall be forfeited without consideration by Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Participant incurs a Termination of Service due to Participant’s death or Disability,

-1-



any unvested RSUs shall accelerate and vest in full as of the date of Termination of Service. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean Participant’s total and permanent disability as determined by the Board.
(c)    GSE Approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2, no RSUs shall vest prior to the Company’s achievement of GSE Approval and, in the event that the Company does not achieve GSE Approval prior to the GSE Approval Deadline, any RSUs held by Participant shall be forfeited without any consideration.
3.    Settlement. As soon as practicable after any RSUs have vested (and in any event, no later than fifteen business days immediately following such vesting), such RSUs shall be settled. Subject to Paragraph 4 (pertaining to the withholding of taxes), for each vested RSU settled pursuant to this Paragraph 3, the Company shall issue to Participant one Share.
4.    Tax Withholding. No later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includible in the gross income of the Participant for federal, state or local income tax purposes with respect to any RSUs, the Participant (i) shall pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding the payment of, any federal, state and local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount and (ii) shall provide to the Company a properly completed and duly executed Form W-9 or W-8, as applicable, prior to the date as of which an amount first becomes includible in the gross income of the Participant for income tax purposes. The obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall be conditioned on compliance by the Participant with this Section 4, and the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment otherwise due to the Participant, including deducting such amount from the delivery of shares issued upon settlement of RSUs that gives rise to the withholding requirement.
5.    No Rights as Stockholder. Until such time as the RSUs have been settled and the underlying Shares have been delivered to Participant and Participant has become the holder of record of such Shares, Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder, including, without limitation, the right to dividends and the right vote.
6.    Transferability. The RSUs may not, at any time prior to becoming vested, be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company, its Subsidiary or Affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance. Prior to the Shares becoming listed on an Applicable Exchange, any Shares received by Participant in settlement of the RSUs may not be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by Participant without the prior written approval of the Board, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.
7.    Securities Law Representations. Participant acknowledges that the Shares underlying the RSUs are not being registered under the Securities Act, based, in part, on reliance upon an exemption from registration under Rule 701 or Regulation D promulgated under the

-2-



Securities Act and a comparable exemption from qualification under applicable state securities laws, as each may be amended from time to time. Participant, by executing this Agreement, hereby makes the following representations to the Company and acknowledges that the Company’s reliance on federal and state securities law exemptions from registration and qualification is predicated, in substantial part, upon the accuracy of these representations:
Participant is acquiring the RSUs solely for Participant’s own account, for investment purposes only, and not with a view or an intent to sell, or to offer for resale in connection with any unregistered distribution, all or any portion of the shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and/or any applicable state securities laws.
Participant is an “accredited investor,” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2) or (3) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.
Participant has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the RSUs. Participant has been furnished with, and/or has access to, such information as Participant considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to purchase the Shares underlying the RSUs. However, in evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Shares underlying the RSUs, Participant has and will rely only upon the advice of Participant’s own legal counsel, tax advisors and/or investment advisors.
Participant is aware that any value the RSUs may have depends on vesting and certain other factors, and that any investment in common shares of a closely held corporation such as the Company is non-marketable, nontransferable and could require capital to be invested for an indefinite period of time, possibly without return, and at substantial risk of loss.
Participant understands that the RSUs will be characterized as “restricted securities” under the federal securities laws and that, under such laws and applicable regulations, such securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances, including in accordance with the conditions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, as presently in effect. Participant acknowledges receiving a copy of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, as presently in effect, and represents that Participant is familiar with such rule and understands the resale limitations imposed thereby and by the Securities Act and the applicable state securities law.
Participant has read and understands the restrictions, limitations and the Company’s rights set forth in the Plan and this Agreement that will be imposed on the RSUs (including those restrictions and limitations that will continue after the RSUs have vested, if any).

-3-



Participant has not relied upon any oral representation made to Participant relating to the Shares or upon information presented in any promotional meeting or material relating to the RSUs.
Participant understands and acknowledges that (a) any certificate evidencing the RSUs (or evidencing any other securities issued with respect thereto pursuant to any stock split, stock dividend, merger or other form of reorganization or recapitalization) when issued shall bear any legends that may be required by applicable federal and state securities laws, this Agreement or the Plan and (b) the Company has no obligation to register the Shares or file any registration statement under federal or state securities laws. The Committee reserves the right to account for Shares through book entry or other electronic means rather than the issuance of stock certificates.
8.    Adjustment. Upon any event described in Section 13 of the Plan occurring after the Date of Grant, the adjustment provisions as provided for under Section 13 of the Plan shall apply to the RSUs with respect to the amount of Shares.
9.    Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control of the Company occurring after the Date of Grant, any outstanding RSUs that are not then vested shall become vested immediately upon the occurrence of a Change in Control. Any RSUs that vest in connection with this Section 9 shall be settled in a manner consistent with Section 3 of this Agreement.
10.    Miscellaneous.
(a)    Confidentiality of this Agreement. Participant agrees to keep confidential the terms of this Agreement, unless and until such terms have been disclosed publicly other than through a breach by Participant of this covenant. This provision does not prohibit Participant from providing this information on a confidential and privileged basis to Participant’s attorneys or accountants for purposes of obtaining legal or tax advice or as otherwise required by law.
(b)    Waiver and Amendment. The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, or amend any terms of, this Agreement and the RSUs granted thereunder; provided that any such waiver or amendment that would impair the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any RSUs theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of Participant. No waiver of any right hereunder by any party shall operate as a waiver of any other right, or as a waiver of the same right with respect to any subsequent occasion for its exercise, or as a waiver of any right to damages. No waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement shall be held to constitute a waiver of any other breach or a waiver of the continuation of the same breach.
(c)    Unsecured Obligation. This Award is unfunded, and even as to any RSUs which vest, Participant shall be considered an unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to the Company’s obligations, if any, to issue Shares pursuant to this Agreement.

-4-



Nothing contained in this Agreement, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between Participant and the Company or any other person.
(d)    Notices. All notices, demands and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be by registered or certified first- class mail, return receipt requested, facsimile, courier service or personal delivery:
if to the Company:
NMI Holdings, Inc.
[ADDRESS]
Facsimile: [●]

Attention: [NAME]
if to Participant: at the address last on the records of the Company.
All such notices, demands and other communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; when delivered by courier, if delivered by commercial courier service; five business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; and when receipt is mechanically acknowledged, if by facsimile.
(e)    Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, and each other provision of this Agreement shall be severable and enforceable to the extent permitted by law.
(f)    No Rights to Service. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as giving Participant any right to be retained, in any position, as an employee, consultant or director of the Company or its Affiliates or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the right of the Company or its Affiliates, which is hereby expressly reserved, to remove, terminate or discharge Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever.
(g)    Beneficiary. Participant may file with the Company a written designation of a beneficiary on such form as may be prescribed by the Committee and may, from time to time, change or revoke such designation by filing a new designation with the Company. The last such designation received by the Company shall be controlling; provided, however, that no designation, or change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Company prior to Participant’s death, and in no event shall it be effective as of a date prior to such receipt. If no beneficiary designation is filed by Participant, the beneficiary shall be deemed to be his spouse or, if Participant is unmarried at the time of death, his estate.
(h)    Successors. The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns, and of Participant and the beneficiaries, executors, administrators, heirs and successors of Participant.

-5-



(i)    Section 409A. It is intended that the Awards granted pursuant to this Agreement and the provisions of this Agreement be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code, and all provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code.
(j)    Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Plan contain the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained herein and supersede all prior communications, representations and negotiations with respect thereto.
(k)    Bound by the Plan. By signing this Agreement, Participant acknowledges that he has received a copy of the Plan and has had an opportunity to review the Plan and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions of the Plan.
(l)    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware without regard to principles of conflicts of law thereof, or principles of conflicts of laws of any other jurisdiction that could cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.
(m)    Headings. The headings of the Sections hereof are provided for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction, and shall not constitute a part, of this Agreement.
(n)    Signature in Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.
11.    Compliance with Legal Requirements. The grant of the RSUs, and any other obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall be subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations and to such approvals by any regulatory or governmental agency as may be required. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may postpone the issuance or delivery of Shares as the Committee may consider appropriate and may require Participant to make such representations and furnish such information as it may consider appropriate in connection with the issuance or delivery of the Shares in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page to follow]


-6-



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement.
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
 
 
By:
 
Title:
 
 
 
PARTICIPANT
 
 
 


[Signature Page to Director RSU Award Agreement]
10.5 Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agmt (CEO and CFO)
EXHIBIT 10.5

NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
2012 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (FOR CEO/CFO)

THIS OPTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of [●] (the “Date of Grant”), is made by and between NMI Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [NAME] (“Participant”).

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the NMI Holdings, Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), pursuant to which nonqualified stock options may be granted to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”); and

WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that it would be in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to grant Participant non qualified stock options on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the covenants of the parties contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, for themselves, their successors and assigns, hereby agree as follows:

1. Grant of Option.

(a) Grant. The Company hereby grants to Participant a nonqualified stock option (the “Option” and any portion thereof, the “Options”) to purchase [●] shares of Common Stock (such shares of Common Stock, the “Shares”), on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and as otherwise provided in the Plan. The Option is not intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”).

(b) Incorporation by Reference, Etc. The provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated herein by reference. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and any capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the definitions set forth in the Plan.

2. Option; Option Price.

(a) Option Price. The option price, being the price at which Participant shall be entitled to purchase the Shares upon the exercise of all or any of the Options, shall be $10.00 per Share (the “Option Price”).

(b) Payment of the Option Price. The Option may be exercised only by written notice, substantially in the form provided by the Company, delivered in person or by mail in accordance with Section 11(c) hereof and accompanied by payment of the Option Price. The Option Price shall be payable in cash, or, to the extent permitted by the Committee, by any of the other methods permitted under Section 6(b) of the Plan.

3. Vesting. Except as may otherwise be provided herein, the Option shall become non-forfeitable (any Options that shall have become non forfeitable pursuant to this Section 3, the “Vested

1

EXHIBIT 10.5

Options”) and shall become exercisable according to the following provisions, subject to Participant’s continued employment with the Company as of any such date:

(a) General Vesting. (i) One-third of the Options (rounded up to the nearest whole Share) shall become Vested Options and shall become exercisable on the later of (x) the first anniversary of the Date of Grant and (y) the achievement of GSE Approval, subject to Participant not having incurred a Termination of Service prior to such later date, (ii) one-third of the Options (rounded up to the nearest whole Share) shall become Vested Options and shall become exercisable on the later of (x) the second anniversary of the Date of Grant and (y) the achievement of GSE Approval, subject to Participant not having incurred a Termination of Service prior to such later date and (iii) the remainder of the Options shall become Vested Options and shall become exercisable on the later of (x) the third anniversary of the Date of Grant and (y) the achievement of GSE Approval, subject to Participant not having incurred a Termination of Service prior to such later date.

(b) Termination of Service. Except as provided in the immediately following sentence, in the event that Participant incurs a Termination of Service, any Options that have not theretofore become Vested Options (such Options, the “Unvested Options”) shall be forfeited without consideration by Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Participant incurs a Termination of Service without “Cause” (as defined in Participant’s employment agreement) or for “Good Reason” (as defined in Participant’s employment agreement) any Unvested Option that is outstanding immediately prior to such Termination of Service shall vest in full effective as of the later of (i) the date of the achievement of GSE Approval and (ii) the date of Termination of Service.

(c) GSE Approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3, no Options shall vest or become exercisable prior to the Company’s achievement of GSE Approval and in the event that the Company does not achieve GSE Approval by the GSE Approval Deadline, any Options held by Participant shall be forfeited without any consideration.

4. Termination.

(a) The Option shall automatically terminate and shall become null and void, be unexercisable and be of no further force and effect upon the earliest of:

(i) the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant;

(ii) the first anniversary following Participant’s Termination of Service, in the case of a Termination of Service due to death or Disability (as defined in the Plan);

(iii) the 90th day following Participant’s Termination of Servicein the case of a Termination of Service without Cause or for Good Reason; and

(iv) the day of Participant’s Termination of Service in the case of a Termination of Service for Cause or without Good Reason.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4(a) to the contrary, in the event of Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason (other than due to a Termination of Service for Cause) during the two-year period following a Change in Control, the Option shall remain outstanding and exercisable until the earlier of (i) the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant and (ii) the fifth anniversary of such Termination of Service.

2

EXHIBIT 10.5


(c) Except as otherwise provided in the Plan and Section 3(b) of this Agreement, upon a Termination of Service for any reason, any Unvested Options shall immediately terminate and be forfeited on the date the Termination of Service occurs.

5. Securities Law Representations. Participant acknowledges that the Option and the Shares are not being registered under the Securities Act, based, in part, on reliance upon an exemption from registration under Rule 701 or Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act and a comparable exemption from qualification under applicable state securities laws, as each may be amended from time to time. Participant, by executing this Agreement, hereby makes the following representations to the Company and acknowledges that the Company’s reliance on federal and state securities law exemptions from registration and qualification is predicated, in substantial part, upon the accuracy of these representations:

Participant is acquiring the Option and, if and when he exercises the Option, will acquire the Shares solely for Participant’s own account, for investment purposes only, and not with a view or an intent to sell, or to offer for resale in connection with any unregistered distribution, all or any portion of the shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and/or any applicable state securities laws.

Participant is an “accredited investor,” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2) or (3) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

Participant has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the Option and the restrictions imposed on any Shares purchased upon exercise of the Option. Participant has been furnished with, and/or has access to, such information as Participant considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to exercise the Option and purchase the Shares. However, in evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Shares, Participant has and will rely only upon the advice of Participant’s own legal counsel, tax advisors and/or investment advisors.

Participant acknowledges that to the best of his knowledge the Option Price is not less than what the Board or a committee thereof has determined to be the Fair Market Value of the Shares.

Participant is aware that any value of the Option depends on its vesting and exercisability as well as an increase in the Fair Market Value and certain other factors of the underlying Shares to an amount in excess of the Option Price, and that any investment in common shares of a closely held corporation such as the Company is non-marketable, nontransferable and could require capital to be invested for an indefinite period of time, possibly without return, and at substantial risk of loss.

Participant understands that any Shares acquired on exercise of the Option will be characterized as “restricted securities” under the federal securities laws and that, under such laws and applicable regulations, such securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances, including in accordance with the conditions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, as presently in effect. Participant acknowledges receiving a copy of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, as presently

3

EXHIBIT 10.5

in effect, and represents that Participant is familiar with such rule and understands the resale limitations imposed thereby and by the Securities Act and the applicable state securities law.

Participant has read and understands the restrictions, limitations and the Company’s rights set forth in the Plan and this Agreement that will be imposed on the Option (including those restrictions and limitations that will continue after any of the Options have vested).

Participant has not relied upon any oral representation made to Participant relating to the Option or the purchase of the Shares on exercise of the Option or upon information presented in any promotional meeting or material relating to the Option or the Shares.

Participant understands and acknowledges that if and when he exercises the Option, (a) any certificate evidencing the Shares (or evidencing any other securities issued with respect thereto pursuant to any stock split, stock dividend, merger or other form of reorganization or recapitalization) when issued shall bear any legends that may be required by applicable federal and state securities laws, this Agreement or the Plan and (b) the Company has no obligation to register the Shares or file any registration statement under federal or state securities laws.
The Committee reserves the right to account for Shares through book entry or other electronic means rather than the issuance of stock certificates.

6. Compliance with Legal Requirements. The grant and exercise of the Option, and any other obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall be subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations and to such approvals by any regulatory or governmental agency as may be required. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may postpone the issuance or delivery of Shares as the Committee may consider appropriate and may require Participant to make such representations and furnish such information as it may consider appropriate in connection with the issuance or delivery of the Shares in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations.

7. Transferability. The Option may not be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance. The Option and any Shares received upon exercise thereof shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement. Prior to the Shares becoming listed on an Applicable Exchange, except as provided in Section 10 below, any Shares received upon exercise of the Option may not be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by Participant without the prior written approval of the Board, such approval not to be unreasonable withheld.

8. Adjustment. Upon any event described in Section 13 of the Plan occurring after the Date of Grant, the adjustment provisions as provided for under Section 13 of the Plan shall apply to the Option.

9. Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control of the Company occurring after the Date of Grant, any outstanding Options that are not then exercisable and vested shall become fully exercisable and vested immediately upon the occurrence of a Change in Control.


4

EXHIBIT 10.5

10. Tax Withholding. As a condition to exercising the Option, in whole or in part, Participant will pay to the Company, or, pursuant to Section 12(d) of the Plan, make provisions satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any federal, state or local tax laws in respect of the exercise or the transfer of the Shares. The Company may allow a Participant to elect to have any withholding obligation satisfied by surrendering to the Company a portion of the Shares that is issued or transferred to Participant upon the exercise of any Options (but only to the extent of the minimum withholding required by law) and the Shares so surrendered by Participant shall be credited against any such withholding obligation at the Fair Market Value of such Shares on the date of such surrender (and the amount equal to the Fair Market Value of such Shares shall be remitted to the appropriate tax authorities).

11. Miscellaneous.

(a) Confidentiality of this Agreement. Participant agrees to keep confidential the terms of this Agreement, unless and until such terms have been disclosed publicly other than through a breach by Participant of this covenant. This provision does not prohibit Participant from providing this information on a confidential and privileged basis to Participant’s attorneys or accountants for purposes of obtaining legal or tax advice or as otherwise required by law.

(b) Waiver and Amendment. The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, or amend any terms of, this Agreement and the Option granted thereunder; provided that any such waiver or amendment that would impair the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Option theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of Participant. No waiver of any right hereunder by any party shall operate as a waiver of any other right, or as a waiver of the same right with respect to any subsequent occasion for its exercise, or as a waiver of any right to damages. No waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement shall be held to constitute a waiver of any other breach or a waiver of the continuation of the same breach.

(c) Notices. All notices, demands and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be by registered or certified first- class mail, return receipt requested, facsimile, courier service or personal delivery:

if to the Company:

NMI Holdings, Inc.
[ADDRESS]
Facsimile: [●] Attention: [NAME]

if to Participant: at the address last on the records of the Company

All such notices, demands and other communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; when delivered by courier, if delivered by commercial courier service; five business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; and when receipt is mechanically acknowledged, if by facsimile.

(d) Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, and each other provision of this Agreement shall be severable and enforceable to the extent permitted by law.


5

EXHIBIT 10.5

(e) No Rights to Service. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as giving Participant any right to be retained, in any position, as an employee, consultant or director of the Company or its Affiliates or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the right of the Company or its Affiliates, which is hereby expressly reserved, to remove, terminate or discharge Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever.

(f) Beneficiary. Participant may file with the Company a written designation of a beneficiary on such form as may be prescribed by the Committee and may, from time to time, change or revoke such designation by filing a new designation with the Company. The last such designation received by the Company shall be controlling; provided, however, that no designation, or change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Company prior to Participant’s death, and in no event shall it be effective as of a date prior to such receipt. If no beneficiary designation is filed by Participant, the beneficiary shall be deemed to be his spouse or, if Participant is unmarried at the time of death, his estate.
(g) Successors. The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns, and of Participant and the beneficiaries, executors, administrators, heirs and successors of Participant.

(h) Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Plan contain the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained herein and supersede all prior communications, representations and negotiations with respect thereto.

(i) Bound by the Plan. By signing this Agreement, Participant acknowledges that he has received a copy of the Plan and has had an opportunity to review the Plan and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions of the Plan.

(j) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware without regard to principles of conflicts of law thereof, or principles of conflicts of laws of any other jurisdiction that could cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

(k) Headings. The headings of the Sections hereof are provided for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement.

(l) Signature in Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.





[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page to follow]

6

EXHIBIT 10.5

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement.



NMI HOLDINGS, INC.





By: Title:




PARTICIPANT











































[Signature Page to Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement]

7
10.6 Formof Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agmt for Mgmt
EXHIBIT 10.6

NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
2012 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
(FOR MANAGEMENT)

THIS OPTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of [●] (the “Date of Grant”), is made by and between NMI Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [NAME] (“Participant”).

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the NMI Holdings, Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), pursuant to which nonqualified stock options may be granted to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”); and

WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that it would be in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to grant Participant non qualified stock options on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the covenants of the parties contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, for themselves, their successors and assigns, hereby agree as follows:

1. Grant of Option.

(a) Grant. The Company hereby grants to Participant a nonqualified stock option (the “Option” and any portion thereof, the “Options”) to purchase [●] shares of Common Stock (such shares of Common Stock, the “Shares”), on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and as otherwise provided in the Plan. The Option is not intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”).

(b) Incorporation by Reference, Etc. The provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated herein by reference. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and any capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the definitions set forth in the Plan.

2. Option; Option Price.

(a) Option Price. The option price, being the price at which Participant shall be entitled to purchase the Shares upon the exercise of all or any of the Options, shall be $10.00 per Share (the “Option Price”).

(b) Payment of the Option Price. The Option may be exercised only by written notice, substantially in the form provided by the Company, delivered in person or by mail in accordance with Section 11(c) hereof and accompanied by payment of the Option Price. The Option Price shall be payable in cash, or, to the extent permitted by the Committee, by any of the other methods permitted under Section 6(b) of the Plan.



1

EXHIBIT 10.6

3. Vesting. Except as may otherwise be provided herein, the Option shall become non-forfeitable (any Options that shall have become non forfeitable pursuant to this Section 3, the “Vested Options”) and shall become exercisable according to the following provisions, subject to Participant’s continued employment with the Company as of any such date:

(a) General Vesting. (i) One-third of the Options (rounded up to the nearest whole Share) shall become Vested Options and shall become exercisable on the later of (x) the first anniversary of the Date of Grant and (y) the achievement of GSE Approval, subject to Participant not having incurred a Termination of Service prior to such later date, (ii) one-third of the Options (rounded up to the nearest whole Share) shall become Vested Options and shall become exercisable on the later of (x) the second anniversary of the Date of Grant and (y) the achievement of GSE Approval, subject to Participant not having incurred a Termination of Service prior to such later date and (iii) the remainder of the Options shall become Vested Options and shall become exercisable on the later of (x) the third anniversary of the Date of Grant and (y) the achievement of GSE Approval, subject to Participant not having incurred a Termination of Service prior to such later date.

(b) Termination of Service. Except as provided in the immediately following sentence, in the event that Participant incurs a Termination of Service, any Options that have not theretofore become Vested Options (such Options, the “Unvested Options”) shall be forfeited without consideration by Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Participant incurs a Termination of Service without “Cause” (as defined in the Plan) or for
“Good Reason” (as defined below) any Unvested Options that are outstanding immediately prior to such Termination of Service shall, subject to the achievement of GSE Approval, vest pro-rata based on the number of days during the period beginning on the Grant Date and ending on the date of Termination of Service divided by 1095.

For the purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean “Good Reason” shall mean, in the absence of Participant’s written consent:

(i). a material diminution in Participant’s annual base salary;

(iii). the assignment to Participant of any duties materially inconsistent with Participant’s positions (including status, offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties or responsibilities, or any other action by the Company that results in a material diminution in such positions, authority, duties or responsibilities;

(iii). any other material breach of any written employment agreement by and between Participant and the Company.

In order to invoke a termination for Good Reason, Participant shall provide written notice to the Company of the existence of one or more of the conditions described in clauses (i) through (iv) within 30 days following Participant’s knowledge of the initial existence of such condition or conditions, specifying in reasonable detail the conditions constituting Good Reason, and the Company shall have 30 days following receipt of such written notice (the “Cure Period” ) during which it may remedy the condition if such condition is reasonably subject to cure. In the event that the Company fails to remedy the condition constituting Good Reason during the applicable Cure Period, Participant’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) must occur, if at all, within 30 days following such Cure Period in order for such termination as a result of such condition to constitute a termination for Good Reason.


2

EXHIBIT 10.6

(c) GSE Approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3, no Options shall vest or become exercisable prior to the Company’s achievement of GSE Approval and in the event that the Company does not achieve GSE Approval by the GSE Approval Deadline, any Options held by Participant shall be forfeited without any consideration.

4. Termination.

(a) The Option shall automatically terminate and shall become null and void, be unexercisable and be of no further force and effect upon the earliest of:

(i) the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant;

(ii) the first anniversary following Participant’s Termination of Service, in the case of a Termination of Service due to death or Disability (as defined in the Plan);

(iii) the 90th day following Participant’s Termination of Service in the case of a Termination of Service without Cause or for Good Reason; and

(iv) the day of Participant’s Termination of Service in the case of a Termination of Service for Cause or without Good Reason.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4(a) to the contrary, in the event of Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason (other than due to a Termination of Service for Cause) during the two-year period following a Change in Control, the Option shall remain outstanding and exercisable until the earlier of (i) the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant and (ii) the fifth anniversary of such Termination of Service.

(c) Except as otherwise provided in the Plan and Section 3(b) of this Agreement, upon a Termination of Service for any reason, any Unvested Options shall immediately terminate and be forfeited on the date the Termination of Service occurs.

5. Securities Law Representations. Participant acknowledges that the Option and the Shares are not being registered under the Securities Act, based, in part, on reliance upon an exemption from registration under Rule 701 or Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act and a comparable exemption from qualification under applicable state securities laws, as each may be amended from time to time. Participant, by executing this Agreement,

hereby makes the following representations to the Company and acknowledges that the Company’s reliance on federal and state securities law exemptions from registration and qualification is predicated, in substantial part, upon the accuracy of these representations:

Participant is acquiring the Option and, if and when he exercises the Option, will acquire the Shares solely for Participant’s own account, for investment purposes only, and not with a view or an intent to sell, or to offer for resale in connection with any unregistered distribution, all or any portion of the shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and/or any applicable state securities laws.

Participant is an “accredited investor,” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2) or (3) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

3

EXHIBIT 10.6


Participant has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the Option and the restrictions imposed on any Shares purchased upon exercise of the Option. Participant has been furnished with, and/or has access to, such information as Participant considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to exercise the Option and purchase the Shares. However, in evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Shares, Participant has and will rely only upon the advice of Participant’s own legal counsel, tax advisors and/or investment advisors.

Participant acknowledges that to the best of his knowledge the Option Price is not less than what the Board or a committee thereof has determined to be the Fair Market Value of the Shares.

Participant is aware that any value of the Option depends on its vesting and exercisability as well as an increase in the Fair Market Value and certain other factors of the underlying Shares to an amount in excess of the Option Price, and that any investment in common shares of a closely held corporation such as the Company is non-marketable, nontransferable and could require capital to be invested for an indefinite period of time, possibly without return, and at substantial risk of loss.

Participant understands that any Shares acquired on exercise of the Option will be characterized as “restricted securities” under the federal securities laws and that, under such laws and applicable regulations, such securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances, including in accordance with the conditions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, as presently in effect. Participant acknowledges receiving a copy of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, as presently in effect, and represents that Participant is familiar with such rule and understands the resale limitations imposed thereby and by the Securities Act and the applicable state securities law.

Participant has read and understands the restrictions, limitations and the Company’s rights set forth in the Plan and this Agreement that will be imposed on the Option (including those restrictions and limitations that will continue after any of the Options have vested).

Participant has not relied upon any oral representation made to Participant relating to the Option or the purchase of the Shares on exercise of the Option or upon information presented in any promotional meeting or material relating to the Option or the Shares.

Participant understands and acknowledges that if and when he exercises the Option, (a) any certificate evidencing the Shares (or evidencing any other securities issued with respect thereto pursuant to any stock split, stock dividend, merger or other form of reorganization or recapitalization) when issued shall bear any legends that may be required by applicable federal and state securities laws, this Agreement or the Plan and (b) the Company has no obligation to register the Shares or file any registration statement under federal or state securities laws. The Committee reserves the right to account for Shares through book entry or other electronic means rather than the issuance of stock certificates.

4

EXHIBIT 10.6


6. Compliance with Legal Requirements. The grant and exercise of the Option, and any other obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall be subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations and to such approvals by any regulatory or governmental agency as may be required. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may postpone the issuance or delivery of Shares as the Committee may consider appropriate and may require Participant to make such representations and furnish such information as it may consider appropriate in connection with the issuance or delivery of the Shares in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations.

7. Transferability. The Option may not be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance. The Option and any Shares received upon exercise thereof shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement. Prior to the Shares becoming listed on an Applicable Exchange, except as provided in Section 10 below, any Shares received upon exercise of the Option may not be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by
Participant without the prior written approval of the Board, such approval not to be unreasonable withheld.

8. Adjustment. Upon any event described in Section 13 of the Plan occurring after the Date of Grant, the adjustment provisions as provided for under Section 13 of the Plan shall apply to the Option.

9. Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control of the Company occurring after the Date of Grant, any outstanding Options that are not then exercisable and vested shall become fully exercisable and vested immediately upon the occurrence of a Change in Control.

10. Tax Withholding. As a condition to exercising the Option, in whole or in part, Participant will pay to the Company, or, pursuant to Section 12(d) of the Plan, make provisions satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any federal, state or local tax laws in respect of the exercise or the transfer of the Shares. The Company may allow a Participant to elect to have any withholding obligation satisfied by surrendering to the Company a portion of the Shares that is issued or transferred to Participant upon the exercise of any Options (but only to the extent of the minimum withholding required by law) and the Shares so surrendered by Participant shall be credited against any such withholding obligation at the Fair Market Value of such Shares on the date of such surrender (and the amount equal to the Fair Market Value of such Shares shall be remitted to the appropriate tax authorities).

11. Miscellaneous.

(a) Confidentiality of this Agreement. Participant agrees to keep confidential the terms of this Agreement, unless and until such terms have been disclosed publicly other than through a breach by Participant of this covenant. This provision does not prohibit Participant from providing this information on a confidential and privileged basis to Participant’s attorneys or accountants for purposes of obtaining legal or tax advice or as otherwise required by law.

(b) Waiver and Amendment. The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, or amend any terms of, this Agreement and the Option granted thereunder; provided that any

5

EXHIBIT 10.6

such waiver or amendment that would impair the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Option theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of Participant. No waiver of any right hereunder by any party shall operate as a waiver of any other right, or as a waiver of the same right with respect to any subsequent occasion for its exercise, or as a waiver of any right to damages. No waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement shall be held to constitute a waiver of any other breach or a waiver of the continuation of the same breach.

(c) Notices. All notices, demands and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be by registered or certified first- class mail, return receipt requested, facsimile, courier service or personal delivery:
if to the Company: NMI Holdings, Inc.
[ADDRESS]
Facsimile: [●]
Attention: [NAME]

if to Participant: at the address last on the records of the Company

All such notices, demands and other communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; when delivered by courier, if delivered by

commercial courier service; five business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; and when receipt is mechanically acknowledged, if by facsimile.

(d) Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, and each other provision of this Agreement shall be severable and enforceable to the extent permitted by law.

(e) No Rights to Service. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as giving Participant any right to be retained, in any position, as an employee, consultant or director of the Company or its Affiliates or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the right of the Company or its Affiliates, which is hereby expressly reserved, to remove, terminate or discharge Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever.

(f) Beneficiary. Participant may file with the Company a written designation of a beneficiary on such form as may be prescribed by the Committee and may, from time to time, change or revoke such designation by filing a new designation with the Company. The last such designation received by the Company shall be controlling; provided, however, that no designation, or change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Company prior to Participant’s death, and in no event shall it be effective as of a date prior to such receipt. If no beneficiary designation is filed by Participant, the beneficiary shall be deemed to be his spouse or, if Participant is unmarried at the time of death, his estate.

(g) Successors. The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns, and of Participant and the beneficiaries, executors, administrators, heirs and successors of Participant.

6

EXHIBIT 10.6


(h) Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Plan contain the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained herein and supersede all prior communications, representations and negotiations with respect thereto.

(i) Bound by the Plan. By signing this Agreement, Participant acknowledges that he has received a copy of the Plan and has had an opportunity to review the Plan and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions of the Plan.

(j) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware without regard to principles of conflicts of law thereof, or principles of conflicts of laws of any other jurisdiction that could cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

(k) Headings. The headings of the Sections hereof are provided for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement.

(l) Signature in Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.


[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page to follow]

7

EXHIBIT 10.6

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement.



NMI HOLDINGS, INC



                                                      
By:
Title:



PARTICIPANT


                                                       








































[Signature Page to Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement]

8
10.7 Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agmt Directors
EXHIBIT 10.7

NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
2012 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
(FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS)

THIS OPTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of [●] (the “Date of Grant”), is made by and between NMI Holdings, Inc, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and
(“Participant”).

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the NMI Holdings, Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), pursuant to which nonqualified stock options may be granted to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”); and

WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that it would be in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to grant Participant non qualified stock options on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the covenants of the parties contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, for themselves, their successors and assigns, hereby agree as follows:

1. Grant of Option.

(a) Grant. The Company hereby grants to Participant a nonqualified stock option (the “Option” and any portion thereof, the “Options”) to purchase 75,625 shares of Common Stock (such shares of Common Stock, the “Shares”), on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and as otherwise provided in the Plan. The Option is not intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”).

(b) Incorporation by Reference, Etc. The provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated herein by reference. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and any capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the definitions set forth in the Plan.

2. Option; Option Price.

(a) Option Price. The option price, being the price at which Participant shall be entitled to purchase the Shares upon the exercise of all or any of the Options, shall be $10.00 per Share (the “Option Price”).


(b) Payment of the Option Price. The Option may be exercised only by written notice, substantially in the form provided by the Company, delivered in person or by mail in accordance with Section 11(c) hereof and accompanied by payment of the Option Price. The Option Price shall be payable in cash, or, to the extent permitted by the Committee, by any of the other methods permitted under Section 7(b) of the Plan.


-1-

EXHIBIT 10.7

3. Vesting.

(a) General. Except as may otherwise be provided herein, the Option shall become non-forfeitable (any Options that shall have become non forfeitable pursuant to this Section 3, the “Vested Options”) and shall become exercisable according to the following provisions: (i) one-half of the Options shall become Vested Options and shall become exercisable on the second anniversary of the Date of Grant and (ii) one-half of the Options shall become Vested Options and shall become exercisable on the third anniversary of the Date of Grant, in each case, subject to Participant not having incurred a Termination of Service as of the applicable vesting date and the achievement of GSE Approval.

(b) Termination of Service. Except as provided in the immediately following sentence, in the event that Participant incurs a Termination of Service, any Options that have not theretofore become Vested Options (such Options, the “Unvested Options”) shall be forfeited without consideration by Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Participant incurs a Termination of Service due to Participant’s death or Disability following the achievement of GSE Approval, any Unvested Options shall accelerate and vest in full as of the date of Termination of Service. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean Participant’s total and permanent disability as determined by the Board.

(c) GSE Approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3, no Options shall vest or become exercisable prior to the Company’s achievement of GSE Approval and in the event that the Company does not achieve GSE Approval by the GSE Approval Deadline, any Options held by Participant shall be forfeited without any consideration.

4. Termination.

(a) The Option shall automatically terminate and shall become null and void, be unexercisable and be of no further force and effect upon the earliest of:

(i) the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant;

(ii) the first anniversary following Participant’s Termination of Service, in the case of a Termination of Service due to death or Disability; and

(iii) the 180th day following Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason other than due to death or Disability.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4(a) to the contrary, in the event of Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason following a Change in Control, the Option shall remain outstanding and exercisable until the earlier of (i) the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant and (ii) the fifth anniversary of such Termination of Service.

(c) Except as otherwise provided in the Plan and Section 3(b) of this Agreement, upon a Termination of Service for any reason, any Unvested Options shall immediately terminate and be forfeited on the date the Termination of Service occurs.

5. Securities Law Representations. Participant acknowledges that the Option and the Shares are not being registered under the Securities Act, based, in part, on reliance upon an exemption from registration under Rule 701 or Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act and a comparable exemption from qualification under applicable state securities laws, as each may be amended from time

-2-

EXHIBIT 10.7

to time. Participant, by executing this Agreement, hereby makes the following representations to the Company and acknowledges that the Company’s reliance on federal and state securities law exemptions from registration and qualification is predicated, in substantial part, upon the accuracy of these representations:

•        Participant is acquiring the Option and, if and when he exercises the Option, will acquire the Shares solely for Participant’s own account, for investment purposes only, and not with a view or an intent to sell, or to offer for resale in connection with any unregistered distribution, all or any portion of the shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and/or any applicable state securities laws.

•        Participant is an “accredited investor,” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a)(1),(2) or (3) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

•        Participant has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the Option and the restrictions imposed on any Shares purchased upon exercise of the Option. Participant has been furnished with, and/or has access to, such information as Participant considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to exercise the Option and purchase the Shares. However, in evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Shares, Participant has and will rely only upon the advice of Participant’s own legal counsel, tax advisors and/or investment advisors.

•        Participant acknowledges that to the best of his knowledge the Option Price is not less than what the Board or a committee thereof has determined to be the Fair Market Value of the Shares.

•        Participant is aware that any value of the Option depends on its vesting and exercisability as well as an increase in the Fair Market Value and certain other factors of the underlying Shares to an amount in excess of the Option Price, and that any investment in common shares of a closely held corporation such as the Company is non-marketable, nontransferable and could require capital to be invested for an indefinite period of time, possibly without return, and at substantial risk of loss.

•        Participant understands that any Shares acquired on exercise of the Option will be characterized as “restricted securities” under the federal securities laws and that, under such laws and applicable regulations, such securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances, including in accordance with the conditions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, as presently in effect. Participant acknowledges receiving a copy of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, as presently in effect, and represents that Participant is familiar with such rule and understands the resale limitations imposed thereby and by the Securities Act and the applicable state securities law.

•        Participant has read and understands the restrictions, limitations and the Company’s rights set forth in the Plan and this Agreement that will be imposed on the Option (including those restrictions and limitations that will continue after any of the Options have vested).


-3-

EXHIBIT 10.7

•        Participant has not relied upon any oral representation made to Participant relating to the Option or the purchase of the Shares on exercise of the Option or upon information presented in any promotional meeting or material relating to the Option or the Shares.

•        Participant understands and acknowledges that if and when he exercises the Option, (a) any certificate evidencing the Shares (or evidencing any other securities issued with respect thereto pursuant to any stock split, stock dividend, merger or other form of reorganization or recapitalization) when issued shall bear any legends that may be required by applicable federal and state securities laws, this Agreement or the Plan and (b) the Company has no obligation to register the Shares or file any registration statement under federal or state securities laws. The Committee reserves the right to account for Shares through book entry or other electronic means rather than the issuance of stock certificates.

6. Compliance with Legal Requirements. The grant and exercise of the Option, and any other obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall be subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations and to such approvals by any regulatory or governmental agency as may be required. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may postpone the issuance or delivery of Shares as the Committee may consider appropriate and may require Participant to make such representations and furnish such information as it may consider appropriate in connection with the issuance or delivery of the Shares in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations.

7. Transferability. The Option may not be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company, its Subsidiary or Affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance. The Option and any Shares received upon exercise thereof shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement. Prior to the Shares becoming listed on an Applicable Exchange, except as provided in Section 10 below, any Shares received upon exercise of the Option may not be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by Participant without the prior written approval of the Board, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

8. Adjustment. In the event of any event described in Section 13 of the Plan occurring after the Date of Grant, the adjustment provisions as provided for under Section 13 of the Plan shall apply to the Option.

9. Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control of the Company occurring after the Date of Grant, any outstanding Options that are not then exercisable and vested shall become fully exercisable and vested immediately upon the occurrence of a Change in Control.

10. Tax Withholding. As a condition to exercising the Option, in whole or in part, Participant will (i) pay to the Company, or, pursuant to Section 12(d) of the Plan, make provisions satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any federal, state or local tax laws in respect of the exercise or the transfer of the Shares and (ii) shall provide to the Company a properly completed and duly executed Form W-9 or W-8, as applicable, prior to the exercise of the Option. The Company may allow, in its sole discretion, a Participant to elect to have any withholding obligation satisfied by surrendering to the Company a portion of the Shares that is issued or transferred to Participant upon the exercise of any Options (but only to the extent of the minimum withholding required by law) and the Shares so surrendered

-4-

EXHIBIT 10.7

by Participant shall be credited against any such withholding obligation at the Fair Market Value of such Shares on the date of such surrender (and the amount equal to the Fair Market Value of such Shares shall be remitted to the appropriate tax authorities).

11. Miscellaneous.

(a) Confidentiality of this Agreement. Participant agrees to keep confidential the terms of this Agreement, unless and until such terms have been disclosed publicly other than through a breach by Participant of this covenant. This provision does not prohibit Participant from providing this information on a confidential and privileged basis to Participant’s attorneys or accountants for purposes of obtaining legal or tax advice or as otherwise required by law.

(b) Waiver and Amendment. The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, or amend any terms of, this Agreement and the Option granted thereunder; provided that any such waiver or amendment that would impair the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Option theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of Participant. No waiver of any right hereunder by any party shall operate as a waiver of any other right, or as a waiver of the same right with respect to any subsequent occasion for its exercise, or as a waiver of any right to damages. No waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement shall be held to constitute a waiver of any other breach or a waiver of the continuation of the same breach.

(c) Notices. All notices, demands and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be by registered or certified first- class mail, return receipt requested, facsimile, courier service or personal delivery:

if to the Company:


NMI Holdings, Inc. [ADDRESS]
Facsimile: [●]
Attention: [NAME]

if to Participant: at the address last on the records of the Company

All such notices, demands and other communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; when delivered by courier, if delivered by commercial courier service; five business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; and when receipt is mechanically acknowledged, if by facsimile.

(d) Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, and each other provision of this Agreement shall be severable and enforceable to the extent permitted by law.

(e) No Rights to Service. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as giving Participant any right to be retained, in any position, as an employee, consultant or director of the Company or its Affiliates or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the right of the Company or its Affiliates, which is hereby expressly reserved, to remove, terminate or discharge Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever.


-5-

EXHIBIT 10.7

(f) Beneficiary. Participant may file with the Company a written designation of a beneficiary on such form as may be prescribed by the Committee and may, from time to time, change or revoke such designation by filing a new designation with the Company. The last such designation received by the Company shall be controlling; provided, however, that no designation, or change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Company prior to Participant’s death, and in no event shall it be effective as of a date prior to such receipt. If no beneficiary designation is filed by Participant, the beneficiary shall be deemed to be his spouse or, if Participant is unmarried at the time of death, his estate.

(g) Successors. The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns, and of Participant and the beneficiaries, executors, administrators, heirs and successors of Participant.

(h) Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Plan contain the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained herein and supersede all prior communications, representations and negotiations with respect thereto.

(i) Bound by the Plan. By signing this Agreement, Participant acknowledges that he has received a copy of the Plan and has had an opportunity to review the Plan and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions of the Plan.

(j) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware without regard to


principles of conflicts of law thereof, or principles of conflicts of laws of any other jurisdiction that could cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

(k) Headings. The headings of the Sections hereof are provided for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement.

(l) Signature in Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.




[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page to follow]


-6-

EXHIBIT 10.7

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement.



NMI HOLDINGS, INC.




                                              
By:
Title:




PARTICIPANT



                                                                   









































[Signature Page to Director Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement]

-7-
10.8 Employment Agreement B.Shuster.3.6.12
EXHIBIT 10.8


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of March 6, 2012, by and between Bradley M. Shuster (the “Executive”) and NMI Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation.
WITNESSETH THAT:
WHEREAS, the Company is desirous of employing the Executive in an executive capacity on the terms and conditions, and for the consideration, hereinafter set forth, and the Executive is desirous of being employed by the Company on such terms and conditions and for such consideration
WHEREAS, the Company is in the process of raising capital for the capitalization of its private mortgage insurance business;
WHEREAS, the parties intend that this Agreement shall become binding and enforceable when the Company receives cash proceeds (or irrevocable commitments therefor) of at least $500,000,000 in the aggregate (before discounts, placement agent fees and any expenses) (the “Capitalization of NMI”), and to commence business operations, following the Capitalization of NMI, the Company will need to obtain conditional approval by either Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac to permit the Company to write private mortgage insurance.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth below, and for other good and valuable consideration, it is hereby covenanted and agreed by the Executive and the Company as follows:
1.Effective Date. This Agreement shall become binding and enforceable on the date of the Capitalization of NMI (the “Initial Effective Date”). Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, if the Capitalization of NMI does not occur on or before April 30, 2012 (subject to extension upon the mutual agreement of the parties to this Agreement by a date that is no less than three (3) business days prior to such deadline), this Agreement shall not become effective, shall be null and void, and the Executive shall have no rights hereunder.
2.Employment Period. The initial term of the Executive’s employment (the “Employment Period”) will commence on the Initial Effective Date and end on the third anniversary of the date on which the Company receives GSE Approval (as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement, by and between the Company and MAC Financial Ltd., dated as of November 30, 2011) (the “Subsequent Effective Date”), unless the Employment Period is terminated earlier pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if a Change in Control (as defined below) occurs during the Employment Period and before the third anniversary of the Subsequent Effective Date, the Employment Period shall end, unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, on the later of (a) the second anniversary of the closing of the Change in Control or (b) the third anniversary of the Subsequent Effective Date.

1

EXHIBIT 10.8

3.Position and Duties.
(a)During the Employment Period, the Executive shall (i) serve as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, with such authority, power, duties and responsibilities as are commensurate with such positions and as are customarily exercised by a person holding such positions in a company of the size and nature of the Company, (ii) report directly to the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), (iii) initially be appointed, and thereafter be nominated, to serve as a member of the Board, and (iv) perform his duties at the Company’s primary office location in or near San Francisco, California, subject to the Executive’s performance of duties at, and travel to, such other offices of the Company and subsidiaries and controlled affiliates (the “Affiliated Entities”) and/or other locations as shall be necessary to fulfill his duties.
(b)The Executive, during the Employment Period, shall devote his full business time, energies and talents to serving in the positions described in this Section 3 and he shall perform his duties faithfully and efficiently subject to the directions of the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(b), the Executive may (i) serve as a director, trustee or officer or otherwise participate in not-for-profit educational, welfare, social, religious and civic organizations, (ii) subject to the written consent of the Board, serve on the board of directors of for-profit entities, provided, however, that the board positions set forth on Schedule A to this Agreement shall be deemed to have been approved by the Board, and (iii) acquire passive investment interests in one or more entities, to the extent that such other activities do not inhibit or interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties under this Agreement, or conflict with the business or policies of the Company or any Affiliated Entities.
4.Compensation. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to receive compensation as follows:
(a)    During the portion of the Employment Period occurring prior to GSE Approval, while the Executive is employed by the Company, the Executive shall be entitled to (i) receive a monthly salary of $20,000 (the “Pre-GSE Base Salary”), payable in arrears on the last day of each calendar month during the Employment Period and, for the calendar month in which the GSE Approval occurs, Executive shall receive a prorated portion of his monthly Pre-GSE Base Salary, based on the number of days in the month that elapsed prior to the GSE Approval and (ii) participate in any health and welfare benefit programs adopted and maintained by the Company for its employees following the Initial Effective Date.
(b)    Upon the Company’s receipt of GSE Approval, then during the period commencing on the Subsequent Effective Date and continuing through the Employment Period (the “Remuneration Period”), while the Executive is employed by the Company, the Executive shall be entitled to receive, and the Company shall compensate him for his services as follows:
(i)Base Salary. During the Remuneration Period, the Executive shall receive an annual base salary (“Annual Base Salary”) of no less than $600,000. The Executive’s Annual Base Salary shall be reviewed annually by the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”) pursuant to its normal performance

2

EXHIBIT 10.8

review policies for senior executives and may be increased but not decreased. The term “Annual Base Salary” as utilized in this Agreement shall refer to Annual Base Salary as in effect from time to time. Such Annual Base Salary shall be payable in accordance with the Company’s payroll policies, as in effect from time to time.
(ii)    Annual Incentive Payment. With respect to each fiscal year or portion of a fiscal year of the Company that ends during the Remuneration Period, the Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual incentive payment (the “Incentive Payment”) as determined by the Compensation Committee, subject to the following:
(A)    The Executive’s target Incentive Payment opportunity under the incentive plan applicable to the Executive for each fiscal year during the Remuneration Period shall be 100% of his Annual Base Salary (the “Target Incentive Payment”).
(B)    Subject to Section 4(b)(ii)(D) below, if GSE Approval is obtained in the middle of calendar year 2012 or 2013, the Executive nevertheless will be entitled to receive an Incentive Payment of not less than 50% of the Target Incentive Payment for, (I) if the Remuneration Period commences in 2012, the portion of the period beginning on the Initial Effective Date and ending at the end of calendar year 2012, if any, falling in calendar year 2012 prorated for the portion of calendar year 2012 from the Initial Effective Date through the end of the applicable calendar year or, (II) if the Remuneration Period commences in calendar year 2013, the bonus shall not be prorated with respect to calendar year 2013.
(C)    Any earned Incentive Payment shall be paid to the Executive pursuant to the terms of the applicable incentive plan; provided, however, that any such Incentive Payment for a fiscal year shall be paid to the Executive no later than the fifteenth (15th) day of the third month following the close of such fiscal year, or the calendar year where applicable, unless the Executive shall elect to defer the receipt of such Incentive Payment pursuant to an arrangement that meets the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
(D)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Company’s initial filing of a registration statement registering the resale of the Registrable Shares as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement by and between the Company and FBR & Co. (the “Public Filing”) does not occur (other than as a result of the Securities and Exchange Commission being unable to accept such filing) prior to the date (the “Public Filing Deadline”) that is (I) the date that is six (6) months following GSE Approval, or (II) such later public filing deadline as approved by a vote of stockholders holding at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Registrable Shares, then the Executive’s Target Incentive Payment for the fiscal year during which the Public Filing Deadline occurs shall be immediately reduced to 50% of the Target Incentive Payment and such Target Incentive Payment (or any Target Incentive Payment relating to a fiscal year that begins following the Public Filing Deadline during which the Public Filing has not yet occurred) shall be reduced by a further 10%

3

EXHIBIT 10.8

for each additional thirty (30) days following the Public Filing Deadline that elapses prior to the Public Filing occurring, but in no event shall be less than zero (0).
(iii)    Annual Equity Awards. With respect to each fiscal year or portion of a fiscal year of the Company ending during the Remuneration Period, the Executive shall be eligible to be considered for the grant of annual equity awards under any Company equity plans on terms and conditions no less favorable than those provided to other senior executives of the Company.
(iv)    Initial Equity Awards. The Company will grant to the Executive the following stock, restricted stock and stock options at the following times:
(A)    On or before the Initial Effective Date, the Company will adopt an omnibus stock incentive plan (the “Equity Plan”), which will, at a minimum, allow for the issuance of non-qualified stock options and restricted stock;
(B)    Following the Initial Effective Date, the Executive will be granted 742,500 restricted stock units and stock options with respect to 907,500 shares of Company common stock (the “Initial Equity Awards”). The Initial Equity Awards will be granted subject to terms and conditions set forth in an equity award agreement and the Equity Plan and will be subject to the following minimum vesting conditions, in each case, subject to the Executive’s continued employment with the Company through any such vesting date (unless provided otherwise in the applicable equity award agreement) and the achievement of GSE Approval:
(1)    the restricted stock (“performance shares”) will vest as follows: 1/3 of the performance shares will vest when the stock price equals or exceeds $12.50 per share, 1/3 of the performance shares will vest when the stock price equals or exceeds $14 per share and 1/3 of the performance shares will vest when the stock price equals or exceeds $16 per share.
(2)    one-third (1/3) of the stock options will vest on the first anniversary of the Initial Effective Date, an additional 1/3 of the stock options will vest on the second anniversary of the Initial Effective Date and the final 1/3 of the stock options will vest on the third anniversary of the Initial Effective Date.
(C)    The price per share of Company common stock (the “Common Stock”) for determining the performance shares under the Equity Plan, and under Section 4(b)(iv) (D) will be determined as follows:

4

EXHIBIT 10.8

(1)    if the Common Stock is traded on an established securities exchange, such stock will vest when the average closing price of the shares on such exchange for any consecutive thirty- (30-) day trading period exceeds the price required for vesting;
(2)    if the Common Stock is actively traded over-the-counter, such stock will vest when the average of the closing bid price over any consecutive thirty- (30-) day trading period exceeds the price required for vesting;
(3)    if the Common Stock is traded on the FBR PlusTM System, such stock will vest when the average sales price reported on the FBR PlusTM System over any consecutive thirty- (30-) day trading period exceeds the price required for vesting; and
(4)    if, as of the third anniversary of the Subsequent Effective Date, the Common Stock is not traded on any market identified in Sections 4(d)(iv)(C)(1), (2) and (3), such stock will vest when the fair market value of the shares determined based on the procedures prescribed by Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iv)(B) (relating to stock not readily tradable on an established market) exceeds the price required for vesting.
(D)    Despite any contrary provision of this Agreement, the performance targets used for vesting purposes under Section 4(b)(iv)(B)(1) assume a $10 per share price for the Company’s common stock on the date of the Capitalization of NMI. Performance targets will be adjusted on the Initial Effective Date in proportion to the amount by which the per share price for the Company’s Common Stock is more or less than $10 per share; and
(E)    The grants of common stock, restricted stock and stock options set forth in this Section 4 shall be subject to and contingent upon the Executive entering into such agreements, as may be reasonably provided by the Company, and making such representations and warranties as the Company may reasonably require, including representing as to the Executive’s status as an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).    

5

EXHIBIT 10.8

(c)    Additional Bonuses.
(i)    GSE Approval Bonus. If the Company obtains GSE Approval on or before the date (the “GSE Approval Deadline”) that is (A) nine (9) months immediately following the Initial Effective Date, or (B) such later deadline for GSE Approval as approved by a vote of stockholders holding at least a majority of the Registrable Shares, the Executive shall receive an additional lump sum cash payment from the Company equal to $300,000 (the “GSE Bonus”), to be paid as soon as practicable after the Subsequent Effective Date and in no event more than thirty (30) days thereafter. Executive’s eligibility for the bonus described in this section is subject to Executive’s continuing employment through GSE Approval, provided that if the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company without “Cause” or he resigns for “Good Reason” prior to the GSE Approval Deadline, then Executive shall remain eligible to receive 50% of the GSE Bonus, subject to GSE Approval being achieved on or prior to the GSE Approval Deadline, with such portion of the GSE Bonus to be paid at the same time as if the Executive had remained employed by the Company through the achievement of GSE Approval.
(ii)    Filing Date Bonus. If the Public Filing (as defined in Section 4(b)(ii)(D) above) occurs on or prior to the Public Filing Deadline (as defined in Section 4(b)(ii)(D) above), the Executive shall receive an additional lump sum cash payment from the Company equal to $300,000 (the “Filing Date Bonus”), to be paid as soon as practicable after the Public Filing, but in no event shall it be paid more than thirty (30) days thereafter. Executive’s eligibility for the bonus described in this section is subject to Executive’s continuing employment through the Public Filing, provided that if the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company without “Cause” or he resigns for “Good Reason” prior to the Public Filing, then Executive shall remain eligible to receive 50% of the Filing Date Bonus, subject to the Public Filing occurring on or prior to the Public Filing Deadline with such portion of the Filing Date Bonus to be paid at the same time as if the Executive had remained employed by the Company through the Public Filing.
(iii)    Filing Effective Date Bonus. If the Company’s Public Filing becomes effective on or before the date (the “Public Filing Effective Deadline”) that is the latest of: (A) twelve (12) months immediately following GSE Approval, (B) six (6) months immediately following the Public Filing, or (C) such later Public Filing effective date as approved by a vote stockholders holding at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Registrable Shares, the Executive shall receive an additional lump sum cash payment from the Company equal to $300,000 (“Effective Date Bonus”), to be paid as soon as practicable after the Public Filing becomes effective, but in no event shall it be paid more than thirty (30) days thereafter. Executive’s eligibility for the bonus described in this section is subject to Executive’s continuing employment through the date that the Public Filing becomes effective, provided that if the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company without “Cause” or he resigns for “Good Reason” prior to the Public Filing Effective Deadline, then Executive shall remain eligible to receive 50% of the Effective Date Bonus, subject to the Public Filing becoming effective prior to the Public Filing Effective Date Deadline with such portion of the Effective Date Bonus to be paid at the same time as if the Executive had remained employed by the Company through the date that the Public Filing becomes effective.

6

EXHIBIT 10.8

(d)    Employee Benefits, Fringe Benefits and Perquisites. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be provided with employee benefits, fringe benefits and perquisites on a basis no less favorable than such benefits and perquisites are provided by the Company from time to time to the Company’s other senior executives, including, but not limited to, participation in a nonqualified deferred compensation plan, a 401(k) plan, health, dental, vision and life insurance, in each case to the extent otherwise maintained by the Company.
(e)    Expense Reimbursement. Subject to the requirements of Section 8(a)(ii) (relating to in-kind benefits and reimbursements), the Company will reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses incurred by him during the Employment Period in the performance of his duties in accordance with the Company’s policies applicable to senior executives.
(f)    Stock Ownership Requirement. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be subject to the Company’s stock ownership policy in accordance with the guidelines as established by the Compensation Committee.
(g)    Paid Time Off. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to thirty (30) days of personal time off (“PTO”) on an annual basis, which may be taken for any reason, including vacation and sick leave, in accordance with the Company’s PTO policy. In addition, the Executive shall be entitled to all paid holidays given by the Company to its full-time employees.
(h)    Indemnification/Insurance. The Company shall defend and indemnify the Executive and hold the Executive harmless against any and all third-party claims, losses, damages, expenses, judgments, fines or settlements, including without limitation attorneys’ fees and expenses of litigation (collectively, “Losses”) suffered or incurred by the Executive that directly or indirectly are based upon, arise out of or are in connection with any actual or alleged acts or omissions by the Executive and/or the Company (or its affiliates, employees, officers, directors or agents) in connection with this Agreement, the Executive’s relationship with the Company or its affiliates, the Executive’s services or obligations under this Agreement, or the fact that the Executive is an employee of the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law in effect on the date hereof and to such greater extent as applicable law may hereafter from time to time permit. The foregoing obligations of the Company shall not apply (a) to acts or omissions by the Executive that (i) were not acted in good faith, (ii) the Executive knew or should have known were not in the best interests of the Company, (iii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the Executive had no reasonable cause to believe the Executive’s conduct was lawful, or (iv) were effected without consultation with or under direction of the Company and create a conflict between the Executive’s interests and the interests of the Company ; and (b) to disputes between the Executive and the Company. Upon the receipt by the Company of written notice from the Executive of any indemnified Losses, the Company shall have the obligation to employ counsel of its reasonable choosing to defend the Executive’s interests in any threatened, pending, or completed action or proceeding. While the Executive also shall have the right to employ separate personal counsel, the expenses of such counsel incurred after written notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense of the action or proceeding shall be at the expense of and paid by the Executive unless (1) the Company shall not in fact have employed reasonable counsel to assume the defense within twenty (20) days of receipt of the notice of Losses for which the Executive is entitled to receive indemnification

7

EXHIBIT 10.8

under this Section 4 or (2) the Executive shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest if the Company were to assume the defense of the action or proceeding (excluding any conflict created by acts or omissions by the Executive effected without consultation with or under the direction of the Company), in which case the expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Section 4(h) shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall continue thereafter so long as the Executive may be or is subject to possible Losses.
5.    Termination of Employment.
(a)    Death or Disability. The Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate automatically upon the Executive’s death during the Employment Period. If the Company determines in good faith that the Disability of the Executive has occurred during the Employment Period (pursuant to the definition of Disability set forth below), it may provide the Executive with written notice in accordance with Section 12(g) of this Agreement of its intention to terminate the Executive’s employment with the Company. In such event, the Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the thirtieth (30th) day after receipt of such notice by the Executive (the “Disability Effective Date”), provided that, within the thirty (30) days after such receipt, the Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of the Executive’s duties and provided further that a Disability shall be determined to exist as provided hereinafter. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean the inability of the Executive to perform the Executive’s duties with the Company on a full-time basis as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness, which inability exists for 180 days during any rolling 12-month period, as determined by a physician selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to the Executive or the Executive’s legal representative.
(b)    Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment with the Company during the Employment Period either with or without Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean:
(i)    the continued failure of the Executive to perform substantially the Executive’s duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness);
(ii)    willful material misconduct or willful neglect by the Executive in the performance of his duties to the Company;
(iii)    the Executive’s willful failure to adhere to the lawful directions of the Board, to adhere to the Company’s material written policies, or to devote substantially all of the Executive’s business time and efforts to the Company;
(iv)    the Executive is subject to an action taken by a regulatory body or a self-regulatory organization which impairs the Executive from performing his duties to the Company; provided that a temporary suspension pending investigation or final resolution shall not be considered to impair the Executive from performing his duties to the Company for the purposes of this clause (iv);

8

EXHIBIT 10.8

(v)    the Executive’s indictment or formal admission to or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a charge of commission of (A) a felony or (B) any crime involving moral turpitude; or
(vi)    the Executive’s breach of any of the material terms or conditions of this Agreement.
In order to invoke a termination for Cause on any of the grounds enumerated under Section 5(b)(i), (ii), (iii) or (vi) the Company must provide written notice to the Executive of the existence of such grounds within thirty (30) days following the Company’s knowledge of the existence of such grounds, specifying in reasonable detail the grounds constituting Cause, and the Executive shall have thirty (30) days following receipt of such written notice (the “Executive’s Cure Period”) during which he may remedy the grounds if such grounds are reasonably subject to cure.
For purposes of this provision, no act or failure to act, on the part of the Executive, shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the Executive’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or upon the advice of counsel for the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. The cessation of employment of the Executive shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice is provided to the Executive and the Executive is given an opportunity, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, the Executive is guilty of the conduct described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (vi) above, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
(c)    Good Reason. The Executive’s employment with the Company may be terminated by the Executive during the Employment Period with or without Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean in the absence of the written consent of the Executive:
(i)    a material diminution (i.e., more than 10% aggregate reduction) in the Executive’s Annual Base Salary during the Employment Period;
(ii)    a material diminution in the Executive’s title or position or the assignment to the Executive of any duties or responsibilities (including reporting responsibilities) materially inconsistent with the Executive’s position as President and Chief Executive Officer;
(iii)    any relocation of the Executive’s principal place of business to a location more than 30 miles from the Executive’s principal place of business prior to such relocation other than the initial relocation of the Executive’s principal place of business in connection with the establishment of the Company’s headquarters, which headquarters shall be within the California counties of San Francisco, Alameda or Contra Costa and in a location

9

EXHIBIT 10.8

deemed by the Board, in its sole discretion, to be a reasonable and acceptable headquarters location for the Company; or
(iv)    any other material breach of this Agreement by the Company.
In order to invoke a termination for Good Reason, the Executive shall provide written notice to the Company of the existence of one or more of the conditions described in clauses (i) through (iii) within thirty (30) days following the Executive’s knowledge of the initial existence of such condition or conditions, specifying in reasonable detail the conditions constituting Good Reason, and the Company shall have thirty (30) days following receipt of such written notice (the “Cure Period”) during which it may remedy the condition if such condition is reasonably subject to cure. In the event that the Company fails to remedy the condition constituting Good Reason during the applicable Cure Period, the Executive’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) must occur, if at all, within 60 days following such Cure Period in order for such termination as a result of such condition to constitute a termination for Good Reason.
(d)    Failure to Achieve GSE Approval. The Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate automatically upon the Company’s failure to achieve GSE Approval by the GSE Approval Deadline.
(e)    Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company for Cause, or by the Executive for Good Reason, shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 12(g) of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” means a written notice that (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent applicable, sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated and (iii) if the Date of Termination (as defined below) is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the termination date (which date shall be not more than thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice or thirty (30) days after the end of the Cure Period, if applicable, in the case of a termination by the Executive with Good Reason). The failure by the Executive or the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of the Executive or the Company, respectively, hereunder or preclude the Executive or the Company, respectively, from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Executive’s or the Company’s rights hereunder.
(f)    Date of Termination. “Date of Termination” means (i) if the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or Disability, or by the Executive without Good Reason, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination or any later date specified therein within thirty (30) days of such notice, as the case may be; (ii) if the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Executive with Good Reason, a date that is no later than thirty (30) days after the Cure Period, if applicable; (iii) if the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company for Cause, the Date of Termination shall be the date on which the Company, after providing the Executive’s Cure Period, if applicable, notifies the Executive of such termination; and (iv) if the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by reason of death or Disability, the Date of

10

EXHIBIT 10.8

Termination shall be the date of death of the Executive or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be.
6.    Obligations of the Company Upon Termination.
(a)    Cause; Failure to Achieve GSE Approval; Resignation Other Than for Good Reason. If the Executive’s employment with the Company shall be terminated for Cause at any time or under Section 5(d) due to the Company’s failure to achieve GSE Approval by the GSE Approval Deadline or if the Executive terminates his employment with the Company without Good Reason during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to the Executive, other than the obligation to pay or provide the following:
(i)    a lump sum cash payment consisting of: (A) the Executive’s Annual Base Salary as in effect or Pre-GSE Base Salary, as applicable, through the Date of Termination to the extent not yet paid; and (B) any annual Incentive Payment earned by the Executive for a prior award period, but not yet paid to the Executive, provided that (other than any portion of such annual Incentive Payment that was previously deferred, which shall instead be paid in accordance with the applicable deferral arrangement and any election thereunder) such payment shall be made no later than the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month following the close of the fiscal year with respect to which such Incentive Payment is earned (the sum of the amounts described in clauses (A) and (B) shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Accrued Obligations”); and
(ii)    to the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall timely pay or provide to the Executive any other amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided or which the Executive is eligible to receive under any plan, program, policy, practice, contract or agreement of the Company and the Affiliated Entities through the Date of Termination, including any unreimbursed expenses due and owing to the Executive under the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as of the Date of Termination (such other amounts and benefits shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Other Benefits”).
(b)    Prior to, or More Than Two Years Following, a Change in Control: Resignation for Good Reason; Termination Other than for Cause, Failure to Achieve GSE Approval by the GSE Approval Deadline, Death or Disability. If, during the Employment Period and either prior to, or more than two years immediately following, a Change in Control, the Company shall terminate the Executive’s employment with the Company without Cause (excluding termination due to death, Disability or under Section 5(d) for failure to achieve GSE Approval by the GSE Approval Deadline), or if the Executive shall terminate his employment for Good Reason, subject to the Executive’s execution, delivery to the Company and non-revocation within 30 days of the Date of Termination of a release of claims against the Company and its Affiliated Entities substantially in the form used by the Company in connection with employment terminations (provided that such release shall not affect the rights of Executive to the stock options and performance shares surviving termination as set forth in the applicable award agreement), the Company shall pay to the Executive on the forty-fifth (45th) day after the Date of Termination (except as otherwise required by law or provided below) or provide, as applicable, the following:

11

EXHIBIT 10.8

(i)    a lump sum cash payment consisting of all of the following: (A) all Accrued Obligations as of the Date of Termination; (B) one times the Executive’s Annual Base Salary as set forth in Section 4(b)(i) of this Agreement; and (C) one times the Target Incentive Payment for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs (taking into account any reduction pursuant to Section 4(b)(ii)(D) of this Agreement) or if the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated prior to the Subsequent Effective Date, the Target Incentive Payment set forth in Section 4(b)(ii)(A) of this Agreement; and
(ii)    to the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall timely pay or provide to the Executive the Other Benefits.
(c)    During the Two-Year Period Immediately Following a Change in Control: Resignation for Good Reason; Termination Other Than for Cause or Death or Disability. If, during the Employment Period and during the two-year period immediately following a Change in Control (as defined below), the Company shall terminate the Executive’s employment with the Company other than for Cause, death or Disability or if the Executive shall terminate his employment for Good Reason, subject to the Executive’s execution, delivery to the Company and non-revocation within thirty (30) days of the Date of Termination of a release of claims against the Company and its Affiliated Entities substantially in the form used by the Company in connection with employment terminations (provided that such release shall not affect the rights of Executive to the stock options and performance shares surviving termination as set forth in the applicable award agreement), the Company shall pay to the Executive on the forty-fifth (45th) day after the Date of Termination (except as otherwise required by law or provided below) or provide, as applicable, the following:
(i)    a lump sum cash payment consisting of: (A) Accrued Obligations;
and (B) three times the sum of (x) Executive’s Annual Base Salary as in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination and (y) the Target Incentive Payment for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs (taking into account any reduction in the Target Incentive Payment based on Section 4(b)(ii)(D) of this Agreement); and
(ii)    to the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall timely pay or provide to the Executive the Other Benefits.
(d)    Death or Disability. If the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by reason of the Executive’s death or Disability during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to the Executive, other than the obligation to pay or provide all of the following: (i) the Accrued Obligations and (ii) the timely payment or provision of the Other Benefits. The Accrued Obligations, in the event of death, shall be paid to the Executive’s estate or beneficiary, as applicable, in a lump sum in cash within thirty (30) days of the Date of Termination or, if earlier, as required by law. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as utilized in this Section 6 shall include death or Disability benefits as in effect on the date of the Executive’s death or the Disability Effective Date, as applicable, with respect to senior executives of the Company and their beneficiaries.
(e)    Effect of Termination on Other Positions. If, on the Date of Termination, the Executive is a member of the Board or the board of directors of any of the Company’s subsidiaries, or holds any other position with the Company or its subsidiaries, the Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all such positions as of the date of his termination of employment with the Company. The Executive agrees to execute such documents and take such other actions as the Company may request to reflect such resignation.

12

EXHIBIT 10.8

(f)    Full Settlement. Except with respect to the payments specifically contemplated by Section 4(c) of this Agreement, the payments and benefits provided under this Section 6 (including, without limitation, the Other Benefits) shall be in full satisfaction of the Company’s obligations to the Executive upon his termination of employment, notwithstanding the remaining length of the Employment Period, and in no event shall the Executive be entitled to severance benefits (or other damages in respect of a termination of employment or claim for breach of this Agreement) beyond those specified in this Section 6.
(g)    Change in Control” shall, for the purposes of Section 6 of this Agreement, be the first to occur following the Effective Date of:
(i)    the acquisition by any individual, entity or Group, as defined in Section 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) of Beneficial Ownership (within the meaning given in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) (in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of 35% or more (on a fully diluted basis) of either (A) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such common stock issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, and the exercise or settlement of any similar right to acquire such common stock, or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (1) any acquisition by the Company or any Affiliated Entity, (2) any acquisition directly from the Company, (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliated Entity or (4) any acquisition by any person or entity that complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iv) of this Section 6(g);
(ii)    individuals who, on the Initial Effective Date, constitute the Company’s board of directors (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination), shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;
(iii)    approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company; or

13

EXHIBIT 10.8

(iv)    the consummation of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange, a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company that requires the approval of the Company’s stockholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless immediately following such Business Combination: (A) more than 50% of the total voting power of (x) the entity resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Company”) or (y) if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of sufficient voting securities eligible to elect a majority of the directors of the Surviving Company (the “Parent Company”) is represented by the Outstanding Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which the Outstanding Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination, (B) no Person (other than any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Company or the Parent Company), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Company (or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company) and (C) at least two-thirds of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Company (or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company) following the consummation of the Business Combination were Board members at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination.
For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall (w) the Capitalization of NMI, (x) the Company’s public offering of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Securities Act, (y) any change in the composition of the Board resulting from a Special Election Meeting referred to in Section 2.2(b) of the Company’s By-Laws or (z) any transactions relating to the dissolution or liquidation of the Company resulting from the failure to receive GSE Approval, in the case of each of clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv), constitute or be deemed to constitute a Change in Control nor shall it be taken into account in determining whether a Change in Control occurred for purposes of this Agreement.
7.    No Mitigation; No Offset. The Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement and, such amounts shall not be reduced whether or not the Executive obtains other employment.
8.    Section 409A; Forfeiture.
(a)    Section 409A.
(i)    General. It is intended that this Agreement shall comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury regulations relating thereto, or an

14

EXHIBIT 10.8

exemption to Section 409A of the Code. Any payments that qualify for the “short-term deferral” exception under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4), the “separation pay” exception under Treasury Regulations 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) or another exception under Section 409A of the Code will be paid under the applicable exception to the greatest extent possible. For purposes of the limitations on nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, each payment of compensation under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment of compensation for purposes of applying the Section 409A of the Code deferral election rules and the exclusion under Section 409A of the Code for certain short-term deferral amounts. All payments to be made upon a termination of employment under this Agreement may only be made upon a “separation from service” under Section 409A of the Code.
(ii)    In-Kind Benefits and Reimbursements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, all (i) reimbursements and (ii) in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including, where applicable, the requirement that (A) any reimbursement is for expenses incurred during the Executive’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement); (B) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year; (C) the reimbursement of an eligible expense will be made no later than the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred; and (D) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
(iii)    Delay of Payments. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is considered a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A (as determined in accordance with the methodology established by the Company as in effect on the date of termination), (A) any payment that constitutes nonqualified deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code that is otherwise due to the Executive under this Agreement during the six-month period following his separation from service (as determined in accordance with Section 409A of the Code) on account of his separation from service shall be accumulated and paid to Executive on the first business day of the seventh month following his separation from service (the “Delayed Payment Date”) and (B) in the event any equity compensation awards held by the Executive that vest or are to be settled upon termination of the Executive’s employment constitute nonqualified deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the delivery of shares of common stock (or cash) as applicable in settlement of such awards shall be made on the earliest permissible payment date (including the Delayed Payment Date) or event under Section 409A on which the shares (or cash) would otherwise be delivered or paid. The Executive shall be entitled to interest on any delayed cash payments from the date of termination to the Delayed Payment Date at a rate equal to the applicable Federal short-term rate in effect under Code Section 1274(d) for the month in which the Executive’s separation from service occurs. If the Executive dies during the postponement period, the amounts and entitlements delayed on account of Section 409A shall be paid to the personal representative of his estate on the first to occur of the Delayed Payment Date or 30 days after the date of the Executive’s death.
(iv)    Separation From Service. Despite any contrary provision of this Agreement, any references to termination of employment or the Executive’s Date of Termination

15

EXHIBIT 10.8

shall mean and refer to the date of his “separation from service,” as that term is defined in Section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).
(b)    Forfeiture.
(i)    Subject to judicial determination consistent with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, if, after the Company’s Public Filing becomes effective and during the Employment Period, the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to material noncompliance of the Company as a result of misconduct by Executive, with any financial reporting requirement under the Federal securities laws, the Executive shall reimburse the Company for all amounts received under any incentive compensation plans from the Company during the 12 month period following the first public issuance or filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (whichever first occurs) of the financial document embodying such financial reporting requirement, and any profits realized from the sale of securities of the Company during that 12-month period, unless the application of this provision has been exempted by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(ii)    The Company and the Executive acknowledge and agree that the Executive shall be subject to any clawback, recoupment, forfeiture or any similar policy or program adopted by the Compensation Committee following the Initial Effective Date.

9.    Limitation on Certain Payments.
(a)    Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event the Accounting Firm (as defined in 9(e) below) shall determine that receipt of all Payments (as defined in 9(e) below) would subject the Executive to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, the Accounting Firm shall determine whether to reduce any of the Payments paid or payable pursuant to this Agreement (the “Agreement Payments”) so that the Parachute Value (as defined in 9(e) below) of all Payments, in the aggregate, equals the Safe Harbor Amount (as defined in 9(e) below). The Agreement Payments shall be so reduced only if the Accounting Firm determines that the Executive would have a greater Net After-Tax Receipt (as defined in 9(e) below) of aggregate Payments if the Agreement Payments were so reduced. If the Accounting Firm determines that the Executive would not have a greater Net After-Tax Receipt (as defined in 9(e) below) of aggregate Payments if the Agreement Payments were so reduced, the Executive shall receive all Agreement Payments to which the Executive is entitled hereunder.
(b)    If the Accounting Firm determines that aggregate Agreement Payments should be reduced so that the Parachute Value of all Payments, in the aggregate, equals the Safe Harbor Amount, the Company shall promptly give the Executive notice to that effect and a copy of the detailed calculation thereof. All determinations made by the Accounting Firm under this Section 9 shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive and shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable and in no event later than fifteen (15) days following the Date of Termination. For purposes of reducing the Agreement Payments so that the Parachute Value of all Payments, in the aggregate, equals the Safe Harbor Amount, the Agreement Payments shall be reduced by reducing the payments and benefits under the following sections in the following order: (i) first, any Payments under Section 6(b)(i); (ii) second, any other cash Payments that

16

EXHIBIT 10.8

would be made upon a termination of the Executive’s employment, beginning with payments that would be made last in time; (iii) third, all rights to payments, vesting or benefits in connection with any options to purchase Common Stock; (iv) fourth, all rights to payments, vesting or benefits in connection with any restricted stock awards that are performance-based vesting awards; (v) fifth, all rights to payments, vesting or benefits in connection with any options to purchase Common Stock that are time-based vesting awards; and (vi) sixth, all rights to any other payments or benefits shall be reduced, beginning with payments or benefits that would be received last in time. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company.
(c)    As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that amounts will have been paid or distributed by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive pursuant to this Agreement which should not have been so paid or distributed (“Overpayment”) or that additional amounts which will have not been paid or distributed by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive pursuant to this Agreement could have been so paid or distributed (“Underpayment”), in each case, consistent with the calculation of the Safe Harbor Amount hereunder. In the event that the Accounting Firm, based upon the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against either the Company or the Executive which the Accounting Firm believes has a high probability of success, determines that an Overpayment has been made, the Executive shall pay promptly (and in no event later than 60 days following the date on which the Overpayment is determined) pay any such Overpayment to the Company together with interest at the applicable Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code; provided, however, that no amount shall be payable by the Executive to the Company if and to the extent such payment would not either reduce the amount on which the Executive is subject to tax under Section 1 and Section 4999 of the Code or generate a refund of such taxes. In the event that the Accounting Firm, based upon controlling precedent or substantial authority, determines that an Underpayment has occurred, any such Underpayment shall be paid promptly (and in no event later than 60 days following the date on which the Underpayment is determined) by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive together with interest at the applicable Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code.
(d)    To the extent requested by the Executive, the Company shall cooperate with the Executive in good faith in valuing, and the Accounting Firm shall take into account the value of, services provided or to be provided by the Executive (including without limitation, the Executive’s agreeing to refrain from performing services pursuant to a covenant not to compete or similar covenant, including that set forth in Section 10(e) of this Agreement) before, on or after the date of a change in ownership or control of the Company (within the meaning of Q&A-2(b) of the final regulations under Section 280G of the Code), such that payments in respect of such services may be considered reasonable compensation within the meaning of Q&A-9 and Q&A-40 to Q&A-44 of the final regulations under Section 280G of the Code and/or exempt from the definition of the term “parachute payment” within the meaning of Q&A-2(a) of the final regulations under Section 280G of the Code in accordance with Q&A-5(a) of the final regulations under Section 280G of the Code.    
(e)    Definitions. The following terms shall have the following meanings for purposes of this Section 9.

17

EXHIBIT 10.8

(i)    Accounting Firm” shall mean a nationally recognized certified public accounting firm that is selected by the Company for purposes of making the applicable determinations hereunder and is reasonably acceptable to the Executive, which firm shall not, without the Executive’s consent, be a firm serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control.
(ii)    Net After-Tax Receipt” shall mean the present value (as determined in accordance with Sections 280G(b)(2)(A)(ii) and 280G(d)(4) of the Code) of a Payment net of all taxes imposed on the Executive with respect thereto under Sections 1 and 4999 of the Code and under applicable state and local laws, determined by applying the highest marginal rate under Section 1 of the Code and under state and local laws which applied to the Executive’s taxable income for the immediately preceding taxable year, or such other rate(s) as the Accounting Firm determined to be likely to apply to the Executive in the relevant tax year(s).
(iii)    Parachute Value” of a Payment means the present value as of the date of the Change in Control for purposes of Section 280G of the Code of the portion of such Payment that constitutes a “parachute payment” under Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code, as determined by the Accounting Firm for purposes of determining whether and to what extent the Excise Tax will apply to such Payment.
(iv)    Payment” means any payment or distribution in the nature of compensation (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code) to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise.
(v)    Safe Harbor Amount” means (x) 3.0 times the Executive’s “base amount,” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code, minus (y) $1.00.
10.    Restrictive Covenants.
(a)    Return of Company Property. Upon his termination of employment for any reason, the Executive shall promptly return to the Company any keys, credit cards, passes, confidential documents or material, or other property belonging to the Company, and the Executive shall also return all writings, files, records, correspondence, notebooks, notes and other documents and things (including any copies thereof) containing confidential information or relating to the business or proposed business of the Company or the Affiliated Entities or containing any trade secrets relating to the Company or the Affiliated Entities except any personal diaries, calendars, rolodexes or personal notes or correspondence. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “trade secrets” shall have the meaning ascribed to it under the Uniform Trade Secrets Act. The Executive agrees to represent in writing to the Company upon termination of employment that he has complied with the foregoing provisions of this Section 10(a).
(b)    Mutual Nondisparagement. The Executive and the Company each agree that, following the Executive’s termination of employment, neither the Executive nor the Company will make any public statements which materially disparage the other party.

18

EXHIBIT 10.8

The Company shall not be liable for any breach of its obligations under this paragraph if it informs its directors and executive officers, as such term is defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, of the content of its covenant hereunder and takes reasonable measures to ensure that such individuals honor the Company’s agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 10(b) shall prohibit any person from making truthful statements when required by order of a court or other governmental or regulatory body having jurisdiction or to enforce any legal right including, without limitation, the terms of this Agreement.
(c)    Confidential Information. The Executive acknowledges that he will have knowledge of certain trade secrets of the Company and its business plans and prospects. The Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all secret or confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company and its businesses or prospective businesses, including, without limitation, any trade secrets, research, secret data, business methods, operating procedures or programs which shall have been obtained by the Executive in connection with his services to the Company or any affiliates thereof and which shall not be or become public knowledge (other than by acts by the Executive in violation of this Agreement) (collectively, the “Trade Secrets and Confidential Information”); provided, however, that the parties acknowledge and agree that the Executive will be required to disclose Trade Secrets and Confidential Information to third parties in performing services for the Company under this Agreement, which the Executive may do only to the extent required, as determined within his reasonable discretion. After termination of the Executive’s services with the Company for any reason, the Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company or as may otherwise be required by law or legal process, communicate or divulge any such information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and those designated by it.
(d)    Nonsolicitation. The Executive agrees that, while he is employed by the Company and during the (i) two-year period following his termination of employment with the Company for Cause or under Section 5(d) for failure to achieve GSE Approval by the GSE Approval Deadline or the Executive resigns without Good Reason, or (ii) eighteen-month period following his termination of employment by the Company without Cause, due to Disability or the Executive resigns with Good Reason, the Executive shall not directly or indirectly (A) solicit any individual who is, on the date of termination (or was, during the six-month period prior to the date of termination), employed by the Company or any of its Affiliated Entities to terminate or refrain from renewing or extending such employment or to become employed by or become a consultant to any other individual or entity other than the Company or the Affiliated Entities, or (B) solicit any investor or prospective investor in the Company or any business contact introduced to the Executive in connection with his employment by the Company hereunder to curtail or cease doing business with the Company or its Affiliated Entities or FBR & Co. and its affiliates.
(e)    Noncompetition. The Executive agrees that, while he is employed by the Company, he will not engage in Competition (as defined below). The Executive shall be deemed to be engaging in “Competition” if he, directly or indirectly, anywhere in the continental United States, owns, manages, operates, controls or participates in the ownership, management, operation or control of or is connected as an officer, employee, partner, director, consultant or

19

EXHIBIT 10.8

otherwise with, or has any financial interest in, any business (whether through a corporation or other entity) engaged in the private mortgage insurance business or related business in any geographic area in which the Company or one of its Affiliated Entities conducts such business. Ownership for personal investment purposes only of not more than 2% of the voting stock of any publicly held corporation shall not constitute a violation hereof.
(f)    Equitable Remedies. The Executive acknowledges that the Company would be irreparably injured by a violation of Section 10(b), (c), (d) or (e) and he agrees that the Company, in addition to any other remedies available to it for such breach or threatened breach, on meeting the standards required by law, shall be entitled to a preliminary injunction, temporary restraining order, or other equivalent relief, restraining the Executive from any actual or threatened breach of Section 10(b), (c), (d) or (e). If a bond is required to be posted in order for either party to secure an injunction or other equitable remedy in connection with Section 10(b), (d) or (e), the parties agree that said bond need not be more than a nominal sum.
(g)    Severability; Blue Pencil. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that he has had the opportunity to seek advice of counsel in connection with the Agreement and the restrictive covenants contained herein are reasonable in geographical scope, temporal duration and in all other respects. If it is determined that any provision of this Section 10 is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the provisions of this Section 10 shall not thereby be affected and shall be given full effect, without regard to the invalid portions. If any court or other decision-maker of competent jurisdiction determines that any covenant or covenants in this Section 10 is unenforceable because of the duration or geographic scope of such provision, then after such determination becomes final and unappealable, the duration or scope of such provision, as the case may be, shall be reduced so that such provision becomes enforceable, and in its reduced form, such provision shall be enforced.
11.    Successors.
(a)    This Agreement is personal to the Executive and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by the Executive. This Agreement and any rights and benefits hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s legal representatives, heirs or legatees. This Agreement and any rights and benefits hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.
(b)    The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to satisfy all of the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to satisfy such obligations if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, “Company” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law or otherwise.
12.    Miscellaneous.

20

EXHIBIT 10.8

(a)    Amendment. This Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.
(b)    Withholding. The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state, local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
(c)    Applicable Law. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflict of law provisions of any state.
(d)    Dispute Resolution. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach of this Agreement (other than a controversy or claim arising under Section 10 of this Agreement) that is not resolved by the Executive and the Company shall be submitted to arbitration in the New York, New York area in accordance with California law and the procedures of the American Arbitration Association. The determination of the arbitrator shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and the Executive and judgment may be entered on the arbitrator(s)’ award(s) in any court having competent jurisdiction.
(e)    Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement will be construed as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted (but only to the extent that such provision cannot be appropriately reformed or modified).
(f)    Waiver of Breach. No waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement by any other party, or of compliance with any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party, will operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by such other party of any similar or dissimilar provisions and conditions at the same or any prior or subsequent time. The failure of any party hereto to take any action by reason of such breach will not deprive such party of the right to take action at any time while such breach continues.
(g)    Notices. Notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or prepaid overnight courier to the parties at the addresses set forth below (or such other addresses as shall be specified by the parties by like notice):
to the Company:
NMI Holdings, Inc.
c/o FBR Capital Markets & Co.,
1001 19th St. North
Arlington, Virginia 22209
ATTENTION: Secretary

or to the Executive:

21

EXHIBIT 10.8

Bradley M. Shuster

at the address last on the records of the Company.

Each party, by written notice furnished to the other party, may modify the applicable delivery address, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt. Such notices, demands, claims and other communications shall be deemed given in the case of delivery by overnight service with guaranteed next day delivery, the next day or the day designated for delivery; or in the case of certified or registered U.S. mail, five days after deposit in the U.S. mail; provided, however, that in no event shall any such communications be deemed to be given later than the date they are actually received.
(h)    Survivorship. Upon the expiration or other termination of this Agreement, the respective rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall survive such expiration or other termination to the extent necessary to carry out the intentions of the parties under this Agreement.
(i)    Entire Agreement. From and after the Initial Effective Date, this Agreement shall supersede any other employment agreement or understanding, including, without limitation, the Consulting Agreement by and between the Executive and the Company, dated as of May 16, 2011, between the parties (except with respect to amounts owed as of the Initial Effective Date pursuant to Section 4(a) or 4(b) of the Consulting Agreement and Section 11, which shall survive with respect to actions taken in connection with the Executive providing services as a consultant) with respect to the subject matter hereof. The obligations under this Agreement are enforceable solely against the Company and its Affiliated Entities, and in no event shall this Agreement be enforceable against FBR & Co. or any stockholder of, or investor in, the Company.
(j)    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.
(k)    Authority. The Executive represents and warrants that he has the full authority to execute and enter into this Agreement and has obtained all consents, approvals and authorities of any person, committee or entity necessary to make this Agreement binding and fully enforceable against the party for which he signs.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

22

EXHIBIT 10.8

IN WITNESS THEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set his hand, and the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name and on its behalf, all as of the day and year first above written.



Dated: ____3/6/12_________________
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.


By: _/s/Joseph Kavanagh_____
Name: Joseph Kavanagh
Title: Vice President, Secretary



Dated: ____3/6/12__________________
BRADLEY M. SHUSTER

______ /s/ Bradley M. Shuster_____





23

EXHIBIT 10.8

SCHEDULE A
Luther Burbank Corporation

24
10.9AmendmenttoEmploymentAgmtNMIHoldingsInc-BradleyShusterApril242012
EXHIBIT 10.9


AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT (this “Amendment”) to the Employment Agreement (the “Employment Agreement”), dated as of March 6, 2012, by and between Bradley M. Shuster (the “Executive”) and NMI Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) a Delaware Corporation, is made and entered into as of April 24, 2012, by and between the Executive and the Company and is effective as of the date hereof. All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Employment Agreement.

WITNESSETH THAT:
WHEREAS, the Employment Agreement includes a definition of Change in Control;
WHEREAS, in connection with finalizing the Company’s By-Laws, certain elements in the definition of Change in Control in the Employment Agreement require amendment;
WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive wish to amend the definition of Change in Control to substantially conform to the definition of Change of Control set forth in the Company’s By-Laws;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth below, and for other good and valuable consideration, the Executive and the Company hereby agree as follows:
1.Definition of Change in Control. The definition of Change in Control set forth in Section 6(g) of the Employment Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:
Change in Control” shall, for the purposes of Section 6 of this Agreement, be the first to occur following the Effective Date of:
(i)the acquisition by any individual, entity or Group, as defined in Section 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) of Beneficial Ownership (within the meaning given in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) (in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of 35% or more (on a fully diluted basis) of either (A) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such common stock issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, and the exercise or settlement of any similar right to acquire such common stock, or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (1) any acquisition by the Company or any Affiliated Entity, (2) any acquisition directly from the Company, (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliated Entity or (4) any acquisition by any person or entity that complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iv) of this Section 6(g);

1

EXHIBIT 10.9


(ii)    individuals who, on the Initial Effective Date, constitute the Company’s board of directors (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination), shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director; and provided, further, that any directors elected at the Directors Election Meeting (as defined in the Company’s By-Laws) shall be considered “Incumbent Directors” for purposes of this Section 6(g)(ii);
(iii)    approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company; or
(iv)    the consummation of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange, a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company that requires the approval of the Company’s stockholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless immediately following such Business Combination: (A) more than 50% of the total voting power of (x) the entity resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Company”) or (y) if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of sufficient voting securities eligible to elect a majority of the directors of the Surviving Company (the “Parent Company”) is represented by the Outstanding Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which the Outstanding Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination, (B) no Person (other than any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Company or the Parent Company), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Company (or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company) and (C) at least two-thirds of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Company (or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company) following the consummation of the Business Combination were Board members at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination.
For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall (w) the Capitalization of NMI, (x) the Company’s public offering of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Securities Act, (y) any change in the composition of the Board resulting from a Special Election Meeting referred to in Section 2.2(b) of the Company’s By-Laws or from a Director Election Meeting referred to in Section 2.2(c) of the Company’s By-Laws, or (z) any transactions relating to the dissolution or liquidation of the Company resulting from the failure to receive

2

EXHIBIT 10.9


GSE Approval, in the case of each of clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv), constitute or be deemed to constitute a Change in Control nor shall it be taken into account in determining whether a Change in Control occurred for purposes of this Agreement.”
2.     Effect on the Employment Agreement. This Amendment shall be deemed incorporated into the Employment Agreement and shall be construed and interpreted as though fully set forth therein. Except as amended and modified herein, the Employment Agreement remains in full force and effect.
3.    Miscellaneous. Section 12 of the Employment Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Amendment.




[Remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

3

EXHIBIT 10.9

IN WITNESS THEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set his hand, and the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name and on its behalf, all as of the day and year first above written.



Dated: ___April 24, 2012_____________
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.


By: _/s/ Joseph Kavanagh_______
Name: Joseph Kavanagh
Title: Director



Dated: ___April 24, 2012_____________
BRADLEY M. SHUSTER

______/s/ Bradley M. Shuster________







4
10.10 Employment Agmt J.Sherwood.3.6.12
EXHIBIT 10.10

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of March 6, 2012, by and between John M. Sherwood (the “Executive”) and NMI Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation.
WITNESSETH THAT:
WHEREAS, the Company is desirous of employing the Executive in an executive capacity on the terms and conditions, and for the consideration, hereinafter set forth, and the Executive is desirous of being employed by the Company on such terms and conditions and for such consideration
WHEREAS, the Company is in the process of raising capital for the capitalization of its private mortgage insurance business;
WHEREAS, the parties intend that this Agreement shall become binding and enforceable when the Company receives cash proceeds (or irrevocable commitments therefor) of at least $500,000,000 in the aggregate (before discounts, placement agent fees and any expenses) (the “Capitalization of NMI”), and to commence business operations, following the Capitalization of NMI, the Company will need to obtain conditional approval by either Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac to permit the Company to write private mortgage insurance.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth below, and for other good and valuable consideration, it is hereby covenanted and agreed by the Executive and the Company as follows:
1.Effective Date. This Agreement shall become binding and enforceable on the date of the Capitalization of NMI (the “Initial Effective Date”). Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, if the Capitalization of NMI does not occur on or before April 30, 2012 (subject to extension upon the mutual agreement of the parties to this Agreement by a date that is no less than three (3) business days prior to such deadline), this Agreement shall not become effective, shall be null and void, and the Executive shall have no rights hereunder.
2.Employment Period. The initial term of the Executive’s employment (the “Employment Period”) will commence on the Initial Effective Date and end on the third anniversary of the date on which the Company receives GSE Approval (as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement, by and between the Company and MAC Financial Ltd., dated as of November 30, 2011) (the “Subsequent Effective Date”), unless the Employment Period is terminated earlier pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if a Change in Control (as defined below) occurs during the Employment Period and before the third anniversary of the Subsequent Effective Date, the Employment Period shall end, unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, on the later of (a) the second anniversary of the closing of the Change in Control or (b) the third anniversary of the Subsequent Effective Date.

1

EXHIBIT 10.10

3.Position and Duties.
(a)During the Employment Period, the Executive shall (i) serve as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, with such authority, power, duties and responsibilities as are commensurate with such positions and as are customarily exercised by a person holding such positions in a company of the size and nature of the Company, (ii) report directly to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “CEO”), and (iii) perform his duties at the Company’s primary office location in or near San Francisco, California, subject to the Executive’s performance of duties at, and travel to, such other offices of the Company and subsidiaries and controlled affiliates (the “Affiliated Entities”) and/or other locations as shall be necessary to fulfill his duties.
(b)The Executive, during the Employment Period, shall devote his full business time, energies and talents to serving in the positions described in this Section 3 and he shall perform his duties faithfully and efficiently subject to the directions of the CEO. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(b), the Executive may (i) serve as a director, trustee or officer or otherwise participate in not-for-profit educational, welfare, social, religious and civic organizations, (ii) subject to the written consent of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), serve on the board of directors of for-profit entities, and (iii) acquire passive investment interests in one or more entities, to the extent that such other activities do not inhibit or interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties under this Agreement, or conflict with the business or policies of the Company or any Affiliated Entities.
4.Compensation. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to receive compensation as follows:
(a)    During the portion of the Employment Period occurring prior to GSE Approval, while the Executive is employed by the Company, the Executive shall be entitled to (i) receive a monthly salary of $20,000 (the “Pre-GSE Base Salary”), payable in arrears on the last day of each calendar month during the Employment Period and, for the calendar month in which the GSE Approval occurs, Executive shall receive a prorated portion of his monthly Pre-GSE Base Salary, based on the number of days in the month that elapsed prior to the GSE Approval and (ii) participate in any health and welfare benefit programs adopted and maintained by the Company for its employees following the Initial Effective Date.
(b)    Upon the Company’s receipt of GSE Approval, then during the period commencing on the Subsequent Effective Date and continuing through the Employment Period (the “Remuneration Period”), while the Executive is employed by the Company, the Executive shall be entitled to receive, and the Company shall compensate him for his services as follows:
(i)Base Salary. During the Remuneration Period, the Executive shall receive an annual base salary (“Annual Base Salary”) of no less than $400,000. The Executive’s Annual Base Salary shall be reviewed annually by the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”) pursuant to its normal performance review policies for senior executives and may be increased but not decreased. The term “Annual Base Salary” as utilized in this Agreement shall refer to Annual Base Salary as in effect from time to time. Such Annual Base Salary shall be payable in accordance with the Company’s payroll policies, as in effect from time to time.
(ii)    Annual Incentive Payment. With respect to each fiscal year or portion of a fiscal year of the Company that ends during the Remuneration Period, the Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual incentive payment (the “Incentive Payment”) as determined by the Compensation Committee, subject to the following:

2

EXHIBIT 10.10

(A)    The Executive’s target Incentive Payment opportunity under the incentive plan applicable to the Executive for each fiscal year during the Remuneration Period shall be 100% of his Annual Base Salary (the “Target Incentive Payment”).
(B)    Subject to Section 4(b)(ii)(D) below, if GSE Approval is obtained in the middle of calendar year 2012 or 2013, the Executive nevertheless will be entitled to receive an Incentive Payment of not less than 50% of the Target Incentive Payment for, (I) if the Remuneration Period commences in 2012, the portion of the period beginning on the Initial Effective Date and ending at the end of calendar year 2012, if any, falling in calendar year 2012 prorated for the portion of calendar year 2012 from the Initial Effective Date through the end of the applicable calendar year or, (II) if the Remuneration Period commences in calendar year 2013, the bonus shall not be prorated with respect to calendar year 2013.
(C)    Any earned Incentive Payment shall be paid to the Executive pursuant to the terms of the applicable incentive plan; provided, however, that any such Incentive Payment for a fiscal year shall be paid to the Executive no later than the fifteenth (15th) day of the third month following the close of such fiscal year, or the calendar year where applicable, unless the Executive shall elect to defer the receipt of such Incentive Payment pursuant to an arrangement that meets the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
(D)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Company’s initial filing of a registration statement registering the resale of the Registrable Shares as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement by and between the Company and FBR & Co. (the “Public Filing”) does not occur (other than as a result of the Securities and Exchange Commission being unable to accept such filing) prior to the date (the “Public Filing Deadline”) that is (I) the date that is six (6) months following GSE Approval, or (II) such later public filing deadline as approved by a vote of stockholders holding at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Registrable Shares, then the Executive’s Target Incentive Payment for the fiscal year during which the Public Filing Deadline occurs shall be immediately reduced to 50% of the Target Incentive Payment and such Target Incentive Payment (or any Target Incentive Payment relating to a fiscal year that begins following the Public Filing Deadline during which the Public Filing has not yet occurred) shall be reduced by a further 10% for each additional thirty (30) days following the Public Filing Deadline that elapses prior to the Public Filing occurring, but in no event shall be less than zero (0).

3

EXHIBIT 10.10

(iii)    Annual Equity Awards. With respect to each fiscal year or portion of a fiscal year of the Company ending during the Remuneration Period, the Executive shall be eligible to be considered for the grant of annual equity awards under any Company equity plans on terms and conditions no less favorable than those provided to other senior executives of the Company.
(iv)    Initial Equity Awards. The Company will grant to the Executive the following stock, restricted stock and stock options at the following times:
(A)    On or before the Initial Effective Date, the Company will adopt an omnibus stock incentive plan (the “Equity Plan”), which will, at a minimum, allow for the issuance of non-qualified stock options and restricted stock;
(B)    Following the Initial Effective Date, the Executive will be granted 371,250 restricted stock units and stock options with respect to 453,750 shares of Company common stock (the “Initial Equity Awards”). The Initial Equity Awards will be granted subject to terms and conditions set forth in an equity award agreement and the Equity Plan and will be subject to the following minimum vesting conditions, in each case, subject to the Executive’s continued employment with the Company through any such vesting date (unless provided otherwise in the applicable equity award agreement) and the achievement of GSE Approval:
(1)    the restricted stock (“performance shares” will vest as follows: 1/3 of the performance shares will vest when the stock price equals or exceeds $12.50 per share, 1/3 of the performance shares will vest when the stock price equals or exceeds $14 per share and 1/3 of the performance shares will vest when the stock price equals or exceeds $16 per share.
(2)    one-third (1/3) of the stock options will vest on the first anniversary of the Initial Effective Date, an additional 1/3 of the stock options will vest on the second anniversary of the Initial Effective Date and the final 1/3 of the stock options will vest on the third anniversary of the Initial Effective Date.
(C)    The price per share of Company common stock (the “Common Stock”) for determining the performance shares under the Equity Plan, and under Section 4(b)(iv) (D) will be determined as follows:
(1)    if the Common Stock is traded on an established securities exchange, such stock

4

EXHIBIT 10.10

will vest when the average closing price of the shares on such exchange for any consecutive thirty- (30-) day trading period exceeds the price required for vesting;
(2)    if the Common Stock is actively traded over-the-counter, such stock will vest when the average of the closing bid price over any consecutive thirty- (30-) day trading period exceeds the price required for vesting;
(3)    if the Common Stock is traded on the FBR PlusTM System, such stock will vest when the average sales price reported on the FBR PlusTM System over any consecutive thirty- (30-) day trading period exceeds the price required for vesting; and
(4)    if, as of the third anniversary of the Subsequent Effective Date, the Common Stock is not traded on any market identified in Sections 4(d)(iv)(C)(1), (2) and (3), such stock will vest when the fair market value of the shares determined based on the procedures prescribed by Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iv)(B) (relating to stock not readily tradable on an established market) exceeds the price required for vesting.
(D)    Despite any contrary provision of this Agreement, the performance targets used for vesting purposes under Section 4(b)(iv)(B)(1) assume a $10 per share price for the Company’s common stock on the date of the Capitalization of NMI. Performance targets will be adjusted on the Initial Effective Date in proportion to the amount by which the per share price for the Company’s Common Stock is more or less than $10 per share; and
(E)    The grants of common stock, restricted stock and stock options set forth in this Section 4 shall be subject to and contingent upon the Executive entering into such agreements, as may be reasonably provided by the Company, and making such representations and warranties as the Company may reasonably require, including representing as to the Executive’s status as an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).    

5

EXHIBIT 10.10

(c)    Additional Bonuses.
(i)    GSE Approval Bonus. If the Company obtains GSE Approval on or before the date (the “GSE Approval Deadline”) that is (A) nine (9) months immediately following the Initial Effective Date, or (B) such later deadline for GSE Approval as approved by a vote of stockholders holding at least a majority of the Registrable Shares, the Executive shall receive an additional lump sum cash payment from the Company equal to $200,000 (the “GSE Bonus”), to be paid as soon as practicable after the Subsequent Effective Date and in no event more than thirty (30) days thereafter. Executive’s eligibility for the bonus described in this section is subject to Executive’s continuing employment through GSE Approval, provided that if the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company without “Cause” or he resigns for “Good Reason” prior to the GSE Approval Deadline, then Executive shall remain eligible to receive 50% of the GSE Bonus, subject to GSE Approval being achieved on or prior to the GSE Approval Deadline, with such portion of the GSE Bonus to be paid at the same time as if the Executive had remained employed by the Company through the achievement of GSE Approval.
(ii)    Filing Date Bonus. If the Public Filing (as defined in Section 4(b)(ii)(D) above) occurs on or prior to the Public Filing Deadline (as defined in Section 4(b)(ii)(D) above), the Executive shall receive an additional lump sum cash payment from the Company equal to $200,000 (the “Filing Date Bonus”), to be paid as soon as practicable after the Public Filing, but in no event shall it be paid more than thirty (30) days thereafter. Executive’s eligibility for the bonus described in this section is subject to Executive’s continuing employment through the Public Filing, provided that if the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company without “Cause” or he resigns for “Good Reason” prior to the Public Filing, then Executive shall remain eligible to receive 50% of the Filing Date Bonus, subject to the Public Filing occurring on or prior to the Public Filing Deadline with such portion of the Filing Date Bonus to be paid at the same time as if the Executive had remained employed by the Company through the Public Filing.
(iii)    Filing Effective Date Bonus. If the Company’s Public Filing becomes effective on or before the date (the “Public Filing Effective Deadline”) that is the latest of: (A) twelve (12) months immediately following GSE Approval, (B) six (6) months immediately following the Public Filing, or (C) such later Public Filing effective date as approved by a vote stockholders holding at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Registrable Shares, the Executive shall receive an additional lump sum cash payment from the Company equal to $200,000 (“Effective Date Bonus”), to be paid as soon as practicable after the Public Filing becomes effective, but in no event shall it be paid more than thirty (30) days thereafter. Executive’s eligibility for the bonus described in this section is subject to Executive’s continuing employment through the date that the Public Filing becomes effective, provided that if the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company without “Cause” or he resigns for “Good Reason” prior to the Public Filing Effective Deadline, then Executive shall remain eligible to receive 50% of the Effective Date Bonus, subject to the Public Filing becoming effective prior to the Public Filing Effective Date Deadline with such portion of the Effective Date Bonus to be paid at the same time as if the Executive had remained employed by the Company through the date that the Public Filing becomes effective.

6

EXHIBIT 10.10

(d)    Employee Benefits, Fringe Benefits and Perquisites. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be provided with employee benefits, fringe benefits and perquisites on a basis no less favorable than such benefits and perquisites are provided by the Company from time to time to the Company’s other senior executives, including, but not limited to, participation in a nonqualified deferred compensation plan, a 401(k) plan, health, dental, vision and life insurance, in each case to the extent otherwise maintained by the Company.
(e)    Expense Reimbursement. Subject to the requirements of Section 8(a)(ii) (relating to in-kind benefits and reimbursements), the Company will reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses incurred by him during the Employment Period in the performance of his duties in accordance with the Company’s policies applicable to senior executives.
(f)    Stock Ownership Requirement. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be subject to the Company’s stock ownership policy in accordance with the guidelines as established by the Compensation Committee.
(g)    Paid Time Off. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to thirty (30) days of personal time off (“PTO”) on an annual basis, which may be taken for any reason, including vacation and sick leave, in accordance with the Company’s PTO policy. In addition, the Executive shall be entitled to all paid holidays given by the Company to its full-time employees.
(h)    Indemnification/Insurance. The Company shall defend and indemnify the Executive and hold the Executive harmless against any and all third-party claims, losses, damages, expenses, judgments, fines or settlements, including without limitation attorneys’ fees and expenses of litigation (collectively, “Losses”) suffered or incurred by the Executive that directly or indirectly are based upon, arise out of or are in connection with any actual or alleged acts or omissions by the Executive and/or the Company (or its affiliates, employees, officers, directors or agents) in connection with this Agreement, the Executive’s relationship with the Company or its affiliates, the Executive’s services or obligations under this Agreement, or the fact that the Executive is an employee of the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law in effect on the date hereof and to such greater extent as applicable law may hereafter from time to time permit. The foregoing obligations of the Company shall not apply (a) to acts or omissions by the Executive that (i) were not acted in good faith, (ii) the Executive knew or should have known were not in the best interests of the Company, (iii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the Executive had no reasonable cause to believe the Executive’s conduct was lawful, or (iv) were effected without consultation with or under direction of the Company and create a conflict between the Executive’s interests and the interests of the Company ; and (b) to disputes between the Executive and the Company. Upon the receipt by the Company of written notice from the Executive of any indemnified Losses, the Company shall have the obligation to employ counsel of its reasonable choosing to defend the Executive’s interests in any threatened, pending, or completed action or proceeding. While the Executive also shall have the right to employ separate personal counsel, the expenses of such counsel incurred after written notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense of the action or proceeding shall be at the expense of and paid by the Executive unless (1) the Company shall not in fact have employed reasonable counsel to assume the defense within twenty (20) days of receipt of the notice of Losses for which the Executive is entitled to receive indemnification

7

EXHIBIT 10.10

under this Section 4 or (2) the Executive shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest if the Company were to assume the defense of the action or proceeding (excluding any conflict created by acts or omissions by the Executive effected without consultation with or under the direction of the Company), in which case the expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Section 4(h) shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall continue thereafter so long as the Executive may be or is subject to possible Losses.
5.    Termination of Employment.
(a)    Death or Disability. The Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate automatically upon the Executive’s death during the Employment Period. If the Company determines in good faith that the Disability of the Executive has occurred during the Employment Period (pursuant to the definition of Disability set forth below), it may provide the Executive with written notice in accordance with Section 12(g) of this Agreement of its intention to terminate the Executive’s employment with the Company. In such event, the Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the thirtieth (30th) day after receipt of such notice by the Executive (the “Disability Effective Date”), provided that, within the thirty (30) days after such receipt, the Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of the Executive’s duties and provided further that a Disability shall be determined to exist as provided hereinafter. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean the inability of the Executive to perform the Executive’s duties with the Company on a full-time basis as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness, which inability exists for 180 days during any rolling 12-month period, as determined by a physician selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to the Executive or the Executive’s legal representative.
(b)    Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment with the Company during the Employment Period either with or without Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean:
(i)    the continued failure of the Executive to perform substantially the Executive’s duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness);
(ii)    willful material misconduct or willful neglect by the Executive in the performance of his duties to the Company;
(iii)    the Executive’s willful failure to adhere to the lawful directions of the CEO, to adhere to the Company’s material written policies, or to devote substantially all of the Executive’s business time and efforts to the Company;
(iv)    the Executive is subject to an action taken by a regulatory body or a self-regulatory organization which impairs the Executive from performing his duties to the Company; provided that a temporary suspension pending investigation or final resolution shall not be considered to impair the Executive from performing his duties to the Company for the purposes of this clause (iv);

8

EXHIBIT 10.10

(v)    the Executive’s indictment or formal admission to or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a charge of commission of (A) a felony or (B) any crime involving moral turpitude; or
(vi)    the Executive’s breach of any of the material terms or conditions of this Agreement.
In order to invoke a termination for Cause on any of the grounds enumerated under Section 5(b)(i), (ii), (iii) or (vi) the Company must provide written notice to the Executive of the existence of such grounds within thirty (30) days following the Company’s knowledge of the existence of such grounds, specifying in reasonable detail the grounds constituting Cause, and the Executive shall have thirty (30) days following receipt of such written notice (the “Executive’s Cure Period”) during which he may remedy the grounds if such grounds are reasonably subject to cure.
For purposes of this provision, no act or failure to act, on the part of the Executive, shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the Executive’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or upon the advice of counsel for the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. The cessation of employment of the Executive shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice is provided to the Executive and the Executive is given an opportunity, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, the Executive is guilty of the conduct described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (vi) above, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
(c)    Good Reason. The Executive’s employment with the Company may be terminated by the Executive during the Employment Period with or without Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean in the absence of the written consent of the Executive:
(i)    a material diminution (i.e., more than 10% aggregate reduction) in the Executive’s Annual Base Salary during the Employment Period;
(ii)    a material diminution in the Executive’s title or position or the assignment to the Executive of any duties or responsibilities (including reporting responsibilities) materially inconsistent with the Executive’s position as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer;
(iii)    any relocation of the Executive’s principal place of business to a location more than 30 miles from the Executive’s principal place of business prior to such relocation other than the initial relocation of the Executive’s principal place of business in connection with the establishment of the Company’s headquarters, which headquarters shall be within the California counties of San Francisco, Alameda or Contra Costa and in a location deemed by the Board, in its sole discretion, to be a reasonable and acceptable headquarters location for the Company; or

9

EXHIBIT 10.10

(iv)    any other material breach of this Agreement by the Company.
In order to invoke a termination for Good Reason, the Executive shall provide written notice to the Company of the existence of one or more of the conditions described in clauses (i) through (iii) within thirty (30) days following the Executive’s knowledge of the initial existence of such condition or conditions, specifying in reasonable detail the conditions constituting Good Reason, and the Company shall have thirty (30) days following receipt of such written notice (the “Cure Period”) during which it may remedy the condition if such condition is reasonably subject to cure. In the event that the Company fails to remedy the condition constituting Good Reason during the applicable Cure Period, the Executive’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) must occur, if at all, within 60 days following such Cure Period in order for such termination as a result of such condition to constitute a termination for Good Reason.
(d)    Failure to Achieve GSE Approval. The Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate automatically upon the Company’s failure to achieve GSE Approval by the GSE Approval Deadline.
(e)    Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company for Cause, or by the Executive for Good Reason, shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 12(g) of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” means a written notice that (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent applicable, sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated and (iii) if the Date of Termination (as defined below) is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the termination date (which date shall be not more than thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice or thirty (30) days after the end of the Cure Period, if applicable, in the case of a termination by the Executive with Good Reason). The failure by the Executive or the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of the Executive or the Company, respectively, hereunder or preclude the Executive or the Company, respectively, from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Executive’s or the Company’s rights hereunder.
(f)    Date of Termination. “Date of Termination” means (i) if the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or Disability, or by the Executive without Good Reason, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination or any later date specified therein within thirty (30) days of such notice, as the case may be; (ii) if the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Executive with Good Reason, a date that is no later than thirty (30) days after the Cure Period, if applicable; (iii) if the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company for Cause, the Date of Termination shall be the date on which the Company, after providing the Executive’s Cure Period, if applicable, notifies the Executive of such termination; and (iv) if the Executive’s

10

EXHIBIT 10.10

employment with the Company is terminated by reason of death or Disability, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of the Executive or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be.
6.    Obligations of the Company Upon Termination.
(a)    Cause; Failure to Achieve GSE Approval; Resignation Other Than for Good Reason. If the Executive’s employment with the Company shall be terminated for Cause at any time or under Section 5(d) due to the Company’s failure to achieve GSE Approval by the GSE Approval Deadline or if the Executive terminates his employment with the Company without Good Reason during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to the Executive, other than the obligation to pay or provide the following:
(i)    a lump sum cash payment consisting of: (A) the Executive’s Annual Base Salary as in effect or Pre-GSE Base Salary, as applicable, through the Date of Termination to the extent not yet paid; and (B) any annual Incentive Payment earned by the Executive for a prior award period, but not yet paid to the Executive, provided that (other than any portion of such annual Incentive Payment that was previously deferred, which shall instead be paid in accordance with the applicable deferral arrangement and any election thereunder) such payment shall be made no later than the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month following the close of the fiscal year with respect to which such Incentive Payment is earned (the sum of the amounts described in clauses (A) and (B) shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Accrued Obligations”); and
(ii)    to the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall timely pay or provide to the Executive any other amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided or which the Executive is eligible to receive under any plan, program, policy, practice, contract or agreement of the Company and the Affiliated Entities through the Date of Termination, including any unreimbursed expenses due and owing to the Executive under the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as of the Date of Termination (such other amounts and benefits shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Other Benefits”).
(b)    Prior to, or More Than Two Years Following, a Change in Control: Resignation for Good Reason; Termination Other than for Cause, Failure to Achieve GSE Approval by the GSE Approval Deadline, Death or Disability. If, during the Employment Period and either prior to, or more than two years immediately following, a Change in Control, the Company shall terminate the Executive’s employment with the Company without Cause (excluding termination due to death, Disability or under Section 5(d) for failure to achieve GSE Approval by the GSE Approval Deadline), or if the Executive shall terminate his employment for Good Reason, subject to the Executive’s execution, delivery to the Company and non-revocation within 30 days of the Date of Termination of a release of claims against the Company and its Affiliated Entities substantially in the form used by the Company in connection with employment terminations (provided that such release shall not affect the rights of Executive to the stock options and performance shares surviving termination as set forth in the applicable award agreement), the Company shall pay to the Executive on the forty-fifth (45th) day after the Date of Termination (except as otherwise required by law or provided below) or provide, as applicable, the following:

11

EXHIBIT 10.10

(i)    a lump sum cash payment consisting of all of the following: (A) all Accrued Obligations as of the Date of Termination; (B) one times the Executive’s Annual Base Salary as set forth in Section 4(b)(i) of this Agreement; and (C) one times the Target Incentive Payment for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs (taking into account any reduction pursuant to Section 4(b)(ii)(D) of this Agreement) or if the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated prior to the Subsequent Effective Date, the Target Incentive Payment set forth in Section 4(b)(ii)(A) of this Agreement; and
(ii)    to the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall timely pay or provide to the Executive the Other Benefits.
(c)    During the Two-Year Period Immediately Following a Change in Control: Resignation for Good Reason; Termination Other Than for Cause or Death or Disability. If, during the Employment Period and during the two-year period immediately following a Change in Control (as defined below), the Company shall terminate the Executive’s employment with the Company other than for Cause, death or Disability or if the Executive shall terminate his employment for Good Reason, subject to the Executive’s execution, delivery to the Company and non-revocation within thirty (30) days of the Date of Termination of a release of claims against the Company and its Affiliated Entities substantially in the form used by the Company in connection with employment terminations (provided that such release shall not affect the rights of Executive to the stock options and performance shares surviving termination as set forth in the applicable award agreement), the Company shall pay to the Executive on the forty-fifth (45th) day after the Date of Termination (except as otherwise required by law or provided below) or provide, as applicable, the following:
(i)    a lump sum cash payment consisting of: (A) Accrued Obligations; and (B) three times the sum of (x) Executive’s Annual Base Salary as in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination and (y) the Target Incentive Payment for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs (taking into account any reduction in the Target Incentive Payment based on Section 4(b)(ii)(D) of this Agreement); and
(ii)    to the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall timely pay or provide to the Executive the Other Benefits.
(d)    Death or Disability. If the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by reason of the Executive’s death or Disability during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to the Executive, other than the obligation to pay or provide all of the following: (i) the Accrued Obligations and (ii) the timely payment or provision of the Other Benefits. The Accrued Obligations, in the event of death, shall be paid to the Executive’s estate or beneficiary, as applicable, in a lump sum in cash within thirty (30) days of the Date of Termination or, if earlier, as required by law. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as utilized in this Section 6 shall include death or Disability benefits as in effect on the date of the Executive’s death or the Disability Effective Date, as applicable, with respect to senior executives of the Company and their beneficiaries.
(e)    Effect of Termination on Other Positions. If, on the Date of Termination, the Executive is a member of the Board or the board of directors of any of the Company’s

12

EXHIBIT 10.10

subsidiaries, or holds any other position with the Company or its subsidiaries, the Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all such positions as of the date of his termination of employment with the Company. The Executive agrees to execute such documents and take such other actions as the Company may request to reflect such resignation.
(f)    Full Settlement. Except with respect to the payments specifically contemplated by Section 4(c) of this Agreement, the payments and benefits provided under this Section 6 (including, without limitation, the Other Benefits) shall be in full satisfaction of the Company’s obligations to the Executive upon his termination of employment, notwithstanding the remaining length of the Employment Period, and in no event shall the Executive be entitled to severance benefits (or other damages in respect of a termination of employment or claim for breach of this Agreement) beyond those specified in this Section 6.
(g)    Change in Control” shall, for the purposes of Section 6 of this Agreement, be the first to occur following the Effective Date of:
(i)    the acquisition by any individual, entity or Group, as defined in Section 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) of Beneficial Ownership (within the meaning given in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) (in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of 35% or more (on a fully diluted basis) of either (A) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such common stock issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, and the exercise or settlement of any similar right to acquire such common stock, or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (1) any acquisition by the Company or any Affiliated Entity, (2) any acquisition directly from the Company, (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliated Entity or (4) any acquisition by any person or entity that complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iv) of this Section 6(g);
(ii)    individuals who, on the Initial Effective Date, constitute the Company’s board of directors (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination), shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;
(iii)    approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company; or

13

EXHIBIT 10.10

(iv)    the consummation of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange, a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company that requires the approval of the Company’s stockholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless immediately following such Business Combination: (A) more than 50% of the total voting power of (x) the entity resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Company”) or (y) if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of sufficient voting securities eligible to elect a majority of the directors of the Surviving Company (the “Parent Company”) is represented by the Outstanding Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which the Outstanding Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination, (B) no Person (other than any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Company or the Parent Company), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Company (or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company) and (C) at least two-thirds of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Company (or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company) following the consummation of the Business Combination were Board members at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination.
For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall (w) the Capitalization of NMI, (x) the Company’s public offering of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Securities Act, (y) any change in the composition of the Board resulting from a Special Election Meeting referred to in Section 2.2(b) of the Company’s By-Laws or (z) any transactions relating to the dissolution or liquidation of the Company resulting from the failure to receive GSE Approval, in the case of each of clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv), constitute or be deemed to constitute a Change in Control nor shall it be taken into account in determining whether a Change in Control occurred for purposes of this Agreement.
7.    No Mitigation; No Offset. The Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement and, such amounts shall not be reduced whether or not the Executive obtains other employment.
8.    Section 409A; Forfeiture.
(a)    Section 409A.
(i)    General. It is intended that this Agreement shall comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury regulations relating thereto, or an

14

EXHIBIT 10.10

exemption to Section 409A of the Code. Any payments that qualify for the “short-term deferral” exception under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4), the “separation pay” exception under Treasury Regulations 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) or another exception under Section 409A of the Code will be paid under the applicable exception to the greatest extent possible. For purposes of the limitations on nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, each payment of compensation under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment of compensation for purposes of applying the Section 409A of the Code deferral election rules and the exclusion under Section 409A of the Code for certain short-term deferral amounts. All payments to be made upon a termination of employment under this Agreement may only be made upon a “separation from service” under Section 409A of the Code.
(ii)    In-Kind Benefits and Reimbursements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, all (i) reimbursements and (ii) in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including, where applicable, the requirement that (A) any reimbursement is for expenses incurred during the Executive’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement); (B) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year; (C) the reimbursement of an eligible expense will be made no later than the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred; and (D) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
(iii)    Delay of Payments. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is considered a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A (as determined in accordance with the methodology established by the Company as in effect on the date of termination), (A) any payment that constitutes nonqualified deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code that is otherwise due to the Executive under this Agreement during the six-month period following his separation from service (as determined in accordance with Section 409A of the Code) on account of his separation from service shall be accumulated and paid to Executive on the first business day of the seventh month following his separation from service (the “Delayed Payment Date”) and (B) in the event any equity compensation awards held by the Executive that vest or are to be settled upon termination of the Executive’s employment constitute nonqualified deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the delivery of shares of common stock (or cash) as applicable in settlement of such awards shall be made on the earliest permissible payment date (including the Delayed Payment Date) or event under Section 409A on which the shares (or cash) would otherwise be delivered or paid. The Executive shall be entitled to interest on any delayed cash payments from the date of termination to the Delayed Payment Date at a rate equal to the applicable Federal short-term rate in effect under Code Section 1274(d) for the month in which the Executive’s separation from service occurs. If the Executive dies during the postponement period, the amounts and entitlements delayed on account of Section 409A shall be paid to the personal representative of his estate on the first to occur of the Delayed Payment Date or 30 days after the date of the Executive’s death.
(iv)    Separation From Service. Despite any contrary provision of this Agreement, any references to termination of employment or the Executive’s Date of Termination

15

EXHIBIT 10.10

shall mean and refer to the date of his “separation from service,” as that term is defined in Section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).
(b)    Forfeiture.
(i)    Subject to judicial determination consistent with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, if, after the Company’s Public Filing becomes effective and during the Employment Period, the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to material noncompliance of the Company as a result of misconduct by Executive, with any financial reporting requirement under the Federal securities laws, the Executive shall reimburse the Company for all amounts received under any incentive compensation plans from the Company during the 12 month period following the first public issuance or filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (whichever first occurs) of the financial document embodying such financial reporting requirement, and any profits realized from the sale of securities of the Company during that 12-month period, unless the application of this provision has been exempted by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(ii)    The Company and the Executive acknowledge and agree that the Executive shall be subject to any clawback, recoupment, forfeiture or any similar policy or program adopted by the Compensation Committee following the Initial Effective Date.

9.    Limitation on Certain Payments.
(a)    Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event the Accounting Firm (as defined in 9(e) below) shall determine that receipt of all Payments (as defined in 9(e) below) would subject the Executive to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, the Accounting Firm shall determine whether to reduce any of the Payments paid or payable pursuant to this Agreement (the “Agreement Payments”) so that the Parachute Value (as defined in 9(e) below) of all Payments, in the aggregate, equals the Safe Harbor Amount (as defined in 9(e) below). The Agreement Payments shall be so reduced only if the Accounting Firm determines that the Executive would have a greater Net After-Tax Receipt (as defined in 9(e) below) of aggregate Payments if the Agreement Payments were so reduced. If the Accounting Firm determines that the Executive would not have a greater Net After-Tax Receipt (as defined in 9(e) below) of aggregate Payments if the Agreement Payments were so reduced, the Executive shall receive all Agreement Payments to which the Executive is entitled hereunder.
(b)    If the Accounting Firm determines that aggregate Agreement Payments should be reduced so that the Parachute Value of all Payments, in the aggregate, equals the Safe Harbor Amount, the Company shall promptly give the Executive notice to that effect and a copy of the detailed calculation thereof. All determinations made by the Accounting Firm under this Section 9 shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive and shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable and in no event later than fifteen (15) days following the Date of Termination. For purposes of reducing the Agreement Payments so that the Parachute Value of all Payments, in the aggregate, equals the Safe Harbor Amount, the Agreement Payments shall be reduced by reducing the payments and benefits under the following sections in the following order: (i) first, any Payments under Section 6(b)(i); (ii) second, any other cash Payments that

16

EXHIBIT 10.10

would be made upon a termination of the Executive’s employment, beginning with payments that would be made last in time; (iii) third, all rights to payments, vesting or benefits in connection with any options to purchase Common Stock; (iv) fourth, all rights to payments, vesting or benefits in connection with any restricted stock awards that are performance-based vesting awards; (v) fifth, all rights to payments, vesting or benefits in connection with any options to purchase Common Stock that are time-based vesting awards; and (vi) sixth, all rights to any other payments or benefits shall be reduced, beginning with payments or benefits that would be received last in time. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company.
(c)    As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that amounts will have been paid or distributed by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive pursuant to this Agreement which should not have been so paid or distributed (“Overpayment”) or that additional amounts which will have not been paid or distributed by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive pursuant to this Agreement could have been so paid or distributed (“Underpayment”), in each case, consistent with the calculation of the Safe Harbor Amount hereunder. In the event that the Accounting Firm, based upon the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against either the Company or the Executive which the Accounting Firm believes has a high probability of success, determines that an Overpayment has been made, the Executive shall pay promptly (and in no event later than 60 days following the date on which the Overpayment is determined) pay any such Overpayment to the Company together with interest at the applicable Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code; provided, however, that no amount shall be payable by the Executive to the Company if and to the extent such payment would not either reduce the amount on which the Executive is subject to tax under Section 1 and Section 4999 of the Code or generate a refund of such taxes. In the event that the Accounting Firm, based upon controlling precedent or substantial authority, determines that an Underpayment has occurred, any such Underpayment shall be paid promptly (and in no event later than 60 days following the date on which the Underpayment is determined) by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive together with interest at the applicable Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code.
(d)    To the extent requested by the Executive, the Company shall cooperate with the Executive in good faith in valuing, and the Accounting Firm shall take into account the value of, services provided or to be provided by the Executive (including without limitation, the Executive’s agreeing to refrain from performing services pursuant to a covenant not to compete or similar covenant, including that set forth in Section 10(e) of this Agreement) before, on or after the date of a change in ownership or control of the Company (within the meaning of Q&A-2(b) of the final regulations under Section 280G of the Code), such that payments in respect of such services may be considered reasonable compensation within the meaning of Q&A-9 and Q&A-40 to Q&A-44 of the final regulations under Section 280G of the Code and/or exempt from the definition of the term “parachute payment” within the meaning of Q&A-2(a) of the final regulations under Section 280G of the Code in accordance with Q&A-5(a) of the final regulations under Section 280G of the Code.    
(e)    Definitions. The following terms shall have the following meanings for purposes of this Section 9.

17

EXHIBIT 10.10

(i)    Accounting Firm” shall mean a nationally recognized certified public accounting firm that is selected by the Company for purposes of making the applicable determinations hereunder and is reasonably acceptable to the Executive, which firm shall not, without the Executive’s consent, be a firm serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control.
(ii)    Net After-Tax Receipt” shall mean the present value (as determined in accordance with Sections 280G(b)(2)(A)(ii) and 280G(d)(4) of the Code) of a Payment net of all taxes imposed on the Executive with respect thereto under Sections 1 and 4999 of the Code and under applicable state and local laws, determined by applying the highest marginal rate under Section 1 of the Code and under state and local laws which applied to the Executive’s taxable income for the immediately preceding taxable year, or such other rate(s) as the Accounting Firm determined to be likely to apply to the Executive in the relevant tax year(s).
(iii)    Parachute Value” of a Payment means the present value as of the date of the Change in Control for purposes of Section 280G of the Code of the portion of such Payment that constitutes a “parachute payment” under Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code, as determined by the Accounting Firm for purposes of determining whether and to what extent the Excise Tax will apply to such Payment.
(iv)    Payment” means any payment or distribution in the nature of compensation (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code) to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise.
(v)    Safe Harbor Amount” means (x) 3.0 times the Executive’s “base amount,” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code, minus (y) $1.00.
10.    Restrictive Covenants.
(a)    Return of Company Property. Upon his termination of employment for any reason, the Executive shall promptly return to the Company any keys, credit cards, passes, confidential documents or material, or other property belonging to the Company, and the Executive shall also return all writings, files, records, correspondence, notebooks, notes and other documents and things (including any copies thereof) containing confidential information or relating to the business or proposed business of the Company or the Affiliated Entities or containing any trade secrets relating to the Company or the Affiliated Entities except any personal diaries, calendars, rolodexes or personal notes or correspondence. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “trade secrets” shall have the meaning ascribed to it under the Uniform Trade Secrets Act. The Executive agrees to represent in writing to the Company upon termination of employment that he has complied with the foregoing provisions of this Section 10(a).
(b)    Mutual Nondisparagement. The Executive and the Company each agree that, following the Executive’s termination of employment, neither the Executive nor the Company will make any public statements which materially disparage the other party.

18

EXHIBIT 10.10

The Company shall not be liable for any breach of its obligations under this paragraph if it informs its directors and executive officers, as such term is defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, of the content of its covenant hereunder and takes reasonable measures to ensure that such individuals honor the Company’s agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 10(b) shall prohibit any person from making truthful statements when required by order of a court or other governmental or regulatory body having jurisdiction or to enforce any legal right including, without limitation, the terms of this Agreement.
(c)    Confidential Information. The Executive acknowledges that he will have knowledge of certain trade secrets of the Company and its business plans and prospects. The Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all secret or confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company and its businesses or prospective businesses, including, without limitation, any trade secrets, research, secret data, business methods, operating procedures or programs which shall have been obtained by the Executive in connection with his services to the Company or any affiliates thereof and which shall not be or become public knowledge (other than by acts by the Executive in violation of this Agreement) (collectively, the “Trade Secrets and Confidential Information”); provided, however, that the parties acknowledge and agree that the Executive will be required to disclose Trade Secrets and Confidential Information to third parties in performing services for the Company under this Agreement, which the Executive may do only to the extent required, as determined within his reasonable discretion. After termination of the Executive’s services with the Company for any reason, the Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company or as may otherwise be required by law or legal process, communicate or divulge any such information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and those designated by it.
(d)    Nonsolicitation. The Executive agrees that, while he is employed by the Company and during the (i) two-year period following his termination of employment with the Company for Cause or under Section 5(d) for failure to achieve GSE Approval by the GSE Approval Deadline or the Executive resigns without Good Reason, or (ii) eighteen-month period following his termination of employment by the Company without Cause, due to Disability or the Executive resigns with Good Reason, the Executive shall not directly or indirectly (A) solicit any individual who is, on the date of termination (or was, during the six-month period prior to the date of termination), employed by the Company or any of its Affiliated Entities to terminate or refrain from renewing or extending such employment or to become employed by or become a consultant to any other individual or entity other than the Company or the Affiliated Entities, or (B) solicit any investor or prospective investor in the Company or any business contact introduced to the Executive in connection with his employment by the Company hereunder to curtail or cease doing business with the Company or its Affiliated Entities or FBR & Co. and its affiliates.
(e)    Noncompetition. The Executive agrees that, while he is employed by the Company, he will not engage in Competition (as defined below). The Executive shall be deemed to be engaging in “Competition” if he, directly or indirectly, anywhere in the continental United States, owns, manages, operates, controls or participates in the ownership, management, operation or control of or is connected as an officer, employee, partner, director, consultant or

19

EXHIBIT 10.10

otherwise with, or has any financial interest in, any business (whether through a corporation or other entity) engaged in the private mortgage insurance business or related business in any geographic area in which the Company or one of its Affiliated Entities conducts such business. Ownership for personal investment purposes only of not more than 2% of the voting stock of any publicly held corporation shall not constitute a violation hereof.
(f)    Equitable Remedies. The Executive acknowledges that the Company would be irreparably injured by a violation of Section 10(b), (c), (d) or (e) and he agrees that the Company, in addition to any other remedies available to it for such breach or threatened breach, on meeting the standards required by law, shall be entitled to a preliminary injunction, temporary restraining order, or other equivalent relief, restraining the Executive from any actual or threatened breach of Section 10(b), (c), (d) or (e). If a bond is required to be posted in order for either party to secure an injunction or other equitable remedy in connection with Section 10(b), (d) or (e), the parties agree that said bond need not be more than a nominal sum.
(g)    Severability; Blue Pencil. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that he has had the opportunity to seek advice of counsel in connection with the Agreement and the restrictive covenants contained herein are reasonable in geographical scope, temporal duration and in all other respects. If it is determined that any provision of this Section 10 is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the provisions of this Section 10 shall not thereby be affected and shall be given full effect, without regard to the invalid portions. If any court or other decision-maker of competent jurisdiction determines that any covenant or covenants in this Section 10 is unenforceable because of the duration or geographic scope of such provision, then after such determination becomes final and unappealable, the duration or scope of such provision, as the case may be, shall be reduced so that such provision becomes enforceable, and in its reduced form, such provision shall be enforced.
11.    Successors.
(a)    This Agreement is personal to the Executive and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by the Executive. This Agreement and any rights and benefits hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s legal representatives, heirs or legatees. This Agreement and any rights and benefits hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.
(b)    The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to satisfy all of the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to satisfy such obligations if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, “Company” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law or otherwise.
12.    Miscellaneous.

20

EXHIBIT 10.10

(a)    Amendment. This Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.
(b)    Withholding. The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state, local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
(c)    Applicable Law. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflict of law provisions of any state.
(d)    Dispute Resolution. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach of this Agreement (other than a controversy or claim arising under Section 10 of this Agreement) that is not resolved by the Executive and the Company shall be submitted to arbitration in the New York, New York area in accordance with California law and the procedures of the American Arbitration Association. The determination of the arbitrator shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and the Executive and judgment may be entered on the arbitrator(s)’ award(s) in any court having competent jurisdiction.
(e)    Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement will be construed as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted (but only to the extent that such provision cannot be appropriately reformed or modified).
(f)    Waiver of Breach. No waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement by any other party, or of compliance with any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party, will operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by such other party of any similar or dissimilar provisions and conditions at the same or any prior or subsequent time. The failure of any party hereto to take any action by reason of such breach will not deprive such party of the right to take action at any time while such breach continues.
(g)    Notices. Notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or prepaid overnight courier to the parties at the addresses set forth below (or such other addresses as shall be specified by the parties by like notice):
to the Company:
NMI Holdings, Inc.
c/o FBR Capital Markets & Co.,
1001 19th St. North
Arlington, Virginia 22209
ATTENTION: Secretary

or to the Executive:

21

EXHIBIT 10.10

John M. Sherwood
at the address last on the records of the Company.

Each party, by written notice furnished to the other party, may modify the applicable delivery address, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt. Such notices, demands, claims and other communications shall be deemed given in the case of delivery by overnight service with guaranteed next day delivery, the next day or the day designated for delivery; or in the case of certified or registered U.S. mail, five days after deposit in the U.S. mail; provided, however, that in no event shall any such communications be deemed to be given later than the date they are actually received.
(h)    Survivorship. Upon the expiration or other termination of this Agreement, the respective rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall survive such expiration or other termination to the extent necessary to carry out the intentions of the parties under this Agreement.
(i)    Entire Agreement. From and after the Initial Effective Date, this Agreement shall supersede any other employment agreement or understanding, including, without limitation, the Consulting Agreement by and between the Executive and the Company, dated as of May 16, 2011, between the parties (except with respect to amounts owed as of the Initial Effective Date pursuant to Section 4(a) or 4(b) of the Consulting Agreement and Section 11, which shall survive with respect to actions taken in connection with the Executive providing services as a consultant) with respect to the subject matter hereof. The obligations under this Agreement are enforceable solely against the Company and its Affiliated Entities, and in no event shall this Agreement be enforceable against FBR & Co. or any stockholder of, or investor in, the Company.
(j)    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.
(k)    Authority. The Executive represents and warrants that he has the full authority to execute and enter into this Agreement and has obtained all consents, approvals and authorities of any person, committee or entity necessary to make this Agreement binding and fully enforceable against the party for which he signs.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

22

EXHIBIT 10.10

IN WITNESS THEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set his hand, and the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name and on its behalf, all as of the day and year first above written.



Dated: ___March 6, 2012_____________
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.


By: ___/s/ Joseph Kavanagh______
Name: Joseph Kavanagh
Title: Director



Dated: ___March 6, 2012_____________
JOHN M. SHERWOOD

        _____/s/ John M. Sherwood_____





23
10.11 Amendment to Employment Agmt J.Sherwood. 4.24.12

EXHIBIT 10.11

AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDMENT (this “Amendment”) to the Employment Agreement (the “Employment Agreement”), dated as of March 6, 2012, by and between John M. Sherwood (the “Executive”) and NMI Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) a Delaware Corporation, is made and entered into as of April 24, 2012, by and between the Executive and the Company and is effective as of the date hereof. All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Employment Agreement.
WITNESSETH THAT:
WHEREAS, the Employment Agreement includes a definition of Change in Control;
WHEREAS, in connection with finalizing the Company’s By-Laws, certain elements in the definition of Change in Control in the Employment Agreement require amendment;
WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive wish to amend the definition of Change in Control to substantially conform to the definition of Change of Control set forth in the Company’s By-Laws;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth below, and for other good and valuable consideration, the Executive and the Company hereby agree as follows:
1.Definition of Change in Control. The definition of Change in Control set forth in Section 6(g) of the Employment Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:
Change in Control” shall, for the purposes of Section 6 of this Agreement, be the first to occur following the Effective Date of:
(i)the acquisition by any individual, entity or Group, as defined in Section 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) of Beneficial Ownership (within the meaning given in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) (in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of 35% or more (on a fully diluted basis) of either (A) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such common stock issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, and the exercise or settlement of any similar right to acquire such common stock, or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (1) any acquisition by the Company or any Affiliated Entity, (2) any acquisition directly from the Company, (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliated Entity or (4) any acquisition by any person or entity that complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iv) of this Section 6(g);

1


EXHIBIT 10.11

(ii)individuals who, on the Initial Effective Date, constitute the Company’s board of directors (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination), shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director; and provided, further, that any directors elected at the Directors Election Meeting (as defined in the Company’s By-Laws) shall be considered “Incumbent Directors” for purposes of this Section 6(g)(ii);
(iii)    approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company; or
(iv)    the consummation of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange, a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company that requires the approval of the Company’s stockholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless immediately following such Business Combination: (A) more than 50% of the total voting power of (x) the entity resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Company”) or (y) if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of sufficient voting securities eligible to elect a majority of the directors of the Surviving Company (the “Parent Company”) is represented by the Outstanding Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which the Outstanding Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination, (B) no Person (other than any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Company or the Parent Company), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Company (or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company) and (C) at least two-thirds of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Company (or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company) following the consummation of the Business Combination were Board members at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination.
For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall (w) the Capitalization of NMI, (x) the Company’s public offering of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Securities Act, (y) any change in the composition of the Board resulting from a Special Election Meeting referred to in Section 2.2(b) of the Company’s By-Laws or from a Director Election Meeting referred to in Section 2.2(c) of the Company’s By-Laws, or (z) any transactions relating to the dissolution or liquidation of the Company resulting from the failure to receive

2


EXHIBIT 10.11

GSE Approval, in the case of each of clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv), constitute or be deemed to constitute a Change in Control nor shall it be taken into account in determining whether a Change in Control occurred for purposes of this Agreement.”
2.     Effect on the Employment Agreement. This Amendment shall be deemed incorporated into the Employment Agreement and shall be construed and interpreted as though fully set forth therein. Except as amended and modified herein, the Employment Agreement remains in full force and effect.
3.    Miscellaneous. Section 12 of the Employment Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Amendment.

[Remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

3


EXHIBIT 10.11

IN WITNESS THEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set his hand, and the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name and on its behalf, all as of the day and year first above written.



Dated: ___April 24, 2012_____________
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.


By: ___/s/ Joseph Kavanagh______
Name: Joseph Kavanagh
Title: Director



Dated: ___April 24, 2012_____________
JOHN M. SHERWOOD

        _____/s/ John M. Sherwood_____







4
10.12 Employment Agmt S.Pachura 4.26.12

EXHIBIT 10.12




April 26, 2012


Stanley Pachura
219 Nottingham Pl. Danville, CA 94506



Dear Stan:

We are pleased and excited to offer you employment with NMI Holdings, Inc. (the "Company") beginning on the date that the Company receives cash proceeds (or irrevocable commitments therefor) of at least $500,000,000 in the aggregate (the "Effective Date"). You will initially serve as the Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer and you will report directly to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

The term of this letter agreement will begin on the Effective Date and will end on the third anniversary of the Effective Date, unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms set forth herein (the "Employment Period").

From the Effective Date until the date that the Company achieves GSE Approval (as defined in the Company's 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (the "SIP")), you will only be entitled to (i) a monthly base salary of $20,000, payable on the first business day of each calendar month in arrears and (ii) participation in any health and welfare benefit programs adopted and maintained by the Company for its employees following the Effective Date.

Following the achievement of GSE Approval and during the Employment Period, you will be entitled to an annual base salary of $350,000 ("Annual Base Salary"), payable at times consistent with the Company's general policies regarding compensation of executives, as in effect from time to time. You will also be eligible to be awarded an annual cash bonus, with a target annual bonus opportunity of seventy-five percent (75%) of your Annual Base Salary ("Target Bonus Opportunity"). Your actual annual bonus payment will be subject to your continued employment with the Company and determined by the Compensation Committee of the Company's board of directors (the "Committee"). If GSE Approval is achieved in 2012, you will be guaranteed a minimum annual bonus of fifty percent (50%) of your Annual Base Salary, prorated for the portion of the 2012 calendar year from the Effective Date through the end of the 2012 calendar year, or, in the alternative, if GSE Approval is achieved in 2013, you will be guaranteed a minimum annual bonus of fifty percent (50%) of your Annual Base Salary for all of 2013. Your annual bonus payment will be made no later than March 15th of the year following the year for which the bonus was earned.

In addition, if you continue to be employed by the Company through the date that the Company achieves GSE Approval, you will be entitled to a cash bonus payment equal to $100,000, provided that GSE Approval is achieved within nine (9) months of the Effective Date, or such later date as approved by stockholders holding at least a majority of the Company's common stock. The cash GSE Approval bonus will be paid in a lump sum on the thirtieth (30th) day immediately following the achievement of GSE Approval.

As soon as practicable after the Effective Date, you will be granted a stock option to acquire 178,000 shares of Company common stock and 14,000 restricted stock units. The terms and conditions of any equity award granted to you, including vesting schedules, will be set forth in the applicable award

1


EXHIBIT 10.12

agreement and the SIP. In addition, during the Employment Period, you will be eligible to receive annual equity grants at the discretion of the Committee.

During the Employment Period, you will also be eligible to participate in employee benefit plans generally maintained by the Company in accordance with the terms of the applicable plans as in effect from time to time, and you will be entitled to reimbursement for any reasonable and documented business expenses incurred in connection with the performance of your duties for the Company.

If your employment with the Company is terminated without Cause (as defined in the SIP) or you resign your employment with Good Reason (as defined in Exhibit A) during the Employment Period, you will be entitled to, subject to your execution and non-revocation of a release of claims in a form acceptable to the Company within 45 days of your termination of employment (the "Release Requirement"), a lump sum cash payment on the 45th day following the date of the termination of your employment equal to the sum of (i) your then applicable Annual Base Salary through the date your employment terminates, to the extent not yet paid, (ii) any annual incentive payment earned for a prior award period, but not yet paid (other than any deferred portion of an annual incentive payment), (iii) one times the sum of your (A) Annual Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the termination of your employment, and (B) Target Bonus Opportunity in effect immediately prior to the termination of your employment and (iv) any other amounts or benefits that the Company is required to payor provide or for which you are eligible to receive under any plan, program, 'policy, practice, contract or agreement with the Company through the date of your termination of employment. If, during the Employment Period, your employment is terminated without Cause or you resign your employment with Good Reason during the one-year period immediately following a Change in Control (as defined in the SIP), you will be eligible to receive, subject to the Release Requirement, a lump sum cash payment at the same time and on the same terms as set forth in the prior sentence, but with clause (iii) revised to provide for one and a halftimes the sum of sub-clauses (A) and (B) rather than one times the sum of sub-clauses (A) and (B).

You will be subject to all policies of the Company, including, without limitation, any stock ownership guidelines and incentive compensation clawback policy or practice applicable to any other executive of the Company, as each policy is adopted or amended from time to time. By signing this letter agreement you agree that your continued employment is contingent upon compliance with applicable regulatory, registration and licensing requirements, if any, now or in the future, required of your position. Furthermore you must keep all trade secrets of the Company, and its business plans and prospects completely confidential.

This letter agreement will be governed by, and construed under and in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York, without reference to rules relating to conflicts of laws. All disputes arising out of, or related to, this letter agreement, or the breach thereof, that are not resolved by you and the Company will be submitted to arbitration in the New York, New York area in accordance with New York law and the procedures of the American Arbitration Association. The determination of the arbitrator will be conclusive and binding on you and the Company and judgment may be entered on the arbitrator(s)' award(s) in any court having competent jurisdiction.

The Company may withhold from any amounts payable to you such federal, state, local or foreign taxes as will be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation. It is intended that the payments and benefits provided under this letter agreement will comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("Section 409A") and the regulations relating thereto, or an exemption to Section 409A, and this letter agreement will be interpreted accordingly.

From and after the Effective Date, this letter agreement will supersede any other agreement or understanding, written or oral, with respect to the matters covered herein, including, without limitation,

2


EXHIBIT 10.12

the Consulting Agreement between you and the Company dated as of March 16,2012 and any exhibits thereto. This letter agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than in writing signed by the parties hereto; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may amend or modify this letter agreement if it determines it is necessary to do so in order to comply with applicable legal and/or regulatory requirements or guidance, or any changes in applicable law, rules or regulations, or in the formal and conclusive interpretation thereof by any regulator or agency of competent jurisdiction.

We are confident that your experience and abilities are going to have a significant impact on the Company and our growth prospects. We look forward to working with you in developing and growing the Company.

Please confirm acceptance of this position by signing below and returning a signed copy of this letter agreement to me. Please feel free to call if you have any questions.


Sincerely,

/s/ Bradley M. Shuster

Bradley Shuster
Chief Executive Officer




I acknowledge receipt of this letter and I accept the position offered

Signature ______“/s/ Stanley M. Pachura”___         Date ____4/26/2012__________


3


EXHIBIT 10.12

Exhibit A

"Good Reason" means without your prior written consent:

(i) a material reduction in your Annual Base Salary (as defmed in the letter agreement);

(ii) the relocation of your primary place of employment to a location 50 or more miles from the Company's headquarters.

In order to invoke a termination for Good Reason, you must provide written notice to the Company of the existence of one or more of the conditions described in clauses (i) and (ii) within thirty (30) days following the initial existence of such condition or conditions, and the Company shall have thirty (30) days following receipt of such written notice (the "Cure Period") during which it may remedy the condition. In the event that the Company fails to remedy the condition constituting Good Reason during the Cure Period, you must terminate employment, if at all, within 90 days following the Cure Period in order for such termination to constitute a termination for Good Reason.

4
10.13 Form of Indemnification Agreement
EXHIBIT 10.13


FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION
AGREEMENT


THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of [•] between NMI Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [director name] (“Indemnitee”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a director and/or officer of the Company;

WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors of companies in today's environment;

WHEREAS, the Company's Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) and Amended and Restated Bylaws (the “Bylaws”) provide that the Company will indemnify its directors and officers and that the Company may advance expenses in connection therewith and Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), and Indemnitee's willingness to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company is based in part on Indemnitee's reliance on such provisions;

WHEREAS, in recognition of Indemnitee's need for substantial protection against personal liability in order to enhance Indemnitee's continued service to the Company in an effective manner, and Indemnitee's reliance on the aforesaid provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and the DGCL, and to provide Indemnitee with express contractual indemnification (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of such provisions or any change in the composition of the Company's Board of Directors (the “Board”) or any acquisition or business combination transaction relating to the Company), the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancement of expenses to Indemnitee as set forth in this Agreement and for the continued coverage of Indemnitee under the Company's directors' and officers' liability insurance policies; and

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto and any liability insurance, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement

(a) “Beneficially Ownership” shall have the meaning assigned to such term under Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act. “Beneficially Own”, “Beneficial Owner” and other variants thereof shall have correlative meanings.


1

EXHIBIT 10.13

(b) A “Change in Control” shall mean any of the following events:

(i) an acquisition of any voting securities of the Company (the “Voting Securities”) by any “Person” (as the term person is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) immediately after which such Person has Beneficial Ownership of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, that in determining whether a Change in Control has occurred, Voting Securities which are acquired by any Person in a Non-Control Acquisition (as hereinafter defined) shall not constitute an acquisition which would cause a Change in Control. A “Non- Control Acquisition” shall mean an acquisition by (1) an employee benefit plan (or a trust forming a part thereof) maintained by (x) the Company or (y) any corporation or other Person of which a majority of its voting power or its equity securities or equity interest is owned directly or indirectly by the Company (a “Subsidiary”), (2) the Company or any Subsidiary, or (3) any Person in connection with a Non-Control Transaction (as hereinafter defined);

(ii) the individuals who, as of the date hereof, are members of the Board (the “Incumbent Board”), cease for any reason to constitute at least two-thirds of the Board; provided, however, that, if the election, or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, of any new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Board, such new director shall, for purposes of this Agreement, be considered a member of the Incumbent Board; provided, further, however, that no individual shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board if such individual initially assumed office as a result of either an actual or threatened “Election Contest” (as described in Rule 14a-12(c) promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board (a “Proxy Contest”) including by reason of any agreement intended to avoid or settle any Election Contest or Proxy Contest; or

(iii) approval by stockholders of the Company of:

(A) a merger, consolidation or reorganization involving the Company, unless (1) the stockholders of the Company, immediately before such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own, directly or indirectly, immediately following such merger, consolidation or reorganization, at least 70% of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the corporation resulting from such merger or consolidation or reorganization (the “Surviving Corporation”) in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the Voting Securities immediately before such merger, consolidation or reorganization, (2) the individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board immediately prior to the execution of the agreement providing for such merger, consolidation or reorganization constitute at least two-thirds of the members of the board of directors of the Surviving Corporation and (3) no Person (other than the Company, any Subsidiary, any employee benefit plan (or any trust forming a part thereof) maintained by the Company, the Surviving Corporation or any Subsidiary, or any Person who, immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, had Beneficial Ownership of 15% or more of the then outstanding Voting Securities) has Beneficial Ownership of 15% or more of the combined voting power of the Surviving Corporation's then outstanding voting securities (a transaction described in clauses (1) through (3) above shall herein be referred to as a “Non-Control Transaction”);

2

EXHIBIT 10.13

(B) a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

(C) an agreement for the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person (other than a transfer to a Subsidiary).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any Person (the “Subject Person”) acquired Beneficial Ownership of more than the permitted amount of the outstanding Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Voting Securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of Voting Securities outstanding, increases the proportional number of shares Beneficially Owned by the Subject Person; provided that, if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of Voting Securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition by the Company, the Subject Person becomes the Beneficial Owner of any additional Voting Securities which increase the percentage of the then outstanding Voting Securities beneficially owned by the Subject Person, then a Change in Control shall occur.

(c) “Company” shall mean NMI Holdings, Inc. and its successors, and shall include, in the case of any merger or consolidation, in addition to the resulting corporation and surviving corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in such consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees, trustees, fiduciaries or agents, so that, if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, trustee, fiduciary or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employees, trustee, fiduciary or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust employee benefit program or other enterprise, Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(d) “Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent, trustee or fiduciary.

(e) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(f) “Expenses” shall mean all retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, private investigators, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, fax transmission charges, secretarial services, delivery service fees, reasonable attorneys' fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a action suit or proceeding or in connection with seeking indemnification under this Agreement. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any action, suit or proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent.

3

EXHIBIT 10.13

(g) “Losses” shall mean all losses, liabilities, judgments, damages, amounts paid in settlement, fines, penalties, interest, assessments, other charges or, with respect to an employee benefit plan, excise taxes or penalties assessed with respect thereto.

(h) References to “other enterprise” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee, trustee, fiduciary or agent of the Company which imposes or causes duties or obligations to be imposed on, is deemed to impose duties or obligations on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, trustee, fiduciary or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to under applicable law.

(i) “Person” shall mean an individual, entity, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, association, joint stock company, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization, and a governmental entity or any department agency or political subdivision thereof.

(j) “Independent Counsel” shall mean a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of relevant corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements) or (ii) any other party to the action, suit or proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee's rights under this Agreement.

2. Indemnity of Indemnitee. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses and Losses actually and reasonably incurred by him by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, in each case to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (subject to Section 6(c) hereof). In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

(a) General Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent he is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee, agent trustee or fiduciary of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent, trustee or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against Expenses and Losses actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit, proceeding,

4

EXHIBIT 10.13

arbitration or alternate dispute resolution mechanism if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

(b) Derivative Actions. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent he was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee, agent, trustee or fiduciary of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent, trustee or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against Expenses and Losses actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such Expenses and Losses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

(c) Indemnification in Certain Cases. To the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such action, suit or proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such action, suit or proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter and any claim, issue or matter related to any claim, issue, or matter on which Indemnitee was successful. For purposes of this Section 2 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a action, suit or proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

3. Procedure.

(a) Any indemnification under paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 2 of this Agreement (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Company only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in such sections. Such determination shall be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board as to whether and to what extent the Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by the Board by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such

5

EXHIBIT 10.13

action, suit or proceeding, (B) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum or (C) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board. A copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; and if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within 10 days after such determination,.

(b) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 3(a) of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 3(b). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a request for indemnification pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other's selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the Court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 3(a) of this Agreement. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

(c) The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel incurred in connection with the actions contemplated by Section 3(a) and Section 3(b) of this Agreement and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses and Losses arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. To the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee, fiduciary or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, a witness, or is made (or asked to) respond to discovery requests, in any proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

6

EXHIBIT 10.13

5. Advancement of Expenses. The Company shall advance all Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding that may be subject to indemnification hereunder within 20 days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time along with documentation reasonably evidencing such Expenses, whether prior to or after final disposition of such proceeding. The Company shall be required to advance all such Expenses, whether or not a determination shall have been made in accordance with Sections 3(a) of this Agreement, that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances, and the Company's obligation to advance such Expenses in accordance with this Section 5 shall terminate only upon the final determination of a court of competent jurisdiction that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Any request for advancement of Expenses by Indemnitee shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay any amounts advanced pursuant to this Section 4 shall be unsecured and interest free.

6. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Primacy of Indemnification; Subrogation.

(a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors or otherwise, of the Company.

(b) It is the intention of the parities that no existing or future contractual arrangement between the Company and any other director or officer thereof with respect to indemnification for such individual in his capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise to which he provided services at the request of the Company should be construed to give such person any rights to indemnification that are prior or superior to the rights granted to Indemnitee hereunder. To the extent that it is determined that any such agreement provides such prior or superior rights to another former or current director or officer with respect to indemnification for such individual in his capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise to which he provided services at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement such rights so afforded to such other officer or director.

(c) No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his capacity as an officer, director, employee, trustee, fiduciary or other agent of the Company, or in his capacity as a director, officer, employee, trustee, fiduciary or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which Indemnitee served at the request of the Company prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, or any change to the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws permits greater indemnification than would be afforded under the DGCL, Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and this Agreement as of the Effective Date, it is the intent of the

7

EXHIBIT 10.13

parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, or any change to the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws restricts or diminishes the indemnification rights that would be afforded as of the Effective Date under the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that such change shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder in respect of any, events, circumstances, acts or omissions occurring or existing prior to the time of such change, including, without limitation, any right to indemnification and/or advancement of Expenses for any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, as applicable, commenced after such change with regard to events, circumstances, acts or omissions occurring or existing prior to such change.

(d) No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(e) During the period that Indemnitee serves as an officer or a director of the Company or any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise to which he provides services at the request of the Company and for a period the longer of (i) six years and (i) the maximum period permitted by applicable law or regulation, following the termination of such services or following a Change in Control, the Company shall maintain for the benefit of Indemnitee a directors' and officers' liability insurance policy with a reputable and financially sound insurer that is at least as favorable to Indemnitee as the existing coverage provided by the Company; provided that the Company shall not be required to maintain such a policy to the extent it is prohibited by any changes in law or regulations applicable to the Company. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, trustees, fiduciaries and agents of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee, trustee, fiduciary or agent under such policy or policies.

(f) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(g) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

7. Duration of Agreement. This Agreement shall be effective as of April 24, 2012 (the “Effective Date”) and will apply to acts or omission of Indemnitee which occurred prior to such date if Indemnitee was an officer, director, employee, trustee, fiduciary or other

8

EXHIBIT 10.13

agent of the Company, or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee, fiduciary or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, at the time such act or omission occurred. This Agreement shall continue from the Effective Date and terminate upon the later of (a) 10 years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, officer, employee, trustee, fiduciary or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which Indemnitee served at the request of the Company or (b) one year after the final termination of a proceeding, including any and all appeals, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 11 of this Agreement.

8. Defense of Claims. The Company will be entitled to participate in the defense of any claim that may be subject to indemnification hereunder or to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee; provided that in the event that (a) the use of counsel chosen by the Company to represent Indemnitee would present such counsel with an actual or potential conflict, (b) the named parties in any such claim (including any impleaded parties) include both the Company and Indemnitee and Indemnitee shall reasonably conclude that there may be one or more legal defenses available to him that are different from or in addition to those available to the Company or (c) any such representation by the Company would be precluded under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, then Indemnitee shall be entitled to retain separate counsel (but not more than one law firm plus, if applicable, local counsel in respect of any particular claim) at the Company's expense. The Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee, effect any settlement of any threatened or pending claim which Indemnitee is or could have been a party unless such settlement does not include an admission of fault of Indemnitee, any non-monetary remedy affecting or obligating Indemnitee or monetary loss for which Indemnitee is not indemnified hereunder but solely involves the payment of money and includes an unconditional release of the Indemnitee from all liability on any matters that are the subject matter of such claim.

9. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither (i) the failure of the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(b) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 3 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and

9

EXHIBIT 10.13

Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee's statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional 30 days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 9(b) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 3(a) of this Agreement.

(c) The termination of any action, suit or proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any applicable standard of conduct under applicable law (or did or did not hold any particular state of knowledge referred to under applicable law).

(d) Reliance as Safe Harbor. For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee's action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with the reasonable care by the Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 9(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(e) Actions of Others. The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent, trustee, fiduciary or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

10. No Duplication of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any Losses or Expense to the extent the Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment (under any insurance policy, any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.

11. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) If (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 3 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 3(a) of this Agreement within 30 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification or (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 2 or Section 4 of this Agreement within 10 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or, if a determination is required by law, within 10 days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication (or, in the case of clause (i), to

10

EXHIBIT 10.13

seek an adjudication) by the Delaware Court (as hereinafter defined) of his entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses; provided that nothing contained in this Section 11 shall be deemed to limit Indemnitee's rights under Section 9(b) of this Agreement. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his option, may seek an award in binding arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee's right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 3(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 11 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 11, the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 3(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 11, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee's statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 11 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding or enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within 10 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement, under the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws as in effect, or may be amended, from time to time or under any directors' and officers' liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

12. Binding Agreement; Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Indemnitee and its assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require any successor of the Company (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company) to assume and agree to perform the Company's obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent the Company would be required to perform such obligations if no such succession had taken place.

13. Security. To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company's obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or

11

EXHIBIT 10.13

other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of Indemnitee.

14. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

15. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

16. Notice By Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any action, suit, proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

17. Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent:

(a) to Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee signature hereto.

(b) To the Company at:

NMI Holdings, Inc. c/o FBR & Co.
1001 19th Street North
Arlington, Virginia 22209

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

18. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile or PDF signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

12

EXHIBIT 10.13

19. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

20. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Losses and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such action, suit or proceeding in order to reflect (a) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such action, suit or proceeding; and/or (b) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees, trustees, fiduciaries and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

21. Enforcement.

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(c) The Company and Indemnitee agree that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which he may be entitled. The Company and Indemnitee further agree that Indemnitee shall be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertaking in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by the court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking.

22. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (a) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (b) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising

13

EXHIBIT 10.13

out of or in connection with this Agreement, (c) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court and (d) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.





SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW


14

EXHIBIT 10.13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.



NMI HOLDINGS, INC.




By:     
Name: Bradley M. Shuster
Title:







































[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]

15

EXHIBIT 10.13



INDEMNITEE:



Name:
Address:














































[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]

16
10.14 Commitment Letter for Bulk Fannie Mae Deal No. 2013 MIRT 01 and Policy No. P-0001-01
EXHIBIT 10.14

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
PORTIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT MARKED BY *** HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY
WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

July 12, 2013


Mr. Rob Schaefer, Vice President
Fannie Mae, Mail Stop 8H-503
3900 Wisconsin Avenue, NW
Washington, DC 20016


Re:    Commitment Letter for Bulk Fannie Mae-Paid Loss-on-Sale Mortgage Insurance on the Portfolio of approximately $5.46 billion Purchased by Fannie Mae and Identified by Fannie Mae as Deal No. 2013 MIRT 01 and by the Company as Policy No. P-0001-01.           


Dear Rob:

National Mortgage Insurance Corporation (“Company”) has reviewed the Bid File that Fannie Mae provided concerning the portfolio of loans (“Portfolio”) with a count of 22,766 and unpaid principal balances of approximately $5.46 billion and is pleased to provide this commitment to issue Fannie Mae-paid mortgage insurance coverage on some or all of such loans. The definitive list of loans to be insured, along with the Initial Principal Balance and the Loan Coverage Percentage for each will be included in the Set-up File to be delivered to the Company by Fannie Mae. Loans included in the Bid File for which the Company does not intend to issue coverage are included in the excluded loans schedule (“Reject File”) attached hereto. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned in the Policy.

The Company hereby acknowledges the desire of the Federal Housing Finance Agency for transparency as to transactions such as this one, and as a result, consents to the public disclosure of any or all terms of this transaction. The Company further agrees that it will not make any public statements, including press releases, about this transaction without the prior written approval of Fannie Mae unless required by regulation or law, including filings the Company's parent makes to comply with Federal securities laws or regulation, in which case the Company will give Fannie Mae written notice no less than three days in advance of such disclosure.

Subject to the following terms and conditions, the Company will insure the Covered Loans pursuant to the attached Standard Fannie Mae-Paid Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Policy with Loss-on-Sale Claim Settlement Only, Form #AS06.13.01 and endorsements, if any, identified in paragraph 1 below (collectively, the “Policy”). The Company has applied to the appropriate regulator for approval of the Policy and the Company has no reason to expect that the regulator will not expeditiously approve the Policy. However, if for any reason the Policy should not be approved on or before October 4, 2013, or if it is approved with material changes on or before such date, the Company will not be obligated to issue the Policy, and Fannie Mae will not be obligated to purchase coverage from the Company.



1

EXHIBIT 10.14

1.
Summary of Transaction Terms.

Insured
Fannie Mae
Fannie Mae Deal Number
2013 MIRT 01
Company Policy #
P-0001-01
Policy Endorsements [If none, state none.]
None
Total Initial Principal Balance (approximate)
$5.46 billion
Specified Exposure Percentage (“down-to percentage”)
50%
Specified Coverage Percentage
Aggregate Loss Percentage
2%
Aggregate Loss Limit (approximate)
 $109.2 million
Aggregate Loss Limit Step Down
N/A
Deductible Percentage
0.2%
Deductible Amount (approximate)
$10.92 million
Policy Type
Bulk
Accumulation Period
N/A
Claim Settlement Options
Loss-on-Sale
Policy Effective Date
September 1, 2013, or upon mutual agreement, the first day of the month following the approval of the Policy by the District of Columbia Department of Insurance
Policy Settlement Date
N/A
Coverage Effective Date(s)
September 1, 2013, or upon mutual agreement, the first day of the month following the approval of the Policy by the District of Columbia Department of Insurance
Maturity Date
The later of August 31, 2023 or the last calendar day of the month that occurs 119 months after the Coverage Effective Date.
Monthly Premium Rate
***%1
Premium Payment Frequency
Monthly
Property Acquisition Aggregate Loss Limit Adjustment Percentage
50%

2.
The Loan Coverage Percentage shall be calculated using the Specified Exposure Percentage as shown in paragraph 1.

3.
The Aggregate Loss Limit shall be calculated using the Aggregate Loss Percentage as shown in paragraph 1.

4.
Eligibility Criteria applicable to the Portfolio are:

(a)
Selling Guide Compliance. As of the date of Fannie Mae's acquisition, the Company acknowledges Fannie Mae's representation that the Covered Loans met the requirements of the Selling Guide or variances thereto.

1. *** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


2

EXHIBIT 10.14

(b)
Foreclosures and Bankruptcies. The Company acknowledges Fannie Mae's representation that no Borrower on any Covered Loan may have been the subject of a foreclosure proceeding within the twenty-four (24) months prior to the closing of the Covered Loan, and further that no Borrower on any Covered Loan may have been a debtor who was the subject of a bankruptcy proceeding during the twenty-four (24) months prior to the closing of the Covered Loan.

(c)
Delinquencies. The Company acknowledges Fannie Mae's representation that all Covered Loans have a next payment due date even with or after the Coverage Effective Date. For example, for a Covered Loan to be eligible with a Coverage Effective Date of June 1, the May 1 payment must have been received not later than June 1. Further, the Company acknowledges Fannie Mae's representation that no Covered Loan has been thirty (30) days' delinquent prior to its Coverage Effective Date.

5.
Pre-Settlement Loan File Review. The Company shall be permitted to review certain loans that Fannie Mae reviewed pursuant to its post-purchase review process prior to the Policy Effective Date to confirm the accuracy of the information in the Bid File. Additionally, the Company shall be permitted to review a sample of Covered Loans pursuant to Section 4.7 (b) of the Policy. Loan file reviews shall be conducted in the Company's offices at the Company's expense and shall be limited to reviewing electronic images of the Origination File. The Company agrees that loan file requests will be sent via email to: pool_document_requests@fanniemae.com.

6.
Counterparty Requirements. Until new updated MI eligibility requirements are issued by Fannie Mae, the Company agrees to maintain statutory capital equal to the greater of:
a) The amount of required capital specified in Fannie Mae's January 16, 2013 approval letter for NMI, or
b) the sum of:
(1)
5.6% of net primary risk-in-force, plus,
(2)
for pool insurance (i.e., insurance subject to an aggregate stop loss), the lesser of
i. 5.6% of the risk-in-force based upon the loan-level coverage before application of the aggregate stop loss and deductible (if any), or
ii. the aggregate stop loss amount, net of any deductible amount, for the pool insurance policy.

If the Company fails to maintain this level of statutory capital and new updated MI eligibility requirements have not then been issued by Fannie Mae, such failure may, at Fannie Mae's sole discretion, be considered a violation of Fannie Mae's existing MI eligibility requirements and entitling Fannie Mae to exercise all of the remedies available to it under its existing MI eligibility requirements (including, but not limited to, suspension and termination).
 
This letter shall amend and restate in its entirety the letter agreement previously entered into by the parties with respect to Deal No. 2013 MIRT 01. This Commitment Letter may be executed in counterparts, and when each Party has signed and delivered at least one such counterpart, each counterpart shall be deemed an original, and when taken together with the other signed counterparts, shall constitute one agreement, which shall be binding upon and effective as to all Parties.  Signatures of the Parties transmitted by fax or .pdf shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.






3

EXHIBIT 10.14


Sincerely,


/s/Patrick Mathis
Name:    Patrick Mathis
Title: EVP & Chief Risk Officer



The foregoing terms, conditions and provisions are hereby accepted, acknowledged and agreed to by Fannie Mae


By:     /s/Rob Schaefer     
Name:     Rob Schaefer
Title:     Vice President

Date: 8/08/2013
 








Attachments:
1. Standard Fannie Mae-Paid Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Policy with Loss-on-Sale Claims Settlement Only, Form # AS06.13.01


4

EXHIBIT 10.14


STANDARD FANNIE MAE-PAID
MORTGAGE GUARANTY INSURANCE POLICY
WITH LOSS-ON-SALE CLAIM SETTLEMENT ONLY

1
Definitions

1.1
Accumulation Period - means, if applicable, the time period from the Policy Effective Date stated on the Declarations Page of this Policy until 12:01 a.m. on the Policy Settlement Date stated on such Declarations Page. If this time period is left blank or reads “N/A,” then no such period applies.

1.2
Accumulation Policy - means that Policy Type in which loans to be covered under this Policy are accumulated and added to this Policy during the Accumulation Period.

1.3
Advances - means those amounts paid by the Insured in accordance with Section 7.2(k) (Advances).

1.4
Aggregate Loss - means, at any given time, the total of all Insurance Benefits paid by the Company under this Policy, including: (a) any partial Insurance Benefit advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 7.1 (Loss Mitigation); (b) any other partial Insurance Benefit paid by the Company; and (c) any Insurance Benefit charged to the Deductible Amount of this Policy, reduced by any net recoveries received by the Company with respect to any Covered Loan or the related Property or Borrower, including but not limited to recoveries pursuant to Section 7.2(f) (Borrower Contributions) and Section 9.1 (Subrogation). If the Company acquires the Property pursuant to Section 8.5(b) (Disapproved REO Sales), the amount of the Insurance Benefit that will be included in the Aggregate Loss for the related Covered Loan shall equal: (x) the Claim Amount calculated pursuant to Section 8.4(b) (Property Acquisition Calculation); multiplied by (y) the applicable Loan Coverage Percentage; multiplied by (z) the Property Acquisition Aggregate Loss Limit Adjustment Percentage. Under no circumstances will any interest or Penalty Interest paid on the Insurance Benefit pursuant to Section 8.9 (Failure to Timely Pay Insurance Benefit) be included in the Aggregate Loss.

1.5
Aggregate Loss Limit - means the Total Initial Principal Balance multiplied by the Aggregate Loss Percentage, which dollar limit shall be specified on the Declarations Page of this Policy.

1.6
Aggregate Loss Limit Step Down - means, if applicable, one or more reductions in the Aggregate Loss Limit calculated in accordance with the timing and formula specified in the Commitment Letter. Whether such reduction applies will be specified on the Declarations Page of this Policy. If this coverage feature is left blank or reads “N/A”, then no such reduction applies.

1.7
Aggregate Loss Percentage - means that percentage so specified on the Declarations Page of this Policy.

1.8
Annual Premium Rate - means, if applicable, the premium rate so specified on the Declarations Page of this Policy to be used in computing a premium to be remitted annually.

1.9
Applicable Law - means (i) any law, statute, constitution, regulation, ordinance, or subordinate legislation in force from time to time to which a party or its affiliates is subject; (ii) the common law as applicable to the parties from time to time; (iii) any court order, judgment, or decree that is binding on a party or its affiliates; and (iv) any directive, policy, rule, or order that is binding on a party or its affiliates and that is made or given from time to time by any regulator, government or government agency of, in the case of items (i) through (iv) above, any (x) country, or other national, federal, commonwealth, state, provincial, or local jurisdiction or (y) any exchange, association or non-governmental entity that is charged with monitoring or overseeing the business practices or other activities of a party or its affiliates whose regulations are binding on either party pursuant to a self-regulating mechanism approved by a government entity.
 
1.10
Application - means a request by the Insured for coverage on a loan as a Covered Loan under this Policy, evidenced by the inclusion of the loan on a Set-up File delivered by the Insured to the Company and consisting of all data and information included in such Set-up File and as reflected in the Covered Loan Schedule.

1.11
Appraisal - means an appraisal or alternative method of valuation (such as an automated valuation model or AVM) used to determine the market value of a Property that complies with: (i) the valuation requirements of the Insured if the Covered Loan was required to be originated in compliance with the valuation requirements of the Insured; or (ii) customary mortgage



5

EXHIBIT 10.14

loan origination practices that are acceptable to the Company if the Covered Loan was not required to be originated in compliance with the valuation requirements of the Insured.

1.12
Appropriate Proceedings - means any legal, administrative or non-judicial action or proceeding permissible under Applicable Law to enforce the Borrower's obligations under a Covered Loan or to apply the Property to the satisfaction of the Borrower's obligations under such loan or to evict the Borrower from the Property.

1.13
Bid File - means the information furnished to the Company by the Insured in solicitation of offers to issue mortgage guaranty insurance. The Bid File may consist of information about the actual loans intended to be insured or it may consist of a profile of the loans intended to be insured.

1.14
Borrower - means any Person required to repay the debt obligation created pursuant to the Covered Loan. The Borrower may be more than one Person, and the term shall include any co-signer or guarantor of the Covered Loan.

1.15
Borrower's Own Fund - means any funds owned by the Borrower and not borrowed or received (as a gift or otherwise) from any party to the transaction, or subject to refund, rebate, or repayment.

1.16
Borrower's Title - means such title to a Property as was vested in the Borrower at the time of a conveyance to the Insured or to a third party, extinguishing all of the Borrower's rights in the Property; provided, however, that any applicable redemption period need not have expired. The deed evidencing such transfer of title to the Insured need not be recorded unless required by Applicable Law.

1.17
Bulk Policy - means that Policy Type in which loans to be covered under this Policy are specified on the Covered Loan Schedule on the Policy Effective Date.

1.18
Business Day - means any day that the Company is normally scheduled to be open for business.
 
1.19
Claim - means the request to receive benefits of this Policy filed in accordance with Section 8.1 (Claim Filing) and containing all information required by the Company pursuant to Section 8.1 (Claim Filing).

1.20
Claim Denial - means written notification by the Company to the Insured that it will not pay a Claim filed in connection with a specified Covered Loan due to breach of one or more specified provisions of this Policy.

1.21
Claim Amount - means the amount calculated in accordance with Section 8.4 (Calculation of Claim Amount).

1.22
Claim Settlement Period - means, with respect to a given Claim, the date beginning on the date the Claim is perfected as specified in Section 8.1 (Claim Filing) and ending sixty (60) days from that date.

1.23 Commitment Letter - means the applicable letter agreement provided by the Company and accepted in writing by the Insured that identifies the types of loans or specific portfolio of loans to be insured under this Policy, including any Eligibility Criteria, and specifies the variable terms of coverage.

1.24 Collateral - means the stock or membership certificate issued to a tenant-stockholder or resident-member by a cooperative housing corporation, and the proprietary lease relating to one (1) unit in the cooperative housing corporation that is executed by said tenant-stockholder or resident-member and any other rights of said stockholder or member relating to any of the foregoing.

1.25 Company - means the mortgage guaranty insurance company identified on the Declarations Page of this Policy.

1.26 Company Initiated Cancellation - means written notification by the Company to the Insured that it has cancelled coverage in connection with a specified Covered Loan as of a specified date due to breach of one or more specified provisions of this Policy.

1.27 Cooperative Property - means Residential Property ownership of which is evidenced by ownership or membership in a cooperative housing corporation and the lease of a residential unit by such corporation to the stockholder or member, who shall be the Borrower. A loan secured by a Cooperative Property shall not be a Covered Loan unless the Application identifies such loan as being secured by a Cooperative Property.



6

EXHIBIT 10.14

1.28
Coverage Effective Date - means the date on which coverage of a Covered Loan becomes effective as specified on the Covered Loan Schedule. For Covered Loans acquired by the Insured prior to the Policy Effective Date, the Company and the Insured shall agree on the Coverage Effective Date. For Covered Loans acquired by the Insured on or after the Policy Effective Date, coverage shall be effective as of the first day of the month during which the Insured acquired the Covered Loans, but a loan cannot become a Covered Loan until it is acquired by the Insured. If Covered Loans are acquired over more than one (1) month, there will be a separate Coverage Effective Date applicable to all of the acquisitions in each such month.

1.29
Coverage Effective Date LTV - means that ratio calculated by multiplying the loan-to-value ratio of the Covered Loan on its origination date and the Initial Principal Balance, then dividing that product by the principal balance of the Covered Loan on its origination date.

1.30
Covered Loan - means any note or other evidence of indebtedness and the indebtedness it evidences, together with the mortgage, bond, deed of trust, or other instrument securing said indebtedness, that satisfies the Eligibility Criteria and to which coverage under this Policy has been extended by inclusion of the Covered Loan on the Covered Loan Schedule.

1.31 Covered Loan Schedule - means,

(a)
with respect to a Bulk Policy, that document (in either physical or electronic form) made a part of the Declarations Page of this Policy by the Company, which lists the Covered Loans insured under this Policy, and

(b)
with respect to an Accumulation Policy,

(i)
each and every Covered Loan Schedule provided by the Company to the Insured during the Accumulation Period in accordance with procedures agreed to by the Company and the Insured, each of which lists a portion of the Covered Loans insured under this Policy, and

(ii)
the cumulative Covered Loan Schedule provided by the Company to the Insured on or after the Policy Settlement Date, and

(c)
with respect to a Flow Policy, all of the Covered Loan Schedules provided by the Company to the Insured in accordance with procedures agreed to by the Company and the Insured, each of which lists a portion of the Covered Loans insured under this Policy.

1.32
Credible Evidence - means: (a) information contained in the Origination File or Servicing File (whether such information was submitted to the Company prior to or after the Certificate Effective Date); (b) information relating to the Covered Loan (whether written, electronic or oral) provided at any time by a First Party to the Company; or (c) any other information (whether written, electronic or oral) received or obtained by the Company at any time from any Person provided that such information would be viewed by a reasonable person familiar with all other Credible Evidence as having a basis in fact and not exhibiting falsity or material internal inconsistency. Credible Evidence shall not include any written or oral statement made by the Borrower to the Company or the Company's agents after the date the Covered Loan was closed unless such statement was made under oath and penalty of perjury.

1.33
Date of Default - means the date on which a Covered Loan initially Defaults. For example, if a Borrower fails to pay the monthly installments due on January 1, February 1, March 1, and April 1, and all such installments remain unpaid as of the close of business on April 1, the Date of Default is January 1.

1.34
Declarations Page - means the signed document issued by the Company pursuant to Section 2.1(c) (Approval of Coverage) that extends the coverage indicated therein to the Covered Loans identified in the Covered Loan Schedule.

1.35
Deductible Amount - means, if applicable, the Total Initial Principal Balance multiplied by the Deductible Percentage, which dollar amount shall be specified on the Declarations Page of this Policy. If this amount is left blank or reads “N/A”, then no such amount applies.

1.36
Deductible Percentage - means, if applicable, the percentage so specified on the Declarations Page of this Policy. If this percentage is left blank or reads “N/A”, then no such percentage applies.




7

EXHIBIT 10.14

1.37
Default - means the failure by a Borrower to pay when due a non-accelerated amount equal to or greater than one (1) regular scheduled payment due under the terms of a Covered Loan or the failure by a Borrower to pay all amounts due under a Covered Loan after the exercise by the Insured of the "due on sale" provision of such Covered Loan. Default does not mean any non-monetary default or violation of any other term or condition of the Covered Loan that would allow for acceleration of the debt or foreclosure or other action to realize upon the security provided by the Covered Loan. A Covered Loan is deemed to be in Default for the period for which, as of the close of business on the installment due date, a scheduled installment payment has not been made. For example, a Covered Loan is “four (4) months in Default” if the monthly installments due on January 1, February 1, March 1, and April 1 remain unpaid as of the close of business on April 1 or if a basis for acceleration exists for a continuous period of four (4) months.

1.38
Default Amount - means the unpaid principal balance of a Covered Loan on the Date of Default, excluding penalties, but including: (i) amounts added to such balance, if any, as a result of Negative Amortization or a Modification; and (ii) the amount, if any, that was discharged in a Chapter 13 bankruptcy “cramdown.”

1.39
Deficiency Judgment - means a court judgment imposing personal liability on the Borrower for the unpaid amount remaining under the terms of a Covered Loan when the proceeds of a foreclosure sale of the Property securing the Covered Loan were insufficient to fully satisfy the outstanding debt.

1.40
Eligibility Criteria - means those Covered Loan eligibility conditions, if any, specified on the Eligibility Criteria Schedule.

1.41
Eligibility Criteria Schedule - means that document (in either physical or electronic form) made a part of the Declarations Page of this Policy by the Company, which lists the Eligibility Criteria exactly as such criteria were agreed to in the Commitment Letter.

1.42
Environmental Impairment - means the presence within, on, under or above the Property of: (a) any condition giving rise to liability under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq., as amended from time to time) or any similar federal law or law of the state or locality where the Property is located; or (b) any “Hazardous Waste” or “Regulated Substance” as those terms are defined by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. §6901, et seq., as amended from time to time) or any similar federal law or law of the state or locality where the Property is located. Environmental Impairment does not mean the presence of radon gas, lead paint or asbestos.
 
1.43
Exclusions - mean those exclusions and reductions from coverage set forth in Section 6 (Exclusions from Coverage).

1.44
First Deed of Trust - means a mortgage, deed of trust, or other instrument which

(a)
constitutes or is equivalent to a first lien or encumbrance on the Property, subject only to the Permitted Encumbrances, and

(b)
will allow the Person secured, directly or by a trustee or other Person, to foreclose on the Property (by power of sale, judicially or otherwise) upon Default to acquire title to the Property, subject only to the Permitted Encumbrances.

1.45 First Party - means

(a)
the Insured or any officer, employee or agent of the Insured, including any independent contractor of the Insured, or

(b)
any of the following Persons: the Loan Originator, the Seller, mortgage loan brokers, correspondent lenders, escrow or closing agents, attorneys, appraisers, appraisal companies, providers of any automated valuation model or other Property valuation, title insurance companies, credit reporting agencies, other third-party vendors performing origination services, and officers, employees, agents or independent contractors of any of the foregoing.

1.46 Flow Policy - means that Policy Type in which loans to be covered under this Policy are added to this Policy on or after the Policy Effective Date and there is no specified date after which additional loans can no longer be added.



8

EXHIBIT 10.14

1.47 Good and Merchantable Title

(a)
Means title to the Property, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, covenants, conditions, restrictions, easements and rights of redemption except for

(i)
any lien established by public bond, assessment or tax, when no installment, call or payment of or under such bond, assessment or tax is delinquent, or

(ii)
any municipal or zoning ordinances, building restrictions or other restrictions, covenants, or regulations of use, provided that the Property is in compliance with and/or its use is permitted by, and its intended use and occupancy is not materially adversely affected by, such restrictions, covenants, regulations or ordinances, or

(iii)
easements, rights of way, sewer and utility rights, mineral, oil or timber rights, or any impediments which will not have a materially adverse effect on either the transferability of the Property or the sale of the Property to a bona fide purchaser.

(b) The Property must have, at a minimum, the following characteristics to establish Good and Merchantable Title:

(i)
adequate means of ingress and egress, and

(ii)
the right to use public or private water and sewer facilities appertaining to the Property, whether such rights be by virtue of public easement or private grant, and

(iii)
the Property must be free of any lien due to Environmental Impairment unless otherwise agreed to by the Company.

1.48 Habitable - means meeting the generally-recognized standards for safe residential occupancy, or, if there are no such standards, then what a fully-informed and reasonable person would conclude is a reasonably safe place to live without fear of injury to health or safety.

1.49 Initial Principal Balance - means the unpaid principal balance of a Covered Loan on its Coverage Effective Date.

1.50
Insurance Benefit - means the liability of the Company with respect to a Covered Loan calculated in accordance with Section 8.5 (Insurance Benefit); it being understood that a right to receive an Insurance Benefit shall be deemed to have arisen when a Default that results in a Claim first occurs while coverage is in force for a Covered Loan, notwithstanding that the amount of the Insurance Benefit is not then either presently ascertainable or due and payable. The Insurance Benefit payable shall be subject to the Deductible Amount and/or the Aggregate Loss Limit, if such amount and/or limit apply.

1.51
Insurance Benefit File - means the file specified in Section 4.9 (Insurance Benefit File).

1.52
Insured - means, with respect to any Covered Loan, Fannie Mae, either for its own benefit or as trustee for the benefit of a third party. The Insured will be designated on the Declarations Page of this Policy and may contract with a Servicer or Servicers to perform some or all of the Insured's obligations under this Policy.

1.53
Lapse Date - means the date on which coverage for a particular Covered Loan under this Policy is terminated for non-payment of premium in accordance with Section 3.2 (Lapse of Coverage for Covered Loan for Failure to Pay Subsequent Premium), which date is the first day of the coverage period (for example, monthly or annually) immediately following the coverage period through which the premium has been paid.

1.54
Liquidation Date - means the date the Property securing a Covered Loan was transferred in connection with a Default (i.e., deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or Third-Party Sale), as such date is reported by the Insured to the Company in the Monthly Servicing Report.

1.55 Loan Coverage Percentage - means the percentage applied to the Initial Principal Balance to determine the maximum Insurance Benefit payable by the Company in connection with a Third-Party Sale, or in connection with an REO Sale approved or deemed approved by the Company, which percentage is calculated as follows:


9

EXHIBIT 10.14


(a)
If the Declarations Page of this Policy indicates a Specified Exposure Percentage greater than zero, the Loan Coverage Percentage shall be calculated as follows: [1-(Specified Exposure Percentage/Coverage Effective Date LTV)], rounded up to the next highest whole number percentage point. For example, for a Covered Loan with a Specified Exposure Percentage of 60.50% and a Coverage Effective Date LTV of 77.83%, the Loan Coverage Percentage is calculated as follows: [1-(60.50/77.83)] = 22.27%, which when rounded up to the next highest whole number percentage point = 23%.

(a)
If the Declarations Page of this Policy indicates a Specified Coverage Percentage(s) greater than zero, the Loan Coverage Percentage shall equal the applicable Specified Coverage Percentage.

1.56 Loan Originator - means the Person that originated the Covered Loan.

1.57 Loss-on-Sale Calculation - means the method of calculating the Claim Amount pursuant to Section 8.4(a) (Calculation of Claim Amount).

1.58 Material or Materially - means, within the context of a representation relating to a Covered Loan and as determined by the Company, a representation of fact with respect to which had the truth been known by the Company the Covered Loan would not have been eligible for coverage or the Company would either not have accepted the risk or the hazard assumed, or would not have accepted the risk or hazard assumed except on different terms, including a change in premium rate.
 
1.59 Maturity Date - means, if applicable, the date on which this Policy terminates as specified on the Declarations Page of this Policy, and which date will be the last day of a month. If this date is left blank or reads “N/A”, then no such date applies.

1.60 Misrepresentation - means a false statement, omission, or data inaccuracy respecting a matter of Material fact (in either physical or electronic form).

1.61
Mixed-Use Property - means a dwelling that features distinct functional use for both residential and commercial business purposes including, for example but not limited to, a two-story structure in which one floor serves as a commercial business (e.g., shop, office space, etc.) and the other floor serves as residential space for the owner of the dwelling and the commercial business.

1.62 Modification - means

(a)
any change to the amount of indebtedness (for example, capitalization of interest arrearages), interest rate, interest rate adjustment period, use of escrow funds or other funds, or the term or the amortization schedule of a Covered Loan, unless such change is prescribed in the loan documents, or

(b)
any change in the Property that adversely affects its market value as security for the Covered Loan, or

(c)
the release of any Borrower from liability on a Covered Loan, other than in connection with a Covered Loan that is paid in full.

1.63 Monthly Premium Rate- means, if applicable, the premium rate so specified on the Declarations Page of this Policy to be used in computing a premium to be remitted monthly.

1.64 Monthly Rescission Report - means the report specified in Section 4.3 (Monthly Rescission Report).

1.65
Monthly Servicing Report- means the report specified in Section 4.2 (Monthly Servicing Report).

1.66 Negative Amortization - means the additions to the principal amount of a Covered Loan arising from the insufficiency of optional payments or regularly scheduled payments to cover interest as it accrues against the principal amount of the Covered Loan as provided for in the loan documents relating to the Covered Loan.

1.67
Operations Manual - means the Insured's manual describing the content, format, and manner of delivery of the various reports and files required to be exchanged between the Insured and Company for the administration of this Policy, as such manual currently exists or as it may be periodically amended by the Insured with ninety (90) days advance written notice


10

EXHIBIT 10.14

to the Company. The reports and files described in the Operations Manual shall include, but not be limited to, the: Insurance Benefit File; Monthly Rescission Report; Monthly Servicing Report; Premium Refund File; Reconciliation File; Reject File; and Set-up File.

1.68 Original Value - means the lesser of the sales price of the Property (only applicable in the case of a Covered Loan made to finance the purchase of such Property) or the market value of the Property established by an Appraisal, which value was obtained by the Loan Originator in connection with the Covered Loan at the time it was originated.

1.69 Origination File - means, with respect to a Covered Loan, copies (either physical or electronic images) of the following documents created or received in connection with the origination and closing of the Covered Loan: the signed loan application; disclosure statements; purchase contract, if applicable; credit reports; verifications of employment, income, assets, and deposit; final HUD-1 or other settlement statement; the note; the mortgage, deed of trust or security deed (including any riders thereto once returned from the land records); and evidence of the Original Value.

1.70 Permitted Encumbrances - mean

(a)
any lien established by public bond, assessment or tax, when no installment, call or payment of or under such bond, assessment or tax is delinquent and
 
(b)
any municipal and zoning ordinances and exceptions to title waived by the regulations of mortgage guaranty insurers with respect to mortgages on one-to-four family residences in effect on the date on which the Covered Loan was closed and all documents were executed and

(c)
any impediments which will not have a materially adverse effect on either the transferability of the Property or the sale of the Property to a bona fide purchaser.

1.71 Person - means any natural person, or any corporation, partnership, association or other legally-recognized entity.

1.72 Physical Damage - means damage to a Property that materially adversely affects the use, marketability, or market value of the Property, whether caused by accident, natural occurrence or otherwise, including, but not limited to, damage caused by reason of fire, destruction of tangible property, defects in construction, land subsidence, earth movement or slippage, natural disaster (such as hurricane, flood, earthquake, etc.), war, civil insurrection, or riot. Physical Damage includes the destruction or removal of chattel items (including any built-in appliances) that are part of the Property. For purposes of this definition, damage shall be considered to materially adversely affect the use, marketability, or market value of the Property if the estimated cost to repair a Property is equal to, or greater than five thousand ($5,000). The presence of radon gas, lead paint or asbestos in the dwelling on the Property shall not be deemed to be Physical Damage.

1.73 Policy - means this contract of insurance together with the Commitment Letter, the Application(s), the Declarations Page, the Covered Loan Schedule, and any endorsements referenced on the Declarations Page, which are incorporated herein and made part of this Policy with respect to the Covered Loans to which they relate.

1.74 Policy Effective Date - means the date on which coverage under this Policy becomes effective, which is the first day of the month in which any Covered Loan is insured under this Policy. The Policy Effective Date is specified on the Declarations Page of his Policy.

1.75 Policy Settlement Date - means the date specified on the Declarations Page of this Policy after which no additional Covered Loans may be added to this Policy and which applies only to an Accumulation Policy.

1.76 Policy Type - means Accumulation Policy, Bulk Policy or Flow Policy as specified on the Declarations Page.

1.77 Premium Payable File - means the file specified in Section 4.10 (Premium Payable File).

1.78
Premium Refund File - means the file specified in Section 4.11 (Premium Refund File).

1.79 Property - means the Residential real property and all improvements thereon including any chattel items (including any built-in appliances) which are an element of the market value stated in the Original Value, including all replacements or additions to the chattel items, together with all easements and appurtenances, all rights of access, all rights to use (as well



11

EXHIBIT 10.14


as any co-ownership interests in) common areas, recreational and appurtenant facilities, and all replacements or additions to those items.

1.80
Property Acquisition Aggregate Loss Limit Adjustment Percentage - means the percentage so specified on the Declarations Page of this Policy.

1.81
Property Acquisition Calculation - means the method of calculating the Claim Amount pursuant to Section 8.4(b) (Calculation of Claim Amount).

1.82
Qualified - means the Company is approved as a mortgage guaranty insurer pursuant to the Insured's Qualified Mortgage Insurer Approval Requirements, as such requirements currently exist or as they may be periodically amended, and meets any other eligibility requirements that may be specified in the Commitment Letter.

1.83
Reconciliation Event - means: (i) the following events in the life of this Policy the occurrence of which causes either the Company or the Insured to require a reconciliation in accordance with Section 4.13 (Reconciliation): exhaustion of the Deductible Amount; the occurrence of an Aggregate Loss Limit Step Down; and termination of this Policy pursuant to either Section 5.2 (Termination of Policy Prior to Exhaustion of Aggregate Loss Limit) or Section 5.3 (Termination of Policy Upon Exhaustion of Aggregate Loss Limit); or (ii) any anniversary of this Policy or other occurrence where both parties agree in writing that a reconciliation should occur.

1.84
Reconciliation File - means the file specified in Section 4.12 (Reconciliation File).

1.85
Reject File - means the file specified in Section 2.1(d) (Disapproval of Coverage).

1.86 REO Sale - means a sale of a Property by the Insured after foreclosure, which sale is approved by the Company.

1.87 Rescission - means written (either physical or electronic) notification by the Company to the Insured that the coverage provided in connection with a specified Covered Loan breaches one or more of the Insured's representations and warranties in Section 2.3 (Representations of the Insured) of this Policy with the result that: coverage is deemed never to have been in force; the Company is concurrently returning all premiums paid in connection with such Covered Loan to the Insured; the Initial Principal Balance of the Covered Loan is deducted from the Total Initial Principal Balance; and the Aggregate Loss Limit and Deductible Amount are proportionately reduced.

1.88 Residential - means

(a)
a type of building which is designed for occupancy by not more than four (4) families, or

(b)
a single condominium or planned unit development unit, or

(c)
a Cooperative Property, or

(d)
a Mixed-Use Property, provided that the mixed-use represents a legal, permissible use of the Property under local zoning requirements, the Borrower occupies the Property as a principal residence, the Borrower is both the owner and operator of the commercial business located in the building, and the Property is primarily intended for residential use, or

(e)
any other single residence unit as to which Good and Merchantable Title may be held or conveyed freely under law (including but not limited to manufactured housing).

Residential does not include non-residential hotel-type properties identified by characteristics such as

(f)
units that do not contain full-sized kitchen appliances or

(g)
units that are marketed for sale based on the availability of short term rental rates or





12

EXHIBIT 10.14


(h)
properties that are marketed as hotels including, but not limited to, projects with units that are available to be rented on a daily basis or projects with names that include the words “hotel,” “resort,” “motel,” “inn,” or “lodge” or

(i)
a significant level of hotel-type services such as, but not limited to, a registration service to support short-term rentals, daily unit cleaning services, food and beverage services, and central or integrated telephone service or

(j)
units subject to timeshare or segmented ownership or

(k)
mandatory rental pooling agreements that require the unit owners to either rent their units or to give a management firm control over the occupancy of the units or

(l)
restrictions on the owner's ability to occupy the unit or

(m)
projects with non-incidental business operations owned or operated by the owners' association such as, but not limited to, a restaurant.

1.89 Seller - means any seller of Covered Loans approved by the parties to deliver loans to the Insured for coverage under this Policy. The seller of any Covered Loan actually insured under this Policy is deemed approved by the parties.

1.90 Selling Guide - means the Insured's single family Selling Guide, as such guide currently exists or as it may be periodically amended, including changes made by announcement or lender letter, for general application for single-family loans. Single family loans are loans secured by property designed for occupancy by not more than four families.

1.91 Servicer - means that Person, other than a natural Person, that at a given time is servicing a Covered Loan (or acting as a master servicer, if subservicing is also involved) on behalf of the Insured and pursuant to the Servicing Guide and any applicable delegation of authority that the Insured may have made to the Servicer to perform loss mitigation without the prior approval of the Insured. Actions required by this Policy to be performed by the Insured may, at the option of the Insured, be performed by a Servicer. The Servicer acts on behalf of the Insured in performing acts under this Policy.

1.92
Servicing File - means, with respect to a Covered Loan, copies (either physical or electronic images) of the following documents created or received in connection with the servicing of the Covered Loan, if applicable: pay history; primary servicing screen print display (including collection screens/notes, unpaid principal balance, last payment date, due date, interest rate, principal and interest payment amount, Borrower name(s), and Property address); rent or receiver account history; assumption or buy-down agreement; loss mitigation documents (e.g., forbearance agreement, repayment plan, modification agreement, pre-foreclosure sale, deed-in-lieu of foreclosure, etc.); foreclosure documents; bankruptcy documents; documents pertaining to preservation and/or establishment of a Deficiency Judgment; Property valuation since origination (e.g., Appraisal, AVM, BPO, etc.); and hazard insurance claim settlement.

1.93 Servicing Guide - means: (a) the Insured's single family Servicing Guide, as such guide currently exists or as it may be periodically amended by announcement, lender letter, notice, or other Servicer communication, for general application to single-family loans serviced by all of the Insured's servicers; and (b) any exceptions, pilots, or variances to the Servicing Guide authorized by the Insured.

1.94 Set-up File - means the file specified in Section 4.1 (Set-up File).

1.95 Single Premium Rate - means, if applicable, the premium rate so specified on the Declarations Page of this Policy to be used in computing a one-time, up-front premium.

1.96 Specified Coverage Percentage - means, if applicable, the percentage so specified on the Declarations Page of this Policy.

1.97 Specified Exposure Percentage - means, if applicable, the percentage so specified on the Declarations Page of this Policy.

1.98 Third-Party Sale - means
(a)
a sale of a Property arranged by the Servicer and/or by the Borrower, and approved by the Insured or by the Servicer on behalf of the Insured pursuant to a delegation of authority from the Insured, prior to foreclosure, or


13

EXHIBIT 10.14


(b)
a foreclosure or trustee's sale of a Property to a third party at a price equal to or greater than the minimum bid established and submitted by the Servicer as provided in Section 7.2(j) (Foreclosure Bidding).

1.99 Total Initial Principal Balance - means the sum of the Initial Principal Balance of all Covered Loans, as stated on the Declarations Page of this Policy, less the Initial Principal Balance of any Covered Loan for which coverage is rescinded in accordance with Section 1.87 (Rescission).

1.100 Total Loss - means the Claim Amount plus: (i) in the case of a Third-Party Sale, the amount of all commercially reasonable costs incurred in obtaining and closing the Third-Party Sale, less the proceeds of the Third-Party Sale; and (ii) in the case of an REO Sale, the amount of all commercially reasonable costs incurred in obtaining and closing the REO Sale, less the proceeds of the REO Sale.

Pronouns, when used in this Policy, shall mean the singular or plural, masculine or feminine, as the context requires.

2 Coverage

2.1 Covered Loans--Subject to Section 2.4 (Company's Remedies for Misrepresentation) and Section 6 (Exclusions from Coverage), loans that satisfy the Eligibility Criteria shall become Covered Loans and shall become insured under this Policy upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth in this Section.

(a)
Set-up File--All loans to be covered under this Policy, whether acquired before, on, or after the Policy Effective Date, shall be identified in a Set-up File delivered to the Company by the Insured in accordance with Section 4.1 (Set-up File Delivery).

(b)
Application for Insurance--The inclusion of a loan in a Set-up File shall constitute an Application for coverage under this Policy and the Company shall extend coverage under this Policy to each loan listed in a Set-up File unless it disapproves such coverage as provided in subsection (d) below.

(c)
Approval of Coverage--The Company will indicate its approval of coverage under this Policy for a loan on the Set-up File by assigning a certificate number to such loan and including the certificate number for each such loan so approved on the Covered Loan Schedule. The Company will issue the Declarations Page, along with the Eligibility Criteria Schedule and the Covered Loan Schedule, to the Insured within thirty (30) days of receipt of the Set-up File. Each Covered Loan will be listed on the Covered Loan Schedule, together with the applicable Coverage Effective Date, Loan Coverage Percentage, and certificate number for each Covered Loan, and any other information pertaining thereto exactly as such information was provided on the Set-up File.

(d)
Disapproval of Coverage-- If a loan on the Set-up File does not meet the Eligibility Criteria, the Company will indicate its disapproval of coverage under this Policy for such loan by including it on the Reject File. The Company will issue the Reject File to the Insured in the format and manner specified in the Operations Manual within thirty (30) days of receipt of the Set-up File. The Reject File must specify the reason each loan does not meet the Eligibility Criteria and the Company shall promptly refund to the Insured any premiums previously received in connection with loans on the Reject File.

2.2
Cooperative Property--For a Covered Loan that is secured by a Cooperative Property the following definitions apply:
 
(a) Good and Merchantable Title to Collateral exists even if there is a first mortgage lien on the entire real estate owned by the cooperative housing corporation, provided it has been disclosed to the Company in the Application for the Covered Loan secured by the Collateral.

(b) Property means--

(i)
the Residential real property and all improvements on the real property which is owned by the cooperative housing corporation, and which is leased to the Borrower who holds an ownership or membership interest in such cooperative housing corporation, which lease and interest secure the related Covered Loan, together with all easements and appurtenances, all rights of access, all rights to use common areas, recreational and other facilities, and all replacements or additions to any of the foregoing, and



14

EXHIBIT 10.14


(ii)
wherever the term “Property” is used and instead refers to the stock or membership certificate, the lease, or any other asset or right related thereto, it shall be deemed to be changed to “Collateral,” including for purposes of provisions relating to foreclosure, valuation or redemption; acquisition of title or other status of title, lien or ownership; or purchase, acquisition, sale, disposition or other conveyance by any Person.

2.3
Representations of the Insured--The Insured represents as follows:

(a)
(i) all statements made and information provided to the Company in an Application (including the Set-up File and also as such is related to continuation of coverage upon assumption of a Covered Loan), whether by the Insured, the Borrower, a First Party, or any other Person, have been made and presented for and on behalf of the Insured, and

(i)
such statements and information with respect to any Covered Loan are not false or misleading in any Material respect and the information and data relied upon by the Loan Originator to underwrite the Covered Loan are consistent in all Material respects with the information and data included in the Origination File for the Covered Loan, and

(ii)
each Covered Loan meets the Eligibility Criteria, and

(iii)
if an automated underwriting recommendation concerning the Covered Loan (including a recommendation under an automated underwriting system of the Insured) in connection with origination of the Covered Loan is disclosed to the Company in insuring the Covered Loan, all statements and information submitted through the automated underwriting system to obtain such recommendation are not false or misleading in any Material respect as of the date provided, and

(A) the information and data entered into the automated underwriting system are consistent in all Material respects with the information and data included in the Origination File for the Covered Loan, and

(B) the automated underwriting recommendation concerning the Covered Loan disclosed to the Company was relied upon by the Loan Originator in making the Covered Loan, and

(C) any finding reports and other processing instructions regarding the Covered Loan that are part of the results of the automated underwriting system, including those that may call for another evaluation of the Covered Loan by the automated underwriting system after re-verification of information or acquisition of additional data as part of such instructions, have been complied with, to the extent required by the Loan Originator's underwriting guidelines or consistent with instructions of the Insured.

(b)
and agrees that

(i) such statements and information in the aggregate are, and in certain instances individually may be, Material to the Company's decision to offer, provide or continue coverage on the related Covered Loan, and

(i)
the Company has issued coverage on the Covered Loan or has continued coverage on the Covered Loan in reliance on the accuracy and completeness of such statements and information and without any obligation to independently verify the statements and information submitted to it, and

(ii)
the Company's reliance on the representations in subsection (a) above survive the issuance of coverage on a Covered Loan or continuation of coverage, and

(iv) the representations in subsection (a) shall be effective whether or not they are made with the intent to deceive or mislead or with the knowledge they are not true and correct.






15

EXHIBIT 10.14


2.4 Company's Remedies for Misrepresentation--

(a)
Rescission - Subject to Section 2.5 (Limitation on Claim Denial, Company Initiated Cancellation and Rescission), if any of the Insured's representations in Section 2.3 (Representations of the Insured) are Materially false or misleading with respect to a Covered Loan, the Company shall have the right, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, to issue a Rescission on a Covered Loan retroactively to the Coverage Effective Date (or, if the Misrepresentation occurs with respect to continuation of coverage upon assumption of a Covered Loan, to issue a Rescission retroactively to the date of such continuation). In the case of such Rescission, the Company shall return at that time all premiums paid for coverage after such applicable date.

(a)
Reprice - Notwithstanding Section 2.4(a) (Rescission), the Company will not issue a Rescission on a Covered Loan if all of the following conditions are met:

(i)
The conditions of Section 2.5(a) (Limitation on Claim Denial, Company Initiated Cancellation and Rescission) have not been met;

(ii)
Based on the true facts, the Covered Loan would have been eligible for coverage under this Policy, according to the Eligibility Criteria and as of the Coverage Effective Date, but would have received a different premium rate; and

(iii)
The Insured, within sixty (60) days following written notice from the Company that the conditions of this Section 2.4(b) (Reprice) have been met, pays the Company the additional premium owed (i.e., the appropriate monthly, annual, or single premium as agreed to by the Insured that would have been charged but for the Material Misrepresentation, less the premium actually charged) as reasonably calculated by the Company. If the Insured does not timely pay such additional premium, the Company will promptly issue a Rescission on the Covered Loan.

2.5
Limitation on Claim Denial, Company Initiated Cancellation and Rescission - except for Exclusions determined to relate to Covered Loans described in: Section 6.1 (Assumptions); 6.2 (Balloon Payment); Section 6.3 (Breach of Conditions and Insured's Obligations); Section 6.5 (Effective Date and Cancellation); Section 6.8 (Monthly Servicing Report); Section 6.9 (No First Deed of Trust); Section 6.10 (Physical Damage); Section 6.11 (Pre-Existing Environmental Impairment); Section 6.12 (Release of Indebtedness); and Section 6.13 (Residential Property), no Claim will be adjusted or denied, nor will coverage be cancelled or rescinded, by the Company for any issue arising out of the origination or closing of a Covered Loan provided all of the following conditions are met:
 
(a)
the Borrower: (i) made the first consecutive thirty-six (36) monthly payments of principal, interest, and escrow impounds in the amount and timeliness required under the Covered Loan with the Borrower's Own Funds; or (ii) had no 60-day or greater delinquencies and no more than two 30-day delinquencies during the thirty-six (36) months following the date the Covered Loan closed and was current as of the sixtieth (60th) month following the date the Covered Loan closed. A payment will be considered to be “consecutive” only if it is made prior to the date the next scheduled payment becomes due;

(b)
there is no Credible Evidence of Material Misrepresentation in the origination or closing of the Covered Loan involving any First Party with respect to a single Covered Loan if the Misrepresentation was made intentionally and with knowledge and the Company relied upon such Misrepresentation;

(c)
there is no Credible Evidence of Material Misrepresentation in the origination or closing of the Covered Loan involving two or more parties (i.e., the Borrower and one or more Pattern Parties, or two or more Pattern Parties) and the Covered Loan together with one or more other Covered Loans, loans, or related real estate transactions. For purposes of this Section 2.5(c), “Pattern Party” means a First Party as well as a Property seller, a builder, and a real estate agent; and
 
(d)
the Insured must have satisfied all of the requirements of Sections 8.1 (Claim Filing).

The Company's payment of a Claim will not limit any rights the Company has against the Borrower or any other Person (other than the Insured) for any Material Misrepresentation under Section 2.3 (Representations of the Insured).



16

EXHIBIT 10.14


2.6
Policy Type--

(a)
If the Policy Type designated on the Declarations Page of this Policy is an Accumulation Policy, the following provisions apply during the Accumulation Period of this Policy in addition to or, if specified, in place of, the other terms and conditions of this Policy:

(i)
from the Policy Effective Date until the Policy Settlement Date, the Total Initial Principal Balance shall be as designated on the Declarations Page of this Policy, notwithstanding the actual total initial principal balance of the Covered Loans as set forth on the Covered Loan Schedule to this Policy, and

(ii)
notwithstanding any other provision of this Policy to the contrary,

(A) coverage shall extend only to those loans which have been purchased by the Insured that meet the Eligibility Criteria and are reported to the Company in accordance with procedures agreed to by the Company and the Insured and listed on the Covered Loan Schedule, and

(B) the Coverage Effective Date for a Covered Loan under this Policy shall be the date listed on the Covered Loan Schedule, and

(iii)
effective on the Policy Settlement Date at the end of the Accumulation Period, the Total Initial Principal Balance as specified on the Declarations Page of this Policy shall be adjusted to be equal to the total initial principal balances of all Covered Loans listed on all Covered Loan Schedules issued prior to the Policy Settlement Date, regardless of whether the Covered Loan is covered by this Policy on the Policy Settlement Date, and the Covered Loan Schedule which is provided by the Company to the Insured effective on the Policy Settlement Date shall list all such Covered Loans, with a notation of loans which were initially covered by this Policy but are no longer covered as of the Policy Settlement Date, and

(iv)
no loan may be covered under this Policy which is not included in a Covered Loan Schedule dated before the Policy Settlement Date, and

(v)
any provisions that may be so specified in the Commitment Letter.

(b)
If the Policy Type designated on the Declarations Page is a Bulk Policy, any provisions that may be so specified in the Commitment Letter will apply in addition to or in place of the other terms and conditions of this Policy.

(c)
If the Policy Type designated on the Declarations Page is a Flow Policy, any provisions that may be so specified in the Commitment Letter will apply in addition to or in place of the other terms and conditions of this Policy.

3 Premium

3.1 Premium Calculation and Payment--

(a)
Premiums--The premiums due and payable under this Policy shall be calculated and paid monthly, annually or in a single premium, as specified on the Declarations Page of this Policy.

(i)
Monthly Premium--If the premium is a monthly premium, whether or not all the Covered Loans have a single Coverage Effective Date, the initial premium for each Covered Loan shall be calculated by multiplying the Monthly Premium Rate by the Initial Principal Balance of each Covered Loan. The Insured will make its best effort to pay the initial premium within five (5) days of delivery of the Set-up File, but in all cases the initial premium will be paid within ten (10) days of delivery of the Set-up File. After that payment, all regular subsequent premiums shall be calculated by multiplying the Monthly Premium Rate by the then-current unpaid principal balance of each Covered Loan as of the day immediately preceding the first (1st) day of the month for which the subsequent premium is due and as such balance is reported in the Monthly Servicing Report. The Insured will pay regular subsequent premiums within thirty (30) days of the end of each month. If the regular renewal premium is not paid within such period, the Company will promptly notify the Insured that it has not been paid pursuant to Section 3.2 (Lapse of Coverage for Covered Loan for Failure to Pay Subsequent Premium; Reinstatement3.2 Lapse of Coverage for Covered Loan for Failure to Pay Subsequent Premium).


17

EXHIBIT 10.14


(ii) Annual Premium--If the premium is an annual premium, the initial premium shall be calculated by multiplying the Annual Premium Rate by the Initial Principal Balance of each Covered Loan once all loans have been delivered to the Insured. The Insured will make its best effort to pay the initial premium within five (5) days of delivery of the Set-up File, but in all cases the initial premium will be paid within ten (10) days of delivery of the Set-up File. If all Covered Loans on a Covered Loan Schedule have the same Coverage Effective Date, then the initial premium on a Covered Loan will cover the period from the Coverage Effective Date for such Covered Loan to the one year anniversary of such Coverage Effective Date. After that payment, each subsequent premium shall be calculated by multiplying the Annual Premium Rate by the then-current unpaid principal balance of each Covered Loan on the day immediately preceding the anniversary of the applicable Coverage Effective Date and as such balance is reported in the Monthly Servicing Report. Unless otherwise agreed between the Company and the Insured, if the Covered Loan Schedule includes Covered Loans with different Coverage Effective Dates, both the initial and subsequent premium for each month's deliveries will be a full year's premium (that is, no proration of the initial premium). The Insured will pay subsequent premiums within thirty (30) days of the anniversary of the applicable Coverage Effective Date. If the subsequent premium is not paid within such period, the Company will promptly notify the Insured that the subsequent premium has not been paid pursuant to Section 3.2 (Lapse of Coverage for Covered Loan for Failure to Pay Subsequent Premium; Reinstatement3.2 Lapse of Coverage for Covered Loan for Failure to Pay Subsequent Premium).

(iii)
Single Premium--If the premium is a single premium, it shall be calculated by multiplying the Single Premium Rate by the Initial Principal Balance of each Covered Loan. The Insured will make its best effort to pay the premium within five (5) days of delivery of the Set-up File, but in all cases it will be paid within ten (10) days of delivery of the Set-up File. In this case, there will be no subsequent premiums.

(iv)
Other Premium Structures - If the parties agree to a premium structure other than one identified in subsection (a)(i), (a)(ii), or (a)(iii) above, then the applicable premium rate, method of calculating the premium payment, timing of premium payment, etc. shall be detailed in the Commitment Letter. In addition, the applicable premium rate will be specified on the Declarations Page of this Policy.

(v)
Tender of First Premium--Tender of the first premium for a Covered Loan will constitute a representation by the Insured for the purposes of Section 2.3 (Representations of the Insured) that any special conditions included by the Company in the Commitment Letter have been satisfied.

(b)
Changes in Unpaid Principal Balance--In the event the unpaid principal balance of a Covered Loan is increased or decreased pursuant to the terms of the note, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument relating to the Covered Loan or in accordance with Section 7.2(a) (Modification of Covered Loans Not in Default and Not at Risk of Imminent Default) or Section 7.2(c) (Modification of Covered Loans in Default or at Risk of Imminent Default), the Insured shall pay subsequent premium at the Monthly Premium Rate or Annual Premium Rate applicable to the Covered Loan, on the changed unpaid principal balance as such balance is reported in the Monthly Servicing Report. In the case of a Monthly Premium, the Monthly Premium on the changed unpaid principal balance will be payable beginning with the month in which such unpaid principal balance changed, but shall be paid beginning with the month in which such changed unpaid principal balance is initially reported to the Insured by the Servicer. In the case of an Annual Premium, the Annual Premium on the changed unpaid principal balance will be paid beginning with the first Annual Premium that is due after the month in which such changed unpaid principal balance is initially reported to the Insured by the Servicer. In the event of a Default prior to the payment of the required premium for any increase in unpaid principal balance, such increase in unpaid principal balance will not be covered. This Section will not apply if a Single Premium Rate is applicable. In no event will a change in the unpaid principal balance of a Covered Loan change the Initial Principal Balance of such loan.

(c)
Effective Date of Coverage--Provided that premiums are paid by the Insured in accordance with this Section, coverage for the relevant Covered Loans shall be effective as of the applicable Coverage Effective Date and shall remain effective until terminated or canceled in accordance with this Policy.

(d)
End of Obligation to Pay Premium--The Insured's obligation to pay premium on a Covered Loan ceases on the last day of the month in which the Liquidation Date occurs.




18

EXHIBIT 10.14


(e)
Payment Method--All premiums will be paid by the Insured by Automated Clearing House (ACH) of the Federal Reserve System, to the account specified in writing by the Company, or as otherwise agreed in writing between the Company and the Insured, and the Insured will concurrently with payment provide to the Company the Premium Payable File.

(f)
Premiums Non-refundable--All premiums are non-refundable except as otherwise provided in this Policy or in the Commitment Letter.

3.2 Lapse of Coverage for Covered Loan for Failure to Pay Subsequent Premium -

(a)
Lapse, Grace Period, Notice - If premium is not paid for a Covered Loan identified as active on the most recent Monthly Servicing Report as provided in this Policy, coverage with respect to such Covered Loan shall terminate, effective as of 12:01 a.m. on the Lapse Date, except coverage shall continue uninterrupted if payment is received by the Company within ninety (90) days after the Lapse Date, or if a non-payment notice is required by Applicable Law, within whatever period is specified in such non-payment notice or may be required by Applicable Law. If the Company does not receive a premium payment within sixty (60) days after the Lapse Date for any Covered Loan identified as active on the most current Monthly Servicing Report, it will promptly provide written notice to the Insured (at the e-mail box specified in writing by the Insured) and allow the Insured until the ninetieth (90th) day after the Lapse Date to cure the lapse before issuing a Company Initiated Cancellation.

If a Covered Loan is in Default prior to the Lapse Date and remains in Default as of the Lapse Date, the liability of the Company shall continue with respect to such Covered Loan.

(b)
Lapse Due to Erroneous Liquidation - If coverage lapses due to the erroneous reporting of a liquidation of a Covered Loan and the Insured wishes to reinstate coverage on such loan if it is subsequently reported as active on the Monthly Servicing Report, the Insured shall forward to the Company the premium payment(s) necessary to reinstate coverage and the Company will reinstate coverage without requiring any additional information.

(c)
Reinstatement After Lapse - If the Insured fails to pay premium in accordance with subsection (a), coverage lapses, and the Insured wishes to reinstate coverage after the Lapse Date, the Insured shall forward to the Company its request for reinstatement together with the appropriate premium payment and any information reasonably required by the Company. The Company will not agree to reinstate coverage of a loan if a Default has occurred after the Lapse Date. If the Company agrees to reinstate coverage on the relevant Covered Loan(s), such agreement will be evidenced by its acceptance of the premium payment; provided, however, that the Insured acknowledges that the Company deposits all payments immediately on receipt and, accordingly, the Insured agrees that the receipt and deposit of premium by the Company does not constitute acceptance by the Company until final reconciliation by the Company of the Company's records with such premium, which reconciliation will occur no later than sixty (60) days after receipt of premium by the Company.

Upon the Company's acceptance of the premium after the Lapse Date, coverage on the relevant Covered Loan(s) shall be reinstated and shall continue without interruption, as if there had been no lapse, and Defaults occurring prior to the Lapse Date or after the date of reinstatement of coverage will be covered. If the Company learns that the Covered Loan was in Default during the period between the Lapse Date and the date of reinstatement, the Company will be entitled to issue a Company Initiated Cancellation and will return all premiums received for the period after the Lapse Date. Receipt, deposit and retention of a premium will not constitute a waiver of any other defense with respect to the Covered Loan which the Company has under this Policy.

4 Administration of Policy

4.1 Set-up File Delivery--The Set-up File will be delivered by the Insured to the Company in the format and manner specified in the Operations Manual. This file is used to provide the Company with loan level information needed by the Company to prepare the Covered Loan Schedule in accordance with Section 2.1(c) (Approval of Coverage).

4.2 Monthly Servicing Report --For so long as this Policy is in effect, the Insured shall provide the Company with a Monthly Servicing Report for all active and liquidated Covered Loans, including information on the status of Covered Loans in Default. At the request of the Company, the Insured shall also include on one or more Monthly Servicing Reports information on the status of inactive Covered Loans. The Monthly Servicing Report will satisfy all of the Insured's obligations under


19

EXHIBIT 10.14

this Policy with respect to notification of Default reporting and will be the sole source for Covered Loan balances used to calculate premium payments and Claim Amounts under this Policy. The Monthly Servicing Report will be delivered by the Insured to the Company on or before the last Business Day of the month following the month to which it relates and in the format and manner specified in the Operations Manual, provided, however, that the Insured shall include in the Monthly Servicing Report notice of any Default on a Covered Loan if, within the month to which the Monthly Servicing Report relates: (i) the Borrower was two (2) months in Default on the Covered Loan; or (ii) any proceeding was commenced, including but not limited to foreclosure, which affects the Covered Loan or the Property or the Insured's or Borrower's interest in the Covered Loan or the Property.

4.3 Monthly Rescission Report-- For so long as this Policy is in effect, the Company shall provide the Insured with a Monthly Rescission Report identifying any Covered Loans for which the Company has issued a Rescission under this Policy. The Monthly Rescission Report will be delivered by the Company to the Insured by the fifth (5th) Business Day of the month following the month to which it relates and in the format and manner specified in the Operations Manual.

4.4
Servicing --

(a)
The Insured shall identify the Servicer of a Covered Loan as part of the Set-up File. The Company shall be notified of any change in Servicer through the Monthly Servicing Report. The specific data and Servicer information required to be shown on the Monthly Servicing Report will be specified in the Operations Manual.

(b)
To the extent consistent with the terms and conditions of this Policy, (i) Covered Loans will be serviced by a Servicer or Servicers selected by the Insured consistent with the Insured's normal business practices and in accordance with Section 4.5 (Change of Servicing) of this Policy and in accordance with servicing guidelines that are at least as rigorous as the Insured's Servicing Guide for non-insured loans and (ii) the Insured may give the Servicer delegated authority to perform loss mitigation and enter into workouts with Borrowers without the Insured's prior approval, which otherwise would be required by the Servicing Guide or other applicable servicing guidelines.

4.5
Change of Servicing--

(a)
If the servicing of a Covered Loan is sold, assigned or transferred, coverage under this Policy will continue in accordance with the terms of this Policy, provided that the Covered Loan is serviced by a Servicer approved by the Insured to service other loans of a similar nature owned or guaranteed by the Insured.

(b)
The Company may require a change of Servicer, provided, however, that the Company must first have (i) identified in writing to the Insured the material performance deficiencies necessitating the change and (ii) allowed a period of at least sixty (60) days after notice to the Insured for the Insured to remedy those deficiencies to the Company's satisfaction. If the deficiencies are not so remedied, the Company may require that the servicing be transferred in order to continue coverage and if it does so, it must notify the Insured in writing that the servicing must be transferred in order to continue coverage of affected Covered Loans and allow the Insured a minimum of ninety (90) days to effect the transfer to another Servicer acceptable to the Company to service the Covered Loans.

4.6
Change of Insured--If one or more Covered Loans are sold, assigned or transferred by the Insured, coverage under this Policy will not continue on such loans unless the Company consents in writing to the continuation of coverage. If the Company does not consent, then termination of coverage on such loans under this Section shall be effective as of the date of sale, assignment or transfer and there shall be no refund of premium.

4.7
Examinations and Audits--

(a)
Set-up File Variances and Remedies--The Set-up File may contain some loans not included in the Bid File and may not contain some loans included in the Bid File. If, within thirty (30) days from its receipt of the initial premium payment under this Policy, the Company determines that the Set-up File information Materially differs from the information in the Bid File used by the Company for pricing the coverage provided under this Policy, the Company will provide written notice to the Insured of the alleged Material difference and cooperate in good faith with the Insured to address such difference. A variance of the Total Initial Principal Balance of the Covered Loans from the Bid File to the Set-up File, shall not, in and of itself, be considered a Material difference; however, variances in individual loan characteristics may be Material on a case-by-case basis.

(i)
In the event a cure is not agreed upon between the Insured and the Company within thirty (30) days after


20

EXHIBIT 10.14

such notice, the Company will be entitled, at its option, within fifteen (15) days after expiration of such thirty (30) day period, to

(A)
adjust its premium rate on all Covered Loans to reflect the risk of the actual Covered Loans insured using the same pricing methodology used to price the loans included in the Bid File, or

(B)
reject coverage on the loans with respect to which the Set-up File contains information Materially different from the information in the Bid File, and include such loans on the Reject File, or

(C)
request substitutions of loans consistent with the Bid File.

(ii)
If the Company chooses to adjust its premium rate pursuant to subsection (a)(i)(A) above, and if the Insured does not agree that the adjusted premium reflects the risk of the actual loans to be insured, then no later than fifteen (15) days after notice is given to the Insured, the Insured may cancel this Policy retroactive to the Policy Effective Date. Such cancellation will apply to all Covered Loans regardless of Default status. The Company shall have no liability for any Claim under this Policy, including any Claim arising out of a Default in existence at cancellation. The Company shall promptly refund to the Insured all premiums paid in connection with this Policy. If the Company has paid a Claim with respect to any Covered Loan, the Insured shall promptly refund to the Company the amount of the Insurance Benefit paid.

(iii)
If the Company chooses to reject coverage on loans having Materially different information, or if the Company chooses to request substitution and the Insured has not substituted loans consistent with the Bid File to the Company's satisfaction within thirty (30) days after notice from the Company,

(A)
the Company shall promptly refund to the Insured all premiums paid on the rejected loans or Covered Loans, as applicable, and

(B)
the Insured shall promptly refund to the Company the amount of any Insurance Benefit paid, and

(C)
the Company shall have no liability under this Policy for any Claims, including any Claim arising out of a Default then in existence on the rejected loan or Covered Loan, as applicable.

(b)
Due Diligence Review and Remedies--

(i)
The Company will have the right to perform a due diligence review of Origination Files on a reasonable sample of Covered Loans at any time prior to the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Effective Date of this Policy with respect to a Bulk Policy or the Policy Settlement Date of an Accumulation Policy, provided that the Company notifies the Insured in writing of its intent to perform such a review. This Section 4.7(b) shall not apply to a Flow Policy. Notice of a due diligence review shall be directed as specified in the Commitment Letter. Due diligence reviews shall be conducted in the Company's offices utilizing physical or electronic images of the Origination Files. The purpose of any such due diligence review shall be limited to confirming that the Covered Loans comply with the Insured's representations as set forth in Section 2.3 (Representations of Insured) of this Policy. The Insured is required to provide the identified Origination Files to the Company within sixty (60) days of the Company's written notice. If the Insured fails to provide one or more Origination Files within such sixty (60) day period, the Company will promptly provide a second notice to the Insured, allowing the Insured to provide the missing Origination Files within an additional thirty (30) day period. If the Insured fails to provide the identified Origination Files to the Company within such additional thirty (30) day period, the Company and the Insured agree to meet within ten (10) Business Days to reach a mutually agreeable resolution. If no mutually agreed upon resolution can be reached, the Company may issue a Company Initiated Cancellation with respect to any Covered Loans for which Origination Files were not provided and there shall be no refund of premium. The Company's failure to use this right to perform due diligence shall in no way reduce, preclude or eliminate any of its other rights under this Policy.

(ii)
If the Company determines, based on a due diligence review, that a Covered Loan does not Materially


21

EXHIBIT 10.14

comply with the Insured's representations as set forth in Section 2.3 (Representations of Insured) of this Policy, the Company will provide written notice to the Insured of the alleged breach and the Insured will attempt to cure the breach. In the event a cure is not effected to the Company's satisfaction within thirty (30) days after such notice, the Company will be entitled, within fifteen (15) days after expiration of such thirty (30) day period, to

(A)
adjust its premium rate on all Covered Loans to reflect the risk of the actual Covered Loans insured using the same pricing methodology used to price the loans included in the Bid File, or

(B)
issue a Rescission on the non-complying Covered Loans, or

(C)
request substitutions of loans consistent with the Insured's representations.

(iii)
If the Company chooses to adjust its premium rate pursuant to subsection (b)(ii)(A) above, and if the Insured does not agree that the adjusted premium reflects the risk of the actual Covered Loans insured, then no later than forty-five (45) days after such notice is given to the Insured, the Insured may cancel the Policy retroactive to the Policy Effective Date. Such cancellation will apply to all Covered Loans regardless of Default status. After such cancellation, the Company shall have no liability for any Claim under this Policy. The Company shall promptly refund to the Insured all premiums paid in connection with the Covered Loans. If the Company has already paid an Insurance Benefit with respect to any Covered Loan, the Insured shall promptly refund to the Company the amount of the Insurance Benefit paid.

(iv)
If the Company chooses to issue a Rescission on the non-complying Covered Loans pursuant to subsection (b)(ii)(B), or if the Company chooses to request substitution pursuant to subsection (b)(ii)(C) and the Insured has not substituted loans consistent with its representations to the Company's satisfaction within thirty (30) days after notice from the Company, with respect to such Covered Loans

(A)
the Company shall promptly refund to the Insured all premiums paid, and

(B)
the Insured shall promptly refund to the Company the amount of any Insurance Benefit paid, and

(C)
the Company shall have no liability under this Policy for any Claim, including any Claim arising out of a Default then in existence on the applicable Covered Loan.
(c)
Examinations and Requests for Origination Files and Servicing Files - At any time prior to the Insured filing a Claim pursuant to Section 8.1 (Claim Filing), the Company will have the right to request from the Insured copies of individual Origination Files and/or Servicing Files as specifically needed by the Company to perform quality control reviews or investigations. The Insured is required to provide such Origination Files and/or Servicing Files within sixty (60) days of the date of the Company's written request, provided, however, that if the Company requests in any one month files for more than three percent (3%) of the number of Covered Loans currently insured under this Policy, the Insured and the Company shall agree on the timing for production of such files. If the Insured fails to provide a copy of an Origination File and/or Servicing File within such sixty (60) day period, the Company will promptly provide a second notice to the Insured, allowing the Insured to provide the Origination File and/or Servicing File within an additional thirty (30) day period. If the Insured fails to make the identified Origination File and/or Servicing File available to the Company within such additional thirty (30) day period, the Company may cancel coverage on the related Covered Loan and there shall be no refund of premium.

(d)
Examinations of Servicing and Loss Mitigation--The Company shall have the right to perform periodic examinations of the Insured and its Servicer to confirm that servicing and loss mitigation actions are being performed by the Servicer consistent with this Policy. The Insured and the Servicer shall actively cooperate with and assist the Company in performing periodic examinations. In the event such reviews identify Material noncompliance, upon written notice by the Company to the Insured, the Insured will exercise its best efforts to remedy such noncompliance and cause the identified servicing deficiencies to be corrected. In the event the deficiencies are not corrected to the Company's satisfaction, the Company shall have the right to (i) withdraw its approval of the Servicer pursuant to Section 4.5(b) (Change of Servicing), or (ii) adjust any Claim as provided in Section 6.3 (Breach of Conditions and Insured's Obligations).



22

EXHIBIT 10.14


4.8
Co-ordination and Duplication of Insurance Benefits--The coverage under this Policy shall be excess over any other mortgage guaranty insurance that may apply to a Covered Loan, regardless of the type of or the effective date of such other coverage.

4.9
Insurance Benefit File-- The Insurance Benefit File will be delivered by the Company to the Insured by the fifth (5th) Business Day of the month following the month to which it relates and in the format and manner specified in the Operations Manual. This file is used to provide the Insured with loan level Insurance Benefit payment information, including, but not limited to, the amount and date of Insurance Benefits paid by the Company under this Policy.

4.10
Premium Payable File-- If the applicable premium is a monthly premium, the Premium Payable File will be delivered by the Insured to the Company by the last Business Day of the month following the month to which it relates and in the format and manner specified in the Operations Manual. If the applicable premium is an annual premium, the Premium Payable File will be delivered by the Insured to the Company by the last Business Day of the month following the anniversary of the applicable Coverage Effective Date. If the applicable premium is a single premium, the Premium Payable File will be delivered by the Insured to the Company within ten (10) days of the Insured's delivery to the Company of the Set-up File. The Premium Payable File is used to provide the Company with loan level information regarding premium payments being made by the Insured in connection with Covered Loans.

4.11Premium Refund File - The Premium Refund File will be delivered by the Company to the Insured within one (1) Business Day of remitting any premium refund to the Insured. Premium refunds may be remitted daily, weekly or monthly. The file will be delivered in the format and manner specified in the Operations Manual. This file is used to provide the Insured with loan level premium refund information, including, but not limited to, the amount of and reason for all premiums refunded by the Company under this Policy, as well as the date of the event giving rise to each premium refund. All premium refunds must be remitted to the account or address specified in writing by the Insured in the Operations Manual. No premium refund may in any way be added to, intermingled with, or offset from Insurance Benefits. The Company acknowledges that the Insured deposits all payments immediately on receipt and, accordingly, the Company agrees that the receipt and deposit of any premium refund by the Insured does not constitute acceptance by the Insured of the reason for the refund. For example, if the reason for the premium refund was a Rescission, such Rescission shall continue to be subject to appeal pursuant to Section 8.9 (Appeal of Adverse Actions).

4.12
Reconciliation File - The Reconciliation File will be delivered by the Company to the Insured by the fifth (5th) Business Day following a Reconciliation Event and in the format and manner specified in the Operations Manual. This file is used to provide the Insured with loan level information necessary to periodically reconcile with the Company the Covered Loans insured under this Policy at a point in time, including, but not limited to if applicable, the remaining Covered Loan population, the remaining Deductible Amount, the remaining Aggregate Loss Limit, and the Aggregate Loss Limit Step Down.

4.13
Reconciliation - At least ninety (90) days prior to the expected occurrence of a Reconciliation Event, the Company will deliver to the Insured a Reconciliation File. Within thirty (30) days of its receipt of a Reconciliation File, the Insured will identify any variances from the data in its systems and notify the Company in writing of any such variances. Within thirty (30) days of its receipt of the Insured's written notice of any variances, the Company and the Insured must reconcile the variances and agree to such reconciliation in writing (“Reconciliation Agreement”). The Reconciliation Agreement will be definitive and form the binding basis of any subsequent reconciliation. If a reconciliation is still in process and the Company reasonably determines that the Maturity Date has been reached or the Aggregate Loss Limit has been exhausted, the Company shall suspend paying Insurance Benefits until the reconciliation is complete and any such suspension shall toll the application of Section 8.7 (Failure to Timely Pay Insurance Benefit).

5
Termination and Cancellation--

5.1 Termination of Coverage on a Covered Loan--

(a)
Provided that all applicable premiums have been paid with respect to a Covered Loan, coverage shall continue until, and shall automatically terminate upon, the first to occur of the following events:

(i)
the Covered Loan is paid in full;

(ii)
the Company pays the Insured the Insurance Benefit with respect to the Covered Loan, or, if applicable per


23

EXHIBIT 10.14

the Declarations Page, the Insurance Benefit is charged to the Deductible Amount with respect to the Covered Loan;

(iii)
the Covered Loan is required to be and is repurchased from the Insured by a Person pursuant to a written agreement as that agreement is in effect between the Insured and such Person at the time of acquisition of the Covered Loan by the Insured;

(iv)
the Insured sells, assigns or transfers the Covered Loan without obtaining consent of the Company to continue coverage under this Policy pursuant to Section 4.6 (Change of Insured); or

(v)
the Company issues a Rescission or Company Initiated Cancellation with respect to the Covered Loan pursuant to its rights under this Policy.

(b) The Insured shall provide notice to the Company within sixty (60) days of the termination date specified in subsection (a)(i), (a)(iii), or (a)(iv).

(c) If coverage is terminated pursuant to subsection (a)(iii), that portion of an annual premium or a single premium attributable to coverage after such termination shall be refunded to the Insured within thirty (30) days of termination of coverage in accordance with the Company's published refund schedule in effect on the Policy Effective Date. The Insured shall not be entitled to any refund of premium if coverage terminates pursuant to subsection (a)(i), (a)(ii), or (a)(iv) or if premiums are paid monthly.

5.2
Termination of Policy Prior to Exhaustion of Aggregate Loss Limit - If a Maturity Date is applicable per the Declarations Page and any applicable Aggregate Loss Limit has not been reached, this Policy will automatically terminate on the Maturity Date. If the Company believes that the Maturity Date has occurred, it will provide the Insured with the Reconciliation File and cease paying Insurance Benefits until the reconciliation specified in Section 4.13 (Reconciliation) is complete. Upon termination:

(a)
No additional premiums under this Policy shall be due or payable, except in the case of a monthly premium, any premium due for the month in which termination occurs shall be paid;

(b)
Subject to subsections (a) and (e) of this Section 5.2, the Insured is relieved of any and all obligations and waives any and all rights it has under this Policy with respect to any Covered Loan, except that any Covered Loan in Default on the Maturity Date shall remain covered under this Policy until it cures, in which case the Company shall have no liability for any Claim arising out of any subsequent Default;

(c)
In the case of an annual premium, the Company shall refund to the Insured the pro-rated portion of such premium related to the months following termination;

(d)
Subject to subsection (c) and (e) of this Section 5.2, the Company is relieved of any and all obligations and waives any and all rights it has under this Policy with respect to any Covered Loan, except that any Covered Loan in Default on the Maturity Date shall remain covered under this Policy until it cures, in which case the Company shall have no liability for any Claim arising out of any subsequent Default; and

(e)
With respect to any Covered Loan in Default on the Maturity Date where the Company issues a Claim Denial or Rescission, or adjusts the Claim Amount or curtails the Insurance Benefit, before or after the Maturity Date, the Insured may still appeal the adverse action pursuant to Section 8.9 (Appeals of Adverse Actions) and, if the Insured's appeal is successful, the Company will pay the applicable amount within the remaining Claim Settlement Period.

5.3
Termination of Policy Upon Exhaustion of Aggregate Loss Limit - If an Aggregate Loss Limit is applicable per the Declarations Page, this Policy will automatically terminate on the last day of the month in which the Aggregate Loss Limit is reached. If the Company believes that the Aggregate Loss Limit has been reached, it will provide the Insured with the Reconciliation File and cease paying Insurance Benefits until the reconciliation specified in Section 4.13 (Reconciliation) is complete. Upon termination:

(a)
No additional premiums under this Policy shall be due or payable, except in the case of a monthly premium, any premium due for the month in which termination occurs shall be paid;



24

EXHIBIT 10.14

(b)
Subject to subsection (a) of this Section 5.3, the Insured is relieved of any and all obligations and waives any and all rights it has under this Policy with respect to any Covered Loan, whether in Default or not, whether a Claim has been filed or not, and whether an Insurance Benefit has been paid or not;

(c)
In the case of an annual premium, the Company shall refund to the Insured the pro-rated portion of such premium related to the months following termination;

(d)
Subject to subsection (c) of this Section 5.3, the Company is relieved of any and all obligations and waives any and all rights it has under this Policy with respect to any Covered Loan, whether in Default or not, whether a Claim has been filed or not, and whether an Insurance Benefit has been paid or not;

(e)
The Insured withdraws any Claims filed on or prior to the date of termination that are still pending as of the date of termination, and will file no Claims after the date of termination; and
 
(f)
With respect to any Covered Loan where the Company issued a Rescission pursuant to Section 2.4 (Company's Remedies for Misrepresentation) prior to the date of termination, neither the Insured nor any of the Insured's predecessors or successors in interest may rebut the Rescission and coverage will not be reinstated.

5.4
Cancellation of Coverage on a Covered Loan by the Insured--Except as provided in Section 5.1 (Termination of Coverage on a Covered Loan), the Insured may not cancel coverage on a Covered Loan unless permitted in writing by the Company. Cancellation of coverage on a Covered Loan will not cancel this Policy.

5.5
Cancellation of Policy by the Company--

(a)
With respect to an Accumulation Policy or a Bulk Policy, the Company may not cancel this Policy so long as premiums have been paid in accordance with this Policy and coverage on any Covered Loan remains in force.

(b)
With respect to a Flow Policy, the Company may cancel this Policy on ninety (90) days prior written notice to the Insured; provided, however, that Covered Loans with a Coverage Effective Date prior to the cancellation date of this Policy shall continue to have coverage so long as all premiums are paid pursuant to, and subject to all other terms and conditions of, this Policy, and further provided that loans on which an initial loan application has been received by a Loan Originator prior to such cancellation date will be eligible to become a Covered Loan, but loans for which such application is received after such date will not be so eligible. After receipt of the notice, the Insured shall not enter into any new contracts to purchase loans that will be insured under this Policy.

5.6
Cancellation of Policy by the Insured5.3 Cancellation of Policy-- With respect to an Accumulation Policy, a Bulk Policy, or a Flow Policy, the Insured may cancel this Policy if the Company ceases to be Qualified and provides thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Company. In the event of such cancellation, the effective date of the cancellation will be deemed to be the Maturity Date and the Policy will terminate in accordance with Section 5.2 (Termination of Policy Prior to Exhaustion of Aggregate Loss Limit), provided, however, that if a single premium was paid and there is no actual Maturity Date, the unearned portion of the single premium, calculated in accordance with the Company's published refund schedule in effect on the Policy Effective Date, will be refunded to the Insured.

6 Exclusions from Coverage

Even if a particular Covered Loan satisfies the Eligibility Criteria, the Company shall not be liable for, and the Policy shall not apply to, extend to, or cover a Claim on such loan to the extent it is described in one of the Exclusions listed in this Section 6. In the event a Covered Loan is excluded from coverage under this Section 6, the Company shall be entitled to issue a Company Initiated Cancellation or Claim Denial, as appropriate, and, if it does so, will promptly refund all premiums for such loan for the period following the occurrence of the event giving rise to the Exclusion.

6.1
Assumptions - Any Claim if a Covered Loan is assumed and the Borrower is released from liability under the Covered Loan unless (i) the Insured approved such assumption and release in advance; or (ii) the Insured, under the Covered Loan or Applicable Law, cannot exercise a "due‑on‑sale" clause; or (iii) the Insured is obligated to consent to such assumption under the terms of the Covered Loan or Applicable Law; or (iv) the Servicing Guide provides for such assumption.




25

EXHIBIT 10.14

6.2 Balloon Payment--Any Claim arising out of or in connection with the failure of the Borrower to make any payment of principal and/or interest due under a Covered Loan, which payment becomes due when the Insured exercises its right to call the Covered Loan when not in Default or because the term of the Covered Loan is shorter than the amortization period, and which payment is for an amount more than twice the regular periodic payment of principal and interest that is set forth in the Covered Loan (commonly referred to as a "Balloon Payment"); provided, however, that this Exclusion shall not apply if the Insured or its Servicer offers the Borrower unconditionally and in writing, before the due date of the Balloon Payment, a renewal, refinance, or extension of the Covered Loan or a new loan in accordance with the Servicing Guide and the Borrower declines to accept such renewal, refinancing or extension, or new loan.

6.3 Breach of Conditions and Insured's Obligations--Any Claim involving or arising out of any breach by the Insured of its obligations under, or its failure to comply with, Section 4 (Administration of Policy) and Section 7 (Loss Mitigation) of this Policy, or of its obligations as imposed by operation of law, if the breach or failure

(a)
materially contributed to the Default resulting in such Claim, or,

(b)
increased the Company's loss, provided that if the Company can reasonably determine the amount of such increase, the Company will not issue a Claim Denial, but the Claim Amount will be reduced to the extent of such amount.


6.4 Down Payment--Any Claim involving a Covered Loan which is for the purchase of the Property and for which the Borrower did not make the down payment, if any was required by the Insured, from Borrower's Own Funds, as described in the Application or the final HUD-1 settlement statement executed in connection with the origination of the Covered Loan.

6.5 Effective Date and Cancellation--Any Claim resulting from a Default occurring

(a)    before the Policy Effective Date, or

(b)    before the Coverage Effective Date for the Covered Loan, or

(c)    after the cancellation of this Policy, or

(d)    after the Lapse Date applicable to the Covered Loan (unless coverage is reinstated pursuant to Section 3.2
(Lapse of Coverage for Covered Loan for Failure to Pay Subsequent Premium), or

(e)    after coverage with respect to the Covered Loan is terminated, cancelled, or rescinded.

6.6 Incomplete Construction--Any Claim when, as of the date of such Claim, construction of the Property had not been completed in accordance with the Appraisal obtained, or the construction plans and specifications approved, at the time the Covered Loan was originated or on which the Original Value was based.

6.7 Ineligible Loan--Any Claim with respect to a loan that does not satisfy the Eligibility Criteria set forth in the Eligibility Criteria Schedule.

6.8 Monthly Servicing Report--Any Claim if the information contained in a Monthly Servicing Report relating to the particular Covered Loan is false or misleading in any material respect as of the date of the Monthly Servicing Report or omits to state any fact necessary in order to make such information not false or misleading in any material respect as of such date, provided the Company relied on such false or misleading statement or omission in continuing coverage on the related Covered Loan prior to correction of such statement or omission, and further provided that if the Company can reasonably determine the amount by which the Claim Amount was increased by the error in the Monthly Servicing Report, the Company will not issue a Claim Denial, but the Claim Amount will be reduced to the extent of such amount.

6.9 No First Deed of Trust--Any Claim if the Covered Loan is not secured by a First Deed of Trust as of the date the Covered Loan is closed.

6.10 Physical Damage--Any Claim in which there is Physical Damage to the Property occurring or manifesting itself after the date on which the related Covered Loan is closed and the Physical Damage is the principal cause of the Default. This exclusion shall not apply if the Insured restores (or causes to be restored) the Property to its fully-completed condition as reported in the Original Value, reasonable wear and tear excepted, prior to the payment of the Insurance Benefit.


26

EXHIBIT 10.14


If the Physical Damage is not the principal cause of the Default (i.e., a complete exclusion does not apply) and the Insured has not restored (or caused to be restored) the Property to its fully-completed condition as reported in the Original Value, reasonable wear and tear excepted, the Company shall reduce the Claim Amount by an amount equal to the cost required to restore the Property to its condition as reported in the Original Value, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Cost estimates relied upon by the Company shall be provided in writing by an independent party selected by the Company without objection by the Insured. Upon request, the Company shall furnish to the Insured a written estimate of the cost of restoration.

6.11 Pre-Existing Environmental Impairment6.14 Environmental Impairment--Any Claim to the extent of any Environmental Impairment to the Property which has not been removed or remedied in accordance with Applicable Law and which

(a)
existed on or prior to the date on which the related Covered Loan was closed (whether or not known to the Borrower, Insured, or Servicer) if the existence of the Environmental Impairment was not disclosed in the Application and

(b)
was the principal cause of the Default and has made the principal Residential structure on the Property not Habitable.

6.12 Release of Indebtedness--Any Claim if, under Applicable Law, the Borrower did successfully assert any defense against the Insured, or could have asserted any defense against the Insured that would be reasonably likely to prevail, in view of then-current legal precedent in the applicable jurisdiction, so as to release in whole or in part the Borrower's obligation to repay the Covered Loan provided, however, that

(a)
this Exclusion shall only apply to the extent and amount of such release, and

(b)
this Exclusion shall not apply where the release of the Borrower is the result of the Covered Loan having been divided into secured and unsecured portions pursuant to proceedings under the federal bankruptcy laws (a so-called Chapter 13 “cram-down”) so long as all other conditions of this Policy have been met, and

(c)
in the event the Borrower failed to assert a defense, the Company has the burden of proof to show that the Borrower would have been reasonably likely to prevail if it had asserted a defense against the Insured.

6.13 Residential Property--Any Claim where the Property securing the loan was not Residential on the Coverage Effective Date or the date the Claim was submitted, provided that if the Company can reasonably determine the amount by which the Claim Amount was increased because the Property was not Residential on the date the Claim was submitted, the Company will not issue a Claim Denial, but the Claim Amount will be reduced to the extent of such amount.

6.14 Negligence - Any Claim that arises out of the negligence of a First Party, which negligence (a) materially contributed to the Default resulting in such Claim, or (b) increased the Claim Amount, provided that if the Company can reasonably determine the amount of such increase, the Company will not issue a Claim Denial, but the Claim Amount will be reduced to the extent of such amount.
 
7
Loss Mitigation--Except as provided in Section 7.2(a) (Modification of Covered Loans Not in Default and Not at Risk of Imminent Default) and unless otherwise provided for in the Commitment Letter, this section shall apply to all Covered Loans in Default and at risk of imminent Default.

7.1 Loss Mitigation - The Insured shall, and shall cause the Servicer to, use its commercially reasonable efforts to limit and mitigate loss by adhering to the Servicing Guide. In addition:

(a)
The Insured shall not administer or apply its Servicing Guide guidelines for loss mitigation to Covered Loans in a manner that is inconsistent with or different from such administration or application of such guidelines to any non-insured loan, if such inconsistency or difference may (i) materially contribute to a Default and result in a Claim or (ii) increase the Claim Amount.

(b)
The Insured shall actively cooperate with and assist the Company to prevent and mitigate a loss, including good faith efforts by the Insured to, as appropriate: obtain a cure of the Default; collect monies due under the Covered Loan; pursue one or more of the loss mitigation actions specified in Section 7.2 (Specific Loss Mitigation Actions); inspect and appraise the Property; and effectuate the early disposition of the Property.


27

EXHIBIT 10.14


If the Company issues a Claim Denial or reduces the Claim Amount in accordance with Section 6.3 (Breach of Conditions and Insured's Obligations) for failure of the Insured to materially comply with this Section 7, the Company must specify the amount of and reason for the action in its estimate of benefits.

Subject to the prior written approval of the Insured, at any time following a notice of Default on a Covered Loan, the Company may advance to the Insured or its Servicer, a partial Insurance Benefit on terms and conditions specified by the Company. If, in such case, the existing coverage is maintained, the amount of such Claim advance will be added to the Aggregate Loss, if applicable, and subtracted from any future Insurance Benefit with respect to such Covered Loan.

7.2 Specific Loss Mitigation Requirements--Subject to the terms specified below, the Insured must pursue as appropriate and in accordance with the Servicing Guide one or more of the following loss mitigation actions. Such pursuit does not require the Company's prior approval. Any and all loss mitigation actions undertaken by the Insured in accordance with this Section 7.2 and in accordance with the Servicing Guide are deemed approved by the Company and, except for breaches by the Insured of its obligations under, or its failure to comply with Section 7 (Loss Mitigation), no Claim Denial or reduction of the Claim Amount will result therefrom.

(a)
Modification of Covered Loans Not in Default and Not at Risk of Imminent Default-The terms of a Covered Loan not in Default and not at risk of imminent Default may be changed by agreement between the Insured and a Borrower and without the prior approval of the Company, and the Borrower may retain possession of the Property, if all of the following conditions are met:

(i)
no broker's price opinion or Appraisal of the Property shall be required, and

(ii)
any extension of the loan term may not result in a total loan term in excess of four hundred eighty (480) months from the origination date (that is, including the months the Covered Loan has already been in existence), and

(iii)
fixed-rate Covered Loans must remain fixed-rate, except for step-rate Covered Loans, and

(iv)
the Borrower's financial position must be improved, and

(v)
the unpaid principal balance of the Covered Loan after Modification may not exceed the unpaid principal balance prior to Modification.

Unless advance written approval is provided by, or obtained from, the Company, including approval in the Commitment Letter applicable to all Covered Loans insured under the Policy, the Insured may not make any change in the terms of a Covered Loan other than those specified above; nor make or permit to be made any change in the Property or other collateral securing the Covered Loan; nor release the Borrower from liability on a Covered Loan.

(b) Appropriate Proceedings - the Insured must refer Covered Loans to an attorney for the commencement of Appropriate Proceedings in accordance with the Servicing Guide unless Applicable Law precludes such action. Once begun, Appropriate Proceedings must be diligently pursued, provided, however, that a foreclosure sale may be postponed in order to complete a workout transaction with the Borrower(s), if the Insured is then currently involved in a workout with the Borrower(s) that the Insured reasonably anticipates will reduce the likelihood of a Claim.

(c) Modification of Covered Loans in Default or at Risk of Imminent Default - With respect to Covered Loans in Default or at risk of imminent Default, the Insured may make any change: (i) in the terms of a Covered Loan, including, but not limited to, reduction of the interest rate, capitalization of delinquent interest, extension of the loan term, forbearance of principal, and/or forgiveness of principal; (ii) in the Property or other collateral securing a Covered Loan; (iii) that is permitted by the terms of a Covered Loan; or (iv) that is required by Applicable Law. In the event a Covered Loan is modified and the unpaid principal balance is changed, the premium rate shall remain the same as it was before the Covered Loan was modified, but such rate will be applied to the modified unpaid principal balance.

In the event a Covered Loan is modified and such Modification includes principal forgiveness (i.e., a permanent reduction in the Covered Loan's unpaid principal balance), and such modified loan later Defaults and a Claim is submitted and perfected, the Insured shall include in the Claim Amount the amount by which the unpaid principal balance of the Covered Loan was forgiven, and the Company will pay the corresponding Insurance Benefit; provided,


28

EXHIBIT 10.14

however, that the Insured shall separately pay to the Company in a lump sum, promptly upon notice by the Company, premium on the forgiven unpaid principal balance (at the rate applicable to the Covered Loan) from the date the Covered Loan was modified through the date of Default.

(d) Third-Party Sales by the Borrower - The Insured may consent to a Third-Party Sale of the Property by the Borrower with respect to a Covered Loan prior to a foreclosure sale. Such consent by the Insured shall neither constitute nor be deemed an acknowledgement of liability by the Company with respect to such Covered Loan.

(e) Deeds-in-Lieu of Foreclosure - The Insured may accept a voluntary conveyance of the Property from the Borrower in lieu of foreclosure or other proceeding. Such acceptance by the Insured shall neither constitute nor be deemed an acknowledgement of liability by the Company with respect to such Covered Loan.

(f) Borrower Contributions - If a contribution, either in the form of cash or a promissory note, is obtained from the Borrower in connection with a Third-Party Sale or voluntary conveyance of the Property, the net contribution amount (i.e., net of any commercially reasonable expenses incurred in documenting and collecting such contribution) shall be shared pro rata by the Company and the Insured and distributed after the Total Loss is determined and when the cash is received or when note payments are made by the Borrower over time. The Company's pro rata portion of any Borrower contributions shall be a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the amount of the Insurance Benefit paid, and the denominator of which shall be the amount of the Total Loss.

(g) Repayment Plans - The Insured may consent to all Covered Loan payment arrearages being repaid through increased monthly payments from the Borrower over a specified period.

(h)
Forbearance - The Insured may consent to a temporary reduction or suspension of Covered Loan payments from the Borrower for a specified period.

(i)
Low-Balance Covered Loans - The Insured may choose not to foreclose on Covered Loans where the market value of the Property is less than or equal to thirty thousand dollars ($30,000). In such cases: (i) the Insured is not required to refer the Covered Loan to an attorney for the commencement of Appropriate Proceedings pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section; (ii) the accrual of accumulated delinquent interest includable in any subsequent Claim related to the Covered Loan, otherwise calculable in accordance with Section 8.5 (Calculation of Claim Amount), will be suspended as of the Date of Default; and (iii) no Claim with respect to such Covered Loan may be filed with the Company unless a Third-Party Sale by the Borrower is completed within four (4) years from the Date of Default.

(j)
Foreclosure Bidding-At foreclosure, the Insured will bid in accordance with the Insured's Servicing Guide.

(k)
Advances - The Insured must advance, each as due and payable, unless otherwise prohibited by Applicable Law, the following:

(i)
normal and customary hazard and/or homeowner's insurance premiums as required by the Servicing Guide;

(ii)
taxes, assessments and other public charges imposed on the Property;

(iii)
solely in instances of Default, commercially reasonable and necessary expenses for protection and preservation of the Property;

(iv)
condominium fees, homeowner association dues and other pro-rated portions of shared fees related to the common areas attendant to the Property, to the extent ascertainable and necessary to maintain the priority of the first lien;

(v)
if the Covered Loan is secured by a Cooperative Property, maintenance fees, cooperative association dues and other pro-rated portions of shared fees related to the common areas attendant to the Cooperative Property, to the extent ascertainable; and

(vi)
commercially reasonable and necessary expenses to complete Appropriate Proceedings, including court costs, actual attorney's fees, and the cost to evict occupants (including moving expenses where required by Applicable Law to be paid by the evicting party).




29

EXHIBIT 10.14


8 Claim Filing and Settlement--It is a condition to the Company's obligation to pay a Claim that the Insured comply with all of the following:

8.1 Claim Filing--

(a)
Claim Submission. A Claim must be submitted by the Insured to the Company within sixty (60) days of the date a Third-Party Sale or REO Sale is closed.

(b)
Required Documentation. Claims may either be submitted electronically or the Company may be required to retrieve Claims directly from the Insured's systems. Claims may reference one or more Covered Loans and must include the following with respect to each Covered Loan:

(i)
Covered Loan/Insured loan number;

(ii)
mortgage guaranty insurance certificate number;

(iii)
Property address;

(iv)
Claim Amount and Insurance Benefit calculations;

(v)
date the Third-Party Sale or REO Sale closed;

(vi) statement showing net proceeds of Third-Party Sale or REO Sale; and

(vii) complete Origination File and complete Servicing File.

(a)
Claim Perfection. The Claim shall be considered perfected when the Company receives the items listed in subsection (b), unless within twenty (20) days thereafter the Company requests from the Insured those required items in subsection (b) that were not received, in which case the Claim Settlement Period shall be suspended until the Company receives all such missing items. The Claim shall be considered perfected on the date the Company receives all such missing items. If the Company does not receive any missing items within thirty (30) days of its request, the Company will promptly send a courtesy reminder notice to the Insured. No Claim Denial may be issued by the Company for failure of the Insured to produce all items listed in subsection (b) in less than one hundred twenty (120) days following the Claim filing date.
    
(b)
Failure to Perfect Claim. If the Insured files a Claim within the time required by subsection (a) but such Claim is not perfected within one hundred twenty (120) days of its filing, irrespective of any request by the Company for items under subsection (b) and irrespective of any interim suspension of the Claim Settlement Period, then the Company will issue a Claim Denial and explain the reason for such denial on the explanation of benefits.

(c)
Waiver of Insurance Benefits. If the Insured fails to file a perfected Claim within the time required by subsection (c), but does file a perfected Claim within one (1) year after the applicable event described in subsection (a), the Company shall re-open and process such perfected Claim under this Policy; however, there shall be no further interest or Advances included in the Claim Amount for periods following the subsection (a) deadline to file the Claim. If the Insured fails to file a perfected Claim within the one (1) year period specified, such failure shall be deemed an election by the Insured to waive its right to any Insurance Benefit under this Policy with respect to such Covered Loan.



30

EXHIBIT 10.14


8.2 Conditions Precedent to Claim Settlement--The following procedures shall constitute conditions precedent to, and additional limitations upon, the Company's obligation to pay Insurance Benefits under this Policy.

(a)
Third-Party Sales by the Borrower-If the Covered Loan is in Default or Default is imminent and the Borrower receives any third-party offer to purchase the Property prior to a trustee's sale or foreclosure sale, the Insured may, but does not have to, approve a Third-Party Sale pursuant to Section 7.2(d) (Third-Party Sales by the Borrower). If the Insured approves such sale, the Insurance Benefit shall be paid pursuant Section 8.5(a) (Third-Party Sales and Approved REO Sales).

(b)
Third-Party Sales at Foreclosure-In the event of a Third-Party Sale at a trustee's sale or foreclosure sale, the Insurance Benefit shall be paid pursuant to Section 8.5(a) (Third-Party Sales and Approved REO Sales).

(c)
REO Sales--In the event the Insured receives any third-party offer to purchase the Property after the Insured has acquired Borrower's Title and the Insured desires to accept such offer, the Insured shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the terms of such offer. The Company shall either approve or disapprove the offer within five (5) Business Days of receipt of notice of such offer by the Company and such approval or disapproval shall be final. In the event the Company fails to respond within five (5) Business Days, the Company shall be deemed to have approved the offer. Approval by the Company may not unreasonably be withheld.

If the Company approves or is deemed to have approved the REO Sale, the Insurance Benefit shall be paid pursuant to Section 8.5(a) (Third-Party Sales and Approved REO Sales). If the Company disapproves the REO Sale, the Company must acquire the Property and the Insurance Benefit shall be paid pursuant to Section 8.5(b) (Disapproved REO Sales).

In the event the Property is inadvertently sold by the Insured without first seeking the Company's approval, for an amount that the Company determines based on reasonable evidence (e.g., Appraisal or broker's price opinion) was less than the market value of the Property, the Company will not issue a Claim Denial and the Claim Amount shall still be calculated pursuant to Section 8.4(a) (Loss-on-Sale Calculation); provided, however, that the gross sales price shall be the market value of the Property obtained by the Company. For example, if the Property sold for $100,000 with closing costs of three (3) percent (i.e., net proceeds of $97,000) and the market value of the Property obtained by the Company was $125,000, then the net REO Sale proceeds would equal $121,250 (i.e., $125,000 less $3,750) for purposes of calculating actual loss. If requested by the Insured, the Company must provide to the Insured a copy of the document evidencing the market value of the Property that it obtained.

(d)
Lease of Property - The Company acknowledges that the Insured may lease the Property to the Borrower or to a third-party following a foreclosure sale or a voluntary conveyance by the Borrower, in which case the marketing and sale of the Property will be delayed until the lease is terminated.

(e)
Marketing Information and Access to the Property--Following acquisition of Borrower's Title by the Insured and extending until the last day of the Claim Settlement Period, the Insured shall authorize its agent, when requested by the Company, to release marketing information for the Property to the Company, and the Insured shall grant the Company reasonable access to the Property in order to inspect and/or value the Property.

(f)
Claims with Primary Coverage - If a Covered Loan has primary mortgage guaranty insurance coverage, the Insured or the Servicer, as applicable, must first submit any claim for loss due under such coverage. This Section 8.2(e) shall not apply if the Covered Loan had primary mortgage guaranty insurance coverage, but such coverage was properly terminated or cancelled as required by Applicable Law or as permitted by the Servicing Guide.

8.3 Selection of Settlement Option--The Company must pursue its Claim investigations and Insurance Benefit payments expeditiously and in good faith.

8.4 Calculation of Claim Amount--

The Claim Amount shall be calculated pursuant to this section.

(a)
The Loss-on-Sale Calculation (in the event of a Third-Party Sale or an approved REO Sale as described in Section 8.5(a) (Third-Party Sales and Approved REO Sales) shall be the sum of:


31

EXHIBIT 10.14


(i)
the Default Amount, and

(ii)
the amount equal to the sum of (a) interest at the contract rate stated in the Covered Loan computed on the Default Amount from the Date of Default until the date of the Third-Party Sale or REO Sale, and (b) thereafter through the date the Insurance Benefit is paid, interest at the contract rate stated in the Covered Loan computed on the Default Amount as such amount is reduced by the net proceeds of the Third-Party Sale or REO Sale, but excluding late charges or other penalties or changes to the contract rate by reason of Default, provided, however, that in no event will the time for which accumulated delinquent interest is included in the Claim Amount exceed forty five (45) months, and

(iii)
the amount of Advances paid by the Insured pursuant to Section 7.2(k) (Advances) prorated through the date the Claim is submitted, provided, however, that attorney fees shall not exceed: (a) the lesser of five percent (5%) of the Default Amount and the accumulated delinquent interest calculated in (i) and (ii) above, or six thousand dollars ($6,000), for Covered Loans having Default Amounts less than two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000); and (b) three percent (3%) of the Default Amount and the accumulated delinquent interest calculated in (i) and (ii) above for Covered Loans having Default Amounts equal to or greater than two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000),

less

(iv)
the amount of all rents and other payments (excluding proceeds of hazard and/or homeowner's insurance) collected or received by the Insured, prior to the earlier of the date the Claim is submitted or required to be submitted, and that the Insured is entitled to retain, which are derived from or in any way related to the Property, and

(v)
the amount of cash remaining in any escrow account as of the last payment date, if such cash secures the debt, and

(vi)
the amount of cash to which the Insured has retained the right of possession as security for the Covered Loan and all sums as to which the Insured has the right of set-off, and

(vii)
the amount paid under applicable hazard and/or homeowner's coverage policies which has not been applied to the cost of restoring and repairing the Property or which has not been applied to the payment of the Covered Loan, and

(viii)
the net proceeds of the Third-Party Sale or REO Sale, consisting of the gross sales price less all reasonable and necessary costs incurred in obtaining and closing the sale, and

(ix)
any amounts claimed by the Insured to the extent they are excluded from the Claim Amount by reason of Section 6 (Exclusions from Coverage) and

(x)
the amount due to the Insured under the terms of any primary mortgage guaranty insurance coverage on the Covered Loan, based on full compliance with the terms of such coverage and irrespective of whether the Insured has actually received such amount.

(b)
The Property Acquisition Calculation (in the event of a disapproved REO Sale as described in Section 8.5(b) (Disapproved REO Sales) shall be the sum of:

(i)
the Default Amount, and

(ii)
the amount equal to interest at the contract rate stated in the Covered Loan computed on the Default Amount from the Date of Default through the date the Insurance Benefit is paid in connection with the Company's acquisition of the Property, but excluding late charges or other penalties or changes to the contract rate by reason of Default, provided, however, that in no event will the time for which accumulated delinquent interest is included in the Claim Amount exceed forty five (45) months, and

(iii)
the amount of Advances paid by the Insured pursuant to Section 7.2(k) (Advances), provided, however, that


32

EXHIBIT 10.14

attorney fees shall not exceed: (a) the lesser of five percent (5%) of the Default Amount and the accumulated delinquent interest calculated in (i) and (ii) above, or six thousand dollars ($6,000), for Covered Loans having Default Amounts less than two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000); and (b) three percent (3%) of the Default Amount and the accumulated delinquent interest calculated in (i) and (ii) above for Covered Loans having Default Amounts equal to or greater than two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000),

less

(iv)
the amount of all rents and other payments (excluding proceeds of hazard and/or homeowner's insurance) collected or received by the Insured, prior to the earlier of the date the Claim is submitted or required to be submitted, and that the Insured is entitled to retain, which are derived from or in any way related to the Property, and

(v)
the amount of cash remaining in any escrow account as of the last payment date, if the Insured has a right to such cash, and

(vi)
the amount of cash to which the Insured has retained the right of possession as security for the Covered Loan and all sums as to which the Insured has the right of set-off, and

(vii)
the amount paid under applicable hazard and/or homeowner's coverage policies which has not been applied to the cost of restoring and repairing the Property or to the payment of the Covered Loan, and

(viii)
any amounts claimed by the Insured to the extent they are excluded from the Claim Amount by reason of Section 6 (Exclusions from Coverage), and

(ix)
the amount due to the Insured under the terms of any primary mortgage guaranty insurance coverage on the Covered Loan, based on full compliance with the terms of such coverage and irrespective of whether the Insured has actually received such amount.

8.5 Insurance Benefit--

(a)
Third-Party Sales and Approved REO Sales-If the Property is sold pursuant to Section 8.2(a) (Third-Party Sales by Borrower), 8.2(b) (Third-Party Sales at Foreclosure), or 8.2(c) (REO Sales) where the Company approved or is deemed to have approved such REO Sale, the Company will pay the Insured, as the Insurance Benefit, the lesser of: (i) the Loan Coverage Percentage multiplied by the Initial Principal Balance; and (ii) the Loss-on-Sale Calculation.
 
(b)
Disapproved REO Sales - If the Company disapproves an REO Sale pursuant to Section 8.2(c) (REO Sales), the Company must acquire the Property. The Company will pay the Insured, as the Insurance Benefit, the Property Acquisition Calculation and receive in exchange therefore: (i) a duly and properly-executed and recordable deed, in customary form and containing customary warranties and covenants, conveying to the Company or its designee Good and Merchantable Title to the Property; (ii) a title insurance policy or attorney's opinion of title reasonably acceptable to the Company, confirming that the Insured has and can convey to the Company or its designee Good and Merchantable Title to the Property; and (iii) possession of the Property, which is full and undisputed occupancy and control of the Property by the Company. The Company must ensure that such deed is sent to the appropriate local recording office for recordation within sixty (60) days of receipt.

Examples of these Insurance Benefit calculations are provided in Exhibit A.

In addition to the payment of the Insurance Benefit, the Company will: (i) pay whatever recoveries or expenses may be payable to the Insured pursuant to Section 7.2(f) (Borrower Contributions) or Section 9.1 (Subrogation), which amounts will appear as credits or deductions on the explanation of benefits and be paid or charged to the Insured at the same time the Insurance Benefit is paid; and (ii) separately refund any and all premiums paid for coverage after the Date of Default pursuant to Section 4.11 (Premium Refund File)

8.6 Claim Settlement--The Company, within the Claim Settlement Period, shall pay the Insurance Benefit to the Insured.


33

EXHIBIT 10.14


8.7 Failure to Timely Pay Insurance Benefit--In the event the Company does not pay the Insurance Benefit within the Claim Settlement Period, it shall pay interest on the Insurance Benefit at the following rates:

(a)
if the Insurance Benefit is paid on or before the sixtieth (60th) day following the last day of the Claim Settlement Period, the rate due upon the Covered Loan, commencing on and including the day immediately following the last day of the Claim Settlement Period up to but excluding the date on which the Insurance Benefit is paid; or

(b)
if the Insurance Benefit is paid after the sixtieth (60th) day following the last day of the Claim Settlement Period, the rate due upon the Covered Loan, commencing on and including the day immediately following the last day of the Claim Settlement Period up to and including the sixtieth (60th) day following the Claim Settlement Period, plus the rate due upon the Covered Loan plus ten (10) percentage points (“Penalty Interest”), commencing on and including the day immediately following the sixtieth (60th) day following last day of the Claim Settlement Period up to but excluding the date on which the Insurance Benefit is paid. Penalty Interest shall not be payable on the Insurance Benefit if the Company's failure to pay within sixty (60) days following the last day of the Claim Settlement Period is the result of (i) the failure of payment systems beyond the control of the Company or (ii) a Rescission of coverage with respect to a Covered Loan that the Company later determines to reinstate after receiving additional information from the Insured.

8.8 Discharge of Obligation8.11 Discharge of Obligation--Payment by the Company of the Insurance Benefit due in accordance with this Policy shall be a full and final discharge of the Company's obligation under this Policy with respect to the related Covered Loan.

8.9 Appeals of Adverse Actions - In the event the Company adjusts a Claim Amount, curtails an Insurance Benefit, or issues a Claim Denial, Company Initiated Cancellation, or a Rescission and the Insured believes such action is improper under this Policy, the Insured may appeal such action as follows:

(a)
Insured must submit a reasonably detailed written appeal to the Company within one hundred twenty (120) days of its receipt of the Company's adverse action notice. The appeal must include documentation that supports the Insured's belief that the Company's action was improper.

(b)
The Company must review the documentation and notify the Insured of its decision within sixty (60) days of its receipt of the appeal. If the Company will not reverse the adverse action, its notification to the Insured must include a reasonably detailed explanation. The Company's decision will be final with respect to the stated reason for the adverse action, subject to any arbitration or suit that the Insured may pursue in accordance with Section 9.4 (Arbitration) or Section 9.5 (Suit).

(c)
If a Claim has been filed and the Company reinstates coverage (in the case of Company Initiated Cancellation or a Rescission) or reverses the action (in the case of a Claim Amount adjustment, an Insurance Benefit curtailment, or a Claim Denial), the Claim will be deemed perfected as of the date of the reinstatement or reversal notice and the Company must pay the appropriate Insurance Benefit within the remaining Claim Settlement Period.

8.10 Application of Aggregate Loss Limit - Notwithstanding any other provision of this Policy to the contrary, the Company shall have no liability to pay any Insurance Benefit once the Aggregate Losses paid by the Company equal the Aggregate Loss Limit. Under no circumstances will any interest or Penalty Interest paid on the Insurance Benefit pursuant to Section 8.7 (Failure to Timely Pay Insurance Benefit) be included in the Aggregate Loss. The Insured shall be solely responsible for any losses exceeding the Aggregate Loss Limit, unless and until the Aggregate Losses are reduced below the Aggregate Loss Limit. The Aggregate Loss Limit is subject to reduction pursuant to Section 1.8 (Aggregate Loss Limit Step Down).

8.11 Application of Deductible Amount - Notwithstanding any other provision of this Policy to the contrary, the Company shall have no liability to pay any Insurance Benefit unless and until the Aggregate Losses exceed the Deductible Amount. The Insured shall be solely responsible for the Aggregate Losses up to and including the Deductible Amount. If the Company believes that the Deductible Amount has been reached, it will provide the Insured with the Reconciliation File and not be responsible for beginning to pay Insurance Benefits in cash until the reconciliation specified in Section 4.13 (Reconciliation) is complete.





34

EXHIBIT 10.14

9 Additional Conditions--

9.1 Subrogation

(a)
Pursuit of Deficiency Judgment - If either the Insured or the Company desires to pursue a Deficiency Judgment against a Borrower in connection with a Covered Loan, the party seeking to pursue such Deficiency Judgment shall contact the other party to determine whether the Deficiency Judgment should be sought for the account of both parties or only for its own account; provided, however, that if under Applicable Law pursuit of a Deficiency Judgment will substantially increase the expenses associated with foreclosure, the Insured shall contact the Company prior to the initiation of a form of foreclosure proceedings that would increase the costs of foreclosure to determine whether a Deficiency Judgment is to be sought and, if so, whether such Deficiency Judgment is to be sought for the account of both parties or only for the account of the Company or the Insured. In connection with the determination regarding pursuit of a Deficiency Judgment, each of the Insured and the Company must provide the other with all information it may have concerning the assets of the Borrower, possible defenses, and other information material to the decision.

(b)
Parties Determination - If the parties determine that the Deficiency Judgment shall be pursued solely for the account of the Company, the Company shall be subrogated to all of the Insured's rights of recovery against the Borrower and any other Person relating to the Covered Loan or the Property with respect to which the Company has paid an Insurance Benefit and shall be responsible for all costs associated with pursuing such Deficiency Judgment. If the parties determine that the Deficiency Judgment shall be pursued solely for the account of the Insured, or if the Company is prohibited by law from pursuing the Deficiency Judgment, the Company shall not be subrogated to any of the Insured's rights of recovery against the Borrower and any other Person relating to the Covered Loan or the Property with respect to which the Company has paid an Insurance Benefit and the Insured shall be responsible for all costs associated with pursuing the Deficiency Judgment. If the parties determine that the Deficiency Judgment shall be pursued for the account of both parties, the Company shall be subrogated pro rata to such rights of recovery and shall be responsible for a pro rata portion of the associated costs. The Company's pro rata portion of recovery rights and associated costs shall be a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the amount of the Insurance Benefit paid, and the denominator of which shall be the amount of the Total Loss.

(c)
Cooperation - The Insured shall cooperate with the Company in any action or proceeding to enforce any rights of recovery or other remedies that the Company may have or may have acquired pursuant to this Section 9.1 (Subrogation) against the Borrower or any other Person and shall refrain from any action, either before or after payment of an Insurance Benefit hereunder, that shall in any manner prejudice such rights.

9.2 Proceedings in Eminent Domain--In the event that part or all of the Property is taken by eminent domain, condemnation or by any other proceedings by a federal, state or local governmental unit or agency, the Insured shall require that the Borrower apply the maximum permissible amount of compensation awarded to reduce the unpaid principal balance of the Covered Loan in accordance with applicable law and the terms of the Covered Loan.

9.3 Notice--

(a) Notices and information to facilitate administration of the Policy shall be sent between the Company and the Insured and/or the Servicer by any means and method mutually agreed to, including by electronic transmission in a format acceptable to all, which shall include: (i) sent by overnight mail or other commercially reasonable method of express delivery, (ii) transmitted in a commercially reasonable, electronic manner (that is, e-mail, posting to a web portal, etc.), or (iii) sent by regular mail, to the person or address and with such copies as are identified in the Operations Manual.

(b)
If the Insured so directs the Company in writing in the manner provided for in this Section, the Company shall provide notice to the Servicer or any other Person in lieu of or in addition to providing notice to the Insured. All notices to the Servicer or any other Person designated by the Insured to receive notices shall be sent to the last known address or facsimile number for the Servicer or such other Persons, as the case may be, as reflected in the records of the Company (provided that the Company shall use its best efforts to confirm telephonically or otherwise with the Servicer of other Person designated by the Insured the accuracy of the facsimile number used).

(c) Either party may notify the other of a change of its address in the manner provided for in this Section for giving notice. All notices required to be submitted to the Company or to the Insured shall be deemed to have been given five (5) days after the notice is sent in the manner set forth in this Section, unless actually received earlier.



35

EXHIBIT 10.14


9.4 Arbitration--Unless prohibited by Applicable Law, any controversy or dispute, including any Claim made under this Policy, arising out of or relating to this Policy, may, upon the mutual consent of all parties to the dispute, be settled by binding arbitration in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association deemed most appropriate by such association. If this remedy is elected by all parties to the dispute, then the decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on all the parties and shall be enforceable in any court of competent jurisdiction in the United States of America.

9.5 Suit--

(a)
Each of the parties to this Policy consents to the sole and exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the District of Columbia and/or the federal courts sitting in the District of Columbia, in the case of any dispute or other matter arising under this Policy which is not disposed of with finality under Section 9.4 (Arbitration). No suit or action for recovery of any Insurance Benefit under this Policy shall be sustained in any court of law or equity unless the Insured has materially complied with the terms and conditions of this Policy, except a suit or action where the issue is whether the Insured materially complied with the terms and conditions of the Policy or what was required to do so, and unless the suit or action in equity is commenced within three (3) years, or such longer period of time as may be permitted by Applicable Law, after (i) the Claim has been presented to the Company or (ii) the date on which the cause of action accrued, whichever is earlier. No suit or action on the Company's disposition of a Claim or Insurance Benefit may be brought against the Company until sixty (60) days have elapsed from the last day of the Claim Settlement Period. The parties to this Policy expressly waive the right to a jury trial.

(b)
If a dispute arises concerning a Covered Loan and involves either the Property or the Insured, the Company has the right to protect its interest by defending any action arising from such dispute, even if the allegations involved are groundless, false or fraudulent. The Company is not required to defend any lawsuit involving the Insured, the Property, or a Covered Loan. The Company and the Insured shall each bear its own costs and expenses for any litigation under this Section.

9.6 Parties in Interest--Subject to Section 4.6 (Change of Insured), this Policy shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns and the Insured and its permitted successors and assigns. Neither the Borrower, nor the Servicer, nor any successor owner of a Property, nor any mortgage guaranty pool insurance company, nor any other Person is included or intended as a third-party beneficiary to this Policy. Because the Company and the Insured are the only parties to this Policy, they may agree to modify or amend or terminate this Policy without the consent of, or notice to, any Borrower, Servicer or any other Person.

9.7 Agency--None of the Insured, its Servicer, or any Person, or any of their respective employees or agents shall be or shall be deemed to be agents of the Company, nor shall the Company or any of its employees or agents be or be deemed to be an agent of the Insured.

9.8 Governing Law; Conformity to Statute--This Policy shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Insured is located (excluding the conflict of laws rules). Any provision of this Policy that is in conflict with the law of that jurisdiction is amended by this Section to conform to the minimum requirements of that law.

9.9 Electronic Data--The Company and the Insured agree that each may originate, maintain, and share information, documents or other data (in this Section referred to as “data”) as electronic records using electronic media generally accepted as usual and customary for business records (e.g., e-mail, secure web-portals) and that such data are as acceptable for all purposes under this Policy as data maintained in printed or written form, so long as the data is not denied legal effect or enforceability solely because it is in electronic form. Notices required by this Policy may be sent by electronic means and if so sent shall have the same effect as if sent in paper form.

9.10 Amendments; No Waiver; Rights and Remedies--

(a) The Company reserves the right to amend the terms and conditions of this Policy from time to time; provided, however, that any such amendment will be effective only after the Company has given the Insured written notice of the amendment by endorsement setting forth the amendment. Such amendment will only be applicable to those Covered Loans where the Coverage Effective Date for the Covered Loan is on or after the effective date of the amendment.

(b) No condition or requirement of this Policy will be deemed waived, modified or otherwise compromised unless that


36

EXHIBIT 10.14

waiver, modification or compromise is stated in a writing properly executed on behalf of the Company. Each of the conditions and requirements of this Policy is severable, and a waiver, modification or compromise of one will not be construed as a waiver, modification or compromise of any other.

(c)No right or remedy of the Company provided for by this Policy will be exclusive of, or limit, any other rights or remedies set forth in this Policy or otherwise available to the Company at law or equity.



37

EXHIBIT 10.14


EXHIBIT A

EXAMPLES OF INSURANCE BENEFIT CALCULATIONS
(as described in Section 8.5 (Insurance Benefit))





38
21.1 Subsidiaries of NMIH S-1/A

EXHIBIT 21.1



SUBSIDIARIES OF NMI HOLDINGS, INC.

Name of Subsidiary
 
Jurisdiction of Incorporation
 
% Owned By NMI Holdings
National Mortgage Insurance Corporation
 
Wisconsin
 
100
National Mortgage Reinsurance Inc. One
 
Wisconsin
 
100


1
23.1 BDO Consent 06 14 13 IPO S-1
EXHIBIT 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


NMI Holdings, Inc.
Emeryville, California

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated June 14, 2013, relating to the consolidated financial statements of MAC Financial Holdings Corporation (A Development Stage Company), which is contained in that Prospectus.
We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.


/s/ BDO USA, LLP
San Francisco, California

October 8, 2013


1
23.2 BDO Consent 02 14 13 IPO S-1

EXHIBIT 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


NMI Holdings, Inc.
Emeryville, California

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated February 14, 2013, relating to the consolidated financial statements of NMI Holdings, Inc. (A Development Stage Company), which is contained in that Prospectus.
We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.


/s/ BDO USA, LLP
San Francisco, California

October 8, 2013



1
99.1 Freddie Mac Conditional Approval Letter
EXHIBIT 99.1


VIA OVERNIGHT DELIVERY AND E-MAIL

January 15, 2013

Mr. Brad M. Shuster
President and Chief Executive Officer
National Mortgage Insurance Corporation
NMI Holdings, Inc.
2100 Powell Street, 12th Floor
Emeryville, CA 94608

Re: Application of National Mortgage Insurance Corporation ("NMI") for Approved Insurer Status

Dear Mr. Shuster:

This letter (i.e., the "Conditional Approval") is in response to NMI's initial application to Freddie Mac to become an "Approved Insurer," as that term is defined in Freddie Mac's Private Mortgage Insurer Eligibility Requirements, as amended from time to time and including the most recent draft proposed amendment until a new version of the PMIERs is adopted, published and becomes effective (the "PMIERs"). NMI provided its initial application to Freddie Mac on May 10, 2012, and supplemented it with additional materials and information subsequently provided to Freddie Mac (which, together with the initial application, are referred to below as the "Application"). Capitalized terms used herein, not otherwise defined, shall have the meaning set forth in the PMIERs as amended by the proposed draft.

During the Application assessment, Freddie Mac communicated to NMI various new requirements for mortgage insurers addressing safety and soundness principles related to capital adequacy, diversification, certainty of coverage, and performance metrics (collectively, the "Safety and Soundness Principles"). NMI has represented to Freddie Mac that it is committed to complying with and operating its business in accordance with the Safety and Soundness Principles. NMI acknowledges that Freddie Mac is relying on NMI's commitment to adhere to the Safety and Soundness Principles in providing this Conditional Approval.

Based on our review of the Application and other information relevant to Freddie Mac's determination of this matter, and subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, Freddie Mac conditionally approves NMI as an Approved Insurer eligible to write first lien Mortgage Guaranty Insurance on mortgages purchased or guaranteed by Freddie Mac as of the Effective Date, as defined below. The mortgage insurer code assigned to NMI is 44.

Conditions of Approval

NMI has represented to Freddie Mac that it intends to commence writing Mortgage Guaranty Insurance substantially in the manner described in the Application. The effective date of NMI's status as an Approved Insurer shall be the later of (i) April 1, 2013, or (ii) fourteen (14) calendar days after certification by NMI to Freddie Mac that all terms and conditions of this Conditional Approval have been satisfied, including the completion of system testing by Freddie Mac (“Effective Date").

A.
The following events must take place in order for NMI to commence writing Mortgage Guaranty Insurance as an Approved Insurer:

1.
NMI must have obtained initial capital funding of $220 million, inclusive of the funding of its Affiliated

1

EXHIBIT 99.1


reinsurer, National Mortgage Reinsurance, Inc. One and its subsidiary reinsurer, National Mortgage Reinsurance, Inc. Two, each in the amount of $10,000,000 (and exclusive of NMI's start-up costs).

2.
NMI must seek approvals and licenses from insurance regulatory departments and other State authorities necessary in order to write first lien Mortgage Guaranty Insurance business, including any applicable Reinsurance requirements imposed for higher coverage percentages, as necessary, in those jurisdictions to carry out its business plan as set forth in the Application. All Reinsurance obtained by NMI, must be provided by a Qualified Reinsurer. On or before the Effective Date, NMI must have obtained approvals and licenses to write first lien Mortgage Guaranty Insurance business in either (a) the ten (10) most populous States of the United States or (b) States that account for at least fifty percent (50%) of the population of the United States.

3.
NMI must complete a form of master policy that reflects the Safety and Soundness Principles, including without limitation, those relating to certainty of coverage, and obtain Freddie Mac's approval of that form prior to the Effective Date. NMI acknowledges that notwithstanding Freddie Mac approval of its master policy form at this time, NMI must comply with any master policy changes subsequently imposed on all Approved Insurers within the same timeframe for compliance required of other Approved Insurers, if in Freddie Mac's sole discretion, its approved form does not satisfy such imposed requirements.

4.
NMI must have in place a technology system and platform (the "Platform") that has capabilities and functionality, and qualified and sufficient staffing that, at a minimum, can support the provision of Mortgage Guaranty Insurance in accordance with the business plan provided in the Application, and satisfies Freddie Mac's expectations. NMI must receive a written communication from Freddie Mac stating that Freddie Mac's systems, as integrated or otherwise interoperable with the Platform, are ready to accept and support loans insured by NMI. Freddie Mac shall have the right to inspect the Platform, or to have a representative do so, prior to and after issuance of any mortgage insurance policy and/or certificate of insurance coverage issued thereunder.

5.
As of the Effective Date, NMI must have in place all NMI initial personnel, policies, and procedures necessary to conduct the business of Mortgage Guaranty Insurance in accordance with the business plan set forth in the Application.

B.
NMI must comply with the following Safety and Soundness Principles and supplemental conditions going forward in order to retain the status of Approved Insurer.

1.
Capital Adequacy

a)
NMI must maintain a Risk-to-Capital Ratio of no greater than fifteen to one (15: 1) for such period as Freddie Mac may require in its sole discretion, not to exceed three (3) years from the Effective Date.

b)
NMI must at all times maintain total statutory capital (i.e. as regards policyholders' surplus plus statutory Contingency Reserves of at least $150 million.

c)
For the three (3) year period commencing on the Effective Date, NMI may not make any dividends, capital withdrawals, or changes to capital deployments other than as listed in the Application without Freddie Mac's prior written approval.

d)
NMI may not purchase or otherwise invest in the debt of Affiliates.

e)
NMI must receive a comparable risk-adjusted economic rate of return on all primary insurance programs. NMI must not discount premiums to the extent that such premiums do not, after taking

2

EXHIBIT 99.1


into account the risk assumed at inception of coverage, provide NMI with a reasonable economic rate of return. For this purpose, in determining the risk assumed and the rate of return, NMI must consider all relevant facts, including premium discount programs, Reinsurance with a Captive Reinsurer, Freddie Mac approved Risk Sharing Transactions, and other transactions in which premium and/or risk is shared, on the same loan or group of loans.

2.
Diversification

a)
NMI must use its best efforts to ensure that future capital raises allow access to a broad investor base.

b)
NMI must use its best efforts to ensure that future capital or Reinsurance may be available to diversify risk if needed.

c)
NMI must monitor and have adequate diversity across customer base, geography and other risk characteristics such that concentration of anyone risk factor does not cause undue harm to NMI's insurance risk portfolio.

3.
Certainty of Coverage

a)
NMI must be clear and consistent in applying and enforcing the terms of its master policy to promote the certainty of coverage, such that coverage will be honored absent fraud, material misrepresentation and/or a failure to satisfy the clear and objective requirements established by the master policy to obtain coverage.

b)
NMI must align its timeframe for exercising its right to rescind coverage under its approved master policy with the 36 months of timely borrower payment timeframe adopted by the GSEs in the representation and warranty framework effective January 1, 2013.

c)
NMI must maintain quality control practices that include a full re-underwrite for an loans insured under its delegated master policy within 6 months of the coverage date, in addition to the quality assurance review completed within 270 days of the date of coverage.

d)
NMI shall use its best efforts to reduce the level of issuance of insurance under its delegated underwriting master policies and work towards increasing non delegated underwriting policies.

e)
NMI must maintain claim documentation standards with a finite set of documents for facilitating claim perfection standards.

4.
Performance Metrics

NMI acknowledges that it has been informed that it will be required to comply with standards to be imposed by Freddie Mac on all Approved Insurers related to, among other things, the timely payment of claims, including the Approved Insurer's process for addressing issues related to appeals of rescissions and denials, quality control sampling rates and the proportion of loans insured pursuant to delegated underwriting master policies versus non-delegated underwriting master policies.

5.
Other Conditions

a)
NMI shall only provide insurance coverage on eligible first-lien mortgage products as provided by NMI's Underwriting Guidelines dated December 12, 2012, as amended from time to time by NMI, which amendments shall take effect not less than thirty (30) days following notice to Freddie Mac.


3

EXHIBIT 99.1

b)
NMI may not enter into any Risk Sharing Transactions1, without Freddie Mac's prior written approval.

c)
NMI must receive approval from Freddie Mac to enter into any transaction involving the issuance of insurance on other than an .individual loan "flow" basis, e.g., pool insurance, bulk primary transactions, "structured" or "negotiated" transactions. Additionally, NMI will provide Freddie Mac at least forty-five (45) days to review any such transaction.

d)
As of the Effective Date, NMI must comply with all requirements of the PMIERs. For the avoidance of doubt, NMI must comply with all requirements of the currently published and effective version of the PMIERs dated January 2008, new Section 103 made applicable to all Approved Insurers and provided to NMI by email dated August 2, 2012 and the latest, proposed draft of the PMIERs with a date of February 2011 attached hereto as Exhibit A. Approval of the Application and status as an Approved Insurer is expressly conditioned on NMI taking all actions necessary to comply with the requirements of the PMIERs, as they may be amended from time to time in addition to adhering to the Safety and Soundness Principles and the specific requirements related thereto set forth in Section B hereof.

e)
Freddie Mac may at any time direct NMI to initiate a change in domicile from Wisconsin to another state. Upon its receipt of such written direction from Freddie Mac, NMI shall immediately use its best efforts to change its domiciliary jurisdiction in accordance with Freddie Mac's instructions.

f)
NMI's conditional approval as an Approved Insurer at this time does not require NMI's receipt of a financial strength rating from any rating agency. However, NMI must pursue the process to obtain a rating from one of the rating agencies and obtain a rating no later than July 31, 2015.

g)
NMI must incorporate and implement any changes or requirements imposed by law or regulation and adopted by the Government-Sponsored-Enterprises ("GSEs") regarding the purchase and servicing of mortgages or the enforcement by the GSEs of their rights against or obligations to mortgagors, in the operation and conduct of their businesses so as not to diminish the availability of or amount of claim payment with respect to Mortgage Guaranty Insurance on an insured loan to which such law or regulation is applicable. By way of example and not limitation of the foregoing requirement, NMJ must cooperate with Freddie Mac in implementing government programs such as the Home Affordable Modification Program, the Home Affordable Refinance Program, foreclosure moratoria, disaster relief, etc. in such a way as to assure minimal impact on Freddie Mac's ability to recover any potential claim to mortgage insurance coverage to the same extent as if such law or regulation had not been imposed on the GSEs.

h)
Once NMI identifies Freddie Mac as the beneficiary of the insurance coverage for any loan or group of loans, NMI will thereafter notify Freddie Mac of any issues or concerns regarding the loan or group of loans within 30 days as they may exist or arise. The notification includes any issues and concerns identified or communicated to NMI.


                    

1 PMIERs definition of Risk Sharing Transaction: A transaction, agreement, program or arrangement involving the ceding, sharing, assuming, reimbursing or rebating, in whole or in part, of risks, liabilities, premiums, payments of any kind. including payments made in accordance with the terms of any Mortgage Guaranty Insurance policy, or any other transfer of value, including without limitation, a Reinsurance agreement, with any person including an Insured, whether the ceding, sharing, assuming, reimbursing or rebating is determined prior or subsequent to the occurrence of a default and/or payment of a claim, on insured mortgages subject to the transaction agreement, program or arrangement. For example and not by way of limitation of the foregoing definition, an Arrangement between an Approved Insurer and an Insured in which the Insured agrees to reimburse some or all claim payments made by the Approved Insurer pursuant to the applicable policy in lieu of the Approved Insurer's rescissions or denials of claims on insured mortgages, is a Risk Sharing Transaction. Cession of risk to a Qualified Reinsurer other than a captive reinsurer to comply with state regulatory requirements for "excess of” 25 percent coverage, is not deemed to be a Risk Sharing Transaction for purposes of this definition or these Eligibility Requirements



4

EXHIBIT 99.1

A.
Within fourteen (14) calendar days, unless otherwise noted, of the occurrence of any and each of the following events, NMI shall notify Freddie Mac of its occurrence, regardless of whether any such event occurs prior to or after the Effective Date:

1.
A material change in NMI's business plan as described in the Application, including but not limited to, any change in contributions to capital or the capital structure, changes in stock ownership greater than 5% of total NMI ownership, ownership by anyone shareholder of 15% or more of NMI stock, revision of the underwriting policy, corporate governance structure, board positions, or management positions;

2.
A material downward change in Mortgage Guaranty Insurance premium pricing.

3.
Receipt of authority to do business in each jurisdiction where such authority is obtained. Such notice must include a copy of any document evidencing such authority, including any conditions, restrictions, or other provisions related to the grant of authority;

4.
In the event that NMI contemplates a change of ownership involving a public issuance of stock, Freddie Mac must be provided sufficient notice and opportunity to comment prior to any such issuance, but in no event less than thirty (30) days prior to the date on which such issuance is set to occur;

5.
Updates on the PMI (Arizona DOI) lawsuit including but not limited to: evidence submitted by NMI or PMI in the litigation, legal motions filed or requested by any party, settlement proposals, Arizona regulatory approval of NMI, and overall progress on the case, but in no event shall NMI be obligated to provide information that is attorney/client privileged or subject to confidentiality under the attorney work product doctrine;

6.
Execution or amendment of any agreement necessary to implementation of the business plan described in the Application, including but not limited to, articles of incorporation, subscription agreements, private placement memoranda or any documents required to be issued pursuant thereto, shareholder agreements and Reinsurance agreements whether Reinsurance is required by law or regulation or as part of a Risk-Sharing Transaction;

7.
Receipt of the initial contribution(s) of capital by NMI and each of the subsidiary and Affiliated Reinsurance entities required by A.2 hereof.

Nothing contained in this Conditional Approval constitutes a waiver by Freddie Mac of its right to determine in its sole discretion the initial or continued eligibility of any entity for Approved Insurer status under the PMIERs (as previously noted, including as amended by the proposed draft and supplemented by the new Section 103), and Freddie Mac reserves all rights to discontinue or restrict such status as it deems necessary, in its sole discretion. As stated in the PMJERs, Freddie Mac reserves the right to modify the terms of the PMIERs at any time without notice. Freddie Mac's receipt of and review of the Application does not constitute a waiver of any requirement of the PMIERs. NMI must obtain a written waiver of noncompliance with any requirement of the PMIERS, as applicable, from Freddie Mac, notwithstanding that a document, agreement or other information presented to Freddie Mac by NMI as a part of the Application or otherwise contains notice or evidence of NMI's noncompliance.

In granting this Conditional Approval, Freddie Mac has materially relied on all such information provided by NMI, including information contained within the Application. In the event that any information, documents or other matter provided by NMI (including by means of the Application) is materially inaccurate, or changes in a material way as determined by Freddie Mac in its sole and absolute discretion, including without limitation the financial condition of NMI, Freddie Mac may further condition this Conditional Approval or revoke it entirely, in either instance, immediately and without notice.

NMI shall not publicize or refer to this Conditional Approval in submissions to state insurance regulatory bodies or in any public announcements without the prior written consent of Freddie Mac with respect to each such communication.

5

EXHIBIT 99.1


Moreover, any other external NMI communication referencing Freddie Mac must be first reviewed and approved by Freddie Mac prior to distribution.


If you have any further questions, please feel free to contact me at (571) 382-3559.

Sincerely,

/s/ Gina Healy

Gina Healy
Vice President - Special Asset Workouts & Mortgage Insurance Risk
Enterprise Risk Management

cc:
Bob Izzo
Javier Portella
Matt McClure
Deborah Phillips



Attachments:

Exhibit A: Proposed draft of the PMIERs dated February 2011

6
99.2 Fannie Mae Conditional Approval
EXHIBIT 99.2

John Nichols
Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer
202-752-8264
202-752-0911(fax)
john_nichols@fanniemae.com

January 16, 2013

NMI Holdings, Inc.
National Mortgage Insurance Corporation
2100 Powell Street, 12th Fl
Emeryville, CA 94608
Attn: Mr. Bradley Shuster, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer

Re: NMI Conditional Approval Agreement

Ladies and Gentlemen:

You have requested that Federal National Mortgage Association ("Fannie Mae") approve National Mortgage Insurance Corporation ("NMI") as a direct issuer of mortgage guaranty insurance under the Fannie Mae Qualified Mortgage Insurer Approval Requirements as they may be amended from time to time ("Requirements"). Effective as of the date hereof, and subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, Fannie Mae hereby conditionally approves NMI as a direct issuer of mortgage guaranty insurance for loans owned by or serviced for Fannie Mae.

In making the determination to conditionally approve NMI, Fannie Mae has relied upon (1) the completeness and accuracy of all data, documents and information submitted to us in connection with NMI's application ("Submissions"), and (2) the agreement of NMI and NMI Holdings, Inc. to comply with the Requirements and the conditions for approval attached hereto and incorporated herein (collectively "Conditions"). Accordingly, in the event of any material adverse change to the Submissions, or NMI's failure to meet and maintain the Conditions, Fannie Mae reserves the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to withdraw this conditional approval and suspend or terminate NMI. As with all our approved insurers, Fannie Mae will monitor NMI's financial and operational performance on a regular basis and we anticipate your full cooperation in this regard.

Fannie Mae will separately issue a Lender Letter providing our timing for beginning to accept loan deliveries with NMI insurance. Our current expectation is we will be ready to accept such deliveries as of June 1, 2013, barring any significant system or operational issues that may emerge as we enhance our processes and systems to accommodate NMI.

You are advised that our conditional approval of NMI may not be construed as a representation to any party concerning any legal matters or the financial condition of NMI, and should not be cited by NMI as a basis for representations made by NMI with respect to such matters.

In the event of a conflict between the conditions for approval and the Requirements, the conditions for approval shall govern.

Please acknowledge agreement with the terms and Conditions of this approval by signing and returning the enclosed copy of this letter.





1

EXHIBIT 99.2

Very truly yours,


FEDERAL NATIONAL MORTGAGE ASSOCIATION "Fannie Mae"
By: /s/ John Nichols
Name: John Nichols
Title: Executive Vice President
Chief Risk Officer

Attachments:
Attachment A - Conditions of National Mortgage Insurance Corporation Approval
Attachment B - New Mortgage Insurer Review Report


Agreed and accepted as of the date hereof.

NATIONAL MORTGAGE INSURANCE CORPORATION


By:________________________
Name:
Title:


NMI HOLDINGS, INC.


By:_________________________
Name:
Title:


2

EXHIBIT 99.2

ATTACHMENT A

Conditions of National Mortgage Insurance Corporation Approval

Fannie Mae's approval of NMI is subject to NMI's satisfaction of the following conditions in Fannie Mae's sole discretion.

1.
NMI's demonstration that it has total initial capital funding of $200 million, which includes certain contributions already made and certain provision for start-up and formation expenses. The total initial capital shall be contributed to NMI on or before January 31, 2013, or such other date as is mutually agreed upon between Fannie Mae and NMI.

2.
NMI will maintain a risk-to-capital ratio not to exceed 15:1 through December 31, 2015. After December 31, 2015 NMI will maintain capital levels as required by Fannie Mae's then applicable Requirements. However, without regard to the December 31, 2015 risk-to-capital date, NMI must at all times maintain total statutory capital (i.e., policyholder surplus plus statutory contingency reserves) of at least $150 million.

3.
A resolution regarding these capital commitments will be adopted by the Board of Directors of NMI Holdings, Inc. at its next scheduled meeting and NMI will provide Fannie Mae with a copy of such adopted resolution.

4.
NMI will not pay any dividends to affiliates or its holding company until December 31, 2015. After December 31, 2015, NMI may pay such dividends to the extent such payments are in conformity with Fannie Mae's Requirements.

5.
NMI will obtain Fannie Mae's prior written approval before entering into any reinsurance agreement or structure until December 31, 2015. After December 31, 2015, NMI may enter into reinsurance agreements or structures to the extent that such action is in conformity with Fannie Mae's Requirements.
Fannie Mae will give consideration to approving transactions on a template basis such that once a "template" transaction is approved then materially similar transactions would not require individual prior approval.

6.
NMI shall abide by annual limits on outgoing payments under intercompany expense sharing, lease or tax sharing agreements. The annual limits will be agreed to by Fannie Mae and NMI upon finalization of each of NMI's annual budgets.

7.
NMI must obtain Fannie Mae's prior written approval of any risk novation or commutation until December 31, 2015. After December 31, 2015, NMI may enter into risk novation or commutation to the extent such action is in conformity with Fannie Mae's Requirements.

8.
NMI will not provide any capital support, assumption of liabilities, or guarantees of indebtedness to any company without the prior written approval of Fannie Mae until December 31, 2015. After December 31, 2015, NMI may take such actions to the extent that they are in conformity with Fannie Mae's Requirements.
Nothing in this provision shall be deemed to preclude NMI from providing credit enhancement in the form of primary or pool mortgage insurance.
Notwithstanding the above, NMI may provide capital support to an affiliated reinsurance entity to be formed for the sole purpose of reinsuring NMI for the portion of the risk on loans in excess of 25% of the indebtedness to the Insured, subject to Fannie Mae's prior written approval of the capital support agreement.

9.
NMI will not make any investment, contribution or loan to any subsidiary, parent or affiliate until December 31, 2015. After December 31, 2015, NMI may make such investment, contribution or loan to the extent that it is in conformity with Fannie Mae's Requirements.

10.
Without Fannie Mae's prior written approval, NMI will not issue or repurchase any of its equity securities that would result in any change of voting or equitable ownership of more than 25%.

11.
NMI will obtain Fannie Mae's prior written approval for any shifts of its underwriting of new mortgage insurance

3

EXHIBIT 99.2

to an affiliate, and understands and acknowledges that any such shift will be conditioned on joint and several full guaranty of timely repayment of all policyholder claims as they come due with respect to operating insurance coverage.

12.
Until the earlier of (A) December 31, 2015, or (B) the date on which new Fannie Mae eligibility requirements applicable to NMI are promulgated and made effective, NMI shall insure only (1) loans that are eligible for sale to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or any of the Federal Home Loan Banks (collectively, "GSE loans") or (2) loans that meet GSE guidelines except those related to loan amount (collectively, "Eligible Loans"). NMI may insure non- Eligible Loans if at the time the insurance is written, those loans have an expected default rate not materially higher than the average expected default rate for the new insurance written by NMI in its most recent quarter, and the RIF of such non-Eligible loans constitutes not more than 2% of NMI's total outstanding RIF. NMI shall provide Fannie Mae quarterly updates on its methodology for determining its expected default rate, and at Fannie Mae's request, NMI shall demonstrate compliance with the 2% limitation. For purposes hereof, "GSE loans" include loans that have actually been purchased by one of these entities as well as those that meet the published standards of one of these entities.

13.
NMI will not provide any service not directly required for the provision of mortgage insurance if such service creates a direct or contingent liability for NMI, including without limitation, provision of underwriting services on a contract basis. Moreover, NMI will not be liable, or cause itself to be liable, to pay or reimburse another entity for any such ancillary service.

14.
NMI shall have and must maintain a fully operational business and technology platform. In addition, NMI will satisfy all outstanding items from Fannie Mae's Mortgage Origination Risk Assessment (MORA) team's New Mortgage Insurer Review Report, which is attached hereto and incorporated herein, by the time of MORA's first post-approval review. Fannie Mae will consider Operational Contingency number 8, "Settlement of lawsuit with Arizona to the acceptance of Fannie Mae," satisfied for now, however, we will reassess if significant new information becomes available or if any decision or settlement is reached on the lawsuit.

15.
NMI must adhere to the Requirements at all times.

16.
NMI shall not insure any loan owned by or serviced for Fannie Mae except under the terms and conditions of a master policy and related forms that have received Fannie Mae's prior written approval. Any proposed changes to an existing primary or pool mortgage insurance policy covering any loan that Fannie Mae owns or guarantees, or that will cover a loan intended for sale to Fannie Mae, must be approved in advance and in writing by Fannie Mae. This includes any policy change, whether by endorsement, customer bulletin, letter agreement, or any other form of agreement or commitment, with or without consideration, that alters the terms of, or the rights of the parties under, the policy.

17.
NMI represents and warrants that, aside from the litigation involving the Arizona Department of Insurance as Receiver for PMI Mortgage Insurance, NMI is not aware of any other litigation involving NMI or NMI Holdings. Additionally, all costs related to the pending complaint by the Arizona Department of Insurance as Receiver for PMI Mortgage Insurance Co. against NMI Holdings, Inc. et al., including but not limited to attorney's fees, court costs, penalties, settlement amounts, etc., will be borne by NMI Holdings, Inc. and not by NMI.

18.
Fannie Mae may require that NMI redomicile to another state, and NMI agrees to redomicile to a state approved by Fannie Mae if and when Fannie Mae requires it to do so, provided that Fannie Mae allows sufficient time to accomplish such move.

19.
NMI will diligently work with Fannie Mae to establish their business and technical integration to Fannie Mae's Mortgage Insurance Data Exchange (MIDX) application and processes.


4